1 第一 义品显示巴利原文
1. Aṭṭhakavaggo
1. 欲经分别显示巴利原文
1. Kāmasuttaniddeso
如是从摄颂说,有两种欲:所依欲与烦恼欲。什么是所依欲?即可爱之色、可爱之声、可爱之香、可爱之味、可爱之触;床褥、卧具、奴婢、山羊、绵羊、鸡、猪、象、牛、马、骡、田地、宅地、黄金、金币、村落、市镇、王都、国土、疆邦、库藏、仓库,以及任何令人染著的事物——这些名为所依欲。显示巴利原文
ti ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca. Katame Manāpikā rūpā manāpikā saddā manāpikā gandhā manāpikā rasā manāpikā phoṭṭhabbā; attharaṇā pāvuraṇā dāsidāsā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā hatthigavāssavaḷavā khettaṃ vatthu hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ gāmanigamarājadhāniyo raṭṭhañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca, yaṃ kiñci rajanīyaṃ vatthu – vatthukāmā.
还有,过去的欲、未来的欲、现在的欲;内在的欲、外在的欲、内外兼具的欲;低劣的欲、中等的欲、殊胜的欲;恶趣之欲、人间之欲、天界之欲、现前之欲;所化作之欲、非所化作之欲、他所化作之欲;已执取之欲、未执取之欲、我所执之欲、非我所执之欲;乃至一切欲界法、一切色界法、一切无色界法——凡是以渴爱为事、以渴爱为所缘,具有可欲、可染、可迷醉之义的,这些都称为所依欲。显示巴利原文
Api ca atītā kāmā anāgatā kāmā paccuppannā kāmā; ajjhattā kāmā bahiddhā kāmā ajjhattabahiddhā kāmā; hīnā kāmā majjhimā kāmā paṇītā kāmā; āpāyikā kāmā mānusikā kāmā dibbā kāmā paccupaṭṭhitā kāmā; nimmitā kāmā animmitā kāmā paranimmitā kāmā; pariggahitā kāmā, apariggahitā kāmā, mamāyitā kāmā, amamāyitā kāmā; sabbepi kāmāvacarā dhammā, sabbepi rūpāvacarā dhammā, sabbepi arūpāvacarā dhammā, taṇhāvatthukā taṇhārammaṇā kāmanīyaṭṭhena rajanīyaṭṭhena madanīyaṭṭhena kāmā – ime vuccanti vatthukāmā.
什么是欲?欲求是欲,贪染是欲,欲求与贪染是欲;思惟是欲,贪染是欲,思惟与贪染是欲——即对诸欲对象的欲渴求、欲贪染、欲欢喜、欲渴爱、欲爱恋、欲热恼、欲昏迷、欲耽著;是欲流、欲轭、欲取,是五盖中的欲贪盖。显示巴利原文
Katame Chando kāmo rāgo kāmo chandarāgo kāmo; saṅkappo kāmo rāgo kāmo saṅkapparāgo kāmo; yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasneho kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ kāmogho kāmayogo kāmupādānaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ.
我见到了你的根源,欲啊,你从思惟中生起;
我不再思惟你,如此,欲,你便不会生起。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Addasaṃ kāma te mūlaṃ, saṅkappā kāma jāyasi; Na taṃ saṅkappayissāmi, evaṃ kāma na hohisī’’ti . –
这些即称为烦恼欲。其中“ti”一词,是指对欲乐正生起欲求、正生起渴望、正生起领受、正生起期待、正生起向往、正生起热切希求之人──也就是对欲乐正生起欲求者。显示巴利原文
Ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti kāmayamānassa icchamānassa sādiyamānassa patthayamānassa pihayamānassa abhijappamānassāti – kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa.
“有死之人”,指的是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗、在家者、出家者、天人或人类。“获得了所求”,是指对欲乐希求、领受、盼望、羡慕、热切渴望。或者,他被欲爱所驱使、所牵引、所裹挟、所运载。犹如被象车、马车、牛车、羊车、骆驼车、驴车所驱使、牵引、裹挟、运载;同样地,他被欲爱所驱使、牵引、裹挟、运载──对于这样一个乘于欲车之人。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tassa khattiyassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā vessassa vā suddassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā devassa vā manussassa vā. ti kāme icchamānassa sādiyamānassa patthayamānassa pihayamānassa abhijappamānassa. Atha vā kāmataṇhāya yāyati niyyati vuyhati saṃharīyati. Yathā hatthiyānena vā assayānena vā goyānena vā ajayānena vā meṇḍayānena vā oṭṭhayānena vā kharayānena vā yāyati niyyati vuyhati saṃharīyati; evamevaṃ kāmataṇhāya yāyati niyyati vuyhati saṃharīyatīti – tassa ce kāmayānassa.
“ti”是决断之语、无疑之语、无犹豫之语、无二心之语、不动摇之语、必定之语、无可非议之语、确然之语,即“确实”。 “ti”指与五种欲功德相应的喜、悦、欢喜、踊跃、笑、极笑、满足、喜悦、开朗、心悦、充满心。“ti”又指那称为“意”的:心、意、思惟、心藏、净白、意、意处、意根、识、识蕴、相应的意识界。此意与那种喜一同生起、同时生起、连结、相应,同生、同灭、同所依、同所缘。“ti”即指他有喜意、满足意、欢喜意、极欢喜意、心悦意、踊跃意、欣悦意、极欣悦意──确实,他满心欢喜。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ekaṃsavacanaṃ nissaṃsayavacanaṃ nikkaṅkhāvacanaṃ advejjhavacanaṃ adveḷhakavacanaṃ niyogavacanaṃ apaṇṇakavacanaṃ avatthāpanavacanametaṃ – addhāti. ti yā pañcakāmaguṇapaṭisaññuttā pīti pāmujjaṃ āmodanā pamodanā hāso pahāso vitti tuṭṭhi odagyaṃ attamanatā abhipharaṇatā cittassa. ti yaṃ cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ hadayaṃ paṇḍaraṃ mano manāyatanaṃ manindriyaṃ viññāṇaṃ viññāṇakkhandho tajjā manoviññāṇadhātu, ayaṃ vuccati mano. Ayaṃ mano imāya pītiyā sahagato hoti sahajāto saṃsaṭṭho sampayutto ekuppādo ekanirodho ekavatthuko ekārammaṇo. ti pītimano hoti tuṭṭhamano haṭṭhamano pahaṭṭhamano attamano udaggamano muditamano pamoditamano hotīti – addhā pītimano hoti.
‘Ti’,即得到、获得、证得、寻得之后。‘Ti’,指众生、人、青年、士夫、个体、命者、生者、辈、人主、人。‘Ti’,即他所欲求、所爱好、所期望、所向往、所贪求的一切,无论是色、声、香、味、触——凡夫得到了他所欲求的一切。显示巴利原文
ti. ti labhitvā paṭilabhitvā adhigantvā vinditvā. ti satto naro mānavo poso puggalo jīvo jāgu jantu indagu manujo. ti yaṃ icchati yaṃ sādiyati yaṃ pattheti yaṃ piheti yaṃ abhijappati, rūpaṃ vā saddaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā rasaṃ vā phoṭṭhabbaṃ vāti, laddhā macco yadicchati.
107 因此,世尊说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“对于志求欲乐之人,若其所愿成就,”
确实,获得了所欲的人,心满意足。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa, tassa ce taṃ samijjhati; Addhā pītimano hoti, laddhā macco yadicchatī’’ti.
‘ti’:指的是那个人,无论他是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,还是在家人、出家人,或是天人、人类。‘nti’:指的是所依欲,即可爱之色、可爱之声、可爱之香、可爱之味、可爱之触。‘ti’:指的是成功、顺利、得到、获得、证得、寻得——即他于彼事得以成就。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tassa khattiyassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā vessassa vā suddassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā devassa vā manussassa vā. nti vatthukāmā vuccanti – manāpikā rūpā manāpikā saddā manāpikā gandhā manāpikā rasā manāpikā phoṭṭhabbā. ti ijjhati samijjhati labhati paṭilabhati adhigacchati vindatīti – tassa ce taṃ samijjhati.
“欲”:对于诸感官对象,即感官的欲望、感官的贪染、感官的欢喜、感官的渴爱、感官的依恋、感官的炽热、感官的迷醉、感官的沉溺、感官的暴流、感官的轭、感官的执取与感官欲望的障碍。那感官的欲望于他而言,已生起、已产生、已出生、已成形、已显现。“有情”:众生、人、摩纳婆、生命体、个人、有命者、生者、人趣、因陀罗后裔、人类——即对这已生起欲望的有情。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasneho kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ kāmogho kāmayogo kāmupādānaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ, tassa so kāmacchando jāto hoti sañjāto nibbatto abhinibbatto pātubhūto. ti sattassa narassa mānavassa posassa puggalassa jīvassa jāgussa jantussa indagussa manujassāti – chandajātassa jantuno.
“诸欲”:那些欲乐对象衰败了,或者他自己从那些欲乐中衰落。那些欲乐对象是如何衰败的呢?当其人还在世时,那些财富或被国王夺走,或被盗贼掠走,或被大火焚毁,或被洪水冲走,或被不肖子孙夺去;或埋藏的宝藏遍寻不着;或因经营不善而事业破败;或家族中出了败家子,将财富挥霍、损耗、毁灭殆尽。而第八种情况,正是无常性本身。如此,那些欲乐对象便衰败、毁坏、崩解、倒塌、消失、瓦解了。他又如何从那些欲乐中衰落呢?那些财富还在,他却死亡、命尽、消解了。这样,他便从那些欲乐中衰落、毁坏、崩解、倒塌、消失、瓦解了。显示巴利原文
ti – te vā kāmā parihāyanti, so vā kāmehi parihāyati. Kathaṃ te kāmā parihāyanti? Tassa tiṭṭhantasseva te bhoge rājāno vā haranti, corā vā haranti, aggi vā dahati, udakaṃ vā vahati, appiyā vā dāyādā haranti, nihitaṃ vā nādhigacchati, duppayuttā vā kammantā bhijjanti, kule vā kulaṅgāro uppajjati, yo te bhoge vikirati vidhamati viddhaṃseti aniccatāyeva aṭṭhamī. Evaṃ te kāmā hāyanti parihāyanti paridhaṃsenti paripatanti antaradhāyanti vippalujjanti. Kathaṃ so kāmehi parihāyati? Tiṭṭhanteva te bhoge so cavati marati vippalujjati. Evaṃ so kāmehi hāyati parihāyati paridhaṃseti paripatati antaradhāyati vippalujjati.
贼寇劫夺,国王没收,烈火焚毁,财物灭尽;
最终,连身体带一切所有,一并弃舍而去。
既行布施,又行受用,随其所能,无受讥嫌,即得生于天界;而彼诸欲,终归坏灭。
显示巴利原文 Corā haranti rājāno, aggi dahati nassati; Atha antena jahati , sarīraṃ sapariggahaṃ; Etadaññāya medhāvī, bhuñjetha ca dadetha ca. Datvā ca bhutvā ca yathānubhāvaṃ, anindito saggamupeti ṭhānanti, te kāmā parihāyanti.
正如有人被铁箭、骨箭、牙箭、角箭或木箭所伤,便痛苦、恼乱、受击、受压,身患苦痛,心堕忧恼;同样地,所依恋的诸欲若变异、坏灭,便会生起愁、悲、苦、忧、恼。他为欲箭与愁箭所伤,痛苦、恼乱、受击、受压,身患苦痛,心堕忧恼——恰如中箭之人所承受的那般。显示巴利原文
ti. Yathā ayomayena vā sallena viddho, aṭṭhimayena vā sallena dantamayena vā sallena visāṇamayena vā sallena kaṭṭhamayena vā sallena viddho ruppati kuppati ghaṭṭīyati pīḷīyati, byādhito domanassito hoti, evameva vatthukāmānaṃ vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. So kāmasallena ca sokasallena ca viddho, ruppati kuppati ghaṭṭīyati pīḷīyati byādhito domanassito hotīti – sallaviddhova ruppati.
225 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“若人追逐欲乐,心生贪爱,
当那些欲乐消逝时,他便犹如被利箭所刺那般痛苦。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno; Te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddhova ruppatī’’ti.
其中,“那个”(yo),是指无论何种出身、何种状态、何种行为方式、何种品类——到达何种地位、具备何种特质,是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,是在家人或出家人,是天神或人类。“人”(naro),是指有情、人、摩奴的后代、生灵、个体、命者、生者、人、因陀罗的后代、人类。“他贪着”,是指以烦恼欲而对诸般事物起贪、深贪、极贪、紧紧粘着——这便是“那个人贪着”之义。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo yādiso yathāyutto yathāvihito yathāpakāro yaṃṭhānappatto yaṃdhammasamannāgato khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā devo vā manusso vā. ti satto naro mānavo poso puggalo jīvo jāgu jantu indagu manujo. ti kilesakāmena vatthukāmesu gijjhati anugijjhati paligijjhati palibajjhatīti – yo naro anugijjhati.
35 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
修习佛随念时,由镇伏断而远离诸欲;修习法随念时……修习僧随念时……修习戒随念时……修习舍随念时……修习天随念时……修习入出息念时……修习死随念时……修习身至念时……修习寂止随念时,亦由镇伏断而远离诸欲。显示巴利原文
Buddhānussatiṃ bhāventopi vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, dhammānussatiṃ bhāventopi…pe… saṅghānussatiṃ bhāventopi… sīlānussatiṃ bhāventopi… cāgānussatiṃ bhāventopi… devatānussatiṃ bhāventopi… ānāpānassatiṃ bhāventopi… maraṇassatiṃ bhāventopi… kāyagatāsatiṃ bhāventopi… upasamānussatiṃ bhāventopi vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti.
修习初禅时,以镇伏断避开诸欲;修习第二禅时……第三禅时……第四禅时……修习空无边处定时……识无边处定时……无所有处定时……非想非非想处定时,同样以镇伏断避开诸欲。这便是以镇伏断避开诸欲。显示巴利原文
Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ bhāventopi vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ bhāventopi…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ bhāventopi… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ bhāventopi… ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ bhāventopi… viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ bhāventopi… ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ bhāventopi … nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ bhāventopi vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti. Evaṃ vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti.
如何以正断避开诸欲?修习入流道时,即以正断避开可招感恶趣的诸欲;修习一来道时,即以正断避开粗重的诸欲;修习不还道时,即以正断避开随伴的微细诸欲;修习阿拉汉道时,即以正断避开一切、所有、全然、无余、无遗的诸欲。这便是以正断避开诸欲——即所谓‘某人避开诸欲’。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ samucchedato kāme parivajjeti? Sotāpattimaggaṃ bhāventopi apāyagamanīye kāme samucchedato parivajjeti, sakadāgāmimaggaṃ bhāventopi oḷārike kāme samucchedato parivajjeti, anāgāmimaggaṃ bhāventopi anusahagate kāme samucchedato parivajjeti, arahattamaggaṃ bhāventopi sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ samucchedato kāme parivajjeti. Evaṃ samucchedato kāme parivajjetīti – yo kāme parivajjeti.
所谓‘蛇’。以何义名为蛇?爬行前进,故名为蛇;屈曲而行,故名为曲行者(bhujago);以胸腹前行,故名为腹行;低伏头前行,故名为低行;以头睡眠,故名为有头蛇;栖于洞穴,故名为穴居;卧于窟中,故名为窟居;以牙为武器,故名为牙武器;其毒剧,故名为剧毒;舌分叉,故名为双舌;以双舌尝味,故名为双味知。犹如一个人渴望活命、不愿死亡、喜爱快乐、厌恶痛苦,当以脚避开、闪躲、远离蛇头;同样,喜爱快乐、厌恶痛苦的人,也应避开、闪躲、远离诸欲——正如避开蛇头一般。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati ahi. Kenaṭṭhena sappo? Saṃsappanto gacchatīti sappo; bhujanto gacchatīti bhujago; urena gacchatīti urago; pannasiro gacchatīti pannago; sirena supatīti sarīsapo ; bile sayatīti bilāsayo; guhāyaṃ sayatīti guhāsayo; dāṭhā tassa āvudhoti dāṭhāvudho; visaṃ tassa ghoranti ghoraviso; jivhā tassa duvidhāti dvijivho; dvīhi jivhāhi rasaṃ sāyatīti dvirasaññū. Yathā puriso jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhapaṭikkūlo pādena sappasiraṃ vajjeyya vivajjeyya parivajjeyya abhinivajjeyya; evameva sukhakāmo dukkhapaṭikkūlo kāme vajjeyya vivajjeyya parivajjeyya abhinivajjeyyāti – sappasseva padā siro.
'避离诸欲'。Visattikā(缠缚)即是渴爱。那贪染、极贪、随顺、随悦、欢喜、欢喜贪、心的极贪、欲望、迷惑、固执、取着、粘著、极粘著、执着、泥沼、动摇、幻术、能生者、令生起、缝织、结网、流动、渴爱,谓之绳索、散开、引来、伴侣、希求、有之导向、林、丛林、结合、润泽、期望、亲戚、希望、希求、已希求的状态:对色的希求、对声的希求、对香的希求、对味的希求、对触的希求、对利的希求、对人的希求、对子的希求、对活的希求、祈求、遍求、极求、求索、已求索的状态、贪馋、贪馋状态、已贪馋的状态、多欲、好善、非法贪、不平等贪、欲乐、意乐、愿求、羡慕、遍愿求、欲渴爱、有渴爱、无有渴爱、色渴爱、无色渴爱、灭尽渴爱、色渴爱、声渴爱、香渴爱、味渴爱、触渴爱、法渴爱、暴流、轭、结、取、障碍、盖、覆障、缚、随烦恼、随眠、缠、蔓、悭、苦根、苦因、苦生、魔网、魔钩、魔境、渴爱河、渴爱网、渴爱锁、渴爱海、贪求、贪、不善根。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo kāme parivajjeti. Visattikā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo anunayo anurodho nandī nandirāgo, cittassa sārāgo icchā mucchā ajjhosānaṃ gedho paligedho saṅgo paṅko, ejā māyā janikā sañjananī sibbinī jālinī saritā visattikā, suttaṃ visatā āyūhinī dutiyā paṇidhi bhavanetti, vanaṃ vanatho sandhavo sneho apekkhā paṭibandhu, āsā āsīsanā āsīsitattaṃ, rūpāsā saddāsā gandhāsā rasāsā phoṭṭhabbāsā, lābhāsā janāsā puttāsā jīvitāsā, jappā pajappā abhijappā jappanā jappitattaṃ loluppaṃ loluppāyanā loluppāyitattaṃ pucchañjikatā sādhukamyatā, adhammarāgo visamalobho nikanti nikāmanā patthanā pihanā sampatthanā, kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā, rūpataṇhā arūpataṇhā nirodhataṇhā, rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā , ogho yogo gantho upādānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ chadanaṃ bandhanaṃ, upakkileso anusayo pariyuṭṭhānaṃ latā vevicchaṃ, dukkhamūlaṃ dukkhanidānaṃ dukkhappabhavo mārapāso mārabaḷisaṃ māravisayo, taṇhānadī taṇhājālaṃ taṇhāgaddulaṃ taṇhāsamuddo abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ.
从哪种意义上称为visattikā(纠缠)?因为它是visatā(蔓延的),所以称为visattikā(纠缠);因为它是visālā(广阔的),所以称为visattikā(纠缠);因为它是visaṭā(广泛播散的),所以称为visattikā(纠缠);因为它是visakkati(纠缠的),所以称为visattikā(纠缠);因为它是visaṃharati(导致分散的),所以称为visattikā(纠缠);因为它是visaṃvādikā(欺诳的),所以称为visattikā(纠缠);因为它是visamūlā(有邪恶之根的),所以称为visattikā(纠缠);因为它是visaphalā(有邪恶之果的),所以称为visattikā(纠缠);因为它是visaparibhogo(有邪恶的享用),所以称为visattikā(纠缠)。或者更进一步说,那个渴爱,它广阔地蔓延、扩散在色、声、香、味、触上,在家族、群体、住所、利得、名声上,在赞叹、快乐、衣服、食物、坐卧处、病者所需的医药资具上,在欲界、色界、无色界,在欲有、色有、无色有,在想有、无想有、非想非非想有,在一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有,在过去、未来、现在,在所见过、听过、感觉过、认知过的事物上。显示巴利原文
ti. Kenaṭṭhena visattikā? Visatāti visattikā; visālāti visattikā; visaṭāti visattikā; visakkatīti visattikā; visaṃharatīti visattikā; visaṃvādikāti visattikā; visamūlāti visattikā; visaphalāti visattikā; visaparibhogoti visattikā; visālā vā pana sā taṇhā rūpe sadde gandhe rase phoṭṭhabbe, kule gaṇe āvāse lābhe yase, pasaṃsāya sukhe cīvare piṇḍapāte senāsane gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāre, kāmadhātuyā rūpadhātuyā arūpadhātuyā, kāmabhave rūpabhave arūpabhave, saññābhave asaññābhave nevasaññānāsaññābhave, ekavokārabhave catuvokārabhave pañcavokārabhave, atīte anāgate paccuppanne, diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu visaṭā vitthatāti visattikā.
(世间,)即:恶道世间、人世间、天世间,蕴世间、界世间、处世间。以四种因由而称为“具念者”——於身,修习随观身念处者,为具念者;於受……(中略)……於心,修习随观心念处者,为具念者;於诸法,修习随观法念处者,为具念者。显示巴利原文
ti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke, khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloke. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, vedanāsu…pe… citte… dhammesu dhammānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato.
亦因另外四种原因而称为“具念者”——因为远离了失念,故是具念者;因为成就了依念所应作之法,故是具念者;因为清除了障碍念的法,故是具念者;因为于能引生念的征相而不忘失,故是具念者。显示巴利原文
Aparehipi catūhi kāraṇehi sato – asatiparivajjanāya sato, satikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ katattā sato, satiparibandhānaṃ dhammānaṃ hatattā sato, satinimittānaṃ dhammānaṃ asammuṭṭhattā sato.
亦因另外四种原因而称为“具念者”——因为具足于念,故是具念者;因为善能调御念,故是具念者;因为于念娴熟通达,故是具念者;因为于念不复退失,故是具念者。显示巴利原文
Aparehipi catūhi kāraṇehi sato – satiyā samannāgatattā sato, satiyā vasitattā sato, satiyā pāguññatāya sato, satiyā apaccorohaṇatāya sato.
亦因另外四种原因而称“具念者”——因执持而为具念者,因平静而为具念者,因寂止而为具念者,因具备寂静法而为具念者。由随念佛陀而为具念者,由随念法而为具念者,由随念僧而为具念者,由随念戒而为具念者,由随念舍而为具念者,由随念诸天而为具念者,由入出息念而为具念者,由死随念而为具念者,由身至念而为具念者,由寂止随念而为具念者。凡是那种念、随念、反复忆念、回忆、能持守、能忆持、不浮散、不忘失的状态,即称为念;念根、念力、正念、念觉支、一乘道,这些皆称为念。他以此念而拥有、具备、达到、具备、具有、具备、拥有,此人便称为“具念者”。显示巴利原文
Aparehipi catūhi kāraṇehi sato – sattattā sato, santattā sato, samitattā sato, santadhammasamannāgatattā sato. Buddhānussatiyā sato, dhammānussatiyā sato, saṅghānussatiyā sato, sīlānussatiyā sato, cāgānussatiyā sato, devatānussatiyā sato, ānāpānassatiyā sato, maraṇassatiyā sato, kāyagatāsatiyā sato, upasamānussatiyā sato. Yā sati anussati paṭissati sati saraṇatā dhāraṇatā apilāpanatā asammussanatā sati satindriyaṃ satibalaṃ sammāsati satisambojjhaṅgo ekāyanamaggo, ayaṃ vuccati sati. Imāya satiyā upeto hoti samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato, so vuccati sato.
世间中,那称为执着者,具念者皆能于世间跨越、度越、超越、彻底超克、完全出离;世间中那执着,具念者完全超越。显示巴利原文
ti. Loke vā sā visattikā, loke vā taṃ visattikaṃ sato tarati uttarati patarati samatikkamati vītivattatīti – somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattati.
凡避开诸欲,犹如以足避蛇头;
此世间的执着,具念者皆已完全超越。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo kāme parivajjeti, sappasseva padā siro; Somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattatī’’ti.
所谓田,指稻田、麦田、绿豆田、黑豆田、大麦田、小麦田与芝麻田。所谓地,指家宅地、仓库地、前庭地、后院地、园林地与寺院地。所谓金,指金币。这便是田、地、金。显示巴利原文
ti. nti sālikkhettaṃ vīhikkhettaṃ muggakkhettaṃ māsakkhettaṃ yavakkhettaṃ godhumakkhettaṃ tilakkhettaṃ. nti gharavatthuṃ koṭṭhakavatthuṃ purevatthuṃ pacchāvatthuṃ ārāmavatthuṃ vihāravatthuṃ. nti hiraññaṃ vuccati kahāpaṇoti – khettaṃ vatthuṃ hiraññaṃ vā.
所谓牛,指牛。所谓羊等,指山羊等。奴有四种:家生奴、买得奴、自愿为奴者、被迫为奴者。显示巴利原文
nti. nti gavā vuccanti. ti pasukādayo vuccanti. ti cattāro dāsā – antojātako dāso, dhanakkītako dāso, sāmaṃ vā dāsabyaṃ upeti, akāmako vā dāsavisayaṃ upeti.
“有人因家生而为奴,有人因买得而为奴;”
有人自愿投身为奴,也有人因恐惧所迫而沦为奴隶。
这里所说的“牛、马、奴仆”,是指三种人:受雇者、作工者、依他活命者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āmāya dāsāpi bhavanti heke, dhanena kītāpi bhavanti dāsā; Sāmañca eke upayanti dāsyaṃ, bhayāpanuṇṇāpi bhavanti dāsā’’ti. ti tayo purisā – bhatakā, kammakarā, upajīvinoti – gavāssaṃ dāsaporisaṃ.
这里所说的“女人”,是指被视为所有物的女人。所谓“亲属”,有四种:血缘之亲属、氏族之亲属、以咒语相连之亲属、以技艺相连之亲属。“众多之欲”,是指种种欲——这些种种可意的色……乃至可意的触。这便是“女人、亲属、众多欲”之意。显示巴利原文
ti. ti itthipariggaho vuccati. ti cattāro bandhū – ñātibandhavāpi bandhu, gottabandhavāpi bandhu, mantabandhavāpi bandhu, sippabandhavāpi bandhu. ti bahū kāme. Ete puthu kāmā manāpikā rūpā…pe… manāpikā phoṭṭhabbāti – thiyo bandhū puthu kāme.
所谓“这个人”,不论其特性如何、如何相应、如何确立、如何行事,达到何种地位,具备何种法——无论是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗、在家者、出家者、天神还是人。概括而言,有二种欲:所欲与烦恼欲。……这些称为所欲。……这些称为烦恼欲。由两种原因而远离诸欲:镇伏断与正断。如何由镇伏断而远离诸欲?观见‘诸欲如骨锁,以少味为义’者,即由镇伏断远离诸欲;观见‘诸欲如肉块,以众多共有为义’者,即由镇伏断远离诸欲;观见‘诸欲如草炬,以燃烧为义’者,即由镇伏断远离诸欲;观见‘诸欲如火炭坑,以大热恼为义’者,即由镇伏断远离诸欲;观见‘诸欲如梦境,以短暂显现为义’者,即由镇伏断远离诸欲;观见‘诸欲如借来物,以暂时存在为义’者,即由镇伏断远离诸欲;观见‘诸欲如果实,以被破坏粉碎为义’者,即由镇伏断远离诸欲;观见‘诸欲如屠宰场,以切砍为义’者,即由镇伏断远离诸欲;观见‘诸欲如矛枪,以刺穿为义’者,即由镇伏断远离诸欲;观见‘诸欲如蛇头,以具怖畏为义’者,即由镇伏断远离诸欲;观见‘诸欲如火聚,以大焚烧为义’者,即由镇伏断远离诸欲。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo yādiso yathāyutto yathāvihito yathāpakāro yaṃṭhānappatto yaṃdhammasamannāgato khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā devo vā manusso vā. ti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti dvīhi kāraṇehi kāme parivajjeti – vikkhambhanato vā samucchedato vā. Kathaṃ vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti? ‘‘Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā appassādaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, ‘‘maṃsapesūpamā kāmā bahusādhāraṇaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, ‘‘tiṇukkūpamā kāmā anudahanaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, ‘‘aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā mahāpariḷāhaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, ‘‘supinakūpamā kāmā ittarapaccupaṭṭhānaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, ‘‘yācitakūpamā kāmā tāvakālikaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, ‘‘rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā sambhañjanaparibhañjanaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, ‘‘asisūnūpamā kāmā adhikuṭṭanaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, ‘‘sattisūlūpamā kāmā vinivijjhanaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, ‘‘sappasirūpamā kāmā sappaṭibhayaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti, ‘‘aggikkhandhūpamā kāmā mahābhitāpanaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeti.
田地、宅舍、黄金,
乃至牛马、奴仆、侍从;
“女人、亲族,与种种欲乐——
凡是贪着于此的人。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khettaṃ vatthuṃ hiraññaṃ vā, gavāssaṃ dāsaporisaṃ; Thiyo bandhū puthu kāme, yo naro anugijjhatī’’ti.
那些烦恼本身是软弱、无力、力量微薄、不能持久的,是下劣、卑微、卑贱、可鄙、渺小的。然而,这些烦恼却能缠缚此人、逼迫此人、压倒此人、淹没此人、耗尽此人、摧残此人——如此,此无力者便被它们制服。或者也可以这样理解:这个人本身软弱、无力、力量微薄、不能持久,下劣、卑微、卑贱、可鄙、渺小,他不具备信力、精进力、念力、定力、慧力、惭力、愧力;那些烦恼便能缠缚他、逼迫他、压倒他、淹没他、耗尽他、摧残他——如此,此无力者便被它们制服。显示巴利原文
ti. ti abalā kilesā dubbalā appabalā appathāmakā hīnā nihīnā ( ) omakā lāmakā chatukkā parittā. Te kilesā taṃ puggalaṃ sahanti parisahanti abhibhavanti ajjhottharanti pariyādiyanti maddantīti, evampi abalā naṃ balīyanti. Atha vā, abalaṃ puggalaṃ dubbalaṃ appabalaṃ appathāmakaṃ hīnaṃ nihīnaṃ omakaṃ lāmakaṃ chatukkaṃ parittaṃ, yassa natthi saddhābalaṃ vīriyabalaṃ satibalaṃ samādhibalaṃ paññābalaṃ hiribalaṃ ottappabalaṃ . Te kilesā taṃ puggalaṃ sahanti parisahanti abhibhavanti ajjhottharanti pariyādiyanti maddantīti – evampi abalā naṃ balīyantīti.
什么是显见的障碍?狮子、老虎、豹、熊、鬣狗、鳄鱼、水牛、大象、蛇、蝎、蜈蚣;盗贼或年轻男子,无论作恶与否;眼病、耳病、鼻病、舌病、身病、头痛、耳疾、口腔病、牙病;咳嗽、哮喘、鼻塞、发热、衰老;腹痛、昏迷、痢疾、绞痛、霍乱;疥癣、脓肿、白癜风、痨病、癫痫;癣、痒疹、疥疮、湿疹、疮疹、出血、黄疸;糖尿病、痔疮、脓疱、肛瘘;由胆汁引生的病、由痰涎引生的病、由风引生的病、由三者和合引生的病、由季节变化引生的病、由生活方式不当引生的病;由外伤引生的病、由业报引生的病;寒冷、炎热、饥饿、口渴、大便、小便、蚊虫、风、太阳、爬行类的接触等——这些称为显见的障碍。显示巴利原文
ti. Dve parissayā – pākaṭaparissayā ca paṭicchannaparissayā ca. Katame ? Sīhā byagghā dīpī acchā taracchā kokā mahiṃsā hatthī ahivicchikā satapadī, corā vā assu mānavā vā katakammā vā akatakammā vā, cakkhurogo sotarogo ghānarogo jivhārogo kāyarogo sīsarogo kaṇṇarogo mukharogo dantarogo, kāso sāso pināso ḍāho jaro, kucchirogo mucchā pakkhandikā sūlā visūcikā, kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro, daddu kaṇḍu kacchu rakhasā vitacchikā lohitapittaṃ, madhumeho aṃsā piḷakā bhagandalā, pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā vātasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā sannipātikā ābādhā utupariṇāmajā ābādhā visamaparihārajā ābādhā, opakkamikā ābādhā kammavipākajā ābādhā, sītaṃ uṇhaṃ jighacchā pipāsā uccāro passāvo ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassā iti vā – ime vuccanti pākaṭaparissayā.
什么是隐蔽的障碍?身恶行、语恶行、意恶行;欲贪障碍、嗔恚障碍、昏沉睡眠障碍、掉举恶作障碍、疑惑障碍;贪、嗔、痴、忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭;欺诳、谄曲、骄、暴躁、慢、过慢、憍、放逸;一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切苦恼、一切热恼、一切焦灼、一切不善行——这些称为隐蔽的障碍。显示巴利原文
Katame ? Kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ , kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ, rāgo doso moho kodho upanāho makkho paḷāso issā macchariyaṃ, māyā sāṭheyyaṃ thambho sārambho māno atimāno mado pamādo, sabbe kilesā sabbe duccaritā sabbe darathā sabbe pariḷāhā sabbe santāpā sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā – ime vuccanti paṭicchannaparissayā.
以何义而名为‘危险’?它们压迫于人,故为危险;它们导致退失,故为危险;它们依止于彼处,故为危险。显示巴利原文
ti kenaṭṭhena parissayā? Parisahantīti parissayā, parihānāya saṃvattantīti parissayā, tatrāsayāti parissayā.
如何是‘它们依止于彼处’故为危险呢?当知,就在彼身心中,这些邪恶不善法依止于自体而生起。譬如洞穴中,有依洞穴而栖息的众生;水中,有依水而栖息的众生;林中,有依林而栖息的众生;树上,有依树而栖息的众生;同样地,就在彼身心中,这些邪恶不善法依止于自体而生起。如此,‘它们依止于彼处’即为危险。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tatrāsayāti parissayā? Tatthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti attabhāvasannissayā. Yathā bile bilāsayā pāṇā sayanti, dake dakāsayā pāṇā sayanti, vane vanāsayā pāṇā sayanti, rukkhe rukkhāsayā pāṇā sayanti; evameva tatthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti attabhāvasannissayāti. Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
“诸比丘,有内弟子的比丘、有内师的比丘,住于苦,不安乐。诸比丘,怎样的比丘才是有内弟子、有内师,住于苦、不安乐呢?诸比丘,于此,当比丘眼识色后,那些邪恶不善之法——即与执著意象相伴随、与结缚相关的——在他内生起;这些邪恶不善之法驻于其内、随逐不舍。他便被称为‘有内弟子’。这些法又转而影响他:邪恶不善之法对其转起——因此,他被称为‘有内师。’”显示巴利原文
‘‘Sāntevāsiko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharati. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sāntevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjanti ye pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā, tyassa anto vasanti anvāsavanti pāpakā akusalā dhammāti – tasmā sāntevāsikoti vuccati. Te naṃ samudācaranti. Samudācaranti naṃ pāpakā akusalā dhammāti – tasmā sācariyakoti vuccati.
“再者,诸比丘,比丘耳闻声后……鼻嗅香后……舌尝味后……身触触后……意识法后,那些邪恶不善之法——即与执著意象相伴随、与结缚相关的——在他内生起;这些邪恶不善之法驻于其内、随逐不舍——因此,他被称为‘有内弟子’。这些法又转而影响他:邪恶不善之法对其转起——因此,他被称为‘有内师’。诸比丘,有内弟子、有内师的比丘,便是如此住于苦、不安乐。这也是这里所提到的‘种种危险’之意。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ , bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sotena saddaṃ sutvā, ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā, jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā, kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā, manasā dhammaṃ viññāya uppajjanti ye pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā, tyassa anto vasanti anvāsavanti pāpakā akusalā dhammāti – tasmā sāntevāsikoti vuccati. Te naṃ samudācaranti. Samudācaranti naṃ pāpakā akusalā dhammāti – tasmā sācariyakoti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sāntevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharatī’’ti. Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
“诸比丘,有三种内在的垢秽——内在的敌人、内在的对手、内在的杀手、内在的怨敌。哪三种呢?贪,诸比丘,是内在的垢秽、内在的敌人、内在的对手、内在的杀手、内在的怨敌。瞋……(中略)……痴,诸比丘,是内在的垢秽、内在的敌人、内在的对手、内在的杀手、内在的怨敌。诸比丘,这就是三种内在的垢秽、内在的敌人、内在的对手、内在的杀手、内在的怨敌。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Tayome, bhikkhave, antarāmalā – antarāamittā antarāsapattā antarāvadhakā antarāpaccatthikā. Katame tayo? Lobho, bhikkhave, antarāmalaṃ antarāamitto antarāsapatto antarāvadhako antarāpaccatthiko. Doso…pe… moho, bhikkhave, antarāmalaṃ antarāamitto antarāsapatto antarāvadhako antarāpaccatthiko. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo antarāmalā – antarāamittā antarāsapattā antarāvadhakā antarāpaccatthikā.
贪生损害,贪扰心识;
恐惧生于内心深处,世人对此却毫不觉察。
嗔怒招致无益,嗔怒扰乱心的安静;
恐惧生于内心深处,世人对此却毫不觉察。
愤怒之人不识利益,愤怒之人不见法;
当人被瞋恚所制伏时,那便是盲目的黑暗。
痴产生不利,痴扰乱心神;
恐惧由内而生,人们却觉察不到。
愚痴者不了知义理,愚痴者不见法;
当愚痴征服人时,便是一片盲目的黑暗。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anatthajanano lobho, lobho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. ‘‘Luddho atthaṃ na jānāti, luddho dhammaṃ na passati; Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ lobho sahate naraṃ. ‘‘Anatthajanano doso, doso cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. ‘‘Kuddho atthaṃ na jānāti, kuddho dhammaṃ na passati; Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ doso sahate naraṃ. ‘‘Anatthajanano moho, moho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. ‘‘Mūḷho atthaṃ na jānāti, mūḷho dhammaṃ na passati; Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ moho sahate nara’’nti.
如此,这些便是所谓的危难。显示巴利原文
Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
世尊也曾这样说:“大王,有这三种法,当它们从人的内心生起时,便为其带来不利、痛苦与不安乐。哪三种?贪,大王,是从内心生起,为其带来不利、痛苦与不安乐的法;嗔,大王……痴,大王,是从内心生起,为其带来不利、痛苦与不安乐的法。大王,正是这三种法,当它们从内心生起时,便带来不利、痛苦与不安乐。”显示巴利原文
Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘tayo kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammā ajjhattaṃ uppajjamānā uppajjanti, ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya. Katame tayo? Lobho kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammo ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati, ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya. Doso kho, mahārāja…pe… moho kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammo ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati, ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya. Ime kho, mahārāja, tayo purisassa dhammā ajjhattaṃ uppajjamānā uppajjanti, ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya.
贪、嗔与痴,对于心怀邪恶的人,
这些由自身所生起的东西,会伤害他,如同果实摧毁了树心。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Lobho doso ca moho ca, purisaṃ pāpacetasaṃ; Hiṃsanti attasambhūtā, tacasāraṃva samphala’’nti.
同样地,“它们的栖息之处”即是指种种危难。显示巴利原文
Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
世尊亦曾这样说过:显示巴利原文
Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā –
贪与嗔以此为因,不乐、乐及身毛竖立皆从此生;
由此生起的心念,应如孩童弃舍玩具一般,悉皆舍断。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rāgo ca doso ca itonidānā, arati rati lomahaṃso itojā; Ito samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā, kumārakā dhaṅkamivossajantī’’ti .
如是,这些即是险难。那些险难折磨他、逼迫他、制伏他、吞没他、耗竭他、摧压他——险难便如此摧压他。显示巴利原文
Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā. ti. Te parissayā taṃ puggalaṃ sahanti parisahanti abhibhavanti ajjhottharanti pariyādiyanti maddantīti – maddante naṃ parissayā.
从种种危险之中,痛苦便追随那人,随逐于他,成为他的同伴。生的痛苦追随他,随逐于他,成为他的同伴;老的痛苦追随他,随逐于他,成为他的同伴;病的痛苦追随他,随逐于他,成为他的同伴;死的痛苦追随他,随逐于他,成为他的同伴;忧伤、悲伤、苦痛、忧恼、绝望之苦追随他,随逐于他,成为他的同伴;地狱之苦、畜生道之苦、饿鬼道之苦追随他,随逐于他,成为他的同伴;人间的苦追随他,随逐于他,成为他的同伴…… 入胎为根源的苦…… 住胎为根源的苦…… 出胎为根源的苦…… 出生后连累的苦…… 出生后受制于人的苦…… 自己加害的苦…… 他人加害的苦追随他,随逐于他,成为他的同伴;苦苦追随他,随逐于他,成为他的同伴;行苦…… 坏苦…… 眼病、耳病、鼻病、舌病、身病、头痛、耳疾、口病、牙病;咳嗽、哮喘、鼻炎、发烧、衰老;腹痛、昏迷、痢疾、绞痛、霍乱;麻风、脓肿、白斑、痨病、癫痫;癣、疥、痒症、抓伤、皲裂;内出血;糖尿病、痔疮、皮疹、瘘管;胆汁引发的疾病、痰引发的疾病、风引发的疾病、综合失调引发的疾病;气候变化产生的疾病、不适宜起居产生的疾病;外伤引发的疾病、业报产生的疾病;寒冷、炎热、饥饿、口渴;大便、小便;蝇、蚊、风、日、蛇等接触之苦…… 母亲去世的痛苦…… 父亲去世的痛苦…… 兄弟去世的痛苦…… 姐妹去世的痛苦…… 儿子去世的痛苦…… 女儿去世的痛苦…… 失去亲族的痛苦…… 失去财富的痛苦…… 因疾病遭灾的痛苦…… 破戒遭灾的痛苦…… 邪见遭灾的痛苦追随他,随逐于他,成为他的同伴——如此,痛苦便追随他。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tato tato parissayato taṃ puggalaṃ dukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, jātidukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, jarādukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, byādhidukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, maraṇadukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, nerayikaṃ dukkhaṃ, tiracchānayonikaṃ dukkhaṃ, pettivisayikaṃ dukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, mānusikaṃ dukkhaṃ… gabbhokkantimūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ… gabbhe ṭhitimūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ… gabbhā vuṭṭhānamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ… jātassūpanibandhakaṃ dukkhaṃ… jātassa parādheyyakaṃ dukkhaṃ… attūpakkamaṃ dukkhaṃ… parūpakkamaṃ dukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, dukkhadukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, saṅkhāradukkhaṃ… vipariṇāmadukkhaṃ … cakkhurogo sotarogo ghānarogo jivhārogo kāyarogo sīsarogo kaṇṇarogo mukharogo dantarogo, kāso sāso pināso ḍāho jaro, kucchirogo mucchā pakkhandikā sūlā visūcikā, kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro, daddu kaṇḍu kacchu rakhasā vitacchikā lohitapittaṃ, madhumeho aṃsā piḷakā bhagandalā pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā vātasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā sannipātikā ābādhā utupariṇāmajā ābādhā visamaparihārajā ābādhā, opakkamikā ābādhā kammavipākajā ābādhā, sītaṃ uṇhaṃ jighacchā pipāsā uccāro passāvo ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassadukkhaṃ… mātumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ… pitumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ… bhātumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ… bhaginimaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ… puttamaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ… dhītumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ … ñātibyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ… bhogabyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ… rogabyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ… sīlabyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ… diṭṭhibyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hotīti – tato naṃ dukkhamanveti.
正如一艘破船,水从四处涌来,紧紧追随、随逐、形影不离:从前方,水也紧紧追随、随逐、形影不离;从后方……从下方……从侧旁,水也紧紧追随、随逐、形影不离。同样地,从诸般险难中,痛苦也紧紧追随那个人、随逐、形影不离。生的痛苦紧紧追随他、随逐、形影不离……乃至……邪见所生灾患的痛苦紧紧追随他、随逐、形影不离,恰如水追随破船一般。显示巴利原文
nti. Yathā bhinnaṃ nāvaṃ dakamesiṃ tato tato udakaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, puratopi udakaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, pacchatopi… heṭṭhatopi… passatopi udakaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti; evameva tato tato parissayato taṃ puggalaṃ dukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti, jātidukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hoti…pe… diṭṭhibyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ anveti anugacchati anvāyikaṃ hotīti – nāvaṃ bhinnamivodakaṃ.
184 为此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“无力者被强力所折服,险难碾压摧伏他;”
随后苦便随之而来,如同水涌入破船一般。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Abalā naṃ balīyanti, maddante naṃ parissayā; Tato naṃ dukkhamanveti, nāvaṃ bhinnamivodaka’’nti.
“因此”——意指由于那个原因、因为那个理由、以那个为条件、以那个为源头,见到诸欲中的这种过患,所以如此说。“众生”——指的是有情、人、摩纳婆、个体、补特伽罗、命者、生者、人、因陀罗、人。“恒常地”——意指经常地、于一切时、于一切时间、于永恒的时间、于持续的时间、不断地、连续地、无间断地、一个接一个地、犹如水泡接连生起般、无有间隔、紧密相续、相连不断、触对相续。于饭前、于饭后、于初夜、于中夜、于后夜;于黑暗的半月、于明亮的半月、于雨季、于冬季、于夏季;于生命的早期、于生命的中期、于生命的后期。“具念”——通过四种原因而具念:于身修习身随观念处而具念;于受修习受随观念处而具念;于心修习心随观念处而具念;于法修习法随观念处而具念。还可以通过另外四种原因而具念……(中略)……他被称为具念者。——因此,众生应当恒常地具念。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā etaṃ ādīnavaṃ sampassamāno kāmesūti – tasmā. ti satto naro mānavo poso puggalo jīvo jāgu jantu indagu manujo. ti sadā sabbadā sabbakālaṃ niccakālaṃ dhuvakālaṃ satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ poṅkhānupoṅkhaṃ udakūmikajātaṃ avīci santati sahitaṃ phassitaṃ , purebhattaṃ pacchābhattaṃ purimayāmaṃ majjhimayāmaṃ pacchimayāmaṃ, kāḷe juṇhe vasse hemante gimhe, purime vayokhandhe majjhime vayokhandhe pacchime vayokhandhe. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, vedanāsu… citte… dhammesu dhammānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato. Aparehi catūhi kāraṇehi sato…pe… so vuccati satoti – tasmā jantu sadā sato.
总括而言,有二种欲:所欲与烦恼欲。何等为所欲?即可爱之色、可爱之声、可爱之香、可爱之味、可爱之触,床具、衣物,婢女、奴仆,山羊、绵羊、鸡、猪,象、牛、马、牝马,田地、宅地,金币、黄金,村落、市镇、王都以及国土、区域,乃至库藏与仓库——凡能令人贪染的任何所缘,皆属所欲。又有过去之欲、未来之欲、现在之欲,内在之欲、外在之欲、内外之欲,劣等之欲、中等之欲、殊胜之欲,恶趣之欲、人间之欲、天界之欲、现前存在之欲,自所化作之欲、非自所化作之欲、他所化作之欲,已执取之欲、未执取之欲,已执为‘我的’之欲、未执为‘我的’之欲。乃至一切与欲界相应之法、一切与色界相应之法、一切与无色界相应之法——以渴爱为依止、以渴爱为所缘,由能引生欲望、令人耽著、令人迷醉之义,悉称为欲。是等名为所欲。显示巴利原文
ti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca. Katame vatthukāmā? Manāpikā rūpā manāpikā saddā manāpikā gandhā manāpikā rasā manāpikā phoṭṭhabbā, attharaṇā pāvuraṇā dāsidāsā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā hatthigavāssavaḷavā, khettaṃ vatthu hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ, gāmanigamarājadhāniyo raṭṭhañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca, yaṃ kiñci rajanīyaṃ vatthu – vatthukāmā. Api ca atītā kāmā anāgatā kāmā paccuppannā kāmā, ajjhattā kāmā bahiddhā kāmā ajjhattabahiddhā kāmā, hīnā kāmā majjhimā kāmā paṇītā kāmā, āpāyikā kāmā mānusikā kāmā dibbā kāmā paccupaṭṭhitā kāmā, nimmitā kāmā animmitā kāmā paranimmitā kāmā, pariggahitā kāmā apariggahitā kāmā, mamāyitā kāmā amamāyitā kāmā, sabbepi kāmāvacarā dhammā, sabbepi rūpāvacarā dhammā, sabbepi arūpāvacarā dhammā, taṇhāvatthukā taṇhārammaṇā kāmanīyaṭṭhena rajanīyaṭṭhena madanīyaṭṭhena kāmā. Ime vuccanti vatthukāmā.
“超越了它们”——遍知事物之欲后,将烦恼之欲断除、舍弃、驱除、灭尽、令不复存在;将欲贪盖断除、舍弃、驱除、灭尽、令不复存在;将嗔恚盖……昏沉睡眠盖……掉举恶作盖……疑盖……断除后,他便能渡过、越过、跨过、超越、脱离欲流、有流、见流、无明流。这就是“超越了它们,渡过了洪流”。显示巴利原文
nti. ti vatthukāme parijānitvā kilesakāme pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gamitvā; kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gamitvā; byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ…pe… thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ… uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ… vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gamitvā kāmoghaṃ bhavoghaṃ diṭṭhoghaṃ avijjoghaṃ tareyya uttareyya patareyya samatikkameyya vītivatteyyāti – te pahāya tare oghaṃ.
“如同舍弃了沉重的船”——犹如有人让沉重满载的船进水、沉没、丢弃后,乘上轻便的船,便能快速、轻易、不费辛劳地抵达彼岸;同样地,遍知事物之欲后,将烦恼之欲断除、舍弃、驱除、灭尽、令不复存在;将欲贪盖……嗔恚盖……昏沉睡眠盖……掉举恶作盖……疑盖……断除后,便能快速、轻易、不费辛劳地抵达彼岸。所谓彼岸,即是不死,即是涅槃。那是诸行的止息、一切所依的舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离贪、灭、涅槃。“到达彼岸”——即是到达彼岸、触证彼岸、作证彼岸。心向彼岸者,是“到彼岸者”;正往彼岸者,也是“到彼岸者”;已达彼岸者,同样是“到彼岸者”。显示巴利原文
ti. Yathā garukaṃ nāvaṃ bhārikaṃ udakaṃ sitvā osiñcitvā chaḍḍetvā lahukāya nāvāya khippaṃ lahuṃ appakasireneva pāraṃ gaccheyya; evameva vatthukāme parijānitvā kilesakāme pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gamitvā; kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ… byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ… thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ… uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ… vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gamitvā khippaṃ lahuṃ appakasireneva pāraṃ gaccheyya. Pāraṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ . ti – pāraṃ adhigaccheyya, pāraṃ phuseyya, pāraṃ sacchikareyya. ti yopi pāraṃ gantukāmo sopi pāragū; yopi pāraṃ gacchati sopi pāragū; yopi pāraṃ gato, sopi pāragū.
这也是世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā –
他已渡越至彼岸,立于坚实之地,因此被称为婆罗门。诸比丘,“婆罗门”一词,正是对阿拉汉的称呼。他是以智通达到彼岸者,以遍知达到彼岸者,以断除达到彼岸者,以修习达到彼岸者,以证悟达到彼岸者,以等至达到彼岸者。他是以智通达至一切法彼岸者,以遍知达至一切苦彼岸者,以断除达至一切烦恼彼岸者,以修习达至四圣道彼岸者,以证悟达至灭谛彼岸者,以等至达至一切等至彼岸者。他于圣者之戒,已达自在与圆满;于圣者之定,已达自在与圆满;于圣者之慧,已达自在与圆满;于圣者之解脱,已达自在与圆满。他已至彼岸,已达尽头,已到终点,已至边际,已达终结,已得完成,已入归趣,已至避难所,已入庇护所,已到皈依处,已证安稳处,已入无畏处,已得不死处,已入涅槃,亲证涅槃。他是已成就梵行、圆满修持的人;是已抵道路尽头、已达最终目标、已到终点的人;是已守护梵行、达到最高见解、已修道途、已断烦恼、已证不动、已证灭谛的人。他已遍知苦,已断除集,已修习道,已证得灭。所应智通者,他已智通;所应遍知者,他已遍知;所应断除者,他已断除;所应修习者,他已修习;所应证悟者,他已证悟。显示巴利原文
Tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇoti. Brāhmaṇoti kho, bhikkhave, arahato etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. So abhiññāpāragū pariññāpāragū pahānapāragū bhāvanāpāragū sacchikiriyāpāragū samāpattipāragū. Abhiññāpāragū sabbadhammānaṃ, pariññāpāragū sabbadukkhānaṃ, pahānapāragū sabbakilesānaṃ, bhāvanāpāragū catunnaṃ ariyamaggānaṃ, sacchikiriyāpāragū nirodhassa, samāpattipāragū sabbasamāpattīnaṃ. So vasippatto pāramippatto ariyasmiṃ sīlasmiṃ, vasippatto pāramippatto ariyasmiṃ samādhismiṃ, vasippatto pāramippatto ariyāya paññāya, vasippatto pāramippatto ariyāya vimuttiyā. So pāraṃ gato pārappatto antagato antappatto koṭigato koṭippatto pariyantagato pariyantappatto vosānagato vosānappatto tāṇagato tāṇappatto leṇagato leṇappatto saraṇagato saraṇappatto abhayagato abhayappatto accutagato accutappatto amatagato amatappatto nibbānagato nibbānappatto. So vuṭṭhavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo gataddho gatadiso gatakoṭiko pālitabrahmacariyo uttamadiṭṭhippatto bhāvitamaggo pahīnakileso paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho, dukkhaṃ tassa pariññātaṃ, samudayo pahīno, maggo bhāvito, nirodho sacchikato, abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, pariññeyyaṃ pariññātaṃ, pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvitaṃ, sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikataṃ.
他已拔除门闩,填平壕沟,拔起柱子,卸落门栏,身为圣者,旗帜已偃,重担已释,脱离系缚。他断除了五支,成就了六支,拥有一项守护,依止四种依处,舍弃了各各孤立的宗派见解,彻底舍断了对寻求的执取,思惟澄净无浊,身行全然轻安,心善解脱,慧善解脱。他是圆成者、安住者,是最上士、至高士,达至了最上的证得。他既不积聚,也不减损;于减损之后,他安住下来。他既不丢弃,也不执取;于丢弃之后,他安住下来。他既不黏着,也不推开;于推开之后,他安住下来。他既不使消散,也不使堆积;于消散之后,他安住下来。由于已具足无学的戒蕴,他安住下来。由于已具足无学的定蕴,他安住下来。由于已具足无学的慧蕴,他安住下来。由于已具足无学的解脱蕴,他安住下来。由于已具足无学的解脱知见蕴,他安住下来。如理实践真理之后,他安住下来。超越了欲望的冲动之后,他安住下来。耗尽了烦恼之火之后,他安住下来。由于不再造作,他安住下来。持守了所应作的之后,他安住下来。由于趋向解脱,他安住下来。由于慈心的清净,他安住下来。由于悲心的清净,他安住下来。由于喜心的清净,他安住下来。由于舍心的清净,他安住下来。由于究竟的清净,他安住下来。由于无为的清净,他安住下来。由于已得解脱,他安住下来。由于已得满足,他安住下来。他安住于诸蕴的尽头,安住于诸界的尽头,安住于诸处的尽头,安住于诸趣的尽头,安住于投生的尽头,安住于结生的尽头,安住于有的尽头,安住于轮回的尽头,安住于流转的尽头,安住于最后有,安住于最后的身躯聚合。阿拉汉,是拥有最后之身者。显示巴利原文
So ukkhittapaligho saṃkiṇṇaparikkho abbuḷhesiko niraggaḷo ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaññutto pañcaṅgavippahīno chaḷaṅgasamannāgato ekārakkho caturāpasseno panuṇṇapaccekasacco samavayasaṭṭhesano anāvilasaṅkappo passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro suvimuttacitto suvimuttapañño kevalī vusitavā uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattippatto. So nevācinati nāpacinati , apacinitvā ṭhito. Neva pajahati na upādiyati, pajahitvā ṭhito. Neva saṃsibbati na ussineti, visinitvā ṭhito. Neva vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti, vidhūpetvā ṭhito. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgatattā ṭhito. Asekkhena samādhikkhandhena… asekkhena paññākkhandhena… asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena… asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgatattā ṭhito. Saccaṃ sampaṭipādiyitvā ṭhito. Ejaṃ samatikkamitvā ṭhito. Kilesaggiṃ pariyādiyitvā ṭhito, aparigamanatāya ṭhito, kaṭaṃ samādāya ṭhito, muttipaṭisevanatāya ṭhito, mettāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito, karuṇāya… muditāya… upekkhāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito, accantapārisuddhiyā ṭhito, akammayatāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito, vimuttattā ṭhito, santussitattā ṭhito, khandhapariyante ṭhito, dhātupariyante ṭhito, āyatanapariyante ṭhito, gatipariyante ṭhito, upapattipariyante ṭhito, paṭisandhipariyante ṭhito, (bhavapariyante ṭhito, saṃsārapariyante ṭhito vaṭṭapariyante ṭhito, antime bhave ṭhito,) antime samussaye ṭhito, antimadehadharo arahā.
犹如乘船而度至彼岸。因此,世尊这样说:
因此,人应恒持正念,远离诸欲;
他们舍弃了这一切,渡过洪流,如乘舟筏而至彼岸。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassāyaṃ pacchimako bhavo, carimoyaṃ samussayo; Jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavo’’ti. Nāvaṃ sitvāva pāragūti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘Tasmā jantu sadā sato, kāmāni parivajjaye; Te pahāya tare oghaṃ, nāvaṃ sitvāva pāragū’’ti.
欲经义释第一显示巴利原文
Kāmasuttaniddeso paṭhamo.
第二 窟八偈经义释显示巴利原文
2. Guhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso
接下来,将阐明《洞穴经》的义理——显示巴利原文
Atha guhaṭṭhakasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
所谓“困住者”,此处先说明什么是洞穴。“洞穴”即指身体。身体、洞穴、躯壳、肉体、船、车、幢、蚁冢、城、巢、小屋、肿物、罐、龙象——这些都是身体的同义词。所谓“困在洞穴中”,即紧紧粘着、深深附着、被束缚、被困住、被障碍。犹如墙上钉子或挂钩上悬挂的肿块,紧紧粘着附着;同样,一个人对这副身体紧紧粘着附着,被束缚障碍。对此,世尊曾这样说:显示巴利原文
ti. Sattoti hi kho vuttaṃ, api ca guhā tāva vattabbā. vuccati kāyo. Kāyoti vā guhāti vā dehoti vā sandehoti vā nāvāti vā rathoti vā dhajoti vā vammikoti vā nagaranti vā niḍḍanti vā kuṭīti vā gaṇḍoti vā kumbhoti vā nāgoti vā kāyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. nti guhāyaṃ satto visatto āsatto laggo laggito palibuddho. Yathā bhittikhile vā nāgadante vā gaṇḍaṃ sattaṃ visattaṃ āsattaṃ laggaṃ laggitaṃ palibuddhaṃ; evameva guhāyaṃ satto visatto āsatto laggo laggito palibuddho. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“罗陀,对于色,若有欲求、贪染、欢喜、渴爱,有亲近与执取,以及心的确立、顽固、随眠之处,他便被‘困住’了,紧紧粘着,因此称为‘困住者’。对于受,罗陀……对于想,罗陀……对于行,罗陀……对于识,罗陀,若有欲求、贪染、欢喜、渴爱,有亲近与执取,以及心的确立、顽固、随眠之处,他便被‘困住’了,紧紧粘着,因此称为‘困住者’。‘困住者’即是粘着的同义词。”——这便是所谓“困在洞穴中”。他遭众多烦恼所覆盖:贪欲所覆、嗔恨所覆、愚痴所覆、愤怒所覆、怨恨所覆、轻蔑所覆、傲慢所覆、嫉妒所覆、悭吝所覆、虚伪所覆、狡诈所覆、顽固所覆、挑衅所覆、骄慢所覆、过慢所覆、自大所覆、放逸所覆。为一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切动荡、一切炽热、一切焦灼、一切不善之行所覆盖、重重覆盖、全然覆盖、遮蔽、笼罩、封闭、隐藏、遮盖——这便是所谓“困在洞穴中,被深深覆盖着”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Rūpe kho, rādha, yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye upayūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā, tatra satto tatra visatto; tasmā sattoti vuccati. Vedanāya kho, rādha…pe… saññāya kho, rādha… saṅkhāresu kho, rādha… viññāṇe kho, rādha, yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye upayūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā, tatra satto tatra visatto; tasmā sattoti vuccati. Sattoti lagganādhivacana’’nti – satto guhāyaṃ. ti bahukehi kilesehi channo, rāgena channo dosena channo mohena channo kodhena channo upanāhena channo makkhena channo paḷāsena channo issāya channo macchariyena channo māyāya channo sāṭheyyena channo thambhena channo sārambhena channo mānena channo atimānena channo madena channo pamādena channo. Sabbakilesehi sabbaduccaritehi sabbadarathehi sabbapariḷāhehi sabbasantāpehi sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārehi channo vichanno ucchanno āvuto nivuto ovuto pihito paṭicchanno paṭikujjitoti – satto guhāyaṃ bahunābhichanno.
所谓“人就如此安住”,即是:一个被贪所染的人,依着贪的力量而安住;一个被嗔所染的人,依着嗔的力量而安住;一个被痴所蔽的人,依着痴的力量而安住;一个被慢所缚的人,依着慢的力量而安住;一个固执己见的人,依着邪见的力量而安住;一个心绪散乱的人,依着掉举的力量而安住;一个尚未决断的人,依着疑的力量而安住;一个根深蒂固的人,依着随眠烦恼的力量而安住。一个人,便是这样安住的。显示巴利原文
ti tiṭṭhanto naro ratto rāgavasena tiṭṭhati, duṭṭho dosavasena tiṭṭhati, mūḷho mohavasena tiṭṭhati, vinibaddho mānavasena tiṭṭhati, parāmaṭṭho diṭṭhivasena tiṭṭhati, vikkhepagato uddhaccavasena tiṭṭhati, aniṭṭhaṅgato vicikicchāvasena tiṭṭhati, thāmagato anusayavasena tiṭṭhati. Evampi tiṭṭhaṃ naro.
世尊曾这样说过:“诸比丘,有眼所识知的色,是可意、可爱、悦心、悦意、伴随贪欲、令人染著的。如果比丘对此随喜、称叹、耽著而安住,他便是站住不动了。诸比丘,有耳所识知的声……鼻所识知的香……舌所识知的味……身所识知的触……意所识知的法,是可意、可爱、悦心、悦意、伴随贪欲、令人染著的。如果比丘对此随喜、称叹、耽著而安住,他便是站住不动了。”显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati. Santi, bhikkhave, sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā… jivhāviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā… manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhatī’’ti. Evampi tiṭṭhaṃ naro.
世尊曾这样说道:“诸比丘,若识依色而住,它就安住;以色为所缘,以色为立足处,以喜为浇灌,它便得到增长、扩展、广大。诸比丘,若识依受而住……依想而住……诸比丘,若识依行而住,它就安住;以行为所缘,以行为立足处,以喜为浇灌,它便得到增长、扩展、广大。”一个人,也会这样安住。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘rūpūpayaṃ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭhati, rūpārammaṇaṃ rūpapatiṭṭhaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjati. Vedanūpayaṃ vā, bhikkhave…pe… saññūpayaṃ… saṅkhārūpayaṃ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭhati, saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ saṅkhārapatiṭṭhaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjatī’’ti. Evampi tiṭṭhaṃ naro.
世尊也曾这样说:'诸比丘,若于抟食有贪染、有欢喜、有渴爱,识便在那里立足、增长。凡识立足、增长之处,那里就有名色的入胎。凡有名色入胎之处,那里便有诸行的增长。凡有诸行增长之处,那里便有未来的再生。凡有未来再生之处,那里便有未来的生、老、死。诸比丘,凡有未来的生、老、死之处,我说那是伴随着忧、伴随着尘垢、伴随着苦恼的。'一个人也如此安住。显示巴利原文
Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘kabaḷīkāre ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ. Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassāvakkanti. Yattha atthi nāmarūpassāvakkanti, atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sarajaṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmī’’ti. Evampi tiṭṭhaṃ naro.
'诸比丘,若于触食……诸比丘,若于意思食……诸比丘,若于识食有贪染、有欢喜、有渴爱,识便在那里立足、增长。凡识立足、增长之处,那里就有名色的入胎。凡有名色入胎之处,那里便有诸行的增长。凡有诸行增长之处,那里便有未来的再生。凡有未来再生之处,那里便有未来的生、老、死。凡有未来的生、老、死之处,诸比丘,我说那是伴随着忧、伴随着尘垢、伴随着苦恼的。'一个人也如此安住。显示巴利原文
‘‘Phasse ce, bhikkhave, āhāre…pe… manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre… viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā , patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ. Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassāvakkanti. Yattha atthi nāmarūpassāvakkanti, atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti , atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sarajaṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmī’’ti. Evampi tiṭṭhaṃ naro.
'迷惑',指的是五种欲功德。眼所识的色,可爱、可意、悦意、可亲、与欲相连、诱人;耳所识的声……鼻所识的香……舌所识的味……身所识的触,可爱、可意、悦意、可亲、与欲相连、诱人。为何五种欲功德被称为'迷惑'?因为绝大多数的天与人在这五种欲功德上迷惑、极迷惑、彻底迷惑,为无明所盲,被覆盖、被遮蔽、被隐藏、被封闭、被掩盖、被障蔽,以此缘故,五种欲功德被称为'迷惑'。'一个人住立、沉入、深陷、浸没在迷惑中'——此人便如此安住于迷惑。显示巴利原文
ti. Mohanā vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā. Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā; sotaviññeyyā saddā… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā… jivhāviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā. Kiṃ kāraṇā mohanā vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā? Yebhuyyena devamanussā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu muyhanti sammuyhanti sampamuyhanti, mūḷhā sammūḷhā sampamūḷhā avijjāya andhīkatā āvutā nivutā ovutā pihitā paṭicchannā paṭikujjitā, taṃ kāraṇā mohanā vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā. ti mohanasmiṃ pagāḷho ogāḷho ajjhogāḷho nimuggoti – tiṭṭhaṃ naro mohanasmiṃ pagāḷho.
“远离”有三种:身远离、心远离、依远离。什么是身远离?此处,有比丘亲近远离的坐卧处——山林、树下、山丘、岩谷、山窟、冢间、林野、空地、草堆。他以身远离而住。他独自行走,独自站立,独自安坐,独自卧下;独自入村乞食,独自返回,独自静坐于隐蔽处,独自从事经行;他独自地行、住、止、持,延续度过其生活。这便是身远离。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tayo vivekā – kāyaviveko, cittaviveko, upadhiviveko. Katamo kāyaviveko? Idha bhikkhu vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. Kāyena vivitto viharati. So eko gacchati, eko tiṭṭhati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, eko paṭikkamati, eko raho nisīdati, eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, eko carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti. Ayaṃ kāyaviveko.
什么是心远离?证入初禅者,其心远离五盖。证入第二禅者,其心远离寻与伺。证入第三禅者,其心远离喜。证入第四禅者,其心远离苦与乐。证入空无边处者,其心远离色想、抗拒想与种种想。证入识无边处者,其心远离空无边处想。证入无所有处者,其心远离识无边处想。证入非想非非想处者,其心远离无所有处想。入流者心远离有身见、疑、戒禁取、见随眠、疑随眠,以及与这些同类的烦恼。一来者心远离粗重的欲贪结、嗔恚结、粗重的欲贪随眠、嗔恚随眠,以及与这些同类的烦恼。不还者心远离微细俱行的欲贪结、嗔恚结、微细俱行的欲贪随眠、嗔恚随眠,以及与这些同类的烦恼。阿拉汉心远离色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明、慢随眠、有贪随眠、无明随眠,以及与这些同类的烦恼,对外在的一切相也都远离。这就是心远离。显示巴利原文
Katamo cittaviveko? Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa nīvaraṇehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pītiyā cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sukhadukkhehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññāya paṭighasaññāya nānattasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Sotāpannassa sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā vicikicchāya sīlabbataparāmāsā diṭṭhānusayā vicikicchānusayā, tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Sakadāgāmissa oḷārikā kāmarāgasaññojanā paṭighasaññojanā oḷārikā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā, tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Anāgāmissa anusahagatā kāmarāgasaññojanā paṭighasaññojanā anusahagatā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā, tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Arahato rūpārūparāgā mānā uddhaccā avijjāya mānānusayā bhavarāgānusayā avijjānusayā , tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ cittaviveko.
什么是依远离?所谓“依”,指烦恼、诸蕴与诸行。依远离,即不死的涅槃。那便是一切行的止息、一切依的彻底舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离染、灭——涅槃。这就是依远离。身远离,是住于远离、喜乐于出离者的状态;心远离,是心念清净、达最极洁白者的状态;依远离,是无所依著、超越诸行境界者的状态。显示巴利原文
Katamo upadhiviveko? Upadhi vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. Upadhiviveko vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ayaṃ upadhiviveko. Kāyaviveko ca vivekaṭṭhakāyānaṃ nekkhammābhiratānaṃ, cittaviveko ca parisuddhacittānaṃ paramavodānappattānaṃ, upadhiviveko ca nirūpadhīnaṃ puggalānaṃ visaṅkhāragatānaṃ.
像这样陷在窟宅里的众生,像这样被众多烦恼覆盖,像这样沉溺在迷妄之中:他离身远离很远,离心远离很远,离无依远离很远、非常远、极度的远,不接近、不靠近、不邻接那远离的境界。对于这种如是状态、如是类型、如是模样的沉溺迷妄者,确实是这样说的——那般样貌之人,离远离实在太远了。显示巴利原文
ti. Yo so evaṃ guhāyaṃ satto, evaṃ bahukehi kilesehi channo, evaṃ mohanasmiṃ pagāḷho, so kāyavivekāpi dūre, cittavivekāpi dūre, upadhivivekāpi dūre vidūre suvidūre na santike na sāmantā anāsanne vivekaṭṭhe . ti tādiso tassaṇṭhito tappakāro tappaṭibhāgo yo so mohanasmiṃ pagāḷhoti – dūre vivekā hi tathāvidho so.
“诸欲”——总括而言,有两种欲:事物之欲与烦恼之欲……(中略)……这些称为事物之欲……(中略)……这些称为烦恼之欲。“回避诸欲”——可由两种方式回避诸欲:或以镇伏断,或以正断。如何以镇伏断回避诸欲?当观见“诸欲如骨锁,因味少故”,以此通过镇伏断回避诸欲;当观见“诸欲如肉块,因共众多众生故”,以此通过镇伏断回避诸欲;当观见“诸欲如草炬,因带来燃烧故”,以此通过镇伏断回避诸欲……(中略)……修习非想非非想处定,以此通过镇伏断回避诸欲。如此,便是以镇伏断回避诸欲……(中略)……如此,便是以正断回避诸欲。这就是“应当回避诸欲”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti dvīhi kāraṇehi kāme parivajjeyya – vikkhambhanato vā samucchedato vā. Kathaṃ vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeyya? ‘‘Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā appassādaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeyya, ‘‘maṃsapesūpamā kāmā bahusādhāraṇaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeyya, ‘‘tiṇukkūpamā kāmā anudahanaṭṭhenā’’ti passanto vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeyya…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ bhāvento vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeyya. Evaṃ vikkhambhanato kāme parivajjeyya…pe… evaṃ samucchedato kāme parivajjeyyāti – kāmāni parivajjaye.
什么是烦恼欲?意欲是欲,贪染是欲,意欲之贪是欲;思惟是欲,贪染是欲,思惟之贪是欲。也就是对于种种欲乐对象所起的:欲贪、欲染、欲喜、欲爱、欲恋、欲热、欲迷、欲着、欲流、欲轭、欲取、欲贪盖。显示巴利原文
Katame kilesakāmā? Chando kāmo rāgo kāmo chandarāgo kāmo, saṅkappo kāmo rāgo kāmo saṅkapparāgo kāmo, yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasneho kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ kāmogho kāmayogo kāmupādānaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ.
欲啊,我已见到你的根源——你从思惟而生起;
我将不再思惟你,如此,欲啊,你便不复存在了。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Addasaṃ kāma te mūlaṃ, saṅkappā kāma jāyasi; Na taṃ saṅkappayissāmi, evaṃ kāma na hohisī’’ti. –
这些名为烦恼欲。恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间,皆摄其中。世间诸欲确实难以断除、难以弃舍、难以出离、难以摧破、难以解缚、难以解脱、难以度越、难以跨过、难以超越、难以逆转——世间之欲,实难断除。显示巴利原文
Ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke, khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloke. ti. Kāmā hi loke duppahāyā duccajjā duppariccajjā dunnimmadayā dunniveṭhayā dubbiniveṭhayā duttarā duppatarā dussamatikkamā dubbinivattāti – kāmā hi loke na hi suppahāyā.
98 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
‘深陷于洞穴中、被重重覆盖的人,站立而沉溺于愚痴;
如此之人实已远离独处,世间的感官欲望确难断除。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Satto guhāyaṃ bahunābhichanno, tiṭṭhaṃ naro mohanasmiṃ pagāḷho; Dūre vivekā hi tathāvidho so, kāmā hi loke na hi suppahāyā’’ti.
所谓欲求,即是渴爱。即:贪染、强烈贪染、随顺、随喜、欢喜、欢喜贪染,心的强烈贪染、欲求、昏昧、深著、黏着、极黏着、系缚、泥沼,晃动、欺诳、能生、令生、缝合、结网、河流、广布,线缕、散布、聚集、同伴、希求、有之管道,林、密林、流转、爱恋、期待、亲属,期望、愿望、期盼的状态,对色的期望、对声的期望、对香的期望、对味的期望、对所触的期望,对利得的期望、对财富的期望、对儿女的期望、对生命的期望,祈语、多祈语、极祈语、祈语状态、祈语性,贪求、贪求的状态、贪求性,诸欲贪求、好乐,非法贪染、不平均贪,倾向、意欲、希冀、羡慕、遍希冀,欲渴爱、有渴爱、无有渴爱,色渴爱、无色渴爱、灭渴爱,色渴爱、声渴爱、香渴爱、味渴爱、所触渴爱、法渴爱,瀑流、轭、结、取、障碍、盖、遮蔽、系缚,随烦恼、随眠、缠缚、蔓草、悭吝,苦根、苦因、苦源,魔网、魔钩、魔境,渴爱河、渴爱网、渴爱索、渴爱海,贪求、贪、不善根。所有这些,都是以欲求为因、以欲求为缘、以欲求为条件、以欲求为原因、以欲求为根源而生起的——以欲求为根源。显示巴利原文
ti. Icchā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo anunayo anurodho nandī nandirāgo, cittassa sārāgo icchā mucchā ajjhosānaṃ gedho paligedho saṅgo paṅko, ejā māyā janikā sañjananī sibbinī jālinī saritā visattikā, suttaṃ visaṭā āyūhinī dutiyā paṇidhi bhavanetti, vanaṃ vanatho sandhavo sneho apekkhā paṭibandhu, āsā āsīsanā āsīsitattaṃ, rūpāsā saddāsā gandhāsā rasāsā phoṭṭhabbāsā, lābhāsā dhanāsā puttāsā jīvitāsā , jappā pajappā abhijappā jappanā jappitattaṃ loluppaṃ loluppāyanā loluppāyitattaṃ pucchañchikatā sādhukamyatā, adhammarāgo visamalobho nikanti nikāmanā patthanā pihanā sampatthanā, kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā, rūpataṇhā arūpataṇhā nirodhataṇhā, rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā, ogho yogo gantho upādānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ chadanaṃ bandhanaṃ, upakkileso anusayo pariyuṭṭhānaṃ latā vevicchaṃ , dukkhamūlaṃ dukkhanidānaṃ dukkhappabhavo mārapāso mārabaḷisaṃ māravisayo, taṇhānadī taṇhājālaṃ taṇhāgaddulaṃ taṇhāsamuddo abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti icchānidānakā icchāhetukā icchāpaccayā icchākāraṇā icchāpabhavāti – icchānidānā.
一种生存之悦乐,谓乐受。二种生存之悦乐,谓乐受与可意事物。三种生存之悦乐,谓青春、健康、生命。四种生存之悦乐,谓利得、名声、称赞、快乐。五种生存之悦乐,谓可意色、可意声、可意香、可意味、可意所触。六种生存之悦乐,谓眼根具足、耳根具足、鼻根具足、舌根具足、身根具足、意根具足。他们为这些生存之悦乐所束缚:为乐受所缚,为可意事物所缚,为青春所缚,为健康所缚,为生命所缚,为利得所缚,为名声所缚,为称赞所缚,为快乐所缚,为可意色所缚,为可意声、可意香、可意味、可意所触所缚,为眼根具足所缚,为耳根具足、鼻根具足、舌根具足、身根具足、意根具足所缚,为紧缚、遍缚、粘着、附着、缠结所缚。这些,便是以欲求为根源、为生存之悦乐所束缚的状态。显示巴利原文
ti. Ekaṃ bhavasātaṃ – sukhā vedanā. Dve bhavasātāni – sukhā ca vedanā iṭṭhañca vatthu. Tīṇi bhavasātāni – yobbaññaṃ, ārogyaṃ, jīvitaṃ. Cattāri bhavasātāni – lābho, yaso, pasaṃsā, sukhaṃ. Pañca bhavasātāni – manāpikā rūpā, manāpikā saddā, manāpikā gandhā, manāpikā rasā, manāpikā phoṭṭhabbā. Cha bhavasātāni – cakkhusampadā, sotasampadā, ghānasampadā, jivhāsampadā, kāyasampadā, manosampadā. Bhavasātabaddhā, sukhāya vedanāya sātabaddhā, iṭṭhasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ baddhā, yobbaññe baddhā, ārogye baddhā, jīvite baddhā, lābhe baddhā, yase baddhā, pasaṃsāyaṃ baddhā, sukhe baddhā , manāpikesu rūpesu baddhā, saddesu… gandhesu… rasesu… manāpikesu phoṭṭhabbesu baddhā, cakkhusampadāya baddhā, sotaghānajivhākāyamanosampadāya baddhā, vibaddhā ābaddhā laggā laggitā palibaddhāti – icchānidānā bhavasātabaddhā.
所谓“存在之乐的基础”,确实难以摆脱;众生也实难从中解脱。何谓“存在之乐的基础”难以摆脱?乐受难以摆脱,可意的对象难以摆脱,青春难以摆脱,健康难以摆脱,生命难以摆脱,得利难以摆脱,名声难以摆脱,称赞难以摆脱,快乐难以摆脱,可意的色尘难以摆脱,可意的声尘……香尘……味尘……触尘难以摆脱,完好的眼根难以摆脱,完好的耳根、鼻根、舌根、身根、意根难以摆脱。它们难解脱、难释放、难解开、难松脱、难度越、难超越、难克服、难逆转。这便是“存在之乐的基础”何以难以摆脱。显示巴利原文
ti te vā bhavasātavatthū duppamuñcā, sattā vā etto dummocayā. Kathaṃ te bhavasātavatthū duppamuñcā? Sukhā vedanā duppamuñcā, iṭṭhaṃ vatthu duppamuñcaṃ, yobbaññaṃ duppamuñcaṃ, ārogyaṃ duppamuñcaṃ, jīvitaṃ duppamuñcaṃ, lābho duppamuñco, yaso duppamuñco, pasaṃsā duppamuñcā, sukhaṃ duppamuñcaṃ, manāpikā rūpā duppamuñcā, manāpikā saddā… gandhā… rasā… phoṭṭhabbā duppamuñcā, cakkhusampadā duppamuñcā, sotaghānajivhākāyamanosampadā duppamuñcā dummocayā duppamocayā dunniveṭhayā dubbiniveṭhayā , duttarā duppatarā dussamatikkamā dubbinivattā. Evaṃ te bhavasātavatthū duppamuñcā.
众生如何难以从这些之中解脱出来?众生于乐受中难以解脱,于可意境中难以解脱,于青春中难以解脱,于健康中难以解脱,于寿命中难以解脱,于利得中难以解脱,于名声中难以解脱,于称赞中难以解脱,于快乐中难以解脱,于可意色中难以解脱,于可意声中难以解脱,于可意香中难以解脱,于可意味中难以解脱,于可意触中难以解脱,于眼根具足中难以解脱,于耳根、鼻根、舌根、身根、意根具足中难以解脱。他们实难拔出、难彻底拔出、难扶起、难彻底扶起、难解开、难松解、难度越、难超越、难克服、难逆转。众生正是如此难以从这些之中解脱出来。这些皆是难摆脱者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ sattā etto dummocayā? Sukhāya vedanāya sattā dummocayā, iṭṭhasmā vatthusmā dummocayā, yobbaññā dummocayā, ārogyā dummocayā, jīvitā dummocayā, lābhā dummocayā, yasā dummocayā, pasaṃsāya dummocayā, sukhā dummocayā , manāpikehi rūpehi dummocayā, manāpikehi saddehi… gandhehi… rasehi… phoṭṭhabbehi dummocayā, cakkhusampadāya dummocayā, sotaghānajivhākāyamanosampadāya dummocayā duruddharā , dussamuddharā dubbuṭṭhāpayā dussamuṭṭhāpayā dunniveṭhayā dubbiniveṭhayā duttarā duppatarā dussamatikkamā dubbinivattā. Evaṃ sattā etto dummocayāti – te duppamuñcā.
那些自己陷入沼泽的人,无力将另一个陷入沼泽的人拉出来。这正是世尊所说:“纯陀,一个自己陷入沼泽的人,能把另一个陷入沼泽的人拉出来——这是不可能的事。纯陀,一个自己未被调伏、未被训练、未彻底寂灭的人,能调伏他人、训练他人、使他人彻底寂灭——这是不可能的事。”因此,确实无法依靠他人而得解脱。显示巴利原文
ti te attanā palipapalipannā na sakkonti paraṃ palipapalipannaṃ uddharituṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘so vata, cunda, attanā palipapalipanno paraṃ palipapalipannaṃ uddharissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. So vata, cunda, attanā adanto avinīto aparinibbuto paraṃ damessati vinessati parinibbāpessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti. Evampi na hi aññamokkhā.
或者说,根本没有任何他人能作为解脱者。那些想要解脱的人,是依靠自身的力量、自身的力气、自身的精进、自身的努力,依靠自身作为人的力量、作为人的力气、作为人的精进、作为人的努力,自己践行正确之道、随顺之道、不违逆之道、合乎义理之道、法随法之道。他们如此修行,方得解脱。因此,确实无法依靠他人获得解脱。显示巴利原文
Atha vā natthañño koci mocetā. Te yadi muñceyyuṃ, sakena thāmena sakena balena sakena vīriyena sakena parakkamena sakena purisathāmena sakena purisabalena sakena purisavīriyena sakena purisaparakkamena attanā sammāpaṭipadaṃ anulomapaṭipadaṃ apaccanīkapaṭipadaṃ anvatthapaṭipadaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipadaṃ paṭipajjamānā muñceyyunti. Evampi na hi aññamokkhā.
世尊亦曾这样说:显示巴利原文
Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā –
“陀答迦,我无法令世间任何疑惑者解脱;
了知那最殊胜的法,你便能如此度越此暴流。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāhaṃ sahissāmi pamocanāya, kathaṃkathiṃ dhotaka kiñci loke; Dhammañca seṭṭhaṃ abhijānamāno, evaṃ tuvaṃ oghamimaṃ taresī’’ti.
因此,实无其他解脱。显示巴利原文
Evampi na hi aññamokkhā.
关于这一点,世尊也曾如此说过:显示巴利原文
Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā –
恶业由己所造,染污亦由己生;显示巴利原文
‘‘Attanāva kataṃ pāpaṃ, attanā saṃkilissati;
自己没有造作的恶业,便自己得以清净;
清净与不清净,纯属各人自身的事,没有人能使他人清净。
显示巴利原文 Attanā akataṃ pāpaṃ, attanāva visujjhati; Suddhī asuddhi paccattaṃ, nāñño aññaṃ visodhaye’’ti. Evampi na hi aññamokkhā.
世尊确曾这样说过:「婆罗门,正是如此。涅槃恒常存在,通往涅槃的道路亦恒常存在,我亦恒常作为劝导者而存在。然而,即使我如此教导、如此指引,我的弟子之中,有的证得了究竟圆满的涅槃,有的却未能证得。婆罗门,对此我能做什么呢?婆罗门,如来只是示道者。佛陀只是开示道路。他们须自己走上这条道路,才可能解脱。」因此,确实别无解脱。他们难以解脱,因实无其他解脱者。显示巴利原文
Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, tiṭṭhateva nibbānaṃ, tiṭṭhati nibbānagāmimaggo, tiṭṭhāmahaṃ samādapetā. Atha ca pana mama sāvakā mayā evaṃ ovadiyamānā evaṃ anusāsiyamānā appekacce accantaniṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ ārādhenti, ekacce nārādhenti. Ettha kyāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, karomi? Maggakkhāyī, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato. Maggaṃ buddho ācikkhati . Attanā paṭipajjamānā muñceyyu’’nti. Evampi na hi aññamokkhāti – te duppamuñcā na hi aññamokkhā.
在这段话中:『之后』指的是未来,『之前』指的是过去。然而,相对于过去而言,未来和现在都可称为『之后』;相对于未来而言,过去和现在都可称为『之前』。
如何对『之前』——也就是过去——生起期待呢?
他这样想:『在过去的时间里,我曾有这样的色身。』于此便生起了欢喜。
他这样想:『在过去的时间里,我曾有这样的感受……曾有这样的想……曾有这样的行……曾有这样的识。』于此便生起了欢喜。
这样,他便对过去生起了期待。显示巴利原文
ti. Pacchā vuccati anāgataṃ, pure vuccati atītaṃ. Api ca atītaṃ upādāya anāgatañca paccuppannañca pacchā, anāgataṃ upādāya atītañca paccuppannañca pure. Kathaṃ pure apekkhaṃ karoti? ‘‘Evaṃrūpo ahosiṃ atītamaddhāna’’nti tattha nandiṃ samannāneti. ‘‘Evaṃvedano ahosiṃ… evaṃsañño ahosiṃ… evaṃsaṅkhāro ahosiṃ… evaṃviññāṇo ahosiṃ atītamaddhāna’’nti tattha nandiṃ samannāneti. Evampi pure apekkhaṃ karoti.
或者这样:
『在过去的时间里,我的眼曾是这样,那些色曾是这样。』于是,他的心识便为此事的欲贪所系缚。由于心识被欲贪系缚,他便对此感到欢喜。因为对此感到欢喜,这样,他便对过去生起了期待。
『在过去的时间里,我的耳曾是这样,那些声曾是这样……』(中略)
『在过去的时间里,我的鼻曾是这样,那些香曾是这样……』
『在过去的时间里,我的舌曾是这样,那些味曾是这样……』
『在过去的时间里,我的身曾是这样,那些触曾是这样……』
『在过去的时间里,我的意曾是这样,那些法曾是这样。』
于是,他的心识便为此事的欲贪所系缚。由于心识被欲贪系缚,他便对此感到欢喜。因为对此感到欢喜,这样,他便对过去生起了期待。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ‘‘iti me cakkhu ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ, iti rūpā’’ti – tattha chandarāgapaṭibaddhaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ. Chandarāgapaṭibaddhattā viññāṇassa tadabhinandati. Tadabhinandanto evampi pure apekkhaṃ karoti. ‘‘Iti me sotaṃ ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ, iti saddā’’ti…pe… ‘‘iti me ghānaṃ ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ, iti gandhā’’ti… ‘‘iti me jivhā ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ, iti rasā’’ti… ‘‘iti me kāyo ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ, iti phoṭṭhabbā’’ti… ‘‘iti me mano ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ, iti dhammā’’ti – tattha chandarāgapaṭibaddhaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ. Chandarāgapaṭibaddhattā viññāṇassa tadabhinandati. Tadabhinandanto evampi pure apekkhaṃ karoti.
或者这样:那些他过去与女人一同嬉笑、交谈、游乐的经历,他回味、贪著,并因此感到喜悦。这样,他便对过去生起了期盼。显示巴利原文
Atha vā yānissa tāni pubbe mātugāmena saddhiṃ hasitalapitakīḷitāni tadassādeti taṃ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati. Evampi pure apekkhaṃ karoti.
他又是如何对未来生起期盼的呢?他心想:‘愿我在未来时,拥有这样的色。’于是对此感到欢喜。他心想:‘愿我在未来时,拥有这样的受……这样的想……这样的行……这样的识。’于是对此感到欢喜。就这样,他对未来生起了期盼。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ pacchā apekkhaṃ karoti? ‘‘Evaṃrūpo siyaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’’nti tattha nandiṃ samannāneti. ‘‘Evaṃvedano siyaṃ… evaṃsañño siyaṃ… evaṃsaṅkhāro siyaṃ… evaṃviññāṇo siyaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’’nti tattha nandiṃ samannāneti. Evampi pacchā apekkhaṃ karoti.
或者这样:‘愿未来我有这样的眼,有这样的色。’——为了获得尚未获得的,他将心投向那里。由于心的投向,他便欢喜它;欢喜它时,就这样也对未来生起期盼。‘愿未来我有这样的耳,有这样的声……’‘愿未来我有这样的鼻,有这样的香……’‘愿未来我有这样的舌,有这样的味……’‘愿未来我有这样的身,有这样的触……’‘愿未来我有这样的意,有这样的法……’——为了获得尚未获得的,他将心投向那里。由于心的投向,他便欢喜它;欢喜它时,就这样也对未来生起期盼。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ‘‘iti me cakkhu siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ, iti rūpā’’ti – appaṭiladdhassa paṭilābhāya cittaṃ paṇidahati. Cetaso paṇidhānapaccayā tadabhinandati. Tadabhinandanto evampi pacchā apekkhaṃ karoti. ‘‘Iti me sotaṃ siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ, iti saddā’’ti… ‘‘iti me ghānaṃ siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ, iti gandhā’’ti… ‘‘iti me jivhā siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ, iti rasā’’ti… ‘‘iti me kāyo siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ, iti phoṭṭhabbā’’ti… ‘‘iti me mano siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ, iti dhammā’’ti – appaṭiladdhassa paṭilābhāya cittaṃ paṇidahati. Cetaso paṇidhānapaccayā tadabhinandati. Tadabhinandanto evampi pacchā apekkhaṃ karoti.
或者这样想:‘我凭藉此戒、此禁行、此苦行、此梵行,将来会成为天神或某类天神’——为获得尚未得到的,他将心投向那边。因心的投向,他便欢喜于此。正在欢喜于此的时候,他如此地在未来也怀着期盼——对未来或对过去,同样地期盼着。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ‘‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’’ti – appaṭiladdhassa paṭilābhāya cittaṃ paṇidahati. Cetaso paṇidhānapaccayā tadabhinandati. Tadabhinandanto evampi pacchā apekkhaṃ karotīti – pacchā pure vāpi apekkhamānā.
其中,“对未来或对过去,同样地期盼着”的意思是:于现在,他们对五种欲的对象生起贪求、接纳、渴望、羡慕、希求。“对过去的欲求”则是指对过去的五种欲的对象恋求、遍求、希求。这便称为“这些欲,或过去的欲求”。显示巴利原文
nti. ti paccuppanne pañca kāmaguṇe icchantā sādiyantā patthayantā pihayantā abhijappantā. Purime va jappanti atīte pañca kāmaguṇe jappantā pajappantā abhijappantāti – ime va kāme purime va jappaṃ.
64 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
以欲求为因,系缚于生存的愉悦,他们甚难脱离,盖因别无解脱之道;
无论在后或在从前,他们只是期盼着这些现前的欲乐与过往的所求。’”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Icchānidānā bhavasātabaddhā, te duppamuñcā na hi aññamokkhā; Pacchā pure vāpi apekkhamānā, ime va kāme purime va jappa’’nti.
概言之,欲有两种:所欲的事物与烦恼欲……这些称为所欲的事物……这些称为烦恼欲。贪著即是指渴爱。凡有贪染、强烈贪著……乃至贪求、贪欲、不善根者,因烦恼欲而于所欲的事物中耽染、迷恋、执取、陶醉、深陷、黏着、紧附、被缠缚——这便是于诸欲中贪著。显示巴利原文
ti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. Gedho vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Kilesakāmena vatthukāmesu rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhosannā laggā laggitā palibuddhāti – kāmesu giddhā.
凡是寻求、追寻、遍求诸欲的人,他们以此为常行,以此为主,以此为重,心向于此,趣向于此,趋入于此,决意于此,以此为主导——这些人便是耽著于欲的。凡是因渴爱而寻求色、声、香、味、触的人,其行为以此为常行,以此为主,以此为重,心向于此,趣向于此,趋入于此,决意于此,以此为主导——这些人也是耽著于欲的。凡是因渴爱而获得色、声、香、味、触的人,以及享受色、声、香、味、触的人,其行为以此为常行,以此为主,以此为重,心向于此,趣向于此,趋入于此,决意于此,以此为主导——这些人也是耽著于欲的。正如好斗的人耽著于争吵,操劳的人耽著于劳作,觅食的众生耽著于觅食,禅修者耽著于禅那;同样地,那些寻求欲的人便是耽著于欲。那些因渴爱而寻求色等、获得色等、享受色等的人,也全都是耽著于欲的。显示巴利原文
ti yepi kāme esanti gavesanti pariyesanti, taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā, tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyā, tepi kāmapasutā. Yepi taṇhāvasena rūpe esanti gavesanti pariyesanti… sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe…pe… pariyesanti taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā, tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyā, tepi kāmapasutā . Yepi taṇhāvasena rūpe paṭilabhanti… sadde… gandhe … rase… phoṭṭhabbe paṭilabhanti taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā, tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyā, tepi kāmapasutā. Yepi taṇhāvasena rūpe paribhuñjanti … sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe paribhuñjanti taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā, tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyā, tepi kāmapasutā. Yathā kalahakārako kalahapasuto, kammakārako kammapasuto, gocare caranto gocarapasuto, jhāyī jhānapasuto; evameva yepi kāme esanti gavesati pariyesanti, taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyā, tepi kāmapasutā. Yepi taṇhāvasena rūpe esanti gavesanti pariyesanti… sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe…pe… pariyesanti taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyā, tepi kāmapasutā. Yepi taṇhāvasena rūpe paṭilabhanti… sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe paṭilabhanti taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā, tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyā, tepi kāmapasutā. Yepi taṇhāvasena rūpe paribhuñjanti… sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe paribhuñjanti taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā, tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyā, tepi kāmapasutā.
绝大多数天界众生与人类,在五种欲功德中迷乱、极度迷乱、完全迷乱,为无明所蔽,眼目昏盲,被覆盖、笼罩、裹绕、隐藏、遮障、颠倒迷惑——他们于欲中贪著、耽溺、极度痴迷。显示巴利原文
ti yebhuyyena devamanussā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu muyhanti sammuyhanti sampamuyhanti mūḷhā sammūḷhā sampamūḷhā avijjāya andhīkatā āvutā nivutā ovutā pihitā paṭicchannā paṭikujjitāti – kāmesu giddhā pasutā pamūḷhā.
什么是“吝啬之人”?因为走向恶趣,所以称为吝啬之人;悭吝的人也叫做吝啬之人;不接受诸佛与弟子的话语、言说、教诫、指示,所以称为吝啬之人。
为何说“因为走向恶趣”而称为吝啬之人?他们走向地狱,走向畜生道,走向鬼道,因此称为吝啬之人。
为何说悭吝的人叫做吝啬之人?有五种悭吝:对住处悭吝、对家族悭吝、对利得悭吝、对容貌悭吝、对法悭吝。任何这样的悭吝、悭吝的状态、极端的悭吝、吝啬、刻薄、心执不舍,这称为悭吝。此外,对蕴的悭吝、对界的悭吝、对处的悭吝,也是悭吝,是一种执取。这称为悭吝。具备这种悭吝而不肯布施的人,便是放逸的凡夫。如此,悭吝的人称为吝啬之人。
为何说不接受佛与弟子的话、言说、教诫、指示的人称为吝啬之人?他们不接受诸佛与弟子的话语、言说、教诫、指示,不听从,不倾耳听,不专心一意地理解,不顺从教诲,不肯依教奉行,违逆而行,掉头不顾。因此,不接受佛与弟子的话等,是吝啬之人。显示巴利原文
ti. ti avagacchantītipi avadāniyā, maccharinopi vuccanti avadāniyā, buddhānaṃ sāvakānaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusiṭṭhiṃ nādiyantīti – avadāniyā. Kathaṃ avagacchantīti avadāniyā? Nirayaṃ gacchanti, tiracchānayoniṃ gacchanti, pettivisayaṃ gacchantīti, evaṃ āgacchantīti – avadāniyā. Kathaṃ maccharino vuccanti avadāniyā? Pañca macchariyāni – āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ macchariyaṃ maccharāyanā maccharāyitattaṃ vevicchaṃ kadariyaṃ kaṭukañcukatā aggahitattaṃ cittassa, idaṃ vuccati macchariyaṃ. Api ca, khandhamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, dhātumacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, āyatanamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ gāho. Idaṃ vuccati macchariyaṃ. Iminā macchariyena avadaññutāya samannāgatā janā pamattā. Evaṃ maccharino vuccanti avadāniyā. Kathaṃ buddhānaṃ sāvakānaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusiṭṭhiṃ nādiyantīti – avadāniyā? Buddhānaṃ sāvakānaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusiṭṭhiṃ na ādiyanti na sussusanti, na sotaṃ odahanti, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti, anassavā avacanakarā paṭilomavuttino, aññeneva mukhaṃ karonti. Evaṃ buddhānaṃ sāvakānaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusiṭṭhiṃ nādiyantīti avadāniyāti – avadāniyā.
他们安住于邪僻的身业,安住于邪僻的语业,安住于邪僻的意业;安住于邪僻的杀生,安住于邪僻的不与取,安住于邪僻的欲邪行;安住于邪僻的妄语,安住于邪僻的两舌、恶口、绮语;安住于邪僻的贪求,安住于邪僻的嗔恚,安住于邪僻的邪见;安住于邪僻的诸行、五欲功德、五盖之中——深陷其中、安立其中、依止其中、趋近其中、执取其中、决意其中、系着其中、被缠缚其中。这就是:吝啬之人,安住于邪僻之中。显示巴利原文
ti visame kāyakamme niviṭṭhā, visame vacīkamme niviṭṭhā, visame manokamme niviṭṭhā, visame pāṇātipāte niviṭṭhā, visame adinnādāne niviṭṭhā, visame kāmesumicchācāre niviṭṭhā, visame musāvāde niviṭṭhā, visamāya pisuṇāya vācāya niviṭṭhā , visamāya pharusāya vācāya… visame samphappalāpe… visamāya abhijjhāya niviṭṭhā, visame byāpāde… visamāya micchādiṭṭhiyā niviṭṭhā, visamesu saṅkhāresu niviṭṭhā, visamesu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu niviṭṭhā, visamesu pañcasu nīvaraṇesu niviṭṭhā viniviṭṭhā patiṭṭhitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttā laggā laggitā palibuddhāti – avadāniyā te visame niviṭṭhā.
他们已遭遇苦,已为苦所袭,已陷入苦;已遭遇魔罗,已为魔罗所袭,已陷入魔罗;已遭遇死亡,已为死亡所袭,已陷入死亡。他们哀号悲叹,忧伤疲惫,哭泣捶胸,陷入迷乱——这就是:为苦所迫而悲泣。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dukkhappattā dukkhasampattā dukkhūpagatā, mārappattā mārasampattā mārūpagatā, maraṇappattā maraṇasampattā maraṇūpagatā. ti lapanti lālapanti , socanti kilamanti paridevanti urattāḷiṃ kandanti sammohaṃ āpajjantīti – dukkhūpanītā paridevayanti.
“从此处死后,我们将成为什么?将成为地狱众生?将成为畜生?将成为鬼界众生?将成为人?将成为天人?将成为有色者?将成为无色者?将成为有想者?将成为无想者?将成为非想非非想者?”他们于未来生起如是疑惑:“我们于未来将会存在,还是将不存在?我们将成为什么?又将如何存在?过去如何,未来又将如何?”为此,他们于未来困惑、怀疑,内心犹豫不决。他们自言自语,絮絮叨叨,忧伤、疲惫、哭泣,捶胸啼号,陷入迷乱。这就是——“从此处死后,我们将成为什么?”。显示巴利原文
ti ito cutā kiṃ bhavissāma? Nerayikā bhavissāma, tiracchānayonikā bhavissāma, pettivisayikā bhavissāma, manussā bhavissāma, devā bhavissāma, rūpī bhavissāma, arūpī bhavissāma, saññī bhavissāma, asaññī bhavissāma, nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavissāma, ‘‘bhavissāma nu kho mayaṃ anāgatamaddhānaṃ, nanu kho bhavissāma anāgatamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ nu kho bhavissāma anāgatamaddhānaṃ, kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāma anāgatamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ hutvā kiṃ bhavissāma nu kho mayaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’’nti saṃsayapakkhandā vimatipakkhandā dveḷhakajātā lapanti lālapanti, socanti kilamanti paridevanti urattāḷiṃ kandanti sammohaṃ āpajjantīti – kiṃsū bhavissāma ito cutāse.
318 因此,世尊这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“他们于欲乐中贪求、耽溺、迷醉,又悭吝,安住于邪道;
当痛苦逼迫时,他们便哀泣:‘从此死去,我们将何去何从?’”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmesu giddhā pasutā pamūḷhā, avadāniyā te visame niviṭṭhā; Dukkhūpanītā paridevayanti, kiṃsū bhavissāma ito cutāse’’ti.
"ti"意谓:以其因、以其缘、以其由、以其源,观见欲乐之过患故,即云"tasmā"。而"tasmā"是指三种学:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学。显示巴利原文
ti. ti taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā tannidānā, etamādīnavaṃ sampassamāno kāmesūti – tasmā. ti tisso sikkhā – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā.
什么是增上戒学?此处,比丘具足戒,依巴帝摩卡防护而住,具足行处与行境,于微细过失中见其危险,受持修学诸学处。无论微细的戒蕴,还是广大的戒蕴,戒是根基、是前导、是行持、是克制、是防护、是解脱、是首要,为证得诸善法。这就是增上戒学。显示巴利原文
Katamā adhisīlasikkhā? Idha bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Khuddako sīlakkhandho, mahanto sīlakkhandho, sīlaṃ patiṭṭhā ādi caraṇaṃ saṃyamo saṃvaro mokkhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā – ayaṃ adhisīlasikkhā.
什么是增上心学?此处,比丘远离感官欲乐,远离不善法,有寻有伺,由远离而生起的喜与乐,进入并安住于初禅。因寻伺止息,内心澄净,心念专一,无寻无伺,由定而生起的喜与乐,进入并安住于第二禅。接着,因喜消退,他安住于平静,具念正知,以身受乐,圣者们称此为'平静、具念、安住于乐'——他进入并安住于第三禅。接着,舍断乐与苦,并先前喜悦与忧恼的灭没,他进入并安住于不苦不乐、由清净的平静与正念所成的第四禅。这就是增上心学。显示巴利原文
Katamā adhicittasikkhā? Idha bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati – ayaṃ adhicittasikkhā.
什么是增上慧学?在此,比丘具足智慧,成就了能洞察生灭的圣慧——那是能彻底穿透、正确导向灭尽苦的慧。他如实地了知“此是苦”,如实地了知“此是苦的集”,如实地了知“此是苦的灭”,如实地了知“此是导向苦灭之道”;他如实地了知“这些是烦恼”,如实地了知“此是烦恼的集”,如实地了知“此是烦恼的灭”,如实地了知“此是导向烦恼灭尽之道”。这就是增上慧学。显示巴利原文
Katamā adhipaññāsikkhā? Idha bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato, ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammādukkhakkhayagāminiyā . So ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Ime āsavā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti – ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā.
他应当这样修学这三学:依作意而学,依了知而学,依洞察而学,依省察而学,依心决意而学,依信解而学,依策励精进而学,依建立正念而学,依令心入定而学,依以智慧彻知而学;对应了知的法,他了知而学;对应遍知的法,他遍知而学;对应断除的法,他断除而学;对应修习的法,他修习而学;对应亲证的法,他亲证而学。他应当这样行持、这样正行、这样受持而奉行。显示巴利原文
Imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkheyya, jānanto sikkheyya, passanto sikkheyya , paccavekkhanto sikkheyya, cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahanto sikkheyya, saddhāya adhimuccanto sikkheyya, vīriyaṃ paggaṇhanto sikkheyya, satiṃ upaṭṭhapento sikkheyya, cittaṃ samādahanto sikkheyya, paññāya pajānanto sikkheyya, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto sikkheyya, pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto sikkheyya, pahātabbaṃ pajahanto sikkheyya, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento sikkheyya , sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkheyya ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyya.
依此见、此忍、此好乐、此执取,依此法、此律、此法与律、此教法、此梵行、此师教、此生命形态、此人类世间——因此,说为“于此世间”。而“于此世间”即指有情、人……人类。所以,应当就在此人间修学。显示巴利原文
ti imissā diṭṭhiyā imissā khantiyā imissā ruciyā imasmiṃ ādāye imasmiṃ dhamme imasmiṃ vinaye imasmiṃ dhammavinaye imasmiṃ pāvacane imasmiṃ brahmacariye imasmiṃ satthusāsane imasmiṃ attabhāve imasmiṃ manussaloke – tena vuccati idhāti. ti satto naro…pe… manujoti – tasmā hi sikkhetha idheva jantu.
‘无论任何’一词,表达了毫无遗漏、方方面面、完全、毫无残余、穷尽无余的意思。‘知道不正当’:他应了知不正确的身行是不正当的,应了知不正确的语行是不不正当的,应了知不正确的意行是不正当的,应了知杀生是不正当的,应了知偷盗是不不正当的,应了知邪淫是不正当的,应了知妄语是不正当的,应了知挑拨离间的话语是不正当的,应了知粗暴的言语是不正当的,应了知闲杂废话是不不正当的,应了知贪欲是不正当的,应了知瞋恚是不不正当的,应了知邪见是不不正当的,应了知种种不正当的造作是不正当的,应了知五种感官欲乐是不正当的,应了知五种盖障是不不正当的。他应当了知、通达、辨识、彻底洞察、透彻洞悉——在这世间,无论任何什么,都应了知它是‘不正当的’。‘世间’指的是恶道世间……乃至处世间。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – yaṃ kiñcīti. ti visamaṃ kāyakammaṃ visamanti jāneyya, visamaṃ vacīkammaṃ visamanti jāneyya, visamaṃ manokammaṃ visamanti jāneyya, visamaṃ pāṇātipātaṃ visamoti jāneyya, visamaṃ adinnādānaṃ visamanti jāneyya, visamaṃ kāmesumicchācāraṃ visamoti jāneyya, visamaṃ musāvādaṃ visamoti jāneyya, visamaṃ pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ visamāti jāneyya, visamaṃ pharusaṃ vācaṃ visamāti jāneyya, visamaṃ samphappalāpaṃ visamoti jāneyya, visamaṃ abhijjhaṃ visamāti jāneyya, visamaṃ byāpādaṃ visamoti jāneyya, visamaṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ visamāti jāneyya, visame saṅkhāre visamāti jāneyya, visame pañca kāmaguṇe visamāti jāneyya, visame pañca nīvaraṇe visamāti jāneyya ājāneyya vijāneyya paṭivijāneyya paṭivijjheyya. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – yaṃ kiñci jaññā visamanti loke.
他不应因任何不正当的事物而行不正当之事。不应因不正当的身行而行不正当之事,不应因不正当的语行而行不正当之事,不应因不正当的意行而行不正当之事,不应因杀生而行不正当之事,不应因偷盗而行不正当之事,不应因邪淫而行不正当之事,不应因妄语而行不正当之事,不应因离间语而行不正当之事,不应因粗暴语而行不正当之事,不应因绮语而行不正当之事,不应因贪欲而行不正当之事,不应因瞋恚而行不正当之事,不应因邪见而行不正当之事,不应因种种不正当的造作而行不正当之事,不应因五种感官欲乐而行不正当之事,不应因五种盖障而行不正当之事,不应因不正当的思愿而行不正当之事,不应因不正当的渴求而行不正当之事,不应因不正当的决意而行不正当之事。他不应如此而行,不应如此实践,不应如此实行,不应受持而行。不要因任何事物,而行不正当之事。显示巴利原文
ti. Visamassa kāyakammassa hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamassa vacīkammassa hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamassa manokammassa hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamassa pāṇātipātassa hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamassa adinnādānassa hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamassa kāmesumicchācārassa hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamassa musāvādassa hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamāya pisuṇāya vācāya hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamāya pharusāya vācāya hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamassa samphappalāpassa hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamāya abhijjhāya hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamassa byāpādassa hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamāya micchādiṭṭhiyā hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamānaṃ pañcannaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamānaṃ pañcannaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamāya cetanāya hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamāya patthanāya hetu visamaṃ na careyya, visamāya paṇidhiyā hetu visamaṃ na careyya na ācareyya na samācareyya na samādāya vatteyyāti – na tassa hetū visamaṃ careyya.
所谓“寿命”,即寿、住、延、活、行、转、护、生命、命根。又,生命何以称为少量?有两种理由:或因存续短暂而生命少量,或因自体短暂而生命少量。如何因存续短暂而生命少量呢?在过去的心识刹那,曾经存活,现在不存活,将来不存活;在未来的心识刹那,将会存活,现在不存活,过去未曾存活;在现在的心识刹那,正在存活,过去未曾存活,将来不存活。显示巴利原文
ti. nti āyu ṭhiti yapanā yāpanā iriyanā vattanā pālanā jīvitaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ. Api ca, dvīhi kāraṇehi appakaṃ jīvitaṃ – ṭhitiparittatāya vā appakaṃ jīvitaṃ, sarasaparittatāya vā appakaṃ jīvitaṃ. Kathaṃ ṭhitiparittatāya appakaṃ jīvitaṃ? Atīte cittakkhaṇe jīvittha, na jīvati na jīvissati; anāgate cittakkhaṇe jīvissati, na jīvati na jīvittha; paccuppanne cittakkhaṇe jīvati, na jīvittha na jīvissati.
生命、自身存在,与一切苦乐,
皆与一心相应,刹那之间速疾流转。
诸天住世八万四千劫,
然而,他们也并非依两个心识而存活。
无论对于垂死之人,还是住世之人,这些蕴悉皆归于灭尽。
过去无间已灭者,与未来当灭者,
以及其间灭尽的诸法,在相上并无差别。
未生者不名为生,依现在而存活;
心若坏灭,世间即灭;这是从究竟法上所作的施设。
犹如水向低处流,却被愿力所转化引导;
它们以六处为缘,如决流相续,转起不息。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jīvitaṃ attabhāvo ca, sukhadukkhā ca kevalā; Ekacittasamāyuttā, lahuso vattate khaṇo. ‘‘Cullāsītisahassāni , kappā tiṭṭhanti ye marū; Natveva tepi jīvanti, dvīhi cittehi saṃyutā. ‘‘Ye niruddhā marantassa, tiṭṭhamānassa vā idha; Sabbepi sadisā khandhā, gatā appaṭisandhikā. ‘‘Anantarā ca ye bhaggā , ye ca bhaggā anāgatā; Tadantare niruddhānaṃ, vesamaṃ natthi lakkhaṇe. ‘‘Anibbattena na jāto, paccuppannena jīvati; Cittabhaggā mato loko, paññatti paramatthiyā. ‘‘Yathā ninnā pavattanti, chandena pariṇāmitā; Acchinnadhārā vattanti, saḷāyatanapaccayā. ‘‘Anidhānagatā bhaggā, puñjo natthi anāgate; Nibbattā ye ca tiṭṭhanti, āragge sāsapūpamā. ‘‘Nibbattānañca dhammānaṃ, bhaṅgo nesaṃ purakkhato; Palokadhammā tiṭṭhanti, purāṇehi amissitā. ‘‘Adassanato āyanti, bhaṅgā gacchanti dassanaṃ; Vijjuppādova ākāse, uppajjanti vayanti cā’’ti.
生命,正因其存续极其短暂,故为微渺。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ṭhitiparittatāya appakaṃ jīvitaṃ.
生命为何因本质有限而微小?生命系于吸气,生命系于呼气,生命系于吸气和呼气,生命系于四大元素,生命系于段食,生命系于体温,生命系于识。这些(生命要素)的根本是脆弱的,它们的初始原因也是脆弱的,它们的支撑条件也是脆弱的,那些作为起因的也是脆弱的,与它们共存的也是脆弱的,与它们相应的也是脆弱的,与它们一同生起的也是脆弱的,那作为驱动者的也是脆弱的。它们恒常地相互脆弱,它们彼此都不稳定。它们互相摧灭,因为彼此之间没有保护者,它们也不能使彼此安住。那个令其产生者,也并不存在。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ sarasaparittatāya appakaṃ jīvitaṃ? Assāsūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ, passāsūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ, assāsapassāsūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ, mahābhūtūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ, kabaḷīkārāhārūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ, usmūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ, viññāṇūpanibaddhaṃ jīvitaṃ. Mūlampi imesaṃ dubbalaṃ, pubbahetūpi imesaṃ dubbalā, ye paccayā tepi dubbalā, yepi pabhāvikā tepi dubbalā, sahabhūpi imesaṃ dubbalā, sampayogāpi imesaṃ dubbalā, sahajāpi imesaṃ dubbalā, yāpi payojikā sāpi dubbalā. Aññamaññaṃ ime niccadubbalā, aññamaññaṃ anavaṭṭhitā ime. Aññamaññaṃ paripātayanti ime, aññamaññassa hi natthi tāyitā, na cāpi ṭhapenti aññamaññaṃ ime. Yopi nibbattako so na vijjati.
没有谁会被谁毁坏,因为这些(生命)全然如同乾达婆(般虚幻);
现前的众生依过去因缘而生,那些作为起因的,已逝于往昔;
无论在前在后,彼此之间从未相见。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na ca kenaci koci hāyati, gandhabbā ca ime hi sabbaso; Purimehi pabhāvikā ime, yepi pabhāvikā te pure matā; Purimāpi ca pacchimāpi ca, aññamaññaṃ na kadāci maddasaṃsū’’ti. Evaṃ sarasaparittatāya appakaṃ jīvitaṃ.
若与四大王天诸天的寿命相比,人类的寿命微小、有限、短暂、瞬息、迅捷、不长久、不坚固、不持久。若与三十三天诸天的寿命相比……若与夜摩天诸天的寿命相比……若与兜率天诸天的寿命相比……若与化乐天诸天的寿命相比……若与他化自在天诸天的寿命相比……若与梵众天诸天的寿命相比,人类的寿命微小、有限、短暂、瞬息、迅捷、不长久、不坚固、不持久。显示巴利原文
Api ca cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ jīvitaṃ upādāya manussānaṃ appakaṃ jīvitaṃ parittakaṃ jīvitaṃ thokaṃ jīvitaṃ khaṇikaṃ jīvitaṃ lahukaṃ jīvitaṃ ittaraṃ jīvitaṃ anaddhanīyaṃ jīvitaṃ naciraṭṭhitikaṃ jīvitaṃ. Tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ…pe… yāmānaṃ devānaṃ… tusitānaṃ devānaṃ… nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ… paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ… brahmakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ jīvitaṃ upādāya manussānaṃ appakaṃ jīvitaṃ parittakaṃ jīvitaṃ thokaṃ jīvitaṃ khaṇikaṃ jīvitaṃ lahukaṃ jīvitaṃ ittaraṃ jīvitaṃ anaddhanīyaṃ jīvitaṃ naciraṭṭhitikaṃ jīvitaṃ.
“诸比丘,人的寿命何其短暂。当趋赴来世,当以智慧觉知,当行善,当修梵行,凡有生者,无有不死。诸比丘,所谓长寿者,也不过活到百岁,或多一些罢了。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Appamidaṃ , bhikkhave, manussānaṃ āyu. Gamaniyo samparāyo mantāya boddhabbaṃ, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yo, bhikkhave, ciraṃ jīvati so vassasataṃ appaṃ vā bhiyyo’’.
人的寿命短暂,贤善之士会轻视它;
当如头顶火燃而行,因为死亡之到来无可避免。
日日夜夜流逝不停,生命便归灭尽;
凡人的寿命渐趋枯竭,犹如小河的流水渐渐干涸。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Appamāyu manussānaṃ, hīḷeyya naṃ suporiso; Careyyādittasīsova natthi maccussanāgamo. ‘‘Accayanti ahorattā, jīvitaṃ uparujjhati; Āyu khiyyati maccānaṃ, kunnadīnaṃva odaka’’nti.
“Dhīrā”意为智者:坚定者称为智者,具足坚定者称为智者,已舍诸恶者称为智者。所谓“Dhī”,即指智慧。这种智慧就是:了知、辨别、审察、彻察、择法、注意、留意、遍留意、聪慧、善巧、精明、明辨、思惟、深察、博闻、睿智、引导、内观、正知、刺棒、慧、慧根、慧力、慧剑、慧殿、慧光、慧明、慧灯、慧宝、不痴、择法、正见。因具足此慧,故称为智者。再者,对蕴明智的智者、对界明智的智者、对处明智的智者、对缘起明智的智者、对念处明智的智者、对正勤明智的智者、对神足明智的智者、对根明智的智者、对力明智的智者、对觉支明智的智者、对道明智的智者、对果明智的智者、对涅槃明智的智者。这些智者如是说:‘人的寿命极少,微不足道,唯有一丁点,仅是刹那,轻飘易逝,极为短暂,不能长久,不会久住。’他们这般说、这般讲解、这般宣说、这般阐明、这般表达,这即是:‘智者说此生命是短暂的。’显示巴利原文
ti. Dhīrāti dhīrā, dhitimāti dhīrā, dhitisampannāti dhīrā, dhīkatapāpāti dhīrā. Dhī vuccati paññā. Yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūri medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi, tāya paññāya samannāgatattā dhīrā. Api ca khandhadhīrā dhātudhīrā āyatanadhīrā, paṭiccasamuppādadhīrā satipaṭṭhānadhīrā sammappadhānadhīrā iddhipādadhīrā, indriyadhīrā baladhīrā bojjhaṅgadhīrā maggadhīrā phaladhīrā nibbānadhīrā. Te dhīrā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘manussānaṃ appakaṃ jīvitaṃ, parittakaṃ jīvitaṃ , thokaṃ jīvitaṃ, khaṇikaṃ jīvitaṃ, lahukaṃ jīvitaṃ, ittaraṃ jīvitaṃ, anaddhanīyaṃ jīvitaṃ, naciraṭṭhitikaṃ jīvita’’nti. Evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – appañhidaṃ jīvitamāhu dhīrā.
261 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
因此,人应当就在此世间修学,了知世间所认为的任何不平事;
不因此而造作不平事,智者说这生命是短暂的。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tasmā hi sikkhetha idheva jantu, yaṃ kiñci jaññā visamanti loke; Na tassa hetū visamaṃ careyya, appañhidaṃ jīvitamāhu dhīrā’’ti.
“我看见”——我以肉眼也见,以天眼也见,以慧眼也见,以佛眼也见,以一切眼也见;我见、观察、审察、检视。“世间”是指恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间。显示巴利原文
nti. ti maṃsacakkhunāpi passāmi, dibbacakkhunāpi passāmi, paññācakkhunāpi passāmi, buddhacakkhunāpi passāmi, samantacakkhunāpi passāmi dakkhāmi olokemi nijjhāyāmi upaparikkhāmi. ti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloke.
“看到世间众生在挣扎”——他为渴爱的躁动而挣扎、躁动、剧烈挣扎、颤动、颤抖、剧烈颤抖:为邪见的躁动而挣扎,为烦恼的躁动而挣扎,为造作的躁动而挣扎,为果报的躁动而挣扎,为恶行的躁动而挣扎;因贪而染污者以贪挣扎,因瞋而恼怒者以瞋挣扎,因痴而愚昧者以痴挣扎,被慢束缚者以慢挣扎,被邪见执取者以邪见挣扎,因掉举而散乱者以掉举挣扎,未达究竟者以疑挣扎,有强力习气者以随眠烦恼挣扎;为利而挣扎,为不利而挣扎,为名声而挣扎,为无名而挣扎,为称赞而挣扎,为讥毁而挣扎,为乐而挣扎,为苦而挣扎;为生而挣扎,为老而挣扎,为疾病而挣扎,为死亡而挣扎,为愁、悲、苦、忧、恼而挣扎;为地狱之苦而挣扎,为畜生道之苦而挣扎,为鬼道之苦而挣扎,为人间之苦而挣扎;为入胎根本之苦而挣扎,为住胎根本之苦而挣扎,为出胎根本之苦而挣扎,为出生后依存之苦而挣扎,为出生后受制于人之苦而挣扎,为自我施加之苦而挣扎,为他人施加之苦而挣扎,为苦苦而挣扎,为行苦而挣扎,为坏苦而挣扎;为眼病之苦而挣扎,为耳病之苦而挣扎,为鼻病之苦而挣扎,为舌病之苦而挣扎,为身病之苦而挣扎,为头痛之苦而挣扎,为耳痛之苦而挣扎,为口痛之苦而挣扎,为牙痛之苦而挣扎,为咳嗽之苦而挣扎,为哮喘之苦而挣扎,为感冒之苦而挣扎,为发热之苦而挣扎,为发烧之苦而挣扎,为腹痛之苦而挣扎,为昏迷之苦而挣扎,为痢疾之苦而挣扎,为绞痛之苦而挣扎,为霍乱之苦而挣扎,为麻风之苦而挣扎,为疮之苦而挣扎,为癣之苦而挣扎,为肺痨之苦而挣扎,为癫痫之苦而挣扎,为皮疹之苦而挣扎,为痒之苦而挣扎,为疥疮之苦而挣扎,为皲裂之苦而挣扎,为疮口之苦而挣扎,为血病之苦而挣扎,为胆汁病之苦而挣扎,为糖尿病之苦而挣扎,为肿瘤之苦而挣扎,为脓肿之苦而挣扎,为瘘管之苦而挣扎,为胆汁引起的疾病之苦而挣扎,为痰引起的疾病之苦而挣扎,为风引起的疾病之苦而挣扎,为三种体液失调引起的疾病之苦而挣扎,为气候变化引起的疾病之苦而挣扎,为不适的起居环境引起的疾病之苦而挣扎,为外伤引起的疾病之苦而挣扎,为业报引起的疾病之苦而挣扎;为寒冷之苦而挣扎,为炎热之苦而挣扎,为饥饿之苦而挣扎,为口渴之苦而挣扎,为大便之苦而挣扎,为小便之苦而挣扎,为蚊、蝇、风、热、爬虫接触之苦而挣扎;为母亲去世之苦而挣扎,为父亲去世之苦而挣扎,为兄弟去世之苦而挣扎,为姐妹去世之苦而挣扎,为儿子去世之苦而挣扎,为女儿去世之苦而挣扎,为亲戚遭遇不幸之苦而挣扎,为财富损失遭遇不幸之苦而挣扎,为疾病遭遇不幸之苦而挣扎,为破戒遭遇不幸之苦而挣扎,为邪见遭遇不幸之苦而挣扎、躁动、剧烈挣扎、颤动、颤抖、剧烈颤抖——我看见、我观察、我审视、我检查那在世间剧烈挣扎的。
显示巴利原文 nti taṇhāphandanāya phandamānaṃ, diṭṭhiphandanāya phandamānaṃ, kilesaphandanāya phandamānaṃ, payogaphandanāya phandamānaṃ, vipākaphandanāya phandamānaṃ, duccaritaphandanāya phandamānaṃ, rattaṃ rāgena phandamānaṃ, duṭṭhaṃ dosena phandamānaṃ, mūḷhaṃ mohena phandamānaṃ, vinibaddhaṃ mānena phandamānaṃ, parāmaṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhiyā phandamānaṃ, vikkhepagataṃ uddhaccena phandamānaṃ, aniṭṭhaṅgataṃ vicikicchāya phandamānaṃ, thāmagataṃ anusayehi phandamānaṃ, lābhena phandamānaṃ, alābhena phandamānaṃ, yasena phandamānaṃ, ayasena phandamānaṃ, pasaṃsāya phandamānaṃ, nindāya phandamānaṃ, sukhena phandamānaṃ, dukkhena phandamānaṃ, jātiyā phandamānaṃ, jarāya phandamānaṃ, byādhinā phandamānaṃ, maraṇena phandamānaṃ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsehi phandamānaṃ, nerayikena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, tiracchānayonikena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, pettivisayikena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, mānusikena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, gabbhokkantimūlakena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, gabbhe ṭhitimūlakena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, gabbhā vuṭṭhānamūlakena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, jātassūpanibandhakena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, jātassa parādheyyakena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, attūpakkamena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, parūpakkamena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, dukkhadukkhena phandamānaṃ, saṅkhāradukkhena phandamānaṃ, vipariṇāmadukkhena phandamānaṃ, cakkhurogena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, sotarogena dukkhena phandamānaṃ, ghānarogena dukkhena…pe… jivhārogena… kāyarogena… sīsarogena… kaṇṇarogena… mukharogena… dantarogena… kāsena… sāsena… pināsena… dāhena… jarena… kucchirogena… mucchāya… pakkhandikāya… sūlāya … visucikāya… kuṭṭhena… gaṇḍena… kilāsena… sosena… apamārena… dadduyā… kaṇḍuyā… kacchuyā… rakhasāya… vitacchikāya… lohitena… pittena… madhumehena… aṃsāya… piḷakāya… bhagandalena … pittasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… semhasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… vātasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… sannipātikena ābādhena… utupariṇāmajena ābādhena… visamaparihārajena ābādhena… opakkamikena ābādhena … kammavipākajena ābādhena… sītena… uṇhena… jighacchāya… pipāsāya … uccārena… passāvena… ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassena dukkhena… mātumaraṇena dukkhena… pitumaraṇena dukkhena… bhātumaraṇena dukkhena… bhaginimaraṇena dukkhena… puttamaraṇena dukkhena… dhītumaraṇena dukkhena… ñātibyasanena… bhogabyasanena… rogabyasanena… sīlabyasanena… diṭṭhibyasanena dukkhena phandamānaṃ samphandamānaṃ vipphandamānaṃ vedhamānaṃ pavedhamānaṃ sampavedhamānaṃ passāmi dakkhāmi olokemi nijjhāyāmi upaparikkhāmīti – passāmi loke pariphandamānaṃ.
“渴爱的众生”——“众生”是对有情的称呼。“渴爱”是指对色的渴爱、对声的渴爱、对香的渴爱、对味的渴爱、对所触的渴爱、对法的渴爱。“陷于渴爱”是指内心已被渴爱控制、追随渴爱、被渴爱驱使、亲近渴爱、被渴爱击倒、被渴爱征服、被渴爱所吞噬。“于诸有之中”是指欲有、色有、无色有。——这陷于渴爱的众生,便处在诸有之中。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sattādhivacanaṃ. ti rūpataṇhā, saddataṇhā, gandhataṇhā, rasataṇhā, phoṭṭhabbataṇhā, dhammataṇhā. nti taṇhāgataṃ taṇhānugataṃ taṇhāyānusaṭaṃ taṇhāyāsannaṃ taṇhāya pātitaṃ abhibhūtaṃ pariyādinnacittaṃ . ti kāmabhave rūpabhave arūpabhaveti – pajaṃ imaṃ taṇhagataṃ bhavesu.
“卑劣的人”——“卑劣的人”:因为具足卑劣的身业,称为卑劣的人;因为具足卑劣的语业,称为卑劣的人;因为具足卑劣的意业,称为卑劣的人;因为具足卑劣的杀生,称为卑劣的人;因为具足卑劣的不与取……因为具足卑劣的欲邪行……因为具足卑劣的妄语……因为卑劣的离间语……因为卑劣的粗恶语……因为卑劣的杂秽语……因为卑劣的贪欲……因为卑劣的瞋恚……因为卑劣的邪见……因为卑劣的诸行……因为卑劣的五种欲功德和盖障……因为卑劣的思……因为卑劣的愿望……因为卑劣的导向,称为卑劣的人。他们是卑劣、低下、低劣、下贱、粗俗、鄙陋、微弱的人。‘在死神口中哀嚎’——在魔罗的口中、在死亡的口中,已到达死亡、已遭遇死亡、已逼近死亡,已到达魔罗、已遭遇魔罗、已逼近魔罗——他们哀叫、悲泣、愁苦、疲倦、悲叹、捶胸痛哭、陷入昏迷。这就是:卑劣的人在死神口中哀嚎。显示巴利原文
ti. ti hīnā narā hīnena kāyakammena samannāgatāti hīnā narā, hīnena vacīkammena samannāgatāti hīnā narā, hīnena manokammena samannāgatāti hīnā narā, hīnena pāṇātipātena samannāgatāti hīnā narā, hīnena adinnādānena…pe… hīnena kāmesumicchācārena… hīnena musāvādena… hīnāya pisuṇāya vācāya… hīnāya pharusāya vācāya… hīnena samphappalāpena… hīnāya abhijjhāya… hīnena byāpādena… hīnāya micchādiṭṭhiyā… hīnehi saṅkhārehi… hīnehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi nīvaraṇehi… hīnāya cetanāya… hīnāya patthanāya… hīnāya paṇidhiyā samannāgatāti hīnā narā hīnā nihīnā ohīnā omakā lāmakā chatukkā parittāti – hīnā narā. ti. ti māramukhe maraṇamukhe, maccuppattā maccusampattā maccūpāgatā, mārappattā mārasampattā mārūpāgatā, maraṇappattā maraṇasampattā maraṇūpāgatā lapanti lālapanti socanti kilamanti paridevanti urattāḷiṃ kandanti sammohaṃ āpajjantīti – hīnā narā maccumukhe lapanti.
‘渴爱未除,于反复之存在中’:此中,‘渴爱’是对色的渴爱……对法的渴爱。‘于种种有之中’:即于业有与再有、于欲有中业有与再有、于色有中业有与再有、于无色有中业有与再有,一次又一次地有,一次又一次地趣向,一次又一次地受生,一次又一次地结生,一次又一次地现起自身。‘渴爱未除’:即渴爱未被远离、未被消逝、未被舍断、未被摈弃、未被摆脱、未被截断、未被舍弃。这便称为:渴爱未除,于反复之存在中。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. ti bhavābhave kammabhave punabbhave kāmabhave , kammabhave kāmabhave punabbhave rūpabhave, kammabhave rūpabhave punabbhave arūpabhave, kammabhave arūpabhave punabbhave punappunabbhave, punappunagatiyā punappunaupapattiyā punappunapaṭisandhiyā punappunaattabhāvābhinibbattiyā, avītataṇhā avigatataṇhā acattataṇhā avantataṇhā. Amuttataṇhā appahīnataṇhā appaṭinissaṭṭhataṇhāti – avītataṇhāse bhavābhavesu.
293 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
294 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
我看见世间的众生,沉溺于渴爱,在诸有中挣扎翻腾;
那些卑劣之人,在死亡之口前哀嚎,未离渴爱,便一再流转于种种有中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passāmi loke pariphandamānaṃ, pajaṃ imaṃ taṇhagataṃ bhavesu; Hīnā narā maccumukhe lapanti, avītataṇhāse bhavābhavesū’’ti.
这里,“我所执”有两种:渴爱所生的我所执,以及邪见所生的我所执。什么是渴爱所生的我所执?凡是被渴爱所划分界限、所框限、所切割、所划定边际、所执取、所执为“我的”者——这是我的,那是我的,有这么多是我的,仅仅这些范围是我的;我的色、声、香、味、触,床褥、衣服、男女仆役、山羊、绵羊、鸡、猪、象、牛、马、母马、田地、宅基地、金币、金饰、村庄、市镇、都城、国土。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve mamattā – taṇhāmamattañca diṭṭhimamattañca. Katamaṃ taṇhāmamattaṃ? Yāvatā taṇhāsaṅkhātena sīmakataṃ mariyādikataṃ odhikataṃ pariyantakataṃ pariggahitaṃ mamāyitaṃ. Idaṃ mamaṃ, etaṃ mamaṃ, ettakaṃ mamaṃ, ettāvatā mamaṃ, mama rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā, attharaṇā pāvuraṇā dāsidāsā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā hatthigavāssavaḷavā khettaṃ vatthu hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ gāmanigamarājadhāniyo raṭṭhañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca, kevalampi mahāpathaviṃ taṇhāvasena mamāyati. Yāvatā aṭṭhasataṃ taṇhāvicaritaṃ, idaṃ taṇhāmamattaṃ.
什么是邪见所生的我所执?即二十事有身见、十事邪见、十事边执见。凡这些见——见、见趣、见稠林、见荒漠、见扭曲、见动摇、见结缚,执取、再执取、固执、执着,邪道、错路、错误性、外道处,颠倒执、倒执、错乱执、错误执,以及‘把不真实的当作真实’的执取,乃至六十二种见趣——这便是邪见所生的我所执。对所执为我的事物,担忧其将被夺走时,他动摇;正被夺走时,他动摇;已被夺走后,他动摇。对所执为我的事物,担忧其将变坏时,他动摇;正变坏时,他动摇;已变坏后,他动摇、震动、摇动、剧烈摇动、颤抖、震颤、剧烈震颤。请看,请观察,请注视,请审察,请仔细检视——那些在所执为我的事物中动摇的人,正是如此。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ diṭṭhimamattaṃ? Vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā antaggāhikā diṭṭhi; yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigataṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāro diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ diṭṭhivipphandikaṃ diṭṭhisaññojanaṃ gāho paṭiggāho abhiniveso parāmāso kummaggo micchāpatho micchattaṃ titthāyatanaṃ vipariyesaggāho viparītaggāho vipallāsaggāho micchāgāho ‘‘ayāthāvakasmiṃ yāthāvaka’’nti gāho. Yāvatā dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni, idaṃ diṭṭhimamattaṃ. ti mamāyitaṃ vatthuṃ acchedasaṃkinopi phandanti, acchindantepi phandanti, acchinnepi phandanti, mamāyitaṃ vatthuṃ vipariṇāmasaṃkinopi phandanti, vipariṇāmantepi phandanti, vipariṇatepi phandanti paphandanti samphandanti vipphandanti vedhanti pavedhanti sampavedhanti. Evaṃ phandamāne paphandamāne samphandamāne vipphandamāne vedhamāne pavedhamāne sampavedhamāne passatha dakkhatha oloketha nijjhāyatha upaparikkhathāti – mamāyite passatha phandamāne.
譬如,在水少、水浅、水将干涸处的鱼,被乌鸦、老鹰或苍鹭袭击、叼起、啄食时,它们挣扎、翻腾、猛烈翻腾、剧烈挣扎、颤抖、摇晃、剧烈摇晃。同样地,这些众生对于所执取的对象,害怕其被夺走时挣扎,正被夺走时挣扎,已被夺走后挣扎;对于所执取的对象,害怕其变坏时挣扎,正变坏时挣扎,已变坏后也挣扎、翻腾、猛烈翻腾、剧烈挣扎、颤抖、摇晃、剧烈摇晃。正如那些在少水、干涸溪流中的鱼。显示巴利原文
ti. Yathā macchā appodake parittodake udakapariyādāne kākehi vā kulalehi vā balākāhi vā paripātiyamānā ukkhipiyamānā khajjamānā phandanti paphandanti samphandanti vipphandanti vedhanti pavedhanti sampavedhanti; evameva pajā mamāyitaṃ vatthuṃ acchedasaṃkinopi phandanti, acchindantepi phandanti, acchinnepi phandanti, mamāyitaṃ vatthuṃ vipariṇāmasaṃkinopi phandanti, vipariṇāmantepi phandanti, vipariṇatepi phandanti paphandanti samphandanti vipphandanti vedhanti pavedhanti sampavedhantīti – maccheva appodake khīṇasote.
见‘我所执’有此过患,既见、观察、衡量、判断、彻了、令其清晰之后——他看见了这一点。于此,‘我所执’有两种:渴爱所生的我所执与见所生的我所执……此即渴爱所生的我所执……此即见所生的我所执。舍断了渴爱所生的我所执,放下了见所生的我所执之后,于眼不执为我所,于耳不执为我所,于鼻不执为我所,于舌不执为我所,于身不执为我所,于意不执为我所;于色……于声……于香……于味……于触……于法……于家族……于僧团……于住所……于利得……于名声……于赞叹……于快乐……于袈裟……于食物……于坐卧处……于病缘医药资具……于欲界……于色界……于无色界……于欲有……于色有……于无色有……于有想有……于无想有……于非想非非想有……于一种蕴有……于四种蕴有……于五种蕴有……于过去……于未来……于现在……于凡所见、所闻、所觉、所知之法,都不执为我所,不取著、不把捉、不黏缚。如此见已,他无所执而游化。显示巴利原文
ti. Etaṃ ādīnavaṃ disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā mamattesūti – etampi disvā. ti ti dve mamattā – taṇhāmamattañca diṭṭhimamattañca…pe… idaṃ taṇhāmamattaṃ…pe… idaṃ diṭṭhimamattaṃ. Taṇhāmamattaṃ pahāya diṭṭhimamattaṃ paṭinissajjitvā cakkhuṃ amamāyanto sotaṃ amamāyanto ghānaṃ amamāyanto jivhaṃ amamāyanto kāyaṃ amamāyanto manaṃ amamāyanto rūpe… sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… dhamme… kulaṃ… gaṇaṃ… āvāsaṃ… lābhaṃ… yasaṃ… pasaṃsaṃ… sukhaṃ… cīvaraṃ… piṇḍapātaṃ… senāsanaṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ… kāmadhātuṃ… rūpadhātuṃ… arūpadhātuṃ… kāmabhavaṃ… rūpabhavaṃ… arūpabhavaṃ… saññābhavaṃ… asaññābhavaṃ… nevasaññānāsaññābhavaṃ… ekavokārabhavaṃ… catuvokārabhavaṃ… pañcavokārabhavaṃ… atītaṃ… anāgataṃ… paccuppannaṃ… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbe dhamme amamāyanto agaṇhanto aparāmasanto anabhinivisanto careyya vihareyya iriyeyya vatteyya pāleyya yapeyya yāpeyyāti – etampi disvā amamo careyya.
这称为渴爱。那种贪染、极度的贪染……乃至……悭贪、贪著,是不善根。……不于诸有中造作执取,不造作、不生起、不令生起欲乐、亲爱、贪染、忍受——这便是于诸有不造作执著。显示巴利原文
ti. ti kāmabhave rūpabhave arūpabhave. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti. Bhavesu āsattiṃ akubbamāno, chandaṃ pemaṃ rāgaṃ khantiṃ akubbamāno ajanayamāno asañjanayamāno anibbattayamāno anabhinibbattayamānoti – bhavesu āsattimakubbamāno.
271 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
请看,那些在“我所”中颤抖不安的人,犹如涸竭浅溪里的鱼;
见到这一点后,便应以无我所而生活,于诸有中不造作执著。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mamāyite passatha phandamāne, maccheva appodake khīṇasote; Etampi disvā amamo careyya, bhavesu āsattimakubbamāno’’ti. Yadattagarahī tadakubbamāno, na limpatī diṭṭhasutesu dhīro’’ti.
……触是一边,触的集起为第二边;过去是一边,未来为第二边;乐受是一边,苦受为第二边;名是一边,色为第二边;六内处是一边,六外处为第二边;有身是一边,有身的集起为第二边。……于诸欲中的欲贪、欲染、欲乐、欲渴爱、欲亲近、欲热恼、欲迷醉、欲执取、欲流、欲轭、欲取、欲贪盖。……应调伏两边的欲求,将它去除、断除、驱散、熄灭,令它不再生起——这便是调伏两边的欲求。显示巴利原文
nti. ti phasso eko anto phassasamudayo dutiyo anto, atīto eko anto anāgato dutiyo anto, sukhā vedanā eko anto dukkhā vedanā dutiyo anto, nāmaṃ eko anto rūpaṃ dutiyo anto, cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni eko anto cha bāhirāni āyatanāni dutiyo anto, sakkāyo eko anto sakkāyasamudayo dutiyo anto. ti yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasneho kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ kāmogho kāmayogo kāmupādānaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ. nti ubhosu antesu chandaṃ vineyya paṭivineyya pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti – ubhosu antesu vineyya chandaṃ.
[什么是触?] 眼触、耳触、鼻触、舌触、身触、意触;增语触、有对触;乐受触、苦受触、不苦不乐受触;善触、不善触、无记触;欲界触、色界触、无色界触;空触、无相触、无愿触;世间触、出世间触;过去触、未来触、现在触。凡是如此之类的触、接触、碰触、被触状态,即为所说之触。显示巴利原文
ti. ti cakkhusamphasso sotasamphasso ghānasamphasso jivhāsamphasso kāyasamphasso manosamphasso, adhivacanasamphasso, paṭighasamphasso, sukhavedanīyo samphasso dukkhavedanīyo samphasso adukkhamasukhavedanīyo samphasso, kusalo phasso akusalo phasso abyākato phasso, kāmāvacaro phasso rūpāvacaro phasso arūpāvacaro phasso, suññato phasso animitto phasso appaṇihito phasso, lokiyo phasso lokuttaro phasso, atīto phasso anāgato phasso paccuppanno phasso, yo evarūpo phasso phusanā samphusanā samphusitattaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati phasso.
以三种遍知遍知于触:知遍知、度遍知、断遍知。什么是知遍知?他了知触:“这是眼触,这是耳触,这是鼻触,这是舌触,这是身触,这是意触,这是增语触,这是有对触,这是乐受触,这是苦受触,这是不苦不乐受触,这是善触,这是不善触,这是无记触,这是欲界触,这是色界触,这是无色界触,这是空触,这是无相触,这是无愿触,这是世间触,这是出世间触,这是过去触,这是未来触,这是现在触。”如此了知、如此照见,即为知遍知。显示巴利原文
ti phassaṃ tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā – ñātapariññāya, tīraṇapariññāya , pahānapariññāya. Katamā ñātapariññā? Phassaṃ jānāti – ayaṃ cakkhusamphasso, ayaṃ sotasamphasso, ayaṃ ghānasamphasso, ayaṃ jivhāsamphasso, ayaṃ kāyasamphasso, ayaṃ manosamphasso, ayaṃ adhivacanasamphasso, ayaṃ paṭighasamphasso, ayaṃ sukhavedanīyo phasso, ayaṃ dukkhavedanīyo phasso, ayaṃ adukkhamasukhavedanīyo phasso, ayaṃ kusalo phasso, ayaṃ akusalo phasso, ayaṃ abyākato phasso, ayaṃ kāmāvacaro phasso, ayaṃ rūpāvacaro phasso, ayaṃ arūpāvacaro phasso, ayaṃ suññato phasso, ayaṃ animitto phasso, ayaṃ appaṇihito phasso, ayaṃ lokiyo phasso, ayaṃ lokuttaro phasso , ayaṃ atīto phasso, ayaṃ anāgato phasso, ayaṃ paccuppanno phassoti jānāti passati – ayaṃ ñātapariññā.
什么是度遍知?如此了知之后,他对触进行审察。从无常、苦、病、疮、箭、灾、疾、敌、坏、怖、难、动摇、破坏、不坚固、无救护、无避难处、无皈依处、空、虚、无我、过患、变坏法、无坚实、苦根、杀戮者、败坏、有漏、有为、魔食、生法老法病法死法、忧悲苦恼愁之法、杂染法、集、灭、味、过患、出离等方面观察。这就是度遍知。显示巴利原文
Katamā tīraṇapariññā? Evaṃ ñātaṃ katvā phassaṃ tīreti. Aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato ītito upaddavato bhayato upasaggato calato pabhaṅguto adhuvato atāṇato aleṇato asaraṇato rittato tucchato suññato anattato ādīnavato vipariṇāmadhammato asārakato aghamūlato vadhakato vibhavato sāsavato saṅkhatato mārāmisato jātijarābyādhimaraṇadhammato sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammato saṃkilesadhammato samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato ādīnavato nissaraṇato tīreti – ayaṃ tīraṇapariññā.
什么是断遍知?如此审察之后,他对于触断除欲贪、驱除欲贪、灭尽欲贪,令其不复存在。这正是世尊所说:“诸比丘,对于诸触,若有欲贪,你等应当断除它。如此,此触便得断除,根绝无余,犹如截顶的多罗树,不复存在,于未来永不再生。”这便是断遍知。所谓贪,即是渴爱。此贪、此染着……悭、嫉妒、贪欲——这是不善根。若有人的此贪已被断除、已根绝、已寂止、已安息、不可能再生、被智火烧尽,他便被称为无贪者。他于色无贪,于声无贪,于香无贪,于味无贪,于触无贪;于家族无贪,于僧众无贪,于住处无贪,于利得无贪,于名声无贪,于称赞无贪,于乐无贪;于衣服无贪,于食物无贪,于坐卧处无贪,于病缘医药资具无贪;于欲界无贪,于色界无贪,于无色界无贪;于欲有无贪,于色有无贪,于无色有无贪;于有想有无贪,于无想有无贪,于非想非非想有无贪;于一蕴有无贪,于四蕴有无贪,于五蕴有无贪;于过去无贪,于未来无贪,于现在无贪;于所见、所闻、所觉、所知之法,不贪着、不粘着、不迷恋、不沉浸;已离贪、已无贪、已断贪、已吐贪、已脱贪、已舍贪、已弃贪。显示巴利原文
Katamā pahānapariññā? Evaṃ tīrayitvā phasse chandarāgaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, phassesu chandarāgo taṃ pajahatha. Evaṃ so phasso pahīno bhavissati ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃ kato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo’’ti – ayaṃ pahānapariññā. ti. Phassaṃ imāhi tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā. ti. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yasseso gedho pahīno samucchinno vūpasanto paṭipassaddho abhabbuppattiko ñāṇagginā daḍḍho, so vuccati agiddho. So rūpe agiddho sadde agiddho gandhe agiddho rase agiddho phoṭṭhabbe agiddho kule… gaṇe… āvāse… lābhe… yase… pasaṃsāya… sukhe… cīvare… piṇḍapāte… senāsane… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāre agiddho kāmadhātuyā… rūpadhātuyā… arūpadhātuyā… kāmabhave… rūpabhave… arūpabhave… saññābhave… asaññābhave… nevasaññānāsaññābhave… ekavokārabhave… catuvokārabhave… pañcavokārabhave… atīte… anāgate… paccuppanne… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu agiddho agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno vītagedho vigatagedho cattagedho vantagedho muttagedho pahīnagedho paṭinissaṭṭhagedho vītarāgo vigatarāgo cattarāgo vantarāgo muttarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhapaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharatīti – phassaṃ pariññāya anānugiddho.
〔“自己责备自己的事”中的“自己”〕——这个“他”指什么?〔所谓“自己责备自己的”〕他以两种理由责备自己:因已作与未作。如何因已作与未作而责备自己呢?“我已造作身恶行,未修习身善行”——如此责备自己。“我已造作语恶行,未修习语善行”——如此责备自己。“我已造作意恶行,未修习意善行”——如此责备自己。“我造作了杀生,未修习离杀生”——如此责备自己。“我造作了不与取,未修习离不与取”——如此责备自己。“我造作了欲邪行,未修习离欲邪行”——如此责备自己。“我说了妄语,未修习离妄语”——如此责备自己。“我说了离间语,未修习离离间语”——如此责备自己。“我说了粗恶语,未修习离粗恶语”——如此责备自己。“我说了杂秽语,未修习离杂秽语”——如此责备自己。“我生起了贪欲,未修习无贪”——如此责备自己。“我生起了瞋恚,未修习无瞋”——如此责备自己。“我生起了邪见,未修习正见”——如此责备自己。如此,因已作与未作而责备自己。或者,“我在戒行上并非圆满者”——如此责备自己。“我在诸根上未能守护根门”——如此责备自己。“我在饮食上不知节量”——如此责备自己。“我不精勤于觉醒”——如此责备自己。“我不具足念与正知”——如此责备自己。“我未修习四念处”——如此责备自己。“我未修习四正勤”——如此责备自己。“我未修习四神足”——如此责备自己。“我未修习五根”——如此责备自己。“我未修习五力”——如此责备自己。“我未修习七觉支”——如此责备自己。“我未修习八圣道”——如此责备自己。“我对苦未遍知”——如此责备自己。“我未断除集”——如此责备自己。“我未修习道”——如此责备自己。“我未证得灭”——如此责备自己。如此,因已作与未作而责备自己。如此,对于能引生自我责备的业,不去造作、不去生起、不去令生起、不去令出生、不去令再生——这就是不作自我责备之事。
〔“垢”〕——垢有两种:渴爱之垢与见之垢。……这是渴爱之垢……这是见之垢。
〔“智者”〕——贤者、具慧者、觉者、知者、明辨者、大智者。智者断除渴爱之垢,舍离见之垢,于所见不生染着,于所闻不生染着,于所觉不生染着,于所知不生染着,不粘着、不遍粘着、不附着。无染、不染、不附着,出离、脱离、解脱、无结缚,以无边际之心而住——这便是智者于所见所闻皆不染着。显示巴利原文
ti. nti yaṃ. ti dvīhi kāraṇehi attānaṃ garahati – katattā ca akatattā ca. Kathaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca attānaṃ garahati? Kataṃ me kāyaduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me kāyasucaritanti – attānaṃ garahati. Kataṃ me vacīduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me vacīsucaritanti – attānaṃ garahati. Kataṃ me manoduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me manosucaritanti – attānaṃ garahati. Kato me pāṇātipāto, akatā me pāṇātipātā veramaṇīti – attānaṃ garahati. Kataṃ me adinnādānaṃ, akatā me adinnādānā veramaṇīti – attānaṃ garahati. Kato me kāmesumicchācāro, akatā me kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇīti – attānaṃ garahati. Kato me musāvādo, akatā me musāvādā veramaṇīti – attānaṃ garahati. Katā me pisuṇā vācā, akatā me pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇīti – attānaṃ garahati. Katā me pharusā vācā, akatā me pharusāya vācāya veramaṇīti – attānaṃ garahati. Kato me samphappalāpo, akatā me samphappalāpā veramaṇīti – attānaṃ garahati. Katā me abhijjhā, akatā me anabhijjhāti – attānaṃ garahati. Kato me byāpādo, akato me abyāpādoti – attānaṃ garahati. Katā me micchādiṭṭhi, akatā me sammādiṭṭhīti – attānaṃ garahati. Evaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca attānaṃ garahati. Atha vā, sīlesumhi na paripūrakārīti – attānaṃ garahati. Indriyesumhi aguttadvāroti – attānaṃ garahati. Bhojanemhi amattaññūti – attānaṃ garahati. Jāgariyaṃ ananuyuttoti – attānaṃ garahati. Satisampajaññena asamannāgatoti – attānaṃ garahati. Abhāvitā me cattāro satipaṭṭhānāti – attānaṃ garahati. Abhāvitā me cattāro sammappadhānāti – attānaṃ garahati. Abhāvitā me cattāro iddhipādāti – attānaṃ garahati. Abhāvitāni me pañcindriyānīti – attānaṃ garahati. Abhāvitāni me pañca balānīti – attānaṃ garahati. Abhāvitā me satta bojjhaṅgāti – attānaṃ garahati. Abhāvito me ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggoti – attānaṃ garahati. Dukkhaṃ me apariññātanti – attānaṃ garahati. Samudayo me appahīnoti – attānaṃ garahati. Maggo me abhāvitoti – attānaṃ garahati. Nirodho me asacchikatoti – attānaṃ garahati. Evaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca attānaṃ garahati. Evaṃ attagarahitaṃ kammaṃ akubbamāno ajanayamāno asañjanayamāno anibbattayamāno anabhinibbattayamānoti – yadattagarahī tadakubbamāno. ti. ti dve lepā – taṇhālepo ca diṭṭhilepo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhālepo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhilepo. ti paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. Dhīro taṇhālepaṃ pahāya diṭṭhilepaṃ paṭinissajjitvā diṭṭhe na limpati, sute na limpati, mute na limpati, viññāte na limpati, na palimpati , na upalimpati. Alitto apalitto anupalitto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – na limpatī diṭṭhasutesu dhīroti.
1025 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
智者于两种极端中调伏欲求,遍知触后,无所贪染;
凡应受自责之事,他不造作;坚定者于所见所闻中,不染着。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ubhosu antesu vineyya chandaṃ, phassaṃ pariññāya anānugiddho; Yadattagarahī tadakubbamāno, na limpatī diṭṭhasutesu dhīro.
什么是想?有欲想、嗔想、害想、出离想、无嗔想、无害想、色想、声想、香想、味想、触想、法想。凡是这样的想、认知、认知状态,即称为想。“遍知想之后”,是指以三种遍知遍知于想:知遍知、度遍知、断遍知。显示巴利原文
nti. ti kāmasaññā byāpādasaññā vihiṃsāsaññā nekkhammasaññā abyāpādasaññā avihiṃsāsaññā rūpasaññā saddasaññā gandhasaññā rasasaññā phoṭṭhabbasaññā dhammasaññā – yā evarūpā saññā sañjānanā sañjānitattaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati saññā. ti saññaṃ tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā – ñātapariññāya, tīraṇapariññāya, pahānapariññāya.
什么是知遍知?他如实了知诸想:这是欲想,这是恚想,这是害想,这是出离想,这是无恚想,这是无害想,这是色想,这是声想,这是香想,这是味想,这是触想,这是法想。他如此了知、如此照见——这称为知遍知。显示巴利原文
Katamā ñātapariññā? Saññaṃ jānāti – ayaṃ kāmasaññā, ayaṃ byāpādasaññā, ayaṃ vihiṃsāsaññā, ayaṃ nekkhammasaññā, ayaṃ abyāpādasaññā, ayaṃ avihiṃsāsaññā, ayaṃ rūpasaññā, ayaṃ saddasaññā, ayaṃ gandhasaññā, ayaṃ rasasaññā, ayaṃ phoṭṭhabbasaññā, ayaṃ dhammasaññāti jānāti passati – ayaṃ ñātapariññā.
什么是度遍知?如此了知之后,他对想进行审度。从无常、苦、病、痈、箭、恶、疾、敌、坏、灾、难、怖畏、祸患、动摇、易碎……乃至从集起、灭去、味、过患、出离来审度它——这称为度遍知。显示巴利原文
Katamā tīraṇapariññā? Evaṃ ñātaṃ katvā saññaṃ tīreti. Aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato ītito upaddavato bhayato upasaggato calato pabhaṅguto…pe… samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato ādīnavato nissaraṇato tīreti – ayaṃ tīraṇapariññā.
什么是断遍知?如此审度之后,他舍断对想的欲贪,驱除它,令其归于无有。世尊也曾这样说过:“比丘们,对于想中的欲贪,你们应当舍断它。如此,那想便得以断除,根被切断,如截断的多罗树头,归于无有,于未来不再生起。”——这称为断遍知。以这三种遍知遍知想之后,他应渡越、超越欲流、有流、见流、无明流——遍知想,便能渡越诸流。显示巴利原文
Katamā pahānapariññā? Evaṃ tīrayitvā saññāya chandarāgaṃ pajahati vinodeti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, saññāya chandarāgo, taṃ pajahatha. Evaṃ sā saññā pahīnā bhavissati ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃ katā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā’’ti – ayaṃ pahānapariññā. ti saññaṃ imāhi tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā. nti kāmoghaṃ bhavoghaṃ diṭṭhoghaṃ avijjoghaṃ tareyya uttareyya patareyya samatikkameyya vītivatteyyāti – saññaṃ pariññā vitareyya oghaṃ.
执取有两种:渴爱执取与邪见执取……这即是渴爱执取……这即是邪见执取。牟尼性即是智慧。那种慧——了知、遍知……无痴、择法、正见,具足此智慧的牟尼,便称为证得牟尼性者。牟尼行有三种:身牟尼行、语牟尼行、意牟尼行。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve pariggahā – taṇhāpariggaho ca diṭṭhipariggaho ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpariggaho…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipariggaho. ti. Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi, tena ñāṇena samannāgato muni monappattoti. Tīṇi moneyyāni – kāyamoneyyaṃ, vacīmoneyyaṃ, manomoneyyaṃ.
什么为身牟尼行?断除三种身恶行,是身牟尼行;三种身善行,是身牟尼行;以身为所缘的智慧,是身牟尼行;对身的遍知,是身牟尼行;与遍知相伴之道,是身牟尼行;断除对身的欲贪,是身牟尼行;身行的止息——第四禅的证入,是身牟尼行。此即身牟尼行。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ? Tividhakāyaduccaritānaṃ pahānaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, tividhaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyapariññā kāyamoneyyaṃ, pariññāsahagato maggo kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāye chandarāgassa pahānaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyasaṅkhāranirodho catutthajjhānasamāpatti kāyamoneyyaṃ – idaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ.
什么为语牟尼行?断除四种语恶行,是语牟尼行;四种语善行,是语牟尼行;以语为所缘的智慧,是语牟尼行;对语的遍知,是语牟尼行;与遍知相伴之道,是语牟尼行;断除对语的欲贪,是语牟尼行;语行的止息——第二禅的证入,是语牟尼行。此即语牟尼行。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ? Catubbidhavacīduccaritānaṃ pahānaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, catubbidhaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, vācārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, vācāpariññā vacīmoneyyaṃ, pariññāsahagato maggo vacīmoneyyaṃ, vācāya chandarāgassa pahānaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, vacīsaṅkhāranirodho dutiyajjhānasamāpatti vacīmoneyyaṃ – idaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ.
什么是意牟尼行?断除三种意恶行是意牟尼行,三种意善行是意牟尼行;以心为所缘的智慧是意牟尼行;遍知心是意牟尼行;与遍知相伴之道是意牟尼行;断除对心的欲贪是意牟尼行;心行的止灭——想受灭定是意牟尼行。这就是意牟尼行。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ manomoneyyaṃ? Tividhamanoduccaritānaṃ pahānaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, tividhaṃ manosucaritaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, cittārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, cittapariññā manomoneyyaṃ, pariññāsahagato maggo manomoneyyaṃ, citte chandarāgassa pahānaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, cittasaṅkhāranirodho saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ manomoneyyaṃ – idaṃ manomoneyyaṃ.
身牟尼、语牟尼、意牟尼,无漏者——
具足牟尼行的牟尼,称为断尽一切者。
身牟尼、语牟尼、意牟尼,无漏者,
具足牟尼道的牟尼,人们称他为涤净罪恶者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāyamuniṃ vācāmuniṃ, manomunimanāsavaṃ; Muniṃ moneyyasampannaṃ, āhu sabbappahāyinaṃ. ‘‘Kāyamuniṃ vācāmuniṃ, manomunimanāsavaṃ; Muniṃ moneyyasampannaṃ, āhu ninhātapāpaka’’nti .
具足这三种牟尼法者,有六种牟尼:在家牟尼、出家牟尼、有学牟尼、无学牟尼、独觉牟尼、牟尼中的牟尼。什么是在家牟尼?那些在家而见谛、通达教法的人,便是在家牟尼。什么是出家牟尼?那些出家而见谛、通达教法的人,便是出家牟尼。七种有学是有学牟尼。阿拉汉是无学牟尼。独觉佛是独觉牟尼。如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者则被称为牟尼中的牟尼。显示巴利原文
Imehi tīhi moneyyehi dhammehi samannāgatā cha munino – agāramunino, anagāramunino, sekhamunino, asekhamunino, paccekamunino, munimuninoti. Katame agāramunino? Ye te agārikā diṭṭhapadā viññātasāsanā – ime agāramunino. Katame anagāramunino ? Ye te pabbajitā diṭṭhapadā viññātasāsanā – ime anagāramunino. Satta sekhā sekhamunino. Arahanto asekhamunino. Paccekabuddhā paccekamunino. Munimunino vuccanti tathāgatā arahanto sammāsambuddhā.
并非靠沉默而成为牟尼,若他只是愚昧无知,
然而智者犹如持着天平,只选取那最为殊胜的善法,
他避开一切恶行,因此他称为牟尼,以此而为牟尼。
“了知不善法、善法,于内、于外,于一切世间;”
“他为诸天与众人所敬奉,超越了执着之网,因此是牟尼。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na monena muni hoti, mūḷharūpo aviddasu; Yo ca tulaṃva paggayha, varamādāya paṇḍito. ‘‘Pāpāni parivajjeti, sa muni tena so muni; Yo munāti ubho loke, muni tena pavuccati. ‘‘Asatañca satañca ñatvā dhammaṃ, ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca sabbaloke; Devamanussehi pūjito yo, saṅgajālamaticca so munī’’ti.
意为二种污染:渴爱的污染与邪见的污染……这就是渴爱的污染……这就是邪见的污染。牟尼已舍弃渴爱的污染,放下邪见的污染,于所执取之物,他不黏着、不染着、不为所污。他是不黏着、不染着、不为所污者,是已出离、已远离、已彻底解脱、已断除系缚者。他以无限量的心而住——因此说,于所执取之物,牟尼不为所污。显示巴利原文
ti dve lepā – taṇhālepo ca diṭṭhilepo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhālepo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhilepo. Muni taṇhālepaṃ pahāya diṭṭhilepaṃ paṭinissajjitvā pariggahesu na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati. Alitto apalitto anupalitto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – pariggahesu muni nopalitto.
意为七支箭:贪欲之箭、瞋恚之箭、愚痴之箭、骄慢之箭、邪见之箭、忧愁之箭、疑惑之箭。凡已断除、已根绝、已平息、已寂止这些箭,令永不复生、以智慧火焚尽者,即称为已拔箭者、已除箭者、已取箭者、已遍取箭者、已弃箭者、已吐箭者、已脱箭者、已舍箭者、已遍舍箭者、无渴求者、已寂灭者、已清凉者,感受快乐,住于已成梵之身中。——故说已拔箭者。显示巴利原文
ti. nti satta sallāni – rāgasallaṃ, dosasallaṃ, mohasallaṃ, mānasallaṃ, diṭṭhisallaṃ, sokasallaṃ, kathaṃkathāsallaṃ . Yassete sallā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati abbūḷhasallo abbahitasallo uddhatasallo samuddhatasallo uppāṭitasallo samuppāṭitasallo cattasallo vantasallo muttasallo pahīnasallo paṭinissaṭṭhasallo nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhapaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharatīti – abbūḷhasallo.
行者,即行走、住止、威仪、转动、守护、维持、生活。热诚者,即于诸善法恭敬而行、持续而行、坚定而行,不退,不舍弃意欲,不舍弃重担。「我如何令未圆满的戒蕴得以圆满?或以智慧,于各处随观已圆满的戒蕴?」于此,有欲、精进、勤奋、勇猛、不退、念、正知、热诚、努力、决意、勤修、不放逸,于诸善法。「我如何令未圆满的定蕴得以圆满?或以智慧,于各处随观已圆满的定蕴?」……于诸善法。「我如何令未圆满的慧蕴……解脱蕴……解脱智见蕴得以圆满?或以智慧,于各处随观已圆满的解脱智见蕴?」于此,有欲、精进、勤奋、勇猛、不退、念、正知、热诚、努力、决意、勤修、不放逸,于诸善法。「我如何遍知未遍知的苦,舍断未舍断的烦恼,修习未修习的道,现证未现证的灭?」于此,有欲、精进、勤奋、勇猛、不退、念、正知、热诚、努力、决意、勤修、不放逸,于诸善法——已拔箭者,如是行而不放逸。显示巴利原文
nti caranto viharanto iriyanto vattanto pālento yapento yāpento. ti sakkaccakārī sātaccakārī aṭṭhitakārī anolīnavuttiko anikkhittacchando anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ aparipūraṃ vā sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūreyyaṃ, paripūraṃ vā sīlakkhandhaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggaṇheyya’’nti yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivāni ca sati ca sampajaññañca ātappaṃ padhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ anuyogo appamādo kusalesu dhammesu. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ aparipūraṃ vā samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūreyyaṃ, paripūraṃ vā samādhikkhandhaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggaṇheyya’’nti…pe… kusalesu dhammesu. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ aparipūraṃ vā paññākkhandhaṃ paripūreyyaṃ… vimuttikkhandhaṃ… vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ paripūreyyaṃ, paripūraṃ vā vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggaṇheyya’’nti yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivāni ca sati ca sampajaññañca ātappaṃ padhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ anuyogo appamādo kusalesu dhammesu. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ apariññātaṃ vā dukkhaṃ parijāneyyaṃ, appahīne vā kilese pajaheyyaṃ, abhāvitaṃ vā maggaṃ bhāveyyaṃ, asacchikataṃ vā nirodhaṃ sacchikareyya’’nti yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivāni ca sati ca sampajaññañca ātappaṃ padhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ anuyogo appamādo kusalesu dhammesūti – abbūḷhasallo caramappamatto.
他不希求此世,即不希求自身的存在;不希求彼世,即不希求他身的存在。他不希求此世,即不希求自身的色、受、想、行、识;不希求彼世,即不希求他的色、受、想、行、识。他不希求此世,即不希求六内处;不希求彼世,即不希求六外处。他不希求此世,即不希求人界;不希求彼世,即不希求天界。他不希求此世,即不希求欲界;不希求彼世,即不希求色界、无色界。他不希求此世,即不希求欲界与色界;不希求彼世,即不希求无色界。再者,他对趣向、再生、结生、存在、轮回、流转皆无所希求,不欲求、不接受、不渴望、不企求、不贪求——这就是“于此处及彼处皆无所愿求”的意思。显示巴利原文
ti imaṃ lokaṃ nāsīsati sakattabhāvaṃ, paralokaṃ nāsīsati parattabhāvaṃ; imaṃ lokaṃ nāsīsati sakarūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ, paraṃ lokaṃ nāsīsati pararūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ; imaṃ lokaṃ nāsīsati cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, paraṃ lokaṃ nāsīsati cha bāhirāni āyatanāni; imaṃ lokaṃ nāsīsati manussalokaṃ, paraṃ lokaṃ nāsīsati devalokaṃ. Imaṃ lokaṃ nāsīsati kāmadhātuṃ, paraṃ lokaṃ nāsīsati rūpadhātuṃ arūpadhātuṃ; imaṃ lokaṃ nāsīsati kāmadhātuṃ rūpadhātuṃ, paraṃ lokaṃ nāsīsati arūpadhātuṃ. Puna gatiṃ vā upapattiṃ vā paṭisandhiṃ vā bhavaṃ vā saṃsāraṃ vā vaṭṭaṃ vā nāsīsati na icchati na sādiyati na pattheti na piheti nātijappatīti – nāsīsatī lokamimaṃ parañcāti.
146 因此,世尊宣说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
已拔出箭者,于不放逸中行进,对此世与他世皆无所希求。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saññaṃ pariññā vitareyya oghaṃ, pariggahesu muni nopalitto; Abbūḷhasallo caramappamatto, nāsīsatī lokamimaṃ parañcā’’ti.
《窟八偈经》分别第二显示巴利原文
Guhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso dutiyo.
第三 恶八偈经分别显示巴利原文
3. Duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso
接下来,将解说《嗔怒者八颂》的义释。显示巴利原文
Atha duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
“心怀嗔怒的某些人说”:那些外道,心瞋怒、心违逆、心对抗、心受打击、心遭反击、心怨恨、心被报复,以不实之事言说并诽谤世尊和比丘僧团——这就是“心怀嗔怒的某些人说”。显示巴利原文
ti te titthiyā duṭṭhamanā viruddhamanā paṭiviruddhamanā āhatamanā paccāhatamanā āghātitamanā paccāghātitamanā vadanti upavadanti bhagavantañca bhikkhusaṅghañca abhūtenāti – vadanti ve duṭṭhamanāpi eke.
“也有心怀真实想的人说”:那些相信、信赖、信奉外道的人们,心念真实、认知真实,心念如实、认知如实,心念确切、认知确切,心念无误、认知无误,以不实之事言说并诽谤世尊和比丘僧团——这就是“也有心怀真实想的人说”。显示巴利原文
ti ye tesaṃ titthiyānaṃ saddahantā okappentā adhimuccantā saccamanā saccasaññino bhūtamanā bhūtasaññino tathamanā tathasaññino yāthāvamanā yāthāvasaññino aviparītamanā aviparītasaññino vadanti upavadanti bhagavantañca bhikkhusaṅghañca abhūtenāti – athopi ve saccamanā vadanti.
“生起的争论”:指那种言论已经生起、已出现、已发生、已现行、已经显现——那来自外部的辱骂、责难与诽谤,以不实之事针对世尊与比丘僧团。这便是“生起的争论”。“牟尼”:默然被称为智慧。那种洞察、了知、无痴、择法、正见——具足这种智慧的人,称为牟尼,已达默然境界……超越执着之网,他即是牟尼。“参与争论”:一个人以两种原因参与争论:身为造作者,因造作之事而参与;或者,当他被议论、被责难时,动怒、恼怒、固执,流露出忿怒、嗔恨与不满。“我是无造作者”:如此参与争论的人,便是以这两种原因参与争论。“牟尼不参与”:牟尼以两种原因不参与争论:身为无造作者,牟尼不因造作之事参与争论;或者,当被议论、被责难时,他不生气、不恼怒、不固执,不流露忿怒、嗔恨与不满。“我是无造作者”:牟尼正是以这两种原因,不参与争论、不亲近、不执取、不接触、不固执——这便是“生起的争论,牟尼不参与”。显示巴利原文
ti. So vādo jāto hoti sañjāto nibbatto abhinibbatto pātubhūto paratoghoso akkoso upavādo bhagavato ca bhikkhusaṅghassa ca abhūtenāti – vādañca jātaṃ. ti. ti. Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi, tena ñāṇena samannāgato muni monappatto…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. Yo vādaṃ upeti so dvīhi kāraṇehi vādaṃ upeti – kārako kārakatāya vādaṃ upeti, atha vā vuccamāno upavadiyamāno kuppati byāpajjati patiṭṭhiyati kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Akārakomhīti yo vādaṃ upeti so imehi dvīhi kāraṇehi vādaṃ upeti. Muni dvīhi kāraṇehi vādaṃ na upeti – akārako muni akārakatāya vādaṃ na upeti, atha vā vuccamāno upavadiyamāno na kuppati na byāpajjati na patiṭṭhiyati na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Akārakomhīti muni imehi dvīhi kāraṇehi vādaṃ na upeti na upagacchati na gaṇhāti na parāmasati na abhinivisatīti – vādañca jātaṃ muni no upeti.
因此,由于那个原因、那个理由、那个条件、那个因缘,他们不宣说单一的真理,而宣说种种不同的、多样的、彼此相违的、各别的道理。他们讲述、解说、宣说、阐释、表达——这便是“因此,沙门们不宣说单一的真理”之义。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā na ekaṃ vadanti nānā vadanti vividhaṃ vadanti aññoññaṃ vadanti puthu vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – tasmā na ekaṃ samaṇā vadanti.
325 世尊因此说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“有人确然心怀恶意而言说,也有人确然出于真诚而言说;牟尼不介入已生起的争论,因此,牟尼在任何地方都无有固执。”
牟尼不涉入已生起的论争,因此,牟尼在任何地方都无有干枯的障碍。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vadanti ve duṭṭhamanāpi eke, athopi ve saccamanā vadanti; Vādañca jātaṃ muni no upeti, tasmā munī natthi khilo kuhiñcī’’ti.
外道们杀害了游方女孙陀利,藉以诋毁沙门释迦子,心想:“如此,我们便能夺回这利养、名声、恭敬与尊崇。”他们持如是见、如是忍、如是好、如是执、如是意乐、如是意趣,却终究未能超越自见、自忍、自好、自执、自意乐、自意趣;那恶名反倒落回了他们自己身上。就此而言:“他如何能越过自己的见解?”又如,凡主张“世间是常,唯此真实,其余虚妄”者,他如何能越过、超越、跨越、超脱自己的见解、自己的忍、自己的好、自己的执、自己的意乐、自己的意趣呢?是何缘故?因为他的那个见解是如是具备、如是受持、执取、固执、陷溺、粘着、深信不疑的。就此而言:“他如何能越过自己的见解?”“世间是无常……乃至……如来死后既非存在又非不存在,唯此真实,其余虚妄”,凡作此主张者,他如何能越过、超越、跨越、超脱自己的见解、自己的忍、自己的好、自己的执、自己的意乐、自己的意趣呢?是何缘故?因为他的那个见解是如是具备、如是受持、执取、固执、陷溺、粘着、深信不疑的。显示巴利原文
ti. Yaṃ te titthiyā sundariparibbājikaṃ hantvā samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ avaṇṇaṃ pakāsayitvā ‘‘evaṃ etaṃ lābhaṃ yasasakkāraṃ sammānaṃ paccāharissāmā’’ti te evaṃdiṭṭhikā evaṃkhantikā evaṃrucikā evaṃladdhikā evaṃajjhāsayā evaṃadhippāyā, te nāsakkhiṃsu sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ sakaṃ khantiṃ sakaṃ ruciṃ sakaṃ laddhiṃ sakaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ sakaṃ adhippāyaṃ atikkamituṃ; atha kho sveva ayaso te paccāgatoti, evampi – sakañhi diṭṭhiṃ kathamaccayeyya. Atha vā ‘‘sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti yo so evaṃvādo, so sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ sakaṃ khantiṃ sakaṃ ruciṃ sakaṃ laddhiṃ sakaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ sakaṃ adhippāyaṃ kathaṃ accayeyya atikkameyya samatikkameyya vītivatteyya? Taṃ kissa hetu? Tassa sā diṭṭhi tathā samattā samādinnā gahitā parāmaṭṭhā abhiniviṭṭhā ajjhositā adhimuttāti. Evampi – sakañhi diṭṭhiṃ kathamaccayeyya? ‘‘Asassato loko…pe… antavā loko… anantavā loko… taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ… aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ… hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti yo so evaṃ vādo, so sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ sakaṃ khantiṃ sakaṃ ruciṃ sakaṃ laddhiṃ sakaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ sakaṃ adhippāyaṃ kathaṃ accayeyya atikkameyya samatikkameyya vītivatteyya? Taṃ kissa hetu? Tassa sā diṭṭhi tathā samattā samādinnā gahitā parāmaṭṭhā abhiniviṭṭhā ajjhositā adhimuttāti. Evampi – sakañhi diṭṭhiṃ kathamaccayeyya.
意思是:他依自己的见解、偏好、喜好与立场,将他人视为愚者、低劣者、下贱者、卑微者、卑下者、令人生厌者、微不足道者。他会想:「谁是愚者?」他会看谁?观察谁?审视谁?注视谁?思量谁?评判谁?——「在这些之中,谁是愚者?」如此,他将他人视为愚者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā paraṃ bālato hīnato nihīnato omakato lāmakato chatukkato parittato kaṃ daheyya kaṃ passeyya kaṃ dakkheyya kaṃ olokeyya kaṃ nijjhāyeyya kaṃ upaparikkheyyāti – kamettha bāloti paraṃ daheyya.
意思是:他自许圆满、完备、无上,自许为第一、最胜、殊胜、为首、最高、最上。他说:「这位导师是一切知者。」如此,他自许圆满、完备、无上,自许为第一、最胜、殊胜、为首、最高、最上。显示巴利原文
ti. Sayaṃ samattaṃ karoti paripuṇṇaṃ karoti anomaṃ karoti aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ karoti. ‘‘Ayaṃ satthā sabbaññū’’ti sayaṃ samattaṃ karoti paripuṇṇaṃ karoti anomaṃ karoti aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ karoti. ‘‘Ayaṃ dhammo svākkhāto…pe… ayaṃ gaṇo suppaṭipanno… ayaṃ diṭṭhi bhaddikā… ayaṃ paṭipadā supaññattā… ayaṃ maggo niyyāniko’’ti sayaṃ samattaṃ karoti paripuṇṇaṃ karoti anomaṃ karoti aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ karoti janeti sañjaneti nibbatteti abhinibbattetīti – sayaṃ samattāni pakubbamāno.
意思是:他怎样了知,便怎样宣说、讲述、表示、开显、表达。例如,主张「世间是常的,唯此为真,余皆虚妄」,便依其所知而宣说、讲述、表示、开显、表达。主张「世间是无常的……如来死后既非存在又非不存在,唯此为真,余皆虚妄」,同样依其所知而宣说、讲述、表示、开显、表达。总之,依其所知而宣说。显示巴利原文
ti yathā jāneyya, tathā vadeyya katheyya bhaṇeyya dīpayeyya vohareyya. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti yathā jāneyya, tathā vadeyya katheyya bhaṇeyya dīpayeyya vohareyya. ‘‘Asassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti yathā jāneyya, tathā vadeyya katheyya bhaṇeyya dīpayeyya vohareyyāti – yathā hi jāneyya tathā vadeyya.
自己的见解,如何能超越?被好乐所牵引,执著于偏爱,
自己造作出圆满的定论,他如何了知,便如何言说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sakañhi diṭṭhiṃ kathamaccayeyya, chandānunīto ruciyā niviṭṭho; Sayaṃ samattāni pakubbamāno, yathā hi jāneyya tathā vadeyyā’’ti.
1445 波婆(锡兰本、暹罗本)显示巴利原文
pāvā (sī. syā.)
无论是谁——无论是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,是在家者还是出家者,是天人还是人——无论他属何种身份、何种状态,如何安住、如何行持,达到何等阶位、具足何等法。简要而言,有二种欲:所欲与烦恼欲……这些称为所欲……这些称为烦恼欲。以二种原因远离诸欲:或以镇伏,或以根除。如何以镇伏远离诸欲?观'诸欲如骸骨,少味而已',以镇伏远离诸欲;观'诸欲如肉片,众人共争',以镇伏远离诸欲;观'诸欲如草炬,终归烧手',以镇伏远离诸欲;观'诸欲如炭火坑,大受热恼',以镇伏远离诸欲;观'诸欲如梦,暂现即灭',以镇伏远离诸欲;观'诸欲如借来之物,暂得而已',以镇伏远离诸欲;观'诸欲如树果,终归摧折',以镇伏远离诸欲;观'诸欲如刀砧,备受切割',以镇伏远离诸欲;观'诸欲如矛桩,深可穿刺',以镇伏远离诸欲;观'诸欲如蛇头,可生怖畏',以镇伏远离诸欲;观'诸欲如火聚,大受焚烧',以镇伏远离诸欲。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo yādiso yathāyutto yathāvihito yathāpakāro yaṃṭhānappatto yaṃdhammasamannāgato khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā devo vā manusso vā. ti atthi sīlañceva vatañca , atthi vataṃ na sīlaṃ. Katamaṃ sīlañceva vatañca? Idha bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Yo tattha saṃyamo saṃvaro avītikkamo, idaṃ sīlaṃ. Yaṃ samādānaṃ taṃ vataṃ. Saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ; samādānaṭṭhena vataṃ – idaṃ vuccati sīlañceva vatañca. Katamaṃ vataṃ, na sīlaṃ? Aṭṭha dhutaṅgāni – āraññikaṅgaṃ, piṇḍapātikaṅgaṃ, paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ, tecīvarikaṅgaṃ, sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ, khalupacchābhattikaṅgaṃ, nesajjikaṅgaṃ, yathāsanthatikaṅgaṃ – idaṃ vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ . Vīriyasamādānampi vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ. ‘‘Kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu , sarīre upassussatu maṃsalohitaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ purisathāmena purisabalena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ , na taṃ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti – cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpaṃ vīriyasamādānaṃ – idaṃ vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ.
我将不食,我将不饮,不从住处出离;
纵有眼见,我也不倒下,在渴爱之箭尚未拔除之时。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāsissaṃ na pivissāmi, vihārato na nikkhame; Napi passaṃ nipātessaṃ, taṇhāsalle anūhate’’ti.
他策励自心,精勤用功。像这样的精进投入,被称为“誓愿”,而非“戒”。 “只要我的心尚未不执取、从诸烦恼中解脱,我便不破此跏趺坐。”——他如此策励自心,精勤用功。像这样的精进投入,被称为“誓愿”,而非“戒”。 “只要尚未证得……我便不从这座位起身……不从此经行道下来……不走出寺院……不走出楣屋……不走出殿堂……不走出楼阁……不走出石窟……不走出山洞……不走出小屋……不走出尖顶屋……不走出守望台……不走出圆亭……不走出长屋……不走出集会堂……不走出凉亭……不走出树下,直到我的心不执取、从诸烦恼中解脱。”——他如此策励自心,精勤用功。像这样的精进投入,被称为“誓愿”,而非“戒”。 “就在此上午,我要领会、通达、证得、触证、亲自体证这圣法。”——他如此策励自心,精勤用功。像这样的精进投入,被称为“誓愿”,而非“戒”。 “就在此中午……在此下午……在饭前……在饭后……在初夜……在中夜……在后夜……在黑月……在白月……在雨季……在冬季……在热季……在生命的早期阶段……在中期阶段……在后期阶段,我要领会、通达、证得、触证、亲自体证这圣法。”——他如此策励自心,精勤用功。像这样的精进投入,被称为“誓愿”,而非“戒”。这,就是以戒与誓愿而清净。若具足这样的以戒与誓愿而清净——那么,他的那些戒与誓愿都是些什么呢?显示巴利原文
Cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpampi vīriyasamādānaṃ vuccati vataṃ na sīlaṃ. Na tāvāhaṃ imaṃ pallaṅkaṃ bhindissāmi yāva me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccissatīti – cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpampi vīriyasamādānaṃ vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ. Na tāvāhaṃ imamhā āsanā vuṭṭhahissāmi… na tāvāhaṃ imamhā caṅkamā orohissāmi… vihārā nikkhamissāmi… aḍḍhayogā nikkhamissāmi… pāsādā nikkhamissāmi… hammiyā… guhāya… leṇā… kuṭiyā… kūṭāgārā… aṭṭā… māḷā… uddaṇḍā… upaṭṭhānasālāya… maṇḍapā… rukkhamūlā nikkhamissāmi yāva me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccissatīti – cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpampi vīriyasamādānaṃ vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ. Imasmiññeva pubbaṇhasamayaṃ ariyadhammaṃ āharissāmi samāharissāmi adhigacchissāmi phassayissāmi sacchikarissāmīti – cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpampi vīriyasamādānaṃ vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ. Imasmiññeva majjhanhikasamayaṃ… sāyanhasamayaṃ … purebhattaṃ… pacchābhattaṃ… purimayāmaṃ… majjhimayāmaṃ… pacchimayāmaṃ… kāḷe… juṇhe… vasse… hemante… gimhe… purime vayokhandhe… majjhime vayokhandhe… pacchime vayokhandhe ariyadhammaṃ āharissāmi samāharissāmi adhigacchissāmi phassayissāmi sacchikarissāmīti – cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpampi vīriyasamādānaṃ vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ – ayaṃ sīlabbatapārisuddhi. Edisāya sīlabbatapārisuddhiyā samannāgato assāti – kāni sīlabbatānāssu.
这个人——这位众生、人、摩纳婆、个体、命者、生者、赡部洲人、因陀罗种、人——向其他人,向那些刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,向在家人、出家人,向天与人,宣说自己的戒和禁行。在未被询问、未被请问、未被请求、未被邀请、未曾让人欢喜的情形下,他便宣说自己的戒、禁行或戒禁行。他宣称:‘我是戒具足者’,或‘我是禁行具足者’,或‘我是戒禁行具足者’;依凭出身、姓氏、良家子弟的身份、容貌端庄、财富、学识、业处、技能处、知识领域、多闻、辩才,或以其他某种理由,他声称:‘我是从高种姓家族出家的人’、‘我是从大宗族之家出家的人’、‘我是从大财富之家出家的人’、‘我是从巨大财富之家出家的人’、‘我是有名望、有声誉、受在家与出家众所敬重的人’、‘我获得衣服、饮食、坐卧处、病缘药品及资具’、‘我是经师’、‘我是持律者’、‘我是说法者’、‘我是林居者’、‘我是乞食者’、‘我是穿粪扫衣者’、‘我是但三衣者’、‘我是次第乞食者’、‘我是时后不食者’、‘我是常坐不卧者’、‘我是随坐者’、‘我是初禅那的证得者’、‘我是第二禅那的证得者’、‘我是第三禅那的证得者’、‘我是第四禅那的证得者’、‘我是空无边处定的证得者’、‘我是识无边处定的证得者’、‘我是无所有处定的证得者’、‘我是非想非非想处定的证得者’。未经询问,就这样向别人宣说、讲述、言说、表明、表达。显示巴利原文
ti. nti paresaṃ khattiyānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vessānaṃ suddānaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ pabbajitānaṃ devānaṃ manussānaṃ. ti apuṭṭho apucchito ayācito anajjhesito apasādito. ti attano sīlaṃ vā vataṃ vā sīlabbataṃ vā pāvadati. Ahamasmi sīlasampannoti vā, vatasampannoti vā, sīlabbatasampannoti vā jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā, uccā kulā pabbajitoti vā, mahākulā pabbajitoti vā, mahābhogakulā pabbajitoti vā, uḷārabhogakulā pabbajitoti vā, ñāto yasassī sagahaṭṭhapabbajitānanti vā, lābhimhi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti vā, suttantikoti vā, vinayadharoti vā, dhammakathikoti vā, āraññikoti vā, piṇḍapātikoti vā, paṃsukūlikoti vā, tecīvarikoti vā, sapadānacārikoti vā, khalupacchābhattikoti vā, nesajjikoti vā, yathāsanthatikoti vā, paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhīti vā, dutiyassa jhānassa lābhīti vā, tatiyassa jhānassa lābhīti vā, catutthassa jhānassa lābhīti vā, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā pāvadati katheti bhaṇati dīpayati voharatīti – anānupuṭṭhova paresaṃ pāva.
“iti”指的是那些于蕴善巧、于界善巧、于处善巧、于缘起善巧、于念处善巧、于正勤善巧、于神足善巧、于根善巧、于力善巧、于觉支善巧、于道善巧、于果善巧、于涅槃善巧的人。这些善巧者这样说:“此是圣者之法,非非圣者之法;此是智者之法,非愚者之法;此是善士之法,非不善士之法。”他们这样说,这样向圣者们宣说、这样讲说、这样阐明、这样表述——这便是“善巧者说此为圣法”的意思。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ye te khandhakusalā dhātukusalā āyatanakusalā paṭiccasamuppādakusalā satipaṭṭhānakusalā sammappadhānakusalā iddhipādakusalā indriyakusalā balakusalā bojjhaṅgakusalā maggakusalā phalakusalā nibbānakusalā, te kusalā evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘ariyānaṃ eso dhammo, neso dhammo anariyānaṃ; paṇḍitānaṃ eso dhammo, neso dhammo bālānaṃ; sappurisānaṃ eso dhammo, neso dhammo asappurisāna’’nti. Evaṃ vadanti, ariyānaṃ evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – tamariyadhammaṃ kusalā vadanti.
所谓“自己”,是指他如此自称。他这样称赞自己:“我是戒具足者”“我是禁行具足者”或“我是戒禁行具足者”;借着出身、姓氏、良家子弟的身份、容貌端正、财富、学识、业处、技能处、知识领域、多闻、辩才,或者其他某种缘由,声称:“我是从高种姓之家出家的人”“我是从大宗族之家出家的人”“我是从大财富之家出家的人”“我是从巨富之家出家的人”“我是有名望、有声誉、受在家出家众敬重的人”“我得到衣服、食物、坐卧处、病缘药品及资具”“我是经师”“我是持律者”“我是说法者”“我是林居者”“我是乞食者”“我是穿粪扫衣者”“我是但三衣者”“我是次第乞食者”“我是时后不食者”“我是常坐不卧者”“我是随坐者”“我是初禅的证得者”“我是第二禅的证得者”“我是第三禅的证得者”“我是第四禅的证得者”“我是空无边处定的证得者”“我是识无边处定的证得者”,显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati attā. ti sayameva attānaṃ pāvadati – ‘‘ahamasmi sīlasampannoti vā, vatasampannoti vā, sīlabbatasampannoti vā, jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā, uccā kulā pabbajitoti vā, mahākulā pabbajitoti vā, mahābhogakulā pabbajitoti vā, uḷārabhogakulā pabbajitoti vā, ñāto yasassī sagahaṭṭhapabbajitānanti vā, lābhimhi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānanti vā, suttantikoti vā, vinayadharoti vā, dhammakathikoti vā, āraññikoti vā, piṇḍapātikoti vā, paṃsukūlikoti vā, tecīvarikoti vā, sapadānacārikoti vā, khalupacchābhattikoti vā, nesajjikoti vā, yathāsanthatikoti vā, paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhīti vā, dutiyassa jhānassa lābhīti vā, tatiyassa jhānassa lābhīti vā, catutthassa jhānassa lābhīti vā, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā,
他已彻底舍断“非有”与“有”,梵行已立,不再受后有——这样的人,便是比丘。
显示巴利原文 Vibhavañca bhavañca vippahāya, vusitavā khīṇapunabbhavo sa bhikkhū’’ti.
“我是无所有处定的获得者”“我是非想非非想处定的获得者”——他如此宣称、言说、讲述、宣示、表达。这就是自赞自说。显示巴利原文
Ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā’’ pāvadati katheti bhaṇati dīpayati voharatīti – yo ātumānaṃ sayameva pāvāti.
1560 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
有人还未被询问,便对人宣说自己的戒行德目;
善分辨者说:这自我宣说,即是非圣法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo attano sīlavatāni jantu, anānupuṭṭhova paresa pāva; Anariyadhammaṃ kusalā tamāhu, yo ātumānaṃ sayameva pāvā’’ti.
因贪的止息而寂静,因瞋的止息而寂静,因痴的止息而寂静;因忿的止息……乃至于恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、顽固、争斗、慢、过慢、骄、放逸、一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切焦热、一切炽然、一切苦恼、一切不善行的止息、熄灭、寂止、烧尽、寂灭、消失、轻安——以此而寂静、寂止、安息、寂灭、轻安。这就是“寂静”。由于七种法被破除而成为比丘:有身见被破除,疑被破除,戒禁取被破除,贪被破除,瞋被破除,痴被破除,慢被破除。他那些邪恶不善之法——有杂染的、引致后有的、带来怖畏的、导致苦报的、未来引发生老死的——皆已破除。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rāgassa samitattā santo, dosassa samitattā santo, mohassa samitattā santo, kodhassa…pe… upanāhassa… makkhassa… paḷāsassa … issāya… macchariyassa… māyāya… sāṭheyyassa… thambhassa… sārambhassa… mānassa… atimānassa… madassa… pamādassa… sabbakilesānaṃ… sabbaduccaritānaṃ… sabbadarathānaṃ… sabbapariḷāhānaṃ… sabbasantāpānaṃ… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santattā samitattā vūpasamitattā vijjhātattā nibbutattā vigatattā paṭipassaddhattā santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭipassaddhoti – santo. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bhinnattā bhikkhu – sakkāyadiṭṭhi bhinnā hoti, vicikicchā bhinnā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso bhinno hoti, rāgo bhinno hoti, doso bhinno hoti, moho bhinno hoti, māno bhinno hoti . Bhinnāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
‘‘Pajjena katena attanā, [sabhiyāti bhagavā] Parinibbānagato vitiṇṇakaṅkho; Vibhavañca bhavañca vippahāya, Vusitavā khīṇapunabbhavo sa bhikkhū’’ti.
因为贪已被熄灭、被止息,嗔已被熄灭、被止息,痴已被熄灭、被止息;忿怒、怨恨、覆藏、执拗、嫉妒、悭吝、谄、诳、顽固、逞强、慢、过慢、骄、放逸……乃至一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切不安、一切热恼、一切苦恼、一切不善行,都已被熄灭、被止息。因此,那位比丘是寂静的,已得止息。显示巴利原文
ti rāgassa nibbāpitattā abhinibbutatto, dosassa nibbāpitattā abhinibbutatto, mohassa nibbāpitattā abhinibbutatto, kodhassa…pe… upanāhassa… makkhassa… paḷāsassa… issāya… macchariyassa… māyāya… sāṭheyyassa… thambhassa… sārambhassa… mānassa… atimānassa… madassa… pamādassa… sabbakilesānaṃ… sabbaduccaritānaṃ… sabbadarathānaṃ… sabbapariḷāhānaṃ… sabbasantāpānaṃ… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ nibbāpitattā abhinibbutattoti – santo ca bhikkhu abhinibbutatto.
“iti”一词,意指语句的连接、语句的连贯、语句的完整,字母的组合,文辞的流畅,以及词句的次第。此处有一种人,好自夸、好吹嘘。他这样自夸、吹嘘:“我具足戒。”“我具足仪。”“我具足戒与仪。”或因出身、或因姓氏、或因家世、或因容貌端丽……乃至“我是非想非非想处定的证得者。”如此自赞吹嘘。然而,他不这样自夸,不这样吹嘘。他于自夸是远离的、离脱的、弃绝的、脱出的、离去的、解开的、脱离的,以无界限之心安住。这就是“于诸戒中,不自我夸耀”的含义。显示巴利原文
ti. nti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – itihanti. ti. Idhekacco katthī hoti vikatthī. So katthati vikatthati. Ahamasmi sīlasampannoti vā, vatasampannoti vā, sīlabbatasampannoti vā, jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā katthati vikatthati. Evaṃ na katthati na vikatthati. Katthanā ārato virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – itihanti sīlesu akatthamāno.
意思是:那些善巧于蕴、善巧于界、善巧于处、善巧于缘起、善巧于念处、善巧于正勤、善巧于神足、善巧于根、善巧于力、善巧于觉支、善巧于道、善巧于果、善巧于涅槃的人,这些善巧者这样说:“这是缠结,这是粘着,这是系缚,这是障碍。”
显示巴利原文 ti. ti ye te khandhakusalā dhātukusalā āyatanakusalā paṭiccasamuppādakusalā satipaṭṭhānakusalā sammappadhānakusalā iddhipādakusalā indriyakusalā balakusalā bojjhaṅgakusalā maggakusalā phalakusalā nibbānakusalā, te kusalā evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘gantho eso, lagganaṃ etaṃ, bandhanaṃ etaṃ, palibodho eso’’ti. Evaṃ vadanti evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – taṃ vāpi ganthaṃ kusalā vadanti.
关于“阿拉汉、漏尽者”:有七种膨胀——贪的膨胀、嗔的膨胀、痴的膨胀、慢的膨胀、见的膨胀、烦恼的膨胀、业的膨胀。对于这样的人,这些膨胀已不存在、已不可得、已不可见,已被断除、已根除、已平息、已止息,不复生起,被智火焚尽。“在任何地方”,即无论何处、无论何时、无论何种状况,于内、于外、于内外。“世间”,指恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间。也就是说,他的膨胀于一切世间中皆不存在。显示巴利原文
ti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti sattussadā – rāgussado, dosussado, mohussado, mānussado, diṭṭhussado, kilesussado, kammussado. Yassime ussadā natthi na santi na vijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā. ti kuhiñci kimhici katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vā. ti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloketi – yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke.
1613 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
寂静的比丘,内心彻底寂灭,于诸戒中不如此那般地自夸;
善巧者称此为圣法——在任何世间都无有骄慢的人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Santo ca bhikkhu abhinibbutatto, itihanti sīlesu akatthamāno; Tamariyadhammaṃ kusalā vadanti, yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke’’ti.
“所构造的”:有两种构造——渴爱所构造的与见所构造的……这是渴爱所构造的……这是见所构造的。“行的”:指被造作、被集起、被安置的,故称“行的”;或指无常、被造作、依缘而生、有坏灭法、有衰败法、有离染法、有息灭法,亦称为“行的”。“邪见者”:指持六十二种邪见者。因此,“他所构造、他所造作的那些法”,即是此义。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve pakappanā – taṇhāpakappanā ca diṭṭhipakappanā ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpakappanā…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipakappanā. ti saṅkhatā abhisaṅkhatā saṇṭhapitātipi – saṅkhatā. Atha vā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammātipi – saṅkhatā . ti diṭṭhigatikassa. vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatānīti – pakappitā saṅkhatā yassa dhammā.
此处,有两种先导而行之事:以渴爱为先导而行,以见解为先导而行。……(中略)……这是以渴爱为先导而行……(中略)……这是以见解为先导而行。他们的“以渴爱为先导而行”已断除,“以见解为先导而行”已舍离。由于“以渴爱为先导而行”被断除,“以见解为先导而行”被舍离,故他们不将渴爱或见解置于前导而行。他们不以渴爱为旗帜,不以渴爱为旗杆,不以渴爱为主导;不以见解为旗帜,不以见解为旗杆,不以见解为主导。他们不被渴爱或见解所围绕而行——因此,他们不虚妄计度,不以前导而行。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve purekkhārā – taṇhāpurekkhāro ca diṭṭhipurekkhāro ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpurekkhāro…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipurekkhāro. Tesaṃ taṇhāpurekkhāro pahīno, diṭṭhipurekkhāro paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhāpurekkhārassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhipurekkhārassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā na taṇhaṃ vā na diṭṭhiṃ vā purato katvā caranti na taṇhādhajā na taṇhāketū na taṇhādhipateyyā na diṭṭhidhajā na diṭṭhiketū na diṭṭhādhipateyyā. Na taṇhāya vā na diṭṭhiyā vā parivāretvā carantīti – na kappayanti na purekkharonti.
此处说“于自身中”。这称为“成见”。人于自见中见到两种利益——现世利益与来世利益。何为见所带来的现世利益?若师长持某见,弟子亦持该见。弟子对于持该见的师长恭敬、尊重、崇敬、供养、礼遇。以此因缘,他获得衣服、饮食、住处、病时所需医药资具。这就是见所带来的现世利益。何为见所带来的来世利益?他心想:“此见足以令我成为龙、金翅鸟、夜叉、阿修罗、乾闼婆、四大天王、帝释天、梵天或诸天。”又心想:“此见能带来清净、纯净、究竟清净,能带来解脱、释放、究竟解脱。依此见,众生得清净、纯净、究竟清净,得解脱、释放、究竟解脱。我将依此见得清净、纯净、究竟清净,我将得解脱、释放、究竟解脱。”他如此期盼着未来的果报。这就是见所带来的来世利益。他在自见中见、察、审、验这两种利益——于自身中见到利益。显示巴利原文
nti. ti yaṃ attani. vuccati diṭṭhigataṃ. Attano diṭṭhiyā dve ānisaṃse passati – diṭṭhadhammikañca ānisaṃsaṃ, samparāyikañca ānisaṃsaṃ. Katamo diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhadhammiko ānisaṃso? Yaṃdiṭṭhiko satthā hoti, taṃdiṭṭhikā sāvakā honti. Taṃdiṭṭhikaṃ satthāraṃ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti apacitiṃ karonti. Labhati ca tatonidānaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ – ayaṃ diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhadhammiko ānisaṃso. Katamo diṭṭhiyā samparāyiko ānisaṃso? Ayaṃ diṭṭhi alaṃ nāgattāya vā supaṇṇattāya vā yakkhattāya vā asurattāya vā gandhabbattāya vā mahārājattāya vā indattāya vā brahmattāya vā devattāya vā. Ayaṃ diṭṭhi suddhiyā visuddhiyā parisuddhiyā, muttiyā vimuttiyā parimuttiyā. Imāya diṭṭhiyā sujjhanti visujjhanti parisujjhanti muccanti vimuccanti parimuccanti. Imāya diṭṭhiyā sujjhissāmi visujjhissāmi parisujjhissāmi, muccissāmi vimuccissāmi parimuccissāmīti āyatiṃ phalapāṭikaṅkhī hoti – ayaṃ diṭṭhiyā samparāyiko ānisaṃso. Attano diṭṭhiyā ime dve ānisaṃse passati dakkhati oloketi nijjhāyati upaparikkhatīti – yadattani passati ānisaṃsaṃ.
有三种寂静:究竟寂静、部分寂静、世俗寂静。什么是究竟寂静?究竟寂静是指不死的涅槃。那个一切行止息、一切生命生存基础彻底舍离、渴爱灭尽、离欲、灭、涅槃的境界。这就是究竟寂静。什么是部分寂静?入初禅那的人,他的五盖已寂静;入第二禅那的人,他的寻和伺已寂静;入第三禅那的人,他的喜已寂静;入第四禅那的人,他的乐和苦已寂静;入空无边处定的人,他的色想、抗拒想、种种想已寂静;入识无边处定的人,他的空无边处想已寂静;入无所有处定的人,他的识无边处想已寂静;入非想非非想处定的人,他的无所有处想已寂静。这就是部分寂静。什么是世俗寂静?世俗寂静指的是六十二种错误见解所认定的寂静。不过,在这段经文里,指的是世俗寂静。这里说“寂静”。他把会变动的寂静、会激动的寂静、被推动的寂静、被搅动的寂静、被摇动的寂静、被碰撞的寂静、被构想的寂静、被分别构想的寂静,这些无常的、造作的、因缘所生的、会灭尽的、会消散的、会离欲的、会止息的东西当作寂静来依靠。他依附、执着、亲近、投入、染着、深信这些,这称为“依靠那会变动的、有条件的寂静”。
显示巴利原文
nti. Tisso santiyo – accantasanti, tadaṅgasanti, sammutisanti. Katamā ? Accantasanti vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ayaṃ accantasanti. Katamā ? Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa nīvaraṇā santā honti; dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārā santā honti; tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pīti santā hoti; catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sukhadukkhā santā honti; ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññā paṭighasaññā nānattasaññā santā hoti; viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā santā hoti; ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā santā hoti; nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā santā hoti. Ayaṃ tadaṅgasanti. Katamā ? Sammutisantiyo vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni diṭṭhisantiyo. Api ca sammutisanti imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā santīti. nti. Kuppasantiṃ pakuppasantiṃ eritasantiṃ sameritasantiṃ calitasantiṃ ghaṭṭitasantiṃ kappitasantiṃ pakappitasantiṃ aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammaṃ, santiṃ nissito asito allīno upagato ajjhosito adhimuttoti – taṃ nissito kuppapaṭiccasantiṃ.
1484 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
那些由构想而生、造作而成的法,若被推崇为寂静,它们其实并非清净;
若人于自身中见到利益,便会依止那动摇不定、有条件的寂静。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pakappitā saṅkhatā yassa dhammā, purakkhatā santi avīvadātā; Yadattani passati ānisaṃsaṃ, taṃ nissito kuppapaṭiccasanti’’nti.
此处说“见的巢穴”。“世界是恒常的,唯此是真理,其余皆是虚妄”——像这样的顽固执取与紧抓不舍,即是见的巢穴。“世界非常恒……世界有边际……世界无边际……命即是身……命与身异……如来死后存在……如来死后不存在……如来死后既存在又不存在……如来死后既非存在亦非不存在,唯此是真理,其余皆是虚妄”——像这样的顽固执取与紧抓不舍,即是见的巢穴。此即称为“见的巢穴”。这些见的巢穴,甚难超越、难克服、难度越、难横度、难完全超越、难摆脱——所以说,见的巢穴,实难超越。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ‘‘sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti abhinivesaparāmāso diṭṭhinivesanaṃ. ‘‘Asassato loko…pe… antavā loko… anantavā loko … taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ… aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ… hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti abhinivesaparāmāso diṭṭhinivesananti. ti diṭṭhinivesā na hi svātivattā durativattā duttarā duppatarā dussamatikkamā dubbinivattāti – diṭṭhīnivesā na hi svātivattā.
此于六十二见中,经过认定、细认、审视、细察、衡量、判断、阐明,而使之显了。于那些见巢,生起限定的执取、如洞穴般的执取、优胜的执取、局部的执取、积聚的执取、总集的执取,以为“这是真的、确切的、真实的、实在的、如实的、不颠倒的”,便被执取、被紧握、被深深黏着、被完全执取,心决意于此——在对诸法作出决断后,便生起这种执取。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatesu. ti nicchinitvā vinicchinitvā vicinitvā pavicinitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. nti nivesanesu odhiggāho bilaggāho varaggāho koṭṭhāsaggāho uccayaggāho samuccayaggāho. Idaṃ saccaṃ tacchaṃ tathaṃ bhūtaṃ yāthāvaṃ aviparītaṃ gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttanti – dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ.
“ti”——因此,以彼为因,以彼为缘,以彼为依,以彼为源,他超脱、越出、彻底超越、完全胜过了由种种见解所生的纷争、口角、争执、论诤与冲突。故此说——他超越了诤论。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā diṭṭhikalahāni diṭṭhibhaṇḍanāni diṭṭhiviggahāni diṭṭhivivādāni diṭṭhimedhagāni upātivatto atikkanto samatikkanto vītivattoti – tasmā vivādāni upātivatto.
“nti”。出于两种原因而加排斥:或因被他方断除而排斥,或因自身无力成就而排斥。如何是因被他方断除而排斥?他方如此断言:‘那位老师非全知者,法未被善说,僧团非善行道,见地非殊胜,行道未被善设施,道路非出离道,此处无清净、无清净性、无遍净,无解脱、无解脱性、无遍解脱,此处无能清净者、无能得清净性者、无能得遍净者,无能解脱者、无能得解脱性者、无能得遍解脱者——这些皆是下劣、卑微、粗陋、低俗、可厌、微不足道。’如此,即被他方断除。当他方如此断除时,他便排斥那位老师、排斥法、排斥僧团、排斥见地、排斥行道、排斥道路。这便是因被他方断除而排斥。如何是因自身无力成就而排斥?无力成就戒,便排斥戒;无力成就誓愿,便排斥誓愿;无力成就戒与誓愿,便排斥戒与誓愿。这便是因自身无力成就而排斥。“nti”。他执取老师,执取法,执取僧团,执取见地,执取行道,执取道路,紧执不舍、深生黏着。这是说:他既排斥法,又执取法。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dvīhi kāraṇehi nirassati – paravicchindanāya vā nirassati, anabhisambhuṇanto vā nirassati. Kathaṃ paravicchindanāya nirassati? Paro vicchindeti – so satthā na sabbaññū, dhammo na svākkhāto, gaṇo na suppaṭipanno, diṭṭhi na bhaddikā, paṭipadā na supaññattā, maggo na niyyāniko, natthettha suddhi vā visuddhi vā parisuddhi vā mutti vā vimutti vā parimutti vā, natthettha sujjhanti vā visujjhanti vā parisujjhanti vā muccanti vā vimuccanti vā parimuccanti vā, hīnā nihīnā omakā lāmakā chatukkā parittāti – evaṃ paro vicchindeti. Evaṃ vicchindiyamāno satthāraṃ nirassati , dhammakkhānaṃ nirassati, gaṇaṃ nirassati, diṭṭhiṃ nirassati, paṭipadaṃ nirassati, maggaṃ nirassati. Evaṃ paravicchindanāya nirassati. Kathaṃ anabhisambhuṇanto nirassati? Sīlaṃ anabhisambhuṇanto sīlaṃ nirassati, vataṃ anabhisambhuṇanto vataṃ nirassati, sīlabbataṃ anabhisambhuṇanto sīlabbataṃ nirassati. Evaṃ anabhisambhuṇanto nirassati. nti. Satthāraṃ gaṇhāti, dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇhāti, gaṇaṃ gaṇhāti, diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti, paṭipadaṃ gaṇhāti, maggaṃ gaṇhāti parāmasati abhinivisatīti – nirassatī ādiyatī ca dhammaṃ.
1304 所以,世尊这样说——显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
于诸见解的住处,的确难以超越;一旦对诸法有了确定,便生起执取;
因此,人在这些住处中,既排斥,又取着于法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Diṭṭhīnivesā na hi svātivattā, dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ; Tasmā naro tesu nivesanesu, nirassatī ādiyatī ca dhamma’’nti.
所谓“dhonā”,是指智慧。什么是智慧?即那了知、辨别、思择、简择、法简择、识别、觉察、通达、善巧、精明、聪慧、思考、审察、广大慧、锐利慧、引导慧、观照、正知、刺棒、智慧、智慧根、智慧力、智慧剑、智慧宫殿、智慧光、智慧照亮、智慧灯火、智慧宝、无痴、法简择、正见。为什么智慧被称为“dhonā”?因为凭借这种智慧,身恶行被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;语恶行被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;意恶行被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;贪被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;嗔被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;痴被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;忿被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;怨恨被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;覆恶被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;恼害被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;嫉妒被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;悭吝被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;谄曲被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;狡诈被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;顽固被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;争强被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;慢被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;过慢被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;骄醉被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;放逸被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除;一切烦恼、一切恶行都被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清除。显示巴利原文
ti. ti. Dhonā vuccati paññā – yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūri medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Kiṃkāraṇā dhonā vuccati paññā? Tāya paññāya kāyaduccaritaṃ dhutañca dhotañca sandhotañca niddhotañca; vacīduccaritaṃ… manoduccaritaṃ dhutañca dhotañca sandhotañca niddhotañca; rāgo dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca; doso…pe… moho… kodho… upanāho… makkho… paḷāso dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca; issā dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca; macchariyaṃ dhutañca dhotañca sandhotañca niddhotañca; māyā dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca; sāṭheyyaṃ dhutañca dhotañca sandhotañca niddhotañca; thambho dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca; sārambho… māno… atimāno… mado… pamādo dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca; sabbe kilesā, sabbe duccaritā, sabbe darathā, sabbe pariḷāhā, sabbe santāpā, sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca. Taṃkāraṇā dhonā vuccati paññā.
又或者,以正见抖落、洗净、彻底洗净并完全清除了邪见;以正思惟抖落、洗净、彻底洗净并完全清除了邪思惟;以正语抖落、洗净了邪语……;以正业抖落了邪业……;以正命抖落了邪命……;以正精进抖落了邪精进……;以正念抖落了邪念……;以正定抖落、洗净、彻底洗净并完全清除了邪定;以正智抖落了邪智……;以正解脱抖落、洗净、彻底洗净并完全清除了邪解脱。显示巴利原文
Atha vā sammādiṭṭhiyā micchādiṭṭhi dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca; sammāsaṅkappena micchāsaṅkappo dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca; sammāvācāya micchāvācā dhutā ca dhotā ca…pe… sammākammantena micchākammanto dhuto ca… sammāājīvena micchāājīvo dhuto ca… sammāvāyāmena micchāvāyāmo dhuto ca… sammāsatiyā micchāsati dhutā ca… sammāsamādhinā micchāsamādhi dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca; sammāñāṇena micchāñāṇaṃ dhutaṃ ca… sammāvimuttiyā micchāvimutti dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca.
又或以圣八支道,吹炼、彻底吹炼、驱除、舍弃、消除、灭尽、令不复存在一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切恼乱、一切热恼、一切烧恼、一切不善行——犹如金匠去银之垢,除去自身垢秽。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena sabbe kilese sabbe duccarite sabbe darathe sabbe pariḷāhe sabbe santāpe sabbākusalābhisaṅkhāre dhamati sandhamati niddhamati pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti anabhāvaṃ gametīti – kammāro rajatasseva niddhame malamattano.
“ti”即两种计度:渴爱计度与见计度。……这是渴爱计度……这是见计度。“ti”也指在“有有”之中:于业有、再有、欲有中,于业有、欲有、再有、色有中,于业有、色有、再有、无色有中,于业有、无色有、再有、再再有、再再趣向、再再受生、再再结生、再再自体转起中。对于清净者,在任何世间、任何“有有”中,都没有被计度、被谋划、被造作、被安立的见;它不存在、没有、不可得、不被证得,已被舍断、彻底断除、寂止、止息、不再生起,被智火烧尽。因此,在任何世间,清净者都没有于“有有”中计度的见。显示巴利原文
ti dve pakappanā – taṇhāpakappanā ca diṭṭhipakappanā ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpakappanā…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipakappanā. ti bhavābhave kammabhave punabbhave kāmabhave, kammabhave kāmabhave punabbhave rūpabhave, kammabhave rūpabhave punabbhave arūpabhave, kammabhave arūpabhave punabbhave punappunabhave punappunagatiyā punappunaupapattiyā punappunapaṭisandhiyā punappunaattabhāvābhinibbattiyā. ti dhonassa kuhiñci loke bhavābhavesu ca kappitā pakappitā abhisaṅkhatā saṇṭhapitā diṭṭhi natthi na santi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – dhonassa hi natthi kuhiñci loke pakappitā diṭṭhi bhavābhavesu.
“māyā”,这是指虚诳的行径。世间有一类人,以身行恶、以语行恶、以意行恶之后,为了覆藏这些恶行,便发起邪恶的欲求,心想:“莫让人知我。”他希求“莫让人知我”,思惟“莫让人知我”,口说“莫让人知我”之语,乃至以身如此用力,以求“不让人知”。凡此种种欺诳、欺诈、极度狡猾、蒙骗、算计、陷害、回避、隐匿、深密隐匿、遮掩、全然覆藏、不显露的行为、不公开的行为、藏覆、恶行的隐蔽,即名为“māyā”。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati vañcanikā cariyā. Idhekacco kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṃ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā tassa paṭicchādanahetu pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahati – ‘‘mā maṃ jaññā’’ti icchati, ‘‘mā maṃ jaññā’’ti saṅkappeti, ‘‘mā maṃ jaññā’’ti vācaṃ bhāsati, ‘‘mā maṃ jaññā’’ti kāyena parakkamati. Yā evarūpā māyā māyāvitā accasarā vañcanā nikati nikiraṇā pariharaṇā gūhanā parigūhanā chādanā paricchādanā anuttānikammaṃ anāvikammaṃ vocchādanā pāpakiriyā, ayaṃ vuccati māyā.
“māna”(慢):一类慢:即心的抬高。二类慢:抬高自己的慢与贬低他人的慢。三类慢:“我比他殊胜”的慢、“我与他相等”的慢、“我比他低劣”的慢。四类慢:因利得而生慢,因名声而生慢,因赞叹而生慢,因快乐而生慢。五类慢:以“我得到了可意的色”而生慢,以“我得到了可意的声……”乃至香、味、触,而生慢。六类慢:以眼根具足而生慢,以耳根具足……鼻根……舌根……身根……意根具足而生慢。七类慢:慢、过慢、慢过慢、卑慢、增上慢、我慢、邪慢。八类慢:因利得而生慢,因不得利而生卑慢;因名声而生慢,因无名声而生卑慢;因赞叹而生慢,因讥毁而生卑慢;因快乐而生慢,因痛苦而生卑慢。九类慢:对殊胜者想“我比他殊胜”的慢,对殊胜者想“我与他相等”的慢,对殊胜者想“我比他低劣”的慢;对相等者想“我比他殊胜”的慢,对相等者想“我与他相等”的慢,对相等者想“我比他低劣”的慢;对低劣者想“我比他殊胜”的慢,对低劣者想“我与他相等”的慢,对低劣者想“我比他低劣”的慢。十类慢:于此,有人依出身、或依氏族、或依家族声誉、或依容貌端丽、或依财富、或依权威、或依职业领域、或依技艺领域、或依学识基础、或依博闻、或依辩才,乃至依其他种种事而生起慢。凡如此形态的慢、虚妄想、虚想的状态、心的抬高、高扬、高举、自我标榜、企求旗帜,即称为“māna”。清净者已舍断欺瞒与慢,完全舍离、抛弃、去除、灭尽,令归于无,故说:“清净者舍断欺瞒与慢。”显示巴利原文
ti ekavidhena māno – yā cittassa unnati . Duvidhena māno – attukkaṃsanamāno, paravambhanamāno. Tividhena māno – ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’ti māno, ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’ti māno, ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti māno. Catubbidhena māno – lābhena mānaṃ janeti, yasena mānaṃ janeti, pasaṃsāya mānaṃ janeti, sukhena mānaṃ janeti. Pañcavidhena māno – ‘‘lābhimhi manāpikānaṃ rūpāna’’nti mānaṃ janeti, ‘‘lābhimhi manāpikānaṃ saddānaṃ…pe… gandhānaṃ… rasānaṃ… phoṭṭhabbāna’’nti mānaṃ janeti. Chabbidhena māno – cakkhusampadāya mānaṃ janeti, sotasampadāya… ghānasampadāya… jivhāsampadāya… kāyasampadāya… manosampadāya mānaṃ janeti. Sattavidhena māno – māno, atimāno, mānātimāno, omāno, adhimāno, asmimāno, micchāmāno. Aṭṭhavidhena māno – lābhena mānaṃ janeti, alābhena omānaṃ janeti, yasena mānaṃ janeti, ayasena omānaṃ janeti, pasaṃsāya mānaṃ janeti, nindāya omānaṃ janeti, sukhena mānaṃ janeti, dukkhena omānaṃ janeti. Navavidhena māno – seyyassa seyyohamasmīti māno, seyyassa sadisohamasmīti māno, seyyassa hīnohamasmīti māno , sadisassa seyyohamasmīti māno, sadisassa sadisohamasmīti māno, sadisassa hīnohamasmīti māno, hīnassa seyyohamasmīti māno, hīnassa sadisohamasmīti māno, hīnassa hīnohamasmīti māno. Dasavidhena māno – idhekacco mānaṃ janeti jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. Yo evarūpo māno maññanā maññitattaṃ unnati unnāmo dhajo sampaggāho ketukamyatā cittassa – ayaṃ vuccati māno. ti. Dhono māyañca mānañca pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – māyañca mānañca pahāya dhono.
依着有两种:渴爱依着与见依着。……此是渴爱依着……此是见依着。于彼,渴爱依着已断,见依着已舍。因渴爱依着断除、见依着舍离故,彼成为无依着之人。此无依着之人,还会将任何色执取、接近、抓取、紧握、固执为“我”吗?还会将任何受……任何想……任何行……任何识……任何去处……任何化生……任何结生……任何有……任何轮回……任何轮转,执取、接近、抓取、紧握、固执吗?——彼既无依着,还取何依着呢?显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve upayā – taṇhūpayo ca diṭṭhūpayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhūpayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhūpayo. Tassa taṇhūpayo pahīno, diṭṭhūpayo paṭinissaṭṭho; taṇhūpayassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhūpayassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā anūpayo puggalo kiṃ rūpaṃ upeyya upagaccheyya gaṇheyya parāmaseyya abhiniviseyya attā meti. Kiṃ vedanaṃ… kiṃ saññaṃ… kiṃ saṅkhāre… kiṃ viññāṇaṃ… kiṃ gatiṃ… kiṃ upapattiṃ… kiṃ paṭisandhiṃ… kiṃ bhavaṃ … kiṃ saṃsāraṃ… kiṃ vaṭṭaṃ upeyya upagaccheyya gaṇheyya parāmaseyya abhiniveseyyāti – anūpayo so upayaṃ kimeyya.
清净者于世间任何处所,于种种存有之中,皆无由构想而生起的邪见;
他已舍断欺诳与骄慢,清净而无执著;此人还会依什么而流转呢?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dhonassa hi natthi kuhiñci loke, pakappitā diṭṭhi bhavābhavesu; Māyañca mānañca pahāya dhono, sa kena gaccheyya anūpayo so’’ti.
有两种执著:渴爱的执著与见的执著。……这是渴爱的执著。……这是见的执著。他的渴爱执著未断,见执著未舍。由于渴爱执著未断、见执著未舍,他于诸法便生起争论,说:‘这是贪染的’、‘这是嗔怒的’、‘这是愚痴的’、‘这是被束缚的’、‘这是执取的’、‘这是心散乱的’、‘这是未得决定的’、‘这是成见坚固的’。那些造作之行尚未断除。由于造作之行未断,他便依趣向而陷入争论,声称:‘这是地狱众生’、‘这是畜生’、‘这是饿鬼’、‘这是人’、‘这是天人’、‘这是有色众生’、‘这是无色众生’、‘这是有想众生’、‘这是无想众生’、‘这是非想非非想众生’——他趋近、执取、紧抓、坚执这些说法。确实,执著者于诸法便会陷入争论。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dve upayā – taṇhūpayo ca diṭṭhūpayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhūpayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhūpayo. Tassa taṇhūpayo appahīno, diṭṭhūpayo appaṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhūpayassa appahīnattā , diṭṭhūpayassa appaṭinissaṭṭhattā dhammesu vādaṃ upeti – rattoti vā duṭṭhoti vā mūḷhoti vā vinibaddhoti vā parāmaṭṭhoti vā vikkhepagatoti vā aniṭṭhaṅgatoti vā thāmagatoti vā. Te abhisaṅkhārā appahīnā. Abhisaṅkhārānaṃ appahīnattā gatiyā vādaṃ upeti. Nerayikoti vā tiracchānayonikoti vā pettivisayikoti vā manussoti vā devoti vā rūpīti vā arūpīti vā saññīti vā asaññīti vā nevasaññīnāsaññīti vā vādaṃ upeti upagacchati gaṇhāti parāmasati abhinivisatīti – upayo hi dhammesu upeti vādaṃ.
有两种执著:渴爱的执著与见的执著……这是渴爱的执著……这是见的执著。他已断除渴爱的执著,舍离见的执著。由于渴爱的执著已断、见的执著已舍,他是无执著者。那无执著者,还凭贪而转生吗?凭嗔而转生吗?凭痴而转生吗?凭慢而转生吗?凭见而转生吗?凭掉举而转生吗?凭疑而转生吗?凭随眠而转生吗?——或者说,还有理由称他或认为他是‘有贪的’、‘有嗔的’、‘有痴的’、‘被结缚的’、‘执取的’、‘心散乱的’、‘不得决定的’、‘成见坚固的’吗?那些诸行都已断尽。诸行既已断尽,还依何趣而转生?还会成为地狱众生、畜生、饿鬼、人、天人、有色众生、无色众生、有想众生、无想众生、非想非非想众生吗?那样的因已不复存在,那样的缘已不复存在,那样的理由已不复存在,再无转生。那么,那无执著者,还凭何而转生呢?显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve upayā – taṇhūpayo ca diṭṭhūpayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhūpayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhūpayo. Tassa taṇhūpayo pahīno , diṭṭhūpayo paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhūpayassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhūpayassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā anūpayo puggalo kena rāgena gaccheyya, kena dosena gaccheyya, kena mohena gaccheyya, kena mānena gaccheyya, kāya diṭṭhiyā gaccheyya, kena uddhaccena gaccheyya, kāya vicikicchāya gaccheyya, kehi anusayehi gaccheyya – rattoti vā duṭṭhoti vā mūḷhoti vā vinibaddhoti vā parāmaṭṭhoti vā vikkhepagatoti vā aniṭṭhaṅgatoti vā thāmagatoti vā. Te abhisaṅkhārā pahīnā. Abhisaṅkhārānaṃ pahīnattā gatiyo kena gaccheyya – nerayikoti vā tiracchānayonikoti vā pettivisayikoti vā manussoti vā devoti vā rūpīti vā arūpīti vā saññīti vā asaññīti vā nevasaññīnāsaññīti vā. So hetu natthi paccayo natthi kāraṇaṃ natthi, yena gaccheyyāti – sa kena gaccheyya anūpayo so.
1719 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
'ti'是指没有关于自我的见解。'ti'是指没有断灭见。'ti'是指没有抓取。'ti'是指没有需要被释放的事物。若有抓取,则必有需要被释放的事物;若有需要被释放的事物,则必有抓取。阿拉汉已然超越了抓取与释放,他越度了智慧减退的危险。他已圆满安住,修习已办,道路已行,方向已明,生与死的轮回已尽,对他来说不再有后有的存在。在他之中,实无'自我',亦无'非自我'。显示巴利原文
ti. ti attānudiṭṭhi natthi. ti ucchedadiṭṭhi natthi. ti gahitaṃ natthi. ti muñcitabbaṃ natthi. Yassatthi gahitaṃ, tassatthi muñcitabbaṃ; yassatthi muñcitabbaṃ, tassatthi gahitaṃ. Gahaṇaṃ muñcanā samatikkanto arahā buddhiparihānivītivatto. So vuṭṭhavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo gataddho gatadiso jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavoti – attā nirattā na hi tassa atthi.
这便是他的六十二种邪见,皆已被彻底断除、根绝、平息、安息,不再生起,被智慧之火焚尽无余。他就在此生,将一切邪见:颠覆、摇荡、摧破、弃舍、驱逐、灭除,令其归于无有。这便是:他于此处彻底颠覆了一切邪见。显示巴利原文
nti tassa dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni. So sabbadiṭṭhigataṃ idheva adhosi dhuni sandhuni niddhuni pajahi vinodesi byantiṃ akāsi anabhāvaṃ gamesīti – adhosi so diṭṭhimidheva sabbaṃ.
1285 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“执取诸法者,必陷于诤论;无所执取者,如何与论诤?”
“于彼,‘自我’与‘非我’皆无所立;他已然于此断除一切诸见。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upayo hi dhammesu upeti vādaṃ, anūpayaṃ kena kathaṃ vadeyya; Attā nirattā na hi tassa atthi, adhosi so diṭṭhimidheva sabba’’nti.
《恶八偈经》释义 第三显示巴利原文
Duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso tatiyo.
《净八偈经》释义 第四显示巴利原文
4. Suddhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso
接下来,将解释《清净八颂经》的义释:显示巴利原文
Atha suddhaṭṭhakasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
他如此认知:“我见到清净。”他以“我见”、“我观”、“我睹”、“我审察”、“我检验”而认知清净。他以“我见到清净”而认知那无上、已达无病、已达庇佑、已达庇护、已达皈依、已达无畏、已达不死、已达涅槃者。他见到:“清净即是无上无病。”显示巴利原文
nti. nti passāmi suddhaṃ, dakkhāmi suddhaṃ, olokemi suddhaṃ, nijjhāyāmi suddhaṃ, upaparikkhāmi suddhaṃ. nti paramaṃ ārogyappattaṃ tāṇappattaṃ leṇappattaṃ saraṇappattaṃ abhayappattaṃ accutappattaṃ amatappattaṃ nibbānappattanti – passāmi suddhaṃ paramaṃ arogaṃ.
他的见解是:“由眼识见色,人即得清净、净洁、究竟清净;得释放、解脱、究竟解脱;人得以洗净、洁净、彻底清净;得以释放、解脱、究竟解脱。”他抱持这样的见解:“由所见,人得究竟清净。”显示巴利原文
ti. Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ rūpadassanena narassa suddhi visuddhi parisuddhi, mutti vimutti parimutti hoti, naro sujjhati visujjhati parisujjhati, muccati vimuccati parimuccatīti – diṭṭhena saṃsuddhi narassa hoti.
他如此遍知、了知、明见、证悟、彻了。知已、识已、思量已、审察已、照明已,将“此是无上、至上、最胜、卓越、首要、殊胜的”辨了分明——如是遍知后,他知:“我已通达无上。”显示巴利原文
ti. Evaṃ abhijānanto ājānanto vijānanto paṭivijānanto paṭivijjhanto. ‘‘Idaṃ paramaṃ aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavara’’nti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – evābhijānaṃ paramanti ñatvā.
见清净者,即是随观清净者。他作如是解:“眼识见色即是智”,并信受此为道、为途、为出离。——随观清净者,即如此信解这就是智。显示巴利原文
nti. Yo suddhaṃ passati, so suddhānupassī, nti cakkhuviññāṇaṃ rūpadassanena ñāṇanti pacceti, maggoti pacceti, pathoti pacceti, niyyānanti paccetīti – suddhānupassī pacceti ñāṇaṃ.
1311 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
我见到了清净、无上、无病的境界;人因所见而得清净。
他如此如实了知后,知道那是最高的,便信解‘以见为净’,这便是他的智。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passāmi suddhaṃ paramaṃ arogaṃ, diṭṭhena saṃsuddhi narassa hoti; Evābhijānaṃ paramanti ñatvā, suddhānupassīti pacceti ñāṇa’’nti.
也就是说,若眼识由见色而令此人获得清净、极清净、究竟清净,获得解脱、极解脱、究竟解脱,他便得以净化、极净化、究竟净化,得以解脱、极解脱、究竟解脱——‘人因所见而得清净’。显示巴利原文
ti. Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ rūpadassanena ce narassa suddhi visuddhi parisuddhi, mutti vimutti parimutti hoti, naro sujjhati visujjhati parisujjhati, muccati vimuccati parimuccatīti – diṭṭhena ce suddhi narassa hoti.
意思是,若有人通过眼识见色,便能断除生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦,断除愁、悲、苦、忧、恼苦——‘他以智慧断除苦。’
显示巴利原文 nti cakkhuviññāṇaṃ rūpadassanena ce naro jātidukkhaṃ pajahati, jarādukkhaṃ pajahati, byādhidukkhaṃ pajahati, maraṇadukkhaṃ pajahati, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadukkhaṃ pajahatīti – ñāṇena vā so pajahāti dukkhaṃ.
意思是,藉由其他不清净之道、错误的修行、不导向出离的途径,不依四念处,不依四正勤,不依四神足,不依五根,不依五力,不依七觉支,不依八圣道,而能令人净化、彻底净化、完全净化,解脱、彻底解脱、完全解脱——这是不可能的。一个尚有贪、尚有嗔、尚有痴、尚有渴爱、尚有邪见、尚有烦恼、尚有执取的人——‘他仍带有生命根基,却藉由其他方式得以净化’——这也是不可能的。显示巴利原文
ti. Aññena asuddhimaggena micchāpaṭipadāya aniyyānikapathena aññatra satipaṭṭhānehi aññatra sammappadhānehi aññatra iddhipādehi aññatra indriyehi aññatra balehi aññatra bojjhaṅgehi aññatra ariyā aṭṭhaṅgikā maggā naro sujjhati visujjhati parisujjhati , muccati vimuccati parimuccati. ti sarāgo sadoso samoho samāno sataṇho sadiṭṭhi sakileso saupādānoti – aññena so sujjhati sopadhīko.
意思是,那见解本身便宣告了此人——‘此人是邪见者、颠倒见者。’意思是,对于如此说、如此讲、如此表述、如此说明、如此宣称的人:‘世间是常,唯此为真,余皆虚妄。’——对于如此说、如此讲、如此表述、如此说明、如此宣称的人。‘世间无常……乃至……世间有边……世间无边……命即是身……命与身异……如来死后存在……如来死后不存在……如来死后既存在又不存在……如来死后既非存在又非不存在,唯此为真,余皆虚妄。’——对于如此说、如此讲、如此表述、如此说明、如此宣称的人——‘见解本身宣告了那些如此言语之人。’显示巴利原文
nti. Sāva diṭṭhi taṃ puggalaṃ pāvadati – iti vāyaṃ puggalo micchādiṭṭhiko viparītadassano. nti tathā vadantaṃ kathentaṃ bhaṇantaṃ dīpayantaṃ voharantaṃ. ‘‘Sassato loko , idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti tathā vadantaṃ kathentaṃ bhaṇantaṃ dīpayantaṃ voharantaṃ. ‘‘Asassato loko…pe… antavā loko… anantavā loko… taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ… aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ… hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti tathā vadantaṃ kathentaṃ bhaṇantaṃ dīpayantaṃ voharantanti – diṭṭhī hi naṃ pāva tathā vadānaṃ .
1300 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
若人由所见而得清净,或依智慧断除诸苦;
“他依其他方式清净,却仍带有依著;他的见解,确实将这样的言说者如此宣说。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Diṭṭhena ce suddhi narassa hoti, ñāṇena vā so pajahāti dukkhaṃ; Aññena so sujjhati sopadhīko, diṭṭhī hi naṃ pāva tathā vadāna’’nti.
所谓“他依止什么……”“于彼处称说善美”“清净之说”“他于彼处如是见”——这些皆为遮遣之辞。所谓“婆罗门”,因已排遣七法,故称婆罗门……乃至……他亦被称为无依止者、如是者,彼即是婆罗门。所谓“造作”,有二种造作:渴爱造作与见造作……乃至……此为渴爱造作……乃至……此为见造作。“简择”即是智。所谓慧、了知……乃至……无痴、择法、正见。“婆罗门以智简择了知之后,不趣入造作”——婆罗门简择、了知、衡量、评判、明辨、通透洞悉之后——“诸行无常……诸行是苦……乃至……凡集起之法,皆是灭尽之法”——如此简择、了知、衡量、评判、明辨、通透洞悉之后,于渴爱造作或见造作,不趣向、不接近、不进入、不执取、不抓取、不固著。此即“婆罗门以智简择了知之后,不趣入造作”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṭikkhepo. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo…pe… asito tādi pavuccate sa brahmā. ti dve kappā – taṇhākappo ca diṭṭhikappo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhākappo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhikappo. Saṅkhā vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. ti. Brāhmaṇo saṅkhāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā… sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā…pe… yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti saṅkhāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā taṇhākappaṃ vā diṭṭhikappaṃ vā neti na upeti na upagacchati na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisatīti – na brāhmaṇo kappamupeti saṅkhā.
“排遣一切罪恶已”——世尊对萨毗耶如是说——
他无垢、善等持、自心坚住;
他已超越轮回,成为完全者;他无所依赖,被称为“如是者”——那位婆罗门。
显示巴利原文 Bāhitvā sabbapāpakāni, [sabhiyāti bhagavā] Vimalo sādhusamāhito ṭhitatto; Saṃsāramaticca kevalī so, asito tādi pavuccate sa brahmā.
婆罗门不通过别的不净道、邪行道、非出离道而说清净——不通过四念处之外的方式,不通过四正勤之外的方式,不通过四神足之外的方式,不通过五根之外的方式,不通过五力之外的方式,不通过七觉支之外的方式,不通过圣八支道之外的方式,来说清净、纯净、遍净,来说解脱、离缚、遍解脱。他不说、不讲、不宣、不示、不阐述——婆罗门不从别处说清净。显示巴利原文
ti. Brāhmaṇo aññena asuddhimaggena micchāpaṭipadāya aniyyānikapathena aññatra satipaṭṭhānehi aññatra sammappadhānehi aññatra iddhipādehi aññatra indriyehi aññatra balehi aññatra bojjhaṅgehi aññatra ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ, nāha na katheti na bhaṇati na dīpayati na voharatīti – na brāhmaṇo aññato suddhimāha.
有一类沙门与婆罗门,持“见清净”说。他们认为,见到某些色相是吉祥的,见到另一些色相则非吉祥。他们认为哪些色相是吉祥的呢?他们按时起身,去见那些被视为大祥瑞的色相:见白颈鹳鸟,见吉祥竹杖,见孕妇,见有人将孩子扛在肩上行路,见满水罐,见红鱼,见良马,见良马所拉的车,见公牛,见红牛。他们认为见到这些色相是吉祥的。他们认为哪些色相是非吉祥的呢?见稻草堆,见酪浆罐,见空罐,见舞者,见裸形沙门,见驴,见驴车,见单套马车,见独眼人,见手残者,见脚跛者,见半身不遂者,见老人,见病人。他们认为见到这些色相是非吉祥的。这些便是持“见清净”的沙门与婆罗门,他们通过所见来确立清净、纯净、遍净,确立解脱、离缚、遍解脱。显示巴利原文
ti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā diṭṭhisuddhikā. Te ekaccānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassanaṃ maṅgalaṃ paccenti, ekaccānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassanaṃ amaṅgalaṃ paccenti. Katamesaṃ rūpānaṃ dassanaṃ maṅgalaṃ paccenti? Te kālato vuṭṭhahitvā abhimaṅgalagatāni rūpāni passanti – cāṭakasakuṇaṃ passanti, phussaveḷuvalaṭṭhiṃ passanti, gabbhinitthiṃ passanti, kumārakaṃ khandhe āropetvā gacchantaṃ passanti, puṇṇaghaṭaṃ passanti, rohitamacchaṃ passanti, ājaññaṃ passanti, ājaññarathaṃ passanti, usabhaṃ passanti, gokapilaṃ passanti. Evarūpānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassanaṃ maṅgalaṃ paccenti. Katamesaṃ rūpānaṃ dassanaṃ amaṅgalaṃ paccenti? Palālapuñjaṃ passanti, takkaghaṭaṃ passanti, rittaghaṭaṃ passanti, naṭaṃ passanti, naggasamaṇakaṃ passanti, kharaṃ passanti, kharayānaṃ passanti, ekayuttayānaṃ passanti , kāṇaṃ passanti, kuṇiṃ passanti, khañjaṃ passanti, pakkhahataṃ passanti, jiṇṇakaṃ passanti, byādhikaṃ passanti. Evarūpānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassanaṃ amaṅgalaṃ paccenti. Ime te samaṇabrāhmaṇā diṭṭhisuddhikā. Te diṭṭhena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccenti.
有一些沙门与婆罗门,持“闻清净”论。他们认为听到某些声音是吉祥的,听到另一些声音则是不吉祥的。他们认为哪些声音是吉祥的呢?他们按时起床后,便去聆听那些被视为大吉大利的声音,如听到“增”或“增长”,“满”或“花”,“无忧”或“善意”,“善星”或“善吉祥”,“吉祥”或“吉祥增”。他们认为听到这些声音是吉祥的。他们认为哪些声音是不吉祥的呢?如听到“独眼”、“手残”、“脚跛”、“半身不遂”、“老人”、“病人”、“死了”,或者“他们在砍”、“他们在破”、“烧了”、“没了”、“不存在了”。他们认为听到这些声音是不吉祥的。这些便是持“闻清净”论的沙门与婆罗门。他们唯依所闻,便认定得清净、纯净、遍净、解脱、离缚、遍解脱。显示巴利原文
Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sutasuddhikā. Te ekaccānaṃ saddānaṃ savanaṃ maṅgalaṃ paccenti, ekaccānaṃ saddānaṃ savanaṃ amaṅgalaṃ paccenti. Katamesaṃ saddānaṃ savanaṃ maṅgalaṃ paccenti? Te kālato vuṭṭhahitvā abhimaṅgalagatāni saddāni suṇanti – vaḍḍhāti vā vaḍḍhamānāti vā puṇṇāti vā phussāti vā asokāti vā sumanāti vā sunakkhattāti vā sumaṅgalāti vā sirīti vā sirīvaḍḍhāti vā. Evarūpānaṃ saddānaṃ savanaṃ maṅgalaṃ paccenti. Katamesaṃ saddānaṃ savanaṃ amaṅgalaṃ paccenti? Kāṇoti vā kuṇīti vā khañjoti vā pakkhahatoti vā jiṇṇakoti vā byādhikoti vā matoti vā chindanti vā bhindanti vā daḍḍhanti vā naṭṭhanti vā natthīti vā. Evarūpānaṃ saddānaṃ savanaṃ amaṅgalaṃ paccenti. Ime te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sutasuddhikā. Te sutena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccenti.
有一些沙门与婆罗门,持“戒清净”论。他们认为仅凭戒、仅凭自制、仅凭防护、仅凭不违犯,便能达到清净、纯净、遍净、解脱、离缚、遍解脱。正如萨玛努门迪咖子曾这样说:“居士,我宣说,一个人具足四法,即是善法圆满者、最上善法者、到达最高成就者、不可战胜的沙门。哪四法呢?居士,于此,他身不行恶,口不说恶语,心不思恶念,不依邪命而活。居士,我如是宣说:具足这四法的人,即是善法圆满者、最上善法者、到达最高成就者、不可战胜的沙门。”那些持戒清净论的沙门与婆罗门,正是这样仅凭戒、仅凭自制、仅凭防护、仅凭不违犯,便认定得清净、纯净、遍净、解脱、离缚、遍解脱。显示巴利原文
Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlasuddhikā. Te sīlamattena saṃyamamattena saṃvaramattena avītikkamamattena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccenti. Samaṇomuṇḍikāputto evamāha – ‘‘catūhi kho ahaṃ, gahapati , dhammehi samannāgataṃ purisapuggalaṃ paññāpemi sampannakusalaṃ paramakusalaṃ uttamapattippattaṃ samaṇaṃ ayojjaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, gahapati, na kāyena pāpakaṃ kammaṃ karoti, na pāpakaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati, na pāpakaṃ saṅkappaṃ saṅkappati, na pāpakaṃ ājīvaṃ ājīvati. Imehi kho ahaṃ, gahapati, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ purisapuggalaṃ paññāpemi sampannakusalaṃ paramakusalaṃ uttamapattippattaṃ samaṇaṃ ayojjaṃ’’. Evameva santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlasuddhikā, te sīlamattena saṃyamamattena saṃvaramattena avītikkamamattena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccenti.
有一些沙门与婆罗门,持“行仪清净”论。他们之中,有的持象行仪,有的持马行仪,有的持牛行仪,有的持狗行仪,有的持鸦行仪,有的持瓦苏德瓦行仪,有的持巴拉德瓦行仪,有的持富楼那跋陀行仪,有的持摩尼跋陀行仪,有的持火行仪,有的持龙行仪,有的持金翅鸟行仪,有的持夜叉行仪,有的持阿修罗行仪,有的持干达拔行仪,有的持四大王行仪,有的持月行仪,有的持日行仪,有的持因达行仪,有的持梵行仪,有的持天行仪,有的持方位行仪。这便是持“行仪清净”论的沙门与婆罗门。他们唯依行仪,便认定得清净、纯净、遍净、解脱、离缚、遍解脱。显示巴利原文
Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā vatasuddhikā. Te hatthivatikā vā honti, assavatikā vā honti, govatikā vā honti, kukkuravatikā vā honti, kākavatikā vā honti, vāsudevavatikā vā honti, baladevavatikā vā honti, puṇṇabhaddavatikā vā honti, maṇibhaddavatikā vā honti, aggivatikā vā honti, nāgavatikā vā honti, supaṇṇavatikā vā honti, yakkhavatikā vā honti, asuravatikā vā honti, gandhabbavatikā vā honti, mahārājavatikā vā honti, candavatikā vā honti, sūriyavatikā vā honti, indavatikā vā honti, brahmavatikā vā honti, devavatikā vā honti, disāvatikā vā honti. Ime te samaṇabrāhmaṇā vatasuddhikā. Te vatena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccenti.
有些沙门与婆罗门,持“触感清净”之说。他们按时起身后,便触摸大地,触摸青草,触摸牛粪,触摸乌龟,踩踏犁头,触摸芝麻车,咀嚼吉祥芝麻,涂抹吉祥芝麻油,嚼吉祥齿木,以吉祥泥沐浴,穿着吉祥布衣,缠裹吉祥头巾。这些便是持触感清净的沙门与婆罗门。他们依凭触感,而认定此为清净、纯净、遍净、解脱、离缚、遍解脱。显示巴利原文
Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā mutasuddhikā. Te kālato uṭṭhahitvā pathaviṃ āmasanti, haritaṃ āmasanti, gomayaṃ āmasanti, kacchapaṃ āmasanti, phālaṃ akkamanti, tilavāhaṃ āmasanti, phussatilaṃ khādanti, phussatelaṃ makkhenti, phussadantakaṭṭhaṃ khādanti, phussamattikāya nhāyanti, phussasāṭakaṃ nivāsenti, phussaveṭhanaṃ veṭhenti. Ime te samaṇabrāhmaṇā mutasuddhikā. Te mutena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccenti. Na brāhmaṇo aññato suddhimāha.
婆罗门不依见清净而说有清净,不依闻清净而说有清净,不依戒清净而说有清净,不依禁行清净而说有清净,也不依触感清净而说有清净——于此,他不说、不讲、不宣示、不表述、不谈论。婆罗门不依任何其他处而说清净,不论是在见中、闻中、戒中、禁行中,或触感之中。显示巴利原文
ti. Brāhmaṇo diṭṭhasuddhiyāpi suddhiṃ nāha, sutasuddhiyāpi suddhiṃ nāha, sīlasuddhiyāpi suddhiṃ nāha, vatasuddhiyāpi suddhiṃ nāha, mutasuddhiyāpi suddhiṃ nāha na katheti na bhaṇati na dīpayati na voharatīti – na brāhmaṇo aññato suddhimāha diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā.
这里所说的是:一切三界所摄的善思,以及所有的不善。当福思、非福思、不动思皆已断除,连根截断,如同截顶的多罗树,归于无有,未来不再生起时;到这种程度,他于福与恶便不沾染、不黏附、不执着,是无染着、无黏附、无执取,已出离、已脱离、已解脱、已释放,以超越界限的心而住——于福与恶,全然无所附着。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati yaṃ kiñci tedhātukaṃ kusalābhisaṅkhāraṃ, vuccati sabbaṃ akusalaṃ. Yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā; ettāvatā puññe ca pāpe ca na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati alitto apalitto anūpalitto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – puññe ca pāpe ca anūpalitto.
即:已舍断自我之见。即:已舍断执取。即:以渴爱之力、以见之力而执取、紧握、固着、耽着、信解的一切,那一切全被舍断、吐出、释放、断除、抛弃。即:不造作福行、非福行或不动行,不令生起,不令产生,不令出生,不令再出生——已舍断自我,在此不再造作。显示巴利原文
ti. ti attadiṭṭhijaho. ti gāhaṃ jaho . ti taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ. ti puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā āneñjābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā apakubbamāno ajanayamāno asañjanayamāno anibbattayamāno anabhinibbattayamānoti – attañjaho nayidha pakubbamāno.
1328 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“婆罗门不从别处说清净,不在所见、所闻、戒禁与所觉中;”
于福德与罪恶无所沾染,已舍断自我,于此不再造作。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na brāhmaṇo aññato suddhimāha, diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā; Puññe ca pāpe ca anūpalitto, attañjaho nayidha pakubbamāno’’ti.
他们舍弃前者之师,而依止后者之师;舍弃前者之教说,而依止后者之教说;舍弃前者之僧团,而依止后者之僧团;舍弃前者之见解,而依止后者之见解;舍弃前者之行道,而依止后者之行道;舍弃前者之道,而依止后者之道——他们紧握、依附、倾向、靠近、进入、执取、信奉——这便是舍弃前者而依附后者。显示巴利原文
ti. Purimaṃ satthāraṃ pahāya paraṃ satthāraṃ nissitā; purimaṃ dhammakkhānaṃ pahāya aparaṃ dhammakkhānaṃ nissitā; purimaṃ gaṇaṃ pahāya aparaṃ gaṇaṃ nissitā; purimaṃ diṭṭhiṃ pahāya aparaṃ diṭṭhiṃ nissitā; purimaṃ paṭipadaṃ pahāya aparaṃ paṭipadaṃ nissitā; purimaṃ maggaṃ pahāya aparaṃ maggaṃ nissitā sannissitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttāti – purimaṃ pahāya aparaṃ sitāse.
这称为渴爱。即所有贪、染着……乃至……欲贪、贪、不善根。所谓随渴爱而行者,即是跟随渴爱而走、被渴爱所驱使、为渴爱所支配、陷没于渴爱、被渴爱摧伏、心为渴爱所夺之人。他们不能渡越贪的系缚、瞋的系缚、痴的系缚、慢的系缚、见的系缚、烦恼的系缚、恶行的系缚,不能渡过、不能超越、不能度过、不能克服、不能穿过——那些随渴爱而行者,不能超越这些系缚。显示巴利原文
nti. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti ejānugā ejānugatā ejānusaṭā ejāya pannā patitā abhibhūtā pariyādinnacittā. nti rāgasaṅgaṃ dosasaṅgaṃ mohasaṅgaṃ mānasaṅgaṃ diṭṭhisaṅgaṃ kilesasaṅgaṃ duccaritasaṅgaṃ na taranti na uttaranti na pataranti na samatikkamanti na vītivattantīti – ejānugā te na taranti saṅgaṃ.
他们执取一位师长,放下后又去执取另一位师长;执取一种教说,放下后又去执取另一种教说;执取一个僧团,放下后又去执取另一个僧团;执取一种见解,放下后又去执取另一种见解;执取一种行道,放下后又去执取另一种行道;执取一种道,放下后又去执取另一种道。他们如此执了又放,取了又舍。显示巴利原文
ti satthāraṃ gaṇhanti, taṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ satthāraṃ gaṇhanti; dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇhanti , taṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇhanti; gaṇaṃ gaṇhanti, taṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ gaṇaṃ gaṇhanti; diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhanti, taṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhanti; paṭipadaṃ gaṇhanti, taṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ paṭipadaṃ gaṇhanti; maggaṃ gaṇhanti, taṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ maggaṃ gaṇhanti; gaṇhanti ca muñcanti ca ādiyanti ca nirassajanti cāti – te uggahāyanti nirassajanti.
如同猴子在林中、密林间游荡,攀住一根树枝,放开后又攀住另一枝。同样,那些执持种种见解的沙门、婆罗门,执了又舍,取了又放——犹如猴子,放下一根树枝,又去攀取另一枝。显示巴利原文
ti. Yathā makkaṭo araññe pavane caramāno sākhaṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ sākhaṃ gaṇhāti. Evameva puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇā puthudiṭṭhigatāni gaṇhanti ca muñcanti ca ādiyanti ca nirassajanti cāti – kapīva sākhaṃ pamuñcaṃ gahāya.
1340 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“抛弃前者,又依附后者,那些被渴爱牵引的人,无法超越系缚。”
他们执取之后又舍弃,犹如猴子放下一根树枝,再去抓取另一根。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Purimaṃ pahāya aparaṃ sitāse, ejānugā te na taranti saṅgaṃ; Te uggahāyanti nirassajanti, kapīva sākhaṃ pamuñcaṃ gahāyā’’ti.
“自己受持”的意思是:自己受持象戒、马戒、牛戒、狗戒、鸦戒、瓦苏德瓦戒、巴拉德瓦戒、富楼那跋陀罗戒、摩尼跋陀罗戒、火戒、龙戒、金翅鸟戒、夜叉戒、阿修罗戒……乃至方所戒,即接受、受持、执取、执持之后。“众生、人……乃至人类”是指:自己受持这些誓戒的有情。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sāmaṃ samādāya . ti hatthivataṃ vā assavataṃ vā govataṃ vā kukkūravataṃ vā kākavataṃ vā vāsudevavataṃ vā baladevavataṃ vā puṇṇabhaddavataṃ vā maṇibhaddavataṃ vā aggivataṃ vā nāgavataṃ vā supaṇṇavataṃ vā yakkhavataṃ vā asuravataṃ vā…pe… disāvataṃ vā ādāya samādāya ādiyitvā samādiyitvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā. ti satto naro …pe… manujoti – sayaṃ samādāya vatāni jantu.
他从一位教法导师走向另一位教法导师,从一种教法开示走向另一种教法开示,从一群团体走向另一群团体,从一种见地走向另一种见地,从一种行道走向另一种行道,从一条道路走向另一条道路。“被想所束缚”:众生被欲想、嗔想、害想、邪见想所粘著、紧缚、附着、滞碍、系缚、障碍。如同物品挂在墙钉或象牙桩上,被粘著、紧缚、附着、滞碍、系缚、障碍,众生也同样被欲想、嗔想、害想、邪见想所粘著、紧缚、附着、滞碍、系缚、障碍——被想所束缚者,便如此在高低各趣中流转。显示巴利原文
ti satthārato satthāraṃ gacchati; dhammakkhānato dhammakkhānaṃ gacchati; gaṇato gaṇaṃ gacchati; diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhiṃ gacchati; paṭipadāya paṭipadaṃ gacchati; maggato maggaṃ gacchati. ti kāmasaññāya byāpādasaññāya vihiṃsāsaññāya diṭṭhisaññāya satto visatto āsatto laggo laggito palibuddho. Yathā bhittikhile vā nāgadante vā bhaṇḍaṃ sattaṃ visattaṃ āsattaṃ laggaṃ laggitaṃ palibuddhaṃ, evameva kāmasaññāya byāpādasaññāya vihiṃsāsaññāya diṭṭhisaññāya satto visatto āsatto laggo laggito palibuddhoti – uccāvacaṃ gacchati saññasatto.
“通达诸智者”:即明智者、具明者、知者、辩才者、具慧者。“诸明”:指四道中的智、慧、慧根、慧力、择法觉支、审察、观、正见。依此诸明,他到达生老死的终点,抵达终点;到达尽头,抵达尽头;到达边际,抵达边际;到达终极,抵达终极;到达庇护,抵达庇护;到达岛屿,抵达岛屿;到达皈依,抵达皈依;到达无怖畏,抵达无怖畏;到达不动,抵达不动;到达不死,抵达不死;到达涅槃,抵达涅槃。或谓“通达诸明之终点”故为通达明者,或谓“藉由诸明到达终点”故为通达明者。又因了知七法而称为通达明者:有身见已了知,疑已了知,戒禁取已了知,贪已了知,嗔已了知,痴已了知,慢已了知。他的一切恶、不善法——有杂染的、会再有、有苦恼、有苦报、未来出生老死之法——皆已了知。显示巴利原文
nti. ti vidvā vijjāgato ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. ti vuccanti catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo vīmaṃsā vipassanā sammādiṭṭhi. Tehi vedehi jātijarāmaraṇassa antagato antappatto, koṭigato koṭippatto, pariyantagato pariyantappatto, vosānagato vosānappatto, tāṇagato tāṇappatto, leṇagato leṇappatto, saraṇagato saraṇappatto, abhayagato abhayappatto, accutagato accutappatto, amatagato amatappatto, nibbānagato nibbānappatto. Vedānaṃ vā antagatoti , vedehi vā antagatoti vedagū, sattannaṃ vā dhammānaṃ viditattā vedagū. Sakkāyadiṭṭhi viditā hoti, vicikicchā viditā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso vidito hoti, rāgo vidito hoti, doso vidito hoti, moho vidito hoti, māno vidito hoti, viditāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
Vedāni viceyya kevalāni, [sabhiyāti bhagavā] Samaṇānaṃ yānīdhatthi brāhmaṇānaṃ; Sabbavedanāsu vītarāgo, sabbaṃ vedamaticca vedagū soti.
已证悟此法、彻底通达:一切行无常,已证悟、彻底通达此法;一切行是苦,已证悟、彻底通达此法;一切法无我,已证悟、彻底通达此法;以无明为缘而有行,已证悟、彻底通达此法;以行为缘而有识,已证悟、彻底通达此法;以识为缘而有名色……以名色为缘而有六处……以六处为缘而有触……以触为缘而有受……以受为缘而有渴爱……以渴爱为缘而有取……以取为缘而有有……以有为缘而有生……以生为缘而有老死,已证悟、彻底通达此法;无明灭则行灭,已证悟、彻底通达此法;行灭则识灭,已证悟、彻底通达此法;识灭则名色灭……名色灭则六处灭……六处灭则触灭……触灭则受灭……受灭则渴爱灭……渴爱灭则取灭……取灭则有灭……有灭则生灭……生灭则老死灭,已证悟、彻底通达此法;这是苦,已证悟、彻底通达此法;这是苦的集……这是苦的灭……这是导向苦灭的道路,已证悟、彻底通达此法;这些是烦恼……这是烦恼的集……这是烦恼的灭……这是导向烦恼灭的道路,已证悟、彻底通达此法;这些法应当被证知,已证悟、彻底通达此法;这些法应当被遍知……这些法应当被断除……这些法应当被修习……这些法应当被作证,已证悟、彻底通达此法。六触处的集、灭、乐味、过患、出离,已证悟、彻底通达此法。五取蕴的集、灭、乐味、过患、出离,已证悟、彻底通达此法。四大的集、灭、乐味、过患、出离,已证悟、彻底通达此法。任何集起之法,那一切皆是灭法,已证悟、彻底通达此法——智者通过诸明,通达了法。显示巴利原文
nti. Samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ. Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccāti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhāti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; sabbe dhammā anattāti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti…pe… nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti… saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti… phassapaccayā vedanāti… vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti… taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti… upādānapaccayā bhavoti… bhavapaccayā jātīti… jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodhoti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodhoti… nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodhoti… saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodhoti… phassanirodhā vedanānirodhoti… vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodhoti… taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodhoti… upādānanirodhā bhavanirodhoti… bhavanirodhā jātinirodhoti… jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; idaṃ dukkhanti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; ayaṃ dukkhasamudayoti… ayaṃ dukkhanirodhoti… ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; ime āsavāti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; ayaṃ āsavasamudayoti… ayaṃ āsavanirodhoti… ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; ime dhammā abhiññeyyāti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ; ime dhammā pariññeyyāti… ime dhammā pahātabbāti… ime dhammā bhāvetabbāti … ime dhammā sacchikātabbāti samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ. Channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ. Pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ. Catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca samecca abhisamecca dhammaṃ. Yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti samecca abhisamecca dhammanti – vidvā ca vedehi samecca dhammaṃ.
他不从一个导师走向另一个导师,不从一种说法走向另一种说法,不从一个团体走向另一个团体,不从一种见解走向另一种见解,不从一种行道走向另一种行道,不从一条道走向另一条道。他被称为广慧者、大慧者、多慧者、敏慧者、速慧者、利慧者、穿彻慧者。他被称为“地”,即是以如大地般宽广、平坦的智慧而具足——广慧者不行于高下。显示巴利原文
ti na satthārato satthāraṃ gacchati, na dhammakkhānato dhammakkhānaṃ gacchati, na gaṇato gaṇaṃ gacchati, na diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhiṃ gacchati, na paṭipadāya paṭipadaṃ gacchati, na maggato maggaṃ gacchati. ti bhūripañño mahāpañño puthupañño hāsapañño javanapañño tikkhapañño nibbedhikapañño. vuccati pathavī. Tāya pathavisamāya paññāya vipulāya vitthatāya samannāgatoti – na uccāvacaṃ gacchati bhūripañño.
1698 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
自行受持种种禁戒的人们,为想所缚,便趋向于高下;
智者凭诸明通达法义,广慧者不趋于高低动摇。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sayaṃ samādāya vatāni jantu, uccāvacaṃ gacchati saññasatto; Vidvā ca vedehi samecca dhammaṃ, na uccāvacaṃ gacchati bhūripañño’’ti.
这称为魔军。身恶行是魔军,语恶行是魔军,意恶行是魔军;贪是魔军,嗔是魔军,痴是魔军;忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、谄、诳、固执、逞强、慢、过慢、骄逸、放逸——一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切忧恼、一切炽热、一切灼烧、一切不善的造作,皆是魔军。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati mārasenā. Kāyaduccaritaṃ mārasenā, vacīduccaritaṃ mārasenā, manoduccaritaṃ mārasenā, rāgo… doso… moho… kodho… upanāho… makkho… paḷāso… issā… macchariyaṃ… māyā… sāṭheyyaṃ… thambho… sārambho… māno… atimāno… mado… pamādo… sabbe kilesā… sabbe duccaritā… sabbe darathā… sabbe pariḷāhā… sabbe santāpā… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā mārasenā.
此是世尊所宣说:
你的第一支军队是感官欲乐,第二支名为不满。
利养、恭敬与名誉,以及以不正当方式所得的声望;
有人抬高自己,却贬低他人。
“这是你的大军,魔罗!那是黑暗者的突击部队;
阿修罗不能胜他,战胜之后,他便得安乐。”
显示巴利原文 Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘Kāmā te paṭhamā senā, dutiyā arati vuccati; Tatiyā khuppipāsā te, catutthī taṇhā vuccati. ‘‘Pañcamī thinamiddhaṃ te, chaṭṭhā bhīrū pavuccati; Sattamī vicikicchā te, makkho thambho te aṭṭhamo. ‘‘Lābho siloko sakkāro, micchāladdho ca yo yaso; Yo cattānaṃ samukkaṃse, pare ca avajānati. ‘‘Esā namuci te senā, kaṇhassābhippahārinī; Na naṃ asuro jināti, jetvāva labhate sukha’’nti.
当他以四圣道,将一切魔军与一切敌对烦恼全然战胜、击败、粉碎、摧毁、击退时,他便称为无军队者。于所见,他是无军队者;于所闻、所觉、所识,他是无军队者。他于一切法中是无军队者,无论任何所见、所闻或所觉。”显示巴利原文
Yato catūhi ariyamaggehi sabbā ca mārasenā sabbe ca paṭisenikarā kilesā jitā ca parājitā ca bhaggā vippaluggā parammukhā – so vuccati visenibhūto. So diṭṭhe visenibhūto, sute… mute … viññāte visenibhūtoti – sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto, yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā.
如此,那正是纯净的见者、清净的见者、极清净的见者、洁白的见者、极洁白的见者。或者说,那是纯净之见、清净之见、极清净之见、洁白之见、极洁白之见。此即指渴爱的覆障、邪见的覆障、烦恼的覆障、恶行的覆障、无明的覆障。这些覆障已被揭开、摧毁、翻转、彻底掀除、舍弃、根除、平息、止息、不再生起,已被智慧之火完全烧尽。如此,他行走、游方、安住、活动、运转、护持、言说、运用时——正是那位见者,无有覆障而行。显示巴利原文
nti. Tameva suddhadassiṃ visuddhadassiṃ parisuddhadassiṃ vodātadassiṃ pariyodātadassiṃ. Atha vā, suddhadassanaṃ visuddhadassanaṃ parisuddhadassanaṃ vodātadassanaṃ pariyodātadassanaṃ. nti taṇhāchadanaṃ diṭṭhichadanaṃ kilesachadanaṃ duccaritachadanaṃ avijjāchadanaṃ. Tāni chadanāni vivaṭāni honti viddhaṃsitāni ugghāṭitāni samugghāṭitāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni. nti carantaṃ vicarantaṃ viharantaṃ iriyantaṃ vattentaṃ pālentaṃ yapentaṃ yāpentanti – tameva dassiṃ vivaṭaṃ carantaṃ.
这里,有两种妄想:渴爱之妄想与邪见之妄想……此即渴爱之妄想……此即邪见之妄想。那位比丘已断除渴爱妄想,舍离邪见妄想;由于断除了渴爱妄想,舍离了邪见妄想,对于渴爱妄想或邪见妄想,他既不再妄想,也不制造、不产生、不孕育、不使其现起——因此,他‘不妄想’。一切凡庸凡夫皆有所贪染;而从善凡夫算起的七类有学,为获得所未得,为证得未证得,为体证未体证,尚对法有喜乐,需要离染,需要隔离贪染;而阿拉汉则已远离、离染、弃绝、脱离、超脱、彻底解脱、不再粘着,以无界限之心而安住——因此,他‘不妄想,不还俗’。(于‘不还俗’一词中,‘nu’是指渴爱,即那种贪染、极贪染……乃至……贪求、贪欲、不善根。若一位比丘的此渴望与渴爱已被断除、根除、平息、止息、再也不会生起、被智慧之火焚烧殆尽,他便被称为‘不渴望’。)显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve kappā – taṇhākappo ca diṭṭhikappo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhākappo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhikappo. Tassa taṇhākappo pahīno, diṭṭhikappo paṭinissaṭṭho; taṇhākappassa pahīnattā diṭṭhikappassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā taṇhākappaṃ vā diṭṭhikappaṃ vā na kappeti na janeti na sañjaneti na nibbatteti nābhinibbattetīti – na kappiyo. ti. Sabbe bālaputhujjanā rajjanti, puthujjanakalyāṇakaṃ upādāya satta sekhā appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya āramanti viramanti paṭiviramanti, arahā ārato virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – na kappiyo nūparato. ti. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yassesā patthanā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati na patthiyo.
于一切法,他皆无所依着——无论所见、所闻或所觉知的任何事物;
“这位亲见者,已脱遮蔽,游行自在,于此世间,谁又能令他生起分别妄想呢?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto, yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā; Tameva dassiṃ vivaṭaṃ carantaṃ, kenīdha lokasmi vikappayeyyā’’ti.
妄执有两种:贪爱妄执与邪见妄执……此即贪爱妄执……此即邪见妄执。他已断除贪爱妄执,舍离邪见妄执。由于贪爱妄执已断,邪见妄执已舍,又凭何贪而妄想?凭何嗔而妄想?凭何痴而妄想?凭何慢而妄想?凭何邪见而妄想?凭何掉举而妄想?凭何疑而妄想?凭何随眠而妄想?不会生起‘贪染者’‘嗔恚者’‘愚痴者’‘缠缚者’‘执取者’‘散乱者’‘犹豫者’‘顽固者’等妄想。那些造作已断。造作既断,又凭何去妄想种种趣向?不会生起‘地狱众生’‘畜生’‘饿鬼’‘人’‘天’‘有色者’‘无色者’‘有想者’‘无想者’‘非想非非想者’等妄想。没有任何因、任何缘、任何理由可令他妄想、分别、生起分别。即在恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间之中,于此世间,又能凭什么令他分别妄想呢?显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve kappā – taṇhākappo ca diṭṭhikappo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhākappo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhikappo. Tassa taṇhākappo pahīno, diṭṭhikappo paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhākappassa pahīnattā diṭṭhikappassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā kena rāgena kappeyya, kena dosena kappeyya, kena mohena kappeyya, kena mānena kappeyya, kāya diṭṭhiyā kappeyya, kena uddhaccena kappeyya, kāya vicikicchāya kappeyya, kehi anusayehi kappeyya – rattoti vā duṭṭhoti vā mūḷhoti vā vinibaddhoti vā parāmaṭṭhoti vā vikkhepagatoti vā aniṭṭhaṅgatoti vā thāmagatoti vā. Te abhisaṅkhārā pahīnā. Abhisaṅkhārānaṃ pahīnattā gatiyo kena kappeyya – nerayikoti vā tiracchānayonikoti vā pettivisayikoti vā manussoti vā devoti vā rūpīti vā arūpīti vā saññīti vā asaññīti vā nevasaññīnāsaññīti vā. So hetu natthi, paccayo natthi, kāraṇaṃ natthi, yena kappeyya vikappeyya vikappaṃ āpajjeyya. nti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloketi – kenīdha lokasmiṃ vikappayeyya.
1371 因此,世尊说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他们不说、不讲、不言、不宣、不表‘究竟清净’、‘轮回清净’、‘无作用见’与‘常见’——他们并不宣说‘究竟清净’。显示巴利原文
ti accantasuddhiṃ saṃsārasuddhiṃ akiriyadiṭṭhiṃ sassatavādaṃ na vadanti na kathenti na bhaṇanti na dīpayanti na voharantīti – accantasuddhīti na te vadanti.
有四种结:贪求是身结,嗔恚是身结,戒禁取是身结,执取此为真实是身结。对自己见解的贪爱,即是贪求身结;对他人的教说感到恼恨、不满,即是嗔恚身结;执取自己的戒、禁行,或戒与禁行,即是戒禁取身结;将自己的见解执为真实,即是执取此为真实身结。为何称为取结?他们以这些结取着、抓取、握持、紧执、系缚于色……受……想……行……识……趣向……生起方式……结生……存在……轮回的流转;他们取着、抓取、握持、紧执、系缚于这些,因此称为取结。解开了、放下了这些结,即是解开了。或者,拔除了那些黏著、缠缚、捆缚、紧密系缚、系著、附着、黏着、障碍、绑缚的结之后,即是解开了。犹如将车、战车、货车或任何可行走的乘具,套上又解开,将它拆散开来;同样地,放下了结之后,即是解开了。或者,拔除了那些黏著、缠缚、捆缚、紧密系缚、系著、附着、黏着、障碍、绑缚的结之后,即是解开了。也就是说,解开了那紧紧缠结的取结。显示巴利原文
ti. ti cattāro ganthā – abhijjhā kāyagantho, byāpādo kāyagantho, sīlabbataparāmāso kāyagantho, idaṃsaccābhiniveso kāyagantho. Attano diṭṭhiyā rāgo abhijjhā kāyagantho; paravādesu āghāto appaccayo byāpādo kāyagantho; attano sīlaṃ vā vataṃ vā sīlavataṃ vā parāmasantīti sīlabbataparāmāso kāyagantho, attano diṭṭhi idaṃsaccābhiniveso kāyagantho. Kiṃkāraṇā vuccati ādānagantho? Tehi ganthehi rūpaṃ ādiyanti upādiyanti gaṇhanti parāmasanti abhinivisanti; vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… gatiṃ … upapattiṃ… paṭisandhiṃ… bhavaṃ… saṃsāravaṭṭaṃ ādiyanti upādiyanti gaṇhanti parāmasanti abhinivisanti. Taṃkāraṇā vuccati ādānagantho. ti ganthe vosajjitvā vā – visajja. Atha vā ganthe gadhite ganthite bandhe vibandhe ābandhe lagge laggite palibuddhe bandhane poṭayitvā – visajja. Yathā vayhaṃ vā rathaṃ vā sakaṭaṃ vā sandamānikaṃ vā sajjaṃ visajjaṃ karonti vikopenti; evameva ganthe vosajjitvā – visajja. Atha vā ganthe gadhite ganthite bandhe vibandhe ābandhe lagge laggite palibuddhe bandhane poṭayitvā visajjāti – ādānaganthaṃ gathitaṃ visajja.
这称为渴爱,即那种贪、极贪……乃至……贪求、贪欲、不善根。他们不造作、不令生、不令起、不令产生、不令现起那样的希求。在任何地方、任何处所、无论何处,不论是内、是外或是内外兼具。在恶趣世间……乃至……处所世间中——在任何世间处都不造作希求。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati taṇhā yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti āsaṃ na kubbanti na janenti na sañjanenti na nibbattenti na abhinibbattenti. ti kuhiñci kimhici katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vā. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – āsaṃ na kubbanti kuhiñci loke.
1462 因此,世尊这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他们不构画,不推崇,也不说‘这是究竟清净’;
松开那执取的缠缚、那盘绕的结缚之后,他们于世间任何处,都不再起希求。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na kappayanti na purekkharonti, accantasuddhīti na te vadanti; Ādānaganthaṃ gathitaṃ visajja, āsaṃ na kubbanti kuhiñci loke’’ti.
有四种界限:有身见、疑、戒禁取,见随眠、疑随眠,以及与它们一处生起的烦恼——这是第一界限。粗重的欲贪结、瞋恚结,粗重的欲贪随眠、瞋恚随眠,以及与它们一处生起的烦恼——这是第二界限。微细的欲贪结、瞋恚结,微细的欲贪随眠、瞋恚随眠,以及与它们一处生起的烦恼——这是第三界限。色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明,慢随眠、有贪随眠、无明随眠,以及与它们一处生起的烦恼——这是第四界限。以四种圣道,超越了、彻底超越了、越过、度过了这四种界限,他便被称为‘度界者’。因已舍弃七法,故为婆罗门:已舍弃有身见,已舍弃疑,已舍弃戒禁取……乃至……他被称为无依者、如是者,那位便是婆罗门。这是指漏尽的阿拉汉。显示巴利原文
nti. ti catasso sīmāyo – sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso, diṭṭhānusayo, vicikicchānusayo, tadekaṭṭhā ca kilesā – ayaṃ paṭhamā sīmā. Oḷārikaṃ kāmarāgasaññojanaṃ, paṭighasaññojanaṃ, oḷāriko kāmarāgānusayo, paṭighānusayo, tadekaṭṭhā ca kilesā – ayaṃ dutiyā sīmā. Anusahagataṃ kāmarāgasaññojanaṃ, paṭighasaññojanaṃ, anusahagato kāmarāgānusayo, paṭighānusayo, tadekaṭṭhā ca kilesā – ayaṃ tatiyā sīmā. Rūparāgo arūparāgo māno uddhaccaṃ avijjā, mānānusayo bhavarāgānusayo avijjānusayo, tadekaṭṭhā ca kilesā – ayaṃ catutthā sīmā. Yato ca catūhi ariyamaggehi imā catasso sīmāyo atikkanto hoti samatikkanto vītivatto, so vuccati sīmātigo. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo – sakkāyadiṭṭhi bāhitā hoti, vicikicchā bāhitā hoti , sīlabbataparāmāso bāhito hoti…pe… asito tādi pavuccate sa brahmā. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa.
所谓的‘以他心通了知,或以宿命随念智了知’;所谓的‘以肉眼看见,或以天眼看见’。对于他而言,凡被执取为‘这是至高、最胜、第一、最上、无上、最妙’的执持、认定、固着、沉浸、决意,都不存在、不有、不可得;它已被断除、根绝、止息、平息,不再生起,被智火所焚。因此,对于那超越界限的婆罗门,经由知见而抓取的东西,是不存在的。显示巴利原文
ti paracittañāṇena vā ñatvā pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena vā ñatvā. ti maṃsacakkhunā vā disvā dibbacakkhunā vā disvā. nti. Tassa idaṃ paramaṃ aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaranti gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ natthi na santi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhanti – sīmātigo brāhmaṇo tassa natthi ñatvā ca disvā ca samuggahītaṃ.
所谓‘耽着于贪的人’,是指那些于五种欲乐染着、贪求、沉溺、陶醉、深陷、粘附、系缚、障碍的人。所谓‘离贪而染着的人’,是指那些于色界与无色界等至染着、贪求、沉溺、陶醉、深陷、粘附、系缚、障碍的人。而所谓‘他既非耽着于贪,亦非离贪而染着的人’,是指当欲贪、色贪、无色贪已被彻底断除,连根拔起,如截去顶端的棕榈树,不复有基,归于无有,未来决不再生起。至此,他既非耽着于贪者,亦非离贪而染着者。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccanti ye pañcasu kāmaguṇesu rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhosannā laggā laggitā palibuddhā. Virāgarattā vuccanti ye rūpāvacaraarūpāvacarasamāpattīsu rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhosannā laggā laggitā palibuddhā. ti yato kāmarāgo ca rūparāgo ca arūparāgo ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Ettāvatā na rāgarāgī na virāgaratto.
“对他而言,这里没有任何最高的执取”一句,是针对漏尽的阿拉汉所说。于他,所谓“这是最高、最卓越、最殊胜、最优异、至上、最妙”的执取、执持、认定、固着、沉浸、决意,已不存在、没有、找不到、不可得;它已被断除、被根绝、被止息、被平息,不再可能生起,已被智火焚烧殆尽。因此,对他而言,这里没有任何最高的执取。显示巴利原文
nti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. Tassa idaṃ paramaṃ aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaranti gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ natthi na santi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhanti – tassīdha natthi paramuggahītaṃ.
1568 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“超越界限的婆罗门,他经由知见所执取的事物,并不存在;
他既不耽著于贪,也不因离贪而染著,对他而言,这里已没有任何最上的执取。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sīmātigo brāhmaṇo tassa natthi, ñatvā ca disvā ca samuggahītaṃ; Na rāgarāgī na virāgaratto, tassīdha natthi paramuggahīta’’nti.
第四 净八偈经分别显示巴利原文
Suddhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso catuttho.
第五 最上八偈经分别显示巴利原文
5. Paramaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso
接下来,是《最胜八颂经注》的注解——显示巴利原文
Atha paramaṭṭhakasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
有些沙门、婆罗门以见解为归宿。他们从六十二种见解中,执取其中某一种见解,认定“这是最上的、最高的、最殊胜的、最卓越的、最上首的、最崇高的、最优秀的”,然后便各自安住、常住、耽著、坚执于自己的见解。就像在家人安住于家,有罪者安住于罪,有烦恼者安住于烦恼;同样地,有些沙门、婆罗门以见解为归宿,他们从六十二种见解中,执取其中某一种见解,认定“这是最上的、最高的、最殊胜的、最卓越的、最上首的、最崇高的、最优秀的”,然后便各自安住、常住、耽著、坚执于自己的见解——这就是说,在种种见解中流转的人,把那些见解当作“最上的”。显示巴利原文
ti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā diṭṭhigatikā. Te dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatānaṃ aññataraññataraṃ diṭṭhigataṃ ‘‘idaṃ paramaṃ aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavara’’nti gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā sakāya sakāya diṭṭhiyā vasanti pavasanti āvasanti parivasanti. Yathā āgārikā vā gharesu vasanti, sāpattikā vā āpattīsu vasanti, sakilesā vā kilesesu vasanti; evameva santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā diṭṭhigatikā. Te dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatānaṃ aññataraññataraṃ diṭṭhigataṃ ‘‘idaṃ paramaṃ aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavara’’nti gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā sakāya sakāya diṭṭhiyā vasanti pavasanti āvasanti parivasantīti – paramanti diṭṭhīsu paribbasāno.
“……的人(jantu)”,指的是任何人。“把它高抬”的意思是:他抬高它,把某个事物视为最上的、最高的、最殊胜的、最卓越的、最上首的、最崇高的、最优秀的。他认为“这位导师是一切知者”,就这样把它高抬,视为最上的、最高的、最殊胜的、最卓越的、最上首的、最崇高的、最优秀的。他认为“这个法是善说的……这个僧团是善行道……这个见解是吉祥的……这个行道是善制的……这条道路是出离的”,就这样把它高抬,视为最上的、最高的、最殊胜的、最卓越的、最上首的、最崇高的、最优秀的,使它生起,令它显现。“……的人”,就是众生、人……乃至……人类。“在世间”,指的是地狱道世间……乃至……处世间——因此这样表述:一个人在世间把某个事物高抬。显示巴利原文
ti. nti yaṃ. ti uttariṃ karoti, aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ karoti ‘‘ayaṃ satthā sabbaññū’’ti uttariṃ karoti, aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ karoti. ‘‘Ayaṃ dhammo svākkhāto…, ayaṃ gaṇo suppaṭipanno…, ayaṃ diṭṭhi bhaddikā…, ayaṃ paṭipadā supaññattā…, ayaṃ maggo niyyāniko’’ti uttariṃ karoti, aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ karoti nibbatteti abhinibbatteti. ti satto naro…pe… manujo. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – yaduttariṃ kurute jantu loke.
他将自己的导师、法说、僧团、见解、行道、道路搁在一旁,而对于其他一切外道教说,则加以排斥、贬抑、摒弃。他这样说:‘那位导师并非一切知者,其法并非善说,其僧团并非善行,其见解并非吉祥,其行道并非善制,其道路并非出离之道;在那里,没有清净、没有净化、没有完全的清净,没有解脱、没有解放、没有完全的解脱;没有谁是清净的、净化的、完全清净的,没有谁是解脱的、解放的、完全解脱的;那些是低下的、卑劣的、下劣的、低贱的、可厌弃的、微小的。’他这样说话,这样讲说,这样宣说,这样开示,这样表明——就是把其他一切都称为‘低下的’。显示巴利原文
ti attano satthāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbe parappavāde khipati ukkhipati parikkhipati. ‘‘So satthā na sabbaññū, dhammo na svākkhāto, gaṇo na suppaṭipanno, diṭṭhi na bhaddikā, paṭipadā na supaññattā, maggo na niyyāniko, natthettha suddhi vā visuddhi vā parisuddhi vā mutti vā vimutti vā parimutti vā, natthettha sujjhanti vā visujjhanti vā parisujjhanti vā muccanti vā vimuccanti vā parimuccanti vā, hīnā nihīnā omakā lāmakā chatukkā parittā’’ti evamāha evaṃ katheti evaṃ bhaṇati evaṃ dīpayati evaṃ voharatīti – hīnāti aññe tato sabbamāha.
‘因此’,就是以彼为因、以彼为缘、以彼为条件、以彼为起因。‘那些争论’,指的是见解上的争吵、纷争、冲突、争执、纠纷。‘尚未超越’,即是尚未跨过、尚未完全跨过、尚未度脱——也就是说,他尚未超越那些争论。显示巴利原文
ti. ti taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā. ti diṭṭhikalahāni diṭṭhibhaṇḍanāni diṭṭhiviggahāni diṭṭhivivādāni diṭṭhimedhagāni ca. ti anatikkanto asamatikkanto avītivattoti – tasmā vivādāni avītivatto.
1453 所以,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“一个人辗转于种种见解中过活,在世间执取某些为最殊胜;并宣称其他一切都是低劣的,因此他未能超越争论。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paramanti diṭṭhīsu paribbasāno, yaduttariṃ kurute jantu loke; Hīnāti aññe tato sabbamāha, tasmā vivādāni avītivatto’’ti.
这称为见取。他观察到自己的见解有两种利益:现法利益与来世利益。什么是见的现法利益?持有某见解的导师,便有持该见解的弟子。弟子们恭敬、尊重、礼敬、供养持该见解的导师,并由此获得衣服、食物、卧具、病者所需的医药资具。这是见的现法利益。什么是见的来世利益?此见足以成就龙、金翅鸟、夜叉、阿修罗、乾闼婆、大王、帝释、梵天、天人;此见足以清净、净化、遍净、解脱、解脱、遍解脱;以清净、净化、遍净、解脱、解脱、遍解脱此见而成就;以此见我将获得清净、净化、遍净、解脱、解脱、遍解脱,他期待未来的果报。这是见的来世利益。他观察到自己的见解有这两种利益,也观察到见清净有这两种利益,也观察到闻清净有这两种利益,也观察到戒清净有这两种利益,也观察到行清净有这两种利益,也观察到思清净有这两种利益——现法利益与来世利益。什么是思清净的现法利益?持有某见解的导师,便有持该见解的弟子……这是思清净的现法利益。什么是思清净的来世利益?此见足以成就龙……这是思清净的来世利益。他观察到思清净也有这两种利益,如是见、如是观察,如是了知、如是思惟、如是审察——即他在自己的所见、所闻、戒行、所行、所思中见到利益。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yaṃ attani. vuccati diṭṭhigataṃ. Attano diṭṭhiyā dve ānisaṃse passati – diṭṭhadhammikañca ānisaṃsaṃ, samparāyikañca ānisaṃsaṃ. Katamo diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhadhammiko ānisaṃso? Yaṃdiṭṭhiko satthā hoti, taṃdiṭṭhikā sāvakā honti. Taṃdiṭṭhikaṃ satthāraṃ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, labhati ca tatonidānaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ. Ayaṃ diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhadhammiko ānisaṃso. Katamo diṭṭhiyā samparāyiko ānisaṃso? Ayaṃ diṭṭhi alaṃ nāgattāya vā supaṇṇattāya vā yakkhattāya vā asurattāya vā gandhabbattāya vā mahārājattāya vā indattāya vā brahmattāya vā devattāya vā; ayaṃ diṭṭhi alaṃ suddhiyā visuddhiyā parisuddhiyā muttiyā vimuttiyā parimuttiyā; imāya diṭṭhiyā sujjhanti visujjhanti parisujjhanti muccanti vimuccanti parimuccanti; imāya diṭṭhiyā sujjhissāmi visujjhissāmi parisujjhissāmi muccissāmi vimuccissāmi parimuccissāmi āyatiṃ phalapāṭikaṅkhī hoti. Ayaṃ diṭṭhiyā samparāyiko ānisaṃso. Attano diṭṭhiyā ime dve ānisaṃse passati, diṭṭhasuddhiyāpi dve ānisaṃse passati, sutasuddhiyāpi dve ānisaṃse passati, sīlasuddhiyāpi dve ānisaṃse passati, vatasuddhiyāpi dve ānisaṃse passati, mutasuddhiyāpi dve ānisaṃse passati – diṭṭhadhammikañca ānisaṃsaṃ samparāyikañca ānisaṃsaṃ. Katamo mutasuddhiyā diṭṭhadhammiko ānisaṃso? Yaṃdiṭṭhiko satthā hoti taṃdiṭṭhikā sāvakā honti…pe… ayaṃ mutasuddhiyā diṭṭhadhammiko ānisaṃso. Katamo mutasuddhiyā samparāyiko ānisaṃso? Ayaṃ diṭṭhi alaṃ nāgattāya vā…pe… ayaṃ mutasuddhiyā samparāyiko ānisaṃso. Mutasuddhiyāpi ime dve ānisaṃse passati dakkhati oloketi nijjhāyati upaparikkhatīti – yadattanī passati ānisaṃsaṃ diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā.
意思是:那种见取。就是依各自的见解、各自的认可、各自的喜好、各自的执取,认定“这是最殊胜、最上、最妙、最卓越、最第一、无与伦比的”之后,便执取、领受、紧捉、攀附、固着于此——因此,他唯独在其中执取那一项。显示巴利原文
ti. ti taṃ diṭṭhigataṃ. ti sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā. ti idaṃ paramaṃ aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaranti gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvāti – tadeva so tattha samuggahāya.
“——nti”:除四念处外,除四正勤外,除四神足外,除五根外,除五力外,除七觉支外,除八支圣道外,于其他老师、说法、僧团、见解、行道、道路上,他不去看、不会去看、不去观察、不去沉思、不去考察任何最殊胜、最高、优越、首要、无上、卓越的法。所以说——因为他不会认为其他法是最殊胜的。显示巴利原文
nti. Aññaṃ satthāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ aññatra satipaṭṭhānehi, aññatra sammappadhānehi, aññatra iddhipādehi , aññatra indriyehi, aññatra balehi, aññatra bojjhaṅgehi, aññatra ariyā aṭṭhaṅgikā maggā, aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ dhammaṃ na passati na dakkhati na oloketi na nijjhāyati na upaparikkhatīti – na hi seṭṭhato passati dhammamaññaṃ.
464 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“凡于自身见到利益,无论于所见、所闻、戒行与仪轨,或于所觉知之中;
他即于此紧紧执取,而视其余一切为低劣。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yadattanī passati ānisaṃsaṃ, diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā; Tadeva so tattha samuggahāya, nihīnato passati sabbamañña’’nti.
那些于蕴善巧、于界善巧、于处善巧、于缘起善巧、于念处善巧、于正勤善巧、于神足善巧、于根善巧、于力善巧、于觉支善巧、于道善巧、于果善巧、于涅槃善巧的善巧者们,曾这样说:‘这是非圣者之法,非圣者之法;这是愚人之法,非智者之法;这是不善者之法,非善者之法。’他们如是说、如是讲、如是言、如是表明、如是表达。因此,善巧者们说,那是非圣法。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ye te khandhakusalā dhātukusalā āyatanakusalā paṭiccasamuppādakusalā satipaṭṭhānakusalā sammappadhānakusalā iddhipādakusalā indriyakusalā balakusalā bojjhaṅgakusalā maggakusalā phalakusalā nibbānakusalā, te kusalā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘anariyānaṃ eso dhammo, neso dhammo ariyānaṃ; bālānaṃ eso dhammo, neso dhammo paṇḍitānaṃ; asappurisānaṃ eso dhammo, neso dhammo sappurisāna’’nti. Evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – anariyadhammaṃ kusalā tamāhu.
意思是:他依止、深依止、黏着、趋入、执着、净信于某位导师、某种说法、某僧团、某见解、某行道、某道路;而对于其他导师、其他说法、其他僧团、其他见解、其他行道、其他道路,他看见、看到、见到、观察、审视、细察为低劣、卑下、下等、恶劣、可鄙、微小——这便是‘依止一方而视其他为低劣’。
显示巴利原文 nti. ti yaṃ satthāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ nissito sannissito allīno upagato ajjhosito adhimutto. nti aññaṃ satthāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ hīnato nihīnato omakato lāmakato chatukkato parittato dissati passati dakkhati oloketi nijjhāyati upanijjhāyati upaparikkhatīti – yaṃ nissito passati hīnamaññaṃ.
‘ti’:由此,以此因、以此缘、以此条件、以此源头,他们将他人看待、观察、审视、注视、省察、细察为愚者、低劣者、下贱者、卑污者、恶劣者、粗鄙者、渺小者。由此,他们将他人视为愚者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā paraṃ bālo hīno nihīno omako lāmako chatukko parittoti dahanti passanti dakkhanti olokenti nijjhāyanti upaparikkhantīti – tasmā hi bāloti paraṃ dahanti.
因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
善巧者说:那确实是一种结缚,依止它,便会见到其他为低劣。
因此,比丘不应依止于所见、所闻、所感知,以及戒行与誓愿。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṃ vāpi ganthaṃ kusalā vadanti, yaṃ nissito passati hīnamaññaṃ; Tasmā hi diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ bhikkhu na nissayeyyā’’ti.
他不应依八等至智、五神通智或邪智,也不应依戒、誓愿或戒行誓愿,去构想、产生、造作、制造、呈现任何见解。即在关于地狱世间……(中略)……处世间方面——不依智、不依戒行与誓愿,而于世间构想任何见解。显示巴利原文
ti. Aṭṭhasamāpattiñāṇena vā pañcābhiññāñāṇena vā micchāñāṇena vā, sīlena vā vatena vā sīlabbatena vā , diṭṭhiṃ na kappayeyya na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya na abhinibbatteyya. nti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – diṭṭhimpi lokasmiṃ na kappayeyya ñāṇena vā sīlavatena vāpi.
他不应因出身、种姓、家系、容貌仪表、财富、研习、职业领域、技能领域、知识领域、传闻、辩才,或任何一种因素,而生起‘我与他相等’之想——不应将自己视作与他人同等。显示巴利原文
ti. Sadisohamasmīti attānaṃ na upaneyya jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunāti – samoti attānamanūpaneyya.
他不应因出身、种姓……(中略)……或任何一种因素,而生起‘我是低劣’之想;也不应因出身、种姓……(中略)……或任何一种因素,而生起‘我是优越’之想——不应作低劣之想,亦不应作殊胜之想。显示巴利原文
ti. Hīnohamasmīti attānaṃ na upaneyya jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. Seyyohamasmīti attānaṃ na upaneyya jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunāti – hīno na maññetha visesi vāpi.
2132 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
不应于世间构造任何见解,不论是依凭智慧,还是依凭戒行与禁制;
不应将自己安立为“同等”,也不应视自己为低劣,或视自己为殊胜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Diṭṭhimpi lokasmiṃ na kappayeyya, ñāṇena vā sīlavatena vāpi; Samoti attānamanūpaneyya, hīno na maññetha visesi vāpī’’ti.
“摒弃自我之见”:即摒弃执取。“摒弃执取”:即摒弃因渴爱、因邪见而被执取、紧握、坚持、执着、系缚的——予以舍断、消除、灭尽,令其不复存在。“舍弃自我后”:即于四种取中,不再执取、不再抓取、不再紧握、不再坚持——“舍弃自我后,便不再执取”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti attadiṭṭhiṃ pahāya. ti gāhaṃ pahāya. ti taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – attaṃ pahāya. ti catūhi upādānehi anupādiyamāno agaṇhamāno aparāmāsamāno anabhinivisamānoti – attaṃ pahāya anupādiyāno.
“即使是基于智慧,他也不制造依止”:不论是基于八等至的智慧、五种神通的智慧,还是邪智,他都不造作、不产生、不令生起、不引发、不令出现任何渴爱之依止或邪见之依止——“即使是基于智慧,他也不制造依止”。显示巴利原文
ti aṭṭhasamāpattiñāṇena vā pañcābhiññāñāṇena vā micchāñāṇena vā taṇhānissayaṃ vā diṭṭhinissayaṃ vā na karoti na janeti na sañjaneti na nibbatteti na abhinibbattetīti – ñāṇenapi so nissayaṃ no karoti.
“他确实不在见解分歧者中随波逐流”:在那些见解分崩离析、破损、陷于二边、纠结缠绕,见解各异、容受各异、喜好各异、教理各异、依止于种种邪见的人中;在那些随顺贪欲而行、随顺嗔恚而行、随顺愚痴而行、随顺怖畏而行的人中——他既不随贪欲而行,不随嗔恚而行,不随愚痴而行,不随怖畏而行;亦不因贪而行、不因嗔而行、不因痴而行、不因慢而行、不因邪见而行、不因掉举而行、不因疑而行、不因随眠而行;他不被那些导致分裂的法所牵引、所导出、所卷走、所带走——“他确实不在见解分歧者中随波逐流”。显示巴利原文
ti sa ve viyattesu bhinnesu dvejjhāpannesu dveḷhakajātesu nānādiṭṭhikesu nānākhantikesu nānārucikesu nānāladdhikesu nānādiṭṭhinissayaṃ nissitesu chandāgatiṃ gacchantesu dosāgatiṃ gacchantesu mohāgatiṃ gacchantesu bhayāgatiṃ gacchantesu na chandāgatiṃ gacchati na dosāgatiṃ gacchati na mohāgatiṃ gacchati na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati na rāgavasena gacchati na dosavasena gacchati na mohavasena gacchati na mānavasena gacchati na diṭṭhivasena gacchati na uddhaccavasena gacchati na vicikicchāvasena gacchati na anusayavasena gacchati na vaggehi dhammehi yāyati niyyati vuyhati saṃharīyatīti – sa ve viyattesu na vaggasārī.
他的六十二种邪见已被断除、彻底切断、息灭、平静,不再生起,被智火烧尽。他不以见为前导,不被见解所带走,不被见解所冲荡,不被见解所聚集,也不将那种邪见视为核心,更不退回其中——因此,他是不依见为导者。他不以八等至之智或五神通之智,造作、产生、令生起、令出生、令再生的渴爱羁縻或邪见羁縻——因此,他不依见为导,也不以智为羁縻。显示巴利原文
ti. Tassa dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni. So diṭṭhiyā na yāyati na nīyati na vuyhati na saṃharīyati napi taṃ diṭṭhigataṃ sārato pacceti na paccāgacchatīti – na diṭṭhisārī. ti aṭṭhasamāpattiñāṇena vā pañcābhiññāñāṇena vā taṇhābandhuṃ vā diṭṭhibandhuṃ vā na karoti na janeti na sañjaneti na nibbatteti nābhinibbattetīti – na diṭṭhisārī napi ñāṇabandhu.
舍弃我执之后,不再执取任何事物;他即使依于智慧,也不作任何依止;
他确实不随诤论之徒的派系而行,对任何见解也概不认同。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Attaṃ pahāya anupādiyāno, ñāṇenapi so nissayaṃ no karoti; Sa ve viyattesu na vaggasārī, diṭṭhimpi so na pacceti kiñcī’’ti.
此所说为阿拉汉、灭尽烦恼者。触是一边,触的集起为另一边;过去是一边,未来为另一边;乐受是一边,苦受为另一边;名是一边,色为另一边;六内处是一边,六外处为另一边;有身是一边,有身的集起为另一边。此所说为渴爱:凡是贪、强烈的贪……乃至……贪求、贪欲、不善根。显示巴利原文
ti ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti phasso eko anto, phassasamudayo dutiyo anto; atīto eko anto, anāgato dutiyo anto; sukhā vedanā eko anto, dukkhā vedanā dutiyo anto; nāmaṃ eko anto, rūpaṃ dutiyo anto; cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni eko anto, cha bāhirāni āyatanāni dutiyo anto; sakkāyo eko anto, sakkāyasamudayo dutiyo anto. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ.
此中所指为:为了有与再有,为了业有,为了再有,为了欲有;为了业有,为了欲有,为了再有,为了色有;为了业有,为了色有,为了再有,为了无色有;为了业有,为了无色有,为了再有,为了一再有,为了一再的趣向,为了一再的出生,为了一再的结生,为了一再的自身产生。此所说的自己的自身,此所说的他人的自身;此所说的自己的色受想行识,此所说的他人的色受想行识;此所说的六内处,此所说的六外处;此所说的人世间,此所说的天世间;此所说的欲界,此所说的色界与无色界;此所说的欲界与色界,此所说的无色界。凡此于彼人,这两种边——为了有与再有的希求,在此处与别处——悉皆没有、不存在、不出现、未被获得,已被舍断、彻底断除、平息、安息,不再可能生起,被智慧之火焚烧。这就是:他于这两边,在有与再有的希求上,不论在此处还是别处,悉皆无有。显示巴利原文
ti bhavābhavāya kammabhavāya punabbhavāya kāmabhavāya, kammabhavāya kāmabhavāya punabbhavāya rūpabhavāya, kammabhavāya rūpabhavāya punabbhavāya arūpabhavāya, kammabhavāya arūpabhavāya punabbhavāya punappunabhavāya punappunagatiyā punappunaupapattiyā punappunapaṭisandhiyā punappunaattabhāvābhinibbattiyā. ti sakattabhāvo, ti parattabhāvo; ti sakarūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ, ti pararūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ; ti cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, ti cha bāhirāni āyatanāni; ti manussaloko, ti devaloko ; ti kāmadhātu, ti rūpadhātu arūpadhātu; ti kāmadhātu rūpadhātu. ti arūpadhātu. ti. Yassa ubho ante ca bhavābhavāya ca idha hurañca paṇidhi taṇhā natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – yassūbhayante paṇidhīdha natthi bhavābhavāya idha vā huraṃ vā.
此即两种依止处──渴爱的依止处与邪见的依止处……乃至……这是渴爱的依止处……乃至……这是邪见的依止处。此即阿拉汉、灭尽烦恼者。他没有任何依止处,没有、不存在、不出现、不被获得,已被舍断、彻底断除、平息、安息,不再可能生起,被智慧之火焚烧──这就是:他没有任何依止处。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve nivesanā – taṇhānivesanā ca diṭṭhinivesanā ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhānivesanā…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhinivesanā. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti nivesanā tassa na santi keci natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – nivesanā tassa na santi keci.
“nti”——这是对六十二种邪见的判定。“ti”——经过决断、裁断、审察、细察、衡量、判别、明了、清晰了悟之后,他没有任何固定的执取、局部的执取、偏好的执取、归类的执取、累积的执取、综合的执取,即“这是真实的、确实的、实在的、如实的、不颠倒的”这种见解,被执取、被紧抓、被固执、被黏附、被认定。这样的见解不存在,完全没有,遍寻不得,无从获得。它们已被舍断,被根除,被平息,被安歇,不再生起,被智慧之火彻底焚尽。这便是——于诸法中,已舍断固定的执取,不再把握。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatesu. ti nicchinitvā vinicchinitvā vicinitvā pavicinitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. Odhiggāho bilaggāho varaggāho koṭṭhāsaggāho uccayaggāho samuccayaggāho ‘‘idaṃ saccaṃ tathaṃ bhūtaṃ yāthāvaṃ aviparīta’’nti gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ natthi na santi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhanti – dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ.
他于此,对两端没有任何祈愿,无论是此处的有,还是他处的有;
他没有任何执着的住处,于诸法中,没有由确定而生的执取。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yassūbhayante paṇidhīdha natthi, bhavābhavāya idha vā huraṃ vā; Nivesanā tassa na santi keci, dhammesu niccheyya samuggahīta’’nti.
所谓「他」,是指阿拉汉、已灭尽烦恼者。对他而言,依于所见而建立的「见清净」,或依于所闻而建立的「闻清净」,或依于所觉而建立的「觉清净」──这一类事物,以及以想为前导、由想所虚设、由想所执取,并且由想树立起来、被安立、被构想、被造作、被构造、被制造出来的想──这种见解,他不拥有、没有、不存在、找不到,已经被舍断、彻底断除、平息、安止、不可能再生起、被智慧之火焚烧殆尽。因此,在这里,无论是依于所见、所闻或所觉而虚构出来的想,对他来说,连一丝一毫都不存在。显示巴利原文
ti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. Tassa diṭṭhe vā diṭṭhasuddhiyā vā sute vā sutasuddhiyā vā mute vā mutasuddhiyā vā saññāpubbaṅgamatā saññāvikappayeyyatā saññāviggahena saññāya uṭṭhapitā samuṭṭhapitā kappitā pakappitā saṅkhatā abhisaṅkhatā saṇṭhapitā, diṭṭhi natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – tassīdha diṭṭhe va sute mute vā pakappitā natthi aṇūpi saññā.
“婆罗门”:因已排除七种法故,名为婆罗门——他已排除了有身见……乃至……他被称为“无着者”、“如如者”,彼即是梵。“那位婆罗门,不采纳见解”:那位婆罗门于见解不采纳、不执取、不紧握、不耽着——故说“那位婆罗门,不采纳见解”。显示巴利原文
nti. Brāhmaṇoti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo – sakkāyadiṭṭhi bāhitā hoti…pe… asito tādi pavuccate sa brahmā. Taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ diṭṭhimanādiyānanti. Taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ diṭṭhimanādiyantaṃ agaṇhantaṃ aparāmasantaṃ anabhinivesantanti – taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ diṭṭhimanādiyānaṃ.
有两种妄执:贪爱妄执与邪见妄执。……此即贪爱妄执。……此即邪见妄执。于他们,贪爱妄执已断,邪见妄执已舍。由贪爱妄执已断、邪见妄执已舍故,他们不造作贪爱妄执,不造作邪见妄执,不令生、不令起、不令出生、不令复生——故说“不妄想”。又有两种前导:贪爱前导与邪见前导。……此即贪爱前导。……此即邪见前导。于他们,贪爱前导已断,邪见前导已舍。由贪爱前导已断、邪见前导已舍故,他们不以贪爱或邪见为前导而行,不以贪爱为标帜、为幢幡、为主宰,不以邪见为标帜、为幢幡、为主宰,亦不被贪爱或邪见所围绕而行——故说“不妄想、不以前导而行”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve kappā – taṇhākappo ca diṭṭhikappo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhākappo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhikappo. Tesaṃ taṇhākappo pahīno, diṭṭhikappo paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhākappassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhikappassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā taṇhākappaṃ vā diṭṭhikappaṃ vā na kappenti na janenti na sañjanenti na nibbattenti nābhinibbattentīti – na kappayanti . ti. ti dve purekkhārā – taṇhāpurekkhāro ca diṭṭhipurekkhāro ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpurekkhāro…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipurekkhāro. Tesaṃ taṇhāpurekkhāro pahīno, diṭṭhipurekkhāro paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhāpurekkhārassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhipurekkhārassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā na taṇhaṃ vā na diṭṭhiṃ vā purato katvā caranti, na taṇhādhajā na taṇhāketū na taṇhādhipateyyā, na diṭṭhidhajā na diṭṭhiketū na diṭṭhādhipateyyā, na taṇhāya vā na diṭṭhiyā vā parivāritā carantīti – na kappayanti na purekkharonti.
对于他,在此世间,所见、所闻、所觉的一切,都不生起丝毫虚妄构想;
那位不接受邪见的婆罗门,在此世间,又如何去分别他呢?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassīdha diṭṭhe va sute mute vā, pakappitā natthi aṇūpi saññā; Taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ diṭṭhimanādiyānaṃ, kenīdha lokasmiṃ vikappayeyyā’’ti.
这里,有两种妄构:渴爱的妄构与邪见的妄构……(中略)……此为渴爱的妄构……(中略)……此为邪见的妄构。对于他,渴爱的妄构已断除,邪见的妄构已舍离。由于渴爱的妄构已断除,邪见的妄构已舍离,他还会以何贪而妄构?以何嗔而妄构?以何痴而妄构?以何慢而妄构?以何邪见而妄构?以何掉举而妄构?以何疑而妄构?以何随眠而妄构?——由此生起‘这是贪染的’、‘这是嗔怒的’、‘这是愚痴的’、‘这是被束缚的’、‘这是被执取的’、‘这是散乱的’、‘这是未达究竟的’、‘这是顽固的’之想。那些造作行为皆已断除。由于造作行为已断除,他又如何会妄构种种生命趣向呢?——由此生起‘这是地狱众生’、‘这是畜生道’、‘这是饿鬼道’、‘这是人’、‘这是天人’、‘这是有色界’、‘这是无色界’、‘这是有想’、‘这是无想’、‘这是非想非非想’之想。他没有任何因、任何缘、任何原因,可用来妄构、用来分别、用来陷入分别。……(中略)……显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve kappā – taṇhākappo ca diṭṭhikappo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhākappo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhikappo. Tassa taṇhākappo pahīno, diṭṭhikappo paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhākappassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhikappassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā kena rāgena kappeyya kena dosena kappeyya kena mohena kappeyya kena mānena kappeyya kāya diṭṭhiyā kappeyya kena uddhaccena kappeyya kāya vicikicchāya kappeyya kehi anusayehi kappeyya – rattoti vā duṭṭhoti vā mūḷhoti vā vinibaddhoti vā parāmaṭṭhoti vā vikkhepagatoti vā aniṭṭhaṅgatoti vā thāmagatoti vā. Te abhisaṅkhārā pahīnā. Abhisaṅkhārānaṃ pahīnattā gatiyo kena kappeyya – nerayikoti vā tiracchānayonikoti vā pettivisayikoti vā manussoti vā devoti vā rūpīti vā arūpīti vā saññīti vā asaññīti vā nevasaññīnāsaññīti vā. So hetu natthi paccayo natthi kāraṇaṃ natthi, yena kappeyya vikappeyya vikappaṃ āpajjeyya. nti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – kenīdha lokasmiṃ vikappayeyya.
1531 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“被尊崇的”:有两种尊崇——渴爱的尊崇与见的尊崇……这是渴爱的尊崇……这是见的尊崇。他的渴爱尊崇未断除,见尊崇未舍弃。由于他的渴爱尊崇未断除、见尊崇未舍弃,他便以渴爱或见为先导而行,以渴爱为旗帜、为因、为主宰,或以见为旗帜、为因、为主宰,被渴爱或见笼罩而行——这就称作“被尊崇的”。“存在”:意为存在、显现、有、可得。“不清净”:意为不白净、不洁白、不清净、杂染、有漏。因此,“被尊崇的存在不清净”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve purekkhārā – taṇhāpurekkhāro ca diṭṭhipurekkhāro ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpurekkhāro…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipurekkhāro. Tassa taṇhāpurekkhāro appahīno, diṭṭhipurekkhāro appaṭinissaṭṭho. Tassa taṇhāpurekkhārassa appahīnattā, diṭṭhipurekkhārassa appaṭinissaṭṭhattā so taṇhaṃ vā diṭṭhiṃ vā purato katvā carati taṇhādhajo taṇhāketu taṇhādhipateyyo, diṭṭhidhajo diṭṭhiketu diṭṭhādhipateyyo, taṇhāya vā diṭṭhiyā vā parivārito caratīti – purakkhatā. ti santi saṃvijjanti atthi upalabbhanti. ti avevadātā avodātā aparisuddhā saṃkiliṭṭhā saṃkilesikāti – purakkhatā santi avīvadātā.
1618 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他们不接受这些,即那六十二种邪见。那些阿拉汉、漏尽者,不接纳这样的说法:‘世间是常,唯此是真实,其余皆虚妄’——这种他们不接受。对于‘世间无常……’、‘世间有边……’、‘世间无边……’、‘生命即是此身……’、‘生命异于此身……’、‘如来死后存在……’、‘如来死后不存在……’、‘如来死后亦存在亦不存在……’、‘如来死后非存在非不存在,唯此是真实,其余皆虚妄’——这些他们全不接纳。他们甚至对法亦无所执取。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni. nti tesaṃ arahantānaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ. ti ‘‘sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti na paṭicchitāse. ‘‘Asassato loko… antavā loko… anantavā loko… taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ… aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ… hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti na paṭicchitāseti – dhammāpi tesaṃ na paṭicchitāse.
“ti”表示否定。“ti”——由于排除了七种法而成为婆罗门……(中略)……他被称为无依止者、如如者,他即是梵天。“ti”——婆罗门不为他所引导。婆罗门不从他人而导,不依他人,不以他人为缘,不受他人牵制。他自行了知、自行照见,不迷惑,具正知,具正念。对于“一切行无常”的真理,婆罗门不为他所引导。他不从他人而导,不依他人,不以他人为缘,不受他人牵制。他自行了知、自行照见,不迷惑,具正知,具正念。对于“一切行是苦”……(中略)……对于“凡是集起之法,终归灭尽”的真理,婆罗门不为他所引导。他不从他人而导,不依他人,不以他人为缘,不受他人牵制。他自行了知、自行照见,不迷惑,具正知,具正念。因此,婆罗门不为他所引导。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṭikkhepo. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo…pe… asito tādi pavuccate sa brahmā. ti brāhmaṇassa paraneyyatā natthi, brāhmaṇo na paraneyyo, na parapattiyo, na parapaccayo, na parapaṭibaddhagū jānāti passati asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti brāhmaṇassa paraneyyatā natthi, brāhmaṇo na paraneyyo, na parapattiyo, na parapaccayo, na parapaṭibaddhagū jānāti passati asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti brāhmaṇassa paraneyyatā natthi, brāhmaṇo na paraneyyo , na parapattiyo, na parapaccayo, na parapaṭibaddhagū jānāti passati asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissatoti – na brāhmaṇassa paraneyyamatthi.
“彼岸”是指不死涅槃,即一切行的止息、一切依着的彻底舍弃、渴爱的灭尽、离欲、灭度、涅槃。他到达了彼岸、抵达了彼岸,到达了边际、抵达了边际,到达了尽头、抵达了尽头——(广说)在生死轮回中,对他来说不再有后有。这就是“到彼岸”。“到彼岸便不再回来”,即由入流道所断除的烦恼,那些烦恼不再回返、不再折返;由一来道所断除的烦恼,不再回返、不再折返;由不来道所断除的烦恼,不再回返、不再折返;由阿拉汉道所断除的烦恼,不再回返、不再折返。这就是“到彼岸便不再回来”。阿拉汉以五种方式被称为如如者:在顺境与逆境中如如不动,由于已舍离而如如不动,由于已度脱而如如不动,由于已解脱而如如不动,以及如此被尊称为如如不动。显示巴利原文
ti. Pāraṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. So pāraṅgato pārappatto antagato antappatto koṭigato koṭippatto [vitthāro] jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavoti – pāraṅgato. ti sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā, te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati. Sakadāgāmimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā, te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati. Anāgāmimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā, te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati. Arahattamaggena ye kilesā pahīnā, te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti – pāraṅgato na pacceti. ti arahā pañcahākārehi tādī – iṭṭhāniṭṭhe tādī, cattāvīti tādī, tiṇṇāvīti tādī, muttāvīti tādī, taṃniddesā tādī.
阿拉汉如何在顺境逆境中如如不动?阿拉汉于得利时如如不动,于失利时也如如不动;于得誉时如如不动,于失誉时也如如不动;于称扬时如如不动,于讥毁时也如如不动;于快乐时如如不动,于痛苦时也如如不动。即使有人用香膏涂其手臂,另一人用斧头削其手臂,他对前者不起贪着,对后者不起瞋恚。他断除了随顺与排斥,超越了打击与摧折,跨过了喜好与厌恶。如是,阿拉汉在顺境逆境中皆如如不动。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ arahā iṭṭhāniṭṭhe tādī? Arahā lābhepi tādī, alābhepi tādī, yasepi tādī, ayasepi tādī, pasaṃsāyapi tādī, nindāyapi tādī, sukhepi tādī, dukkhepi tādī. Ekacce bāhaṃ gandhena limpeyyuṃ, ekacce bāhaṃ vāsiyā taccheyyuṃ – amusmiṃ natthi rāgo, amusmiṃ natthi paṭighaṃ, anunayapaṭighavippahīno ugghātinighātivītivatto anurodhavirodhasamatikkanto. Evaṃ arahā iṭṭhāniṭṭhe tādī.
阿拉汉如何因已舍弃而如如不动?阿拉汉的贪已舍、已吐弃、已释放、已断除、已彻底出离。瞋、痴、忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、傲、过慢、骄、放逸……一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切躁动、一切灼热、一切苦恼、一切不善行,皆已舍、已吐弃、已释放、已断除、已彻底出离。如是,阿拉汉因已舍弃而如如不动。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ arahā cattāvīti tādī? Arahato rāgo catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho. Doso…pe… moho… kodho… upanāho… makkho… paḷāso… issā… macchariyaṃ… māyā… sāṭheyyaṃ… thambho… sārambho… māno… atimāno… mado… pamādo… sabbe kilesā… sabbe duccaritā… sabbe darathā… sabbe pariḷāhā… sabbe santāpā… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā cattā vantā muttā pahīnā paṭinissaṭṭhā. Evaṃ arahā cattāvīti tādī.
阿拉汉如何因已度脱而如如不动?阿拉汉度脱了欲流,度脱了有流,度脱了见流,度脱了无明流,度脱了一切轮回之路,已然超出、已然度出、已然越过、完全越过、彻底超越。他安住已立,修行已圆满,生死轮回已尽,对他来说不再有后有。如是,阿拉汉因已度脱而如如不动。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ arahā tiṇṇāvīti tādī? Arahā kāmoghaṃ tiṇṇo bhavoghaṃ tiṇṇo diṭṭhoghaṃ tiṇṇo avijjoghaṃ tiṇṇo sabbaṃ saṃsārapathaṃ tiṇṇo uttiṇṇo nittiṇṇo atikkanto samatikkanto vītivatto . So vuṭṭhavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavoti. Evaṃ arahā tiṇṇāvīti tādī.
阿拉汉如何是已解脱者而被称为“如此者”呢?阿拉汉的心从贪中解脱、脱离、善脱离,从嗔中解脱、脱离、善脱离,从痴中解脱、脱离、善脱离;从忿、恨、覆、恼害、嫉妒、悭吝、欺诳、谄曲、顽固、粗暴、慢、过慢、骄逸、放逸中解脱、脱离、善脱离;从一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切苦恼、一切热恼、一切忧苦、一切不善造作中,心已解脱、已脱离、已善脱离。就这样,阿拉汉是已解脱者而被称为“如此者”。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ arahā muttāvīti tādī? Arahato rāgā cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ, dosā cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ, mohā cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ, kodhā…pe… upanāhā… makkhā… paḷāsā… issāya… macchariyā… māyāya… sāṭheyyā… thambhā… sārambhā… mānā… atimānā… madā… pamādā… sabbakilesehi… sabbaduccaritehi… sabbadarathehi… sabbapariḷāhehi… sabbasantāpehi… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārehi cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ. Evaṃ arahā muttāvīti tādī.
阿拉汉如何是依所指而被称为“如此者”呢?阿拉汉具足戒时,便依此所指而被称为“具戒者”;具足信时,便依此所指而被称为“具信者”;具足精进时,便依此所指而被称为“具精进者”;具足念时,便依此所指而被称为“具念者”;具足定时,便依此所指而被称为“具定者”;具足慧时,便依此所指而被称为“具慧者”;具足明时,便依此所指而被称为“三明者”;具足神通时,便依此所指而被称为“六通者”。就这样,阿拉汉是依所指的“如此者”——到达彼岸者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ arahā taṃniddesā tādī? Arahā sīle sati sīlavāti taṃniddesā tādī; saddhāya sati saddhoti taṃniddesā tādī; vīriye sati vīriyavāti taṃniddesā tādī; satiyā sati satimāti taṃniddesā tādī; samādhimhi sati samāhitoti taṃniddesā tādī; paññāya sati paññavāti taṃniddesā tādī; vijjāya sati tevijjoti taṃniddesā tādī; abhiññāya sati chaḷabhiññoti taṃniddesā tādī. Evaṃ arahā taṃniddesā tādīti – pāraṅgato na pacceti tādī.
1888 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他们不作构想,不存尊崇,对诸法亦无所执取;
婆罗门不可凭戒禁取来推断,已至彼岸,不会退转,是如如不动者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na kappayanti na purekkharonti, dhammāpi tesaṃ na paṭicchitāse; Na brāhmaṇo sīlavatena neyyo, pāraṅgato na pacceti tādī’’ti.
最上八偈经疏第五。显示巴利原文
Paramaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso pañcamo.
第六 老经分别显示巴利原文
6. Jarāsuttaniddeso
接下来,解说《老经》的义释——显示巴利原文
Atha jarāsuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
生命,即寿命、存续、活动、运转、移动、延续、保护、活命、命根。再者,生命之所以微少、短暂,有两个原因:或因存续时间微少而短暂,或因本质微少而短暂。如何是因存续时间微少而短暂呢?在过去的心识刹那,它曾活,但非现在活,也非未来活;在未来心识刹那,它将活,但非现在活,也非过去活;在现在心识刹那,它正活,但非过去活,也非未来活。显示巴利原文
nti. nti āyu ṭhiti yapanā yāpanā iriyanā vattanā pālanā jīvitaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ. Api ca, dvīhi kāraṇehi appakaṃ jīvitaṃ thokaṃ jīvitaṃ – ṭhitiparittatāya vā appakaṃ jīvitaṃ, sarasaparittatāya vā appakaṃ jīvitaṃ. Kathaṃ ṭhitiparittatāya vā appakaṃ jīvitaṃ? Atīte cittakkhaṇe jīvittha, na jīvati na jīvissati; anāgate cittakkhaṇe jīvissati, na jīvati na jīvittha; paccuppanne cittakkhaṇe jīvati, na jīvittha na jīvissati.
生命、自身存在,以及一切的乐与苦,
皆与一心相应,须臾间便即流转。
纵使是住寿八万四千劫的天众,
他们亦非依于二心而存活。
对于将死者或住世者,那些已灭的诸蕴——
一切蕴悉皆相同,灭去便不复相续。
那些已坏灭的,其间无有间隔;未来当坏灭的,亦复如是。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jīvitaṃ attabhāvo ca, sukhadukkhā ca kevalā; Ekacittasamāyuttā, lahuso vattate khaṇo. ‘‘Cullāsītisahassāni, kappā tiṭṭhanti ye marū; Na tveva tepi jīvanti, dvīhi cittehi saṃyutā . ‘‘Ye niruddhā marantassa, tiṭṭhamānassa vā idha; Sabbepi sadisā khandhā, gatā appaṭisandhikā. ‘‘Anantarā ca ye bhaggā, ye ca bhaggā anāgatā; Tadantare niruddhānaṃ, vesamaṃ natthi lakkhaṇe. ‘‘Anibbattena na jāto, paccuppannena jīvati; Cittabhaggā mato loko, paññatti paramatthiyā. ‘‘Yathā ninnā pavattanti, chandena pariṇāmitā; Acchinnadhārā vattanti, saḷāyatanapaccayā. ‘‘Anidhānagatā bhaggā, puñjo natthi anāgate; Nibbattā ye ca tiṭṭhanti, āragge sāsapūpamā. ‘‘Nibbattānañca dhammānaṃ, bhaṅgo nesaṃ purakkhato; Palokadhammā tiṭṭhanti, purāṇehi amissitā. ‘‘Adassanato āyanti, bhaṅgā gacchanti dassanaṃ; Vijjuppādova ākāse, uppajjanti vayanti cā’’ti.
如此,生命以其延续之微弱,实为短促。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ṭhitiparittatāya appakaṃ jīvitaṃ.
为何说生命因自身力量的微弱而短促呢?生命系于吸气,系于呼气,系于出入息,系于四大种,系于段食,系于体温,系于识。这些支撑的根本是脆弱的,它们的前因是脆弱的,那些缘是脆弱的,令其生起的因也是脆弱的。与之共存的根基脆弱,相应的因素脆弱,俱生的因素脆弱,那驱动者同样脆弱。它们彼此恒常脆弱,彼此皆不安稳。它们互相毁坏,其间没有救护者,也不能令彼此安立。然而,并没有一个能令它们生起的作者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ sarasaparittatāya appakaṃ jīvitaṃ? Assāsūpanibandhaṃ jīvitaṃ, passāsūpanibandhaṃ jīvitaṃ, assāsapassāsūpanibandhaṃ jīvitaṃ, mahābhūtūpanibandhaṃ jīvitaṃ, kabaḷīkārāhārūpanibandhaṃ jīvitaṃ, usmūpanibandhaṃ jīvitaṃ, viññāṇūpanibandhaṃ jīvitaṃ. Mūlampi imesaṃ dubbalaṃ, pubbahetūpi imesaṃ dubbalā. Ye paccayā tepi dubbalā, yepi pabhāvikā tepi dubbalā. Sahabhūmi imesaṃ dubbalā, sampayogāpi imesaṃ dubbalā, sahajāpi imesaṃ dubbalā, yāpi payojikā sāpi dubbalā, aññamaññaṃ ime niccadubbalā, aññamaññaṃ anavaṭṭhitā ime. Aññamaññaṃ paripātayanti ime, aññamaññassa hi natthi tāyitā, na cāpi ṭhapenti aññamaññaṃ ime. Yopi nibbattako so na vijjati.
并非有人因他人而衰亡,这些蕴聚毕竟皆如乾闼婆一般虚幻。
今此诸有,由往昔诸蕴为缘而生;彼诸为缘之蕴,先已灭去;
前与后,彼此从未相见。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na ca kenaci koci hāyati, gandhabbā ca ime hi sabbaso; Purimehi pabhāvikā ime, yepi pabhāvikā te pure matā; Purimāpi ca pacchimāpi ca, aññamaññaṃ na kadāci maddasaṃsū’’ti. Evaṃ sarasaparittatāya appakaṃ jīvitaṃ.
再者,与四大王天的天神寿命相比,人类的寿命微渺、有限、稀少、刹那、轻脆、短暂、不能久住、无法长存。与三十三天的天神相比……与夜摩天的天神相比……与兜率天的天神相比……与化乐天的天神相比……与他化自在天的天神相比……与梵众天的天神寿命相比,人类的寿命微渺、有限、稀少、刹那、轻脆、短暂、不能久住、无法长存。世尊曾这样说:‘诸比丘,人类寿命微渺,必定要趋往来世,应善巧地彻知,应行善,应修梵行。凡是出生者,无人能够不死。诸比丘,若活得长久,也不过活到百岁,或稍多一些。’显示巴利原文
Api ca, cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ jīvitaṃ upādāya manussānaṃ appakaṃ jīvitaṃ parittaṃ jīvitaṃ thokaṃ jīvitaṃ khaṇikaṃ jīvitaṃ lahukaṃ jīvitaṃ ittaraṃ jīvitaṃ anaddhanīyaṃ jīvitaṃ naciraṭṭhitikaṃ jīvitaṃ. Tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ…pe… yāmānaṃ devānaṃ… tusitānaṃ devānaṃ… nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ… paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ… brahmakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ jīvitaṃ upādāya manussānaṃ appakaṃ jīvitaṃ parittaṃ jīvitaṃ thokaṃ jīvitaṃ khaṇikaṃ jīvitaṃ lahukaṃ jīvitaṃ ittaraṃ jīvitaṃ anaddhanīyaṃ jīvitaṃ naciraṭṭhitikaṃ jīvitaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘appamidaṃ, bhikkhave, manussānaṃ āyu, gamaniyo samparāyo, mantāya boddhabbaṃ, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yo, bhikkhave, ciraṃ jīvati, so vassasataṃ appaṃ vā bhiyyo.
人寿短促,善士应当厌离;
应如头上着火般精进,死魔的到来无可逃避。
日夜流逝,生命随之减损;
凡人的寿命渐渐耗尽,如同小河的水流。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Appamāyu manussānaṃ, hīḷeyya naṃ suporiso; Careyyādittasīsova natthi maccussanāgamo. ‘‘Accayanti ahorattā, jīvitaṃ uparujjhati; Āyu khiyyati maccānaṃ, kunnadīnaṃva odaka’’nti. Appaṃ vata jīvitaṃ idaṃ.
于胚胎阶段,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏;于肉团阶段,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏;于肉块阶段,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏;于坚肉阶段,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏;于生支节阶段,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏;刚刚出胎时,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏;在产房之中,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏;出生半月时,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏;满一月时,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏;满两月……满三月……满四月……满五月时,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏;满六月……满七月……满八月……满九月……满十月……满一周岁时,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏;两岁……三岁……四岁……五岁……六岁……七岁……八岁……九岁……十岁……二十岁……三十岁……四十岁……五十岁……六十岁……七十岁……八十岁……九十岁时,他亦会死去、亦会死亡、亦会消失、亦会灭坏——总而言之,未至百年,即会死去。显示巴利原文
ti. Kalalakālepi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, abbudakālepi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, pesikālepi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, ghanakālepi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, pasākhakālepi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, jātamattopi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, sūtigharepi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, addhamāsikopi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, māsikopi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, dvemāsikopi…pe… temāsikopi… catumāsikopi… pañcamāsikopi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, chamāsikopi… sattamāsikopi… aṭṭhamāsikopi… navamāsikopi… dasamāsikopi… saṃvaccharikopi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, dvevassikopi… tivassikopi… catuvassikopi… pañcavassikopi … chavassikopi… sattavassikopi… aṭṭhavassikopi… navavassikopi… dasavassikopi… vīsativassikopi… tiṃsavassikopi… cattārīsavassikopi… paññāsavassikopi… saṭṭhivassikopi… sattativassikopi… asītivassikopi… navutivassikopi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjatīti – oraṃ vassasatāpi miyyati.
即便有人活过百岁,他或许再活一年、或活两年、或活三年、或活四年、或活五年……乃至活十年、或活二十年、或活三十年、或活四十年——即使如此,也只不过是“多活了些许”而已。当他年迈、衰老、苍老,历经漫长岁月,达到耄耋之年:牙齿凋落,头发斑白,头顶光秃,发丝易落,皮肤起皱,身上遍布黑斑,弯腰曲背,拄杖而行时,他亦将因衰老而死去、殒命、消逝、坏灭,终不能从死亡中解脱。显示巴利原文
ti. Yo vassasataṃ atikkamitvā jīvati so ekaṃ vā vassaṃ jīvati, dve vā vassāni jīvati, tīṇi vā vassāni jīvati, cattāri vā vassāni jīvati, pañca vā vassāni jīvati…pe… dasa vā vassāni jīvati, vīsati vā vassāni jīvati, tiṃsaṃ vā vassāni jīvati, cattārīsaṃ vā vassāni jīvatīti – yo cepi aticca jīvati. ti. Yadā jiṇṇo hoti vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto khaṇḍadanto palitakeso vilūnaṃ khalitasiro valinaṃ tilakāhatagatto vaṅko bhoggo daṇḍaparāyano, so jarāyapi cavati marati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, natthi maraṇamhā mokkho.
正如成熟的果实,清晨便有坠落的危险;
同样,凡有生之身,恒常面对死亡的怖畏。
犹如陶匠所制的、那些泥土之器,
一切尽归于破裂,凡有生之身的生命,亦复如是。
无论年少或年长,无论愚者或智者,
一切众生皆受死亡支配,一切众生皆以死亡为归宿。
对于这些被死亡征服、从世间前往他世的人,
父亲不能救护儿子,亲族不能救护亲族。
就在亲人们眼睁睁注视之下,你看,他们在那里纷纷悲叹。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Phalānamiva pakkānaṃ, pāto patanato bhayaṃ; Evaṃ jātāna maccānaṃ, niccaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ. ‘‘Yathāpi kumbhakārassa, katā mattikabhājanā; Sabbe bhedanapariyantā, evaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ. ‘‘Daharā ca mahantā ca, ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā; Sabbe maccuvasaṃ yanti, sabbe maccuparāyanā. ‘‘Tesaṃ maccuparetānaṃ, gacchataṃ paralokato; Na pitā tāyate puttaṃ, ñātī vā pana ñātake. ‘‘Pekkhataññeva ñātīnaṃ, passa lālappataṃ puthu;
1388 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
世人一个接一个被带走,犹如牛被牵去屠宰场;
世间正是这般,为死亡与衰老所摧残。
显示巴利原文 Ekamekova maccānaṃ, govajjho viya niyyati; Evamabbhāhato loko, maccunā ca jarāya cā’’ti. Atha kho so jarasāpi miyyati.
1415 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“这生命确实短暂,尚不足百岁,人已死去;
纵使有人活得稍长,也终究会因衰老而死去。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Appaṃ vata jīvitaṃ idaṃ, oraṃ vassasatāpi miyyati; Yo cepi aticca jīvati, atha kho so jarasāpi miyyatī’’ti.
这里,‘在世间’是指刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,在家人与出家人,诸天与人。‘贪’是指贪染、贪染的状态、被贪染的状态,贪着、贪着的状态、被贪着的状态,即欲贪、贪与不善根。‘而四处游走’是指行走、安住、活动、运作、维持、游历、度日。‘在世间’是指恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间——凡是随贪而在世间四处游走的人。显示巴利原文
ti. ti khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā ca. ti yo lobho lubbhanā lubbhitattaṃ sārāgo sārajjanā sārajjitattaṃ abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti vicaranti viharanti iriyanti vattanti pālenti yapenti yāpenti. ti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloketi – ye cāpi lobhā vicaranti loke.
这里“ti”是指两种执取——渴爱执取与邪见执取。……此是渴爱执取。……此是邪见执取。渴爱执取是无常的、有为的、缘起的,是坏灭法、衰败法、离欲法、灭尽法、变易法。邪见执取同样是无常的、有为的、缘起的,是坏灭法、衰败法、离欲法、灭尽法、变易法。对此,世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,你们可曾见过任何执取,是恒常、稳固、永恒、不变易,能像永恒的事物那样一直安住吗?”“不曾见过,尊者。”“说得好,诸比丘!我也是,诸比丘,不曾见过任何执取是恒常、稳固、永恒、不变易,能像永恒的事物那样一直安住的。”恒常、稳固、永恒、不变易的执取,是不存在的、没有的、找不到的、不可得的——正因如此,恒常的执取是根本不存在的。显示巴利原文
ti. Dve pariggahā – taṇhāpariggaho ca diṭṭhipariggaho ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpariggaho…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipariggaho. Taṇhāpariggaho anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno khayadhammo vayadhammo virāgadhammo nirodhadhammo vipariṇāmadhammo. Diṭṭhipariggahopi anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno khayadhammo vayadhammo virāgadhammo nirodhadhammo vipariṇāmadhammo. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ pariggahaṃ yvāyaṃ pariggaho nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassatī’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave! Ahampi kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, pariggahaṃ na samanupassāmi, yvāyaṃ pariggaho nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassatī’’ti. Pariggahā niccā dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti na labbhantīti – na hi santi niccā pariggahā.
这里“ti”表示分离、别离、变异的状态,它是真实存在的、可以被发现的、可以被证得的。对此,世尊曾这样说:“够了,阿难!莫忧愁,莫悲泣。阿难,这难道不是我预先就说明了的吗?——‘一切可爱的、可意的事物,终究都会归于分离、别离、变异。阿难,生起的事物、存在的事物、有为的事物、具有坏灭法的事物,想让它不坏灭——这是绝无道理的事。’过去的、更早的五蕴、界、处已经变易、变异了,随后,那些相续的五蕴、界、处便持续地生起。”——可见,别离的状态是真实存在的。显示巴利原文
nti. Nānābhāve vinābhāve aññathābhāve sante saṃvijjamāne upalabbhiyamāne. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda! Mā soci mā paridevi. Nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo. Taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā – yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ taṃ vata mā palujjī’ti! Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Purimānaṃ purimānaṃ khandhānaṃ dhātūnaṃ āyatanānaṃ vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā pacchimā pacchimā khandhā ca dhātuyo ca āyatanāni ca pavattantī’’ti – vinābhāvaṃ santamevidaṃ.
“Nā me diṭṭho ito pubbe”中,“iti”一词是句子的连接、接合,句子的完整,字母的组合,措辞的流畅,词句的次第排列——这便是“iti”。“āyasmā”一词是爱语、敬语,带着恭敬与尊重的称呼——这便是“āyasmā”。“Sāriputto”一词是那位长老的名号、计量、名称、施设、称呼、名字、命名、称号、言辞、表达、称谓——这便是“iti āyasmā sāriputto”(具寿舍利弗)。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – iccāti. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissavacanametaṃ – āyasmāti. ti tassa therassa nāmaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā sāriputto.
众生为所执取之物而忧愁,然而恒常的执取实不存在;
“离散坏灭,正是存在的实相”,如此观见之后,他便不再居于家中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Socanti janā mamāyite, na hi santi niccā pariggahā; Vinābhāvaṃ santamevidaṃ, iti disvā nāgāramāvase’’ti.
那么,何谓“死亡”?即各类众生从各自的众生群中死去、死亡、分离、消失、灭没、命终,诸蕴的破坏、身体的弃舍、生命根的断灭。“死亡”也可作此理解:色法灭尽、受灭尽、想灭尽、行灭尽、识灭尽。所谓“离散”,即被破坏、被舍弃、被完全抛弃、彻底消失、分崩离析。对此义,世尊也曾说:显示巴利原文
ti. nti yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccumaraṇaṃ kālaṃkiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo jīvitindriyassupacchedo. nti rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ. ti pahīyati jahīyati vijahīyati antaradhāyati vippalujjati. Bhāsitampi hetaṃ –
财物会先离弃凡夫,或者凡夫先离弃它们;
拥有财富、耽著欲乐者皆非恒常,因此,当感忧伤之时,我无忧伤。
月亮升起、圆满,而后亏缺隐没;太阳行至尽头,便落下离去。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pubbeva maccaṃ vijahanti bhogā, maccova ne pubbataraṃ jahāti; Asassatā bhogino kāmakāmī, tasmā na socāmahaṃ sokakāle. ‘‘Udeti āpūrati veti cando, attaṃ gametvāna paleti sūriyo; Viditā mayā sattuka lokadhammā, tasmā na socāmahaṃ sokakāle’’ti.
即使因死亡,这些东西也还会消失。此处所说的,即是色方面的东西、受方面的东西、想方面的东西、行方面的东西、识方面的东西。“东西”这一称谓,即是名称、共称、施设、惯用语、名字、命名、称号、言词、文句、说法。他以渴爱而虚妄构想,以邪见而虚妄构想,以我慢而虚妄构想,以烦恼而虚妄构想,以恶行而虚妄构想,以勤修而虚妄构想,以果报而虚妄构想——这就是一个人在想着“这是我的东西”时所作的事。显示巴利原文
Maraṇenapi taṃ pahīyati. ti. nti rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ. ti saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpo. ti taṇhāmaññanāya maññati, diṭṭhimaññanāya maññati, mānamaññanāya maññati, kilesamaññanāya maññati, duccaritamaññanāya maññati, payogamaññanāya maññati, vipākamaññanāya maññatīti – yaṃ puriso mamidanti maññati.
了知此过患,洞彻它、衡量它、审度它、明辨它,令其昭然显现于种种我所执之后——一位智者便如此彻底洞明。这里所说的“智者”,是指坚固者、明察者、具慧者、有觉慧者、具智者、有明辨力者、有大智慧者——如此彻底洞明之后,方为智者。显示巴利原文
ti. Etaṃ ādīnavaṃ ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā mamattesūti, etampi viditvā paṇḍito dhīro paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvīti – etampi viditvāna paṇḍito.
有两种我所执:渴爱我所执与邪见我所执……此是渴爱我所执……此是邪见我所执。以佛为皈依者、以法为皈依者、以僧为皈依者,他视世尊为己所有,世尊亦护持此人。世尊曾这样说过:“诸比丘,那些欺诈、顽固、饶舌、自傲、自大、心神涣散的比丘,非我所摄,他们已远离此法与律,于此法与律中不得增长、提升、圆满。而诸比丘,那些不欺诈、不饶舌、坚定、不顽固、心得安止的比丘,才是我所摄,他们没有远离此法与律,于此法与律中将得增长、提升、圆满。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve mamattā – taṇhāmamattañca diṭṭhimamattañca…pe… idaṃ taṇhāmamattaṃ…pe… idaṃ diṭṭhimamattaṃ. ti buddhamāmako dhammamāmako saṅghamāmako. So bhagavantaṃ mamāyati, bhagavā taṃ puggalaṃ pariggaṇhāti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī unnaḷā asamāhitā, na me te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū māmakā; apagatā ca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmā dhammavinayā. Na ca te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti. Ye ca kho te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū nikkuhā nillapā dhīrā atthaddhā susamāhitā, te kho me, bhikkhave, bhikkhū māmakā; anapagatā ca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmā dhammavinayā. Te ca imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti’’.
诈伪、顽固、饶舌、自负、傲慢、心神不宁者,
他们不能于正自觉者所教之法中增长。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī, unnaḷā asamāhitā; Na te dhamme virūhanti, sammāsambuddhadesite. ‘‘Nikkuhā nillapā dhīrā, atthaddhā susamāhitā; Te ve dhamme virūhanti, sammāsambuddhadesite’’.
一位佛弟子,应断除“这是我的”之渴爱,舍离“这是我的”之邪见,不因我所执而倾动、不因我所执而屈从;他不可让心朝彼处倾趋、向彼处偏斜、倚彼处而住,不以彼为所缘,不任由彼来主宰——佛弟子不应当以我所执而倾动于任何事物。显示巴利原文
ti. Māmako taṇhāmamattaṃ pahāya diṭṭhimamattaṃ paṭinissajjitvā mamattāya na nameyya na onameyya, na taṃninno assa na tappoṇo na tappabbhāro na tadadhimutto na tadadhipateyyoti – na mamattāya nametha māmako.
1514 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
明了此理后,明智的弟子,不应以我执而向任何事物低头。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Maraṇenapi taṃ pahīyati, yaṃ puriso mamidanti maññati; Etampi viditvāna paṇḍito, na mamattāya nametha māmako’’ti.
“会合、相遇、聚集、碰到一起”——如同在梦中会合一般。犹如有人于睡梦中,见月、见日、见大海、见山王须弥山,见象、见马、见车、见步兵、见排列的军阵。他见园林之赏心悦目,见森林之赏心悦目……(中略)……见大地之赏心悦目,见池塘之赏心悦目。然而,一旦醒来,他便一无所见——醒来之人,不见那些景象。显示巴利原文
nti. Saṅgataṃ samāgataṃ samāhitaṃ sannipatitanti – supinena yathāpi saṅgataṃ. ti yathā puriso supinagato candaṃ passati, sūriyaṃ passati, mahāsamuddaṃ passati, sineruṃ pabbatarājānaṃ passati, hatthiṃ passati, assaṃ passati, rathaṃ passati, pattiṃ passati, senābyūhaṃ passati, ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ passati, vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ…pe… bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ… pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakaṃ passati; paṭibuddho na kiñci passatīti – paṭibuddho puriso na passati.
如是,此为譬喻之说明。所谓“执取之人”,即对母亲、父亲、兄弟、姐妹、儿子、女儿、朋友、同僚、亲戚、血亲等所爱念之人的执取。显示巴利原文
nti. nti opammasampaṭipādanaṃ. nti mamāyitaṃ janaṃ mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā bhātaraṃ vā bhaginiṃ vā puttaṃ vā dhītaraṃ vā mittaṃ vā amaccaṃ vā ñātiṃ vā sālohitaṃ vāti – evampi piyāyitaṃ janaṃ.
这便称为死者:去世之人,不能得见,不能得睹,不能寻获,不能获得,不能体验到——这就是“看不见去世的逝者”。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati mato. Kālaṅkataṃ na passati na dakkhati nādhigacchati na vindati na paṭilabhatīti – petaṃ kālaṅkataṃ na passati.
1490 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
犹如梦中相逢,醒来之后便看不见;
同样地,所爱念的人一旦命终逝去,便再也见不到了。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Supinena yathāpi saṅgataṃ, paṭibuddho puriso na passati; Evampi piyāyitaṃ janaṃ, petaṃ kālaṅkataṃ na passatī’’ti.
那些由眼识所生者,那些由耳识所生者。刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗、在家者、出家者、天人、人类——这些便是曾见、曾闻的人们。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ye cakkhuviññāṇābhisambhūtā. ti ye sotaviññāṇābhisambhūtā . ti khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā cāti – diṭṭhāpi sutāpi te janā.
“这些人”是指那些刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗、在家者、出家者、天人、人类。“这个名称被称呼”中的“名称”,是指称号、称呼、施设、惯用语、名、命名、名字、解释、文句、言说。它被说、被讲、被谈、被宣说、被阐明、被惯用——也就是说,此名称正是用来称呼他们的。显示巴利原文
ti. nti yesaṃ khattiyānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vessānaṃ suddānaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ pabbajitānaṃ devānaṃ manussānaṃ. nti saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpo. ti vuccati pavuccati kathīyati bhaṇīyati dīpīyati voharīyatīti – yesaṃ nāmamidaṃ pavuccati.
“唯名留存”:凡是归类于色、归类于受、归类于想、归类于行、归类于识的,皆被舍弃、被弃除、被彻底弃断,它消失、崩解了,唯有名字留存下来。“可以言说”:可以说明、可以讲述、可以宣说、可以阐明、可以称说的意思——也就是说,唯有名字留存,作为可以言说的对象。“那位死者”是指命终、去世的。“那位众生”是指有情、人、士夫、青年、个体、生命、生灵、生物、人类——也就是指那位死去的众生。显示巴利原文
nti. Rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ pahīyati jahīyati vijahīyati antaradhāyati vippalujjati, nāmaṃyevāvasissati. nti. Akkhātuṃ kathetuṃ bhaṇituṃ dīpayituṃ voharitunti – nāmaṃ evāvasissati akkheyyaṃ. ti. ti matassa kālaṅkatassa. ti sattassa narassa mānavassa posassa puggalassa jīvassa jāgussa jantussa indagussa manujassāti – petassa jantuno.
1457 因此,世尊这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“那些曾被见过、曾被听过的人们,他们死后,唯留此名称说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Diṭṭhāpi sutāpi te janā, yesaṃ nāmamidaṃ pavuccati; Nāmaṃyevāvasissati, akkheyyaṃ petassa jantuno’’ti.
意思是:对于遭遇亲族损失、财物损失、疾病损失、戒的损失、见的损失,具足某种灾难、遭受某种苦法的人,有忧、忧愁、忧伤状态、内忧、内悲、内热恼、内烧恼、心的焦灼、忧受、忧箭。对于遭遇亲族损失……乃至……见的损失,具足某种灾难、遭受某种苦法的人,有哀号、悲叹、哀诉、悲诉、哀号状态、悲叹状态、言语、胡言、乱语、悲号、悲号作、悲号状态。所谓“悭吝”,有五种悭吝:住处悭、家族悭、利得悭、名色悭、法悭。凡这样的悭吝、悭惜、悭惜状态、吝啬、悭贪、心的狭窄与不肯施与,这称为悭吝。此外,对蕴的悭吝也是悭吝,对界的悭吝也是悭吝,对处的悭吝也是悭吝,执取也是悭吝,这称为悭吝。所谓“贪求”,就是渴爱;凡贪、染贪……乃至……贪婪、贪、不善根。所谓“我所性”,有两种:渴爱我所性和见我所性……乃至……这是渴爱我所性……乃至……这是见我所性。对于所我爱之物,怀疑会被夺走时也忧愁,正在被夺走时也忧愁,已被夺走时也忧愁;对于所我爱之物,怀疑会变坏时也忧愁,正在变坏时也忧愁,已变坏时也忧愁。对于所我爱之物,怀疑会被夺走时也悲叹,正在被夺走时也悲叹,已被夺走时也悲叹;对于所我爱之物,怀疑会变坏时也悲叹,正在变坏时也悲叹,已变坏时也悲叹。他们守护、保护、执取、我爱、悭惜所我爱之物;对于所我爱之物,不舍弃忧,不舍弃悲叹,不舍弃悭吝,不舍弃贪求,不断除、不驱除、不灭尽、不令其不存在——这就是“贪着于所我爱者,不舍弃忧、悲、悭与贪”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa soko socanā socitattaṃ antosoko antoparisoko antodāho antoparidāho cetaso parijjhāyanā domanassaṃ sokasallaṃ. ti ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa…pe… diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa ādevo paridevo ādevanā paridevanā ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ vācā palāpo vippalāpo lālappo lālappāyanā lālappāyitattaṃ. nti pañca macchariyāni – āvāsamacchariyaṃ , kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ , dhammamacchariyaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ macchariyaṃ maccharāyanā maccharāyitattaṃ vevicchaṃ kadariyaṃ kaṭukañcukatā aggahitattaṃ cittassa – idaṃ vuccati macchariyaṃ. Api ca khandhamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, dhātumacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, āyatanamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ gāho – idaṃ vuccati macchariyaṃ. Gedho vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti dve mamattā – taṇhāmamattañca diṭṭhimamattañca …pe… idaṃ taṇhāmamattaṃ…pe… idaṃ diṭṭhimamattaṃ. Mamāyitaṃ vatthuṃ acchedasaṅkinopi socanti, acchijjantepi socanti, acchinnepi socanti, mamāyitaṃ vatthuṃ vipariṇāmasaṅkinopi socanti, vipariṇāmantepi socanti, vipariṇatepi socanti, mamāyitaṃ vatthuṃ acchedasaṅkinopi paridevanti, acchijjantepi paridevanti, acchinnepi paridevanti. Mamāyitaṃ vatthuṃ vipariṇāmasaṅkinopi paridevanti, vipariṇāmantepi paridevanti, vipariṇatepi paridevanti. Mamāyitaṃ vatthuṃ rakkhanti gopenti pariggaṇhanti mamāyanti maccharāyanti; mamāyitasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ sokaṃ na jahanti, paridevaṃ na jahanti, macchariyaṃ na jahanti, gedhaṃ na jahanti nappajahanti na vinodenti na byantiṃ karonti na anabhāvaṃ gamentīti – sokapparidevamaccharaṃ nappajahanti giddhā mamāyite.
“因此”:即是由于那个缘故,由于那个原因,以那个为条件,以那个为根源。“对于彼世尊的教法”:是指在乔达摩的教法中、在佛陀的教法中、在胜者的教法中、在如来的教法中、在天人的教法中、在阿拉汉的教法中——因此,正是在彼世尊的教法中。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā. ti. Tassa bhagavato sāsane gotamasāsane buddhasāsane jinasāsane tathāgatasāsane devasāsane arahantasāsaneti – tasmā tassa bhagavato sāsane.
‘‘Sokapparidevamaccharaṃ, na jahanti giddhā mamāyite; Tasmā munayo pariggahaṃ, hitvā acariṃsu khemadassino’’ti.
这七位有学被称为“隐没而行者”,阿拉汉则是已隐没者。为何七位有学被称为隐没而行者?他们行、游、住、运作、转起、维持、进行乃至度过时,从诸处将心隐没、收摄、转离:彻底遮止、彻底收摄、彻底阻断、守护、保护着。他们于眼门将心隐没、收摄、转离……彻底遮止、收摄、阻断、守护、保护而行、游、住、运作、转起、维持、进行乃至度过;于耳门……于鼻门……于舌门……于身门……于意门,将心隐没、收摄、转离,彻底遮止、彻底收摄、彻底阻断、守护、保护而行、游、住、运作、转起、维持、进行乃至度过。正如鸡的羽毛,或是筋弦所制的弓弦被投于火中时,便会隐没、收摄、转离而不会舒展;他们也是如此,从诸处将心隐没、收摄、转离,彻底遮止、彻底收摄、彻底阻断、守护、保护而行、游、住、运作、转起、维持、进行乃至度过;于眼门将心隐没、收摄、转离……于耳门……于鼻门……于舌门……于身门……于意门,将心隐没、收摄、转离,彻底遮止、彻底收摄、彻底阻断、守护、保护而行、游、住、运作、转起、维持、进行乃至度过。因此,这七位有学被称为隐没而行者。这是就凡夫善士的比丘、有学的比丘,即隐没而行者的比丘而言。显示巴利原文
ti. Patilīnacarā vuccanti satta sekkhā . Arahā patilīno. Kiṃkāraṇā patilīnacarā vuccanti satta sekkhā? Te tato tato cittaṃ patilīnentā patikuṭentā pativaṭṭentā sanniruddhantā sanniggaṇhantā sannivārentā rakkhantā gopentā caranti vicaranti viharanti iriyanti vattenti pālenti yapenti yāpenti, cakkhudvāre cittaṃ patilīnentā patikuṭentā pativaṭṭentā sanniruddhantā sanniggaṇhantā sannivārentā rakkhantā gopentā caranti vicaranti viharanti iriyanti vattenti pālenti yapenti yāpenti, sotadvāre cittaṃ…pe… ghānadvāre cittaṃ… jivhādvāre cittaṃ… kāyadvāre cittaṃ… manodvāre cittaṃ patilīnentā patikuṭentā pativaṭṭentā sanniruddhantā sanniggaṇhantā sannivārentā rakkhantā gopentā caranti vicaranti viharanti iriyanti vattenti pālenti yapenti yāpenti. Yathā kukkuṭapattaṃ vā nhārudaddulaṃ vā aggimhi pakkhittaṃ patilīyati patikuṭati pativaṭṭati na sampasāriyati; evameva tato tato cittaṃ patilīnentā patikuṭentā pativaṭṭentā sanniruddhantā sanniggaṇhantā sannivārentā rakkhantā gopentā caranti vicaranti viharanti iriyanti vattenti pālenti yapenti yāpenti, cakkhudvāre cittaṃ…pe… sotadvāre cittaṃ… ghānadvāre cittaṃ… jivhādvāre cittaṃ… kāyadvāre cittaṃ… manodvāre cittaṃ patilīnentā patikuṭentā pativaṭṭentā sanniruddhantā sanniggaṇhantā sannivārentā rakkhantā gopentā caranti vicaranti viharanti iriyanti vattenti pālenti yapenti yāpenti. Taṃkāraṇā patilīnacarā vuccanti satta sekkhā. ti puthujjanakalyāṇakassa vā bhikkhuno sekkhassa vā bhikkhunoti – patilīnacarassa bhikkhuno.
“坐卧处”是指他们坐卧的处所,即:床、椅、褥垫、草席、皮垫、草敷、叶敷、秸秆敷。由于不见不适宜的色相,此坐卧处是空的、寂静的、彻底寂静的;由于不闻不适宜的声音,是空的、寂静的、彻底寂静的;由于不嗅不适宜的气味……由于不尝不适宜的味道……由于不触不适宜的触感……由于不适宜的五种欲功德,是空的、寂静的、彻底寂静的。对于这样的寂静坐卧处,他加以使用、亲近、依止、常行依止、惯习依止、乐住于彼处——当他亲近时,此处便成为寂静的坐卧处。显示巴利原文
nti vuccati yattha nisīdanti – mañco pīṭhaṃ bhisi taṭṭikā cammakhaṇḍo tiṇasanthāro paṇṇasanthāro palālasanthāro. Taṃ āsanaṃ asappāyarūpadassanena rittaṃ vivittaṃ pavivittaṃ, asappāyasaddassavanena rittaṃ vivittaṃ pavivittaṃ, asappāyagandhaghāyanena… asappāyarasasāyanena… asappāyaphoṭṭhabbaphusanena… asappāyehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi rittaṃ vivittaṃ pavivittaṃ. Taṃ vivittaṃ āsanaṃ bhajato sambhajato sevato nisevato saṃsevato paṭisevatoti – bhajamānassa vivittamāsanaṃ.
“和合”有三种:僧团和合、法和合、不受后有的和合。僧团和合,是指即使比丘人数众多,也能和合共处,相互友善,无有诤论,如水乳交融,彼此以慈爱的目光相看待而安住。法和合,是指四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道。他们在这些法上共同趣入、安住、确立、解脱;这些法之间互无争论、互不相违。不受后有的和合,是指即使有众多比丘于无余涅槃界般涅槃,他们的涅槃界也并无任何增减的显现。“生存地”即:地狱众生的生存地为地狱,畜生众生的生存地为畜生道,饿鬼众生的生存地为饿鬼道,人的生存地为人世间,天众的生存地为天世间。对他而言,这样的和合是恰当的、合适的、相称的、随顺的——如此,在隐蔽的地狱中不现起自我,在畜生道中不现起自我,在饿鬼道中不现起自我,在人世间不现起自我,在天世间不现起自我,他们这样说、这样讲、这样称说、这样宣明、这样表述——那些说“和合”者,将此称为他的那一种,即他不于生存地现起自我。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tisso sāmaggiyo – gaṇasāmaggī, dhammasāmaggī, anabhinibbattisāmaggī. Katamā gaṇasāmaggī? Bahu cepi bhikkhū samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti – ayaṃ gaṇasāmaggī. Katamā dhammasāmaggī? Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Te ekato pakkhandanti pasīdanti sampatiṭṭhanti vimuccanti; na tesaṃ dhammānaṃ vivādo pavivādo atthi – ayaṃ dhammasāmaggī. Katamā anabhinibbattisāmaggī? Bahu cepi bhikkhū anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyanti; na tesaṃ nibbānadhātuyā ūnattaṃ vā puṇṇattaṃ vā paññāyati – ayaṃ anabhinibbattisāmaggī. ti nerayikānaṃ nirayo bhavanaṃ, tiracchānayonikānaṃ tiracchānayoni bhavanaṃ, pettivisayikānaṃ pettivisayo bhavanaṃ, manussānaṃ manussaloko bhavanaṃ, devānaṃ devaloko bhavananti. ti. Tassesā sāmaggī etaṃ channaṃ etaṃ patirūpaṃ etaṃ anucchavikaṃ etaṃ anulomaṃ, yo evaṃ paṭicchanne niraye attānaṃ na dasseyya, tiracchānayoniyaṃ attānaṃ na dasseyya, pettivisaye attānaṃ na dasseyya, manussaloke attānaṃ na dasseyya, devaloke attānaṃ na dasseyyāti evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – sāmaggiyamāhu tassa taṃ, yo attānaṃ bhavane na dassaye.
1591 是故,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
对于那位隐退而行、亲近寂静坐卧处的比丘,
他们称此为和合:他不再在生存中展示自己。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Patilīnacarassa bhikkhuno, bhajamānassa vivittamāsanaṃ; Sāmaggiyamāhu tassa taṃ, yo attānaṃ bhavane na dassaye’’ti.
所谓“一切”,即十二处:眼处与色处、耳处与声处、鼻处与香处、舌处与味处、身处与触处、意处与法处。“牟尼那”即是智慧……他超越执著的罗网,这样的人称为牟尼。有两种依止:渴爱的依止与邪见的依止……这是渴爱的依止……这是邪见的依止。牟尼断除渴爱的依止,摧破邪见的依止,不依著眼,不依著耳,不依著鼻,不依著舌,不依著身,不依著意;于色……声……香……味……触……法……族姓……僧团……住处……利养……名声……赞叹……乐受……衣服……食物……坐卧处……医药资具……欲界……色界……无色界……欲有……色有……无色有……想有……无想有……非想非非想有……一蕴有……四蕴有……五蕴有……过去……未来……现在……所见、所闻、所觉、所识知的一切法,皆不依著、不黏著、不趋近、不执取、不倾注,于一切弃舍中皆以解脱想而住。如此,牟尼于一切依止处皆不依止。显示巴利原文
ti. Sabbaṃ vuccati dvādasāyatanāni – cakkhuñceva rūpā ca, sotañca saddā ca, ghānañca gandhā ca, jivhā ca rasā ca, kāyo ca phoṭṭhabbā ca, mano ca dhammā ca. ti. Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti . Dve nissayā – taṇhānissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhānissayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhinissayo. Muni taṇhānissayaṃ pahāya diṭṭhinissayaṃ paṭinissajjitvā cakkhuṃ anissito sotaṃ anissito ghānaṃ anissito jivhaṃ anissito kāyaṃ anissito manaṃ anissito rūpe… sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… dhamme… kulaṃ… gaṇaṃ… āvāsaṃ… lābhaṃ… yasaṃ… pasaṃsaṃ… sukhaṃ… cīvaraṃ… piṇḍapātaṃ… senāsanaṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ… kāmadhātuṃ… rūpadhātuṃ… arūpadhātuṃ… kāmabhavaṃ… rūpabhavaṃ… arūpabhavaṃ… saññābhavaṃ… asaññābhavaṃ … nevasaññānāsaññābhavaṃ… ekavokārabhavaṃ… catuvokārabhavaṃ… pañcavokārabhavaṃ… atītaṃ… anāgataṃ… paccuppannaṃ… diṭṭhaṃ… sutaṃ… mutaṃ… viññātaṃ… sabbe dhamme anissito anallīno anupagato anajjhosito anadhimutto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – sabbattha muni anissito.
“可爱”有两种:有情与诸行。什么是有情可爱?此处,指的是那些希望你得益、希望你获善、希望你安乐、希望你安稳的人,例如母亲、父亲、兄弟、姐妹、儿子、女儿、朋友、同僚、亲戚、血亲——这些是有情可爱。什么是诸行可爱?那些令人愉悦的色、令人愉悦的声、令人愉悦的香、令人愉悦的味、令人愉悦的触——这些是诸行可爱。“不可爱”也有两种:有情与诸行。什么是有情不可爱?此处,指的是那些希望你失益、希望你遭损、希望你不安乐、希望你不安稳、意欲夺你生命的人——这些是有情不可爱。什么是诸行不可爱?那些不令人愉悦的色、不令人愉悦的声、不令人愉悦的香、不令人愉悦的味、不令人愉悦的触——这些是诸行不可爱。他不会以贪的力量造作这样的可爱:‘此有情是我所爱,此行是令人愉悦的’;也不会以嗔的力量造作这样的不可爱:‘此有情是我所不爱,此行是不令人愉悦的’。他不生起、不令生起、不令出生、不令再生——因此说,不造作可爱,也不造作不可爱。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dve piyā – sattā vā saṅkhārā vā. Katame sattā piyā? Idha yassa te honti atthakāmā hitakāmā phāsukāmā yogakkhemakāmā mātā vā pitā vā bhātā vā bhaginī vā puttā vā dhītarā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – ime sattā piyā. Katame saṅkhārā piyā? Manāpikā rūpā manāpikā saddā manāpikā gandhā manāpikā rasā manāpikā phoṭṭhabbā – ime saṅkhārā piyā. ti dve appiyā – sattā vā saṅkhārā vā. Katame sattā appiyā? Idha yassa te honti anatthakāmā ahitakāmā aphāsukāmā ayogakkhemakāmā jīvitā voropetukāmā – ime sattā appiyā. Katame saṅkhārā appiyā? Amanāpikā rūpā amanāpikā saddā amanāpikā gandhā amanāpikā rasā amanāpikā phoṭṭhabbā – ime saṅkhārā appiyā. nti. ‘‘Ayaṃ me satto piyo, ime ca saṅkhārā manāpā’’ti rāgavasena piyaṃ na karoti; ‘‘ayaṃ me satto appiyo, ime ca saṅkhārā amanāpā’’ti paṭighavasena appiyaṃ na karoti na janeti na sañjaneti na nibbatteti nābhinibbattetīti – na piyaṃ kubbati nopi appiyaṃ.
意即:对于那位阿拉汉、漏尽者。对于遭遇亲族之失、财物之失、疾病之失、戒之失、见之失,具足某种灾厄、遭受某种苦法的人,所起的哀号、悲叹、哀诉、悲泣,哀号之态、悲叹之态,言语、胡言、乱语,悲号、悲号之作、悲号之态。所谓“悭吝”,有五种悭吝:住处悭、家族悭、利得悭、名色悭、法悭。凡此种种悭吝、悭惜、悭惜之态、吝啬、悭贪、心的狭窄与不肯施与,这称为悭吝。此外,对蕴的悭吝亦为悭吝,对界的悭吝亦为悭吝,对处的悭吝亦为悭吝,执取亦为悭吝——这称为悭吝。显示巴利原文
ti. nti tasmiṃ puggale arahante khīṇāsave. ti ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa ādevo paridevo ādevanā paridevanā ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ vācā palāpo vippalāpo lālappo lālappāyanā lālappāyitattaṃ. nti pañca macchariyāni – āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ macchariyaṃ maccharāyanā maccharāyitattaṃ vevicchaṃ kadariyaṃ kaṭukañcukatā aggahitattaṃ cittassa – idaṃ vuccati macchariyaṃ. Api ca khandhamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, dhātumacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, āyatanamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ gāho – idaṃ vuccati macchariyaṃ.
这里所说的“叶”,是指莲叶;“水”,是指水。正如水不会沾着、黏着或滞留在莲叶上,是不沾、不黏、不滞留的;同样地,对于那位已断尽烦恼的阿拉汉圣者,悲泣与悭吝这两种烦恼,也不会沾着、黏着或滞留在他的身上,是不沾、不黏、不滞留的。那位阿拉汉圣者,对这些烦恼不沾着、不黏着、不滞留,完全不沾、不黏、不滞留,已脱离、已出离、已解脱、已解开,他以无有限量的心而安住——悲泣与悭吝于他,正如水在莲叶上,不沾不滞。显示巴利原文
ti. ṃ vuccati padumapattaṃ. vuccati udakaṃ. Yathā vāri padumapattaṃ na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati alittaṃ apalittaṃ anupalittaṃ, evameva tasmiṃ puggale arahante khīṇāsave paridevo macchariyañca na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati alittā apalittā anupalittā. So ca puggalo arahanto tehi kilesehi na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati alitto apalitto anupalitto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – tasmiṃ paridevamaccharaṃ paṇṇe vāri yathā na limpati.
1610 因此,世尊如是说——显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
在一切处,牟尼无所依着,不作可爱之想,也不作不可爱之想;
对他而言,悲泣与悭吝,犹如水珠不沾于莲叶。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbattha munī anissito, na piyaṃ kubbati nopi appiyaṃ; Tasmiṃ paridevamaccharaṃ, paṇṇe vāri yathā na limpatī’’ti.
“水珠”,指的是雨滴。“莲叶”,指的是荷叶。如同水珠在莲叶上——不沾染、不黏着、不附着,全无沾染、全无黏着、全无附着——这便是“犹如水珠在莲叶上”的含义。“莲花”,指的是莲花的花朵。“水”,指的是水。如同水在莲花上——不沾染、不黏着、不附着,全无沾染、全无黏着、全无附着——这便是“犹如水不沾染莲花”的含义。显示巴利原文
ti. Udabindu vuccati udakathevo. Pokkharaṃ vuccati padumapattaṃ. Yathā udabindu padumapatte na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati alittaṃ apalittaṃ anupalittanti – udabindu yathāpi pokkhare. ti. Padumaṃ vuccati padumapupphaṃ. Vāri vuccati udakaṃ. Yathā vāri padumapupphaṃ na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati alittaṃ apalittaṃ anupalittanti – padume vāri yathā na limpati.
这是以比喻阐明道理。“这样”指的是智慧……乃至……他超越了罗网的束缚,即是牟尼。污染有两种:渴爱的污染与邪见的污染……乃至……这就是渴爱的污染……乃至……这就是邪见的污染。牟尼断除了渴爱的污染,舍离了邪见的污染之后,于所见之物不沾着,于所闻之物不沾着,于所嗅之物不沾着,于所认知之物不沾着、不粘滞、不附着,全然不染、不粘、不附,已脱离、已跳出、已彻底解脱、已松开束缚,他以突破界限的心而安住——这即是:牟尼即于所见、所闻、所嗅、所认知的一切,皆不沾染。显示巴利原文
ti. nti opammasampaṭipādanaṃ. ti. vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti dve lepā – taṇhālepo ca diṭṭhilepo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhālepo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhilepo. Muni taṇhālepaṃ pahāya diṭṭhilepaṃ paṭinissajjitvā diṭṭhe na limpati, sute na limpati, mute na limpati, viññāte na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati alitto apalitto anupalitto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – evaṃ muni nopalimpati, yadidaṃ diṭṭhasutamutesu vā.
1556 因此,世尊如此说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
犹如水珠在莲叶上,又如水不沾染莲花,
同样地,牟尼于所见、所闻、所觉知的一切,皆不沾染。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Udabindu yathāpi pokkhare, padume vāri yathā na limpati; Evaṃ muni nopalimpati, yadidaṃ diṭṭhasutamutesu vā’’ti.
‘ti’指的是慧。什么是慧?即觉悟、了知……乃至……无痴、择法、正见。为何‘清净’被称为慧呢?因为凭借此慧,身恶行被抖落、被清洗、被彻底清洗、被完全清除;语恶行……乃至……意恶行被抖落、被清洗、被彻底清洗、被完全清除;贪被抖落……嗔被抖落……痴被抖落……忿怒……怨恨……覆藏……恼害……嫉妒……悭吝……虚伪……狡诈……固执……挑衅……慢……过慢……骄……放逸……一切烦恼……一切恶行……一切躁动……一切热恼……一切苦恼……一切不善行,都被抖落、被清洗、被彻底清洗、被完全清除。因此,‘清净’被称为慧。显示巴利原文
ti. ti vuccati paññā. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Kiṃkāraṇā dhonā vuccati paññā? Tāya paññāya kāyaduccaritaṃ dhutañca dhota ca sandhotañca niddhotañca, vacīduccaritaṃ…pe… manoduccaritaṃ dhutañca dhotañca sandhotañca niddhotañca, rāgo dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca, doso… moho… kodho… upanāho… makkho… paḷāso… issā… macchariyaṃ… māyā… sāṭheyyaṃ… thambho… sārambho… māno… atimāno… mado… pamādo… sabbe kilesā… sabbe duccaritā… sabbe darathā… sabbe pariḷāhā… sabbe santāpā… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca. Taṃkāraṇā dhonā vuccati paññā.
再者,依正见,邪见被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全除尽;依正思惟,邪思惟被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全除尽;依正语,邪语被抖落……依正业,邪业被抖落……依正命,邪命被抖落……依正精进,邪精进被抖落……依正念,邪念被抖落……依正定,邪定被抖落……依正智,邪智被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全除尽。显示巴利原文
Atha vā sammādiṭṭhiyā micchādiṭṭhi dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca, sammāsaṅkappena micchāsaṅkappo dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca, sammāvācāya micchāvācā dhutā ca… sammākammantena micchākammanto dhuto ca… sammāājīvena micchāājīvo dhuto ca… sammāvāyāmena micchāvāyāmo dhuto ca… sammāsatiyā micchāsati dhutā ca… sammāsamādhinā micchāsamādhi dhuto ca… sammāñāṇena micchāñāṇaṃ dhutañca… sammāvimuttiyā micchāvimutti dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca.
又或者,由圣八支道,一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切焦躁、一切热恼、一切烧灼、一切不善行,皆被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全除尽。阿拉汉具足这些应被净除的法,拥有它们、完全拥有,达到它们、完全达到,具备它们、完全具备,圆满成就;因此,阿拉汉称为“清净者”。他是抖落了贪、抖落了恶、抖落了烦恼、抖落了热恼的人,故称“清净者”。于一切处、一切事物、一切情况中,不论内在、外在或内外,显示巴利原文
Atha vā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena sabbe kilesā, sabbe duccaritā, sabbe darathā, sabbe pariḷāhā, sabbe santāpā, sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca. Arahā imehi dhoneyyehi dhammehi upeto samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato; tasmā arahā dhono. So dhutarāgo dhutapāpo dhutakileso dhutapariḷāhoti – dhono. ti kuhiñci kimhici katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vā. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloke.
清净者不依所见而妄计:于所见不妄计,在所见中不妄计,从所见不妄计,“所见是我所”不妄计。于所闻不妄计,在所闻中不妄计,从所闻不妄计,“所闻是我所”不妄计。于所觉不妄计,在所觉中不妄计,从所觉不妄计,“所觉是我所”不妄计。于所识不妄计,在所识中不妄计,从所识不妄计,“所识是我所”不妄计。世尊也这样说:“诸比丘,‘我是’是一种妄计,‘我是这个’是一种妄计,‘我将是’是一种妄计,‘我将不是’是一种妄计,‘我将是有色’是一种妄计,‘我将是无色’是一种妄计,‘我将是有想’是一种妄计,‘我将是无想’是一种妄计,‘我将是非想非非想’是一种妄计。妄计,诸比丘,是病,妄计是疮,妄计是箭,妄计是灾祸。因此,诸比丘,你们应当这样学:我们将以无妄计之心而住。”清净者不依那些——即所见、所闻、所觉——而妄计。显示巴利原文
ti. Dhono diṭṭhaṃ na maññati, diṭṭhasmiṃ na maññati, diṭṭhato na maññati, diṭṭhā meti na maññati; sutaṃ na maññati, sutasmiṃ na maññati, sutato na maññati, sutaṃ meti na maññati; mutaṃ na maññati, mutasmiṃ na maññati, mutato na maññati, mutaṃ meti na maññati; viññātaṃ na maññati, viññātasmiṃ na maññati, viññātato na maññati, viññātaṃ meti na maññati. Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘asmīti, bhikkhave, maññitametaṃ, ayamahamasmīti maññitametaṃ, bhavissanti maññitametaṃ, na bhavissanti maññitametaṃ, rūpī bhavissanti maññitametaṃ, arūpī bhavissanti maññitametaṃ, saññī bhavissanti maññitametaṃ, asaññī bhavissanti maññitametaṃ, nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavissanti maññitametaṃ. Maññitaṃ , bhikkhave, rogo, maññitaṃ gaṇḍo, maññitaṃ sallaṃ, maññitaṃ upaddavo. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, amaññamānena cetasā viharissāmāti, evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabba’’nti – dhono na hi tena maññati yadidaṃ diṭṭhasutamutesu vā.
清净者,不在不净道、邪行道、非出离道上,也不离开念处、正勤、神足、根、力、觉支、八支圣道,而寻求清净、遍净、极净,寻求解脱、心解脱、完全解脱;对此,他不期盼、不喜乐、不希望、不渴求、不希冀。显示巴利原文
ti. Dhono aññena asuddhimaggena micchāpaṭipadāya aniyyānikapathena aññatra satipaṭṭhānehi aññatra sammappadhānehi aññatra iddhipādehi aññatra indriyehi aññatra balehi aññatra bojjhaṅgehi aññatra ariyā aṭṭhaṅgikā maggā suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ na icchati na sādiyati na pattheti na piheti nābhijappatīti – nāññena visuddhimicchati.
一切凡愚皆会染着,善凡夫及七位有学则离染。阿拉汉既无染着亦无离染,他已离染,因贪灭尽而离贪,因瞋灭尽而离瞋,因痴灭尽而离痴。他梵行已立,行持圆满……生死轮回已尽,不再有后有——并非出于信仰而离染。显示巴利原文
ti. Sabbe bālaputhujjanā rajjanti, puthujjanakalyāṇakaṃ upādāya satta sekkhā virajjanti. Arahā neva rajjati no virajjati, viratto so khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā khayā dosassa vītadosattā, khayā mohassa vītamohattā. So vuṭṭhavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro natthi tassa punabbhavoti – na saddho na virajjati.
1855 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
清净者不因见、闻、觉、知而构想;
他不以其他方式寻求清净,因为他不贪著,也不厌离。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dhono na hi tena maññati, yadidaṃ diṭṭhasutamutesu vā; Nāññena visuddhimicchati, na hi so rajjati no virajjatī’’ti.
《老经》分别第六显示巴利原文
Jarāsuttaniddeso chaṭṭho.
7. 提舍弥勒经义释显示巴利原文
7. Tissametteyyasuttaniddeso
接下来,将解说《提舍弥勒经》的义释——显示巴利原文
Atha tissametteyyasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
淫欲法,是指非圣法、鄙俗法、卑贱法、秽恶法、水边隐秘法、秘密法、两两相应法。为什么称它为淫欲法呢?因为两人彼此贪染、迷恋、漏泄、缠缚、心被制伏,同分相应的法——以此之故,称为淫欲法。正如两位争吵的人,被称为争吵的一对;两位斗殴的人,被称为斗殴的一对;两位对骂的人,被称为对骂的一对;两位论辩的人,被称为论辩的一对;两位诤论的人,被称为诤论的一对;两位论说的人,被称为论说的一对;两位交谈的人,被称为交谈的一对。同样地,两人彼此贪染、迷恋、漏泄、缠缚、心被制伏,同分相应的法——以此之故,称为淫欲法。显示巴利原文
ti. nāma yo so asaddhammo gāmadhammo vasaladhammo duṭṭhullo odakantiko rahasso dvayaṃdvayasamāpatti. Kiṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo? Ubhinnaṃ rattānaṃ sārattānaṃ avassutānaṃ pariyuṭṭhitānaṃ pariyādinnacittānaṃ ubhinnaṃ sadisānaṃ dhammoti – taṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo. Yathā ubho kalahakārakā methunakāti vuccanti, ubho bhaṇḍanakārakā methunakāti vuccanti, ubho bhassakārakā methunakāti vuccanti, ubho vivādakārakā methunakāti vuccanti, ubho adhikaraṇakārakā methunakāti vuccanti, ubho vādino methunakāti vuccanti, ubho sallāpakā methunakāti vuccanti; evamevaṃ ubhinnaṃ rattānaṃ sārattānaṃ avassutānaṃ pariyuṭṭhitānaṃ pariyādinnacittānaṃ ubhinnaṃ sadisānaṃ dhammoti – taṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo.
这是指那些从事淫欲法、耽著淫欲法、专务淫欲法、沉湎淫欲法,以淫欲法为习性、恒常行持、视为首重,心趋于此、倾趋于此、朝向于此、决意于此、以此为主导的人——也就是沉溺于淫欲的人。显示巴利原文
ti. Methunadhamme yuttassa payuttassa āyuttassa samāyuttassa taccaritassa tabbahulassa taggarukassa tanninnassa tappoṇassa tappabbhārassa tadadhimuttassa tadadhipateyyassāti – methunamanuyuttassa.
这是词语的连接、词语的关联、词语的完整、音节的组合、文句的通畅、词语的顺序。意思是“然后”。 “可爱的”有两种:有情众生或诸行。哪些是可敬可爱的有情众生?于此,那些对他怀着利益之愿、福祉之愿、安乐之愿、安稳之愿的人,如母亲、父亲、兄弟、姐妹、儿子、女儿、朋友、同事、亲戚、血亲——这些是可敬可爱的有情众生。哪些是可敬可爱的诸行?合意的色、合意的声、……香、……味、……触——这些是可敬可爱的诸行。 “不可爱的”有两种:有情众生或诸行。哪些是不可爱的有情众生?于此,那些对他怀着不利之愿、祸害之愿、不安乐之愿、不安稳之愿,乃至想要夺取他生命的人——这些是不可爱的有情众生。哪些是不可爱的诸行?不合意的色、不合意的声、……香、……味、……触——这些是不可爱的诸行。 “确实”一词,是确定无疑之语,是没有疑惑之语,是决断之语,是不二之语,是导向解脱之语,是无谬之语,是确立之语——这就是“确实”。意思是:当正在经历或彻底经历可爱的与不可爱的、顺意的与违意的、快乐的与痛苦的、喜悦的与忧愁的、可喜的与不可喜的事物时——他就在经历着,或是彻底地经历着这可爱的或不可爱的事物。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – athāti. ti dve piyā – sattā vā saṅkhārā vā. Katame sattā piyā? Idha yāssa te honti atthakāmā hitakāmā phāsukāmā yogakkhemakāmā mātā vā pitā vā bhātā vā bhaginī vā puttā vā dhītā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – ime sattā piyā. Katame saṅkhārā piyā? Manāpikā rūpā manāpikā saddā… gandhā… rasā… phoṭṭhabbā – ime saṅkhārā piyā. ti dve appiyā – sattā vā saṅkhārā vā. Katame sattā appiyā? Idha yāssa te honti anatthakāmā ahitakāmā aphāsukāmā ayogakkhemakāmā jīvitā voropetukāmā – ime sattā appiyā. Katame saṅkhārā appiyā? Amanāpikā rūpā amanāpikā saddā, gandhā… rasā… phoṭṭhabbā – ime saṅkhārā appiyā. ti ekaṃsavacanaṃ nissaṃsayavacanaṃ nikkaṅkhavacanaṃ advejjhavacanaṃ adveḷhakavacanaṃ niyyānikavacanaṃ apaṇṇakavacanaṃ avatthāpanavacanametaṃ – addhāti. ti. Piyāppiyaṃ sātāsātaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ somanassadomanassaṃ iṭṭhāniṭṭhaṃ abhisambhavanto vā abhibhaveyya adhibhavanto vā abhisambhaveyyāti – athappiyaṃ vā pana appiyaṃ vā addhā bhavanto abhisambhaveyya.
1156 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“vighātaṃ”:破坏、伤害、压迫、打击、灾祸、不幸。请你说明、解说、宣说、安立、揭示、开显、剖析、阐明、昭示。“mārisa”是爱语、敬语、饱含尊重与恭敬的语言——“尊者,请你说明破坏。”显示巴利原文
ti. nti vighātaṃ upaghātaṃ pīḷanaṃ ghaṭṭanaṃ upaddavaṃ upasaggaṃ brūhi ācikkha desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivara vibhaja uttānīkarohi pakāsehi. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravavacanaṃ sappatissavacanametaṃ mārisāti – vighātaṃ brūhi mārisa.
“sutvāna tava sāsanaṃ”:你的话语、言论、教导、教诫、训示——听闻、听受、领会、把握、洞察之后,亦即“听了你的教导之后”。
显示巴利原文 nti. Tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhiṃ sutvā suṇitvā uggahetvā upadhārayitvā upalakkhayitvāti – sutvāna tava sāsanaṃ.
有三种远离:身远离、心远离、依远离。什么是身远离?于此,一位比丘亲近空闲的住处:阿兰若、树下、山岳、山谷、山窟、墓地、林野、露天处、草堆。他以身体远离而住。他独自行走,独自站立,独自坐下,独自躺卧,独自入村乞食,独自返回,独自在静处坐,独自经行,独自居住,独自行动,独自威仪,独自成办,独自维持,独自过活,独自行持——这是身远离。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tayo vivekā – kāyaviveko, cittaviveko, upadhiviveko. Katamo kāyaviveko? Idha bhikkhu vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palāsapuñjaṃ , kāyena vivitto viharati. So eko gacchati, eko tiṭṭhati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, eko paṭikkamati, eko raho nisīdati , eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, eko carati, eko viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti – ayaṃ kāyaviveko.
什么是心远离?证入初禅那者,其心远离五盖;证入第二禅那者,其心远离寻伺;证入第三禅那者,其心远离喜;证入第四禅那者,其心远离乐与苦;证入空无边处者,其心远离色想、有对想、种种想;证入识无边处者,其心远离空无边处想;证入无所有处者,其心远离识无边处想;证入非想非非想处者,其心远离无所有处想。入流者心远离有身见、疑、戒禁取,以及见随眠、疑随眠与相应烦恼。一来者心远离粗的欲贪结、瞋恚结,以及粗的欲贪随眠、瞋恚随眠与相应烦恼。不还者心远离微细伴起的欲贪结、瞋恚结,以及微细伴起的欲贪随眠、瞋恚随眠与相应烦恼。阿拉汉心远离色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明,以及慢随眠、有贪随眠、无明随眠与相应烦恼,并于外远离一切相——这是心远离。显示巴利原文
Katamo cittaviveko? Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa nīvaraṇehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pītiyā cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sukhadukkhehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññāya paṭighasaññāya nānattasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti , nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Sotāpannassa sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā vicikicchāya sīlabbataparāmāsā diṭṭhānusayā vicikicchānusayā, tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Sakadāgāmissa oḷārikā kāmarāgasaññojanā paṭighasaññojanā oḷārikā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā, tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Anāgāmissa anusahagatā kāmarāgasaññojanā paṭighasaññojanā anusahagatā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā, tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti. Arahato rūparāgā arūparāgā mānā uddhaccā avijjāya mānānusayā bhavarāgānusayā avijjānusayā, tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti – ayaṃ cittaviveko.
什么是依远离?所谓依,指的是烦恼、蕴与诸行。依远离称为不死涅槃。即那一切诸行的寂止,一切依的彻底舍离,渴爱的灭尽、离贪、灭、涅槃——这是依远离。身远离,是对于那些乐在远离、处于身远离的人;心远离,是对于那些心得清净、达到最胜清净的人;依远离,是对于那些无依、超越诸行的人。然而,那位长老虽已圆满应学,为说法而作开示,如是说道:“我等当于远离中学习。”显示巴利原文
Katamo upadhiviveko? vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. Upadhiviveko vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ – ayaṃ upadhiviveko. Kāyaviveko ca vivekaṭṭhakāyānaṃ nekkhammābhiratānaṃ; cittaviveko ca parisuddhacittānaṃ paramavodānapattānaṃ; upadhiviveko ca nirūpadhīnaṃ puggalānaṃ visaṅkhāragatānaṃ. ti. So thero pakatiyā sikkhitasikkho. Api ca dhammadesanaṃ upādāya dhammadesanaṃ sāvento evamāha – viveke sikkhissāmaseti.
因此,提舍弥勒长老说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha thero tissametteyyo –
“对于耽着淫欲者,”——这是尊者提舍弥勒所说——
请您说明这困扰,尊者!
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Methunamanuyuttassa , [iccāyasmā tisso metteyyo] Vighātaṃ brūhi mārisa; Sutvāna tava sāsanaṃ, viveke sikkhissāmase’’ti.
所谓“淫欲法”,即指那种非正法、村俗法、卑劣法、粗秽法、下水边法、秘密法、双双成就法。何以称为淫欲法?因两人俱染着、俱沉溺、俱漏泄、俱被缠缚、俱心被耗尽,两人所行之法相同——以此因缘,称为淫欲法。正如两人相互吵架,便称为“成对者”;两人相互斗嘴,便称为“成对者”;两人相互争吵,便称为“成对者”;两人相互争论,便称为“成对者”;两人相互诤讼,便称为“成对者”;两人相互辩论,便称为“成对者”;两人相互交谈,便称为“成对者”;同样,两人俱染着、俱沉溺、俱漏泄、俱被缠缚、俱心被耗尽,两人所行之法相同——以此因缘,称为淫欲法。显示巴利原文
ti. Methunadhammo nāma yo so asaddhammo gāmadhammo vasaladhammo duṭṭhullo odakantiko rahasso dvayaṃdvayasamāpatti. Kiṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo? Ubhinnaṃ rattānaṃ sārattānaṃ avassutānaṃ pariyuṭṭhitānaṃ pariyādinnacittānaṃ ubhinnaṃ sadisānaṃ dhammoti – taṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo. Yathā ubho kalahakārakā methunakāti vuccanti, ubho bhaṇḍanakārakā methunakāti vuccanti, ubho bhassakārakā methunakāti vuccanti, ubho vivādakārakā methunakāti vuccanti, ubho adhikaraṇakārakā methunakāti vuccanti, ubho vādino methunakāti vuccanti, ubho sallāpakā methunakāti vuccanti; evamevaṃ ubhinnaṃ rattānaṃ sārattānaṃ avassutānaṃ pariyuṭṭhitānaṃ pariyādinnacittānaṃ ubhinnaṃ sadisānaṃ dhammoti – taṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo.
于淫欲法,从事、投入、致力、结合,行以淫欲法为行,以它为主,看重它、倾向它、趋向它、朝向它,心胜解于它,以它为尊——便是指专精于淫欲法的人。显示巴利原文
ti. Methunadhamme yuttassa payuttassa āyuttassa samāyuttassa taccaritassa tabbahulassa taggarukassa tanninnassa tappoṇassa tappabbhārassa tadadhimuttassa tadadhipateyyassāti – methunamanuyuttassa.
“ti”——世尊以种姓称呼那位长老。“iti”是表示恭敬之词。再者,世尊已断除贪,故为“世尊”;已断除嗔,故为“世尊”;已断除痴,故为“世尊”;已断除慢,故为“世尊”;已断除邪见,故为“世尊”;已断除烦恼之刺,故为“世尊”;已断除一切烦恼,故为“世尊”;他已分析、分别、详尽分别了法宝,故为“世尊”;他已终结诸有,故为“世尊”;他已修习身、已修习戒、已修习心、已修习慧,故为“世尊”;又或,世尊亲近林野、森林、边远、幽静、音声稀少、无人声、离群、适合独处的坐卧之处,故为“世尊”;又或,世尊分享衣、钵食、坐卧具、病缘医药资具,故为“世尊”;又或,世尊分享义味、法味、解脱味、增上戒、增上心、增上慧,故为“世尊”;又或,世尊分享四禅那、四无量、四无色定,故为“世尊”;又或,世尊分享八解脱、八胜处、九次第住定,故为“世尊”;又或,世尊分享十种想修习、十遍定、入出息念定、不净定,故为“世尊”;又或,世尊分享四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道,故为“世尊”;又或,世尊分享十如来力、四无畏、四无碍解、六神通、六佛功德,故为“世尊”。“世尊”此名,非母亲所起,非父亲所起,非兄弟所起,非姊妹所起,非朋友同僚所起,非亲戚血亲所起,非沙门婆罗门所起,亦非诸天所起。这是诸佛、诸世尊在觉悟之树下,随一切智之智的证得而亲自作证的终极解脱施设,即所谓“世尊”——世尊称之为“弥勒”。显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā taṃ theraṃ gottena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ. Api ca bhaggarāgoti bhagavā, bhaggadosoti bhagavā, bhaggamohoti bhagavā, bhaggamānoti bhagavā, bhaggadiṭṭhīti bhagavā, bhaggakaṇḍakoti bhagavā, bhaggakilesoti bhagavā, bhaji vibhaji pavibhaji dhammaratananti bhagavā, bhavānaṃ antakaroti bhagavā, bhāvitakāyo bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapaññoti bhagavā, bhaji vā bhagavā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppānīti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā attharasassa dhammarasassa vimuttirasassa adhisīlassa adhicittassa adhipaññāyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ catunnaṃ appamaññānaṃ catunnaṃ arūpasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ abhibhāyatanānaṃ navannaṃ anupubbavihārasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ saññābhāvanānaṃ dasannaṃ kasiṇasamāpattīnaṃ ānāpānassatisamādhissa asubhasamāpattiyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ pañcannaṃ balānaṃ sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ tathāgatabalānaṃ catunnaṃ vesārajjānaṃ catunnaṃ paṭisambhidānaṃ channaṃ abhiññānaṃ channaṃ buddhadhammānanti bhagavā. Bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ, na pitarā kataṃ, na bhātarā kataṃ, na bhaginiyā kataṃ, na mittāmaccehi kataṃ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ, na devatāhi kataṃ. Vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutaññāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavāti – metteyyāti bhagavā.
如是,教法由两种原因而忘失:教理之教忘失,修行之教忘失。什么是教理之教?即他所诵习的——契经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、未曾有法、方广——这便是教理之教。这也会忘失、完全忘失、渐渐忘失、彻底忘失,乃至成为局外者——教法便会如此忘失。显示巴利原文
nti. Dvīhi kāraṇehi sāsanaṃ mussati – pariyattisāsanampi mussati, paṭipattisāsanampi mussati. Katamaṃ pariyattisāsanaṃ? Yaṃ tassa pariyāpuṭaṃ – suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ – idaṃ pariyattisāsanaṃ. Tampi mussati sammussati pamussati sampamussati paribāhiro hotīti – evampi mussate vāpi sāsanaṃ.
什么是行持的教法?正行道、随顺行道、不违逆行道、如义行道、法随法行道;于戒圆满而修、守护根门、饮食知量、警寤精进、正念正知;四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道——这便是行持的教法。然而,此教法也会忘失、彻底忘失、渐渐忘失、完全忘失,乃至成为身外之物——教法也会如此忘失。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ paṭipattisāsanaṃ? Sammāpaṭipadā anulomapaṭipadā apaccanīkapaṭipadā anvatthapaṭipadā dhammānudhammapaṭipadā sīlesu paripūrakāritā indriyesu guttadvāratā bhojane mattaññutā jāgariyānuyogo satisampajaññaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo – idaṃ paṭipattisāsanaṃ. Tampi mussati sammussati pamussati sampamussati paribāhiro hotīti. Evampi mussate vāpi sāsanaṃ.
即:杀生、不与取、破墙行窃、掠夺、独行抢劫、拦路劫夺、往他人妻(邪淫)、妄语——这些就是邪行。显示巴利原文
ti. Pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati , sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇatīti – micchā ca paṭipajjati.
此人身上所具的,便是非圣者法、愚者法、痴者法、无明法、如鳗鱼般游移不定之法——也就是邪行。这些,在他身上,即是非圣者。显示巴利原文
nti. Etaṃ tasmiṃ puggale anariyadhammo bāladhammo mūḷhadhammo aññāṇadhammo amarāvikkhepadhammo, yadidaṃ micchāpaṭipadāti – etaṃ tasmiṃ anāriyaṃ.
1577 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“沉溺于淫欲的人,——世尊称其为慈氏——
教法亦会为他所遗忘、所毁坏;
他行于邪道,这在他便是非圣者的特质。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Methunamanuyuttassa, [metteyyāti bhagavā] Mussate vāpi sāsanaṃ; Micchā ca paṭipajjati, etaṃ tasmiṃ anāriya’’nti.
所谓“他先已独行”,有两种理由:或就“出家”的意义而言,或就“舍弃群体、脱离结伴”的意义而言。如何是从“出家”的意义而言,他先已独行呢?他斩断一切居家生活的障碍,斩断妻儿的障碍,斩断亲属的障碍,斩断朋友与同伴的障碍,斩断财货积蓄的障碍;剃除须发,披上袈裟;从有家的居家生活,出离而进入无家的生活;他进入无所有财物的状态;他独自而行。这就是从“出家”的意义而言,“他先已独行”。显示巴利原文
ti. Dvīhi kāraṇehi eko pubbe caritvāna – pabbajjāsaṅkhātena vā gaṇāvavassaggaṭṭhena vā. Kathaṃ pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko pubbe caritvāna? Sabbaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhaṃ chinditvā puttadārapalibodhaṃ chinditvā ñātipalibodhaṃ chinditvā mittāmaccapalibodhaṃ chinditvā sannidhipalibodhaṃ chinditvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā akiñcanabhāvaṃ upagantvā eko carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti. Evaṃ pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko pubbe caritvāna.
如何是从“舍弃群体”的意义而言,他先已独行呢?他如此出家之后,独自亲近那些森林、林野、边远幽静的住处,那些少声、少喧、离人、适宜独处静修的地方。他独自去,独自站立,独自坐,独自卧,独自入村乞食,独自返回,独自在静处坐下,独自专心经行;独自行走,独自居住,独自行动,独自维持生计,独自过活。如此,便是从舍弃群体的意义而言,先已独行。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ gaṇāvavassaggaṭṭhena eko pubbe caritvāna? So evaṃ pabbajito samāno eko araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. So eko gacchati, eko tiṭṭhati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, eko paṭikkamati, eko raho nisīdati, eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, eko carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti. Evaṃ gaṇāvavassaggaṭṭhena eko pubbe caritvāna.
这里所说的“那”,是指那种不善法……乃至……因此被称为淫欲法。而“那”,是指有人在之后的某个时候,舍弃了佛、法、僧与学处,退堕到低劣处之后,便去从事、亲近、参与、侍奉那淫欲法——这就是“若有人亲近淫欲”。显示巴利原文
ti. nāma yo so asaddhammo…pe… taṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo. ti . Yo aparena samayena buddhaṃ dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ sevati nisevati saṃsevati paṭisevatīti – methunaṃ yo nisevati.
正如那失控、未驯、未调、未伏的疯狂之车,会驰入邪道,攀上险处,冲撞树桩与石块,毁坏车乘与乘坐者,坠入悬崖;同样,那退堕者如同那失控之车,会执取邪道,执取邪见……乃至……执取邪定。正如那失控、未驯、未调、未伏的车,会攀上树桩与石块等险处;同样,那退堕者如同那失控之车,会在身业上趋入不正行,在语业上趋入不正行,在意业上趋入不正行,趋入杀生的不正行,趋入偷盗的不正行,趋入邪淫的不正行,趋入妄语的不正行,趋入离间语的不正行,趋入粗恶语的不正行,趋入杂秽语的不正行,趋入贪欲的不正行,趋入嗔恚的不正行,趋入邪见的不正行,趋入种种不正的造作,趋入五种感官欲乐的不正行,趋入诸盖。正如那失控、未驯、未调、未伏的车,会毁坏车乘与乘坐者;同样,那退堕者如同那失控之车,会在恶道中毁坏自己,在畜生道中毁坏自己,在饿鬼道中毁坏自己,在人世间毁坏自己,在天世间毁坏自己。正如那失控、未驯、未调、未伏的车,会坠入悬崖;同样,那退堕者如同那失控之车,会坠入生的悬崖,坠入老的悬崖,坠入病的悬崖,坠入死的悬崖,坠入愁、悲、苦、忧、恼的悬崖。 在恶道世间与人世间,这便如那失控之车存在于世间。显示巴利原文
ti. nti hatthiyānaṃ assayānaṃ goyānaṃ ajayānaṃ meṇḍayānaṃ oṭṭhayānaṃ kharayānaṃ bhantaṃ adantaṃ akāritaṃ avinītaṃ uppathaṃ gaṇhāti, visamaṃ khāṇumpi pāsāṇampi abhiruhati, yānampi ārohanakampi bhañjati, papātepi papatati. Yathā taṃ bhantaṃ yānaṃ adantaṃ akāritaṃ avinītaṃ uppathaṃ gaṇhāti; evamevaṃ so vibbhantako bhantayānapaṭibhāgo uppathaṃ gaṇhāti, micchādiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti…pe… micchāsamādhiṃ gaṇhāti. Yathā taṃ bhantaṃ yānaṃ adantaṃ akāritaṃ avinītaṃ visamaṃ khāṇumpi pāsāṇampi abhiruhati; evamevaṃ so vibbhantako bhantayānapaṭibhāgo visamaṃ kāyakammaṃ abhiruhati, visamaṃ vacīkammaṃ abhiruhati, visamaṃ manokammaṃ abhiruhati, visamaṃ pāṇātipātaṃ abhiruhati, visamaṃ adinnādānaṃ abhiruhati, visamaṃ kāmesumicchācāraṃ abhiruhati, visamaṃ musāvādaṃ abhiruhati, visamaṃ pisuṇavācaṃ abhiruhati, visamaṃ pharusavācaṃ abhiruhati, visamaṃ samphappalāpaṃ abhiruhati , visamaṃ abhijjhaṃ abhiruhati, visamaṃ byāpādaṃ abhiruhati, visamaṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ abhiruhati, visame saṅkhāre abhiruhati, visame pañca kāmaguṇe abhiruhati, visame nīvaraṇe abhiruhati. Yathā taṃ bhantaṃ yānaṃ adantaṃ akāritaṃ avinītaṃ yānampi ārohanakampi bhañjati; evamevaṃ so vibbhantako bhantayānapaṭibhāgo niraye attānaṃ bhañjati , tiracchānayoniyaṃ attānaṃ bhañjati, pettivisaye attānaṃ bhañjati, manussaloke attānaṃ bhañjati, devaloke attānaṃ bhañjati. Yathā taṃ bhantaṃ yānaṃ adantaṃ akāritaṃ avinītaṃ papāte papatati; evamevaṃ so vibbhantako bhantayānapaṭibhāgo jātipapātampi papatati, jarāpapātampi papatati, byādhipapātampi papatati, maraṇapapātampi papatati, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsapapātampi papatati. ti apāyaloke manussaloketi – yānaṃ bhantaṃva taṃ loke.
是以什么意义而称为凡夫呢?他们产生众多的烦恼,所以是凡夫;他们未曾破除广大的有身见,所以是凡夫;他们仰望众多导师的面孔,所以是凡夫;他们未从一切生存地中出离,所以是凡夫;他们造作种种不同的诸行,所以是凡夫;他们被种种不同的暴流冲走,所以是凡夫;他们被种种不同的热恼所灼烧,所以是凡夫;他们被种种不同的燃烧所焚烧,所以是凡夫;他们对于五种感官欲乐,有广泛的染着、贪求、执取、沉迷、陷入、黏着、固着、系缚,所以是凡夫;他们被五种盖障广泛地覆盖、包裹、遮蔽、隐蔽、掩盖、覆藏,所以是凡夫。凡夫被称为低劣、卑下、劣等、粗恶、可厌、渺小,因此凡夫被称为低劣。显示巴利原文
nti. ti kenaṭṭhena puthujjanā? Puthu kilese janentīti puthujjanā, puthu avihatasakkāyadiṭṭhikāti puthujjanā, puthu satthārānaṃ mukhullokikāti puthujjanā, puthu sabbagatīhi avuṭṭhitāti puthujjanā , puthu nānābhisaṅkhāre abhisaṅkharontīti puthujjanā, puthu nānāoghehi vuyhantīti puthujjanā, puthu nānāsantāpehi santapantīti puthujjanā, puthu nānāpariḷāhehi paridayhantīti puthujjanā, puthu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhosannā laggā laggitā palibuddhāti puthujjanā, puthu pañcahi nīvaraṇehi āvutā nivutā ovutā pihitā paṭicchannā paṭikujjitāti puthujjanā. nti. Puthujjanaṃ hīnaṃ nihīnaṃ omakaṃ lāmakaṃ chatukkaṃ parittanti evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – hīnamāhu puthujjanaṃ.
1710 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“「先前独居之后,若有人耽于淫欲;”
凡夫们说,在世间,这样的人犹如失控的车辆,是低劣的。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Eko pubbe caritvāna, methunaṃ yo nisevati; Yānaṃ bhantaṃva taṃ loke, hīnamāhu puthujjana’’nti.
如此。什么是荣誉?有人过去身为沙门时,受恭敬、受尊重、受推崇、受礼敬、受崇奉,获得衣服、饮食、坐卧处、病缘医药资具——这即是荣誉。什么是名声?有人过去身为沙门时,被称扬赞叹,被看作是智者、敏锐、聪慧、多闻、善言、应答流利——或称是经师,或称是律师,或称是说法师,或称是林居者,或称是乞食者,或称是粪扫衣者,或称是三衣者,或称是次第乞食者,或称是时后不食者,或称是常坐者,或称是随坐者,或称是初禅的获得者,或称是第二禅的获得者,或称是第三禅的获得者,或称是第四禅的获得者,或称是空无边处定成就的获得者,或称是识无边处定成就的获得者,或称是无所有处定成就的获得者,或称是非想非非想处定成就的获得者——这即是名声。这即是:先前的荣誉与名声。显示巴利原文
ti. Katamo yaso? Idhekacco pubbe samaṇabhāve sakkato hoti garukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ – ayaṃ yaso. Katamā kitti? Idhekacco pubbe samaṇabhāve kittivaṇṇagato hoti paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno – suttantikoti vā vinayadharoti vā dhammakathikoti vā āraññikoti vā piṇḍapātikoti vā paṃsukūlikoti vā tecīvarikoti vā sapadānacārikoti vā khalupacchābhattikoti vā nesajjikoti vā yathāsanthatikoti vā paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhīti vā dutiyassa jhānassa lābhīti vā tatiyassa jhānassa lābhīti vā catutthassa jhānassa lābhīti vā ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā, ayaṃ kittīti – yaso kitti ca yā pubbe.
后来,此人舍弃了佛、法、僧、学,退堕于低劣,他先前的那份荣誉与名声便衰退、衰减、破灭、坠落、消失、败坏。这就是:他先前的荣誉和名声,也便衰败了。显示巴利原文
ti. Tassa aparena samayena buddhaṃ dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattassa so ca yaso sā ca kitti hāyati parihāyati paridhaṃsati paripatati antaradhāyati vippalujjatīti – yaso kitti ca yā pubbe hāyate vāpi tassa sā.
如此。“先前身为沙门时的荣誉与名声”,于后来舍弃佛、法、僧、学,退堕低劣之后,便成了非荣誉与非名声。这就是成就与衰败。看到了这些,衡量了、审察了、确知了、弄清楚了——即“也看到了这之后”。“学”有三种:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学。什么是增上戒学?此处,比丘具戒,安住于巴帝摩卡律仪防护,具足行处与所行,于微细罪亦见怖畏,受持学习诸学处。小戒蕴、大戒蕴;戒是基础、是开端、是律仪、是防护,是诸善法的入门与前导——这就是增上戒学。显示巴利原文
ti. nti pubbe samaṇabhāve yaso kitti ca, aparabhāge buddhaṃ dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattassa ayaso ca akitti ca; etaṃ sampattiṃ vipattiṃ. ti passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – etampi disvā. ti tisso sikkhā – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā. Katamā adhisīlasikkhā? Idha bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Khuddako sīlakkhandho, mahanto sīlakkhandho. Sīlaṃ patiṭṭhā ādi caraṇaṃ saṃyamo saṃvaro mukhaṃ pamukhaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā – ayaṃ adhisīlasikkhā.
什么是增上心学?于此,比丘远离欲乐、远离不善法,有寻有伺,由远离而生起的喜与乐,进入并安住于初禅。随着寻与伺的止息,内心清净,心得一境,无寻无伺,定中生起喜与乐,进入并安住于第二禅。随着喜的消退,他安住于舍,具念正知,以身感受快乐,进入并安住于圣者们所称的“舍、念、住于乐”的第三禅。由舍离乐、舍离苦,更因先前的喜悦与忧恼已灭尽,进入并安住于不苦不乐、舍念清净的第四禅。这就是增上心学。显示巴利原文
Katamā adhicittasikkhā? Idha bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati – ayaṃ adhicittasikkhā.
什么是增上慧学?于此,比丘具有智慧,他具足能通达生灭、圣洁、具穿透性、并能正确导向苦灭尽的智慧。他如实了知“此是苦”,如实了知“此是苦之集”,如实了知“此是苦之灭”,如实了知“此是导至苦灭之道”。他如实了知“此是漏”,如实了知“此是漏之集”,如实了知“此是漏之灭”,如实了知“此是导至漏灭之道”。这就是增上慧学。显示巴利原文
Katamā adhipaññāsikkhā? Idha bhikkhu paññavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammādukkhakkhayagāminiyā. So idaṃ dukkhanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayoti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhoti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti , ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ime āsavāti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ āsavasamudayoti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ āsavanirodhoti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti – ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā.
为断除、平息、舍离、安止淫欲,应当学增上戒,应当学增上心,应当学增上慧。转向这三学时,应当学;觉知时,应当学;看见时,应当学;省察时,应当学;决意于心时,应当学;以信胜解时,应当学;策励精进时,应当学;建立念时,应当学;集中于心时,应当学;以慧了知时,应当学;当以证智证知所应证知的法时,应当学;当以遍智遍知所应遍知的法时,应当学;断除所应断时,应当学;修习所应修时,应当学;证悟所应证时,应当学。应如此修学,善巧修学,受持而实践。如是见已,为彻底舍离淫欲,亦当修学。显示巴利原文
ti. Methunadhammassa pahānāya vūpasamāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipassaddhiyā adhisīlampi sikkheyya, adhicittampi sikkheyya, adhipaññampi sikkheyya. Imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkheyya, jānanto sikkheyya, passanto sikkheyya, paccavekkhanto sikkheyya, cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahanto sikkheyya, saddhāya adhimuccanto sikkheyya, vīriyaṃ paggaṇhanto sikkheyya, satiṃ upaṭṭhapento sikkheyya, cittaṃ samādahanto sikkheyya, paññāya pajānanto sikkheyya, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto sikkheyya, pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto sikkheyya, pahātabbaṃ pajahanto sikkheyya, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento sikkheyya, sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkheyya ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyyāti – etampi disvā sikkhetha, methunaṃ vippahātave.
1881 因此,世尊说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“往昔的声望与名誉,于他也会渐渐衰退;
看到这一点后,应当修学,以彻底舍断淫欲。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaso kitti ca yā pubbe, hāyate vāpi tassa sā; Etampi disvā sikkhetha, methunaṃ vippahātave’’ti.
为欲寻、嗔寻、害寻、见寻所触、所胜、所淹没、所具、所遮蔽,他如可怜人,如愚钝者,如迷蒙者,在心内出神、深求出神、沉入出神、迷乱出神。恰如猫头鹰于树枝间搜寻老鼠,出神、深求出神、沉入出神、迷乱出神;恰如豺狼于河岸搜寻鱼,出神、深求出神、沉入出神、迷乱出神;恰如猫于缝隙、秽物、垃圾堆搜寻老鼠,出神、深求出神、沉入出神、迷乱出神;恰如载伤之驴于缝隙、秽物、垃圾堆,出神、深求出神、沉入出神、迷乱出神。同样地,那迷失者,被欲寻、嗔寻、害寻、见寻所触……犹如可怜人一样出神,被寻所驱使,如同可怜人一般出神。显示巴利原文
ti. Kāmasaṅkappena byāpādasaṅkappena vihiṃsāsaṅkappena diṭṭhisaṅkappena phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato pihito kapaṇo viya mando viya momūho viya jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati apajjhāyati . Yathā ulūko rukkhasākhāyaṃ mūsikaṃ magayamāno jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati apajjhāyati, yathā kotthu nadītīre macche magayamāno jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati apajjhāyati, yathā biḷāro sandhisamalasaṅkaṭire mūsikaṃ magayamāno jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati apajjhāyati, yathā gadrabho vahacchinno sandhisamalasaṅkaṭire jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati apajjhāyati; evamevaṃ so vibbhantako kāmasaṅkappena byāpādasaṅkappena vihiṃsāsaṅkappena diṭṭhisaṅkappena phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato pihito kapaṇo viya mando viya momūho viya jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati apajjhāyatīti – saṅkappehi pareto so kapaṇo viya jhāyati.
所谓“nti”者:亲教师、老师,或同一亲教师者、同一老师者,或朋友、相识、亲近伙伴、同伴,皆谴责道:“朋友,你实无所得,你所得者不善!你得遇如此崇高的导师,于如此善说的法与律中出家,得遇如是圣众,却为了低劣的淫欲法而背弃佛、法、僧、学,退堕于低处。你于善法竟无信,于善法竟无惭,于善法竟无愧,于善法竟无精进,于善法竟无念,于善法竟无慧。”听了他们这些言语、解说、教导、教诫之后,即听完、领会、受持、观察后,他变得沮丧、受压、受挫、困扰、忧恼。所谓“那样的一种人”,即指此一种类、此一种形态、此一种状态、此一种类型、此一种样貌。那迷乱者,听闻他人的谴责声而变得沮丧,便是那样的一种人。显示巴利原文
ti. nti upajjhāyā vā ācariyā vā samānupajjhāyakā vā samānācariyakā vā mittā vā sandiṭṭhā vā sambhattā vā sahāyā vā codenti – ‘‘tassa te, āvuso, alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ evarūpaṃ uḷāraṃ satthāraṃ labhitvā evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā evarūpaṃ ariyagaṇaṃ labhitvā hīnassa methunadhammassa kāraṇā buddhaṃ dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattosi. Saddhāpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, hirīpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, ottappampi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyampi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, satipi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, paññāpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesū’’ti. Tesaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhiṃ sutvā suṇitvā uggahetvā upadhārayitvā upalakkhayitvā maṅku hoti, pīḷito ghaṭṭito byādhito domanassito hoti. ti tathāvidho tādiso tassaṇṭhito tappakāro tappaṭibhāgo. Yo so vibbhantakoti – sutvā paresaṃ nigghosaṃ maṅku hoti tathāvidho.
“他为寻思所驱使,犹如可怜者而枯槁;听闻他人谴责声,彼人乃陷于消沉。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṅkappehi pareto so, kapaṇo viya jhāyati; Sutvā paresaṃ nigghosaṃ, maṅku hoti tathāvidho’’ti.
“ti”一词,意为词与词的连接、词与词的结合、词的圆满、字母的组合、文字的流畅、词语的次第——这便是“然后”之义。所谓:色尘、声尘、香尘、味尘、触尘。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – athāti. ti rūparajo, saddarajo, gandharajo, rasarajo, phoṭṭhabbarajo.
这便是他的大贪欲,是密林、是幽深丛林、是荒漠险境、是崎岖坎坷之处、是扭曲迂回之地、是泥沼、是沼泽、是障碍、是系缚,所指即是故意虚诳语——此即他的大贪欲。显示巴利原文
ti. Eso tassa mahāgedho mahāvanaṃ mahāgahanaṃ mahākantāro mahāvisamo mahākuṭilo mahāpaṅko mahāpalipo mahāpalibodho mahābandhanaṃ, yadidaṃ sampajānamusāvādoti – esa khvassa mahāgedho.
“妄语”,即说不实之语。在此,有人来到集会中、众人中、亲属中、团体中、王族中,被传唤作证询问道:“来吧,这位仁者,把你知道的说出来。”他不知而说“我知道”,知而说“我不知道”;未见而说“我见到”,见而说“我未见到”。像这样,为了自己、为了他人,或为了某种利益而故意说不实之语,便称为妄语。而且,妄语以三种方式……(中略)……四种方式……五种方式……六种方式……七种方式……八种方式构成;以这八种方式,构成妄语。对于妄语,不应趋向它,不应投向它,不应携带它,不应积集它;应当舍断妄语,去除、根除,令其不复存在。应当远离妄语,避开,完全回避,脱离,超越,解脱,解开系缚,以心无界限而住——切莫沉溺于妄语。显示巴利原文
ti. Mosavajjaṃ vuccati musāvādo. Idhekacco sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakulamajjhagato vā abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho – ‘‘ehambho purisa, yaṃ jānāsi taṃ vadehī’’ti, so ajānaṃ vā āha – ‘‘jānāmī’’ti, jānaṃ vā āha – ‘‘na jānāmī’’ti, apassaṃ vā āha – ‘‘passāmī’’ti, passaṃ vā āha – ‘‘na passāmī’’ti. Iti attahetu vā parahetu vā āmisakiñcikkhahetu vā sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti – idaṃ vuccati mosavajjaṃ. Api ca tīhākārehi…pe… catūhākārehi… pañcahākārehi… chahākārehi… sattahākārehi… aṭṭhahākārehi…pe… imehi aṭṭhahākārehi musāvādo hoti. ti. Mosavajje na yāyeyya na niyyāyeyya na vaheyya na saṃhareyya, mosavajjaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, mosavajjā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – mosavajje na niyyetha.
再者,妄语以三种方式构成:在说之前,他心里想:“我将说妄语。”在说之时,他心里想:“我正在说妄语。”在说完之后,他心里想:“我已说了妄语。”妄语以这三种方式构成。妄语又以四种方式构成:在说之前,他心里想:“我将说妄语。”在说之时,他心里想:“我正在说妄语。”在说完之后,他心里想:“我已说了妄语。”并且抛开所见。妄语以这四种方式构成。妄语又以五种方式……六种方式……七种方式……八种方式构成。在说之前,他心里想:“我将说妄语。”在说之时,他心里想:“我正在说妄语。”在说完之后,他心里想:“我已说了妄语。”并且抛开所见,抛开忍可,抛开喜好,抛开想,抛开真实情况。妄语以此八种方式构成。他潜入妄语、没入妄语、完全沉入妄语、进入妄语——这便称为“潜入妄语”。显示巴利原文
Api ca tīhākārehi musāvādo hoti. Pubbevassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti – ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti. Imehi tīhākārehi musāvādo hoti. Api ca catūhākārehi musāvādo hoti. Pubbevassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti – ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ. Imehi catūhākārehi musāvādo hoti. Api ca pañcahākārehi… chahākārehi… sattahākārehi… aṭṭhahākārehi musāvādo hoti. Pubbevassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti – ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya saññaṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ. Imehi aṭṭhahākārehi musāvādo hoti. ti. Mosavajjaṃ pagāhati ogāhati ajjhogāhati pavisatīti – mosavajjaṃ pagāhati.
1642 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
当他受到他人指责时,便制造武器;
这确实是他巨大的贪着,他沉溺于虚妄之语。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Atha satthāni kurute, paravādehi codito; Esa khvassa mahāgedho, mosavajjaṃ pagāhatī’’ti.
于此,某人在先前还是沙门时,就获得了声誉与赞叹:“他是智者,机敏,具慧,多闻,善说,应答流利;是精通经教者,或是持律者,或是说法者……乃至……是非想非非想处定的获得者。”如此,他被人所知、所称、所尊重——被尊为智者。显示巴利原文
ti. Idhekacco pubbe samaṇabhāve kitti vaṇṇagato hoti – ‘‘paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno suttantikoti vā vinayadharoti vā dhammakathikoti vā…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhī’’ti vā . Evaṃ ñāto hoti paññāto samaññāto hotīti – paṇḍitoti samaññāto.
他以两种因由而决意独处之行:依出家之义,或依舍离群聚之义。如何依出家之义决意独处?他断除一切在家生活的障碍……乃至……如此,依出家之义决意独处。如何依舍离群聚之义决意独处?他这样出家之后,便独自前往森林、林野、僻静之处……乃至……如此,依舍离群聚之义决意独处——他确立了独处的修行。显示巴利原文
ti. Dvīhi kāraṇehi ekaccariyaṃ adhiṭṭhito – pabbajjāsaṅkhātena vā gaṇāvavassaggaṭṭhena vā. Kathaṃ pabbajjāsaṅkhātena ekaccariyaṃ adhiṭṭhito? Sabbaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhaṃ chinditvā…pe… evaṃ pabbajjāsaṅkhātena ekaccariyaṃ adhiṭṭhito. Kathaṃ gaṇāvavassaggaṭṭhena ekaccariyaṃ adhiṭṭhito? So evaṃ pabbajito samāno eko araññavanapatthāni pantāni…pe… evaṃ gaṇāvavassaggaṭṭhena ekaccariyaṃ adhiṭṭhitoti – ekaccariyaṃ adhiṭṭhito.
1647 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
所谓非法、村法……因此称为淫欲法。后来,他于某个时候舍弃佛、法、僧、学处,退堕卑下,于淫欲法中涉足、沉迷、深陷、全然沉溺——他就是这样耽著于淫欲之法。显示巴利原文
ti. nāma yo so asaddhammo gāmadhammo…pe… taṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo. ti. So aparena samayena buddhaṃ dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā methunadhamme yutto payutto āyutto samāyuttoti – sa cāpi methune yutto.
他如同可怜的人、愚昧的人、痴迷的人一般,不断沉陷、深深沉陷、彻底沉陷。他杀害生命,取未给予之物,撬门行窃,掠夺财物,独闯民宅,拦路抢劫,侵犯他人妻子,并且说谎。就这样,他不断沉陷、深深沉陷、彻底沉陷。国王们将他逮捕后,施以种种刑罚:以鞭子抽打,以竹条抽打,以粗棍抽打;砍断他的手,砍断他的脚,砍断其手脚;割掉他的耳朵,割掉他的鼻子,割掉耳鼻;施以钵盂刑、螺顶刑、罗睺面刑、火鬘刑、手灯刑、草摆刑、树皮衣刑、羚羊刑、钓肉刑、铜钱刑、碱水剥皮刑、门闩旋转刑、草堆刑;又以滚烫的油浇淋他,让狗啃食他,将他活活插在桩上,用剑砍下他的头。就这样,他不断沉陷、深深沉陷、彻底沉陷。显示巴利原文
ti. Kapaṇo viya mando viya momūho viya kissati parikissati parikilissati. Pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati. Evampi kissati parikissati parikilissati. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā vividhā kammakāraṇā kārenti – kasāhipi tāḷenti, vettehipi tāḷenti, addhadaṇḍakehipi tāḷenti, hatthampi chindanti, pādampi chindanti, hatthapādampi chindanti, kaṇṇampi chindanti, nāsampi chindanti , kaṇṇanāsampi chindanti, bilaṅgathālikampi karonti, saṅkhamuṇḍikampi karonti, rāhumukhampi karonti, jotimālikampi karonti, hatthapajjotikampi karonti, erakavattikampi karonti, cirakavāsikampi karonti, eṇeyyakampi karonti, baḷisamaṃsikampi karonti, kahāpaṇikampi karonti, khārāpatacchikampi karonti, palighaparivattikampi karonti, palālapīṭhakampi karonti, tattenapi telena osiñcanti, sunakhehipi khādāpenti, jīvantampi sūle uttāsenti, asināpi sīsaṃ chindanti. Evampi kissati parikissati parikilissati.
又或如此:有人被欲贪渴爱所压服,心被完全制驭,为了寻求财富,乘船闯入大海。他忍受着寒冷,顶着酷热,遭受蚊虻、狂风、烈日、爬虫类的接触所逼迫,被饥渴折磨得奄奄一息,去往底甘巴、德果拉、德咖西拉、卡拉木卡、布拉布拉、韦松嘎、韦拉巴他、爪哇、德麻利、旺嘎、益拉班达那、苏万那固达、苏万那布米、丹巴班尼、苏巴达咖、巴鲁咖恰、苏拉他、邦嘎罗卡、邦嘎那、萨拉麻达那、尤那、波罗尤那、维那卡、木拉巴达、摩卢甘达拉、詹努巴他、阿迦巴他、门达巴他、桑谷巴他、恰达巴他、邦萨巴他、萨谷那巴他、木西卡巴他、达利巴他、韦达恰拉。就这样沉陷、深深沉陷、彻底沉陷。显示巴利原文
Atha vā kāmataṇhāya abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto bhoge pariyesanto nāvāya mahāsamuddaṃ pakkhandati, sītassa purakkhato uṇhassa purakkhato ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassehi pīḷiyamāno khuppipāsāya miyyamāno tigumbaṃ gacchati, takkolaṃ gacchati, takkasīlaṃ gacchati, kālamukhaṃ gacchati, purapūraṃ gacchati, vesuṅgaṃ gacchati, verāpathaṃ gacchati, javaṃ gacchati, tāmaliṃ gacchati, vaṅgaṃ gacchati, eḷabandhanaṃ gacchati, suvaṇṇakūṭaṃ gacchati, suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ gacchati, tambapāṇiṃ gacchati, suppādakaṃ gacchati, bhārukacchaṃ gacchati, suraṭṭhaṃ gacchati, bhaṅgalokaṃ gacchati, bhaṅgaṇaṃ gacchati, saramataṃ gaṇaṃ gacchati, yonaṃ gacchati , paramayonaṃ gacchati, vinakaṃ gacchati, mūlapadaṃ gacchati, marukantāraṃ gacchati, jaṇṇupathaṃ gacchati, ajapathaṃ gacchati, meṇḍapathaṃ gacchati, saṅkupathaṃ gacchati, chattapathaṃ gacchati, vaṃsapathaṃ gacchati, sakuṇapathaṃ gacchati, mūsikapathaṃ gacchati, daripathaṃ gacchati, vettācāraṃ gacchati. Evampi kissati parikissati parikilissati.
他遍寻不得,便感受那以无所得为根源的苦与忧。如此沉沦、深陷、彻底沉沦。显示巴利原文
Gavesanto na vindati, alābhamūlakampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Evampi kissati parikissati parikilissati.
寻得财富之后,他又感受到因守护而生的苦与忧——他想:‘怎样才能让我的财富不被国王夺走、不被盗贼偷走、不被大火烧毁、不被大水冲走、不被不中意的继承人抢走?’他这样守护着、保管着,那些财富却还是会毁失。他又感受到因分离而生的苦与忧。就这样,他陷入、深深陷入、彻底陷入——他沉溺于淫欲,如愚人般深深沉溺。显示巴利原文
Gavesanto vindati, laddhāpi ārakkhamūlakampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti – ‘‘kinti me bhoge neva rājāno hareyyuṃ, na corā hareyyuṃ, na aggī daheyyuṃ, na udakaṃ vaheyya, na apiyā dāyādā hareyyu’’nti. Tassa evaṃ ārakkhato gopayato te bhogā vippalujjanti. So vippayogamūlakampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Evampi kissati parikissati parikilissatīti – sa cāpi methune yutto, mandova parikissati.
1688 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
名为智者、立志独行的人,
若还耽著于淫欲,他便如同愚者,饱受折磨。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paṇḍitoti samaññāto, ekaccariyaṃ adhiṭṭhito; Sa cāpi methune yutto, mandova parikissatī’’ti.
这意思是:先前在沙门状态中拥有的声望与赞誉,到了后来,因背弃佛、法、僧、学处而退堕低劣,便成了恶名与讥毁;这便是兴盛与衰亡。如此了知、如此衡量、如此审察、如此洞彻、如此明晰之后,即称为智。那慧、了知……(中略)……超越结缚之网的牟尼。于如是见解、如是堪忍、如是喜好、如是执取中,于此法、于此律、于此法律、于此教说、于此梵行、于此师教、于此自体存在、于此人世间,牟尼彻见其中过患,处处前后通达。显示巴利原文
ti. nti pubbe samaṇabhāve yaso ca kitti ca, aparabhāge buddhaṃ dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattassa ayaso ca akitti ca; etaṃ sampattiṃ vipattiñca. ti jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti. vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti imissā diṭṭhiyā imissā khantiyā imissā ruciyā imasmiṃ ādāye imasmiṃ dhamme imasmiṃ vinaye imasmiṃ dhammavinaye imasmiṃ pāvacane imasmiṃ brahmacariye imasmiṃ satthusāsane imasmiṃ attabhāve imasmiṃ manussaloketi – etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā muni pubbāpare idha.
坚定独行可通过两种原因达成:即依出家,或依脱离众群。如何依出家而坚定独行呢?断除一切在家的系缚,断除妻儿的系缚,断除亲属的系缚,断除朋友僚属的系缚,断除蓄藏的系缚;剃除须发,披着袈裟,由在家而出家,成为无所有者,独行、独住、独游、独处、独自存活。依出家而坚定独行,便是如此。显示巴利原文
ti. Dvīhi kāraṇehi ekaccariyaṃ daḷahaṃ kareyya – pabbajjāsaṅkhātena vā gaṇāvavassaggaṭṭhena vā. Kathaṃ pabbajjāsaṅkhātena ekaccariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kareyya? Sabbaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhaṃ chinditvā puttadārapalibodhaṃ chinditvā ñātipalibodhaṃ chinditvā mittāmaccapalibodhaṃ chinditvā sannidhipalibodhaṃ chinditvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā akiñcanabhāvaṃ upagantvā eko careyya vihareyya iriyeyya vatteyya pāleyya yapeyya yāpeyya. Evaṃ pabbajjāsaṅkhātena ekaccariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kareyya.
如何以脱离群体为因而使独行坚固呢?他这样出家之后,独自亲近森林、林野、边远的坐卧处,那些音声稀微、不喧闹、无人迹、适宜独处静修的地方。他独行、独立、独坐、独卧;独入村乞食、独返、独坐隐蔽处、独勤经行;独行、独住、独持威仪、独行作务、独自守护、独自维持、独身生活。如此,便是以脱离群体为因而使独行坚固。这就是:坚定独行,令其坚固,坚固受持,于善法上确立受持——独行应当坚定而行。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ gaṇāvavassaggaṭṭhena ekaccariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kareyya? So evaṃ pabbajito samāno eko araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭiseveyya appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. So eko gaccheyya, eko tiṭṭheyya, eko nisīdeyya, eko seyyaṃ kappeyya, eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviseyya, eko paṭikkameyya, eko raho nisīdeyya, eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭheyya, eko careyya vihareyya iriyeyya vatteyya pāleyya yapeyya yāpeyya. Evaṃ gaṇāvavassaggaṭṭhena ekaccariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kareyyāti – ekaccariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kareyya, thiraṃ kareyya, daḷhaṃ samādāno assa, avaṭṭhitasamādāno assa kusalesu dhammesūti – ekaccariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kayirā.
那被称为非法、村邑法的……以此缘故,称为淫欲法。于淫欲法,不应从事,不应亲近,不应随顺,不应侍奉,不应践行,不应正行,不应受持而转起——莫行淫欲。显示巴利原文
nti. nāma yo so asaddhammo gāmadhammo…pe… taṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo. Methunadhammaṃ na seveyya na niseveyya na saṃseveyya na paṭiseveyya na careyya na samācareyya na samādāya vatteyyāti – na nisevetha methunaṃ.
了知此过患已,牟尼于此洞彻前际后际,
应当坚定地修习独处,绝不从事男女之淫。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, muni pubbāpare idha; Ekaccariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kayirā, na nisevetha methuna’’nti.
有三种远离:身远离、心远离、舍弃依着的远离。什么是身远离?……这便是舍弃依着的远离。身远离,是指安住于远离、乐于出离之人所具备的素质。心远离,是心意全然清净、达至最上纯净之人的境界。舍弃依着的远离,则是全无依着、已入诸行寂灭之人的状态。又有三种学:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学……这便是增上慧学。超越了这些,便应当在远离这件事上修学、修习、善巧从事,受持之后即依此而住——也就是说,唯独修习这远离本身。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tayo vivekā – kāyaviveko, cittaviveko, upadhiviveko. Katamo kāyaviveko…pe… ayaṃ upadhiviveko. Kāyaviveko ca vivekaṭṭhakāyānaṃ nekkhammābhiratānaṃ. Cittaviveko ca parisuddhacittānaṃ paramavodānappattānaṃ. Upadhiviveko ca nirūpadhīnaṃ puggalānaṃ visaṅkhāragatānaṃ. ti tisso sikkhā – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā…pe… ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā. ti vivekaññeva sikkheyya ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyyāti – vivekaññeva sikkhetha.
此处所说,正是诸佛、佛弟子以及独觉佛。对圣者们而言,这种远离行即是他们的最高、最上、最殊胜、最卓越、最无上、最尊贵的法——这就是圣者们至高无上的法。显示巴利原文
nti. vuccanti buddhā ca buddhasāvakā ca paccekabuddhā ca. Ariyānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ yadidaṃ vivekacariyāti – etaṃ ariyānamuttamaṃ.
行持身远离者,不应因此而得意,不应高举自己,不应生起骄慢,不应逞强恃力,不应刚愎顽固。他不应借此心生傲慢,不应因此变得固执、高傲、昂首竖项——总而言之,莫因此便自认为胜人一筹。显示巴利原文
ti. Kāyavivekacariyāya unnatiṃ na kareyya, unnamaṃ na kareyya, mānaṃ na kareyya, thāmaṃ na kareyya, thambhaṃ na kareyya, na tena mānaṃ janeyya, na tena thaddho assa patthaddho paggahitasiroti – tena seṭṭho na maññetha.
他就在涅槃的近处、在其周邻、贴近而不远的地方——他确实邻近涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ti. So nibbānassa santike sāmantā āsanne avidūre upakaṭṭheti – sa ve nibbānasantike.
1899 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘Vivekaññeva sikkhetha, etaṃ ariyānamuttamaṃ; Na tena seṭṭho maññetha, sa ve nibbānasantike’’ti.
其中,“空、远离、彻底远离”的意思是:从身恶行中空、远离、彻底远离;从语恶行……乃至从意恶行、贪、瞋、痴、忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、顽固、激愤、慢、过慢、骄、放逸,从一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切扰恼、一切热恼、一切烧恼、一切不善行作中,空、远离、彻底远离。所谓“牟尼”,是指具足智……乃至……超越执着之网,他即是牟尼。所谓“行”,是指行走、安住、动作、转起、维持、生活、度日——这便是“空寂的牟尼行”。显示巴利原文
ti. Rittassa vivittassa pavivittassa , kāyaduccaritena rittassa vivittassa pavivittassa. Vacīduccaritena…pe… manoduccaritena… rāgena… dosena… mohena… kodhena… upanāhena… makkhena… paḷāsena… issāya… macchariyena… māyāya… sāṭheyyena… thambhena… sārambhena… mānena… atimānena… madena… pamādena… sabbakilesehi… sabbaduccaritehi… sabbadarathehi… sabbapariḷāhehi… sabbasantāpehi… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārehi rittassa vivittassa pavivittassa. ti. ṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti carato viharato iriyato vattato pālayato yapayato yāpayatoti – rittassa munino carato.
简而言之,有二种欲:事物欲与烦恼欲……这些称为事物欲……这些称为烦恼欲。遍知事物欲,舍断烦恼欲,已舍断、已驱除、已灭尽、已归于无,于诸欲中无所期待,已吐弃欲、已舍离欲、已出离欲、已断除欲、已弃绝欲;离贪,已吐弃贪、已舍离贪、已出离贪、已断除贪、已弃绝贪,成为无欲、寂灭、清凉,感受乐。显示巴利原文
ti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. Vatthukāme parijānitvā kilesakāme pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā kāmesu anapekkhamāno cattakāmo vantakāmo muttakāmo pahīnakāmo paṭinissaṭṭhakāmo, vītarāgo cattarāgo vantarāgo muttarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharatīti – kāmesu anapekkhino.
所谓众生,即是有情,于诸欲中贪染、沉溺、黏着、迷醉、紧抓不放、牵挂、纠缠、被束缚。对于那位已渡过欲流、已渡过有流、已渡过见流、已渡过无明流、已渡过一切行路、已出离、已完全出离、已越过、已彻底越过、已度过的人,对于那位已到彼岸、已抵彼岸、已到尽头、已抵尽头、已到终极、已抵终极、已到边际、已抵边际、已到终点、已抵终点、到达庇护、获得庇护、到达避难所、获得避难所、到达皈依、获得皈依、到达无畏、获得无畏、到达不动、获得不动、到达不死、获得不死、到达涅槃、证得涅槃的人,他们羡慕、认可、渴望、希求、憧憬。譬如欠债之人渴望、希求无债,患病之人渴望、希求健康,被缚之人渴望、希求解缚,奴仆渴望、希求自由,行于旷野远路之人渴望、希求安稳安全之地;同样地,众生于诸欲中贪染、沉溺、黏着、迷醉、紧抓不放、牵挂、纠缠、被束缚,对于那位已渡过欲流、已渡过有流、已渡过见流、已渡过无明流、已渡过一切行路、已出离、已完全出离、已越过、已彻底越过、已度过的人,对于那位已到彼岸、已抵彼岸、已到尽头、已抵尽头、已到终极、已抵终极、已到边际、已抵边际、已到终点、已抵终点、到达庇护、获得庇护、到达避难所、获得避难所、到达皈依、获得皈依、到达无畏、获得无畏、到达不动、获得不动、到达不死、获得不死、到达涅槃、证得涅槃的人,羡慕、认可、渴望、希求、憧憬——这便是:对于已渡暴流者,他们心生羡慕,而众生却在欲中黏着。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sattādhivacanaṃ pajā kāmesu rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhosannā laggā laggitā palibuddhā. Te kāmoghaṃ tiṇṇassa bhavoghaṃ tiṇṇassa diṭṭhoghaṃ tiṇṇassa avijjoghaṃ tiṇṇassa sabbasaṅkhārapathaṃ tiṇṇassa uttiṇṇassa nittiṇṇassa atikkantassa samatikkantassa vītivattassa pāraṃ gatassa pāraṃ pattassa antaṃ gatassa antaṃ pattassa koṭiṃ gatassa koṭiṃ pattassa pariyantaṃ gatassa pariyantaṃ pattassa vosānaṃ gatassa vosānaṃ pattassa tāṇaṃ gatassa tāṇaṃ pattassa leṇaṃ gatassa leṇaṃ pattassa saraṇaṃ gatassa saraṇaṃ pattassa abhayaṃ gatassa abhayaṃ pattassa accutaṃ gatassa accutaṃ pattassa amataṃ gatassa amataṃ pattassa nibbānaṃ gatassa nibbānaṃ pattassa icchanti sādiyanti patthayanti pihayanti abhijappanti. Yathā iṇāyikā ānaṇyaṃ patthenti pihayanti, yathā ābādhikā ārogyaṃ patthenti pihayanti, yathā bandhanabaddhā bandhanamokkhaṃ patthenti pihayanti, yathā dāsā bhujissaṃ patthenti pihayanti, yathā kantāraddhānapakkhandā khemantabhūmiṃ patthenti pihayanti; evamevaṃ pajā kāmesu rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhosannā laggā laggitā palibuddhā te kāmoghaṃ tiṇṇassa bhavoghaṃ tiṇṇassa…pe… nibbānaṃ gatassa nibbānaṃ pattassa icchanti sādiyanti patthayanti pihayanti abhijappantīti – oghatiṇṇassa pihayanti, kāmesu gadhitā pajā.
1725 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
空寂的牟尼游行于世,于诸欲乐无所牵系;
已渡暴流者,众人仰慕,而他们自己却陷溺于欲乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rittassa munino carato, kāmesu anapekkhino; Oghatiṇṇassa pihayanti, kāmesu gadhitā pajā’’ti.
《提舍弥勒经》分别 第七显示巴利原文
Tissametteyyasuttaniddeso sattamo.
八、波修罗经分别显示巴利原文
8. Pasūrasuttaniddeso
今宣说《波修罗经》之分别:显示巴利原文
Atha pasūrasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
即于此处,他们宣说清净、纯净、遍净、解脱、解脱、遍解脱:‘世间是常,唯此为真实,余皆虚妄。’即于此处,他们宣说清净、纯净、遍净、解脱、解脱、遍解脱。又说:‘世间无常……世间有边……世间无边……命即是身……命与身异……如来死后有……如来死后无……如来死后亦有亦无……如来死后非有非无——唯此为真实,余皆虚妄。’即于此处,他们宣说清净、纯净、遍净、解脱、解脱、遍解脱。他们这样宣称:‘即此是清净,即此是清净。’显示巴利原文
ti. Idheva suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ‘‘Asassato loko … antavā loko… anantavā loko… taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ… aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ… hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – idheva suddhiṃ iti vādayanti.
他们撇开自己的老师、教说、僧团、见解、行道、道路,对一切外道加以贬斥、排斥、全然否定。他们说:‘那位老师非一切知者,那个法非善说,那个僧团非善行道,那个见解不善好,那个行道不善施设,那个道路不导向出离。在那里,既无清净、纯净、彻底清净,亦无解脱、解脱、彻底解脱。在那里,没有人能得以清净、得以纯净、得以彻底清净;没有人能获得解脱、获得解脱、获得彻底解脱。他们是低劣、卑下、下贱、差劲、可厌、微不足道的。’他们就是持如是说者、持如是信者、持如是见者,而作如是记说:‘在其他法中,没有清净。’显示巴利原文
ti. Attano satthāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbe paravāde khipanti ukkhipanti parikkhipanti. ‘‘So satthā na sabbaññū, dhammo na svākkhāto, gaṇo na suppaṭipanno, diṭṭhi na bhaddikā, paṭipadā na supaññattā, maggo na niyyāniko, natthettha suddhi vā visuddhi vā parisuddhi vā, mutti vā vimutti vā parimutti vā, natthettha sujjhanti vā visujjhanti vā parisujjhanti vā, muccanti vā vimuccanti vā parimuccanti vā hīnā nihīnā omakā lāmakā chatukkā parittā’’ti, evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – nāññesu dhammesu visuddhimāhu.
‘他依止谁?’即依止了某位老师、某种教说、某个僧团、某种见解、某种行道、某条路径,依附、依着、粘着、投入、固守、倾心于此。所谓‘依止’,是指依自己的见解、自己的认可、自己的喜好、自己的信受。所谓‘善美之说’,是指称说善好、称说美妙、称说贤善、称说坚固、称说如理、称说有因、称说有相、称说能立、称说合理——依止于彼,便依自己的主张,于彼处称说善美。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yaṃ satthāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ nissito ānissito allīno upagato ajjhosito adhimuttoti – yaṃ nissito. ti sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā. ti subhavādo sobhanavādo paṇḍitavādo thiravādo ñāyavādo hetuvādo lakkhaṇavādo kāraṇavādo ṭhānavādo sakāya laddhiyāti – yaṃ nissito tattha subhaṃ vadāno.
“诸多沙门与婆罗门,各自深深地安住、确立、耽着、趋近、深陷、全心全意地投入于各自的片面真理之中。他们安住、确立、耽着、趋近、深陷、全心投入地执取如是见:“世界是永恒的,唯此是真理,其余皆是虚妄。”他们安住、确立、耽着、趋近、深陷、全心投入地执取如是见:“世界不是永恒的……(中略)……如来死后既非存在亦非不存在,唯此是真理,其余皆是虚妄。”——就这样,他们各各深深安住于各自的片面真理之中。”显示巴利原文
ti. Puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇā puthū paccekasaccesu niviṭṭhā patiṭṭhitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttā. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti niviṭṭhā patiṭṭhitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttā. ‘‘Asassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti niviṭṭhā patiṭṭhitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttāti – paccekasaccesu puthū niviṭṭhā.
1632 于是,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他们宣称:“清净唯在此法中”,不承认他法中有清净。
他们对于自己所依止的,便称赞那是善妙;各各牢固安住于自己的真理。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idheva suddhiṃ iti vādayanti, nāññesu dhammesu visuddhimāhu; Yaṃ nissitā tattha subhaṃ vadānā, paccekasaccesu puthū niviṭṭhā’’ti.
1635 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
那些乐辩之人,为辩论而求,以辩论为意趣,以辩论为先导,游走于寻求辩论之中。这些乐辩者,步入、进入、深入、置身于刹帝利众、婆罗门众、在家众与沙门众中。显示巴利原文
ti. ti te vādakāmā vādatthikā vādādhippāyā vādapurekkhārā vādapariyesanaṃ carantā. ti khattiyaparisaṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ gahapatiparisaṃ samaṇaparisaṃ vigayha ogayha ajjhogāhetvā pavisitvāti – te vādakāmā parisaṃ vigayha.
有两人,是两个争吵者、两个争执者、两个口角者、两个冲突者、两个纠纷者、两个论辩者、两个交谈者。他们彼此以愚者、劣者、下者、卑者、鄙者、渺者、微者相看、相见、相观察、相审察——他们彼此视对方为愚者。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dve janā dve kalahakārakā dve bhaṇḍanakārakā dve bhassakārakā dve vivādakārakā dve adhikaraṇakārakā dve vādino dve sallāpakā; te aññamaññaṃ bālato hīnato nihīnato omakato lāmakato chatukkato parittato dahanti passanti dakkhanti olokenti nijjhāyanti upaparikkhantīti – bālaṃ dahantī mithu aññamaññaṃ.
他把其他导师、说法者、僧团、见解、行道、道路视为低下、下劣、卑微、粗恶、可鄙、狭小;他以看作低下、看见、观察、观看、省察、审察的方式——将其他一切悉数视为下劣。
显示巴利原文 nti. Aññaṃ satthāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ hīnato nihīnato omakato lāmakato chatukkato parittato dissati passati dakkhati oloketi nijjhāyati upaparikkhatīti – nihīnato passati sabbamaññaṃ.
那些渴望被称赞者,心中想要称赞、寻求称赞、以称赞为旨归、以称赞为先导,为追寻称赞而行。他们依自己所执持的见解,自称是善说者、智者之说、坚实之说、合理之说、有因之说、有相之说、有理由之说、有根据之说——这便是渴望被称赞者所宣称的善说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti pasaṃsakāmā pasaṃsatthikā pasaṃsādhippāyā pasaṃsapurekkhārā pasaṃsapariyesanaṃ carantā. ti kusalavādā paṇḍitavādā thiravādā ñāyavādā hetuvādā lakkhaṇavādā kāraṇavādā ṭhānavādā sakāya laddhiyāti – pasaṃsakāmā kusalāvadānā.
1627 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
那些好辩之人深入众会,彼此相视,互相把对方看作愚人。
那些依凭他人见地的人,却宣称自己言辞殊胜,渴求称誉,自以为是善说者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Te vādakāmā parisaṃ vigayha, bālaṃ dahantī mithu aññamaññaṃ; Vadanti te aññasitā kathojjaṃ, pasaṃsakāmā kusalāvadānā’’ti.
于刹帝利众、婆罗门众、居士众或沙门众之中,他专心致志、精勤专注、一心投入、全然浸没于演说自己的主张——如此,他于众会之中全力论辩。显示巴利原文
ti. Khattiyaparisāya vā brāhmaṇaparisāya vā gahapatiparisāya vā samaṇaparisāya vā majjhe attano kathāyaṃ yutto payutto āyutto samāyutto sampayutto kathetunti – yutto kathāyaṃ parisāya majjhe.
他渴望、希求、期盼、向往、贪求赞美、称颂、名声、美誉。在交谈之前,他就已充满疑惑,陷入挫败。他心里盘算:‘我会赢吗?还是会输?我该怎样挑出对手的过失?该怎样反驳?该怎样占得上风?该怎样彻底压制对方?该怎样将对方绕进去?该怎样从质问中脱身?该怎样切断对方的论述?该怎样为对方设下圈套?’就这样,交谈之前,他便已充满疑惑、陷入挫败——一个渴望赞美的人,尚未交锋便已落败。显示巴利原文
ti. nti pasaṃsaṃ thomanaṃ kittiṃ vaṇṇahāriyaṃ icchanto sādiyanto patthayanto pihayanto abhijappanto. ti pubbeva sallāpā kathaṃkathī vinighātī hoti. ‘‘Jayo nu kho me bhavissati, parājayo nu kho me bhavissati, kathaṃ niggahaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ paṭikammaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ visesaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ paṭivisesaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ āveṭhiyaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ nibbeṭhiyaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ chedaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ maṇḍalaṃ karissāmī’’ti, evaṃ pubbeva sallāpā kathaṃkathī vinighāti hotīti – pasaṃsamicchaṃ vinighāti hoti.
那些审视辩问的听众、随众与评判者,便会挑取毛病。‘你这话意思不对’——他们从含义上挑毛病。‘你这话措辞不当’——他们从言辞上挑毛病。‘你这话意思不对,措辞也不当’——他们从含义与言辞两方面挑毛病。‘你的义理表达不善,你的措辞运用不当,你的义理与措辞悉皆不善、不当。你未能挑出别人的过失,你的反驳低劣,你未占上风,你的压制糟糕,你没能把对方绕进去,你的脱身手法拙劣,你没能切断对方的论述,你所设的圈套拙劣。你讲得颠三倒四,说得一塌糊涂,辩得一败涂地,言语滞涩,极为差劲。’——他们就这样挑出毛病。被挑出毛病后,他便沮丧,感到痛苦、身受打击、犹如被刺、心情低落——一旦被挑出毛病,他便因而沮丧。显示巴利原文
ti. Ye te pañhavīmaṃsakā parisā pārisajjā pāsārikā , te apaharanti. ‘‘Atthāpagataṃ bhaṇita’’nti atthato apaharanti, ‘‘byañjanāpagataṃ bhaṇita’’nti byañjanato apaharanti, ‘‘atthabyañjanāpagataṃ bhaṇita’’nti atthabyañjanato apaharanti, ‘‘attho te dunnīto, byañjanaṃ te duropitaṃ, atthabyañjanaṃ te dunnītaṃ duropitaṃ, niggaho te akato, paṭikammaṃ te dukkaṭaṃ, viseso te akato, paṭiviseso te dukkaṭo, āveṭhiyā te akatā, nibbeṭhiyā te dukkaṭā , chedo te akato, maṇḍalaṃ te dukkaṭaṃ visamakathaṃ dukkathitaṃ dubbhaṇitaṃ dullapitaṃ duruttaṃ dubbhāsita’’nti apaharanti. ti . Apāhatasmiṃ maṅku hoti pīḷito ghaṭṭito byādhito domanassito hotīti – apāhatasmiṃ pana maṅku hoti.
面对批评、指责、坏名声与恶名,他便生起怒气,心怀嗔恼,固执己见,表现出忿恚、嗔恨与不满——面对批评,他生起了怒气。他搜寻对方的过失,寻觅对方的差错,挑剔对方的失足、失言与破绽——面对批评,他生气了,成了一心寻隙之人。显示巴利原文
ti. Nindāya garahāya akittiyā avaṇṇahārikāya kuppati byāpajjati patiṭṭhīyati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukarotīti – nindāya so kuppati. ti virandhamesī aparaddhamesī khalitamesī gaḷitamesī vivaramesīti – nindāya so kuppati randhamesī.
1670 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
在集会中参与谈论,若渴望博得赞叹,他便心生苦恼;
一旦遭到驳斥,他便羞惭沮丧;面对指责,他恼羞成怒,专挑对方的疏漏。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yutto kathāyaṃ parisāya majjhe, pasaṃsamicchaṃ vinighāti hoti; Apāhatasmiṃ pana maṅku hoti, nindāya so kuppati randhamesī’’ti.
他的论说是低劣、下劣、衰退、被削弱、不圆满的;他们这样说、这样谈、这样讲、这样表明、这样称述——这便是所谓‘他的论说被指为衰损’。显示巴利原文
ti yaṃ tassa vādaṃ hīnaṃ nihīnaṃ parihīnaṃ parihāpitaṃ na paripūritaṃ, evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – yamassa vādaṃ parihīnamāhu.
那些善于审察问题的听众、会众与集会中的人,便会驳斥他。对于‘你所说的失却了意义’,他们从意义上加以驳斥;对于‘你所说的失却了文句’,他们从文句上加以驳斥;对于‘你所说的意义与文句俱失’,他们从意义和文句上加以驳斥。他们论道:‘你的意义安立不善,你的文句措置不善,你的意义与文句俱安立、措置不善;你的制伏未成,你的补救拙劣;你的差别未成,你的反差别拙劣;你的缠结未成,你的解结拙劣;你的截断未成,你的圆满论式拙劣;你所立论不平不正,说得不好、说坏、说拙、说差、说误、说劣。’他们如此驳斥——这就是在审察问题者面前受到驳斥。显示巴利原文
ti. Ye te pañhavīmaṃsakā parisā pārisajjā pāsārikā, te apaharanti. ‘‘Atthāpagataṃ bhaṇita’’nti atthato apaharanti, ‘‘byañjanāpagataṃ bhaṇita’’nti byañjanato apaharanti, ‘‘atthabyañjanāpagataṃ bhaṇita’’nti atthabyañjanato apaharanti, ‘‘attho te dunnīto, byañjanaṃ te duropitaṃ, atthabyañjanaṃ te dunnītaṃ duropitaṃ, niggaho te akato, paṭikammaṃ te dukkaṭaṃ, viseso te akato, paṭiviseso te dukkaṭo, āveṭhiyā te akatā, nibbeṭhiyā te dukkaṭā, chedo te akato, maṇḍalaṃ te dukkaṭaṃ visamakathaṃ dukkathitaṃ dubbhaṇitaṃ dullapitaṃ duruttaṃ dubbhāsita’’nti, apaharantīti – apāhataṃ pañhavimaṃsakāse.
所谓哀叹:他心中生起这样的想:‘我所注意的是一回事,所思的是另一回事,所认定的是另一回事,所观察的又是另一回事。他有广大的朋党、广大的会众、广大的随从;而此会众乃是分裂、不和的。为了使会众和合,我将再度展开议论。’像这样的言语、空论、胡言、哀叹、悲泣与泣诉不止——这就是哀叹。所谓因悲伤而哀叹:他想起‘他得胜了’而悲伤,想起‘我失败了’而悲伤;想起‘他有所得’而悲伤,想起‘我无所得’而悲伤;想起‘他有名声’而悲伤,想起‘我无名声’而悲伤;想起‘他受到称赞’而悲伤,想起‘我受到指责’而悲伤;想起‘他快乐’而悲伤,想起‘我痛苦’而悲伤;想起‘他受到尊敬、受到重视、受到敬重、受到供养、受到礼敬,获得衣服、饮食、坐卧处、病缘医药资具,而我却不受尊敬、不受重视、不受敬重、不受供养、不受礼敬,得不到衣服、饮食、坐卧处、病缘医药资具’,便悲伤、疲惫、哀叹、捶胸哭泣,陷入迷乱——这便是因哀叹而悲伤。所谓低劣之论,即低劣的论述、下劣的论述、衰退的论述、被削弱的论述、不圆满的论述——这便是因低劣之论而哀叹、悲伤。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ‘‘aññaṃ mayā āvajjitaṃ aññaṃ cintitaṃ aññaṃ upadhāritaṃ, aññaṃ upalakkhitaṃ so mahāpakkho mahāpariso mahāparivāro; parisā cāyaṃ vaggā, na samaggā; samaggāya parisāya hetu kathāsallāpo puna bhañjissāmī’’ti, yā evarūpā vācā palāpo vippalāpo lālappo lālappāyanā lālappāyitattanti – paridevati. ti ‘‘tassa jayo’’ti socati ‘‘mayhaṃ parājayo’’ti socati, ‘‘tassa lābho’’ti socati, ‘‘mayhaṃ alābho’’ti socati, ‘‘tassa yaso’’ti socati, ‘‘mayhaṃ ayaso’’ti socati, ‘‘tassa pasaṃsā’’ti socati, ‘‘mayhaṃ nindā’’ti socati, ‘‘tassa sukha’’nti socati, ‘‘mayhaṃ dukkha’’nti socati, ‘‘so sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ, ahamasmi asakkato agarukato amānito apūjito anapacito na lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati sammohaṃ āpajjatīti – paridevati socati. ti hīnavādo nihīnavādo parihīnavādo parihāpitavādo na paripūravādoti – paridevati socati hīnavādo.
2030 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他以论说超越我的论说:超胜、超越、完全超越、超脱。这也称为「超越我」。或者,他以论说征服我的论说:压倒、制服、穷尽、摧破之后而行、住、威仪、转起、护持、维持、延续。这也称为「超越我」。「以嘲讽」是指言语、戏论、空谈、饶舌、饶舌性及饶舌状态——即「超越我」「以嘲讽」。显示巴利原文
ti. So maṃ vādena vādaṃ accagā upaccagā atikkanto samatikkanto vītivattoti. Evampi upaccagā manti. Atha vā maṃ vādena vādaṃ abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā pariyādiyitvā maddayitvā carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpetīti. Evampi upaccagā manti. Anutthunā vuccati vācā palāpo vippalāpo lālappo lālappāyanā lālappāyitattanti – upaccagā manti anutthunāti.
他们说他的言论低劣,已被探究者所驳斥;
言辞低劣者悲泣、忧愁,哀叹道:“他已胜过我。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yamassa vādaṃ parihīnamāhu, apāhataṃ pañhavimaṃsakāse; Paridevati socati hīnavādo, upaccagā manti anutthunātī’’ti.
凡从这里之外出家、成为游行沙门的人,在那些沙门中,这些见诤、见争吵、见对抗、见口角、见冲突便生起、产生、全然产生、显现。这些纷争在沙门中生起。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ye keci ito bahiddhā paribbajūpagatā paribbajasamāpannā. Ete diṭṭhikalahā diṭṭhibhaṇḍanā diṭṭhiviggahā diṭṭhivivādā diṭṭhimedhagā samaṇesu jātā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtāti – ete vivādā samaṇesu jātā.
有胜利与失败,有得与失,有声誉与无名,有毁谤与称赞,有乐与苦,有喜悦与忧伤,有合意与不合意,有顺从与排斥,有振奋与沮丧,有随顺与对立。因胜利而心振奋,因失败而心压抑;因得而心振奋,因失而心压抑;因声誉而心振奋,因无名而心压抑;因称赞而心振奋,因毁谤而心压抑;因乐而心振奋,因苦而心压抑;因喜悦而心振奋,因忧伤而心压抑;因升高而心振奋,因降低而心压抑——于这些之中,他便既振奋又压抑。显示巴利原文
ti. Jayaparājayo hoti, lābhālābho hoti, yasāyaso hoti, nindāpasaṃsā hoti, sukhadukkhaṃ hoti, somanassadomanassaṃ hoti, iṭṭhāniṭṭhaṃ hoti, anunayapaṭighaṃ hoti, ugghātitanigghātitaṃ hoti, anurodhavirodho hoti, jayena cittaṃ ugghātitaṃ hoti parājayena cittaṃ nigghātitaṃ hoti, lābhena cittaṃ ugghātitaṃ hoti alābhena cittaṃ nigghātitaṃ hoti, yasena cittaṃ ugghātitaṃ hoti ayasena cittaṃ nigghātitaṃ hoti, pasaṃsāya cittaṃ ugghātitaṃ hoti nindāya cittaṃ nigghātitaṃ hoti, sukhena cittaṃ ugghātitaṃ hoti dukkhena cittaṃ nigghātitaṃ hoti, somanassena cittaṃ ugghātitaṃ hoti domanassena cittaṃ nigghātitaṃ hoti, unnatiyā cittaṃ ugghātitaṃ hoti onatiyā cittaṃ nigghātitaṃ hotīti – etesu ugghātinighāti hoti.
“见此过患”,即是见到、看见、衡量、审察、明了、彻明此过患——于见解的争论、争吵、对抗、论争、冲突之中,见诸过患。“应离谈论”者,说的是争论、争吵、对抗、论争、冲突。再者,“应离谈论”意为:不应作无益之夜谈与闲话,不兴争论,不兴争吵,不兴对抗,不兴论争,不兴冲突;应当舍断、除去、灭尽、消除争论、争吵、对抗、论争、冲突;应当远离、出离、脱去、别离、解脱于争论、争吵、对抗、论争、冲突,以离缚之心而住——见此,亦应离谈论。显示巴利原文
nti. ti etaṃ ādīnavaṃ disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā diṭṭhikalahesu diṭṭhibhaṇḍanesu diṭṭhiviggahesu diṭṭhivivādesu diṭṭhimedhagesūti – nti. ṃ vuccati kalaho bhaṇḍanaṃ viggaho vivādo medhagaṃ. Atha vā nti anojavantī nisākathā kathojjaṃ na kareyya, kalahaṃ na kareyya, bhaṇḍanaṃ na kareyya, viggahaṃ na kareyya, vivādaṃ na kareyya, medhagaṃ na kareyya, kalahabhaṇḍanaviggahavivādamedhagaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, kalahabhaṇḍanaviggahavivādamedhagā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippayutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – etampi disvā virame kathojjaṃ.
除了赞美与利益,更无其他目的——不论是自己的利益、他人的利益,还是双方的利益;现世的利益或来世的利益;浅显的道理或深奥的道理;隐藏的道理或遮蔽的道理;需加引导方能解了的道理或已确切指出的道理;无过失的道理或无烦恼的道理;清净的道理或最究竟的道理——凡此一切目的,皆全然无有、不存在、不可得、无处可觅。除了赞美与利益,确实别无其他目的。显示巴利原文
ti. Pasaṃsalābhā añño attho natthi attattho vā parattho vā ubhayattho vā diṭṭhadhammiko vā attho, samparāyiko vā attho, uttāno vā attho , gambhīro vā attho, gūḷho vā attho, paṭicchanno vā attho, neyyo vā attho, nīto vā attho, anavajjo vā attho, nikkileso vā attho, vodāno vā attho, paramattho vā attho natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhantīti – na haññadatthatthi pasaṃsalābhā.
2122 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
这些争论在沙门中生起,其间即有杀害与打击;
见到此,便当停灭诤;因为除了赞誉与利益,别无其他目的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ete vivādā samaṇesu jātā, etesu ugghātinighāti hoti; Etampi disvā virame kathojjaṃ, na haññadatthatthi pasaṃsalābhā’’ti.
意即:他被自己的见解、认可、喜好、主张所牵引、导向、运载、携持。犹如有人乘象车、马车、战车、牛车、羊车、绵羊车、骆驼车或驴车,行进、被运载、被传送、被携持;同样地,他被自己的见解、认可、喜好、主张所牵引、导向、运载、携持——这称为‘被欲望牵引’。也就是说,他安住、立足、粘着、趋入、执取、胜解于自己的见解、认可、喜好、主张——这称为‘被欲望牵引,安住于喜好’。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā yāyati niyyati vuyhati saṃharīyati. Yathā hatthiyānena vā assayānena vā rathayānena vā goyānena vā ajayānena vā meṇḍayānena vā oṭṭhayānena vā kharayānena vā yāyati niyyati vuyhati saṃharīyati, evameva sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā yāyati niyyati vuyhati saṃharīyatīti – chandānunīto. ti sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā niviṭṭho patiṭṭhito allīno upagato ajjhosito adhimuttoti – chandānunīto ruciyā niviṭṭho.
即在刹帝利众中、婆罗门众中、居士众中或沙门众中,先阐述己方的主张,再阐述他方的主张,令其确立、令其增长、令其彰显、令其光耀、令其宣说、令其摄持——于大众中阐述主张,便是如此。显示巴利原文
ti. Khattiyaparisāya vā brāhmaṇaparisāya vā gahapatiparisāya vā samaṇaparisāya vā majjhe attano vādaṃ akkhāya ācikkhitvā anuvādaṃ akkhāya ācikkhitvā thambhayitvā brūhayitvā dīpayitvā jotayitvā voharitvā pariggaṇhitvāti – akkhāya vādaṃ parisāya majjhe.
他因那胜利之义而满足、喜悦、欣喜、心满意足、思愿圆满。或如露齿而笑那般。他因那胜利之义而变得骄慢、高举,如旗一般张扬,自我标榜,心中生起炫耀的倾向——他便因此发笑,也因此而骄慢起来。显示巴利原文
ti. So tena jayatthena tuṭṭho hoti haṭṭho pahaṭṭho attamano paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. Atha vā dantavidaṃsakaṃ hasamāno. ti so tena jayatthena unnato hoti unnamo dhajo sampaggāho ketukamyatā cittassāti – so hassatī unnamatī ca tena.
得到了那胜利之义,获得、证得、寻得、具足。意思是:如同他过去的心意,如同他过去的心,如同他过去的思愿,如同他过去的识——得到了那意义,恰如其心意所向。显示巴利原文
ti. Taṃ jayatthaṃ pappuyya pāpuṇitvā adhigantvā vinditvā paṭilabhitvā. ti yathā mano ahu, yathā citto ahu, yathā saṅkappo ahu, yathā viññāṇo ahūti – pappuyya tamatthaṃ yathā mano ahu.
1596 因此,世尊这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
或者,他在那里,于大众之中宣说己见而受到称赞;
他便因此发笑,因此骄慢,达成所欲,恰如其心所愿。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pasaṃsito vā pana tattha hoti, akkhāya vādaṃ parisāya majjhe; So hassatī unnamatī ca tena, pappuyya tamatthaṃ yathā mano ahū’’ti.
那种高慢——高举、如旗张扬、自我标榜、心中欲炫耀的倾向,这就是高慢。对他而言,这高慢便成为困扰之地、伤害之地、压迫之地、打击之地、祸患之地、灾殃之地;这高慢,正是他的困扰之地。显示巴利原文
ti. Yā unnati unnamo dhajo sampaggāho ketukamyatā cittassāti – yā unnati. ti sā tassa vighātabhūmi upaghātabhūmi pīḷanabhūmi ghaṭṭanabhūmi upaddavabhūmi upasaggabhūmīti – yā unnatī sāssa vighātabhūmi.
这个人既谈论慢,也谈论极慢——他所说的,正是慢与极慢。
显示巴利原文 ti. So puggalo mānañca vadati atimānañca vadatīti – mānātimānaṃ vadate paneso.
见到这过患——看见了、衡量了、审查了、洞察了、彻底明了之后,对于种种见诤、见执、见斗、见争、见吵——这样看见之后,他不应作诤论,不应作执诤,不应作斗诤,不应作争论,不应作吵诤;他应当舍弃、去除、消灭、令息止一切诤论、执诤、斗诤、争论、吵诤;他应当远离、避开、避脱、出离、超脱、离脱、切断联系,以无界限的心而安住——这样看见之后,便不应再起诤论。显示巴利原文
ti. Etaṃ ādīnavaṃ disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā diṭṭhikalahesu diṭṭhibhaṇḍanesu diṭṭhiviggahesu diṭṭhivivādesu diṭṭhimedhagesūti – etampi disvā. ti na kalahaṃ kareyya na bhaṇḍanaṃ kareyya na viggahaṃ kareyya na vivādaṃ kareyya, na medhagaṃ kareyya, kalahabhaṇḍanaviggahavivādamedhagaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, kalahabhaṇḍanaviggahavivādamedhagā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippayutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – etampi disvā na vivādayetha.
那些善巧于蕴、善巧于界、善巧于处、善巧于缘起、善巧于念处、善巧于正勤、善巧于神足、善巧于根、善巧于力、善巧于觉支、善巧于道、善巧于果、善巧于涅槃的善巧者,不会以见诤、见执、见斗诤、见争论、见争吵而宣称有清净、纯净、完全清净,有解脱、解脱、究竟解脱。
显示巴利原文 ti. ti ye te khandhakusalā dhātukusalā āyatanakusalā paṭiccasamuppādakusalā satipaṭṭhānakusalā sammappadhānakusalā iddhipādakusalā indriyakusalā balakusalā bojjhaṅgakusalā maggakusalā phalakusalā nibbānakusalā, te kusalā diṭṭhikalahena diṭṭhibhaṇḍanena diṭṭhiviggahena diṭṭhivivādena diṭṭhimedhagena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ na vadanti na kathenti na bhaṇanti na dīpayanti na voharantīti – na hi tena suddhiṃ kusalā vadanti.
1793 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
凡是抬高自己,那便是苦恼的落脚处;而他所说的,正是慢与极慢。
即便看见此,也不应生起争论;因为善巧者不说,依此而得清净。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yā unnatī sāssa vighātabhūmi, mānātimānaṃ vadate paneso; Etampi disvā na vivādayetha, na hi tena suddhiṃ kusalā vadantī’’ti.
所谓英雄,是指勇士、英勇者、无畏、不战栗、不恐惧、不逃跑。他以国王的硬食与国王的软食被喂养、被滋养、被照料、被养育长大——正如同英雄受国王的食物所滋养。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sūro vīro vikkanto abhīrū achambhī anutrāsī apalāyī. ti rājakhādanīyena rājabhojanīyena puṭṭho posito apādito vaḍḍhitoti – sūro yathā rājakhādāya puṭṭho.
他咆哮、怒吼、大声吼叫,前来、趋近、迫近,寻求对手、敌人、仇敌、挑战者,希求、欲求、愿望、渴望、热切盼望——这就是“他怒吼着寻求对手”的意思。
显示巴利原文 nti. So gajjanto uggajjanto abhigajjanto eti upeti upagacchati paṭisūraṃ paṭipurisaṃ paṭisattuṃ paṭimallaṃ icchanto sādiyanto patthayanto pihayanto abhijappantoti – abhigajjameti paṭisūramicchaṃ.
持邪见者既行其道,你便当避开其道、远离其道、超越其道。他是你的对手、你的敌人、你的仇敌、你的挑战者——勇士,你当因此道而避开他。显示巴利原文
ti. Yeneva so diṭṭhigatiko tena palehi, tena vaja, tena gaccha, tena atikkama, so tuyhaṃ paṭisūro paṭipuriso paṭisattu paṭimalloti – yeneva so tena palehi sūra.
早在菩提树下之前,那些制造对立、违逆、刺痛、敌对的烦恼,便已无有,不可得,了不可得;它们已被舍断、根除、寂止、平息,永不再起,为智火所焚尽。所谓为战斗、为争吵、为争论、为冲突、为辩论、为口角的,正是这些。显示巴利原文
ti. Pubbeva bodhiyā mūle ye paṭisenikarā kilesā paṭilomakarā paṭikaṇḍakakarā paṭipakkhakarā te natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā. ti yadidaṃ yuddhatthāya kalahatthāya bhaṇḍanatthāya viggahatthāya vivādatthāya medhagatthāyāti – pubbeva natthi yadidaṃ yudhāya.
1930 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
犹如英雄受国王的食禄所养,他咆哮着寻觅对手;
勇士啊,你便从原路回去吧,那所谓的交战,本就没有什么可交战的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sūro yathā rājakhādāya puṭṭho, abhigajjameti paṭisūramicchaṃ; Yeneva so tena palehi sūra, pubbeva natthi yadidaṃ yudhāyā’’ti.
那些执取六十二种邪见中某一种邪见的人,接受、执取、修习、亲近、固持之后,便争论、争吵、口角、冲突、辩论、纷争,说出这样的话:“你不懂此法与律,我懂此法与律。你如何能懂此法与律?你行于邪道,我行于正道。我所说的前后一致,你所说的前后矛盾。你该先说的却后说,该后说的却先说。你的见解已被颠覆,你的立论已被驳斥。你已被击败,设法从这番论难中脱身吧,如果你有本事,就来辩驳。”——那些执持邪见而进行争论的人正是如此。显示巴利原文
ti ye dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatānaṃ aññataraññataraṃ diṭṭhigataṃ gahetvā gaṇhitvā uggaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā vivādayanti kalahaṃ karonti bhaṇḍanaṃ karonti ‘viggahaṃ karonti vivādaṃ karonti, medhagaṃ karonti – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi, ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāmi, kiṃ tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānissasi, micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno, sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ te, pure vacanīyaṃ pacchā avaca, pacchā vacanīyaṃ pure avaca, adhiciṇṇaṃ te viparāvattaṃ, āropito te vādo, niggahito tvamasi, cara vādappamokkhāya, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti – ye diṭṭhimuggayha vivādayanti.
他们如是说、如是讲、如是宣说、如是表明、如是表述:‘世界是常恒的,唯此为真实,其余皆虚妄。’‘世界是非常恒的……乃至……如来死后既非存在亦非不存在,唯此为真实,其余皆虚妄。’并宣称:‘唯此是真理。’显示巴利原文
ti. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ‘‘Asassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – idameva saccanti ca vādayanti.
你应当以论破论、以破斥破斥、以还复还复、以殊胜殊胜、以胜妙胜妙、以缠解缠、以决了决了、以截断截断、以圆成圆成,向他们说。他们即是你的对手、敌手、竞争者、挑战者。你便向他们说吧,因为在此,能兴起论诤、生起论诤、出现论诤、形成论诤、显现论诤的对立者、反对者、反叛者、敌对者,能引发争吵、口角、冲突、辩论、纷争者,于此实不可得,无处可寻,不存在,无所有,已断除……已被智火所烧毁。所以,你便向他们说吧,在此处,当论诤兴起时,根本无有与你对立之人。显示巴利原文
ti. Te tvaṃ diṭṭhigatike vadassu vādena vādaṃ, niggahena niggahaṃ, paṭikammena paṭikammaṃ, visesena visesaṃ, paṭivisesena paṭivisesaṃ, āveṭhiyāya āveṭhiyaṃ, nibbeṭhiyāya nibbeṭhiyaṃ, chedena chedaṃ, maṇḍalena maṇḍalaṃ, te tuyhaṃ paṭisūrā paṭipurisā paṭisattū paṭimallāti – te tvaṃ vadassū na hi tedha atthi. ti. Vāde jāte sañjāte nibbatte abhinibbatte pātubhūteyeva paṭisenikattā paṭilomakattā paṭibhaṇḍakattā paṭipakkhakattā kalahaṃ kareyyuṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ kareyyuṃ viggahaṃ kareyyuṃ vivādaṃ kareyyuṃ medhagaṃ kareyyuṃ, te natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā…pe… ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – te tvaṃ vadassū na hi tedha atthi vādamhi jāte paṭisenikattā.
1734 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“那些执取邪见而争论的人,宣称‘唯有这个才是真理。’”
你便对他们说吧,因为当争论生起时,你这里并没有对立者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye diṭṭhimuggayha vivādayanti, idameva saccanti ca vādayanti; Te tvaṃ vadassū na hi tedha atthi, vādamhi jāte paṭisenikattā’’ti.
‘军’指的是魔军。身恶行是魔军,语恶行是魔军,意恶行是魔军;贪是魔军,嗔是魔军,痴是魔军;忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、谄、诳、顽固、急躁、慢、过慢、骄、放逸——所有烦恼、所有恶行、所有躁动、所有热恼、所有烧灼,一切不善造作,皆是魔军。显示巴利原文
ti. Senā vuccati mārasenā. Kāyaduccaritaṃ mārasenā, vacīduccaritaṃ mārasenā, manoduccaritaṃ mārasenā, lobho mārasenā, doso mārasenā, moho mārasenā, kodho… upanāho… makkho… paḷāso… issā… macchariyaṃ… māyā… sāṭheyyaṃ… thambho… sārambho… māno… atimāno… mado… pamādo… sabbe kilesā… sabbe duccaritā… sabbe darathā… sabbe pariḷāhā… sabbe santāpā… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā mārasenā.
此是世尊所说:
“欲是你的第一支军队,第二支名为不乐……”
阿修罗不能战胜它,唯有战胜它,才能获得安乐。”
显示巴利原文 Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘Kāmā te paṭhamā senā, dutiyā arati vuccati…pe… ; Na naṃ asuro jināti, jetvāva labhate sukha’’nti.
当一个人依四圣道,已战胜、击破、摧碎、毁散、逐退了一切魔军与所有敌对烦恼时,他便被称为‘离军者’。对所见,他已离军;对所闻,他已离军;对所感,他已离军;对所识知,他已离军——因此,对凡是所见、所闻或所感的一切法,他都是离军者。显示巴利原文
Yato catūhi ariyamaggehi sabbā ca mārasenā sabbe ca paṭisenikarā kilesā jitā ca parājitā ca bhaggā vippaluggā parammukhā, so vuccati visenibhūto. So diṭṭhe visenibhūto, sute visenibhūto, mute visenibhūto, viññāte visenibhūtoti – sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā.
于那些已将六十二种邪见彻底断除、连根斩断、平息止息、不再生起、被智火焚烧殆尽的圣者而言,他们不依见与见相诤,不相抵触,不被贬抑,不遭受攻击,也不去攻击——这便是于诸见中,不以见相诤。显示巴利原文
ti. Yesaṃ dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni, te diṭṭhīhi diṭṭhiṃ avirujjhamānā appaṭivirujjhamānā appahīyamānā appaṭihaññamānā appaṭihatamānāti – diṭṭhīhi diṭṭhiṃ avirujjhamānā.
在这些阿拉汉、漏尽者当中,你能觅得什么对手、敌手、怨敌、抗衡者呢?波修罗,你从他们那里,又能得到什么呢?显示巴利原文
ti. Tesu arahantesu khīṇāsavesu kiṃ labhetha paṭisūraṃ paṭipurisaṃ paṭisattuṃ paṭimallanti – tesu tvaṃ kiṃ labhetha pasūra.
那些阿拉汉、漏尽者,对于“这是最高的、最上的、最胜的、最殊胜的、最首要的、最尊的、最妙的”——这种执取、执著、固执、耽著、沉迷,在他们当中没有、不存在、找不到、不可得;它已被断除,已根除,已平息,已安息,不可能再生起,已被智慧之火烧尽。这就是──“在这些圣者当中,没有对‘最高’的执取”。 显示巴利原文
nti. Yesaṃ arahantānaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ ‘‘idaṃ paramaṃ aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavara’’nti gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ, natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhanti – yesīdha natthi paramuggahītaṃ.
1775 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
那些舍弃诤论而游行的人,不依见解对抗见解;
波修罗,在那些不执取‘至高’的人当中,你又能得到什么呢?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Visenikatvā pana ye caranti, diṭṭhīhi diṭṭhiṃ avirujjhamānā; Tesu tvaṃ kiṃ labhetha pasūra, yesīdha natthi paramuggahīta’’nti.
“ti”这个音节,成就了词与词的连结、词的关联、词的圆满,成就了字母的组合、辅音的流畅与词语的次第。所谓“如此见了”,就是观察、审察、衡量、判别、辨明,彻底照见关于“我所”的一切——因而说“如此见了”。那便是:斩断一切家庭生活的障碍,斩断妻儿的障碍,斩断亲属的障碍,斩断朋友与同僚的障碍,斩断储蓄与财物的障碍;剃除须发,披上袈裟,从有家而出家,过着无家的生活;达到一无所有的境地,独自行走、独住、独行、随法、守护、维生、过活。因为如此见了,他不再居住在有家室的屋宅里。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ. ti iti disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā mamattesūti – iti disvā. ti sabbaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhaṃ chinditvā puttadārapalibodhaṃ chinditvā ñātipalibodhaṃ chinditvā mittāmaccapalibodhaṃ chinditvā sannidhipalibodhaṃ chinditvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā akiñcanabhāvaṃ upagantvā eko careyya vihareyya iriyeyya vatteyya pāleyya yapeyya yāpeyyāti – iti disvā nāgāramāvase.
1551 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
所谓“心”,即是意、思、心所依处、净分、意处、意根、识、识蕴、相应的意识界。依此心思量、审虑种种见解:例如思量“世间是常”,或“世间是无常”……乃至思量“如来死后既非存在亦非不存在”——如此,用意思量著种种生起的见解。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yaṃ cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ hadayaṃ paṇḍaraṃ, mano manāyatanaṃ manindriyaṃ viññāṇaṃ viññāṇakkhandho tajjā manoviññāṇadhātu. Cittena diṭṭhiṃ cintento vicintento ‘‘sassato loko’’ti vā, ‘‘asassato loko’’ti vā…pe… ‘‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vāti – manasā diṭṭhigatāni cintayanto.
此即名为慧。那慧是了知、……乃至……不痴、择法、正见。于色有“我是”的慢、“我是”的欲、“我是”的随眠;于受……想……行……于识有“我是”的慢、“我是”的欲、“我是”的随眠。这便是戏论想量的根本。世尊如此说。以慧了知戏论想量的根本与“我是”之慢后,应当阻断、遮止、灭除、平息、令终止、令寂静一切——世尊说,这便是‘戏论想量的根本’;以慧了知‘我是’之后,阻断一切。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati paññā. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. ti rūpe asmīti māno asmīti chando asmīti anusayo; vedanāya… saññāya… saṅkhāresu… viññāṇe asmīti māno asmīti chando asmīti anusayoti. Mūlaṃ papañcasaṅkhāya iti bhagavā. ti. Papañcasaṅkhāya mūlañca asmimānañca mantāya sabbaṃ rundheyya uparundheyya nirodheyya vūpasameyya atthaṅgameyya paṭipassambheyyāti – mūlaṃ papañcasaṅkhāya iti bhagavā, mantā asmīti sabbamuparundhe.
游行者波修罗无力与那位清净者、佛陀、世尊同场较量,共执轭头,彼此谈论、对话,深入讨论。这是什么缘故呢?游行者波修罗是低劣、卑下、低下、粗劣、下贱、渺小的。而彼世尊乃是最高、最上、最胜、最优秀、最顶尖、最殊胜者。正如一只兔子无力与一头发情的大象同场较力,共执轭头;正如一只豺狗无力与兽王狮子同场较力,共执轭头;正如一头年幼、尚在吃奶的小牛无力与那头弯角摇摆的公牛同场较力,共执轭头;正如一只乌鸦无力与金翅鸟王——毗那多之子同场较力,共执轭头;正如一个贱民无力与转轮王同场较力,共执轭头;正如一个尘土饿鬼无力与天王因陀罗同场较力,共执轭头;同样,游行者波修罗无力与那位清净者、佛陀、世尊同场较量,共执轭头,彼此谈论、对话,深入讨论。这是什么缘故呢?游行者波修罗智慧低劣、智慧卑下、智慧低下、智慧粗劣、智慧下贱、智慧渺小。而彼世尊具有大智慧、广博的智慧、敏捷的智慧、迅速的智慧、锐利的智慧、穿透的智慧,善能剖析智慧,已开启智慧,证得无碍解,成就四无所畏,具足十力,是人中公牛、人中狮子、人中大象、人中良骏、人中担重者,具有无边的智、无边的威光、无边的名声,是富足者、大财富者、拥有财富者,是引导者、调御者、劝导者,是令知者、令审察者、令观见者、令净信者。正是这位世尊,使未生之道得以生起,使未成之道得以成就,使未宣之道得以宣说;他是知道者、了知道者、善巧于道者。而如今,他的弟子们随道而行,于后成就。显示巴利原文
ti. Pasūro paribbājako na paṭibalo dhonena buddhena bhagavatā saddhiṃ yugaṃ samāgamaṃ samāgantvā yugaggāhaṃ gaṇhitvā sākacchetuṃ sallapituṃ sākacchaṃ samāpajjituṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Pasūro paribbājako hīno nihīno omako lāmako chatukko paritto. So hi bhagavā aggo ca seṭṭho ca visiṭṭho ca pāmokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. Yathā saso na paṭibalo mattena mātaṅgena saddhiṃ yugaṃ samāgamaṃ samāgantvā yugaggāhaṃ gaṇhituṃ; yathā kotthuko na paṭibalo sīhena migaraññā saddhiṃ yugaṃ samāgamaṃ samāgantvā yugaggāhaṃ gaṇhituṃ; yathā vacchako taruṇako dhenupako na paṭibalo usabhena calakakunā saddhiṃ yugaṃ samāgamaṃ samāgantvā yugaggāhaṃ gaṇhituṃ; yathā dhaṅko na paṭibalo garuḷena venateyyena saddhiṃ yugaṃ samāgamaṃ samāgantvā yugaggāhaṃ gaṇhituṃ; yathā caṇḍālo na paṭibalo raññā cakkavattinā saddhiṃ yugaṃ samāgamaṃ samāgantvā yugaggāhaṃ gaṇhituṃ; yathā paṃsupisācako na paṭibalo indena devaraññā saddhiṃ yugaṃ samāgamaṃ samāgantvā yugaggāhaṃ gaṇhituṃ; evameva pasūro paribbājako na paṭibalo dhonena buddhena bhagavatā saddhiṃ yugaṃ samāgamaṃ samāgantvā yugaggāhaṃ gaṇhitvā sākacchetuṃ sallapituṃ sākacchaṃ samāpajjituṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Pasūro paribbājako hīnapañño nihīnapañño omakapañño lāmakapañño chatukkapañño parittapañño. So hi bhagavā mahāpañño puthupañño hāsapañño javanapañño tikkhapañño nibbedhikapañño, paññāpabhedakusalo pabhinnañāṇo adhigatapaṭisambhido, catuvesārajjappatto dasabaladhārī, purisāsabho purisasīho purisanāgo purisājañño purisadhorayho, anantañāṇo anantatejo anantayaso aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavā, netā vinetā anunetā, paññāpetā nijjhāpetā pekkhetā pasādetā. So hi bhagavā anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā, maggaññū maggavidū maggakovido maggānugā ca panassa etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchā samannāgatā.
诚然,彼世尊以知者的方式知,以见者的方式见;他已成眼者、智体、法体、梵体,是义的解说者与开显者,是不死的施与者,是法主,是如来。对彼世尊而言,没有任何事物是未知、未见、未了、未证、未被智慧所触及的。举凡过去、未来、现在的所有法,以一切方式,皆现前于佛陀世尊的智慧门前。凡有任何名为"所应引导而了知"的事物——不论是关于己利的事、关于他利的事,或是关于自他双方利益的事;不论是现世的利益,或是来世的利益;不论是浅显的事,或是深奥的事;不论是隐藏的事,还是遮蔽的事;不论是应被引导的事,还是已被引导的事;不论是无过失的事、无烦恼的事、清净的事,还是究竟的事——所有这一切,皆在佛陀的智慧中现起。显示巴利原文
So hi bhagavā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passati, cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato. Natthi tassa bhagavato aññātaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ aviditaṃ asacchikataṃ aphassitaṃ paññāya. Atītaṃ anāgataṃ paccuppannaṃ upādāya sabbe dhammā sabbākārena buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchanti. Yaṃ kiñci neyyaṃ nāma atthi jānitabbaṃ attattho vā parattho vā ubhayattho vā diṭṭhadhammiko vā attho samparāyiko vā attho uttāno vā attho gambhīro vā attho gūḷho vā attho paṭicchanno vā attho neyyo vā attho nīto vā attho anavajjo vā attho nikkileso vā attho vodāno vā attho paramattho vā attho, sabbaṃ taṃ antobuddhañāṇe parivattati.
佛陀世尊的一切身业,皆随智慧而转;一切语业……一切意业……于过去,佛陀世尊的智慧无有障碍;于未来、于现在,智慧亦无有障碍。有多少所应了知的事物,便有多少智慧;有多少智慧,便有多少所应了知的事物。智慧以所应了知的事物为边际,所应了知的事物以智慧为边际。若超越所应了知的事物,智慧便不再生起;若超越智慧,则无所应了知的事物之范畴。这些法互相以对方为界限而安住。犹如两只匣子的底与盖,当它们紧密合拢时,下方的匣盖不逾越上方,上方的匣盖也不逾越下方,彼此互相以对方为边界而安住;同样地,佛陀世尊的所应了知的事物与智慧,也互相以对方为边界而安住。有多少所应了知的事物,便有多少智慧;有多少智慧,便有多少所应了知的事物。智慧以所应了知的事物为边际,所应了知的事物以智慧为边际。若超越所应了知的事物,智慧便不再生起;若超越智慧,则无所应了知的事物之范畴。这些法互相以对方为界限而安住。显示巴利原文
Sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇānuparivatti sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ… sabbaṃ manokammaṃ… atīte buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, anāgate paccuppanne appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ. Yāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ tāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ; neyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇaṃ ñāṇapariyantikaṃ neyyaṃ, neyyaṃ atikkamitvā ñāṇaṃ nappavattati, ñāṇaṃ atikkamitvā neyyapatho natthi. Aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino te dhammā. Yathā dvinnaṃ samuggapaṭalānaṃ sammāphusitānaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ samuggapaṭalaṃ uparimaṃ nātivattati, uparimaṃ samuggapaṭalaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ nātivattati, aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino; evameva buddhassa bhagavato neyyañca ñāṇañca aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino. Yāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ tāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ; neyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇaṃ ñāṇapariyantikaṃ neyyaṃ. Neyyaṃ atikkamitvā ñāṇaṃ nappavattati, ñāṇaṃ atikkamitvā neyyapatho natthi. Aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino te dhammā.
一切法,皆随佛陀世尊的注意而转,随愿而转,随作意而转,随心念生起而转。佛陀世尊的智慧,遍行于一切有情。世尊了知一切众生的倾向、随眠、行与意乐。他清楚地了知:哪些众生尘垢少、哪些尘垢多,哪些根利、哪些根钝,哪些品性良善、哪些品性不佳,哪些易教、哪些难教,哪些能成就、哪些不能。含括诸天、魔罗、梵天的世间,含括沙门、婆罗门、诸天与人的众生,一切都在佛陀的智慧范围内运行。显示巴利原文
Sabbe dhammā buddhassa bhagavato āvajjanapaṭibaddhā ākaṅkhapaṭibaddhā manasikārapaṭibaddhā cittuppādapaṭibaddhā. Sabbasattesu buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati, sabbesañca sattānaṃ bhagavā āsayaṃ jānāti anusayaṃ jānāti caritaṃ jānāti adhimuttiṃ jānāti. Apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye bhabbābhabbe satte pajānāti. Sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā antobuddhañāṇe parivattati.
犹如一切鱼龟,乃至巨大的鲸鱼,都在大海之中游弋;同样地,含天、魔、梵天的世间,以及所有沙门、婆罗门、天、人等众生,都在佛陀的智慧之内运作。犹如一切鸟类,乃至毗那多之子金翅鸟,都在天空的范围内翱翔;同样地,即使是那些智慧如同舍利弗一般的人,他们的智慧也仅在佛陀智慧的一隅活动。佛陀的智慧遍覆天、人智慧之上而安住,超迈其表。那些刹帝利智者、婆罗门智者、居士智者、沙门智者,精微敏锐,善于辩论,犹如能射穿毛发的箭手,他们似乎以智慧摧破种种邪见,反复构设问题,前往如来面前,探问那些隐蔽与覆藏之义。世尊为他们解说、回答,揭示缘由;他们听闻之后,便都成为世尊的弟子。那时,世尊就在那里,以智慧显得格外卓越。世尊正是以这样的慧眼,成为具足明澈之眼者。显示巴利原文
Yathā ye keci macchakacchapā antamaso timitimiṅgalaṃ upādāya antomahāsamudde parivattanti; evameva sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā antobuddhañāṇe parivattati . Yathā ye keci pakkhī antamaso garuḷaṃ venateyyaṃ upādāya ākāsassa padese parivattanti; evameva yepi te sāriputtasamā paññāya tepi buddhañāṇassa padese parivattanti; buddhañāṇaṃ devamanussānaṃ paññaṃ pharitvā abhibhavitvā tiṭṭhati. Yepi te khattiyapaṇḍitā brāhmaṇapaṇḍitā gahapatipaṇḍitā samaṇapaṇḍitā nipuṇā kataparappavādā vālavedhirūpā vobhindantā maññe caranti paññāgatena diṭṭhigatāni, te pañhaṃ abhisaṅkharitvā abhisaṅkharitvā tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchanti gūḷhāni ca paṭicchannāni ca. Kathitā visajjitā ca te pañhā bhagavatā honti niddiṭṭhakāraṇā. Upakkhittakā ca te bhagavato sampajjanti. Atha kho bhagavā tattha atirocati yadidaṃ paññāyāti. Evaṃ bhagavā paññācakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu.
那些刹帝利的智者、婆罗门的智者、居士的智者、沙门的智者,敏达精微,善知他宗,犹如能射穿毛发的射手。他们似乎以智慧四处巡行,摧破种种邪见。他们屡屡构思问题,来到如来跟前,询问那些隐蔽和幽微之义。世尊为他们解说、解答、阐明原委;得到世尊的解答后,他们便成为世尊的弟子。就在那里,世尊以智慧显得格外卓越。显示巴利原文
Yepi te khattiyapaṇḍitā brāhmaṇapaṇḍitā gahapatipaṇḍitā samaṇapaṇḍitā nipuṇā kataparappavādā vālavedhirūpā. Vobhindantā maññe caranti paññāgatena diṭṭhigatāni . Te pañhe abhisaṅkharitvā abhisaṅkharitvā tathāgate upasaṅkamitvā pucchanti gūḷhāni ca paṭicchannāni ca. Kathitā visajjitāva te pañhā bhagavatā honti niddiṭṭhakāraṇā upakkhittakā ca. Te bhagavato sampajjanti. Atha kho bhagavāva tattha atirocati yadidaṃ paññāyāti – dhonena yugaṃ samāgamā, na hi tvaṃ sakkhasi sampayātave.
1656 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
而后你又堕入虚妄思惟,心中推敲种种邪见;
你虽与清净者相逢,却终究无法与之同行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Atha tvaṃ pavitakkamāgamā, manasā diṭṭhigatāni cintayanto; Dhonena yugaṃ samāgamā, na hi tvaṃ sakkhasi sampayātave’’ti.
《波修罗经》义释第八显示巴利原文
Pasūrasuttaniddeso aṭṭhamo.
《摩犍提经》义释显示巴利原文
9. Māgaṇḍiyasuttaniddeso
今将解说《摩犍提经》义释:显示巴利原文
Atha māgaṇḍiyasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
当他见到并彻见名为渴爱、不快与贪染的魔女时,于淫欲法中便无欲、无贪、无爱。因此说:既见渴爱、不快、贪染已,于淫欲亦无欲求。显示巴利原文
nti. Taṇhañca aratiñca ragañca māradhītaro disvā passitvā methunadhamme chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā nāhosīti – disvāna taṇhaṃ aratiṃ ragañca nāhosi chando api methunasmiṃ.
当被问到:“这身体算得了什么?充满屎尿、痰血,骨锁筋连,血肉外敷,外裹皮革,覆以薄皮,孔窍遍布,流脓渗液,虫群栖集,充满种种污秽不净。连用脚踩都不愿意,更何况共住与交会?这充满屎尿的东西,脚都不愿碰它。然而这并不奇怪:若人希求天界欲,就不会贪求人界欲;若希求人界欲,就不会贪求天界欲。如今你于这两种欲都不要、不喜、不求、不慕、不贪,你持什么见解?你见的是什么?”这是在问。显示巴利原文
ti. Kimevidaṃ sarīraṃ muttapuṇṇaṃ karīsapuṇṇaṃ semhapuṇṇaṃ ruhirapuṇṇaṃ aṭṭhisaṅghātanhārusambandhaṃ rudhiramaṃsāvalepanaṃ cammavinaddhaṃ chaviyā paṭicchannaṃ chiddāvachiddaṃ uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ kimisaṅghanisevitaṃ nānākalimalaparipūraṃ pādena akkamituṃ na iccheyya, kuto pana saṃvāso vā samāgamo vāti – kimevidaṃ muttakarīsapuṇṇaṃ, pādāpi naṃ samphusituṃ na icche. Anacchariyañcetaṃ manusso dibbe kāme patthayanto mānusake kāme na iccheyya, mānusake vā kāme patthayanto dibbe kāme na iccheyya. Yaṃ tvaṃ ubhopi na icchasi na sādiyasi na patthesi na pihesi nābhijappasi, kiṃ te dassanaṃ, katamāya tvaṃ diṭṭhiyā samannāgatoti pucchatīti.
1841 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
见渴爱、不乐与贪染已,于淫欲我亦无欲;
这是什么?这充满屎尿的秽物,连脚都不愿碰触。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Disvāna taṇhaṃ aratiṃ ragañca, nāhosi chando api methunasmiṃ; Kimevidaṃ muttakarīsapuṇṇaṃ, pādāpi naṃ samphusituṃ na icche’’ti.
所谓“我这么说”,是说:我说此、我说彼、我说这些、我说到此程度、我说这些邪见——诸如“世间是常”……乃至……“如来死后非有非无”。所谓“没有我的份”,是说:“我说到此程度”——彼处实无此事;“我这么说”——彼处亦无此事。显示巴利原文
ti. ti idaṃ vadāmi, etaṃ vadāmi, ettakaṃ vadāmi, ettāvatā vadāmi, idaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ vadāmi – ‘‘sassato loko’’ti vā…pe… ‘‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vā. ti na mayhaṃ hoti, ‘‘ettāvatā vadāmī’’ti na tassa hotīti – idaṃ vadāmīti na tassa hoti.
世尊以名字称呼那位婆罗门。这是表示尊敬的称呼……是证得的名号,也就是“世尊”——“摩犍提啊”,世尊这样说。显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavāti – māgaṇḍiyāti bhagavā.
“确定”是指在六十二种邪见中,经过反复思量、抉择、审察、深察、衡量、检视——使之明晰、彰显之后,所确立的见解。“执取”是指:或以部分执取,或以局部执取,或以选择执取,或以片段执取,或以积聚执取,或以综合执取,执取其为“这是真实的、确实的、如实的、实在的、确然的、无有颠倒的”。那种被紧执不舍、紧握不放、深切投入、牢牢粘着、内心认定的见解,于他而言已不存在、没有、不出现、不可得,已被舍断、彻底断除、平息、安止、永不复生,被智慧之火焚烧殆尽——这便是对种种法,不再有由确定而生的执取。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatesu. ti nicchinitvā vinicchinitvā vicinitvā pavicinitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. nti odhiggāho bilaggāho varaggāho koṭṭhāsaggāho uccayaggāho samuccayaggāho, ‘‘idaṃ saccaṃ tacchaṃ tathaṃ bhūtaṃ yāthāvaṃ aviparīta’’nti gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhanti – dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ.
1467 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
也就是说:见到诸邪见的过患,我于邪见不取著、不执持、不固执。或者也可以这样理解:诸邪见不应被取著、不应被执持、不应被固执。如此观察之后,于诸邪见他便不执取。显示巴利原文
ti. Diṭṭhīsu ādīnavaṃ passanto diṭṭhiyo na gaṇhāmi na parāmasāmi nābhinivisāmi. Atha vā na gaṇhitabbā na parāmasitabbā nābhinivisitabbāti. Evampi passañca diṭṭhīsu anuggahāya.
或者像这样:“世界是永恒的,唯此是真,其余皆虚妄。”这就是落入邪见。这邪见是丛林,是荒漠,是歪曲,是躁动,是结缚,伴随着苦、损害、苦恼与热恼;它不导向厌离,不导向离欲,不导向灭尽,不导向寂静,不导向证智,不导向正觉,不导向涅槃。看见邪见有此过患,对于邪见,我不抓取、不紧握、不固执。或者说,对于邪见,不应被抓取、不应被紧握、不应被固执。如此观察后,他便于邪见无所执取。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ‘‘sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti diṭṭhigatametaṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāro diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaññojanaṃ, sadukkhaṃ savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ, na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattatīti. Diṭṭhīsu ādīnavaṃ passanto diṭṭhiyo na gaṇhāmi na parāmasāmi nābhinivisāmi. Atha vā na gaṇhitabbā na parāmasitabbā nābhinivisitabbāti. Evampi passañca diṭṭhīsu anuggahāya.
或者像这样:“世界不永恒”、“世界有边”、“世界无边”、“灵魂即是身体”、“灵魂异于身体”、“如来死后存在”、“如来死后不存在”、“如来死后亦存在亦不存在”、“如来死后非存在非不存在”,唯此是真,其余皆虚妄——这就是落入邪见。这邪见是丛林,是荒漠,是歪曲,是躁动,是结缚,伴随着苦、损害、苦恼与热恼;它不导向厌离,不导向离欲,不导向灭尽,不导向寂静,不导向证智,不导向正觉,不导向涅槃。看见邪见有此过患,对于邪见,我不抓取、不紧握、不固执。或者说,对于邪见,不应被抓取、不应被紧握、不应被固执。如此观察后,他便于邪见无所执取。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ‘‘asassato loko, antavā loko, anantavā loko, taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ, aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ, hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti diṭṭhigatametaṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāro diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaññojanaṃ, sadukkhaṃ savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattatīti. Diṭṭhīsu ādīnavaṃ passanto diṭṭhiyo na gaṇhāmi na parāmasāmi nābhinivisāmi. Atha vā na gaṇhitabbā na parāmasitabbā nābhinivisitabbāti. Evampi passañca diṭṭhīsu anuggahāya.
或者这样想:“这些邪见若被如此执取、如此把握,便会导向如此的趣向、如此的来生。”他见到邪见中的过患,因此不执取、不把握、不固著这些邪见。乃至,不应执取、不应把握、不应固著。如此观察后,他于诸邪见不再追随。显示巴利原文
Atha vā imā diṭṭhiyo evaṃgahitā evaṃparāmaṭṭhā evaṃgatikā bhavissanti evaṃabhisamparāyāti. Diṭṭhīsu ādīnavaṃ passanto diṭṭhiyo na gaṇhāmi na parāmasāmi nābhinivisāmi. Atha vā na gaṇhitabbā na parāmasitabbā nābhinivisitabbāti. Evampi passañca diṭṭhīsu anuggahāya.
他或作如是思惟:‘这些邪见导向地狱、导向畜生道、导向饿鬼界。’他见到邪见的过患,便不执取、不执持、不固著这些邪见。再者,这些邪见本不应执取、不应执持、不应固著。如此观察之后,他对邪见不再随顺。显示巴利原文
Atha vā imā diṭṭhiyo nirayasaṃvattanikā tiracchānayonisaṃvattanikā pettivisayasaṃvattanikāti. Diṭṭhīsu ādīnavaṃ passanto diṭṭhiyo na gaṇhāmi na parāmasāmi nābhinivisāmi. Atha vā na gaṇhitabbā na parāmasitabbā nābhinivisitabbāti. Evampi passañca diṭṭhīsu anuggahāya.
他或作如是思惟:‘这些邪见是无常的、有为的、缘生的,是灭尽法、消散法、离贪法、止息法。’他见到邪见的过患,便不执取、不执持、不固著这些邪见。再者,这些邪见本不应执取、不应执持、不应固著。如此观察之后,他对邪见不再随顺。显示巴利原文
Atha vā imā diṭṭhiyo aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammāti. Diṭṭhīsu ādīnavaṃ passanto diṭṭhiyo na gaṇhāmi na parāmasāmi nābhinivisāmi. Atha vā na gaṇhitabbā na parāmasitabbā nābhinivisitabbāti. Evampi passañca diṭṭhīsu anuggahāya.
所谓‘内在寂静’,即是内在的止息——内在贪的止息、瞋的止息、痴的止息;忿的止息、恨的止息、覆的止息、恼的止息、嫉的止息、悭的止息、诳的止息、谄的止息、顽固的止息、争斗的止息、慢的止息、过慢的止息、沉醉的止息、放逸的止息;一切烦恼的止息、一切恶行的止息、一切忧伤的止息、一切焦热的止息、一切苦恼的止息、一切不善行的止息——这便是平息、寂止、清凉、轻安、寂静。他审察、思择、检视、衡量、分辨、明了、洞察:‘一切行无常’;他审察、思择、检视……‘一切行是苦’;……‘一切法无我’;他审察、思择、检视、衡量、分辨、明了、洞察:‘凡是集起之法,皆是灭法。’如此,他见、了知、亲见、通达了——通达了内在的寂静。显示巴利原文
nti. Ajjhattasantiṃ ajjhattaṃ rāgassa santiṃ, dosassa santiṃ, mohassa santiṃ, kodhassa… upanāhassa… makkhassa … paḷāsassa… issāya… macchariyassa … māyāya… sāṭheyyassa… thambhassa… sārambhassa… mānassa… atimānassa… madassa… pamādassa… sabbakilesānaṃ… sabbaduccaritānaṃ… sabbadarathānaṃ… sabbapariḷāhānaṃ… sabbasantāpānaṃ… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santiṃ upasantiṃ vūpasantiṃ nibbutiṃ paṭipassaddhiṃ santiṃ. nti pacinanto vicinanto pavicinanto tulayanto tīrayanto vibhāvayanto vibhūtaṃ karonto, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti pacinanto vicinanto pavicinanto tulayanto tīrayanto vibhāvayanto vibhūtaṃ karonto, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti pacinanto vicinanto pavicinanto… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti pacinanto vicinanto pavicinanto tulayanto tīrayanto vibhāvayanto vibhūtaṃ karonto. nti adassaṃ adakkhiṃ apassiṃ paṭivijjhinti – ajjhattasantiṃ pacinaṃ adassaṃ.
2191 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
对种种法确立定见后执取不舍;
虽有所见,却不执取于诸见;
向内探寻寂静,却未能见到。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idaṃ vadāmīti na tassa hoti, [māgaṇḍiyāti bhagavā] Dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ; Passañca diṭṭhīsu anuggahāya; Ajjhattasantiṃ pacinaṃ adassa’’nti.
所谓“判定”,即是六十二种邪见。立于判定之见,安住其中,执取、坚执、深著,住于判定之内。意思是:自己计量、自己断定。自己计量、自己断定说:“这位导师是全知者”;“这个法是善说的……这个僧团是善修行的……这个见解是吉祥的……这个行持是善安立的……这条道路是导向解脱的”——这便是“立于判定之中,自己计量”。显示巴利原文
ti. Vinicchayā vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni. Vinicchayadiṭṭhiyā ṭhatvā patiṭṭhahitvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā vinicchaye ṭhatvā. ti sayaṃ pamāya paminitvā. ‘‘Ayaṃ satthā sabbaññū’’ti sayaṃ pamāya paminitvā, ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo svākkhāto… ayaṃ gaṇo suppaṭipanno… ayaṃ diṭṭhi bhaddikā… ayaṃ paṭipadā supaññattā… ayaṃ maggo niyyāniko’’ti sayaṃ pamāya paminitvāti – vinicchaye ṭhatvā sayaṃ pamāya.
于“ti”(因此)一词:ti 是词与词的连接、词的关联、词的圆满、字母的聚合、辅音的流畅衔接、词语的前后次第——这便是 athāti(因此)的含义。而“ti”又指三种“武器”:身武器、语武器、意武器。三种身恶行是身武器,四种语恶行是语武器,三种意恶行是意武器。意为:当被和尚、阿阇梨、同和尚弟子、同阿阇梨弟子、朋友、相识、亲近者或同伴劝诫时,他明知而说妄语。他说:“尊者,我本乐于出家;但我的母亲需要奉养,所以我舍戒还俗了。”他说:“我的父亲需要奉养……兄弟需要奉养……姐妹需要奉养……儿子需要奉养……女儿需要奉养……朋友需要奉养……大臣需要奉养……亲族需要奉养……血亲需要奉养,所以我舍戒还俗了。”他如此造作、构作、生起、令生起、产生、制造语武器——这便是“当被他人言语所劝时,他造作武器”的意思。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – athāti. ti tīṇi satthāni – kāyasatthaṃ, vacīsatthaṃ, manosatthaṃ. Tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ kāyasatthaṃ, catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ vacīsatthaṃ, tividhaṃ manoduccaritaṃ manosatthaṃ. ti. Upajjhāyehi vā ācariyehi vā samānupajjhāyakehi vā samānācariyakehi vā mittehi vā sandiṭṭhehi vā sambhattehi vā sahāyehi vā codito sampajānamusā bhāsati. ‘‘Abhirato ahaṃ, bhante, ahosiṃ pabbajjāya. Mātā me posetabbā, tenamhi vibbhanto’’ti bhaṇati . ‘‘Pitā me posetabbo , tenamhi vibbhanto’’ti bhaṇati. ‘‘Bhātā me posetabbo… bhaginī me posetabbā… putto me posetabbo… dhītā me posetabbā… mittā me posetabbā… amaccā me posetabbā… ñātakā me posetabbā… sālohitā me posetabbā, tenamhi vibbhanto’’ti bhaṇati. Vacīsatthaṃ karoti saṅkaroti janeti sañjaneti nibbatteti abhinibbattetīti – atha satthāni kurute, paravādehi codito.
“ti”(一词)称为智……(中略)……超越执著之网,那位牟尼。“ti”,如你所说:“见到种种见解的过患,于这些见解我不执取、不抓取、不耽著”,又说“内在的寂静”。“nti”,此是究竟义——你正是牟尼,你说道:“由不执取,达至内在寂静”——这便是此处所说的意思。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni. ti. vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so munīti. ti diṭṭhīsu ādīnavaṃ passanto diṭṭhiyo na gaṇhāmi na parāmasāmi nābhinivisāmīti ca bhaṇasi, ajjhattasantīti ca bhaṇasi. nti yaṃ paramatthanti – te ve munī brūsi anuggahāya, ajjhattasantīti yametamatthaṃ.
“nti”一词,表示疑问、疑惑、双关疑惑、不定之问,如:“是这样吗?不是吗?是什么呢?如何呢?”——其中之“如何呢”。所谓“智者们”,是指坚定者、智者、具慧者、具智者、辨识者、分明者、睿智者。而“nti”是指被了知、被宣说、被教导、被开示、被安立、被开显、被分析、被阐明、被说示——因此,“智者们是如何宣说此事的?”显示巴利原文
nti. ti padaṃ saṃsayapucchā vimatipucchā dveḷhakapucchā anekaṃsapucchā, evaṃ nu kho nanu kho kiṃ nu kho kathaṃ nu khoti – kathaṃ nu. ti dhīrehi paṇḍitehi paññavantehi buddhimantehi ñāṇīhi vibhāvīhi medhāvīhi. nti veditaṃ paveditaṃ ācikkhitaṃ desitaṃ paññāpitaṃ paṭṭhapitaṃ vivaṭaṃ vibhattaṃ uttānīkataṃ pakāsitanti – kathaṃ nu dhīrehi paveditaṃ taṃ.
于是,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“种种构想出来的判定,”[这是摩犍提说的]
你确实说,那些牟尼无有执取;
对于这称为‘内在寂静’的意义,智者们是如何宣说的呢?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vinicchayā yāni pakappitāni, [iti māgaṇḍiyo] Te ve munī brūsi anuggahāya; Ajjhattasantīti yametamatthaṃ, kathaṃ nu dhīrehi paveditaṃ ta’’nti.
我不说、不宣称、不言说、不表示、不声称:由所见而有清净、遍净、完全清净,有解脱、释解、完全解脱;同样,也不说由所闻而有清净……由所见和所闻而有清净……由智而有清净……”——也就是不依见、不依闻、不依智而说清净。显示巴利原文
ti. Diṭṭhenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ nāha na kathesi na bhaṇasi na dīpayasi na voharasi; sutenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ nāha na kathesi na bhaṇasi na dīpayasi na voharasi; diṭṭhasutenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ nāha na kathesi na bhaṇasi na dīpayasi na voharasi; ñāṇenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ nāha na kathesi na bhaṇasi na dīpayasi na voharasīti – na diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena.
此处‘ti’是世尊直呼那位婆罗门的名字。‘ti’是表示恭敬的称呼……乃至……由亲证而施设的,这便是‘世尊’的含义。‘摩犍提啊’——世尊这样说道。显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavāti – māgaṇḍiyāti bhagavā.
世尊没有这样宣说、没有这样宣称、没有这样言说、没有这样阐明、没有这样表示:“由戒而有清净、完全清净、彻底清净,而有解脱、解脱、完全解脱”;也没有这样宣说、没有这样宣称、没有这样言说、没有这样阐明、没有这样表示:“由誓愿而有清净、完全清净、彻底清净,而有解脱、解脱、完全解脱”;也没有这样宣说、没有这样宣称、没有这样言说、没有这样阐明、没有这样表示:“由戒与誓愿而有清净、完全清净、彻底清净,而有解脱、解脱、完全解脱”——是故,世尊不依戒与誓愿而说清净。显示巴利原文
ti. Sīlenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ nāha na kathesi na bhaṇasi na dīpayasi na voharasi; vatenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ nāha na kathesi na bhaṇasi na dīpayasi na voharasi; sīlabbatenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ nāha na kathesi na bhaṇasi na dīpayasi na voharasīti – sīlabbatenāpi na suddhimāha.
也应该希求正见。十事正见是:有布施,有供养,有祭祀,有善恶行的果报,有此世,有他世,有母,有父,有化生众生,在世间有通过正确修行而亲自证悟后宣说此世和他世的沙门、婆罗门。也应该希求听闻:来自他人的言语,契经,应颂,记说,偈颂,自说,如是语,本生,未曾有法,方广。也应该希求智:业所有的智,随顺真谛的智,神通的智,等至的智。也应该希求戒:巴帝摩卡律仪。也应该希求誓愿:八头陀支——林住支、常乞食支、粪扫衣支、三衣支、次第乞食支、过午不食支、常坐不卧支、随坐支。显示巴利原文
ti. Diṭṭhipi icchitabbā. Dasavatthukā sammādiṭṭhi – atthi dinnaṃ, atthi yiṭṭhaṃ, atthi hutaṃ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, atthi ayaṃ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti; savanampi icchitabbaṃ – parato ghoso, suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthā, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ; ñāṇampi icchitabbaṃ – kammassakatañāṇaṃ, saccānulomikañāṇaṃ , abhiññāñāṇaṃ, samāpattiñāṇaṃ; sīlampi icchitabbaṃ – pātimokkhasaṃvaro; vatampi icchitabbaṃ – aṭṭha dhutaṅgāni – āraññikaṅgaṃ, piṇḍapātikaṅgaṃ, paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ, tecīvarikaṅga, sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ, khalupacchābhattikaṅgaṃ, nesajjikaṅgaṃ, yathāsanthatikaṅganti.
并非仅凭正见,也非仅凭听闻,并非仅凭智,并非仅凭戒,并非仅凭誓愿,即能获得内心寂静;也非离这些法而能获得内心寂静。然而,这些法是达到、证得、触及、亲证内心寂静的资粮。并非说:‘不具见、不具闻、不具智、不具戒、不具誓愿,也能得彼。’显示巴利原文
ti . Nāpi sammādiṭṭhimattena, nāpi savanamattena, nāpi ñāṇamattena, nāpi sīlamattena, nāpi vatamattena ajjhattasantiṃ patto hoti, nāpi vinā etehi dhammehi ajjhattasantiṃ pāpuṇāti. Api ca sambhārā ime dhammā honti ajjhattasantiṃ pāpuṇituṃ adhigantuṃ phassituṃ sacchikātunti – adiṭṭhiyā assutiyā añāṇā asīlatā abbatā nopi tena.
应当希求以根除而断除黑分法;应当希求对三界善法无所著。当黑分法被根除而断,根已拔除,如截去顶的多罗树,归于无有,于未来不再生起,并且对三界善法生起无所著时,到这种程度,他便不执取、不紧抓、不耽著。所谓“不应执取、不应紧抓、不应耽著”。如此,这些皆是舍离而不执取。当渴爱、邪见和慢被断除,根已拔除,如截去顶的多罗树,归于无有,于未来不再生起时,到这种程度,他也不执取、不紧抓、不耽著。如此,这些皆是舍离而不执取。显示巴利原文
ti. ti kaṇhapakkhikānaṃ dhammānaṃ samugghātato pahānaṃ icchitabbaṃ, tedhātukesu kusalesu dhammesu atammayatā icchitabbā, yato kaṇhapakkhiyā dhammā samugghātapahānena pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tedhātukesu ca kusalesu dhammesu atammayatā hoti, ettāvatāpi na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisati. Atha vā na gaṇhitabbā na parāmasitabbā nābhinivisitabbāti. Evampi ete ca nissajja anuggahāya. Yato taṇhā ca diṭṭhi ca māno ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti, ettāvatāpi na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisatīti. Evampi ete ca nissajja anuggahāya.
当福行、非福行及不动行被断除,根已拔除,如截去顶的多罗树,归于无有,未来不再生起时,也就因此不执取、不紧抓、不耽著。如此,这些也是舍离而不执取。显示巴利原文
Yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti, ettāvatāpi na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisatīti. Evampi ete ca nissajja anuggahāya.
因贪的止息而寂静,因嗔的止息而寂静,因痴的止息而寂静;因忿怒的止息而寂静,因怨恨的止息而寂静,因覆藏的止息而寂静,因恼害的止息而寂静,因嫉妒的止息而寂静,因悭吝的止息而寂静,因谄曲的止息而寂静,因虚伪的止息而寂静,因顽固的止息而寂静,因争强的止息而寂静,因慢的止息而寂静,因过慢的止息而寂静,因骄醉的止息而寂静,因放逸的止息而寂静;因一切烦恼的止息而寂静,因一切恶行的止息而寂静,因一切忧恼的止息而寂静,因一切苦热的止息而寂静,因一切热恼的止息而寂静;因一切不善行的止息、平息、寂止、消融、熄灭、消失、安息而寂静——即寂静、息寂、寂灭、熄灭、安息,是名为寂静。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rāgassa samitattā santo, dosassa samitattā santo, mohassa samitattā santo , kodhassa… upanāhassa… makkhassa… paḷāsassa… issāya… macchariyassa… māyāya… sāṭheyyassa… thambhassa… sārambhassa… mānassa… atimānassa… madassa… pamādassa… sabbakilesānaṃ… sabbaduccaritānaṃ… sabbadarathānaṃ… sabbapariḷāhānaṃ… sabbasantāpānaṃ… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santattā samitattā vūpasamitattā vijjhātattā nibbutattā vigatattā paṭipassaddhattā santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭipassaddhoti – santo.
有两种依止:渴爱依止与邪见依止。……这是渴爱依止……这是邪见依止。舍断了渴爱依止,舍弃了邪见依止之后,不依于眼,不依于耳,不依于鼻,不依于舌,不依于身,不依于意;不依于色、声、香、味、触;不依于家族、群众、住处、利养、名声、称赞、快乐;不依于衣、食、坐卧具、医药资具;不依于欲界、色界、无色界;不依于欲有、色有、无色有;不依于想有、无想有、非想非非想有;不依于一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有;不依于过去、未来、现在;对所见、所闻、所觉、所识的法,不依止、不执取、不固著——这就是寂静,不依止。对欲有不应贪求,对色有不应贪求,对无色有不应贪求,不应热望,不应希冀——这就是寂静,不依止,于有不渴爱。显示巴利原文
ti dve nissayā – taṇhānissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhānissayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhinissayo. Taṇhānissayaṃ pahāya diṭṭhinissayaṃ paṭinissajjitvā cakkhuṃ anissāya, sotaṃ anissāya, ghānaṃ anissāya, jivhaṃ anissāya, kāyaṃ anissāya, manaṃ anissāya, rūpe… sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… kulaṃ… gaṇaṃ… āvāsaṃ… lābhaṃ… yasaṃ… pasaṃsaṃ… sukhaṃ… cīvaraṃ… piṇḍapātaṃ… senāsanaṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ… kāmadhātuṃ… rūpadhātuṃ… arūpadhātuṃ… kāmabhavaṃ… rūpabhavaṃ… arūpabhavaṃ… saññābhavaṃ… asaññābhavaṃ… nevasaññānāsaññābhavaṃ… ekavokārabhavaṃ… catuvokārabhavaṃ… pañcavokārabhavaṃ… atītaṃ… anāgataṃ… paccuppannaṃ… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbe dhamme anissāya aggaṇhitvā aparāmasitvā anabhinivisitvāti – santo anissāya. ti kāmabhavaṃ na jappeyya, rūpabhavaṃ na jappeyya, arūpabhavaṃ na jappeyya nappajappeyya na abhijappeyyāti – santo anissāya bhavaṃ na jappe.
1982 因此,世尊这样说了:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“不依于见,不依于闻,不依于智,摩犍提!”世尊说。
也不依戒禁而说为清净;
不因见、不因闻、不因智,无戒、无禁行,也不由此而成为清净;
舍弃了这一切,为了不执取,他寂静而不依止,不再说关于‘有’的话语。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena, [māgaṇḍiyāti bhagavā] Sīlabbatenāpi na suddhimāha; Adiṭṭhiyā assutiyā añāṇā, asīlatā abbatā nopi tena; Ete ca nissajja anuggahāya, santo anissāya bhavaṃ na jappe’’ti.
我不曾说、不曾讲、不曾表明、不曾宣称:依见解而得清净、净化、彻底清净,而得解脱、解放、彻底解脱;也不曾说依听闻而得清净、净化、彻底清净,而得解脱、解放、彻底解脱;也不曾说依所见所闻而得清净、净化、彻底清净,而得解脱、解放、彻底解脱;也不曾说依智慧而得清净、净化、彻底清净,而得解脱、解放、彻底解脱——实无此事。显示巴利原文
ti. Diṭṭhiyāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ nāha na kathesi na bhaṇasi na dīpayasi na voharasi; sutenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ… diṭṭhasutenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ , muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ… ñāṇenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ nāha na kathesi na bhaṇasi na dīpayasi na voharasīti – no ce kira diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena.
ti ti padasandhi…pe…. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… iti māgaṇḍiyo.
我不曾说、不曾讲、不曾表明、不曾宣称:依戒而得清净、净化、彻底清净……依仪轨而得清净、净化、彻底清净……依戒与仪轨而得清净、净化、彻底清净,而得解脱、解放、彻底解脱——我未曾说依戒与仪轨能得清净。显示巴利原文
ti. Sīlenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ…pe… vatenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ…pe… sīlabbatenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ nāha na kathesi na bhaṇasi na dīpayasi na voharasīti – sīlabbatenāpi na suddhimāha.
你这么说:“应当追求见解”,“应当追求听闻”,“应当追求智慧”;但你既不能决然认可,也不能决然拒绝。你这是不依于见、不依于闻、不依于智、不依于戒、不依于仪则,也不依于那个法。显示巴利原文
ti. Diṭṭhipi icchitabbāti evaṃ bhaṇasi, savanampi icchitabbanti evaṃ bhaṇasi, ñāṇampi icchitabbanti evaṃ bhaṇasi, na sakkosi ekaṃsena anujānituṃ, napi sakkosi ekaṃsena paṭikkhipitunti – adiṭṭhiyā assutiyā añāṇā, asīlatā abbatā nopi tena.
我认为、我知道、我了知、我明白、我洞悉、我通达:你的这个法是痴迷法、幼稚法、迷惑法、无知法、游移不定法。我认为,它正是愚痴法。显示巴利原文
nti. Momūhadhammo ayaṃ tuyhaṃ bāladhammo mūḷhadhammo aññāṇadhammo amarāvikkhepadhammoti evaṃ maññāmi evaṃ jānāmi evaṃ ājānāmi evaṃ vijānāmi evaṃ paṭivijānāmi evaṃ paṭivijjhāmīti – maññāmahaṃ momuhameva dhammaṃ.
有些沙门婆罗门依‘见清净’去寻求清净、遍净、完全清净,寻求解脱、度脱、究竟解脱:持‘世界是常,唯此真实,其余虚妄’之见的沙门婆罗门,便以这样的见去寻求清净;持‘世界无常……乃至……如来死后既非存在亦非不存在,唯此真实,其余虚妄’之见的沙门婆罗门,也是如此。这便叫作‘有人依见而认定清净’。显示巴利原文
nti. Suddhidiṭṭhiyā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccenti; ‘‘sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti diṭṭhiyā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccenti; ‘‘asassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti diṭṭhiyā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccentīti – diṭṭhiyā eke paccenti suddhiṃ.
于是,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
摩犍提说:‘若不依见、不依闻、不依智,’
也不以戒禁而说清净;
非由无见、无闻、无知,非由无戒、无禁——亦非由这些。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘No ce kira diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena, [iti māgaṇḍiyo] Sīlabbatenāpi na suddhimāha; Adiṭṭhiyā assutiyā añāṇā, asīlatā abbatā nopi tena; Maññāmahaṃ momuhameva dhammaṃ, diṭṭhiyā eke paccenti suddhi’’nti.
那位摩犍提婆罗门,依于见而问见,依于执著而问执著,依于系缚而问系缚,依于障碍而问障碍。他这样再三追问——依于见而紧问不舍。显示巴利原文
ti. Māgaṇḍiyo brāhmaṇo diṭṭhiṃ nissāya diṭṭhiṃ pucchati, lagganaṃ nissāya lagganaṃ pucchati, bandhanaṃ nissāya bandhanaṃ pucchati, palibodhaṃ nissāya palibodhaṃ pucchati. ti punappunaṃ pucchatīti – diṭṭhiñca nissāyanupucchamāno.
世尊以名字称呼那位婆罗门。‘ti’是表示恭敬的称呼……[省略]……亲自证悟的称号,也就是‘世尊’——世尊说:‘摩犍提耶!’显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavāti – māgaṇḍiyāti bhagavā.
你取著、执持、沉浸、耽溺、倾心于那个见解,正是因这见解,你被迷惑、被搅乱、彻底迷乱了;你陷入迷妄、陷入混乱、陷入痴暗,你一头栽进了黑暗之中——在所接受的那些见解里,你陷入了迷乱。显示巴利原文
ti. Yā sā diṭṭhi tayā gahitā parāmaṭṭhā abhiniviṭṭhā ajjhositā adhimuttā, tāyeva tvaṃ diṭṭhiyā mūḷhosi pamūḷhosi sammūḷhosi mohaṃ āgatosi pamohaṃ āgatosi sammohaṃ āgatosi andhakāraṃ pakkhandosīti – samuggahītesu pamohamāgā.
于此,无论从内在的寂静,从修行之道,还是从法的教授中,他都不获得契合之想、通达之想、特征之想、原因之想、处所之想,哪里还会有智慧呢?如此,从此中他连丝毫想也见不到。再者,对于无常、或随顺无常想,对于苦、或随顺苦想,对于无我、或随顺无我想,他都不获得;乃至认知的生起、感知的层面都无从获得,哪里还会有智慧呢?由此中,他连丝毫想也见不到。显示巴利原文
nti. Ito ajjhattasantito vā paṭipadāto vā dhammadesanāto vā, yuttasaññaṃ pattasaññaṃ lakkhaṇasaññaṃ kāraṇasaññaṃ ṭhānasaññaṃ na paṭilabhati, kuto ñāṇanti. Evampi ito ca nāddakkhi aṇumpi saññaṃ. Atha vā aniccaṃ vā aniccasaññānulomaṃ vā, dukkhaṃ vā dukkhasaññānulomaṃ vā, anattaṃ vā anattasaññānulomaṃ vā, saññuppādamattaṃ vā sañjānitamattaṃ vā na paṭilabhati , kuto ñāṇanti. Evampi ito ca nāddakkhi aṇumpi saññaṃ.
“因此,牟尼在任何地方都没有荒芜心”:以此因故,以此缘故,以此条件故,以这些因缘,牟尼无有被打击之心,亦无荒芜生起之状。五种心的荒芜无有,三种荒芜亦无。贪的荒芜、嗔的荒芜、痴的荒芜,皆无、不存在、不可得、不被发现;已断、已根绝、已平息、已安止、不可能再生,为智火所焚烧。“在任何地方”:于内、于外,或于内外之间,任何处所——这便是“因此,牟尼在任何地方都没有荒芜心”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānaṃ munino āhatacittatā khilajātatāpi natthi. Pañcapi cetokhilā natthi, tayopi khilā natthi. Rāgakhilo dosakhilo mohakhilo natthi na santi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīno samucchinno vūpasanto paṭipassaddho abhabbuppattiko ñāṇagginā daḍḍho. ti kuhiñci kimhici katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vāti – tasmā munī natthi khilo kuhiñcīti.
1264 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
你于所执取的事物中,陷入了迷惑;
在这当中,你连丝毫的感知也未见到,因此你出于愚痴才这样说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Diṭṭhiñca nissāyanupucchamāno, [māgaṇḍiyāti bhagavā] Samuggahītesu pamohamāgā; Ito ca nāddakkhi aṇumpi saññaṃ, tasmā tuvaṃ momuhato dahāsī’’ti.
凡是认为‘我和他相等’‘我比他殊胜’或‘我比他低劣’的人,便会因为那种慢、那种见解,或因为那个人,而生起争吵、诤论、争执、口角与冲突——他会说:‘你不懂此法与律,我懂此法与律。你如何能懂此法与律?你行于邪道,我行于正道。我所说前后一致,你所说前后矛盾。你该先说却后说,该后说却先说。你长期抱持的见解已被推翻。你的观点已被驳倒。你已被制伏。去解脱你的论说,若有能耐,便来反驳!’显示巴利原文
ti. Sadisohamasmīti vā seyyohamasmīti vā hīnohamasmīti vā yo maññati, so tena mānena tāya diṭṭhiyā tena vā puggalena kalahaṃ kareyya bhaṇḍanaṃ kareyya viggahaṃ kareyya vivādaṃ kareyya medhagaṃ kareyya – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi, ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāmi, kiṃ tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānissasi, micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno, sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ te, pure vacanīyaṃ pacchā avaca, pacchā vacanīyaṃ pure avaca, adhiciṇṇaṃ te viparāvattaṃ, āropito te vādo, niggahito tvamasi, cara vādappamokkhāya, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti – samo visesī uda vā nihīno yo maññati so vivadetha tena.
他已将这三种慢——相等、殊胜、低劣——舍弃、断除、止息、平息,它们不可能再生起,已被智火烧尽。他在三种慢中不动摇、不震颤。不动摇的人,不会生起‘我与他相等’、‘我比他殊胜’、‘我比他低劣’的想法。‘这不是我的’——在三种慢中不动摇,‘相等’、‘殊胜’、‘低劣’对他而言并不存在。显示巴利原文
ti. Yassetā tisso vidhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so tīsu vidhāsu na kampati na vikampati, avikampamānassa puggalassa sadisohamasmīti vā seyyohamasmīti vā hīnohamasmīti vā. ti. Na mayhaṃ hotīti tīsu vidhāsu avikampamāno, samo visesīti – na tassa hoti.
2071 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
凡自认为‘相等’、‘殊胜’或‘低劣’者,便会因此与人争论;
在三类分别——平等、殊胜、下劣——中毫不动摇的人,心中不会生起‘我与人等’或‘我胜于人’这样的念头。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Samo visesī uda vā nihīno, yo maññati so vivadetha tena; Tīsu vidhāsu avikampamāno, samo visesīti na tassa hotī’’ti.
因已远离七种法,故称‘婆罗门’……(中略)……这样的人,被称为‘无依者’、‘如如者’——他,即是梵天。若婆罗门持‘世间是恒常的,唯此是真理,其余皆虚妄’的见解,他还能说什么、讲什么、开演什么、表明什么、表达什么呢?若婆罗门持‘世间是无常的……(中略)……如来死后既非存在亦非不存在,唯此是真理,其余皆虚妄’的见解,他还能说什么、讲什么、开演什么、表明什么、表达什么呢?那样的婆罗门,关于‘真理’还能说出些什么呢?显示巴利原文
ti. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo…pe… asito tādi pavuccate sa brahmā. ti. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti brāhmaṇo kiṃ vadeyya kiṃ katheyya kiṃ bhaṇeyya kiṃ dīpayeyya kiṃ vohareyya; ‘‘asassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti brāhmaṇo kiṃ vadeyya kiṃ katheyya kiṃ bhaṇeyya kiṃ dīpayeyya kiṃ vohareyyāti – saccanti so brāhmaṇo kiṃ vadeyya.
若婆罗门说‘唯我的才是真理,你的是虚妄’,他是依于怎样的慢、依于怎样的见、又是依于怎样的人,而与人争吵、口角、对抗、诤论、起冲突,乃至说出:‘你根本不懂这法与律……(中略)……你若能,就来驳倒我!’这样的话呢?他又依凭什么,与人争论‘这是虚妄’呢?显示巴利原文
ti. Brāhmaṇo mayhaṃva saccaṃ, tuyhaṃ musāti kena mānena, kāya diṭṭhiyā, kena vā puggalena kalahaṃ kareyya bhaṇḍanaṃ kareyya viggahaṃ kareyya vivādaṃ kareyya medhagaṃ kareyya – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi…pe… nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti – musāti vā so vivadetha kena.
在这样一位证得阿拉汉果、断尽一切烦恼的人身上,全无“我与他同等”的慢心,全无“我胜过他”的慢心,也无“我低劣于他”的卑慢。这些慢心,于他全然不存、不现、不可得;已被舍弃、已被彻底断除、已被平息、已被究竟止息,永无再生的可能,已被智慧之火焚烧殆尽。于他身上,“平等”或“不平等”的分别,也同样不存。显示巴利原文
ti. nti yasmiṃ puggale arahante khīṇāsave sadisohamasmīti māno natthi, seyyohamasmīti māno natthi, hīnohamasmīti omāno natthi na santi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhanti – yasmiṃ samaṃ visamaṃ vāpi natthi.
既已如此,他又凭何种慢心、依何种邪见、执取何种自我,而去论对、较量、起诤、兴口角、生对抗、起纷争、闹矛盾,乃至说出:‘你于此法、律一无所知……(中略)……你若自认有能,就请驳倒我!’这样的话来呢?他又何所系缚而去与人论辩呢?显示巴利原文
ti. So kena mānena, kāya diṭṭhiyā, kena vā puggalena vādaṃ paṭisaññojeyya paṭibaleyya kalahaṃ kareyya bhaṇḍanaṃ kareyya viggahaṃ kareyya vivādaṃ kareyya medhagaṃ kareyya – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi…pe… nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti – sa kena vādaṃ paṭisaṃyujeyya.
那婆罗门又当凭什么说‘这是真实’,又凭什么与人论辩说‘这是虚妄’;
在他那里,平等与不平等皆已止息,他还能以何言辞与人论诤呢?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saccanti so brāhmaṇo kiṃ vadeyya, musāti vā so vivadetha kena; Yasmiṃ samaṃ visamaṃ vāpi natthi, sa kena vādaṃ paṭisaṃyujeyyā’’ti.
那时,哈利达卡尼居士来至大迦旃延尊者处,礼敬后退坐一面。坐定后,便对大迦旃延尊者说:“迦旃延尊者,世尊在《义品》的《摩犍提问经》中曾这样说——显示巴利原文
Atha kho hāliddakāni gahapati yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho hāliddakāni gahapati āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vuttamidaṃ bhante, kaccāna, bhagavatā aṭṭhakavaggike māgaṇḍiyapañhe –
舍离住处,无固定栖息,牟尼不在村落里与人亲近,
他远离感官欲乐,无所期盼,不以人为先,又怎么会与人争论呢?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Okaṃ pahāya aniketasārī, gāme akubbaṃ muni santhavāni; Kāmehi ritto apurekkharāno, kathaṃ na viggayha janena kayirā’’ti.
“迦旃延尊者,对于世尊如此简略的言说,应当如何详尽地了知其义呢?”显示巴利原文
‘‘Imassa nu kho bhante, kaccāna, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo’’ti?
居士,色界是识的居所;当识被色界的贪著所系缚时,便称为住家者。居士,受界……居士,想界……居士,行界是识的居所;当识被行界的贪著所系缚时,便称为住家者。居士,这便是住家者的含义。显示巴利原文
‘‘Rūpadhātu kho, gahapati, viññāṇassa oko rūpadhātu rāgavinibandhañca pana viññāṇaṃ okasārīti vuccati. Vedanādhātu kho, gahapati… saññādhātu kho, gahapati… saṅkhāradhātu kho, gahapati, viññāṇassa oko saṅkhāradhātu rāgavinibandhañca pana viññāṇaṃ okasārīti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, okasārī hoti.
“居士,怎样才算是“无家者”呢?居士,对于色界,凡是那些意向、贪著、欢喜、渴爱、执取,以及心的依止、执持与潜在的烦恼倾向,如来皆已舍断、根除,像被截断根的棕榈树一样不复存在,于未来永不再生;因此,如来被称为“无家者”。居士,对于受界,凡是那些意向、贪著、欢喜、渴爱、执取,以及心的依止、执持与潜在的烦恼倾向,如来皆已舍断、根除,像被截断根的棕榈树一样不复存在,于未来永不再生;因此,如来被称为“无家者”。居士,对于想界,凡是那些意向、贪著、欢喜、渴爱、执取,以及心的依止、执持与潜在的烦恼倾向,如来皆已舍断、根除,像被截断根的棕榈树一样不复存在,于未来永不再生;因此,如来被称为“无家者”。居士,对于行界,凡是那些意向、贪著、欢喜、渴爱、执取,以及心的依止、执持与潜在的烦恼倾向,如来皆已舍断、根除,像被截断根的棕榈树一样不复存在,于未来永不再生;因此,如来被称为“无家者”。居士,对于识界,凡是那些意向、贪著、欢喜、渴爱、执取,以及心的依止、执持与潜在的烦恼倾向,如来皆已舍断、根除,像被截断根的棕榈树一样不复存在,于未来永不再生;因此,如来被称为“无家者”。居士,这就是“无家者”的义涵。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, gahapati, anokasārī hoti? Rūpadhātuyā kho, gahapati, yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā; tasmā tathāgato anokasārīti vuccati. Vedanādhātuyā kho, gahapati… saññādhātuyā kho, gahapati… saṅkhāradhātuyā kho, gahapati… viññāṇadhātuyā kho, gahapati, yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā; tasmā tathāgato anokasārīti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, anokasārī hoti.
“居士,怎样是‘有住者’呢?居士,陷于色相住处的游散与系缚,即称为‘有住者’。陷于声相住处的游散与系缚……陷于香相住处的游散与系缚……陷于味相住处的游散与系缚……陷于触相住处的游散与系缚……陷于法相住处的游散与系缚,居士,即称为‘有住者’。居士,这就是‘有住者’的含义。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, gahapati, niketasārī hoti? Rūpanimittaniketavisāravinibandhā kho, gahapati, niketasārīti vuccati. Saddanimitta… gandhanimitta… rasanimitta… phoṭṭhabbanimitta… dhammanimittaniketavisāravinibandhā kho, gahapati, niketasārīti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, niketasārī hoti.
“居士,怎样是‘无住者’呢?居士,对于色相住处的游散与系缚,如来都已舍断,从根截除,如截断根的棕榈树,不复存在,未来不会再生起;因此,如来称为‘无住者’。对于声相住处……对于香相住处……对于味相住处……对于触相住处……对于法相住处的游散与系缚,如来也都已舍断,从根截除,如截断根的棕榈树,不复存在,未来不会再生起;因此,如来称为‘无住者’。居士,这就是‘无住者’的含义。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, gahapati, aniketasārī hoti? Rūpanimittaniketavisāravinibandhā kho, gahapati, tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā; tasmā tathāgato aniketasārīti vuccati. Saddanimitta… gandhanimitta… rasanimitta… phoṭṭhabbanimitta… dhammanimittaniketavisāravinibandhā kho, gahapati, tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā; tasmā tathāgato aniketasārīti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, aniketasārī hoti.
“居士,怎样是“生于村落亲近”呢?居士,在此,有一类比丘与在家人交杂共住,同喜同悲:他们喜乐时他便喜乐,他们忧苦时他便忧苦;如遇应办之事,他便自己参与其中。居士,这就是“生于村落亲近”。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, gahapati, gāme santhavajāto hoti? Idha , gahapati, ekacco bhikkhu gihīhi saṃsaṭṭho viharati sahanandī sahasokī, sukhitesu sukhito, dukkhitesu dukkhito, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu attanā voyogaṃ āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, gāme santhavajāto hoti.
居士,怎样是“不生于村落亲近”呢?居士,在此,有一类比丘不与在家人交杂共住,不同喜同悲:他们喜乐时他不喜乐,他们忧苦时他不忧苦;如遇应办之事,他不自己参与。居士,这就是“不生于村落亲近”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, gahapati, gāme na santhavajāto hoti? Idha, gahapati, ekacco bhikkhu gihīhi asaṃsaṭṭho viharati na sahanandī na sahasokī, na sukhitesu sukhito, na dukkhitesu dukkhito, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu na attanā voyogaṃ āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, gāme na santhavajāto hoti.
居士,怎样是为感官欲乐所黏着呢?居士,在此,有一类比丘对感官欲乐未离欲、未断意欲、未断喜爱、未断渴望、未断热恼、未断渴爱。居士,这就是为感官欲乐所黏着。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, gahapati, kāmehi aritto hoti? Idha, gahapati, ekacco bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, kāmehi aritto hoti.
屋主,怎样是从感官欲乐中出离呢?屋主,在此,有比丘于感官欲乐已离欲、已断意欲、已断喜爱、已断渴求、已断热恼、已断渴爱。屋主,如此即是从感官欲乐中出离。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca , gahapati, kāmehi ritto hoti? Idha, gahapati, ekacco bhikkhu kāmesu vītarāgo hoti vigatacchando vigatapemo vigatapipāso vigatapariḷāho vigatataṇho. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, kāmehi ritto hoti.
屋主,怎样是怀有期盼的人呢?屋主,在此,有比丘心生此念:‘愿我未来得这些色’,并由此生起欢喜;‘愿我未来得这些受……愿我未来得这些想……愿我未来得这些行……愿我未来得这些识’,并由此生起欢喜。屋主,如此即是怀有期盼的人。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, gahapati, purekkharāno hoti? Idha , gahapati, ekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘evaṃrūpo siyaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’nti tattha nandiṃ samannāneti, ‘evaṃvedano siyaṃ… evaṃsañño siyaṃ… evaṃsaṅkhāro siyaṃ… evaṃviññāṇo siyaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’nti tattha nandiṃ samannāneti. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, purekkharāno hoti.
屋主,怎样是不怀期盼的人呢?屋主,在此,有比丘虽心生此念:‘愿我未来得这些色’,却不由此生起欢喜;‘愿我未来得这些受……愿我未来得这些想……愿我未来得这些行……愿我未来得这些识’,却不由此生起欢喜。屋主,如此即是不怀期盼的人。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca , gahapati, apurekkharāno hoti? Idha, gahapati, ekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘evaṃrūpo siyaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’nti na tattha nandiṃ samannāneti, ‘evaṃvedano siyaṃ… evaṃsañño siyaṃ… evaṃsaṅkhāro siyaṃ… evaṃviññāṇo siyaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’nti na tattha nandiṃ samannāneti. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, apurekkharāno hoti.
居士,怎样是以争论的方式与人言谈呢?居士,在此,有人会作这样的言谈:‘你不了知此法与律,我了知此法与律。你如何能了知此法与律?你是邪行者,我是正行者。我所说相符顺,你所说不相符顺。当先说的你却后说,当后说的你却先说。你素所执持的已被推翻,你的立论已被攻破。你已被降伏,去解脱你的论诤吧,或者,若你能够,便来解辩。’居士,如此,便是以争论的方式与人言谈。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, gahapati, kathaṃ viggayha janena kattā hoti? Idha, gahapati, ekacco evarūpiṃ kathaṃ kattā hoti – ‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi, ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāmi, kiṃ tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānissasi, micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno, sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ te, pure vacanīyaṃ pacchā avaca, pacchā vacanīyaṃ pure avaca, adhiciṇṇaṃ te viparāvattaṃ, āropito te vādo, niggahito tvamasi, cara vādappamokkhāya, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’ti. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, kathaṃ viggayha janena kattā hoti.
“居士,怎样才是不以争论的方式与人言谈呢?居士,在此,有人不会作这样的言谈:‘你不了知此法与律……乃至……若你能够,便来解辩。’居士,如此便是不以争论的方式与人言谈。居士,这就是世尊在《义品·摩犍提问》中所说的。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, gahapati, kathaṃ viggayha janena na kattā hoti? Idha, gahapati, ekacco na evarūpiṃ kathaṃ kattā hoti – ‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi…pe… nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’ti. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, viggayha janena na kattā hoti. Iti kho, gahapati, yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā aṭṭhakavaggike māgaṇḍiyapañhe –
“舍离家宅,无定居而游行,牟尼在村落中不与人亲密交往;”
“离诸欲,不怀期求,如何能不与人起诤而行事?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Okaṃ pahāya aniketasārī, gāme akubbaṃ muni santhavāni; Kāmehi ritto apurekkharāno, kathaṃ na viggayha janena kayirā’’ti.
“居士,世尊简略开示的这番话,应当这样详尽地领会它的义理。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Imassa kho, gahapati, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo’’ti.
1948 “因此,世尊这样说:”显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“舍离家宅,无定居而游行,牟尼在村落中不与人亲密交往;”
从诸欲中出离,不怀期盼,如何能不与人诤论而过活呢?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Okaṃ pahāya aniketasārī, gāme akubbaṃ muni santhavāni; Kāmehi ritto apurekkharāno, kathaṃ na viggayha janena kayirā’’ti.
“脱离”者,谓从邪见所生之处,于身恶行已脱离、已远离、已彻底远离,于语恶行……于意恶行……于贪染……乃至于一切不善造作,已脱离、已远离、已彻底远离。“游历”者,谓应当游行、安住、移动、转起、护持、维生、续命。“世间”者,谓人世间——当于他们已脱离后,游历于世间。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yehi diṭṭhigatehi. ti kāyaduccaritena ritto vivitto pavivitto, vacīduccaritena… manoduccaritena… rāgena…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārehi ritto vivitto pavivitto. ti vicareyya vihareyya iriyeyya vatteyya pāleyya yapeyya yāpeyya. ti manussaloketi – yehi vivitto vicareyya loke.
“不造罪恶”故,名为“象”(无罪恶者);“不去”故,名为“象”;“不来”故,名为“象”。何以故“不造罪恶”名为“象”?“罪恶”,是指邪恶、不善、杂染、引致再生、伴随忧恼、带来苦报、将来导致生老死的诸法。显示巴利原文
ti. ti āguṃ na karotīti – nāgo, na gacchatīti – nāgo, nāgacchatīti – nāgo. Kathaṃ āguṃ na karotīti – nāgo? Āgū vuccanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
“于世间,他丝毫不造罪恶。”——世尊对沙毘耶这样说。
显示巴利原文 Āguṃ na karoti kiñci loke, [sabhiyāti bhagavā] Sabbasaññoge visajja bandhanāni;
于一切处不执取而解脱,他因如实如是,便被称为无罪恶者、坚定者。显示巴利原文
Sabbattha na sajjati vimutto, nāgo tādī pavuccate tathattā.
如是,他不造恶业——这便是‘象’的含义。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ āguṃ na karotīti – nāgo.
如何是“他不前往”而称为“象”?他不往贪欲的方向去,不往瞋恚的方向去,不往愚痴的方向去,不往恐惧的方向去;他不被贪欲之力所驱使,不被瞋恚之力所驱使,不被愚痴之力所驱使,不被骄慢之力所驱使,不被邪见之力所驱使,不被掉举之力所驱使,不被疑惑之力所驱使,不被随眠之力所驱使;他不被种种差别之法所牵引、带走、冲荡、卷没。如是“不前往”,即是“象”。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ na gacchatīti – nāgo? Na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, na rāgavasena gacchati, na dosavasena gacchati, na mohavasena gacchati, na mānavasena gacchati, na diṭṭhivasena gacchati, na uddhaccavasena gacchati, na vicikicchāvasena gacchati, nānusayavasena gacchati, na vaggehi dhammehi yāyati nīyati vuyhati saṃharīyati. Evaṃ na gacchatīti – nāgo.
如何是“不再回来”,故名为“象”?以入流道所断除的诸烦恼,那些烦恼不再返回、不再折回、不再归来。以一来道……以不来道……以阿拉汉道所断除的诸烦恼,那些烦恼不再返回、不再折回、不再归来。如此“不再回来”,这就是“象”。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ nāgacchatīti – nāgo? Sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati. Sakadāgāmimaggena… anāgāmimaggena… arahattamaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati. Evaṃ nāgacchatīti – nāgo.
象不会在执取、紧持、抓取、固着、耽著那些邪见之后,而宣说、讲论、谈论、阐明、表述;不会作这样的宣说、讲论、谈论、阐明、表述:“世间是常……乃至……如来死后既非存在亦非不存在,唯此为真,余皆虚妄。”他不会在执取之后而如此宣说——这就是“象”。显示巴利原文
ti. Nāgo na tāni diṭṭhigatāni gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā vadeyya katheyya bhaṇeyya dīpayeyya vohareyya; ‘‘sassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti vadeyya katheyya bhaṇeyya dīpayeyya vohareyyāti – na tāni uggayha vadeyya nāgo.
此处,“elaṃ”意为水,“ambujaṃ”意为莲花,“kaṇḍako”意为粗硬的茎梗,“vāri”意为水,“vārijaṃ”意为从水而生的莲花,“jalaṃ”意为水,“paṅko”意为淤泥。正如莲花,生于水中,从水而生,却不被水与淤泥沾染、不混杂、不浸渍。它是无染的、不混杂的、不被浸渍的——恰如那“长着粗梗、生于水中之莲花”,不为水与淤泥所沾染。显示巴利原文
nti. Elaṃ vuccati udakaṃ, ambujaṃ vuccati padumaṃ, kaṇḍako vuccati kharadaṇḍo, vāri vuccati udakaṃ, vārijaṃ vuccati padumaṃ vārisambhavaṃ, jalaṃ vuccati udakaṃ, paṅko vuccati kaddamo. Yathā padumaṃ vārijaṃ vārisambhavaṃ jalena ca paṅkena ca na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati, alittaṃ asaṃlittaṃ anupalittanti – elambujaṃ kaṇḍakavārijaṃ yathā jalena paṅkena canūpalittaṃ.
此处是譬喻的解说部分。此处,“牟尼性”即是智慧……乃至……他超越了结缚与罗网,故称为牟尼。此处,“这样的牟尼是宣说寂静者、宣说庇护者、宣说安全者、宣说皈依者、宣说无畏者、宣说不死者、宣说甘露者、宣说涅槃者”——如此,牟尼即是宣说寂静者。此处,“gedho”指的是渴爱。也就是贪着、强烈的贪着……乃至……邪贪、贪婪、不善的根。凡是这种渴爱已被断除、被根绝、被止息、被寂灭、不可能再生起、被智慧之火焚烧殆尽的人,他便被称为“无贪着者”。他对于物质现象无贪着,对于声音……气味……味道……触感……家族……群体……住处……利得……名声……称赞……快乐……衣服……食物……住所……医药资具……欲界……色界……无色界……欲有……色有……无色有……想有……无想有……非想非非想有……一蕴有……四蕴有……五蕴有……过去的……未来的……现在的……所看见、听到、感知、了知的事物,全都无贪着、不粘附、不沉迷、不固守。他已离了渴爱、灭了渴爱、舍了渴爱、吐了渴爱、脱了渴爱、断了渴爱、彻底放下了渴爱;已离了贪欲、灭了贪欲、舍了贪欲、吐了贪欲、脱了贪欲、断了贪欲、彻底放下了贪欲。显示巴利原文
ti. nti opammasaṃpaṭipādanaṃ. ti. Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti santivādo muni tāṇavādo leṇavādo saraṇavādo abhayavādo accutavādo amatavādo nibbānavādoti – evaṃ muni santivādo. ti. Gedho vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yasseso gedho pahīno samucchinno vūpasanto paṭipassaddho abhabbuppattiko ñāṇagginā daḍḍho so vuccati agiddho. So rūpe agiddho, sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… kule… gaṇe… āvāse… lābhe… yase… pasaṃsāya… sukhe… cīvare… piṇḍapāte … senāsane… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāre… kāmadhātuyā … rūpadhātuyā… arūpadhātuyā… kāmabhave… rūpabhave… arūpabhave… saññābhave… asaññābhave… nevasaññānāsaññābhave… ekavokārabhave… catuvokārabhave… pañcavokārabhave… atīte… anāgate… paccuppanne… diṭṭha-suta-muta-viññātabbesu dhammesu agiddho agadhito amucchito anajjhosanno , vītagedho vigatagedho cattagedho vantagedho muttagedho pahīnagedho paṭinissaṭṭhagedho, vītarāgo vigatarāgo cattarāgo vantarāgo muttarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo, nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharatīti – evaṃ muni santivādo agiddho.
于此教示中,有二种欲:事欲与烦恼欲……(省略)……这些名为事欲……(省略)……这些名为烦恼欲。世间者:有地狱世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间。有二种染着:渴爱染着与邪见染着……(省略)……此是渴爱染着……(省略)……此是邪见染着。牟尼舍断渴爱染着、弃舍邪见染着已,于欲、于世间,不粘着、不沾着、不附着;不为所粘、不为所沾、不为所附,出离、脱离、彻底解脱、分解束缚,以不再受限之心而住——如是,牟尼是宣说寂静者、无贪着者,于欲与世间,不被染着。显示巴利原文
ti. ti udānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloke. ti dve lepā – taṇhālepo ca diṭṭhilepo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhālepo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhilepo. Muni taṇhālepaṃ pahāya diṭṭhilepaṃ paṭinissajjitvā kāme ca loke ca na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati, alitto apalitto anupalitto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – evaṃ munī santivādo agiddho, kāme ca loke ca anūpalitto.
1785 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他应在世间避开那些而游历,龙象不应执取它们之后再作宣说;
犹如莲藕与生于刺丛水中的花朵,不为水及污泥所染着;
同样地,牟尼是寂静的宣说者,无有贪求,于诸欲和世间,他毫无染着。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yehi vivitto vicareyya loke, na tāni uggayha vadeyya nāgo; Elambujaṃ kaṇḍakavārijaṃ yathā, jalena paṅkena canūpalittaṃ; Evaṃ munī santivādo agiddho, kāme ca loke ca anūpalitto’’ti.
在此,「牟」是否定前缀。「尼」是指四道中的智,也就是慧、慧根、慧力、择法觉支、审察、观、正见。依凭这些智,他到达了生老病死的终点,已达终点;抵达了尽头,已达尽头;抵达了边缘,已达边缘;抵达了终结,已达终结;抵达了庇护,已达庇护;抵达了避难处,已达避难处;抵达了皈依处,已达皈依处;抵达了无畏,已达无畏;抵达了不动,已达不动;抵达了不死,已达不死;抵达了涅槃,已证涅槃。又或者,因为他到达了智的尽头,故称「智达者」;又或者,因为他凭智到达了尽头,故称「智达者」;又或者,因为他彻底了知七种法,故称「智达者」:他彻底了知有身见,彻底了知疑,彻底了知戒禁取,彻底了知贪,彻底了知嗔,彻底了知痴,彻底了知慢。这些邪恶、不善、有杂染、导致再生、带来苦报、将来导致生老病死的法,全都被他彻底了知。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṭikkhepo. ti. Vedo vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ , paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo vīmaṃsā vipassanā sammādiṭṭhi. Tehi vedehi jātijarāmaraṇassa antagato antappatto, koṭigato koṭippatto, pariyantagato pariyantappatto, vosānagato vosānappatto, tāṇagato tāṇappatto, leṇagato leṇappatto, saraṇagato saraṇappatto, abhayagato abhayappatto, accutagato accutappatto , amatagato amatappatto, nibbānagato nibbānappatto, vedānaṃ vā antaṃ gatoti vedagū, vedehi vā antaṃ gatoti vedagū, sattannaṃ vā dhammānaṃ viditattā vedagū, sakkāyadiṭṭhi viditā hoti, vicikicchā viditā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso vidito hoti, rāgo vidito hoti, doso vidito hoti, moho vidito hoti, māno vidito hoti, viditāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
世尊这样说:‘遍察了一切所谓知——沙门、婆罗门所持的那些;于一切感受离了贪爱,超越一切知,他便是智达者。’显示巴利原文
Vedāni viceyya kevalāni, [sabhiyāti bhagavā]
“凡诸沙门与婆罗门所有;”
“于一切受已离贪,超越一切韦达,是为韦达古。”
显示巴利原文 Samaṇānaṃ yānīdhatthi brāhmaṇānaṃ; Sabbavedanāsu vītarāgo, sabbaṃ vedamaticca vedagū soti.
如此,他的六十二种邪见已断除、根绝、平息、止息,不能再生,为智火所焚。他远离邪见,解离系缚,以无界限之心而安住。他是智者、贤明、具慧、聪敏、有识、睿智、明达——如此,这位智者从邪见中解脱。显示巴利原文
ti tassa dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni. So diṭṭhigatehi vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharati. ti dhīro paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvīti – sa vippamutto diṭṭhigatehi dhīro.
如此,不因渴爱的力量、见的力量而依彼成形、以彼为最、以彼为归。当他的渴爱、见与慢已被舍断,根已断除,如截顶之多罗树,不复存在,于未来际永不再生,到此程度,他便不依彼成形、不以彼为最、不以彼为归——‘不为慢所量度,因他实非依彼所成。’显示巴利原文
ti na taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena tammayo hoti tapparamo tapparāyano. Yato taṇhā ca diṭṭhi ca māno cassa pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā ettāvatā na tammayo hoti na tapparamo na tapparāyanoti – sa mānameti na hi tammayo so.
如是。不因福行、非福行或不动行而被引导、被带走、被牵制、被执取——这便是‘不依于业’。不因闻的清净、不由他人言声、不由大众共许而被引导、被带走、被牵制、被执取——这便是‘不依于业,亦不依所闻而被引导。’显示巴利原文
ti. ti puññābhisaṅkhārena vā apuññābhisaṅkhārena vā āneñjābhisaṅkhārena vā na yāyati na nīyati na vuyhati na saṃharīyatīti – na kammunā. ti sutasuddhiyā vā parato ghosena vā mahājanasammutiyā vā na yāyati na nīyati na vuyhati na saṃharīyatīti – na kammunā nopi sutena neyyo.
有两种执取:渴爱的执取与见的执取。……此为渴爱的执取。……此为见的执取。对这位修行者而言,渴爱的执取已断,见的执取已舍。由于渴爱的执取已断、见的执取已舍,对于这样一个无执取的人,还能依什么贪而说他?依什么嗔而说他?依什么痴而说他?依什么慢而说他?依什么邪见而说他?依什么掉举而说他?依什么疑而说他?依什么随眠而说他——说他是‘有贪者’、‘有嗔者’、‘有痴者’、‘被缚者’、‘执取者’、‘心散乱者’、‘未决定者’、‘成见坚固者’?那些诸行已断。诸行既断,还能以什么说他是地狱众生……乃至非想非非想众生?对这样一个无执取者,没有因、没有缘、没有依据,可以那样说、那样论、那样言、那样表示、那样称呼。既然如此,又能以什么、如何来说那无执取者呢?显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve upayā – taṇhūpayo ca diṭṭhūpayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhūpayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhūpayo. Tassa taṇhūpayo pahīno, diṭṭhūpayo paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhūpayassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhūpayassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā anūpayaṃ puggalaṃ kena rāgena vadeyya, kena dosena vadeyya, kena mohena vadeyya, kena mānena vadeyya, kāya diṭṭhiyā vadeyya, kena uddhaccena vadeyya, kāya vicikicchāya vadeyya, kehi anusayehi vadeyya – rattoti vā duṭṭhoti vā mūḷhoti vā vinibaddhoti vā parāmaṭṭhoti vā vikkhepagatoti vā aniṭṭhaṅgatoti vā thāmagatoti vā. Te abhisaṅkhārā pahīnā. Abhisaṅkhārānaṃ pahīnattā gatiyo kena vadeyya – nerayikoti vā…pe… nevasaññīnāsaññīti vā. So hetu natthi, paccayo natthi, kāraṇaṃ natthi, yena vadeyya katheyya bhaṇeyya dīpayeyya vohareyyāti – anūpayaṃ kena kathaṃ vadeyya.
成就智者不依见解,不依传闻所闻;他不住著于此,故亦不生慢心。
他不为业行所引导,亦不为闻所引导;他无所依著,于诸安住处不复受牵。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na vedagū diṭṭhiyā na mutiyā, sa mānameti na hi tammayo so; Na kammunā nopi sutena neyyo, anūpanīto sa nivesanesū’’ti.
修习以止禅为先导的圣道者,从初始起,其诸结缚便已镇伏。至证得阿拉汉果,阿拉汉的结缚、愚痴、诸盖障,以及贪想、嗔想、害想、邪见想,悉皆断除,从根截断,犹如断顶的多罗树般,不复存在,于未来永不再生——是故说:‘于想离染者,无有结缚存在。’显示巴利原文
ti. Yo samathapubbaṅgamaṃ ariyamaggaṃ bhāveti tassa ādito upādāya ganthā vikkhambhitā honti, arahatte patte arahato ganthā ca mohā ca nīvaraṇā ca kāmasaññā byāpādasaññā vihiṃsāsaññā diṭṭhisaññā ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti – saññāvirattassa na santi ganthā.
若有人修习以观禅为先导的圣道,从初始起,他的愚痴便已镇伏。当他证得阿拉汉果时,阿拉汉的愚痴、系缚、障碍,以及贪欲想、嗔恚想、害想、邪见想,全被断除,从根切断,如多罗树被截断树冠,不复存在,未来永不再生。因此,以慧解脱的人,没有愚痴存在。显示巴利原文
ti. Yo vipassanāpubbaṅgamaṃ ariyamaggaṃ bhāveti, tassa ādito upādāya mohā vikkhambhitā honti, arahatte patte arahato mohā ca ganthā ca nīvaraṇā ca kāmasaññā byāpādasaññā vihiṃsāsaññā diṭṭhisaññā ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti – paññāvimuttassa na santi mohā.
那些人执取欲想、瞋想、害想,便依这些想而碰撞、撞击。国王与国王争吵,刹帝利与刹帝利争吵,婆罗门与婆罗门争吵,居士与居士争吵,母亲与子女争吵,子女与母亲争吵,父亲与子女争吵,子女与父亲争吵,兄弟与兄弟争吵,姐妹与姐妹争吵,兄弟与姐妹争吵,姐妹与兄弟争吵,朋友与朋友争吵。他们陷入这些争吵、纠纷、争论后,便相互动手,相互投掷土块,相互挥动棍棒,相互拔刀相向。他们中有的因此死亡,有的遭受濒死的痛苦。那些执取见解的人,执持‘世间是常’,或……乃至……‘如来死后既不存在也不不存在’,便依这些见解而碰撞、撞击,以师与师碰撞,以教说与教说碰撞,以团体与团体碰撞,以见解与见解碰撞,以修行方法与修行方法碰撞,以道路与道路碰撞。显示巴利原文
ti. Ye saññaṃ gaṇhanti kāmasaññaṃ byāpādasaññaṃ vihiṃsāsaññaṃ te saññāvasena ghaṭṭenti saṅghaṭṭenti. Rājānopi rājūhi vivadanti, khattiyāpi khattiyehi vivadanti, brāhmaṇāpi brāhmaṇehi vivadanti, gahapatīpi gahapatīhi vivadanti, mātāpi puttena vivadati, puttopi mātarā vivadati, pitāpi puttena vivadati, puttopi pitarā vivadati, bhātāpi bhātarā vivadati, bhaginīpi bhaginiyā vivadati, bhātāpi bhaginiyā vivadati, bhaginīpi bhātarā vivadati, sahāyopi sahāyena vivadati . Te tattha kalahaviggahavivādamāpannā aññamaññaṃ pāṇīhipi upakkamanti, leḍḍūhipi upakkamanti, daṇḍehipi upakkamanti, satthehipi upakkamanti. Te tattha maraṇampi nigacchanti maraṇamattampi dukkhaṃ. Ye diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhanti ‘‘sassato loko’’ti vā…pe… ‘‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vā te diṭṭhivasena ghaṭṭenti saṅghaṭṭenti, satthārato satthāraṃ ghaṭṭenti, dhammakkhānato dhammakkhānaṃ ghaṭṭenti, gaṇato gaṇaṃ ghaṭṭenti, diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhiṃ ghaṭṭenti, paṭipadāya paṭipadaṃ ghaṭṭenti, maggato maggaṃ ghaṭṭenti.
又或者他们如此争吵、冲突、口角、纠纷、争论、结怨——‘你不懂这法与律……乃至……你有本事就驳回来!’他们的行未断除;由于行未断除,他们便在诸趣中碰撞,在地狱中碰撞,在畜生界中碰撞,在饿鬼界中碰撞,在人界中碰撞,在天界中碰撞。他们依趣与趣碰撞,依投生与投生碰撞,依结生与结生碰撞,依有与有碰撞,依轮回与轮回碰撞,依流转与流转碰撞,碰撞、撞击,说来说去,游来荡去,停滞,变动,流转,维系,仅得存活,勉强度日。显示巴利原文
Atha vā te vivadanti, kalahaṃ karonti, bhaṇḍanaṃ karonti, viggahaṃ karonti, vivādaṃ karonti, medhagaṃ karonti – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi…pe… nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti. Tesaṃ abhisaṅkhārā appahīnā; abhisaṅkhārānaṃ appahīnattā gatiyā ghaṭṭenti, niraye ghaṭṭenti, tiracchānayoniyā ghaṭṭenti, pettivisaye ghaṭṭenti, manussaloke ghaṭṭenti, devaloke ghaṭṭenti, gatiyā gatiṃ… upapattiyā upapattiṃ… paṭisandhiyā paṭisandhiṃ… bhavena bhavaṃ… saṃsārena saṃsāraṃ… vaṭṭena vaṭṭaṃ ghaṭṭenti saṅghaṭṭenti vadanti vicaranti viharanti iriyanti vattenti pālenti yapenti yāpenti. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – saññañca diṭṭhiñca ye aggahesuṃ te ghaṭṭamānā vicaranti loke.
1911 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
离想者,无有系缚;慧解脱者,无有愚痴;
那些执取想与见的人,便在世间碰撞、流转。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saññāvirattassa na santi ganthā, paññāvimuttassa na santi mohā; Saññañca diṭṭhiñca ye aggahesuṃ, te ghaṭṭamānā vicaranti loke’’ti.
第九品:摩犍提经分别显示巴利原文
Māgaṇḍiyasuttaniddeso navamo.
十、坏前身经分别显示巴利原文
10. Purābhedasuttaniddeso
接下来,将阐释《坏前身经》的分别:显示巴利原文
Atha purābhedasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
1915 所谓的‘忧’:当有人遭遇亲属的损失、财富的损失、疾病的损失、戒行的损失、见地的损失,或者遭遇任何一种灾祸,被任何一种苦法所触时,所生起的忧愁、忧伤、忧闷、内心的忧愁、内心的焦灼、内心的燃烧、内心的煎熬、心的枯萎、忧恼、忧箭,这就称为‘忧’。所谓的‘悲’:当有人遭遇亲属的损失……乃至见地的损失,遭遇任何一种灾祸,被任何一种苦法所触时,所生起的哀号、悲泣、哀恸、悲哭、哀号的状态、悲哭的状态、纷乱的话语、悲叹、悲叹不已、悲叹的状态,这就称为‘悲’。所谓的‘悭’:有五种悭——住所悭、家族悭、利得悭、容貌悭、法悭。像这样的悭吝、悭惜、吝啬、小气、内心僵硬执取的状态,这就称为悭。此外,对蕴的悭、对界的悭、对处的悭也是一种执取,也称为悭。所谓的‘贪求’是指渴爱。即凡是染着、强染着……乃至……贪、贪欲、不善根。所谓的‘我所执’有两种:渴爱我所执和邪见我所执……这是渴爱我所执……这是邪见我所执。对于所执取的对象,担忧它将要毁坏时,会忧愁;正在毁坏时,会忧愁;已经毁坏时,也会忧愁。对于所执取的对象,担忧它将要变易时,会忧愁;正在变易时,会忧愁;已经变易时,也会忧愁。对于所执取的对象,担忧它将要毁坏时,会悲泣;正在毁坏时,会悲泣;已经毁坏时,也会悲泣。对于所执取的对象,担忧它将要变易时,会悲泣;正在变易时,会悲泣;已经变易时,也会悲泣。对于所执取的对象,人们守护、保护、执持、爱着、悭惜;于这些所执取的对象上,不舍弃忧,不舍弃悲,不舍弃悭,不舍弃贪求——不彻底舍离、不驱除、不灭尽、不令归于无有。因此,沉迷于我所执的人,不舍弃忧、悲泣与悭。显示巴利原文
,
他问:“具备怎样的见解、怎样的性质、怎样的状态、怎样呈现的人——”这句“怎样看”即指这些。“具备怎样的戒、怎样的性质、怎样的状态、怎样呈现的人——”这句“怎样看、怎样持戒”即指这些。所谓的“寂静、止息、清凉、熄灭、归于平静之人”,即是被说、被称为、被宣说、被宣告、被阐明、被表达之义。“怎样看”是问增上慧,“怎样持戒”是问增上戒,“寂静者”是问增上心——这便是“怎样看、怎样持戒、是寂静者”的意思。显示巴利原文
ti. ti kīdisena dassanena samannāgato, kiṃsaṇṭhitena, kiṃpakārena, kiṃpaṭibhāgenāti – kathaṃdassī. ti kīdisena sīlena samannāgato, kiṃsaṇṭhitena, kiṃpakārena, kiṃpaṭibhāgenāti – kathaṃdassī kathaṃsīlo. ti santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭipassaddhoti vuccati pavuccati kathīyati bhaṇīyati dīpīyati voharīyati. Kathaṃdassīti adhipaññaṃ pucchati, kathaṃsīloti adhisīlaṃ pucchati, upasantoti adhicittaṃ pucchatīti – kathaṃdassī kathaṃsīlo upasantoti vuccati.
“这事”指的是我所提问、所请求、所请问、所请阐明的事。“这事”是那位化现的天人以族姓称呼佛陀世尊。“请告诉我”的意思是:请说明、请宣说、请讲解、请指出、请建立、请打开、请分别、请澄清、请表明——这就是“乔达摩,请为我说明这事”的意思。显示巴利原文
ti. nti yaṃ pucchāmi, yaṃ yācāmi, yaṃ ajjhesāmi, yaṃ pasādemi. ti so nimmito buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ gottena ālapati. ti brūhi ācikkha desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivara vibhaja uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – taṃ me gotama pabrūhi.
“被提问者”是指被询问、被提问、被请求、被请问、被请阐明的人。“最上之人”是指在人群中,他是顶尖的、最殊胜的、最卓越的、为首的、最高的、最优越者——即被提问的最上之人。显示巴利原文
nti. ti puṭṭho pucchito yācito ajjhesito pasādito. nti aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ naranti – pucchito uttamaṃ naraṃ.
1763 因此,那位化现的天人这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
“乔达摩,请为我宣说此事,您是最上者,我如是请问。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kathaṃdassī kathaṃsīlo, upasantoti vuccati; Taṃ me gotama pabrūhi, pucchito uttamaṃ nara’’nti.
彼于身体破裂之前,于自体崩解之前,于躯体舍置之前,于命根断灭之前,已离渴爱、无渴爱、弃绝渴爱、吐出渴爱、解脱渴爱、断除渴爱、彻底出离渴爱;已离贪欲、无贪欲、弃绝贪欲、吐出贪欲、解脱贪欲、断除贪欲、彻底出离贪欲;他无所求取,寂灭,清凉,亲身体证安乐,以梵净之自身而安住。显示巴利原文
ti. Purā kāyassa bhedā, purā attabhāvassa bhedā, purā kaḷevarassa nikkhepā, purā jīvitindriyassa upacchedā vītataṇho vigatataṇho cattataṇho vantataṇho muttataṇho pahīnataṇho paṭinissaṭṭhataṇho, vītarāgo vigatarāgo cattarāgo vantarāgo muttarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo, nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati.
“世尊”这一称呼,是表示敬重的同义词。而且,“世尊”具足这些含义:他已断除贪欲,故称世尊;已断除嗔恚,故称世尊;已断除愚痴,故称世尊;已断除慢,故称世尊;已断除邪见,故称世尊;已断除刺,故称世尊;已断除烦恼,故称世尊;他分享、细分、详细解析了法宝,故称世尊;他是诸有的终结者,故称世尊;他已修习身、修习戒、修习心、修习慧,故称世尊;或者,世尊显示巴利原文
ti gāravādhivacanaṃ. Api ca bhaggarāgoti bhagavā, bhaggadosoti bhagavā, bhaggamohoti bhagavā, bhaggamānoti bhagavā, bhaggadiṭṭhīti bhagavā, bhaggakaṇḍakoti bhagavā, bhaggakilesoti bhagavā, bhaji vibhaji pavibhaji dhammaratananti bhagavā, bhavānaṃ antakaroti bhagavā, bhāvitakāyo bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapaññoti bhagavā; bhāgī vā bhagavā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppānīti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā attharasassa dhammarasassa vimuttirasassa adhisīlassa adhicittassa adhipaññāyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ catunnaṃ appamaññānaṃ catunnaṃ arūpasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ abhibhāyatanānaṃ navannaṃ anupubbavihārasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ saññābhāvanānaṃ dasannaṃ kasiṇasamāpattīnaṃ ānāpānassatisamādhissa asubhasamāpattiyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ pañcannaṃ balānaṃ sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ tathāgatabalānaṃ catunnaṃ vesārajjānaṃ catunnaṃ paṭisambhidānaṃ channaṃ abhiññānaṃ channaṃ buddhadhammānanti bhagavā, bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ na pitarā kataṃ na bhātarā kataṃ na bhaginiyā kataṃ na mittāmaccehi kataṃ na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ na devatāhi kataṃ; vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutañāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavāti – mūlaṃ papañcasaṅkhāya iti bhagavā.
“前际”即过去分位。对于过去分位,他已断渴爱,已彻底舍离邪见。因渴爱已断、邪见已彻底舍离,故以此方式,于前际无所依止。又或,于“过去分位,我曾有如此之色”不生欢喜;于“过去分位,我曾有如此之受……如此之想……如此之行……如此之识”不生欢喜。以此方式,于前际亦无所依止。又或,忆念“于过去分位,我有如是眼、如是色”时,其心识不为欲贪所缚;心识不为欲贪所缚故,不于此生欢喜;不生欢喜故,以此方式,于前际亦无所依止。同样,忆念“于过去分位,我有如是耳、如是声”,“我有如是鼻、如是香”,“我有如是舌、如是味”,“我有如是身、如是触”,“我有如是意、如是法”时,其心识不为欲贪所缚;不为欲贪所缚故,不于此生欢喜;不生欢喜故,以此方式,于前际亦无所依止。又或,对于过去与女性共处的嬉笑、欢谈、游乐,于中不生味著,不生欲求,不以此为满足。以此方式,于前际亦无所依止。显示巴利原文
ti pubbanto vuccati atīto addhā. Atītaṃ addhānaṃ ārabbha taṇhā pahīnā, diṭṭhi paṭinissaṭṭhā taṇhāya pahīnattā, diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaṭṭhattā. Evampi pubbamantamanissito. Atha vā ‘‘evaṃrūpo ahosiṃ atītamaddhāna’’nti tattha nandiṃ na samannāneti, ‘‘evaṃvedano ahosiṃ… evaṃsañño ahosiṃ… evaṃsaṅkhāro ahosiṃ… evaṃviññāṇo ahosiṃ atītamaddhāna’’nti tattha nandiṃ na samannāneti. Evampi pubbamantamanissito. Atha vā ‘‘iti me cakkhu ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ – iti rūpā’’ti tattha na chandarāgapaṭibaddhaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ, na chandarāgapaṭibaddhattā viññāṇassa na tadabhinandati; na tadabhinandanto. Evampi pubbamantamanissito. ‘‘Iti me sotaṃ ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ – iti saddā’’ti, ‘‘iti me ghānaṃ ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ – iti gandhā’’ti, ‘‘iti me jivhā ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ – iti rasā’’ti, ‘‘iti me kāyo ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ – iti phoṭṭhabbā’’ti, ‘‘iti me mano ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ – iti dhammā’’ti tattha na chandarāgapaṭibaddhaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ, na chandarāgapaṭibaddhattā viññāṇassa na tadabhinandati; na tadabhinandanto. Evampi pubbamantamanissito. Atha vā yāni tāni pubbe mātugāmena saddhiṃ hasitalapitakīḷitāni na tadassādeti, na taṃ nikāmeti, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati. Evampi pubbamantamanissito.
所谓“中间”,是指现在的时间。对于现在的时间,他的渴爱已断,邪见已彻底舍离。因为渴爱已断、邪见彻底舍离,所以他不可被计为“有贪者”,不可被计为“有嗔者”,不可被计为“有痴者”,不可被计为“被束缚者”,不可被计为“执取者”,不可被计为“陷入散乱者”,不可被计为“未达目标者”,不可被计为“有力量者”;那些导致再生的诸行已经断除;因为诸行断除,所以他不可被任何投生处所计为,不可被计为地狱、畜生道、鬼道、人、天神、有色界、无色界、有想、无想、非想非非想。他没有那样的因、那样的缘、那样的原因,可被计为什么。因此经文说:‘在中间,他不可被计为什么。’显示巴利原文
ti. Vemajjhaṃ vuccati paccuppanno addhā. Paccuppannaṃ addhānaṃ ārabbha taṇhā pahīnā, diṭṭhi paṭinissaṭṭhā . Taṇhāya pahīnattā, diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaṭṭhattā rattoti nupasaṅkheyyo, duṭṭhoti nupasaṅkheyyo, mūḷhoti nupasaṅkheyyo, vinibaddhoti nupasaṅkheyyo, parāmaṭṭhoti nupasaṅkheyyo, vikkhepagatoti nupasaṅkheyyo, aniṭṭhaṅgatoti nupasaṅkheyyo, thāmagatoti nupasaṅkheyyo; te abhisaṅkhārā pahīnā; abhisaṅkhārānaṃ pahīnattā gatiyā nupasaṅkheyyo, nerayikoti vā tiracchānayonikoti vā pettivisayikoti vā manussoti vā devoti vā rūpīti vā arūpīti vā saññīti vā asaññīti vā nevasaññīnāsaññīti vā. So hetu natthi paccayo natthi kāraṇaṃ natthi yena saṅkhaṃ gaccheyyāti – vemajjhe nupasaṅkheyyo.
对他而言,没有任何置于前列之物。此是就诸漏已尽的阿拉汉而说。置于前列之物有两种:渴爱的置于前列与邪见的置于前列。……此即渴爱的置于前列;……此即邪见的置于前列。他的渴爱之置于前列已断除,邪见之置于前列已彻底舍离。由于渴爱之置于前列已断,邪见之置于前列已彻底舍离,所以他行事不将渴爱或邪见置于前列。他不以渴爱为旗帜,不以渴爱为前导,不以渴爱为主宰;也不以邪见为旗帜,不以邪见为前导,不以邪见为主宰;他不被渴爱或邪见所缠绕而行。如此,对他而言,没有任何置于前列之物。又或者,他不会对‘未来我当有如此的色’这件事产生欢喜;不会对‘我当有如此的受……如此的想……如此的行……如此的识’这件事产生欢喜。如此,对他而言,也没有任何置于前列之物。又或者,对于尚未获得的‘未来我当有这样的眼、有这样的色境’,他不会将心导向去获得它;因为心不趣向,所以不对此感到欢喜;因为不感到欢喜,如此,对他而言也没有任何置于前列之物。同样地,对于尚未获得的‘我当有这样的耳、有这样的声境’,‘我当有这样的鼻、有这样的香境’,‘我当有这样的舌、有这样的味境’,‘我当有这样的身、有这样的触境’,‘我当有这样的意、有这样的法境’,他不会将心导向去获得它们;因为心不趣向,所以不对此感到欢喜;因为不感到欢喜,如此,对他而言也没有任何置于前列之物。又或者,对于尚未获得的‘我凭此戒、此仪轨、此苦行、此梵行,将会成为天神或某类天神’,他不会将心导向去获得它;因为心不趣向,所以不对此感到欢喜;因为不感到欢喜,如此,对他而言也没有任何置于前列之物。显示巴利原文
nti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti dve purekkhārā – taṇhāpurekkhāro ca diṭṭhipurekkhāro ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpurekkhāro…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipurekkhāro. Tassa taṇhāpurekkhāro pahīno, diṭṭhipurekkhāro paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhāpurekkhārassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhipurekkhārassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā na taṇhaṃ vā diṭṭhiṃ vā purato katvā carati, na taṇhādhajo na taṇhāketu na taṇhādhipateyyo, na diṭṭhidhajo na diṭṭhiketu na diṭṭhādhipateyyo, na taṇhāya vā diṭṭhiyā vā parivārito carati. Evampi tassa natthi purakkhataṃ. Atha vā ‘‘evaṃrūpo siyaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’’nti tattha nandiṃ na samannāneti, ‘‘evaṃvedano siyaṃ… evaṃsañño siyaṃ… evaṃsaṅkhāro siyaṃ… evaṃviññāṇo siyaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’’nti tattha nandiṃ na samannāneti. Evampi tassa natthi purakkhataṃ. Atha vā ‘‘iti me cakkhu siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ – iti rūpā’’ti appaṭiladdhassa paṭilābhāya cittaṃ na paṇidahati, cetaso appaṇidhānappaccayā na tadabhinandati; na tadabhinandanto. Evampi tassa natthi purakkhataṃ. ‘‘Iti me sotaṃ siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ – iti saddā’’ti, ‘‘iti me ghānaṃ siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ – iti gandhā’’ti, ‘‘iti me jivhā siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ – iti rasā’’ti, ‘‘iti me kāyo siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ – iti phoṭṭhabbā’’ti, ‘‘iti me mano siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ – iti dhammā’’ti appaṭiladdhassa paṭilābhāya cittaṃ na paṇidahati, cetaso appaṇidhānappaccayā na tadabhinandati; na tadabhinandanto. Evampi tassa natthi purakkhataṃ. Atha vā ‘‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro’’ti vā appaṭiladdhassa paṭilābhāya cittaṃ na paṇidahati, cetaso appaṇidhānappaccayā na tadabhinandati; na tadabhinandato. Evampi tassa natthi purakkhataṃ.
2014 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“不依赖前际,”
处于中间,亦不可被计量,
于他,已无‘置前’之物。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vītataṇho purābhedā, [iti bhagavā] Pubbamantamanissito; Vemajjhe nupasaṅkheyyo, Tassa natthi purakkhata’’nti.
以上即为所说。再者,今当说忿怒。忿怒由十种情形生起:“他做了对我不利的事”,则忿怒生起;“他正在做对我不利的事”,则忿怒生起;“他将要做对我不利的事”,则忿怒生起;“他对我喜爱、可意的人做了不利的事……正在做不利的事……将要做不利的事”,则忿怒生起;“他对我不喜爱、不可意的人做了有利的事……正在做有利的事……将要做有利的事”,则忿怒生起;或虽无适当理由,也生起忿怒。凡这样的心的对抗、反击、反感、违逆,恼怒、极恼怒、全面恼怒,愤恨、极愤恨、全面愤恨,心的恶意、意的愤懑,忿怒、发怒、发怒的状态,愤恨、怨恨、怨恨的状态,恶意、怀恶意、怀恶意的状态,违逆、反违逆、凶暴、不善意、心的不满——这就叫作忿怒。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yañhi kho vuttaṃ. Api ca kodho tāva vattabbo. Dasahākārehi kodho jāyati – ‘‘anatthaṃ me acarī’’ti kodho jāyati, ‘‘anatthaṃ me caratī’’ti kodho jāyati, ‘‘anatthaṃ me carissatī’’ti kodho jāyati, ‘‘piyassa me manāpassa anatthaṃ acari… anatthaṃ carati… anatthaṃ carissatī’’ti kodho jāyati, ‘‘appiyassa me amanāpassa atthaṃ acari… atthaṃ carati… atthaṃ carissatī’’ti kodho jāyati, aṭṭhāne vā pana kodho jāyati. Yo evarūpo cittassa āghāto paṭighāto, paṭighaṃ paṭivirodho, kopo pakopo sampakopo, doso padoso sampadoso, cittassa byāpatti manopadoso , kodho kujjhanā kujjhitattaṃ, doso dussanā dussitattaṃ, byāpatti byāpajjanā byāpajjitattaṃ, virodho paṭivirodho caṇḍikkaṃ, asuropo anattamanatā cittassa – ayaṃ vuccati kodho.
再者,应知忿怒有强与弱的不同程度。有时,忿怒仅令内心混浊,尚未达到令面容扭曲变形的地步;有时,忿怒达到令面容扭曲变形的地步,但尚未达到咬紧牙关的程度;有时,忿怒达到咬紧牙关的程度,但尚未达到口出粗暴语的程度;有时,忿怒达到口出粗暴语的程度,但尚未达到四处张望的程度;有时,忿怒达到四处张望的程度,但尚未达到抓取棍棒刀剑的程度;有时,忿怒达到抓取棍棒刀剑的程度,但尚未达到挥舞棍棒刀剑的程度;有时,忿怒达到挥舞棍棒刀剑的程度,但尚未达到用棍棒刀剑击打的程度;有时,忿怒达到用棍棒刀剑击打的程度,但尚未造成割裂、断开的程度;有时,忿怒达到造成割裂、断开的程度,但尚未将对方打至粉碎、支离破碎的程度;有时,忿怒达到打至粉碎、支离破碎的程度,但尚未将四肢从躯体上扯下的程度;有时,忿怒达到将四肢从躯体上扯下的程度,但尚未夺取性命的程度;有时,忿怒达到夺取性命的程度,但尚未达到不惜舍弃一切、放下一切而毁灭自己的地步。当忿怒达到杀害他人又毁灭自己的程度时,到了这个地步,忿怒便达到了最炽盛、最极端的状态。若有人已舍断、根绝、平息、止息此忿怒,令其不再生起,被智火所焚烧,则称为无忿者。由于舍断了忿怒,故为无忿者;由于遍知了忿怒的所缘,故为无忿者;由于斩断了忿怒之因,故为无忿者——因此,名为无忿者。显示巴利原文
Api ca kodhassa adhimattaparittatā veditabbā. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho cittāvilakaraṇamatto hoti, na ca tāva mukhakulānavikulāno hoti; atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho mukhakulānavikulānamatto hoti, na ca tāva hanusañcopano hoti; atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho hanusañcopanamatto hoti, na ca tāva pharusavācaṃ nicchāraṇo hoti; atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho pharusavācaṃ nicchāraṇamatto hoti, na ca tāva disāvidisānuvilokano hoti; atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho disāvidisānuvilokanamatto hoti, na ca tāva daṇḍasatthaparāmasano hoti; atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho daṇḍasatthaparāmasanamatto hoti, na ca tāva daṇḍasatthaabbhukkiraṇo hoti; atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho daṇḍasatthaabbhukkiraṇamatto hoti, na ca tāva daṇḍasatthaabhinipātano hoti; atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho daṇḍasatthaabhinipātamatto hoti, na ca tāva chinnavicchinnakaraṇo hoti; atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho chinnavicchinnakaraṇamatto hoti, na ca tāva sambhañjanapalibhañjano hoti; atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho sambhañjanapalibhañjanamatto hoti, na ca tāva aṅgamaṅgaapakaḍḍhano hoti; atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho aṅgamaṅgaapakaḍḍhanamatto hoti, na ca tāva jīvitāvoropano hoti; atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho jīvitāvoropanamatto hoti, na ca tāva sabbacāgapariccāgāya saṇṭhito hoti. Yato kodho parapuggalaṃ ghāṭetvā attānaṃ ghāṭeti, ettāvatā kodho paramussadagato paramavepullappatto hoti. Yassa so kodho pahīno samucchinno vūpasanto paṭipassaddho abhabbuppattiko ñāṇagginā daḍḍho, so vuccati akkodhano. Kodhassa pahīnattā akkodhano, kodhavatthussa pariññātattā akkodhano, kodhahetussa upacchinnattā akkodhanoti – akkodhano.
于此,有一种人常怀恐惧、胆怯、害怕。他恐惧、胆怯、畏缩,陷入惊恐。他因这样想——‘我得不到族姓,得不到僧众,得不到住所,得不到利养,得不到名誉,得不到称赞,得不到快乐,得不到衣服,得不到食物,得不到坐卧处,得不到医药资具,得不到看护者,或我默默无闻’——而感到恐惧、胆怯、畏缩,陷入惊恐。显示巴利原文
ti idhekacco tāsī hoti uttāsī parittāsī, so tasati na uttasati parittasati bhāyati santāsaṃ āpajjati. Kulaṃ vā na labhāmi, gaṇaṃ vā na labhāmi, āvāsaṃ vā na labhāmi, lābhaṃ vā na labhāmi, yasaṃ vā na labhāmi, pasaṃsaṃ vā na labhāmi, sukhaṃ vā na labhāmi, cīvaraṃ vā na labhāmi, piṇḍapātaṃ vā na labhāmi, senāsanaṃ vā na labhāmi, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ vā na labhāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākaṃ vā na labhāmi, appaññātomhīti tasati uttasati parittasati bhāyati santāsaṃ āpajjati.
于此,比丘是无畏者、不胆怯者、不害怕者。他不恐惧,不胆怯,不畏缩,不陷入惊恐。他因这样想——‘我得不到族姓……得不到看护者,或我默默无闻’——而不恐惧、不胆怯、不畏缩、不陷入惊恐。如是,他是无瞋者、无惧者。显示巴利原文
Idha bhikkhu asantāsī hoti anuttāsī aparittāsī; so na tasati na uttasati na parittasati na bhāyati na santāsaṃ āpajjati. Kulaṃ vā na labhāmi, gaṇaṃ vā na labhāmi, āvāsaṃ vā na labhāmi, lābhaṃ vā na labhāmi, yasaṃ vā na labhāmi, pasaṃsaṃ vā na labhāmi, sukhaṃ vā na labhāmi, cīvaraṃ vā na labhāmi, piṇḍapātaṃ vā na labhāmi, senāsanaṃ vā na labhāmi, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ vā na labhāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākaṃ vā na labhāmi, appaññātomhīti na tasati na uttasati na parittasati na bhāyati na santāsaṃ āpajjatīti – akkodhano asantāsī.
於此,有人是自夸者、自我抬高者。他自夸并自我抬高,说道:‘我是戒行圆满者’,或‘我是行持圆满者’,或‘我是戒行与行持圆满者’;或依出身、族姓、良好的出生地、容貌身材、财富、学习传承、职业技能、技艺领域、知识学科、多闻、辩才,或依任何此类之事。说道:‘我是从高等家族出家者’,或‘我是从显赫家族出家者’;‘我是从大富之家出家者’,或‘我是从巨富之家出家者’;‘我是知名、有声望,为在家与出家众所知晓者’;‘我是衣服、饮食、坐卧处和医药资具的获得者’;‘我是通晓经藏者’,或‘我是持律者’,或‘我是说法者’;‘我是林居者’,或‘我是常乞食者’,或‘我是穿粪扫衣者’,或‘我是三衣者’;‘我是次第乞食者’,或‘我是食后不再食者’,或‘我是常坐不卧者’,或‘我是随遇而坐卧者’;‘我是初禅的获得者’,或‘我是第二禅的获得者’,或‘我是第三禅的获得者’,或‘我是第四禅的获得者’;‘我是空无边处定的获得者’……‘我是识无边处定的获得者’……‘我是无所有处定的获得者’……‘我是非想非非想处定的获得者’——像这样来自夸、自我抬高。与此相反,他不自夸、不自我抬高,对于自夸与自我抬高,他是已远离的、已离脱的、已完全出离的、已脱出的、已解脱的、已完全自由的、已不再受束缚的,以无界限之心而安住——这即是‘不自夸者’。显示巴利原文
ti. Idhekacco katthī hoti vikatthī, so katthati vikatthati – ahamasmi sīlasampannoti vā vatasampannoti vā sīlabbatasampannoti vā jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. Uccā kulā pabbajitoti vā mahākulā pabbajitoti vā, mahābhogakulā pabbajitoti vā uḷārabhogakulā pabbajitoti vā, ñāto yasassī gahaṭṭhapabbajitānanti vā, lābhimhi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānanti vā, suttantikoti vā vinayadharoti vā dhammakathikoti vā, āraññikoti vā piṇḍapātikoti vā paṃsukūlikoti vā tecīvarikoti vā, sapadānacārikoti vā khalupacchābhattikoti vā nesajjikoti vā yathāsanthatikoti vā, paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhīti vā dutiyassa jhānassa lābhīti vā tatiyassa jhānassa lābhīti vā catutthassa jhānassa lābhīti vā, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā… viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā… ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā katthati vikatthati. Evaṃ na katthati na vikatthati, katthanā vikatthanā ārato virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – avikatthī.
所谓“追悔”,手的妄动是追悔,脚的妄动是追悔,手脚的妄动是追悔。于不适宜却想“这是适宜的”,于适宜却想“这是不适宜的”,于无过失却想“这是有过失的”,于有过失却想“这是无过失的”。凡此类的后悔性、追悔状态,心的反悔、心的懊恼——这便称为追悔。显示巴利原文
ti. nti hatthakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ, pādakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ, hatthapādakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ, akappiye kappiyasaññitā, kappiye akappiyasaññitā, avajje vajjasaññitā, vajje avajjasaññitā, yaṃ evarūpaṃ kukkuccaṃ kukkuccāyanā kukkuccāyitattaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho – idaṃ vuccati kukkuccaṃ.
再者,追悔——心的反悔、心的懊恼,依两种原因而生起:源于已做与未做。如何依已做与未做而生起追悔——心的反悔、心的懊恼?源于“我做了身恶行,未做身善行”可生起追悔——心的反悔、心的懊恼;源于“我做了语恶行,未做语善行”可生起追悔——心的反悔、心的懊恼;源于“我做了意恶行,未做意善行”可生起追悔——心的反悔、心的懊恼;源于“我做了杀生,未远离杀生”可生起追悔——心的反悔、心的懊恼;源于“我做了不与取……我做了欲邪行……我做了妄语……我做了离间语……我做了粗恶语……我做了杂秽语……我有贪心……我有瞋心……我抱持邪见,未具足正见”可生起追悔——心的反悔、心的懊恼。如此,依已做与未做而生起追悔——心的反悔、心的懊恼。显示巴利原文
Api ca dvīhi kāraṇehi uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho – katattā ca akatattā ca. Kathaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho? ‘‘Kataṃ me kāyaduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me kāyasucarita’’nti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho, ‘‘kataṃ me vacīduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me vacīsucarita’’nti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho, ‘‘kataṃ me manoduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me manosucaritanti…pe… ‘‘kato me pāṇātipāto, akatā me pāṇātipātā veramaṇī’’ti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ…pe… manovilekho, ‘‘kataṃ me adinnādānaṃ… kato me kāmesumicchācāro… kato me musāvādo… katā me pisuṇavācā… katā me pharusavācā… kato me samphappalāpo… katā me abhijjhā… kato me byāpādo… katā me micchādiṭṭhi, akatā me sammādiṭṭhī’’ti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho . Evaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho.
或者,他会这样想:‘我在戒律上并非完全圆满的修行者’——如此便生起追悔、心之懊悔与意念的纷扰;‘我在守护根门上未善防护’……‘我在饮食上不知限量’……‘我于警觉精勤未能专心投入’……‘我未成就念与正知’……‘我的四念住未能修习’……‘我的四正勤未能修习’……‘我的四神足未能修习’……‘我的五根未能修习’……‘我的五力未能修习’……‘我的七觉支未能修习’……‘我的八支圣道未能修习’……‘我未能遍知苦’……‘我未能断除集’……‘我未能修习道’……‘我未能证得灭’——如此便生起追悔、心之懊悔与意念的纷扰。凡是这种追悔已被彻底断除、连根拔除、止息平静、完全轻安、永不生起、被智火焚尽的人,他便被称为无追悔者——这就是‘不虚夸者、无追悔者’。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ‘‘sīlesumhi na paripūrakārī’’ti – uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho; ‘‘indriyesumhi aguttadvāro’’ti… ‘‘bhojane amattaññumhī’’ti… ‘‘jāgariyaṃ ananuyuttomhī’’ti… ‘‘na satisampajaññena samannāgatomhī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro sammappadhānā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro iddhipādā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitāni me pañcindriyānī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitāni me pañca balānī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me satta bojjhaṅgā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvito me ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti… ‘‘dukkhaṃ me apariññāta’’nti… ‘‘samudayo me appahīno’’ti… ‘‘maggo me abhāvito’’ti… ‘‘nirodho me asacchikato’’ti – uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho. Yassetaṃ kukkuccaṃ pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhaṃ, so vuccati akukkuccoti – avikatthī akukkuco.
“Mantā”指的是智慧。那智慧即是了知……无痴、择法、正见。以智慧反复把握后,他才说话,即使多说、多讲、多阐明、多表达,也绝不会说出不善、错误、拙劣、恶劣、不善的语言——这便称为“有智慧地说话的人”。什么是掉举?心的躁动、不安,心的散乱、纷扰——这就叫掉举。凡是断除了这种掉举,将它根除、止息、平静,令它永不再起,被智火烧尽的人,他就被称为“不掉举的人”。因此,是有智慧地说话、不掉举的人。显示巴利原文
ti. Mantā vuccati paññā. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Mantāya pariggahetvā pariggahetvā vācaṃ bhāsati bahumpi kathento bahumpi bhaṇanto bahumpi dīpayanto bahumpi voharanto. Dukkathitaṃ dubbhaṇitaṃ dullapitaṃ duruttaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ vācaṃ na bhāsatīti – mantabhāṇī. ti. Tattha katamaṃ uddhaccaṃ? Yaṃ cittassa uddhaccaṃ avūpasamo cetaso vikkhepo bhantattaṃ cittassa – idaṃ vuccati uddhaccaṃ. Yassetaṃ uddhaccaṃ pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhaṃ, so vuccati anuddhatoti – mantabhāṇī anuddhato.
比丘于此舍离妄语,远离妄语,说真实语,真实连贯,可信可靠,不欺世间。他舍离离间语,远离离间语——不将此处所闻传至彼处以离间他们,也不将彼处所闻传至此处以离间这些。如是,他缝合破裂者,巩固和合者,乐于和合,喜于和合,欣于和合,说促进和合的言语。他舍离粗恶语,远离粗恶语,所说之语温和、悦耳、可爱、深入人心、文雅,令众人喜爱、令众人满意。他舍离杂秽语,远离杂秽语——适时而语,说真实语,说有益语,说法语,说律语,说值得铭记之语,得时、有据、有节、与利益相连。他成就了四种语善行,远离四种语过失,远离三十二种畜生论,出离、超脱、脱离、解缚,不再受其系缚,以无界限之心安住。显示巴利原文
ti. Idha bhikkhu musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa. Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti – ito sutvā na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya. Iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā, sahitānaṃ vā anuppadātā, samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Pharusaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti – yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Samphappalāpaṃ pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti – kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ. Catūhi vacīsucaritehi samannāgato catuddosāpagataṃ vācaṃ bhāsati, bāttiṃsāya tiracchānakathāya ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharati.
他讲述十种论事,即:少欲论、知足论、远离论、不交往论、精进论、戒论、定论、慧论、解脱论、解脱知见论、念处论、正勤论、神足论、根论、力论、觉支论、道论、果论、涅槃论。他善加把握、善加受持、善加守护、善加防护,安住于寂静。那称为“智”。那智慧即是……无痴、择法、正见……他已超越爱欲之网,因此是牟尼——如此,他便是言语有约束的牟尼。显示巴利原文
Dasa kathāvatthūni kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – appicchakathaṃ katheti, santuṭṭhīkathaṃ katheti, pavivekakathaṃ… asaṃsaggakathaṃ… vīriyārambhakathaṃ… sīlakathaṃ… samādhikathaṃ… paññākathaṃ… vimuttikathaṃ … vimuttiñāṇadassanakathaṃ… satipaṭṭhānakathaṃ… sammappadhānakathaṃ… iddhipādakathaṃ… indriyakathaṃ… balakathaṃ… bojjhaṅgakathaṃ… maggakathaṃ… phalakathaṃ… nibbānakathaṃ katheti. ti yatto pariyatto gutto gopito rakkhito vūpasanto. ti. ṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so munīti – sa ve vācāyato muni.
2001 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
无嗔怒、无恐惧、不自夸、不追悔;
他言语明智,不轻躁,确是守护言语的牟尼。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Akkodhano asantāsī, avikatthī akukkuco; Mantabhāṇī anuddhato, sa ve vācāyato munī’’ti.
2004 因此,世尊这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
所谓“渴爱”,即是贪染、深重贪染……贪求、贪欲、不善根。若人对任何事物的渴仰与贪爱已被断除、根绝、平息、止息,永不复生,被智慧之火彻底焚烧,他便不再渴慕任何人:无论是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,或在家人、出家人,或天、或人。因此,他于世间毫无渴求。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yassesā pihā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so kassaci na piheti khattiyassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā vessassa vā suddassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā devassa vā manussassa vāti – na pihetīdha kassaci.
883 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“不忧愁”:对于已经变化的事物不忧愁,对于正在变化的事物也不忧愁。不会因为“我的眼睛变了”而忧愁……乃至不会因为“我的耳朵……我的鼻子……我的舌头……我的身体……我的色境……我的声境……我的香境……我的味境……我的触境……我的家族……我的随从……我的住处……我的利得……我的名声……我的称赞……我的快乐……我的衣服……我的食物……我的住所……我的医药资具……我的母亲……我的父亲……我的兄弟……我的姐妹……我的儿子……我的女儿……我的朋友……我的同僚……我的亲戚……我的血亲变了”而忧愁、苦恼、悲泣、捶胸痛哭、陷入迷乱——这就称为不忧愁。“不焦灼”:不焦躁、不恼热、无忧虑、不心如火燃、不烦闷。或者说,他不再有生、不再有老、不再有死、不再有灭坏、不再有再生——这就称为不焦灼。因此,世尊说:“他不忧愁,不焦灼。”显示巴利原文
ti. Vipariṇataṃ vā vatthuṃ na socati, vipariṇatasmiṃ vā vatthusmiṃ na socati. ‘‘Cakkhu me vipariṇata’’nti na socati…pe… sotaṃ me… ghānaṃ me… jivhā me… kāyo me… rūpā me… saddā me… gandhā me… rasā me… phoṭṭhabbā me… kulaṃ me… gaṇo me… āvāso me… lābho me… yaso me… pasaṃsā me… sukhaṃ me… cīvaraṃ me… piṇḍapāto me… senāsanaṃ me… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā me… mātā me… pitā me… bhātā me… bhaginī me… putto me… dhītā me… mittā me… amaccā me… ñātī me… ‘‘sālohitā me vipariṇatā’’ti na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjatīti – na socati. ti najjheti na ajjheti na upanijjhāyati na nijjhāyati na pajjhāyati. Atha vā na jāyati na jiyyati na miyyati na cavati na upapajjatīti – nājjhetīti – na so socati nājjheti.
眼触、耳触、鼻触、舌触、身触、意触,增语触、有对触,乐受触、苦受触、不苦不乐受触,善触、不善触、无记触,欲界触、色界触、无色界触,空触、无相触、无愿触,世间触、出世间触,过去触、未来触、现在触——凡是如此形态的触,如此接触、如此碰触、如此所触,便称为“触”。显示巴利原文
ti. Cakkhusamphasso sotasamphasso ghānasamphasso jivhāsamphasso kāyasamphasso manosamphasso, adhivacanasamphasso paṭighasamphasso, sukhavedanīyo phasso dukkhavedanīyo phasso adukkhamasukhavedanīyo phasso, kusalo phasso akusalo phasso abyākato phasso, kāmāvacaro phasso rūpāvacaro phasso arūpāvacaro phasso, suññato phasso animitto phasso appaṇihito phasso, lokiyo phasso lokuttaro phasso, atīto phasso anāgato phasso paccuppanno phasso; yo evarūpo phasso phusanā samphusanā samphusitattaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati phasso.
他观察眼触是远离的——无我、无我所,非常、非恒、非永恒、非不变之法。他观察耳触是远离的……他观察鼻触是远离的……他观察舌触是远离的……他观察身触是远离的……他观察意触是远离的……他观察增语触是远离的……他观察有对触是远离的……他观察乐受之触、苦受之触、不苦不乐受之触、善之触、不善之触、无记之触、欲界之触、色界之触、无色界之触、世间之触——这一切皆是远离的,无我、无我所,非常、非恒、非永恒、非不变之法。显示巴利原文
ti. Cakkhusamphassaṃ vivittaṃ passati attena vā attaniyena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā, sotasamphassaṃ vivittaṃ passati… ghānasamphassaṃ vivittaṃ passati… jivhāsamphassaṃ vivittaṃ passati… kāyasamphassaṃ vivittaṃ passati… manosamphassaṃ vivittaṃ passati… adhivacanasamphassaṃ vivittaṃ passati… paṭighasamphassaṃ vivittaṃ passati… sukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ… dukkhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ… adukkhamasukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ… kusalaṃ phassaṃ… akusalaṃ phassaṃ… abyākataṃ phassaṃ… kāmāvacaraṃ phassaṃ… rūpāvacaraṃ phassaṃ… arūpāvacaraṃ phassaṃ… lokiyaṃ phassaṃ vivittaṃ passati attena vā attaniyena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā.
他或者看见过去的触是远离的,与未来的触、现在的触不相染;看见未来的触是远离的,与过去的触、现在的触不相染;看见现在的触是远离的,与过去的触、未来的触不相染。又或者,对于那圣的、无漏的、出世间的、与空相应的触,他看见那些触是远离的——远离贪,远离嗔,远离痴,远离恼怒、怨恨、伪善、专横、嫉妒、悭吝、欺诳、狡诈、固执、争斗、慢、过慢、放逸,远离一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切不安、一切热恼、一切煎熬、一切不善造作——这便是“于触之观察中见远离”。显示巴利原文
Atha vā atītaṃ phassaṃ anāgatehi ca paccuppannehi ca phassehi vivittaṃ passati, anāgataṃ phassaṃ atītehi ca paccuppannehi ca phassehi vivittaṃ passati, paccuppannaṃ phassaṃ atītehi ca anāgatehi ca phassehi vivittaṃ passati. Atha vā ye te phassā ariyā anāsavā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaññuttā, te phasse vivitte passati rāgena dosena mohena kodhena upanāhena makkhena paḷāsena issāya macchariyena māyāya sāṭheyyena thambhena sārambhena mānena atimānena madena pamādena sabbakilesehi sabbaduccaritehi sabbadarathehi sabbapariḷāhehi sabbasantāpehi sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārehi vivitte passatīti – vivekadassī phassesu.
所谓“他甚至连任何见解也不接受”,是指他的六十二种见解已被断除,已根绝,已平息,已寂止,不复生起,被智慧之火焚尽。对于任何见解,他既不趣向,亦不回归——是故,“他甚至连任何见解亦不接受”。显示巴利原文
ti. Tassa dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni. So kiñci diṭṭhigataṃ na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti – diṭṭhimpi so na pacceti kiñci.
于未来无所贪求,于过去无所追悔;
于诸触中观见远离,亦不为诸见所转。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nirāsatti anāgate, atītaṃ nānusocati; Vivekadassī phassesu, diṭṭhīsu ca na nīyatī’’ti.
由贪的断除,他隐退远离;由嗔的断除,他隐退远离;由痴的断除,他隐退远离;由忿怒……怨恨……覆藏……恼害……嫉妒……悭吝……乃至一切不善行的断除,他隐退远离。世尊也曾这样说:“诸比丘,如何是比丘隐退远离?诸比丘,此比丘已断除我慢,将其连根拔除,如同截去多罗树的顶叶,彻底毁坏,令未来不再生起。诸比丘,这便是比丘隐退远离。”——这便称为“隐退远离者”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rāgassa pahīnattā patilīno, dosassa pahīnattā patilīno, mohassa pahīnattā patilīno, kodhassa… upanāhassa … makkhassa… paḷāsassa… issāya… macchariyassa…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ pahīnattā patilīno. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu patilīno hoti? Imassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asmimāno pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu patilīno hotī’’ti – patilīno.
有三种欺诈事:资具受用欺诈事、威仪欺诈事、近前巧语欺诈事。显示巴利原文
ti tīṇi kuhanavatthūni – paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu, iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu, sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
什么是“以受用资具为诈骗事”?在此,有在家众以衣服、饮食、住处、生病所需的医药资具来邀请某位比丘。那位比丘恶欲、为渴爱所败坏,心中想要得到更多的衣服、饮食、住处、生病所需的医药资具,因此他拒绝衣服,拒绝饮食,拒绝住处,拒绝生病所需的医药资具。他这样说:“对沙门来说,用贵重的衣服做什么?合适的是,沙门从坟场、垃圾堆或店铺捡来破布,缝成僧伽梨衣而穿着。对沙门来说,用贵重的饮食做什么?合适的是,沙门依团食乞食维生,靠拾取落穗的方式而过活。对沙门来说,用贵重的住处做什么?合适的是,沙门成为树下住者、坟场住者或露地住者。对沙门来说,用贵重的生病医药资具做什么?合适的是,沙门用陈年牛尿、用一片诃子果来作药。”于是,他穿着粗糙的衣服,食用粗糙的饮食,住用粗糙的住处,使用粗糙的生病医药资具。那些在家众因此这样认定他:“这位沙门是少欲者、知足者、远离者、不混杂者、精进者、持头陀行者。”于是便再三再四地以衣服、饮食、住处、生病所需的医药资具来邀请他。他接着这样说:“三事现前,具信善男子能生无量福:信者现前,具信善男子能生无量福;施物现前,具信善男子能生无量福;应供者现前,具信善男子能生无量福。你们既有这份信心,施物也已现成,而我便是受者。倘若我不接受,你们便会与福德无缘;这些于我并无所需,只是出于对你们的悲悯,我才领受。”于是,他领受了许多衣服,领受了许多饮食,领受了许多住处,领受了许多生病所需的医药资具。凡如此这般的蹙眉作态、装模作样、诈骗、瞒骗、欺诈之相——这就称为“以受用资具为诈骗事”。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idha gahapatikā bhikkhuṃ nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi. So pāpiccho icchāpakato atthiko cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ bhiyyokamyataṃ upādāya cīvaraṃ paccakkhāti, piṇḍapātaṃ paccakkhāti, senāsanaṃ paccakkhāti, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paccakkhāti. So evamāha – ‘‘kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena cīvarena! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ, yaṃ samaṇo susānā vā saṅkārakūṭā vā pāpaṇikā vā nantakāni uccinitvā saṅghāṭiṃ karitvā dhāreyya. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena piṇḍapātena! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ, yaṃ samaṇo uñchācariyāya piṇḍiyālopena jīvitaṃ kappeyya . Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena senāsanena! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ, yaṃ samaṇo rukkhamūliko vā assa sosāniko vā abbhokāsiko vā. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ, yaṃ samaṇo pūtimuttena haritakīkhaṇḍena osadhaṃ kareyyā’’ti tadupādāya lūkhaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti, lūkhaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjati, lūkhaṃ senāsanaṃ paṭisevati, lūkhaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati. Tamenaṃ gahapatikā evaṃ jānanti – ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo appiccho santuṭṭho pavivitto asaṃsaṭṭho āraddhavīriyo dhutavādo’’ti bhiyyo bhiyyo nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi . So evamāha – ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, saddhāya sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, deyyadhammassa sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. Tumhākañcevāyaṃ saddhā atthi, deyyadhammo ca saṃvijjati, ahañca paṭiggāhako. Sace ahaṃ na paṭiggahessāmi , evaṃ tumhe puññena paribāhirā bhavissatha, na mayhaṃ iminā attho, api ca tumhākaṃyeva anukampāya paṭiggaṇhāmī’’ti. Tadupādāya bahumpi cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti , bahumpi piṇḍapātaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi senāsanaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. Yā evarūpā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ – idaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
什么是名为“威仪欺诈事”?在此,有一类人恶欲、为贪所败,心想“愿人们这样尊敬我”,便装点行走的姿态,装点站立的姿态,装点安坐的姿态,装点躺卧的姿态;他刻意而行,刻意而住,刻意而坐,刻意而卧;示现入定之相而行,示现入定之相而住,示现入定之相而坐,示现入定之相而卧;他扮作惯于修习禅那的模样。凡是如此这般的威仪故作、矫饰、造作、装模作样、做作之态、欺诳、瞒骗、诈伪——这就称为“威仪欺诈事”。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idhekacco pāpiccho icchāpakato sambhāvanādhippāyo, ‘‘evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatī’’ti gamanaṃ saṇṭhapeti, ṭhānaṃ saṇṭhapeti, nisajjaṃ saṇṭhapeti, sayanaṃ saṇṭhapeti, paṇidhāya gacchati, paṇidhāya tiṭṭhati, paṇidhāya nisīdati, paṇidhāya seyyaṃ kappeti, samāhito viya gacchati, samāhito viya tiṭṭhati, samāhito viya nisīdati, samāhito viya seyyaṃ kappeti, āpāthakajjhāyīva hoti. Yā evarūpā iriyāpathassa āṭhapanā ṭhapanā saṇṭhapanā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ – idaṃ iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
什么是“以周边暗示语为诈骗事”?在此,有一类人恶欲、为欲所败坏,心中希求称誉:“愿人们这样称誉我。”他便说些依止于圣法的话语。他说:“穿着如此袈裟的人,即是有大威德的沙门。”他说:“持用如此钵盂的人……持用如此小铁盆的人……使用如此水滤的人……使用如此滤水囊的人……使用如此钥匙的人……穿着如此鞋履的人……系着如此腰带的人……使用如此系绳的人,即是有大威德的沙门。”他说:“拥有如此亲教师的人,即是有大威德的沙门。”他说:“拥有如此导师的人……拥有如此同亲教师的人……拥有如此同导师的人……拥有如此朋友的人……拥有如此相识的人……拥有如此同伴的人……拥有如此同道的人,即是有大威德的沙门。”他说:“住在如此寺院的人……住在如此半独立屋的人……住在如此殿堂的人……住在如此高楼的人……住在如此石窟的人……住在如此山洞的人……住在如此小屋的人……住在如此尖顶屋的人……住在如此露台的人……住在如此亭阁的人……住在如此长屋的人……住在如此集会堂的人……住在如此棚舍的人……住在如此树下的人,即是有大威德的沙门。”显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idhekacco pāpiccho icchāpakato sambhāvanādhippāyo ‘‘evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatī’’ti, ariyadhammasannissitaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati. ‘‘Yo evarūpaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; ‘‘yo evarūpaṃ pattaṃ dhāreti… lohathālakaṃ dhāreti… dhammakaraṇaṃ dhāreti… parissāvanaṃ dhāreti… kuñcikaṃ dhāreti… upāhanaṃ dhāreti… kāyabandhanaṃ dhāreti… āyogaṃ dhāreti, so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; ‘‘yassa evarūpo upajjhāyo so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; ‘‘yassa evarūpo ācariyo… evarūpā samānupajjhāyakā… samānācariyakā… mittā… sandiṭṭhā… sambhattā… sahāyā, so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; ‘‘yo evarūpe vihāre vasati, so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; ‘‘yo evarūpe aḍḍhayoge vasati… pāsāde vasati… hammiye vasati… guhāyaṃ vasati… leṇe vasati… kuṭiyā vasati… kūṭāgāre vasati… aṭṭe vasati … māḷe vasati… uddaṇḍe vasati… upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vasati… maṇḍape vasati… rukkhamūle vasati, so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati.
或者,他故作审慎、时时皱眉,现出诡诈欺诳、巧于言辞、以言语博取尊敬的模样,谈论那种极深远、极隐秘、极精微、极含蓄、与出世间空相应的法义,暗示“这位沙门是这等殊胜住处与禅定成就的获得者”。凡是这样皱眉、作态的种种诡诈、欺骗、虚伪之相,这就叫周边谈论所摄的诡诈事。凡是已经断除了这三种诡诈事,将其彻底根除、平息、安定、不再生起,用智慧之火将它们烧尽的人,他便被称为无诡诈者——远离喧嚣、不好欺诳。显示巴利原文
Atha vā korajikakorajiko bhākuṭikabhākuṭiko kuhakakuhako lapakalapako mukhasambhāviko, ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo imāsaṃ evarūpānaṃ santānaṃ vihārasamāpattīnaṃ lābhī’’ti tādisaṃ gambhīraṃ gūḷhaṃ nipuṇaṃ paṭicchannaṃ lokuttaraṃ suññatāpaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ kathesi. Yā evarūpā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ – idaṃ sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu. Yassimāni tīṇi kuhanavatthūni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni, so vuccati akuhakoti – patilīno akuhako.
所谓“渴望”,即指渴爱。也就是贪着、染着……乃至……贪求、贪欲与不善根。若人已断除此渴爱之渴望,将其彻底根除、完全止息、归于安定、永不复起,以智慧之火焚尽无余,他便称为无渴望者。他于色不渴爱;于声……于香……于味……于触……于家族……于群体……于住处……于利养……于名声……于称赞……于快乐……于袈裟……于饮食……于坐卧处……于医药资具……于欲界……于色界……于无色界……于欲有……于色有……于无色有……于想有……于无想有……于非想非非想有……于一蕴有……于四蕴有……于五蕴有……于过去……于未来……于现在……于所见、所闻、所觉、所知的诸法,皆不渴爱、不希求、不贪恋、不期盼、不渴望——是名无渴望者。所谓五种悭吝,即:住处悭吝、家族悭吝、利养悭吝、相貌悭吝、法悭吝。凡是如此吝啬、悭贪、极度执守、独占不放、心被紧紧系缚的状态,即称为悭吝。此外,对蕴的悭吝、对界的悭吝、对处的悭吝,这种执取亦名为悭吝。若人已断除此悭吝,将其彻底根除、完全止息、归于安定、永不复起,以智慧之火焚尽无余,他便称为无悭吝者——亦即无渴望者、无悭吝者。显示巴利原文
ti. Pihā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yassesā pihā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati apihālu. So rūpe na piheti, sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… kulaṃ… gaṇaṃ… āvāsaṃ… lābhaṃ… yasaṃ… pasaṃsaṃ… sukhaṃ… cīvaraṃ… piṇḍapātaṃ… senāsanaṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ… kāmadhātuṃ… rūpadhātuṃ… arūpadhātuṃ… kāmabhavaṃ… rūpabhavaṃ… arūpabhavaṃ… saññābhavaṃ… asaññābhavaṃ … nevasaññānāsaññābhavaṃ… ekavokārabhavaṃ… catuvokārabhavaṃ… pañcavokārabhavaṃ… atītaṃ… anāgataṃ… paccuppannaṃ… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbe dhamme na piheti na icchati na sādiyati na pattheti nābhijappatīti – apihālu. ti pañca macchariyāni – āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ maccharaṃ maccharāyanā maccharāyitattaṃ vevicchaṃ kadariyaṃ kaṭukañcukatā aggahitattaṃ cittassa – idaṃ vuccati macchariyaṃ. Api ca khandhamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, dhātumacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, āyatanamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ gāho – idaṃ vuccati macchariyaṃ. Yassetaṃ macchariyaṃ pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhaṃ, so vuccati amaccharīti – apihālu amaccharī.
关于放肆:放肆有三种——身之放肆、语之放肆、意之放肆。何谓身之放肆?在此,有一类人,入于僧团中,便展现身之放肆;入于大众中,便展现身之放肆;在斋堂里,便展现身之放肆;在浴室中,便展现身之放肆;在汲水处,便展现身之放肆;在进入村落人家时,便展现身之放肆;进入村落人家之后,亦展现身之放肆。显示巴利原文
ti. Pāgabbhiyanti tīṇi pāgabbhiyāni – kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ, vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ, cetasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ. Katamaṃ kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ? Idhekacco saṅghagatopi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, gaṇagatopi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, bhojanasālāyampi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, jantāgharepi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, udakatitthepi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, antaragharaṃ pavisantopi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhopi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
如何于僧团中展示身的放肆?此处,有人于僧团中,对上座比丘不恭敬:站立时冲撞他们,坐下时冲撞他们;站在他们前面,坐在他们前面;坐于高座;以衣裹头而坐;站着说话,且挥动手臂。这便是如何于僧团中展示身的放肆。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ saṅghagato kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco saṅghagato acittīkārakato there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi tiṭṭhati, ghaṭṭayantopi nisīdati, puratopi tiṭṭhati, puratopi nisīdati, uccepi āsane nisīdati, sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nisīdati , ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Evaṃ saṅghagato kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
如何于大众中表现身的无惭?在此,有人于大众中,以不恭敬对待上座比丘们:上座比丘们赤脚经行时,他却穿着鞋经行;上座比丘们在低处经行时,他在高处经行;上座比丘们在地面经行时,他在铺设的经行处经行;他站立时也冲撞他们,端坐时也冲撞他们;他站在他们前面,坐在他们前面;他坐在高的座位上;他以衣裹覆头部而坐;他站着说话,且挥动手臂说话。如此,他便在大众中表现了身的无惭。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ gaṇagato kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco gaṇagato acittīkārakato therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupāhanānaṃ caṅkamantānaṃ saupāhano caṅkamati , nīce caṅkame caṅkamantānaṃ ucce caṅkame caṅkamati, chamāya caṅkamantānaṃ caṅkame caṅkamati, ghaṭṭayantopi tiṭṭhati, ghaṭṭayantopi nisīdati, puratopi tiṭṭhati, puratopi nisīdati, uccepi āsane nisīdati, sasīsaṃ pārupitvāpi nisīdati, ṭhitopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Evaṃ gaṇagato kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
在斋堂中,一个人如何展露身体上的不庄重?在此,有人在斋堂里对上座诸比丘缺乏敬意:他挤进上座诸比丘中间坐下;他用座位排挤新学比丘;他站着时也冲撞、干扰他人;他坐着时也冲撞、干扰他人;他偏要站在别人前面;他偏要坐在别人前面;他坐在高座上;他连头裹衣坐着;他站着说话;他挥舞着手臂说话。在斋堂中,一个人便是如此展露身体上的不庄重。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhojanasālāyaṃ kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco bhojanasālāyaṃ acittīkārakato there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīdati, navepi bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhati, ghaṭṭayantopi tiṭṭhati, ghaṭṭayantopi nisīdati, puratopi tiṭṭhati, puratopi nisīdati, uccepi āsane nisīdati, sasīsaṃ pārupitvāpi nisīdati, ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Evaṃ bhojanasālāyaṃ kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
如何在浴室中展现身体的无惭呢?在此,有人在浴室里不怀敬意地对待上座比丘:他站着时推搡冲撞,坐着时亦推搡冲撞;他偏要站在他们面前,偏要坐在他们面前;他坐于高座;未经请问便添柴火,未经请问便关上门。如此,他在浴室中展现了身体的无惭。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ jantāghare kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco jantāghare acittīkārakato there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi tiṭṭhati, ghaṭṭayantopi nisīdati, puratopi tiṭṭhati, puratopi nisīdati, uccepi āsane nisīdati, anāpucchāpi kaṭṭhaṃ pakkhipati, anāpucchāpi dvāraṃ pidahati. Evaṃ jantāghare kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
如何在饮水处展现身体的无惭呢?在此,有人在饮水处不怀敬意地对待上座比丘:他下水时推搡冲撞,或抢在他们前面下水;他沐浴时推搡冲撞,或抢在他们前面沐浴,甚至在他们上方沐浴;他上岸时推搡冲撞,或抢在他们前面上岸。如此,他在饮水处展现了身体的无惭。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ udakatitthe kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco udakatitthe acittīkārakato there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi otarati, puratopi otarati, ghaṭṭayantopi nhāyati, puratopi nhāyati, uparitopi nhāyati, ghaṭṭayantopi uttarati, puratopi uttarati . Evaṃ udakatitthe kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
进入村落时,如何是表现身体上的放纵?于此,有比丘进入村落时,心怀不敬,推搡着长老比丘们走,或抢在长老们前面走,或绕到长老比丘们的前头走。这样进入村落,便是在表现身体上的放纵。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ antaragharaṃ pavisanto kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco antaragharaṃ pavisanto acittīkārakato there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi gacchati, puratopi gacchati, vokkammapi therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ purato gacchati . Evaṃ antaragharaṃ pavisanto kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
进入村落之后,如何是表现身体上的放纵?于此,有比丘进入村落之后,有人对他说“尊者,请勿进入”,他依然进入;对他说“尊者,请勿站立”,他依然站立;对他说“尊者,请勿坐下”,他依然坐下。他还进入未得许可的地方,站在未得许可的地方,坐在未得许可的地方。那些人家中有隐蔽、遮覆的内室,是良家妇女、良家女儿、良家媳妇、良家少女们所在之处,他也冒失闯入,乃至伸手抚摸孩童的头。如此,进入村落之后,便是在表现身体上的放纵。这些就是身体上的放纵。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho ‘‘na pavisa, bhante’’ti vuccamāno pavisati, ‘‘na tiṭṭha, bhante’’ti vuccamāno tiṭṭhati, ‘‘na nisīda, bhante’’ti vuccamāno nisīdati, anokāsampi pavisati, anokāsepi tiṭṭhati, anokāsepi nisīdati, yānipi tāni honti kulānaṃ ovarakāni gūḷhāni ca paṭicchannāni ca, yattha kulitthiyo kuladhītaro kulasuṇhāyo kulakumāriyo nisīdanti tatthapi sahasā pavisati, kumārakassa sīsampi parāmasati. Evaṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti – idaṃ kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ.
什么是语的轻率?在此,有人于僧团中表现语的轻率,于大众中表现语的轻率,进入俗人家中也表现语的轻率。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco saṅghagatopi vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, gaṇagatopi vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhopi vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
如何在僧团中表现出语的放纵?这里,有人到了僧团里,不把长老诸比丘放在眼里,未经请求或未被邀请,就对来到寺院的诸比丘说法、解答问题、诵戒,甚至站着说话、挥动手臂说话。这样就是在僧团中表现出语的放纵。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ saṅghagato vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco saṅghagato acittīkārakato there bhikkhū anāpucchaṃ vā anajjhiṭṭho vā ārāmagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, pañhaṃ visajjeti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisati, ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Evaṃ saṅghagato vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
怎样算是在群体中展现语的放纵呢?在此,有人虽处群体之中,对长老比丘们不怀恭敬、不以为意,于未请问、未被邀请的情形下,便对前来寺院的比丘们说法、解答问题,乃至站着说、挥动手臂说;又对前来寺院的比丘尼、优婆塞、优婆夷们说法、解答问题,乃至站着说、挥动手臂说。如此,便是在群体中展现语的放纵。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ gaṇagato vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco gaṇagato acittīkārakato there bhikkhū anāpucchaṃ vā anajjhiṭṭho vā ārāmagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, pañhaṃ visajjeti, ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati; ārāmagatānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, pañhaṃ visajjeti, ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Evaṃ gaṇagato vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
怎样算是在进入村落之间时展现语的放纵呢?在此,有人进入村落之间后,对某位妇人或少女这般说道:“某名某姓者,你这里可有什么?有粥吗?有饭吗?有嚼食吗?我们有什么可饮、什么可食、什么可嚼的呢?又有什么可给我呢?”他如此胡言乱语。如此,便是进入村落之间时展现语的放纵。这些即是语的放纵。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho itthiṃ vā kumāriṃ vā evamāha – ‘‘itthannāme itthaṃgotte kiṃ atthi? Yāgu atthi, bhattaṃ atthi, khādanīyaṃ atthi? Kiṃ pivissāma , kiṃ bhuñjissāma, kiṃ khādissāma, kiṃ vā atthi, kiṃ vā me dassathā’’ti vippalapati. Evaṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti – idaṃ vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ.
何谓心的放纵?在此,有一类人,虽非出身高贵家族而出家,心中却将自己与出身高贵家族的出家者等视,认为彼此无别。虽非出身大财富家族而出家,心中却将自己与出身大财富家族的出家者等视。虽非出身巨富家族而出家,心中却将自己与出身巨富家族的出家者等视。虽非精通经教者,心中却将自己与精通经教者等视。虽非持律者,心中却将自己与持律者等视。虽非说法者,心中却将自己与说法者等视。虽非林居者,心中却将自己与林居者等视。虽非乞食者,心中却将自己与乞食者等视。虽非着粪扫衣者,心中却将自己与着粪扫衣者等视。虽非三衣者,心中却将自己与三衣者等视。虽非次第乞食者,心中却将自己与次第乞食者等视。虽非午后不食者,心中却将自己与午后不食者等视。虽非常坐不卧者,心中却将自己与常坐不卧者等视。虽非随遇而安者,心中却将自己与随遇而安者等视。虽未证得初禅者,心中却将自己与证得初禅者等视。虽未证得第二禅者,心中却将自己与证得第二禅者等视。虽未证得第三禅者,心中却将自己与证得第三禅者等视。虽未证得第四禅者,心中却将自己与证得第四禅者等视。虽未证得空无边处定者,心中却将自己与证得空无边处定者等视。虽未证得识无边处定者,心中却将自己与证得识无边处定者等视。虽未证得无所有处定者,心中却将自己与证得无所有处定者等视。虽未证得非想非非想处定者,心中却将自己与证得非想非非想处定者等视,认为彼此无别。这些便称为心的放纵。‘于放纵,不应学、不应修、不应行、不应遵、不应执取而后住。于放纵,应当断除、应当驱除、应当消灭、应当令其无有。于放纵,应当远离、不涉入、全然回避、脱离、出离、彻底解脱、解开系缚,以突破界限之心而住。’——是故,于放纵不应修学。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ cetasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ? Idhekacco na uccā kulā pabbajito samāno uccā kulā pabbajitena saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ karoti cittena, na mahābhogakulā pabbajito samāno mahābhogakulā pabbajitena saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ karoti cittena, na uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito samāno uḷārabhogakulā pabbajitena saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ karoti cittena, na suttantiko samāno suttantikena saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ karoti cittena, na vinayadharo samāno vinayadharena… na dhammakathiko samāno dhammakathikena… na āraññiko samāno āraññakena… na piṇḍapātiko samāno piṇḍapātikena… na paṃsukūliko samāno paṃsukūlikena… na tecīvariko samāno tecīvarakena… na sapadānacāriko samāno sapadānacārikena… na khalupacchābhattiko samāno khalupacchābhattikena… na nesajjiko samāno nesaññikena… na yathāsanthatiko samāno yathāsanthatikena saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ karoti cittena, na paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī samāno paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhinā saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ karoti cittena, na dutiyassa jhānassa lābhī samāno dutiyassa… na tatiyassa jhānassa lābhī samāno tatiyassa… na catutthassa jhānassa lābhī samāno lābhī samāno catutthassa… na ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhī samāno ākāsanañcāyatanasamāpattiyā… na viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhī samāno viññāṇañcāyatana samāpattiyā… na ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhī samāno ākiñcaññāyatana samāpattiyā… na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhī samāno nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhinā saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ karoti cittena – idaṃ cetasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ. ti pāgabbhiyaṃ na sikkheyya na careyya na ācareyya na samācareyya na samādāya vatteyya, pāgabbhiyaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, pāgabbhiyā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – pāgabbhiyaṃ na sikkheyya.
有可厌恶的人,也有不可厌恶的人。什么样的人可厌恶?有人戒行败坏,品性邪恶,行为不净、令人讥嫌,行事隐秘,非沙门而自称沙门,非梵行者而自称梵行者,内心腐败、漏泄不净,犹如污秽聚生——此人名为可厌恶的人。又有人易怒多怨,稍受批评便恼怒、激愤、抗拒、嗔恚,显露出愤怒、憎恨与不满——此人名为可厌恶的人。又有人易怒怀恨,虚伪、傲慢,嫉妒、悭吝,谲诈、欺诳,顽固、极度自负,怀有恶欲,执持邪见,坚固执着自己的见解,难以舍离——此人名为可厌恶的人。显示巴利原文
ti . Atthi puggalo jeguccho, atthi ajeguccho. Katamo ca puggalo jeguccho? Idhekacco puggalo dussīlo hoti pāpadhammo asucisaṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto – ayaṃ vuccati puggalo jeguccho. Atha vā kodhano hoti upāyāsabahulo, appampi vutto samāno abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patiṭṭhīyati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti – ayaṃ vuccati puggalo jeguccho. Atha vā kodhano hoti upanāhī, makkhī hoti paḷāsī, issukī hoti maccharī, saṭho hoti māyāvī , thaddho hoti atimānī, pāpiccho hoti micchādiṭṭhi , sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī – ayaṃ vuccati puggalo jeguccho.
哪些人不可厌恶?有比丘具足戒行,以巴帝摩卡律仪防护而住,行处与境界圆满,于微细罪过亦见怖畏,受持修学诸学处——此人名为不可厌恶的人。或有人无有嗔心,极少恼害;虽受人诸多指责,亦不执取、不恼怒、不嗔恨、不固执,不显露愤怒、怨恨与不满——此人名为不可厌恶的人。又有人无嗔无恨,不虚伪、不傲慢,不嫉妒、不悭吝,不谲诈、不欺诳,不顽固、不过度自负,无有恶欲、无有邪见,不执取己见,心不固执,善能舍离——此人名为不可厌恶的人。一切愚痴凡夫皆为可厌恶者;从善凡夫以上,乃至八种圣者,皆为不可厌恶者——不傲慢,即是不可厌恶。显示巴利原文
Katamo ca puggalo ajeguccho? Idha bhikkhu sīlavā hoti pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu – ayaṃ vuccati puggalo ajeguccho. Atha vā akkodhano hoti anupāyāsabahulo, bahumpi vutto samāno na abhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na patiṭṭhīyati, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti – ayaṃ vuccati puggalo ajeguccho. Atha vā akkodhano hoti anupanāhī, amakkhī hoti apaḷāsī, anissukī hoti amaccharī, asaṭho hoti amāyāvī, athaddho hoti anatimānī , na pāpiccho hoti na micchādiṭṭhi, asandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti anādānaggāhī suppaṭinissaggī – ayaṃ vuccati puggalo ajeguccho. Sabbe bālaputhujjanā jegucchā, puthujjanakalyāṇakaṃ upādāya aṭṭha ariyapuggalā ajegucchāti – appagabbho ajeguccho.
什么是离间语?于此,有人是离间语者:他从此处听闻后,为了离间这些人而在别处说;或从别处听闻后,为了离间那些人而在此处说。如此,他破坏和合者,助长已分裂者。他乐于不和,喜爱不和,欢喜不和,说制造不和的话语——这便称为离间语。显示巴利原文
ti. Pesuññanti idhekacco pisuṇavāco hoti, ito sutvā amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya. Iti samaggānaṃ vā bhettā , bhinnānaṃ vā anuppadātā, vaggārāmo, vaggarato, vagganandī, vaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti – idaṃ vuccati pesuññaṃ.
再者,他以两种原因散布离间语:出于讨人欢心,或怀着分裂的意图。出于讨人欢心,如何散布离间语呢?‘我将成为此人喜爱的人,成为合他心意的人,成为他信赖的人,成为他亲近的人,成为他知心的人。’像这样,出于讨人欢心而散布离间语。怀着分裂的意图,如何散布离间语呢?‘如何令这些人互相对立、分离、成为派别、分为两家、心生二意、成为两派、相互破裂、不再和合,痛苦不安地生活呢?’像这样,怀着分裂的意图而散布离间语。比丘应当驱除、逐出、舍断、除去、灭尽这些,令贪与悭、嗔恚与离间语永不再生。显示巴利原文
Api ca dvīhi kāraṇehi pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – piyakamyatāya vā bhedādhippāyena vā. Kathaṃ piyakamyatāya pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati? Imassa piyo bhavissāmi manāpo bhavissāmi vissāsiko bhavissāmi abbhantariko bhavissāmi suhadayo bhavissāmīti. Evaṃ piyakamyatāya pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati. Kathaṃ bhedādhippāyena pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati? Kathaṃ ime nānā assu vinā assu vaggā assu dvedhā assu dvejjhā assu dve pakkhā assu bhijjheyyuṃ na samāgaccheyyuṃ dukkhaṃ na phāsu vihareyyunti. Evaṃ bhedādhippāyena pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati. ti. Lobhañca macchariyañca kodhañca pesuññañca nudeyya panudeyya pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti – lobhaṃ saha macchariyena, kodhaṃ pesuṇiyañca panudeyya.
685 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他隐退独处,不虚伪,无所希求,不悭吝;
不傲慢,不令人生厌,也不参与离间语。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Patilīno akuhako, apihālu amaccharī; Appagabbho ajeguccho, pesuṇeyye ca no yuto’’ti.
这五种欲境称为“乐味”。为何五种欲境称为“乐味”呢?因为多数天人与世人,对这五种欲境希求、爱乐、渴慕、贪求、热望,因此五种欲境称为“乐味”。那些尚未断除乐味渴爱的人,从眼门对色的渴爱便流注、涌出、淌溢、流转;从耳门对声的渴爱……从鼻门对香的渴爱……从舌门对味的渴爱……从身门对所触的渴爱……从意门对法的渴爱,也流注、涌出、淌溢、流转。而对于那些已断除乐味渴爱——将它彻底断灭、令寂静、平息、永无再生、被智火烧尽的人,从眼门对色的渴爱便不流注、不涌出、不淌溢、不流转;从耳门对声的渴爱……乃至从意门对法的渴爱,也不流注、不涌出、不淌溢、不流转。这便是在乐味上不再漏出之义。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā. Kiṃkāraṇā sātiyā vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā? Yebhuyyena devamanussā pañca kāmaguṇe icchanti sātiyanti patthayanti pihayanti abhijappanti, taṃkāraṇā sātiyā vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā. Yesaṃ esā sātiyā taṇhā appahīnā tesaṃ cakkhuto rūpataṇhā savati āsavati sandati pavattati, sotato saddataṇhā… ghānato gandhataṇhā… jivhāto rasataṇhā… kāyato phoṭṭhabbataṇhā… manato dhammataṇhā savati āsavati sandati pavattati. Yesaṃ esā sātiyā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā tesaṃ cakkhuto rūpataṇhā na savati nāsavati na sandati na pavattati , sotato saddataṇhā…pe… manato dhammataṇhā na savati nāsavati na sandati na pavattatīti – sātiyesu anassāvī.
什么是特别慢?在此世间,有人依出身、种姓……乃至依任何一种缘由而鄙视他人。凡如此类的慢、自恃、自恃性、抬高、抬举、高扬、执旗、欲立标帜的心,即称为特别慢。若此人的特别慢已断除、已彻底断除、已寂静、已平息、不可能再生、已被智火所烧尽,他便与特别慢无关联、无结合、不运用、不恰当地运用。这便是于特别慢中亦不参与。显示巴利原文
ti. Katamo atimāno? Idhekacco paraṃ atimaññati jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. Yo evarūpo māno maññanā maññitattaṃ unnati unnamo dhajo sampaggāho ketukamyatā cittassa – ayaṃ vuccati atimāno. Yasseso atimāno pahīno samucchinno vūpasanto paṭipassaddho abhabbuppattiko ñāṇagginā daḍḍho, so atimāne ca no yuto na yutto nappayutto na sammāyuttoti – atimāne ca no yuto.
如何是具备柔和的身业而称为柔和?具备柔和的语业……具备柔和的意业而称为柔和;具备柔和的念处而称为柔和;具备柔和的正勤……具备柔和的神足……具备柔和的根……具备柔和的力……具备柔和的觉支而称为柔和;具备柔和的圣八支道而称为柔和。这便是柔和。显示巴利原文
ti. ti saṇhena kāyakammena samannāgatoti saṇho, saṇhena vacīkammena… saṇhena manokammena samannāgatoti saṇho, saṇhehi satipaṭṭhānehi samannāgatoti saṇho, saṇhehi sammappadhānehi… saṇhehi iddhipādehi… saṇhehi indriyehi… saṇhehi balehi… saṇhehi bojjhaṅgehi samannāgatoti saṇho, saṇhena ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena samannāgatoti – saṇho.
有三种辩才者:教理辩才者、问难辩才者、证得辩才者。什么是教理辩才者?在此世间,有人天赋学得教理——经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、稀有法、方广等,他依靠所学教理而展现辩才——这就是教理辩才者。什么是问难辩才者?在此世间,有人常被问及自身利益、正理、特征、原因、可能与否等问题,他依靠这些问难而展现辩才——这就是问难辩才者。什么是证得辩才者?在此世间,有人证得四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道、四圣道、四沙门果、四无碍解、六神通,他明了义理、明了法、明了语句。依所明了的义理,义理便展现辩才;依所明了的法,法便展现辩才;依所明了的语句,语句便展现辩才。此三种智中的智,即是辩才无碍解。具足、圆满具足、到达、圆满到达、拥有、完全拥有、具足此辩才无碍解者,即称为有辩才者。若有人无教理、无问难、无证得,还能展现什么辩才呢?这便是——柔和且具辩才。显示巴利原文
ti tayo paṭibhānavanto – pariyattipaṭibhānavā, paripucchāpaṭibhānavā, adhigamapaṭibhānavā. Katamo pariyattipaṭibhānavā? Idhekaccassa pakatiyā pariyāpuṭaṃ hoti – suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ, tassa pariyattiṃ nissāya paṭibhāyati – ayaṃ pariyattipaṭibhānavā. Katamo paripucchāpaṭibhānavā? Idhekacco paripucchitā hoti attatthe ca ñāyatthe ca lakkhaṇe ca kāraṇe ca ṭhānāṭhāne ca, tassa taṃ paripucchaṃ nissāya paṭibhāyati – ayaṃ paripucchāpaṭibhānavā. Katamo adhigamapaṭibhānavā? Idhekaccassa adhigatā honti cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo cattāro ariyamaggā cattāri sāmaññaphalāni catasso paṭisambhidāyo cha abhiññāyo, tassa attho ñāto dhammo ñāto nirutti ñātā, atthe ñāte attho paṭibhāyati , dhamme ñāte dhammo paṭibhāyati, niruttiyā ñātāya nirutti paṭibhāyati; imesu tīsu ñāṇesu ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā. Imāya paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāya upeto samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato so vuccati paṭibhānavā. Yassa pariyatti natthi, paripucchā natthi, adhigamo natthi, kiṃ tassa paṭibhāyissatīti – saṇho ca paṭibhānavā.
这是自己亲自觉知、亲自验证的法,不依凭对其他任何人的相信,无论是其他沙门、婆罗门、天人、魔罗或梵天。‘一切诸行无常’——这是自己亲自觉知、亲自验证的……乃至……‘一切诸行是苦’……‘一切法无我’……‘以无明为缘而有诸行’……乃至……‘以生为缘而有老死’……‘由无明灭故诸行灭’……乃至……‘由生灭故老死灭’……‘此是苦’……乃至……‘此是趣向苦灭之道’……‘这些是烦恼’……乃至……‘此是烦恼灭尽之道’……‘这些法是应遍知的’……乃至……‘这些法是应作证的’——这是自己亲自觉知、亲自验证的……乃至……六种触处的集起、消散、乐味、过患与出离;五种取蕴的集起……乃至……四种大种的集起、消散、乐味、过患与出离——这是自己亲自觉知、亲自验证的……乃至……‘凡有集起性质的法,彼一切皆是灭尽之法’——这是自己亲自觉知、亲自验证的法,不依凭对其他任何人的相信,无论是其他沙门、婆罗门、天人、魔罗或梵天。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sāmaṃ sayaṃ abhiññātaṃ attapaccakkhaṃ dhammaṃ na kassaci saddahati aññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā devassa vā mārassa vā brahmuno vā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti sāmaṃ sayaṃ abhiññātaṃ…pe… ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti… ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti…pe… ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti… ‘‘avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’ti…pe… ‘‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’ti… ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti… ‘‘ime āsavā’’ti…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti… ‘‘ime dhammā abhiññeyyā’’ti…pe… ‘‘ime dhammā sacchikātabbā’’ti sāmaṃ sayaṃ abhiññātaṃ…pe… channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca, pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca…pe… catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca sāmaṃ sayaṃ abhiññātaṃ…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti sāmaṃ sayaṃ abhiññātaṃ attapaccakkhaṃ dhammaṃ na kassaci saddahati aññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā devassa vā mārassa vā brahmuno vā .
世尊曾这样问道:“舍利弗,你相信吗?信根修习、多修习后,能趣入不死,以不死为归宿,以不死为终点;精进根……念根……定根……慧根,修习、多修习后,能趣入不死,以不死为归宿,以不死为终点?”显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘saddahasi tvaṃ, sāriputta, saddhindriyaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ amatogadhaṃ hoti amataparāyanaṃ amatapariyosānaṃ; vīriyindriyaṃ… satindriyaṃ… samādhindriyaṃ… paññindriyaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ amatogadhaṃ hoti amataparāyanaṃ amatapariyosāna’’nti?
“尊者,我对此并非依凭对世尊的信仰而信受——信根……精进根……念根……定根……慧根修习多作之后,便趣入不死,以不死为归宿,以不死为究竟。尊者,对于那些对此尚不知、未见、未解、未证、未以慧触受的人,他们或会于此依凭他人的信仰而信受:信根修习多作之后,便趣入不死,以不死为归宿,以不死为究竟;精进根……念根……定根……慧根修习多作之后,便趣入不死,以不死为归宿,以不死为究竟。尊者,然而对于那些对此已知、已见、已解、已证、已以慧触受的人,他们于此便无疑惑、无犹豫。信根……精进根……念根……定根……慧根修习多作之后,便趣入不死,以不死为归宿,以不死为究竟。尊者,我对此亦已知、已见、已解、已证、已以慧触受,我于此无疑惑、无犹豫。信根……精进根……念根……定根……慧根修习多作之后,便趣入不死,以不死为归宿,以不死为究竟。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Na khvāhaṃ ettha, bhante, bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi saddhindriyaṃ… vīriyindriyaṃ… satindriyaṃ… samādhindriyaṃ… paññindriyaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ amatogadhaṃ hoti amataparāyanaṃ amatapariyosānaṃ. Yesaṃ nūnetaṃ, bhante , aññātaṃ assa adiṭṭhaṃ aviditaṃ asacchikataṃ aphassitaṃ paññāya, te tattha paresaṃ saddhāya gaccheyyuṃ saddhindriyaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ amatogadhaṃ hoti amataparāyanaṃ amatapariyosānaṃ. Vīriyindriyaṃ… satindriyaṃ… samādhindriyaṃ … paññindriyaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ amatogadhaṃ hoti amataparāyanaṃ amatapariyosānaṃ. Yesañca kho etaṃ, bhante, ñātaṃ diṭṭhaṃ viditaṃ sacchikataṃ phassitaṃ paññāya, nikkaṅkhā te tattha nibbicikicchā. Saddhindriyaṃ… vīriyindriyaṃ… satindriyaṃ… samādhindriyaṃ… paññindriyaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ amatogadhaṃ hoti amataparāyanaṃ amatapariyosānaṃ. Mayhañca kho, etaṃ bhante, ñātaṃ diṭṭhaṃ viditaṃ sacchikataṃ phassitaṃ paññāya, nikkaṅkhohaṃ tattha nibbicikiccho. Saddhindriyaṃ… vīriyindriyaṃ… satindriyaṃ… samādhindriyaṃ… paññindriyaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ amatogadhaṃ hoti amataparāyanaṃ amatapariyosāna’’nti.
“善哉,善哉,舍利弗!舍利弗,如果有人对这些法尚未了知、尚未见到、尚未明白、尚未体证、尚未以智慧触及,他们可能会依他人的信仰而信受:信根乃至慧根若修习多作,便趣入不死,以不死为归宿,以不死为究竟。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Yesañhetaṃ, sāriputta, aññātaṃ assa adiṭṭhaṃ aviditaṃ asacchikataṃ aphassitaṃ paññāya, te tattha paresaṃ saddhāya gaccheyyuṃ saddhindriyaṃ…pe… paññindriyaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ amatogadhaṃ hoti amataparāyanaṃ amatapariyosānanti.
不信之人、不知恩者,以及那破门入户者;
他已断除生缘、吐尽烦恼,实为最上之人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Assaddho akataññū ca, sandhicchedo ca yo naro; Hatāvakāso vantāso, sa ve uttamaporiso’’ti.
一切愚痴凡夫皆生染着,唯善凡夫除外;七类有学则得离染。阿拉汉既无染着,亦无离染。他是离染者:因贪的灭尽而无贪,因嗔的灭尽而无嗔,因痴的灭尽而无痴。他已住立,修行圆满……乃至超越生、老、死的轮回,对他来说已无后有。因此,他既无染着,亦无离染。显示巴利原文
ti. Sabbe bālaputhujjanā rajjanti, puthujjanakalyāṇakaṃ upādāya satta sekkhā virajjanti; arahā neva rajjati no virajjati. Viratto so khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā, khayā dosassa vītadosattā, khayā mohassa vītamohattā. So vuṭṭhavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātijarāmaraṇasaṃsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavoti – na hi so rajjati no virajjati.
他于诸乐味,心无所漏,亦无傲慢;
他温和而具辩才,不依盲信,亦不厌离。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sātiyesu anassāvī, atimāne ca no yuto; Saṇho ca paṭibhānavā, na saddho na virajjatī’’ti.
诸比丘,如何是为利养而学呢?于此,有比丘见另一比丘获得衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药资具,便作是念:‘此尊者何因何缘获得衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药资具?’复作是念:‘此尊者是精通经教者,由此获得衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药资具。’他便为利养故、因利养故、缘利养故、为利养生起故、为利养成就故,学习经教。诸比丘,此即是为利养而学的一种情况。显示巴利原文
ti. Kathaṃ lābhakamyā sikkhati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ passati lābhiṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘kena nu kho ayamāyasmā lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti? Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā suttantiko, tenāyamāyasmā lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti. So lābhahetu lābhapaccayā lābhakāraṇā lābhābhinibbattiyā lābhaṃ paripācento suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇāti. Evampi lābhakamyā sikkhati.
或者,有比丘见另一比丘获得衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药资具,便作是念:‘此尊者何因何缘获得衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药资具?’复作是念:‘此尊者是持律者……是说法师……是论师,由此获得衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药资具。’他便为利养故、因利养故、缘利养故、为利养生起故、为利养成就故,学习论藏。诸比丘,此即是为利养而学的一种情况。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ passati lābhiṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘kena nu kho ayamāyasmā lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti? Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā vinayadharo…pe… dhammakathiko… ābhidhammiko, tenāyamāyasmā lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti. So lābhahetu lābhapaccayā lābhakāraṇā lābhābhinibbattiyā lābhaṃ paripācento abhidhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti. Evampi lābhakamyā sikkhati.
或者,有比丘见另一比丘获得衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药资具,便作是念:‘此尊者何因何缘获得衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药资具?’复作是念:‘此尊者是阿兰若住者……是乞食者……是粪扫衣者……是三衣者……是次第乞食者……是非时食不食者……是常坐不卧者……是随处住者,由此获得衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药资具。’他便为利养故、因利养故、缘利养故、为利养生起故、为利养成就故,自己便成为阿兰若住者……乃至成为随处住者。诸比丘,此即是为利养而学的一种情况。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ passati lābhiṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘kena nu kho ayamāyasmā lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti? Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā āraññiko… piṇḍapātiko… paṃsukūliko… tecīvariko… sapadānacāriko… khalupacchābhattiko… nesajjiko… yathāsanthatiko, tenāyamāyasmā lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti. So lābhahetu lābhapaccayā lābhakāraṇā lābhābhinibbattiyā lābhaṃ paripācento āraññiko hoti…pe… yathāsanthatiko hoti. Evampi lābhakamyā sikkhati.
那么,如何是不为利养而学?于此,有比丘不为利养、不因利养、不以利养为缘由、不为令利养生起、不为成办利养,而是仅仅为了调伏自己、为了令自己平静、为了让自己彻底涅槃,而学习经、学习律、学习论。这便是“不为利养而学”。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ na lābhakamyā sikkhati? Idha bhikkhu na lābhahetu, na lābhapaccayā, na lābhakāraṇā, na lābhābhinibbattiyā, na lābhaṃ paripācento, yāvadeva attadamatthāya attasamatthāya attaparinibbāpanatthāya suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇāti, vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇāti, abhidhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti. Evampi na lābhakamyā sikkhati.
再者,有比丘——不为利养、不因利养、不以利养为缘由、不为获得利养、不为促成利养;他只是依止少欲,依止知足,依止减损,依止远离,依止于此目的,而成为林住者、常行乞食者、粪扫衣者、三衣者、次第乞食者、过午不食者、常坐不卧者、随处而住者。如此,他也是“不为利养而修学”——不为利养而修学。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu na lābhahetu, na lābhapaccayā, na lābhakāraṇā, na lābhābhinibbattiyā, na lābhaṃ paripācento, yāvadeva appicchaññeva nissāya santuṭṭhiññeva nissāya sallekhaññeva nissāya pavivekaññeva nissāya idamatthitaññeva nissāya āraññiko hoti, piṇḍapātiko hoti, paṃsukūliko hoti, tecīvariko hoti , sapadānacāriko hoti, khalupacchābhattiko hoti, nesajjiko hoti, yathāsanthatiko hoti. Evampi na lābhakamyā sikkhatīti – lābhakamyā na sikkhati.
那么,在得不到利益时,怎样会生气呢?于此,有某类人——他想:‘我得不到施主之家,得不到僧众,得不到住所,得不到利养,得不到名声,得不到赞叹,得不到安乐,得不到衣服,得不到食物,得不到坐卧处,得不到病缘药物资具,得不到看病者,我是个没有名望的人。’他这样想后,便生气、恼怒、僵住,显现忿怒、瞋恚、不满。这便是得不到利益时生气。显示巴利原文
ti. Kathaṃ alābhe kuppati? Idhekacco ‘‘kulaṃ vā na labhāmi, gaṇaṃ vā na labhāmi, āvāsaṃ vā na labhāmi, lābhaṃ vā na labhāmi, yasaṃ vā na labhāmi, pasaṃsaṃ vā na labhāmi, sukhaṃ vā na labhāmi, cīvaraṃ vā na labhāmi, piṇḍapātaṃ vā na labhāmi, senāsanaṃ vā na labhāmi, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ vā na labhāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākaṃ vā na labhāmi, appaññātomhī’’ti kuppati byāpajjati patiṭṭhīyati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Evaṃ alābhe kuppati.
那么,于不得利养时,如何不生忿怒呢?在此,有比丘如是思惟:‘我既未得施主之家,亦未得僧众……乃至……我并非有名望之人。’他如此思惟后,却不忿怒、不嗔恚、不固执,也不流露忿怒、嗔恨与不满。这便是于不得利养时亦不忿怒——他既不为渴求利养而修学,也不因得不到利养而忿怒。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ alābhe na kuppati? Idha bhikkhu ‘‘kulaṃ vā na labhāmi gaṇaṃ vā na labhāmi…pe… appaññātomhī’’ti na kuppati na byāpajjati na patiṭṭhīyati, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Evaṃ alābhe na kuppatīti – lābhakamyā na sikkhati alābhe ca na kuppati.
这是心的恼害、反击、对抗、敌对,是愤怒、激怒、完全的激怒,嗔、嗔恨、完全的嗔恨,心的恶意、意的恶意,忿怒、忿怒的状态、忿怒的性,嗔、嗔恨、嗔恨的性,恶意、恶意的状态、恶意的性,敌对、反敌对,凶暴,阿修罗性,心的不满意——这称为敌对。凡此敌对已舍断、已根除、已止息、已平息、不能再生、被智火所烧尽者,他称为无敌对。色渴爱、声渴爱、香渴爱、味渴爱、触渴爱、法渴爱。根味、茎味、皮味、叶味、花味、果味,酸、甜、苦、辣、咸、碱、涩、收敛、美味、不美味、冷、热。有些沙门婆罗门贪着于味。他们以舌尖寻求最上味而游行,得到酸的便寻求非酸的,得到非酸的便寻求酸的;得到甜的便寻求非甜的,得到非甜的便寻求甜的;得到苦的便寻求非苦的,得到非苦的便寻求苦的;得到辣的便寻求非辣的,得到非辣的便寻求辣的;得到咸的便寻求非咸的,得到非咸的便寻求咸的;得到碱的便寻求非碱的,得到非碱的便寻求碱的;得到涩的便寻求收敛的,得到收敛的便寻求涩的;得到美味的便寻求不美味的,得到不美味的便寻求美味的;得到冷的便寻求热的,得到热的便寻求冷的。他们无论得到什么,都不满足于所得,转而寻求其他的,对可意的诸味染着、贪求、执取、迷醉、耽溺、缠缚、缠缚着、束缚。凡此味渴爱已舍断、已根除、已止息、已平息、不能再生、被智火所烧尽者,他如理省察而食用食物:‘非为嬉戏,非为骄慢,非为装饰,非为庄严,只是为了此身的住立、维持,为了止息伤害,为了资助梵行。如此,我将灭除旧受,不生起新受,我将有存续、无过、安住。’显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo cittassa āghāto paṭighāto, paṭighaṃ paṭivirodho, kopo pakopo sampakopo, doso padoso sampadoso, cittassa byāpatti manopadoso, kodho kujjhanā kujjhitattaṃ, doso dussanā dussitattaṃ, byāpatti byāpajjanā byāpajjitattaṃ virodho paṭivirodho, caṇḍikkaṃ, asuropo, anattamanatā cittassa – ayaṃ vuccati virodho. Yasseso virodho pahīno samucchinno vūpasanto paṭipassaddho abhabbuppattiko ñāṇagginā daḍḍho, so vuccati aviruddho. ti rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā. ti mūlaraso khandharaso tacaraso pattaraso puppharaso phalaraso, ambilaṃ madhuraṃ tittakaṃ kaṭukaṃ loṇikaṃ khārikaṃ lambikaṃ kasāvo sādu asādu sītaṃ uṇhaṃ. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā rasagiddhā. Te jivhaggena rasaggāni pariyesantā āhiṇḍanti, te ambilaṃ labhitvā anambilaṃ pariyesanti, anambilaṃ labhitvā ambilaṃ pariyesanti; madhuraṃ labhitvā amadhuraṃ pariyesanti, amadhuraṃ labhitvā madhuraṃ pariyesanti; tittakaṃ labhitvā atittakaṃ pariyesanti, atittakaṃ labhitvā tittakaṃ pariyesanti; kaṭukaṃ labhitvā akaṭukaṃ pariyesanti, akaṭukaṃ labhitvā kaṭukaṃ pariyesanti; loṇikaṃ labhitvā aloṇikaṃ pariyesanti, aloṇikaṃ labhitvā loṇikaṃ pariyesanti; khārikaṃ labhitvā akhārikaṃ pariyesanti, akhārikaṃ labhitvā khārikaṃ pariyesanti; lambikaṃ labhitvā kasāvaṃ pariyesanti , kasāvaṃ labhitvā lambikaṃ pariyesanti; sāduṃ labhitvā asāduṃ pariyesanti, asāduṃ labhitvā sāduṃ pariyesanti; sītaṃ labhitvā uṇhaṃ pariyesanti, uṇhaṃ labhitvā sītaṃ pariyesanti. Te yaṃ yaṃ labhitvā tena tena na santussanti aparāparaṃ pariyesanti, manāpikesu rasesu rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhosannā laggā laggitā palibuddhā. Yassesā rasataṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti – ‘‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’’ti.
犹如为伤口敷药,只是为了使其痊愈;犹如为车轴涂油,只是为了运载重物;犹如食用子肉,只是为了穿越旷野。同样地,比丘如理作意而受用食物——‘非为嬉戏……乃至……安乐而住。’他舍断味渴爱,遣除它、灭尽它、令它不复存在;他远离味渴爱,超脱、出离、解脱、离系,以离系之心而安住——如此,他无敌对,也不依于渴爱而贪求诸味。显示巴利原文
Yathā vanaṃ ālimpeyya yāvadeva ropanatthāya, yathā vā pana akkhaṃ abbhañjeyya yāvadeva bhārassa nittharaṇatthāya, yathā vā pana puttamaṃsaṃ āhāraṃ āhareyya yāvadeva kantārassa nittharaṇatthāya; evameva bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti – ‘‘neva davāya…pe… phāsuvihāro cā’’ti. Rasataṇhaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti, rasataṇhāya ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – aviruddho ca taṇhāya rasesu nānugijjhati.
2180 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他不为利养而修学,得不到时亦不恼怒;对渴爱不起怨嫌,于诸味亦无贪求。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Lābhakamyā na sikkhati, alābhe ca na kuppati; Aviruddho ca taṇhāya, rasesu nānugijjhatī’’ti.
这句中,“具足六支舍”是指:眼见色后,不喜不忧,安住于舍,具念、正知。耳闻声后……乃至……意了知法后,不喜不忧,安住于舍,具念、正知。眼见可意之色,不贪求、不狂喜、不生贪欲,他的身体安住,内心善安立、善解脱。又,眼见不可意之色,不沮丧,心不滞著、不消沉、无有恶意,他的身体安住,内心善安立、善解脱。同样地,耳闻声、鼻嗅香、舌尝味、身触触、意了知法:于可意境,不贪求、不狂喜、不生贪欲,他的身体安住,内心善安立、善解脱;于不可意境,不沮丧,心不滞著、不消沉、无有恶意,他的身体安住,内心善安立、善解脱。显示巴利原文
ti. ti chaḷaṅgupekkhāya samannāgato. Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā manāpaṃ nābhigijjhati nābhihaṃsati na rāgaṃ janeti, tassa ṭhitova kāyo hoti, ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ. Cakkhunā kho paneva rūpaṃ disvā amanāpaṃ na maṅku hoti appatiṭṭhitacitto alīnamanaso abyāpannacetaso, tassa ṭhitova kāyo hoti, ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya manāpaṃ nābhigijjhati nābhihaṃsati na rāgaṃ janeti, tassa ṭhitova kāyo hoti, ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ. Manasā kho paneva dhammaṃ viññāya amanāpaṃ na maṅku hoti appatiṭṭhitacitto alīnamanaso abyāpannacetaso, tassa ṭhitova kāyo hoti, ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ.
眼见可意与不可意之色时,身体安住,内心善安立、善解脱。耳闻声……乃至……意了知法,于可意与不可意之境时,身体安住,内心善安立、善解脱。显示巴利原文
Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā manāpāmanāpesu rūpesu tassa ṭhitova kāyo hoti, ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya manāpāmanāpesu dhammesu tassa ṭhitova kāyo hoti, ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ.
眼见到色时,于可染着之境不染着,于可瞋恚之境不瞋恚,于可愚痴之境不愚痴,于可恼怒之境不恼怒,于可骄慢之境不骄慢,于可烦恼之境不被染污。耳听到声、鼻嗅到香、舌尝到味、身触到触、意了知法时,同样于可染着之境不染着,于可瞋恚之境不瞋恚,于可愚痴之境不愚痴,于可恼怒之境不恼怒,于可骄慢之境不骄慢,于可烦恼之境不被染污。所见仅是所见,所闻仅是所闻,所觉仅是所觉,所识仅是所识。于所见不黏着,于所闻不黏着,于所觉不黏着,于所识不黏着。于所见不亲近、不抗拒、不依赖、不被系缚,心无界限、解脱、离系而住;于所闻、所觉、所识,同样不亲近、不抗拒、不依赖、不被系缚,心无界限、解脱、离系而住。显示巴利原文
Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā rajanīye na rajjati, dussanīye na dussati, mohanīye na muyhati, kopanīye na kuppati, madanīye na majjati, kilesanīye na kilissati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya rajanīye na rajjati dussanīye na dussati, mohanīye na muyhati, kopanīye na kuppati, madanīye na majjati, kilesanīye na kilissati. Diṭṭhe diṭṭhamatto, sute sutamatto, mute mutamatto, viññāte viññātamatto. Diṭṭhe na limpati, sute na limpati, mute na limpati, viññāte na limpati. Diṭṭhe anūpayo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharati. Sute… mute… viññāte anūpayo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharati.
阿拉汉具眼根,以眼见色;阿拉汉于色无欲贪,其心善解脱。阿拉汉具耳根,以耳闻声;阿拉汉于声无欲贪,其心善解脱。阿拉汉具鼻根,以鼻嗅香;阿拉汉于香无欲贪,其心善解脱。阿拉汉具舌根,以舌尝味;阿拉汉于味无欲贪,其心善解脱。阿拉汉具身根,以身触触;阿拉汉于触无欲贪,其心善解脱。阿拉汉具意根,以意了知法;阿拉汉于法无欲贪,其心善解脱。显示巴利原文
Saṃvijjati arahato cakkhu, passati arahā cakkhunā rūpaṃ. Chandarāgo arahato natthi, suvimuttacitto arahā. Saṃvijjati arahato sotaṃ, suṇāti arahā sotena saddaṃ. Chandarāgo arahato natthi, suvimuttacitto arahā. Saṃvijjati arahato ghānaṃ, ghāyati arahā ghānena gandhaṃ. Chandarāgo arahato natthi, suvimuttacitto arahā. Saṃvijjati arahato jivhā, sāyati arahā jivhāya rasaṃ…pe… saṃvijjati arahato kāyo, phusati arahā kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ…pe… saṃvijjati arahato mano, vijānāti arahā manasā dhammaṃ. Chandarāgo arahato natthi suvimuttacitto arahā.
眼乐于色、好乐于色、喜悦于色,阿拉汉已将其调伏、守护、保护、防护,并为防护它而说法。耳乐于声……鼻乐于香……舌乐于味、好乐于味、喜悦于味,阿拉汉已将其调伏、守护、保护、防护,并为防护它而说法。身乐于触……意乐于法、好乐于法、喜悦于法,阿拉汉已将其调伏、守护、保护、防护,并为防护它而说法。显示巴利原文
Cakkhu rūpārāmaṃ rūparataṃ rūpasammuditaṃ, taṃ arahato dantaṃ guttaṃ rakkhitaṃ saṃvutaṃ, tassa ca saṃvarāya dhammaṃ deseti. Sotaṃ saddārāmaṃ…pe… ghānaṃ gandhārāmaṃ… jivhā rasārāmā rasaratā rasasammuditā, sā arahato dantā guttā rakkhitā saṃvutā, tassā ca saṃvarāya dhammaṃ deseti. Kāyo phoṭṭhabbārāmo…pe… mano dhammārāmo dhammarato dhammasammudito, so arahato danto gutto rakkhito saṃvuto, tassa ca saṃvarāya dhammaṃ deseti.
已调伏者,大众携他赴集会;已调伏者,国王登乘他的脊背。
驯良的骡子、纯种的骏马,以及信度马,都是殊胜的;
大象与龙象也是如此,但自我调御者比它们更为殊胜。
正如一个善加调御了自己的人,那已得调御者,便是通过调御而抵达。
于种种生存状态中,他们毫不动摇,已从再生中彻底解脱。
他的诸根已善修习,无论于内、于外,遍及一切世间;
他彻悟此世与他世,修习圆满、善自调御,静待涅槃的时刻。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dantaṃ nayanti samitiṃ, dantaṃ rājābhirūhati; Danto seṭṭho manussesu, yotivākyaṃ titikkhati. ‘‘Varamassatarā dantā, ājānīyā ca sindhavā; Kuñjarā ca mahānāgā, attadanto tato varaṃ. ‘‘Na hi etehi yānehi, gaccheyya agataṃ disaṃ; Yathāttanā sudantena, danto dantena gacchati. ‘‘Vidhāsu na vikampanti, vippamuttā punabbhavā; Dantabhūmimanuppattā, te loke vijitāvino. ‘‘Yassindriyāni bhāvitāni , ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca sabbaloke; Nibbijjha imaṃ parañca lokaṃ, kālaṃ kaṅkhati bhāvito sa danto’’ti.
“时刻”是指:任何时、一切时、所有时、恒常时、稳固时……乃至在生命最后阶段。“具念”有四种情形:修习身随观念处,是具念;修习受随观念处……修习心随观念处……修习法随观念处,是具念……此人即名为“具念者”——圆满平静,恒持正念。显示巴利原文
ti. Sadā sabbadā sabbakālaṃ niccakālaṃ dhuvakālaṃ…pe… pacchime vayokhandhe. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, vedanāsu… citte… dhammesu dhammānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato…pe… so vuccati satoti – upekkhako sadā sato.
他不因出身、血统……或其他任何原因,而生起“我与他同等”的慢——在世间,不执着于等同之想。
显示巴利原文 nti. ‘‘Sadisohamasmī’’ti mānaṃ na janeti jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunāti – na loke maññate samaṃ.
他不因出身、血统……或其他任何原因,而生起“我比他殊胜”的过慢;也不因出身、血统……或其他任何原因,而生起“我比他低劣”的卑慢——他不自视为殊胜者,也不自视为低劣者。显示巴利原文
ti. ‘‘Seyyohamasmī’’ti atimānaṃ na janeti jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā . ‘‘Hīnohamasmī’’ti omānaṃ na janeti jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunāti – na visesī na nīceyyo.
这是指阿拉汉、漏尽者。所谓七种增盛,即:贪增盛、嗔增盛、痴增盛、慢增盛、见增盛、烦恼增盛、业增盛。这些增盛于他皆不存在、不现起、不可得,已被断除、彻底斩断,已平息、已止息,永无再生起的可能,已为智火所烧尽——因此他没有这些增盛。显示巴利原文
ti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti sattussadā – rāgussado dosussado mohussado mānussado diṭṭhussado kilesussado kammussado. Tassime ussadā natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – tassa no santi ussadā.
1865 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他恒时安住于舍,具足正念,于世间不执取等同之想;
他不于殊胜者起想,也不于低劣者起想,他已无有那些增盛。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upekkhako sadā sato, na loke maññate samaṃ; Na visesī na nīceyyo, tassa no santi ussadā’’ti.
“阿拉汉,漏尽者”——在此,“依着”有两种:渴爱的依着与邪见的依着……这是渴爱的依着……这是邪见的依着。他已断除渴爱的依着,已舍弃邪见的依着;由于渴爱的依着已被断除,邪见的依着已被舍弃,因此他没有任何依着性——它不存在、没有、找不到、不可得。依着已被断除、彻底斩断、平息、安歇,不再生起,已被智慧之火焚烧殆尽。这就是他无有依着性。显示巴利原文
ti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti dve nissayā – taṇhānissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhānissayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhinissayo . Tassa taṇhānissayo pahīno, diṭṭhinissayo paṭinissaṭṭho; taṇhānissayassa pahīnattā diṭṭhinissayassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā nissayatā yassa natthi na santi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – yassa nissayatā natthi.
此中之意是:在清晰了知、善知、权衡、审定、洞澈并令其显明之后,这些法便被宣说、被宣告、被指出、被开示、被安立、被建立、被揭开、被分析、被阐明、被明示。譬如‘一切诸行无常’,在清晰了知、善知、权衡、审定、洞澈并令其显明之后,被宣说、被宣告、被指出、被开示、被安立、被建立、被揭开、被分析、被阐明、被明示。同样地,‘一切诸行是苦’、‘一切法无我’、‘以无明为缘而有诸行’……乃至……‘以生为缘而有老死’、‘无明灭则诸行灭’……乃至……‘生灭则老死灭’、‘这是苦’……乃至……‘这是导向苦灭的道路’、‘这些是烦恼’……乃至……‘这是导向烦恼灭尽的道路’、‘这些法应当彻底了知’、‘这些法应当彻底辨识’、‘这些法应当断除’、‘这些法应当修习’、‘这些法应当亲自体证’,以及六触处的集起与灭去、其中的乐味、过患与出离,五取蕴的、四大种的,乃至‘凡是任何集起的法,那所有的法都是灭去的法’,都是在清晰了知、善知、权衡、审定、洞澈并令其显明之后,被宣说、被宣告、被指出、被开示、被安立、被建立、被揭开、被分析、被阐明、被明示的。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā vuttā pavuttā ācikkhitā desitā paññapitā paṭṭhapitā vivaṭā vibhattā uttānīkatā pakāsitā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā vuttā pavuttā ācikkhitā desitā paññapitā paṭṭhapitā vivaṭā vibhattā uttānīkatā pakāsitā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti… ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti…pe… ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti… ‘‘avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’ti…pe… ‘‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’ti… ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti… ‘‘ime āsavā’’ti…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti… ‘‘ime dhammā abhiññeyyā’’ti… ‘‘ime dhammā pariññeyyā’’ti… ‘‘ime dhammā pahātabbā’’ti… ‘‘ime dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti… ‘‘ime dhammā sacchikātabbā’’ti… channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca… pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ… catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā vuttā pavuttā ācikkhitā desitā paññapitā paṭṭhapitā vivaṭā vibhattā uttānīkatā pakāsitā.
371 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
这就是对于色的渴爱、对于声的渴爱、对于香的渴爱、对于味的渴爱、对于触的渴爱、对于法的渴爱。这就是对于种种存在的渴爱:对于业有与再有的渴爱,对于业有、欲有与再有的渴爱,对于业有、色有与再有的渴爱,对于业有、无色有与再有的渴爱——对于一再地存在、一再地趣向、一再地再生、一再地结生、一再地个体产生的渴爱。不论是谁,若未离渴爱、未离贪、未舍渴爱、未离欲、未解脱渴爱、未断渴爱、未出离渴爱,他便是一个于种种存在未离渴爱的人。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā. ti bhavābhave kammabhave punabbhave kāmabhave, kammabhave kāmabhave punabbhave rūpabhave , kammabhave rūpabhave punabbhave arūpabhave, kammabhave arūpabhave punabbhave punappunabbhave punappunagatiyā punappunaupapattiyā punappunapaṭisandhiyā punappunaattabhāvābhinibbattiyā avītataṇhā avigatataṇhā acattataṇhā avantataṇhā amuttataṇhā appahīnataṇhā appaṭinissaṭṭhataṇhāti – avītataṇhāse bhavābhavesu.
494 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他无有依着,了知法之后,便无所依着;
不论为‘有’或为‘无有’,他都没有渴爱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yassa nissayatā natthi, ñatvā dhammaṃ anissito; Bhavāya vibhavāya vā, taṇhā yassa na vijjatī’’ti.
他寂静、息止、清凉、全然宁静。我用‘这就是寂静者’这句话来宣说、说明、阐明、开示、表述。显示巴利原文
ti. Upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭipassaddhoti. Taṃ brūmi taṃ kathemi taṃ bhaṇāmi taṃ dīpayāmi taṃ voharāmīti – taṃ brūmi upasantoti.
从总纲而言,有两种欲:事物欲与烦恼欲……这些称为事物欲……这些称为烦恼欲。遍知事物欲、断除烦恼欲之后——舍断、去除、驱散、终结、令归于无有之后——于诸欲无所期盼、离欲、弃欲、吐弃欲、摆脱欲、断除欲、解脱欲的人;于诸欲远离贪染、无有贪染、舍弃贪染、吐弃贪染、摆脱贪染、断除贪染、解脱贪染的人;是饥渴已消、清凉的人。显示巴利原文
nti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. Vatthukāme parijānitvā, kilesakāme pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā kāmesu anapekkhino vītakāmo cattakāmo vantakāmo muttakāmo pahīnakāmo paṭinissaṭṭhakāmo, kāmesu vītarāgo vigatarāgo cattarāgo vantarāgo muttarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharatīti – kāmesu anapekkhinaṃ.
有四种系缚:贪求是身系缚,恶意是身系缚,执取戒禁是身系缚,固执“只有这是真理”是身系缚。对自己见解的贪爱,即是贪求身系缚;对他教说心生憎恨与不满,即是恶恚身系缚;执取自己的戒、誓愿或戒禁,即是执取戒禁身系缚;固执自己的见解“只有这是真理”,即是固执“只有这是真理”身系缚。此是就漏尽的阿拉汉而言。这些系缚于他并不存在,无有,不可得,不可见;已被他断除、彻底斩断、平息、完全宁静、无复能生、智火所焚——故说,系缚在他那里已不存在。显示巴利原文
ti. ti cattāro ganthā – abhijjhā kāyagantho, byāpādo kāyagantho, sīlabbataparāmāso kāyagantho, idaṃsaccābhiniveso kāyagantho. Attano diṭṭhiyā rāgo abhijjhā kāyagantho, paravādesu āghāto appaccayo byāpādo kāyagantho, attano sīlaṃ vā vataṃ vā sīlabbataṃ vā parāmāso sīlabbataparāmāso kāyagantho, attano diṭṭhi idaṃsaccābhiniveso kāyagantho. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti. Ganthā tassa natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – ganthā tassa na vijjanti.
这是指渴爱。它就是一种染着、深染着……乃至……贪求、贪欲、不善根。何以说visattikā(渴爱之蔓)?因它具此诸义:它遍处附着,故说visattikā;它广布遍满,故说visattikā;它流散蔓延,故说visattikā;它不平正而有危险,故说visattikā;它含毒,故说visattikā;它招引吞没,故说visattikā;它虚伪欺诳,故说visattikā;其根是毒,故说visattikā;其果是苦毒,故说visattikā;享用即服毒,故说visattikā。再者,这种广大的渴爱,在色、声、香、味、触、家、群、住处……乃至一切见、闻、感、知的对象上,遍处附着、扩散开来,故称为visattikā。此人已渡、已越、已超、已胜、已脱此名为visattikā的渴爱之蔓。显示巴利原文
nti. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti kenaṭṭhena visattikā ? Visatāti visattikā, visālāti visattikā, visaṭāti visattikā, visamāti visattikā, visakkatīti visattikā, visaṃharatīti visattikā, visaṃvādikāti visattikā, visamūlāti visattikā, visaphalāti visattikā, visaparibhogāti visattikā, visālā vā pana sā taṇhā rūpe… sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… kule… gaṇe… āvāse…pe… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu visataṃ vitthatāti visattikā. nti. So imaṃ visattikaṃ taṇhaṃ atari uttari patari samatikkami vītivattīti – atarī so visattikaṃ.
1907 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘Taṃ brūmi upasantoti, kāmesu anapekkhinaṃ; Ganthā tassa na vijjanti, atarī so visattika’’nti.
此处表遮止。此指阿拉汉、漏尽者。句中“儿子”有四种:亲生儿子、田产所养的儿子、过继的儿子、弟子随从的儿子。“牲畜”指羊、鸡、猪、象、牛、马、母驴。“田地”指稻田、麦田、绿豆田、黑绿豆田、大麦田、小麦田、芝麻田。“住宅”指房屋地基、仓库地基、内院地基、后院地基、花园地基、寺院地基。于这样的人,对儿子、牲畜、田地、住宅已无任何执著;这些执著不存在、不可得,已被断除、彻底根绝、安息、不再生起,被智慧之火焚烧殆尽。因此说:“他没有儿子、牲畜,也没有田地、住宅。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṭikkhepo. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti cattāro puttā – attajo putto, khettajo putto, dinnako putto , antevāsiko putto. ti. Ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā hatthigāvāssavaḷavā. nti sālikhettaṃ vīhikhettaṃ muggakhettaṃ māsakhettaṃ yavakhettaṃ godhumakhettaṃ tilakhettaṃ. nti gharavatthuṃ koṭṭhavatthuṃ purevatthuṃ pacchāvatthuṃ ārāmavatthuṃ vihāravatthuṃ. ti. Tassa puttapariggaho vā pasupariggaho vā khettapariggaho vā vatthupariggaho vā natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – na tassa puttā pasavo, khettaṃ vatthuñca vijjati.
句中“有我”指我见,“无我”指断灭见。“所执取者无有”是说没有可执取的;“应舍弃者无有”是说没有应舍弃的。凡无执取者,即无舍弃;凡无舍弃者,即无执取。阿拉汉已超越执取与舍弃,超越增长与衰退。他已安住,梵行圆满……乃至……生死轮回已尽,于他再无后有。不论是“有我”还是“无我”,于他皆不可得。显示巴利原文
ti. ti attadiṭṭhi, ti ucchedadiṭṭhi; ti gahitaṃ natthi, ti muñcitabbaṃ natthi. Yassa natthi gahitaṃ tassa natthi muñcitabbaṃ. Yassa natthi muñcitabbaṃ tassa natthi gahitaṃ. Gāhamuñcanasamatikkanto arahā vuddhiparihānivītivatto. So vuṭṭhavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro natthi tassa punabbhavoti – attā vāpi nirattā vā, na tasmiṃ upalabbhati.
1877 因此,世尊说了:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他没有子嗣、牲畜,亦无田地与住宅;
“有我”与“无我”,于他都了不可得。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na tassa puttā pasavo, khettaṃ vatthuñca vijjati; Attā vāpi nirattā vā, na tasmiṃ upalabbhatī’’ti.
那些不断生起种种烦恼的人,称为凡夫;那些种种有身见未被破除的人,称为凡夫;那些仰赖种种老师脸色的人,称为凡夫;那些尚未从种种生命状态中超脱出来的人,称为凡夫;那些造作种种不同行为的人,称为凡夫;那些被种种洪流漂没的人,称为凡夫;那些被种种热恼烧灼的人,称为凡夫;那些被种种炽焰焚烧的人,称为凡夫;那些在五种欲乐上贪染、渴求、粘着、沉溺、陷入、系缚、被系缚、被障碍的人,称为凡夫;那些被五盖覆盖、遮蔽、包围、封闭、隐藏、盖住的人,称为凡夫。此处是指任何外道出家者、任何过外道生活的人。此处是指任何称呼别人为‘尊者’的人。凡夫或因贪欲而有所言说,或因嗔恨而有所言说,或因愚痴而有所言说,或因傲慢而有所言说,或因邪见而有所言说,或因掉举而有所言说,或因疑惑而有所言说,或因种种随眠烦恼而有所言说,如说‘染着之人’、‘嗔怒之人’、‘愚昧之人’、‘被缚之人’、‘执取之人’、‘散乱之人’、‘犹豫之人’、‘顽梗之人’——这些行为的造作在他那里已完全断除;由于行为的造作已断除,便不再有任何生命趣向可令他被称为:‘地狱众生’、‘畜生道众生’、‘鬼道众生’、‘人’、‘天神’、‘有色界众生’、‘无色界众生’、‘有想众生’、‘无想众生’、‘非想非非想众生’。正因为那个原因不存在,那个条件不存在,那个理由不存在,所以凡夫、沙门、婆罗门,皆无法以此来说他、论他、议他、述他、称他。显示巴利原文
ti. ti puthu kilese janentīti puthujjanā , puthu avihatasakkāyadiṭṭhikāti puthujjanā, puthu satthārānaṃ mukhullokikāti puthujjanā, puthu sabbagatīhi avuṭṭhitāti puthujjanā, puthu nānābhisaṅkhāre abhisaṅkharontīti puthujjanā, puthu nānāoghehi vuyhantīti puthujjanā, puthu nānāsantāpehi santappentīti puthujjanā, puthu nānāpariḷāhehi pariḍayhantīti puthujjanā, puthu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhosannā laggā laggitā palibuddhāti puthujjanā, puthu pañcahi nīvaraṇehi āvutā nivutā ovutā pihitā paṭicchannā paṭikujjitāti – puthujjanā. ti ye keci ito bahiddhā paribbajūpagatā paribbajasamāpannā. ti ye keci bhovādikā. ti . Puthujjanā yena taṃ rāgena vadeyyuṃ, yena dosena vadeyyuṃ, yena mohena vadeyyuṃ, yena mānena vadeyyuṃ, yāya diṭṭhiyā vadeyyuṃ, yena uddhaccena vadeyyuṃ, yāya vicikicchāya vadeyyuṃ, yehi anusayehi vadeyyuṃ, rattoti vā duṭṭhoti vā mūḷhoti vā vinibaddhoti vā parāmaṭṭhoti vā vikkhepagatoti vā aniṭṭhaṅgatoti vā thāmagatoti vā te abhisaṅkhārā pahīnā; abhisaṅkhārānaṃ pahīnattā gatiyā yena taṃ vadeyyuṃ – nerayikoti vā tiracchānayonikoti vā pettivisayikoti vā manussoti vā devoti vā rūpīti vā arūpīti vā saññīti vā asaññīti vā nevasaññīnāsaññīti vā. So hetu natthi paccayo natthi kāraṇaṃ natthi yena naṃ vadeyyuṃ katheyyuṃ bhaṇeyyuṃ dīpayeyyuṃ vohareyyunti – yena naṃ vajjuṃ puthujjanā, atho samaṇabrāhmaṇā.
是指阿拉汉、已断尽烦恼者。有两种“先导”——渴爱先导与邪见先导。……此为渴爱先导。……此为邪见先导。他的渴爱先导已断除,邪见先导已彻底舍离;由于渴爱先导已断,邪见先导已舍,他不再将渴爱或邪见作为前导而行,不以渴爱为旗帜、不以渴爱为顶端、不以渴爱为尊首,不以邪见为旗帜、不以邪见为顶端、不以邪见为尊首,不依渴爱或邪见而住。因此,他被称为“无有先导者”。显示巴利原文
nti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti dve purekkhārā – taṇhāpurekkhāro ca diṭṭhipurekkhāro ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpurekkhāro…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipurekkhāro. Tassa taṇhāpurekkhāro pahīno, diṭṭhipurekkhāro paṭinissaṭṭho; taṇhāpurekkhārassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhipurekkhārassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā na taṇhaṃ vā diṭṭhiṃ vā purato katvā carati, na taṇhādhajo na taṇhāketu na taṇhādhipateyyo, na diṭṭhidhajo na diṭṭhiketu na diṭṭhādhipateyyo, na taṇhāya vā na diṭṭhiyā vā parivārito caratīti – taṃ tassa apurakkhataṃ.
的语义。“因此,以彼为因、以彼为缘、以彼为条件、以彼为源头”义。“众生、人、人类、生命、个体、生者、有身者、因陀罗之子、人子”义。“于他们见解住著中”——即此人于那些住著之中。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānaṃ. ti satto naro mānavo poso puggalo jīvo jāgu jantu indagu manujo. ti tesu diṭṭhinivesanesūti – tasmā naro tesu nivesanesu.
凡夫俗子,以及沙门婆罗门,无论以何言说称述于他,
那些事于他已非预先系缚,因此他在种种言论中毫不动摇。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yena naṃ vajjuṃ puthujjanā, atho samaṇabrāhmaṇā; Taṃ tassa apurakkhataṃ, tasmā vādesu nejatī’’ti.
这称为渴爱。凡是贪著、深染、乃至贪求、贪欲、不善根。凡是已断除、已彻底断灭这具有动摇性的渴爱,乃至以智慧之火将其烧尽者,他便称为不动摇者。因为已断除了动摇性,故为不动摇者。他于得利时不动摇,于失利时不动摇,于有声名时不动摇,于无声名时不动摇,于受赞叹时不动摇,于受讥毁时不动摇,于乐受时不动摇,于苦受时不动摇——他不摇曳、不震颤、不剧颤、不遍颤。这就是不动摇者。“一切”即指十二处:眼与色、乃至意与法。凡是对这内外诸处已彻底断除欲贪、令其根除,犹如截断顶冠的多罗树桩,不复存在,未来不再生起者,他便称为于一切处等住者。他于一切处如此安住、于一切处中舍、于一切处具足舍心——这就是不动摇、于一切处等住。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yassesā ejā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā…pe… ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati anejo. Ejāya pahīnattā anejo. So lābhepi na iñjati, alābhepi na iñjati, yasepi na iñjati, ayasepi na iñjati, pasaṃsāyapi na iñjati, nindāyapi na iñjati, sukhepi na iñjati, dukkhepi na iñjati, na calati na vedhati nappavedhati na sampavedhatīti – anejo. ti sabbaṃ vuccati dvādasāyatanāni. Cakkhu ceva rūpā ca…pe… mano ceva dhammā ca. Yato ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu chandarāgo pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, so vuccati sabbadhi samo. So sabbattha tādi sabbattha majjhatto sabbattha upekkhakoti – anejo sabbadhī samo.
这称为智慧。这牟尼能超越执着之网。他不说、不讲、不言、不表、不示“我是上等者”,亦不宣称“我是同等者”,亦不宣称“我是下劣者”——牟尼于上等者中不置一言,于同等者中不置一言,于下劣者中不置一言。显示巴利原文
ti. ti. vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ‘‘Seyyohamasmī’’ti vā, ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’ti vā, ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti vā na vadati na katheti na bhaṇati na dīpayati na voharatīti – na ussesu vadate muni, na samesu na omesu.
此处,有两种妄构:渴爱的妄构与见解的妄构。什么是渴爱的妄构?以渴爱为名,所划定的界限、所设置的疆域、所切割的范围、所圈定的边际、所执取、执以为‘我的’——‘这是我的,那是我的,这么多是我的,到这个程度是我的。我的色、声、香、味、触,我的铺盖、衣物、男女奴婢、山羊、绵羊、鸡、猪、象、牛、马、母马,我的田地、宅地、黄金、金币、村庄、城镇、王城、国土、疆域、库藏,乃至整个大地’,由于渴爱而将这一切执为‘我的’。凡是这一百零八种渴爱活动的范围——这就是渴爱的妄构。什么是见解的妄构?即由二十种事由构成的有身见,十种事由构成的邪见,十种事由构成的边执见。凡是这样的见解、见解之见、见解丛林、见解荒漠、见解歪曲、见解挣扎、见解结缚,执取、迎取、固持、紧抓,邪路、邪道、邪性、外道立足处,颠倒执、颠倒取、颠倒想、邪执取,将不真实的执取为真实,以及所有六十二种见解之见——这就是见解的妄构。这些阿拉汉,其渴爱妄构已断除,见解妄构已舍离。因渴爱妄构已断,见解妄构已舍,故他们不再妄构、不再产生、不再使之产生、不再令其出现、不再令其完全现起渴爱妄构或见解妄构——因而,他们不妄构。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve kappā – taṇhākappo ca diṭṭhikappo ca. Katamo taṇhākappo? Yāvatā taṇhāsaṅkhātena sīmakataṃ mariyādikataṃ odhikataṃ pariyantakataṃ pariggahitaṃ mamāyitaṃ – ‘‘idaṃ mamaṃ, etaṃ mamaṃ, ettakaṃ mamaṃ, ettāvatā mamaṃ, mama rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā, attharaṇā pāvuraṇā dāsidāsā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā hatthigavāssavaḷavā khettaṃ vatthu hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ gāmanigamarājadhāniyo raṭṭhañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca, kevalampi mahāpathaviṃ taṇhāvasena mamāyati, yāvatā aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritaṃ – ayaṃ taṇhākappo. Katamo diṭṭhikappo? Vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā antaggāhikādiṭṭhi, yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigataṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāraṃ diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaññojanaṃ gāho paṭiggāho abhiniveso parāmāso kummaggo micchāpatho micchattaṃ titthāyatanaṃ vipariyāsaggāho viparītaggāho vipallāsaggāho micchāgāho, ayāthāvakasmiṃ yāthāvakanti gāho, yāvatā dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni – ayaṃ diṭṭhikappo. Tesaṃ taṇhākappo pahīno, diṭṭhikappo paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhākappassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhikappassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā taṇhākappaṃ vā diṭṭhikappaṃ vā na kappenti na janenti na sañjanenti na nibbattenti na abhinibbattentīti – na kappayanti.
离贪者无悭吝,牟尼不与胜者争高下;
不与等者论,不与劣者辩;不趋向妄构,他是不妄构者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vītagedho amaccharī, na ussesu vadate muni; Na samesu na omesu, kappaṃ neti akappiyo’’ti.
2078 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
关于“阿拉汉、漏尽者”:于他而言,凡是“此属我”或“此属他人”——任何色中所系、受中所系、想中所系、行中所系、识中所系,被执取、被执持、被固着、被耽著、所倾倚的事物,皆不存在,无有……乃至……被智火焚尽——这便是“于世间无有属己之物”。再者,事物变异时他无忧伤,于已变异之事物亦无忧伤。他于“我眼变异”无忧伤,于“我耳变异”……“我鼻变异”……“我舌变异”……“我身变异”……“我意变异”……“我色变异”……“我声变异”……“我香变异”……“我味变异”……“我触变异”……“我家族变异”……“我眷属变异”……“我住处变异”……“我利养变异”……“我名声变异”……“我称赞变异”……“我乐变异”……“我衣变异”……“我食变异”……“我床座变异”……“我病缘医药资具变异”……“我母变异”……“我父变异”……“我兄弟变异”……“我姊妹变异”……“我子变异”……“我女变异”……“我友变异”……“我同僚变异”……“我亲戚变异”……“我血缘亲族变异”,于如是种种皆无忧伤、无疲累、无悲泣、不捶胸哭泣、不陷入迷乱。如是,于无所属亦无忧伤。显示巴利原文
ti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti. Tassa mayhaṃ vā idaṃ paresaṃ vā idanti kiñci rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ, gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ, natthi na santi…pe… ñāṇagginā daḍḍhanti – yassa loke sakaṃ natthi. ti. Vipariṇataṃ vā vatthuṃ na socati, vipariṇatasmiṃ vā vatthusmiṃ na socati. Cakkhu me vipariṇatanti na socati. Sotaṃ me… ghānaṃ me… jivhā me… kāyo me… mano me… rūpā me… saddā me… gandhā me… rasā me… phoṭṭhabbā me… kulaṃ me… gaṇo me… āvāso me… lābho me… yaso me… pasaṃsā me… sukhaṃ me… cīvaraṃ me… piṇḍapāto me… senāsanaṃ me… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro me… mātā me… pitā me… bhātā me… bhaginī me… putto me… dhītā me… mittā me… amaccā me… ñātakā me… sālohitā me vipariṇatāti na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjatīti. Evampi, asatā ca na socati.
再者,当被不寂静的苦受所触、所浸、所遍、所拥有时,他不忧愁、不疲累、不悲泣、不捶胸号泣、不陷入迷乱。被眼病所触、所浸、所遍、所拥有时……被耳病……被鼻病……被舌病……被身病……被头痛……被耳痛……被口病……被牙病……被咳嗽……被哮喘……被感冒……被热病……被老衰……被腹痛……被昏厥……被痢疾……被绞痛……被霍乱……被麻风……被疮疖……被白斑……被肺痨……被癫痫……被癣……被痒……被湿疹……被恶露……被疥癣……被血病……被胆病……显示巴利原文
Atha vā asantāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Cakkhurogena phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjati, sotarogena… ghānarogena… jivhārogena… kāyarogena… sīsarogena… kaṇṇarogena… mukharogena… dantarogena… kāsena… sāsena… pināsena… ḍāhena… jarena… kucchirogena… mucchāya… pakkhandikāya… sūlena… visūcikāya… kuṭṭhena… gaṇḍena… kilāsena… sosena… apamārena… dadduyā… kaṇḍuyā… kacchuyā… rakhasāya … vitacchikāya… lohitena… pittena… madhumehena… aṃsāya… piḷakāya… bhagandalena … pittasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… semhasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… vātasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… sannipātikena ābādhena… utupariṇāmajena ābādhena… visamaparihārajena ābādhena… opakkamikena ābādhena… kammavipākajena ābādhena… sītena… uṇhena… jighacchāya… pipāsāya… ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassehi phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjatīti. Evampi, asatā ca na socati.
再者,对于不存在的、没有的、得不到的事物,他不会这样想:“我竟然没有那个!但愿我能拥有它!而我终究得不到它!”如此,他不忧愁,不疲惫,不悲泣,不捶胸哭泣,不陷入迷乱。如此,对没有的事物他也不忧愁。他不因贪欲而行,不因瞋恚而行,不因愚痴而行,不因怖畏而行;不因贪的力量而行,不因瞋的力量而行,不因痴的力量而行,不因慢的力量而行,不因邪见的力量而行,不因掉举的力量而行,不因疑的力量而行,不因随眠的力量而行;也不会被结党的种种法所驱驰、引导、流荡、裹挟——这就是“于法也不随转”。显示巴利原文
Atha vā asante asaṃvijjamāne anupalabbhamāne – ‘‘aho vata me taṃ natthi, siyā vata me taṃ, taṃ vatāhaṃ na ca labhāmī’’ti na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjatīti. Evampi asatā ca na socati. ti na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, na rāgavasena gacchati, na dosavasena gacchati, na mohavasena gacchati, na mānavasena gacchati, na diṭṭhivasena gacchati, na uddhaccavasena gacchati, na vicikicchāvasena gacchati, na anusayavasena gacchati na ca vaggehi dhammehi yāyati nīyati vuyhati saṃharīyatīti – dhammesu ca na gacchati.
如此,他便被称为寂静者、宁静者、清凉者、寂灭者、完全止息者。他被这样称号、谈说、言说、宣示、表述——因此,他被称为“这寂静者”。显示巴利原文
ti. So santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭipassaddhoti vuccati kathīyati bhaṇīyati dīpīyati voharīyatīti – sa ve santoti vuccati.
因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
在世间,他没有任何属于自己的事物,也不会因一无所有而忧愁;
对于诸法亦不执著,他就称为寂静者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yassa loke sakaṃ natthi, asatā ca na socati; Dhammesu ca na gacchati, sa ve santoti vuccatī’’ti.
《破坏前经》释义第十显示巴利原文
Purābhedasuttaniddeso dasamo.
11. 《争论与诤讼经》分别显示巴利原文
11. Kalahavivādasuttaniddeso
接下来将解说《争论与诤讼经》之分别:显示巴利原文
Atha kalahavivādasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
“争论”依一种意义即是“诤讼”,而“诤讼”也正是那一法。即,争论就是诤讼,诤讼就是争论。然而,依另一种意义而言:诤讼是争论的前行。王与王诤讼,刹帝利与刹帝利诤讼,婆罗门与婆罗门诤讼,居士与居士诤讼;母亲与儿子诤讼,儿子与母亲诤讼,父亲与儿子诤讼,儿子与父亲诤讼,兄弟与兄弟诤讼,兄弟与姐妹诤讼,姐妹与兄弟诤讼,同伴与同伴诤讼——这即是诤讼。什么是争论呢?在家众耽著于棍棒,由身、语生起争论;出家众违犯学处时,由身、语生起争论——这即是争论。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ekena ākārena kalaho; vivādotipi taññeva. Yo kalaho so vivādo, yo vivādo so kalaho. Atha vā aparena ākārena vivādo vuccati kalahassa pubbabhāgo vivādo. Rājānopi rājūhi vivadanti, khattiyāpi khattiyehi vivadanti, brāhmaṇāpi brāhmaṇehi vivadanti, gahapatīpi gahapatīhi vivadanti, mātāpi puttena vivadati, puttopi mātarā vivadati, pitāpi puttena vivadati, puttopi pitarā vivadati, bhātāpi bhātarā vivadati, bhātāpi bhaginiyā vivadati, bhaginīpi bhātarā vivadati, sahāyopi sahāyena vivadati – ayaṃ vivādo. Katamo kalaho? Āgārikā daṇḍapasutā kāyena vācāya kalahaṃ karonti, pabbajitā āpattiṃ āpajjantā kāyena vācāya kalahaṃ karonti – ayaṃ kalaho.
151 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
诤论与纷争,从何而起?从何而生?从何而发?从何而现?以何为因?以何为集起?以何为生?以何为源头?这是在追问诤论与纷争的根,追问它的因,追问它的缘,追问它的生起,追问它的源头,追问它的起源,追问它的食,追问它的所缘,追问它的条件,追问它的集——如此反复地询问、恳请、劝勉、力求信服地追问:‘诤论与纷争,从何而起?’显示巴利原文
ti. Kalahā ca vivādā ca kutopahūtā kutojātā kutosañjātā kutonibbattā kutoabhinibbattā kutopātubhūtā, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavāti kalahassa ca vivādassa ca mūlaṃ pucchati, hetuṃ pucchati , nidānaṃ pucchati, sambhavaṃ pucchati, pabhavaṃ pucchati, samuṭṭhānaṃ pucchati, āhāraṃ pucchati, ārammaṇaṃ pucchati, paccayaṃ pucchati, samudayaṃ pucchati papucchati yācati ajjhesati pasādetīti – kutopahūtā kalahā vivādā.
当一个人被亲属的不幸所触,或被财富的不幸所触,或被疾病的不幸所触,或被戒行的不幸所触,或被邪见的不幸所触,或具足任何其他不幸,或被任何其他苦法所触时,所起的悲哀、号哭、哀诉、悲泣、悲哀的状态、号哭的状态,以及说无义语、散乱语、哀叫、哀叫的行为、哀叫的状态——这称为悲叹。当一个人被亲属的不幸所触……乃至……被任何其他苦法所触时,所起的忧愁、忧悲、忧愁的状态、内心忧愁、内心极度忧愁、内心烧灼、内心极度烧灼、心的焦热、忧恼、忧愁之箭——这称为忧愁。五种悭吝:住处悭吝、家族悭吝、利养悭吝、容貌悭吝、法悭吝。任何这样的悭吝、悭吝的行为、悭吝的状态、吝啬、鄙吝、刻薄顽固、心的执取——这称为悭吝。再者,对蕴的悭吝也是悭吝,对界的悭吝也是悭吝,对处的悭吝也是一种执取,这称为悭吝。悲叹、忧愁,连同悭吝。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, aññataraññatarena vā byasanena samannāgatassa, aññataraññatarena vā dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa, ādevo paridevo, ādevanā paridevanā, ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ, vācā palāpo vippalāpo lālappo lālappāyanā lālappāyitattaṃ. ti ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, bhogarogasīladiṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, aññataraññatarena vā byasanena samannāgatassa, aññataraññatarena vā dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa, soko socanā socitattaṃ, antosoko antoparisoko, antoḍāho antopariḍāho, cetaso parijjhāyanā domanassaṃ sokasallaṃ. nti pañca macchariyāni – āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ macchariyaṃ maccharāyanaṃ maccharāyitattaṃ vevicchaṃ kadariyaṃ kaṭukañcukatā aggahitattaṃ cittassa – idaṃ vuccati macchariyaṃ. Api ca, khandhamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ , dhātumacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, āyatanamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ gāho. Idaṃ vuccati macchariyanti – paridevasokā sahamaccharā ca.
其中,有人由于出身、种姓、良家子身份、容貌端庄、财富、受用、职处、技艺处、知识处、博闻、辩才,或任何其他原因而生起慢。其中,有人由于出身、种姓……乃至……任何其他原因而轻视他人。其中,有人是离间语者:从这边听闻,于那边说,以离间这些人;从那边听闻,对这些人说,以离间那些人。如此,他是和合者的破坏者,是已破裂者的助成者,喜好部派、爱好部派、乐于部派,说制造部派之语——这称为离间语。此外,以两种动机行离间语:出于讨人喜爱的心意,或出于分裂的意图。如何是出于讨人喜爱的心意而行离间语呢?心想‘我将成为他所爱、合意、信赖、内部、心腹之人’——如此即是出于讨人喜爱的心意而行离间语。如何是出于分裂的意图而行离间语呢?心想‘如何能使他们不合、分离、别部、分裂、二心、两派,令其破裂而不和合,住于苦而不安’——如此即是出于分裂的意图而行离间语。慢、过慢,以及离间语。显示巴利原文
ti. ti idhekacco mānaṃ janeti jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. ti idhekacco paraṃ atimaññati jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. nti idhekacco pisuṇavāco hoti – ito sutvā amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya. Iti samaggānaṃ vā bhettā, bhinnānaṃ vā anuppadātā, vaggārāmo vaggarato vagganandī vaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti – idaṃ vuccati pesuññaṃ. Api ca dvīhi kāraṇehi pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – piyakamyatāya vā bhedādhippāyena vā. Kathaṃ piyakamyatāya pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati? Imassa piyo bhavissāmi, manāpo bhavissāmi, vissāsiko bhavissāmi, abbhantariko bhavissāmi, suhadayo bhavissāmīti – evaṃ piyakamyatāya pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati. Kathaṃ bhedādhippāyena pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati? Kathaṃ ime nānā assu, vinā assu, vaggā assu, dvidhā assu, dvejjhā assu, dve pakkhā assu, bhijjeyyuṃ na samāgaccheyyuṃ, dukkhaṃ na phāsu vihareyyunti – evaṃ bhedādhippāyena pesuññaṃ upasaṃharatīti – mānātimānā sahapesuṇā ca.
如此,争吵、争论、悲泣、忧伤、慢、过慢,以及离间语——这七种烦恼,与悭吝结合、关联、紧密联系、交织在一起。因此,与悭吝相连者,便是争吵与争论。显示巴利原文
ti. Kalaho ca vivādo ca paridevo ca soko ca māno ca atimāno ca pesuññañcāti – ime satta kilesā macchariye yuttā payuttā āyuttā samāyuttāti – maccherayuttā kalahā vivādā.
诤论与纷争从何而生?悲叹、忧愁,及悭吝,
慢、过慢以及离间语,它们从何而生?来吧,请你告诉我。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kutopahūtā kalahā vivādā, paridevasokā sahamaccharā ca; Mānātimānā sahapesuṇā ca, kutopahūtā te tadiṅgha brūhī’’ti.
“所爱”有两种:众生与事物。哪些是众生所爱?于此,若有那些愿你获益、愿你幸福、愿你安稳、愿你安隐的母亲、父亲、兄弟、姐妹、儿子、女儿、朋友、同僚、亲属或血亲——这些便是众生所爱。哪些是事物所爱?合意的色、合意的声、合意的香、合意的味、合意的触——这些便是事物所爱。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve piyā – sattā vā saṅkhārā vā. Katame sattā piyā? Idha yassa te honti atthakāmā hitakāmā phāsukāmā yogakkhemakāmā mātā vā pitā vā bhātā vā bhaginī vā putto vā dhītā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – ime sattā piyā. Katame saṅkhārā piyā? Manāpikā rūpā manāpikā saddā manāpikā gandhā manāpikā rasā manāpikā phoṭṭhabbā – ime saṅkhārā piyā.
因为害怕可爱之物被夺走,他们便争吵;在正被夺走时,他们争吵;被夺走后,他们仍争吵。因为害怕可爱之物变坏,他们便争吵;在变坏时,他们争吵;变坏后,他们仍争吵。因为害怕可爱之物被夺走,他们便争论;在正被夺走时,他们争论;被夺走后,他们仍争论。因为害怕可爱之物变坏,他们便争论;在变坏时,他们争论;变坏后,他们仍争论。因为害怕可爱之物被夺走,他们便悲泣;在正被夺走时,他们悲泣;被夺走后,他们仍悲泣。因为害怕可爱之物变坏,他们便悲泣;在变坏时,他们悲泣;变坏后,他们仍悲泣。因为害怕可爱之物被夺走,他们便忧伤;在正被夺走时,他们忧伤;被夺走后,他们仍忧伤。因为害怕可爱之物变坏,他们便忧伤;在变坏时,他们忧伤;变坏后,他们仍忧伤。他们守护着这些可爱之物,保护它们,执取它们,视之为‘我的’,对它们吝啬不舍。显示巴利原文
Piyaṃ vatthuṃ acchedasaṅkinopi kalahaṃ karonti, acchijjantepi kalahaṃ karonti, acchinnepi kalahaṃ karonti. Piyaṃ vatthuṃ vipariṇāmasaṅkinopi kalahaṃ karonti, vipariṇāmantepi kalahaṃ karonti, vipariṇatepi kalahaṃ karonti. Piyaṃ vatthuṃ acchedasaṅkinopi vivadanti, acchijjantepi vivadanti, acchinnepi vivadanti. Piyaṃ vatthuṃ vipariṇāmasaṅkinopi vivadanti, vipariṇāmantepi vivadanti, vipariṇatepi vivadanti. Piyaṃ vatthuṃ acchedasaṅkinopi paridevanti, acchijjantepi paridevanti, acchinnepi paridevanti. Piyaṃ vatthuṃ vipariṇāmasaṅkinopi paridevanti, vipariṇāmantepi paridevanti, vipariṇatepi paridevanti. Piyaṃ vatthuṃ acchedasaṅkinopi socanti, acchijjantepi socanti, acchinnepi socanti. Piyaṃ vatthuṃ vipariṇāmasaṅkinopi socanti , vipariṇāmantepi socanti, vipariṇatepi socanti. Piyaṃ vatthuṃ rakkhanti gopenti pariggaṇhanti mamāyanti maccharāyanti.
依托可意之物,他们生起慢;依托可意之物,他们生起过慢。如何依托可意之物而生起慢?‘我们获得了可意的色、声、香、味、触。’便是这样依托可意之物而生起慢。如何依托可意之物而生起过慢?‘我们获得了可意的色、声、香、味、触,而其他人没有得到。’便是这样依托可意之物而生起过慢。此处有一种人是离间语者:从这边听闻后,便到那边去说,意在离间这些人……乃至……以离间为目的而说离间语……如此,慢、过慢与离间语相互结合。显示巴利原文
ti. Piyaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya mānaṃ janenti, piyaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya atimānaṃ janenti. Kathaṃ piyaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya mānaṃ janenti? Mayaṃ lābhino manāpikānaṃ rūpānaṃ saddānaṃ gandhānaṃ rasānaṃ phoṭṭhabbānanti. Evaṃ piyaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya mānaṃ janenti. Kathaṃ piyaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya atimānaṃ janenti? Mayaṃ lābhino manāpikānaṃ rūpānaṃ saddānaṃ gandhānaṃ rasānaṃ phoṭṭhabbānaṃ, ime panaññe na lābhino manāpikānaṃ rūpānaṃ saddānaṃ gandhānaṃ rasānaṃ phoṭṭhabbānanti. Evaṃ piyaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya atimānaṃ janenti. nti idhekacco pisuṇavāco hoti, ito sutvā amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya…pe… evaṃ bhedādhippāyena pesuññaṃ upasaṃharatīti…pe… mānātimānā sahapesuṇā ca.
诤论、纷争、悲叹、忧愁、悭吝、慢、过慢以及离间语——这八种烦恼,从何而起?从何而生?从何而现?从何而发?从何而出?它们以何为因?以何为集?以何为出生?以何为源头?这是在问这八种烦恼的根,在问它的因,在问它的缘,在问它的生起,在问它的源头,在问它的基起,在问它的食,在问它的所缘,在问它的条件,在问它的集——如此反复地询问、劝请、恳请、令信服而说道:‘那么,请你为此开示,它们从何而起?’此中‘说说看’的意思是:请开示、请讲解、请表明、请建立、请打开、请分析、请阐明、请说明。‘那么,请你为此开示,它们从何而起?’显示巴利原文
ti. Kalaho ca vivādo ca paridevo ca soko ca macchariyañca māno ca atimāno ca pesuññañcāti – ime aṭṭha kilesā kutopahūtā kutojātā kutosañjātā kutonibbattā kutoabhinibbattā kutopātubhūtā, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavāti. Imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ kilesānaṃ mūlaṃ pucchati, hetuṃ pucchati, nidānaṃ pucchati, sambhavaṃ pucchati, pabhavaṃ pucchati, samuṭṭhānaṃ pucchati, āhāraṃ pucchati, ārammaṇaṃ pucchati, paccayaṃ pucchati, samudayaṃ pucchati papucchati yācati ajjhesati pasādetīti – kutopahūtā te tadiṅghaṃ brūhīti. Iṅgha brūhi ācikkha desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivara vibhaja uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – kutopahūtā te tadiṅgha brūhi.
594 所以,那位化现者说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
当诤论生起、发生、形成、显露之时,他们便搬弄离间语:从这边听了,往那边传,意在离间这些人;或从那边听了,向这边说,意在离间那些人。如此,他们成了和合者的破坏者、已破裂者的助破者,乐党、好党、喜党,专说制造分裂的话语——这即是离间语。再者,以两种原因说离间语:为博取好感,或以离间为目的。如何为博取好感而说离间语?心中思惟:‘愿我们成为他所喜爱的人,令他视我们为可意、可信、知心、密友。’如此,为博取好感而说离间语。如何以离间为目的而说离间语?心中思惟:‘如何能使这些人彼此不合、分裂、各立派系、一分为二、分作两党,破裂而不复和合,于痛苦中生活?’如此,以离间为目的而说离间语。是故,每当诤论生起之处,离间语便应运而生。显示巴利原文
ti. Vivāde jāte sañjāte nibbatte abhinibbatte pātubhūte pesuññaṃ upasaṃharanti; ito sutvā amutra akkhāyanti imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā imesaṃ akkhāyanti amūsaṃ bhedāya. Iti samaggānaṃ vā bhettāro, bhinnānaṃ vā anuppadātāro, vaggārāmā vaggaratā vagganandī vaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitāro honti – idaṃ vuccati pesuññaṃ. Api ca dvīhi kāraṇehi pesuññaṃ upasaṃharanti – piyakamyatāya vā bhedādhippāyena vā. Kathaṃ piyakamyatāya pesuññaṃ upasaṃharanti? Imassa piyā bhavissāma, manāpā bhavissāma, vissāsikā bhavissāma, abbhantarikā bhavissāma, suhadayā bhavissāmāti. Evaṃ piyakamyatāya pesuññaṃ upasaṃharanti. Kathaṃ bhedādhippāyena pesuññaṃ upasaṃharanti? ‘‘Kathaṃ ime nānā assu, vinā assu, vaggā assu, dvedhā assu, dvejjhā assu, dve pakkhā assu, bhijjeyyuṃ na samāgaccheyyuṃ, dukkhaṃ na phāsu vihareyyu’’nti – evaṃ bhedādhippāyena pesuññaṃ upasaṃharantīti – vivādajātesu ca pesuṇāni.
567 世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
由所爱而生者:争吵与争论,悲叹与忧愁,及与之俱行的悭吝;
慢与过慢,随伴的离间语;与悭吝相应的诤论与纷争;
在诤论生起之处,又有种种离间之语。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Piyappahūtā kalahā vivādā, paridevasokā sahamaccharā ca; Mānātimānā sahapesuṇā ca, maccherayuttā kalahā vivādā; Vivādajātesu ca pesuṇānī’’ti.
此处所问是:可爱之物以何为因?从何而生?从何共起?从何出生?从何再生?从何显现?它们以何为因?以何为集起?以何为出生?以何为起源?这是在问可爱之物的根本……在问集起,在问、在诘问、在请益、在敦促、在阐明——‘世间可爱之物,究竟因何而起?’显示巴利原文
ti. Piyā kutonidānā kutojātā kutosañjātā kutonibbattā kutoabhinibbattā kutopātubhūtā, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavāti piyānaṃ mūlaṃ pucchati…pe… samudayaṃ pucchati papucchati yācati ajjhesati pasādetīti – piyā su lokasmiṃ kutonidānā.
这里所说的“那些”,是指刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗、在家人、出家人、天神与人类。“贪”是指贪染、贪染的状态,执著、执著的状态,也就是不正当的贪求——贪这个不善根。“游行”是指行走、居住、移动、进行、保持、持续运作、延续运作。“世间”是指恶趣世间……人世间……处世间。这就是:那些贪,它们游行于世间。显示巴利原文
ti. ti khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā ca. ti yo lobho lubbhanā lubbhitattaṃ sārāgo sārajjanā sārajjitattaṃ abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti vicaranti viharanti iriyanti vattanti pālenti yapenti yāpenti. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – ye cāpi lobhā vicaranti loke.
所谓“愿望与终结,以什么为根源?以什么而生?以什么而共同生起?以什么而转生?以什么而再转生?以什么而显现?以什么为根据?以什么为集起?以什么为种类?以什么为起源?”这正是在探问愿望与终结的根……探问其集起,他在问、再问、请求、劝请、表达信心——这便是:“愿望与终结,以什么为根源?”而所谓“对人来说,那些成为来世归趣、成为洲、成为救护、成为庇护、成为皈依、成为终极归趣的”,即是:“对人来说,那些成为来世归趣的。”显示巴利原文
ti. Āsā ca niṭṭhā ca kutonidānā kutojātā kutosañjātā kutonibbattā kutoabhinibbattā kutopātubhūtā, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavāti āsāya ca niṭṭhāya ca mūlaṃ pucchati…pe… samudayaṃ pucchati papucchati yācati ajjhesati pasādetīti – āsā ca niṭṭhā ca kutonidānā. ti. Ye narassa parāyanā honti dīpā honti tāṇā honti leṇā honti saraṇā honti niṭṭhā parāyanā hontīti – ye samparāyāya narassa honti.
241 因此,那位化现者这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
世间种种可爱之物,以何为根源?世间流转的种种贪染,又以何为根源;
期望与终结,以何为根源?对一个人来说,这些便是通向未来的因缘。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Piyā su lokasmiṃ kutonidānā, ye cāpi lobhā vicaranti loke; Āsā ca niṭṭhā ca kutonidānā, ye samparāyāya narassa hontī’’ti.
所谓欲,即是对诸欲的欲求、欲贪、欲喜、欲渴爱、欲爱著、欲热恼、欲沉迷、欲耽著,亦即欲流、欲轭、欲取、欲贪之盖障。此外,有五种欲求:寻求的欲求、获得的欲求、受用的欲求、储蓄的欲求、散财的欲求。什么是寻求的欲求?于此,有人本身即是渴求者、有欲求者,他去寻求色,寻求声……香……味……触——这就是寻求的欲求。什么是获得的欲求?于此,有人本身即是渴求者、有欲求者,他获得色,获得声……香……味……触——这就是获得的欲求。什么是受用的欲求?于此,有人本身即是渴求者、有欲求者,他受用色,受用声……香……味……触——这就是受用的欲求。什么是储蓄的欲求?于此,有人本身即是渴求者、有欲求者,他积聚财物,心想:‘当灾祸来临时,会有用处’——这就是储蓄的欲求。什么是散财的欲求?于此,有人本身即是渴求者、有欲求者,他将财物分给骑象兵、骑马兵、战车兵、弓箭手、步兵,心想:‘这些人将会保护我、守护我、围绕着我’——这就是散财的欲求。关于‘可爱的事物’:有两种可爱的事物——不论是有情,抑或是诸现象……这些有情是可爱的……这些现象是可爱的。关于‘以欲求为根源,以欲求为集起,以欲求为种类,以欲求为起源’——世间这些可爱的事物,皆以欲求为根据。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasneho kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ kāmogho kāmayogo kāmupādānaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ. Api ca pañca chandā – pariyesanacchando, paṭilābhacchando, paribhogacchando, sannidhicchando, visajjanacchando. Katamo pariyesanacchando? Idhekacco ajjhositoyeva atthiko chandajāto rūpe pariyesati, sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe pariyesati – ayaṃ pariyesanacchando. Katamo paṭilābhacchando? Idhekacco ajjhositoyeva atthiko chandajāto rūpe paṭilabhati, sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe paṭilabhati – ayaṃ paṭilābhacchando. Katamo paribhogacchando? Idhekacco ajjhositoyeva atthiko chandajāto rūpe paribhuñjati, sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe paribhuñjati – ayaṃ paribhogacchando. Katamo sannidhicchando? Idhekacco ajjhositoyeva atthiko chandajāto dhanasannicayaṃ karoti ‘‘āpadāsu bhavissatī’’ti – ayaṃ sannidhicchando. Katamo visajjanacchando? Idhekacco ajjhositoyeva atthiko chandajāto dhanaṃ visajjeti hatthārohānaṃ assārohānaṃ rathikānaṃ dhanuggahānaṃ pattikānaṃ ‘‘ime maṃ rakkhissanti gopissanti samparivārissantī’’ti – ayaṃ visajjanacchando. ti dve piyā – sattā vā saṅkhārā vā…pe… ime sattā piyā…pe… ime saṅkhārā piyā. ti. Piyā chandanidānā chandasamudayā chandajātikā chandapabhavāti – chandānidānāni piyāni loke.
无论是对刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,还是在家人、出家者,乃至天人与人类——都不应为了批评、指责、嘲弄、呵斥、败坏名声、散布恶评,或为了戒的缺失、行的缺失、见的缺失、命的缺失而生起那样的心念、意向与作意。这就是说,对于世间议论之法,不应去作意。显示巴利原文
ti. ti khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā ca. Janassa vādāya upavādāya nindāya garahāya akittiyā avaṇṇahārikāya sīlavipattiyā vā ācāravipattiyā vā diṭṭhivipattiyā vā ājīvavipattiyā vā na cetayeyya cetanaṃ na uppādeyya cittaṃ na uppādeyya saṅkappaṃ na uppādeyya manasikāraṃ na uppādeyyāti – janavādadhammāya na cetayeyya.
1350 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
此处,‘愿望’即是渴爱。凡是染着、贪染……乃至……贪婪、不善根。此处,有人追求色,得到色后,便以色为究竟;追求声,得到声后,便以声为究竟;追求香,得到香后,便以香为究竟;追求味,得到味后,便以味为究竟;追求触,得到触后,便以触为究竟;追求家,得到家后,便以家为究竟;追求众,得到众后,便以众为究竟;追求住处,得到住处后,便以住处为究竟;追求利养,得到利养后,便以利养为究竟;追求名声,得到名声后,便以名声为究竟;追求称赞,得到称赞后,便以称赞为究竟;追求乐,得到乐后,便以乐为究竟;追求衣服,得到衣服后,便以衣服为究竟;追求钵食,得到钵食后,便以钵食为究竟;追求住所,得到住所后,便以住所为究竟;追求病缘医药资具,得到病缘医药资具后,便以病缘医药资具为究竟;追求经,得到经后,便以经为究竟;追求律,得到律后,便以律为究竟;追求论,得到论后,便以论为究竟;追求阿兰若支,得到阿兰若支后,便以阿兰若支为究竟;追求常乞食支,得到常乞食支后,便以常乞食支为究竟;追求粪扫衣支,得到粪扫衣支后,便以粪扫衣支为究竟;追求三衣支,得到三衣支后,便以三衣支为究竟;追求次第乞食支,得到次第乞食支后,便以次第乞食支为究竟;追求过午不食支,得到过午不食支后,便以过午不食支为究竟;追求常坐不卧支,得到常坐不卧支后,便以常坐不卧支为究竟;追求随处住支,得到随处住支后,便以随处住支为究竟;追求初禅,得到初禅后,便以初禅为究竟;追求二禅,得到二禅后,便以二禅为究竟;追求三禅,得到三禅后,便以三禅为究竟;追求四禅,得到四禅后,便以四禅为究竟;追求空无边处定,得到空无边处定后,便以空无边处定为究竟;追求识无边处定,得到识无边处定后,便以识无边处定为究竟;追求无所有处定,得到无所有处定后,便以无所有处定为究竟;追求非想非非想处定,得到非想非非想处定后,便以非想非非想处定为究竟。显示巴利原文
ti. Āsā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti idhekacco rūpe pariyesanto rūpaṃ paṭilabhati, rūpaniṭṭho hoti, sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… kulaṃ… gaṇaṃ… āvāsaṃ… lābhaṃ… yasaṃ… pasaṃsaṃ… sukhaṃ… cīvaraṃ… piṇḍapātaṃ… senāsanaṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ … suttantaṃ… vinayaṃ… abhidhammaṃ… āraññikaṅgaṃ… piṇḍapātikaṅgaṃ… paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ… tecīvarikaṅgaṃ… sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ… khalupacchābhattikaṅgaṃ… nesajjikaṅgaṃ… yathāsanthatikaṅgaṃ… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ… ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ… viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ… ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ … nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ pariyesanto nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilabhati, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiniṭṭho hoti.
怀着愿望耕垦田野,怀着愿望播下种子;
商旅们怀着愿望,航向大海寻求财富;
我正是依此愿望而安住,愿我这愿望得以成就。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āsāya kasate khettaṃ, bījaṃ āsāya vappati; Āsāya vāṇijā yanti, samuddaṃ dhanahārakā; Yāya āsāya tiṭṭhāmi, sā me āsā samijjhatī’’ti.
由愿望成就,称为究竟。愿望与究竟,皆以此欲为根源,以此欲为集起,以此欲为出生,以此欲为生因——是故,愿望与究竟以此为因。显示巴利原文
Āsāya samiddhi vuccate niṭṭhā. ti. Āsā ca niṭṭhā ca ito chandanidānā chandasamudayā chandajātikā chandapabhavāti – āsā ca niṭṭhā ca itonidānā.
这些,是人的依止,是洲,是救护,是庇护,是皈依,是究竟,是归宿——正是人于来世之所依。显示巴利原文
ti. Ye narassa parāyanā honti dīpā honti tāṇā honti leṇā honti saraṇā honti niṭṭhā parāyanā hontīti – ye samparāyāya narassa honti.
“世间可爱诸物,以欲为根源;世间游荡的种种贪爱,也是如此。”
“期望与决意,也以此为因——那都是属于人来世的事。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Chandānidānāni piyāni loke, ye cāpi lobhā vicaranti loke; Āsā ca niṭṭhā ca itonidānā, ye samparāyāya narassa hontī’’ti.
“他在问:“欲,以何为因、从何而生、从何现起、由何而起、由何再起、从何显现?它的因是什么?它的集是什么?它的来源是什么?它的根源是什么?”他在问欲的根……在问欲的集。他追问、遍问、请求、劝请、为令欢喜,即是在问:“世间的欲,究竟以何为因?”显示巴利原文
ti. Chando kutonidāno kutojāto kutosañjāto kutonibbatto kutoabhinibbatto kutopātubhūto, kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavoti chandassa mūlaṃ pucchati…pe… samudayaṃ pucchati papucchati yācati ajjhesati pasādetīti – chando nu lokasmiṃ kutonidāno.
“他在问:“诸判决,以何为因、从何而生、从何现起、由何而起、由何再起、从何显现?是因何、缘何、由何生起、以何为根源?”他在问诸判决的根……在问诸判决的集。他追问、遍问、请求、劝请、为令欢喜,即是在问:“那诸判决,又是以何为因而生起?”显示巴利原文
ti. Vinicchayā kutopahūtā kutojātā kutosañjātā kutonibbattā kutoabhinibbattā kutopātubhūtā , kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavāti vinicchayānaṃ mūlaṃ pucchati…pe… samudayaṃ pucchati papucchati yācati ajjhesati pasādetīti – vinicchayā cāpi kutopahūtā.
“嗔怒”是心的种种伤害、对立、对抗与反感,是恼怒、暴怒、激怒,是忿、瞋、盛瞋,是心的恼害、意的恼害,是恨、怨恨、憎恶,是心的粗暴、愤慨、不悦。“妄语”即说不实之语。“疑惑”即怀疑。这些便称为“嗔怒、妄语及疑惑”。 显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo evarūpo cittassa āghāto paṭighāto, paṭighaṃ paṭivirodho, kopo pakopo sampakopo, doso padoso sampadoso, cittassa byāpatti manopadoso, kodho kujjhanā kujjhitattaṃ, doso dussanā dussitattaṃ, byāpatti byāpajjanā byāpajjitattaṃ, virodho paṭivirodho, caṇḍikkaṃ asuropo anattamanatā cittassa. Mosavajjaṃ vuccati musāvādo. Kathaṃkathā vuccati vicikicchāti – kodho mosavajjañca kathaṃkathā ca.
这些法是什么呢?即与瞋、妄语、疑惑一同生起、一同产生、相互混杂、相互相应的法——它们同生、同灭、同依处、同所缘,这些便称为“那些法”。或者,那些与前述烦恼种类不同、性质有异的其他烦恼,也称作“那些法”。而“那些法”是被沙门所宣说的——被那已止息罪恶的沙门,被那已遣除恶法的婆罗门,被那已断除烦恼之根的比丘,被那已从一切不善根束缚中解脱的人,所宣说、教示、指出、开显、施设、建立、揭示、分别、阐明、光照——这便是“那些沙门所宣说的法”。 显示巴利原文
ti. ti ye kodhena ca mosavajjena ca kathaṃkathāya ca sahagatā sahajātā saṃsaṭṭhā sampayuttā, ekuppādā ekanirodhā ekavatthukā ekārammaṇā – ime vuccanti ye cāpi dhammā. Atha vā ye te kilesā aññajātikā aññavihitakā – ime vuccanti ye cāpi dhammā. ti samaṇena samitapāpena brāhmaṇena bāhitapāpadhammena bhikkhunā bhinnakilesamūlena sabbākusalamūlabandhanā pamuttena vuttā pavuttā ācikkhitā desitā paññapitā paṭṭhapitā vivaṭā vibhattā uttānīkatā pakāsitāti – ye cāpi dhammā samaṇena vuttā.
408 于是,那位化现者说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
瞋恚、妄语、疑惑,以及沙门所宣说的那些法——这些又从何而来?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Chando nu lokasmiṃ kutonidāno, vinicchatā cāpi kutopahūtā; Kodho mosavajjañca kathaṃkathā ca, ye cāpi dhammā samaṇena vuttā’’ti.
“乐”即是乐受与可意的事物;“不乐”即是苦受与不可意的事物。而“这样”——就是他们所说、所讲、所宣说、所表示、所惯用者,也就是世间所谓的“乐与不乐”。显示巴利原文
ti. nti sukhā ca vedanā, iṭṭhañca vatthu . nti dukkhā ca vedanā, aniṭṭhañca vatthu. ti yaṃ āhaṃsu yaṃ kathenti yaṃ bhaṇanti yaṃ dīpenti yaṃ voharantīti – sātaṃ asātanti yamāhu loke.
依著乐与不乐,依著苦与乐,依著喜与忧,依著可意与不可意,依著随顺与违逆,欲求便生起、出现、产生、发生、转起、转现——依著这些,欲求生起。显示巴利原文
ti. Sātāsātaṃ nissāya, sukhadukkhaṃ nissāya, somanassadomanassaṃ nissāya, iṭṭhāniṭṭhaṃ nissāya, anunayapaṭighaṃ nissāya chando pahoti pabhavati jāyati sañjāyati nibbattati abhinibbattatīti – tamūpanissāya pahoti chando.
色即四大元素,及依四大元素而有的所造色。什么是色的生?色的生起、产生、出现、生成、显现——这就是色的生。什么是色的灭?色的耗尽、衰败、破裂、毁坏、无常、消失——这就是色的灭。如此,于色中见其生与灭——见后、了知后、衡量后、审视后,令其变得明明白白——便是在色上看到了灭。显示巴利原文
ti. ti cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ. Katamo rūpānaṃ bhavo? Yo rūpānaṃ bhavo jāti sañjāti nibbatti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo – ayaṃ rūpānaṃ bhavo. Katamo rūpānaṃ vibhavo? Yo rūpānaṃ khayo vayo bhedo paribhedo aniccatā antaradhānaṃ – ayaṃ rūpānaṃ vibhavo. ti rūpesu bhavañca vibhavañca disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – rūpesu disvā vibhavaṃ bhavañca.
有两种裁决:渴爱的裁决与邪见的裁决。如何进行渴爱的裁决呢?世间有一类人,尚未生起的财富无从生起,已经生起的财富却走向耗尽。他心中思量:“我究竟是何因缘,使得尚未生起的财富无从生起,已生起的财富却走向耗尽呢?”继而他这样思惟:“因为我耽溺于谷酒、果酒、麻醉品等放逸之因,所以尚未生起的财富无从生起,已生起的财富走向耗尽;因为我沉湎于非时游荡街头,所以尚未生起的财富无从生起,已生起的财富走向耗尽;因为我流连于种种节庆聚会……因为我贪著于令人放逸的赌博……因为我亲近恶友……因为我养成懈怠懒惰的习惯,所以尚未生起的财富无从生起,已生起的财富走向耗尽。”如此明了之后,他便避开这六种导致财富流失的途径,依循六种令财富增长的途径。这便是进行渴爱裁决的方式。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve vinicchayā – taṇhāvinicchayo ca, diṭṭhivinicchayo ca. Kathaṃ taṇhāvinicchayaṃ karoti? Idhekaccassa anuppannā ceva bhogā na uppajjanti, uppannā ca bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘kena nu kho me upāyena anuppannā ceva bhogā na uppajjanti, uppannā ca bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchantī’’ti. Tassa pana evaṃ hoti ‘‘surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa me anuppannā ceva bhogā na uppajjanti, uppannā ca bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti; vikālavisikhācariyānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa me anuppannā ceva bhogā na uppajjanti, uppannā ca bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti; samajjābhicaraṇaṃ anuyuttassa me… jutappamādaṭṭhānānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa me… pāpamittānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa me anuppannā ceva bhogā na uppajjanti, uppannā ca bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti; ālasyānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa me anuppannā ceva bhogā na uppajjanti, uppannā ca bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchantī’’ti evaṃ ñāṇaṃ katvā cha bhogānaṃ apāyamukhāni na sevati, cha bhogānaṃ āyamukhāni sevati. Evampi taṇhāvinicchayaṃ karoti.
又或者,他从事农耕、经商、牧牛、射艺、担任王臣,或以某种技艺谋生。这也是他进行渴爱裁断的方式。他又是如何进行邪见裁断的呢?眼生起时,他如此了知:‘我的自我生起了’;眼消失时,他如此了知:‘我的自我消失了,我的自我离去了’。这也就是进行邪见裁断的方式。耳生起时……鼻生起时……舌生起时……身生起时……色生起时……声生起时……香生起时……味生起时……所触生起时,他了知:‘我的自我生起了’;所触消失时,他了知:‘我的自我消失了,我的自我离去了’。如此进行邪见裁断,他便产生、制造、生成、引发邪见。众生、人、青年……等等……人。他在世间进行裁断——此世间即地狱世间……乃至……处所世间。显示巴利原文
Atha vā kasiyā vā vaṇijjāya vā gorakkhena vā issatthena vā rājaporisena vā sippaññatarena vā paṭipajjati. Evampi taṇhāvinicchayaṃ karoti. Kathaṃ diṭṭhivinicchayaṃ karoti? Cakkhusmiṃ uppanne jānāti – ‘‘attā me uppanno’’ti, cakkhusmiṃ antarahite jānāti – ‘‘attā me antarahito vigato me attā’’ti. Evampi diṭṭhivinicchayaṃ karoti. Sotasmiṃ… ghānasmiṃ… jivhāya… kāyasmiṃ… rūpasmiṃ… saddasmiṃ… gandhasmiṃ… rasasmiṃ… phoṭṭhabbasmiṃ uppanne jānāti – ‘‘attā me uppanno’’ti, phoṭṭhabbasmiṃ antarahite jānāti – ‘‘attā me antarahito vigato me attā’’ti. Evampi diṭṭhivinicchayaṃ karoti janeti sañjaneti nibbatteti abhinibbatteti. ti satto naro mānavo…pe… manujo. ti apāyaloke …pe… āyatanaloketi – vinicchayaṃ kubbati jantu loke.
231 因此,世尊如是说——显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“世间所称的乐与苦,依此为缘,欲贪便生起;
在色中见到了灭与生,世间的人们便作出种种裁断。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sātaṃ asātanti yamāhu loke, tamūpanissāya pahoti chando; Rūpesu disvā vibhavaṃ bhavañca, vinicchayaṃ kubbati jantu loke’’ti.
234 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
像这样的内心怨恨、敌意……乃至说不实之语,称为妄语。“为何是这样”的犹豫称为疑惑。基于可意境,愤怒会生起;基于不可意境,愤怒也会生起。基于可意境,妄语会生起;基于不可意境,妄语也会生起。基于可意境,疑惑会生起;基于不可意境,疑惑也会生起。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo evarūpo cittassa āghāto paṭighāto…pe… mosavajjaṃ vuccati musāvādo. Kathaṃkathā vuccati vicikicchā. Iṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāyapi kodho jāyati, aniṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāyapi kodho jāyati. Iṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāyapi musāvādo uppajjati, aniṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāyapi musāvādo uppajjati. Iṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāyapi kathaṃkathā uppajjati, aniṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāyapi kathaṃkathā uppajjati.
如何因不可意境而生愤怒?本来即会因不可意境而生愤怒。心想“他曾做对我不利的事”而生愤怒,心想“他正做对我不利的事”而生愤怒,心想“他将做对我不利的事”而生愤怒。心想“他曾做对我喜爱、合意之人不利的事”……“正做”……“将做”而生愤怒;心想“他曾做对我不喜爱、不合意之人有利的事”……“正做”……“将做”而生愤怒。如此即是因不可意境而生的愤怒。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya kodho jāyati? Pakatiyā aniṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya kodho jāyati. Anatthaṃ me acarīti kodho jāyati, anatthaṃ me caratīti kodho jāyati, anatthaṃ me carissatīti kodho jāyati; piyassa me manāpassa anatthaṃ acari … anatthaṃ carati… anatthaṃ carissatīti kodho jāyati; appiyassa me amanāpassa atthaṃ acari… atthaṃ carati… atthaṃ carissatīti kodho jāyati. Evaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya kodho jāyati.
如何因可意境而生愤怒?当人担心可意境将遭破坏时,愤怒生起;当它正遭破坏时,愤怒生起;当它已遭破坏时,愤怒生起。当人担心可意境将变质时,愤怒生起;当它正变质时,愤怒生起;当它已变质时,愤怒生起。如此即是因可意境而生的愤怒。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ iṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya kodho jāyati? Iṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ acchedasaṅkinopi kodho jāyati, acchijjantepi kodho jāyati, acchinnepi kodho jāyati. Iṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ vipariṇāmasaṅkinopi kodho jāyati, vipariṇāmantepi kodho jāyati, vipariṇatepi kodho jāyati. Evaṃ iṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya kodho jāyati.
如何因不可意境而生妄语?在此,有人被脚镣所缚,为求解脱而故意说妄语……或被绳所缚、被锁链所缚、被藤条所缚、被蔓条所缚、被关押所缚、被围栏所缚、被村落、城镇、城市、国土所缚,或被地方政权所缚。为从这些束缚中解脱,他故意说妄语。如此即是因不可意境而生的妄语。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya musāvādo uppajjati? Idhekacco andubandhanena vā baddho ; tassa bandhanassa mokkhatthāya sampajānamusā bhāsati… rajjubandhanena vā baddho… saṅkhalikabandhanena vā baddho… vettabandhanena vā baddho… latābandhanena vā baddho… pakkhepabandhanena vā baddho… parikkhepabandhanena vā baddho… gāmanigamanagararaṭṭhabandhanena vā baddho… janapadabandhanena vā baddho; tassa bandhanassa mokkhatthāya sampajānamusā bhāsati . Evaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya musāvādo uppajjatīti.
如何依可意境而生起妄语?在此,有人为了可意的色相而故意说妄语……为了可意的声、香、味、触;为了衣服、钵食、坐卧处,以及病缘所需的医药资具,他故意说妄语。这便是依可意境而生起妄语。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ iṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya musāvādo uppajjati? Idhekacco manāpikānaṃ rūpānaṃ hetu sampajānamusā bhāsati… manāpikānaṃ saddānaṃ… gandhānaṃ… rasānaṃ… phoṭṭhabbānaṃ hetu… cīvarahetu… piṇḍapātahetu… senāsanahetu… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sampajānamusā bhāsati. Evaṃ iṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya musāvādo uppajjati.
如何依不可意境而生起疑惑?譬如:‘我会从眼病中解脱吗?不会从眼病中解脱吗?我会从耳病中解脱吗?不会从耳病中解脱吗?我会从鼻病中解脱吗?不会从鼻病中解脱吗?我会从舌病中解脱吗?不会从舌病中解脱吗?我会从身病中解脱吗?不会从身病中解脱吗?我会从头病中解脱吗?不会从头病中解脱吗?我会从耳病中解脱吗?不会从耳病中解脱吗?我会从口病中解脱吗?不会从口病中解脱吗?我会从牙病中解脱吗?不会从牙病中解脱吗?’如是,依不可意境而生起疑惑。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya kathaṃkathā uppajjati? ‘‘Muccissāmi nu kho cakkhurogato, na nu kho muccissāmi cakkhurogato. Muccissāmi nu kho sotarogato… ghānarogato… jivhārogato… kāyarogato… sīsarogato… kaṇṇarogato… mukharogato… muccissāmi nu kho dantarogato, na nu kho muccissāmi dantarogato’’ti. Evaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya kathaṃkathā uppajjati.
如何依可意境而生起疑惑?即所谓:‘我能得到可意的色吗?得不到吗?我能得到可意的声吗?……可意的香吗?……可意的味吗?……可意的触吗?我能得到那样的家族吗?……那样的团体吗?……那样的住所吗?……那样的利养吗?……那样的名声吗?……那样的赞叹吗?……那样的快乐吗?……那样的衣服吗?……那样的食物吗?……那样的坐卧处吗?……那样的医药资具吗?得不到吗?’这便是依可意境而生起疑惑。由此而有偈颂说:愤怒、妄语与疑惑。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ iṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya kathaṃkathā uppajjati? ‘‘Labhissāmi nu kho manāpike rūpe, na nu kho labhissāmi manāpike rūpe. Labhissāmi nu kho manāpike sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… kulaṃ… gaṇaṃ… āvāsaṃ… lābhaṃ… yasaṃ… pasaṃsaṃ… sukhaṃ… cīvaraṃ… piṇḍapātaṃ… senāsanaṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāra’’nti. Evaṃ iṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya kathaṃkathā uppajjatīti – kodho mosavajjañca kathaṃkathā ca.
也就是说,当有可喜与不可喜、有乐与苦、有喜悦与忧恼、有可意与不可意、有随顺与违逆时,当这些被感知、被体验到的时候——这些法也只不过是以一对一对的方式而存在。显示巴利原文
ti. Sātāsāte sante, sukhadukkhe sante, somanassadomanasse sante, iṭṭhāniṭṭhe sante, anunayapaṭighe sante saṃvijjamāne atthi upalabbhamāneti – etepi dhammā dvayameva sante.
意思是,智本身就是智路,智所缘也是智路,与智俱生的心所法也是智路。正如圣道称为圣路,天道称为天路,梵道称为梵路;同样地,智本身就是智路,智所缘也是智路,与智俱生的心所法也是智路。显示巴利原文
ti. Ñāṇampi ñāṇapatho, ñāṇassa ārammaṇampi ñāṇapatho, ñāṇasahabhunopi dhammā ñāṇapatho. Yathā ariyamaggo ariyapatho, devamaggo devapatho, brahmamaggo brahmapatho; evameva ñāṇampi ñāṇapatho, ñāṇassa ārammaṇampi ñāṇapatho, ñāṇasahabhunopi dhammā ñāṇapatho.
有三种学:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学。什么是增上戒学?于此,比丘持戒,安住于巴帝摩卡防护的约束之中,行处与境界圆满,即使是微细的过失也能见到危险,受持于学处而修习。小戒蕴……大戒蕴……这戒是基础,是起始,是行持,是调伏,是防护,是门槛,是到达诸善法的首要——这就是增上戒学。什么是增上心学?于此,比丘远离感官欲乐……乃至……进入并安住于第四禅那——这就是增上心学。什么是增上慧学?于此,比丘具足智慧,具备能导向生灭的、圣的、洞穿烦恼的、能正确导向苦灭尽的智慧。他依真实而了知‘这是苦’……乃至……了知‘这是导向苦灭的道路’。他依真实而了知‘这些是烦恼’……乃至……了知‘这是导向烦恼灭尽的道路’——这就是增上慧学。显示巴利原文
ti tisso sikkhā – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā. Katamā adhisīlasikkhā? Idha bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, khuddako sīlakkhandho… mahanto sīlakkhandho… sīlaṃ patiṭṭhā ādi caraṇaṃ saṃyamo saṃvaro mukhaṃ pamukhaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā – ayaṃ adhisīlasikkhā. Katamā adhicittasikkhā? Idha bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati – ayaṃ adhicittasikkhā. Katamā adhipaññāsikkhā? Idha bhikkhu paññavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammādukkhakkhayagāminiyā. So ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ime āsavā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti – ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā.
一个有疑惑的人,他内心带有犹豫、带有不安、带有纠结、带有不确定。为了成就智、为了触证智、为了亲自体证智,他应当学习增上戒学,也应当学习增上心学,也应当学习增上慧学。他应当以作意的方式学习这三学,以了知的方式学习,以观察的方式学习,以省察的方式学习,以坚定心意的方式学习,以信心确立的方式学习,以精进努力的方式学习,以建立正念的方式学习,以安定心意的方式学习,以智慧了知的方式学习。对于应当彻底了知的事,他学着去彻底了知;对于应当彻底辨识的事,他学着去彻底辨识;对于应当断除的事,他学着去断除;对于应当修习的事,他学着去修习;对于应当亲自体证的事,他学着去亲自体证。他这样去实行、去正确地实行、去接受并遵守——一个疑惑者,就这样为了通往智的道路而学。显示巴利原文
ti. Kathaṃkathī puggalo sakaṅkho savilekho sadveḷhako savicikiccho, ñāṇādhigamāya ñāṇaphusanāya ñāṇasacchikiriyāya adhisīlampi sikkheyya, adhicittampi sikkheyya, adhipaññampi sikkheyya; imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkheyya, jānanto sikkheyya, passanto sikkheyya, paccavekkhanto sikkheyya, cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahanto sikkheyya, saddhāya adhimuccanto sikkheyya, vīriyaṃ paggaṇhanto sikkheyya, satiṃ upaṭṭhahanto sikkheyya, cittaṃ samādahanto sikkheyya, paññāya pajānanto sikkheyya, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto sikkheyya, pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto sikkheyya, pahātabbaṃ pajahanto sikkheyya, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento sikkheyya, sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkheyya ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyyāti – kathaṃkathī ñāṇapathāya sikkhe.
他透过了解、知晓、衡量、审视、澄清、彻底明了——在了知“一切行无常”之后,了解、知晓、衡量、审视、澄清、彻底明了;在了知“一切行是苦”之后……在了知“任何集起之法皆是灭尽之法”之后,了解、知晓、衡量、审视、澄清、彻底明了——因此说他“知悉之后”。所谓“凡夫的共许”,即是六十二种邪见,以及由凡夫所造作的见的共许。“凡夫”的意思是:由凡夫们造作的那些共许;“凡夫”也可指由诸多不同的人所造作的那些共许——如此,他知悉那些凡夫的共许之后。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – ñatvā ca so. vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni diṭṭhisammutiyo. ti puthujjanehi janitā vā tā sammutiyoti – puthujjā. Puthu nānājanehi janitā vā sammutiyoti puthujjāti – ñatvā ca so sammutiyo puthujjā.
世尊曾这样说过:“诸比丘,我了知之后而说法,并非不了知而说法。诸比丘,我有因缘而说法,并非无缘无故而说法。诸比丘,我伴随神变而说法,并非没有神变而说法。诸比丘,对我而言,既在了知之后说法、并非不了知而说法,既有因缘说法、并非无缘无故而说法,既伴随神变说法、并非没有神变而说法,则我给出的教诫应当奉行,我给出的教导应当践行。诸比丘,这足以令你们满足,足以令你们欣喜,足以令你们喜悦:世尊是正自觉者,法已善说,僧团已善行道。”当这段解说被宣说时,一万个世界都震动了。”——这就是沙门完全了知之后所宣说的法。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘abhiññāyāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desemi, no anabhiññāya. Sanidānāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desemi, no anidānaṃ. Sappāṭihāriyāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desemi, no appāṭihāriyaṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, abhiññāya dhammaṃ desayato, no anabhiññāya, sanidānaṃ dhammaṃ desayato, no anidānaṃ, sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desayato, no appāṭihāriyaṃ, karaṇīyo ovādo, karaṇīyā anusāsanī. Alañca pana, bhikkhave, vo tuṭṭhiyā alaṃ pāmojjāya alaṃ somanassāya sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅghoti. Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne dasasahassī lokadhātu akampitthā’’ti – ñatvā pavuttā samaṇena dhammā.
479 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
愤怒、妄语与疑惑,这些法也是在二法存在之时才会生起;
有疑惑的人,应当为智慧之道而修学;这些法,是沙门完全了知后所宣说的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kodho mosavajjañca kathaṃkathā ca, etepi dhammā dvayameva sante; Kathaṃkathī ñāṇapathāya sikkhe, ñatvā pavuttā samaṇena dhammā’’ti.
乐与不乐,以何为因缘?从何而生?从何而起?从何而转?从何而现?以何为根本因缘?以何为集起?以何为本性?以何为来源?这是在追寻乐与不乐的根源……追寻它的集起,反复叩问、祈请、劝信——也就是:乐与不乐,究竟依何因缘而有?显示巴利原文
ti. Sātā asātā kutonidānā kutojātā kutosañjātā kutonibbattā kutoabhinibbattā kutopātubhūtā, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavāti sātāsātānaṃ mūlaṃ pucchati…pe… samudayaṃ pucchati papucchati yācati ajjhesati pasādetīti – sātaṃ asātañca kutonidānā.
当什么不存在、不现起、不可得时,‘我所’便没有、不可得,已被断除、彻底斩断、平息、止息、不再生起、被智慧之火焚尽?——当什么不存在时,便无我所。显示巴利原文
ti. Kismiṃ asante asaṃvijjamāne natthi anupalabbhamāne mamattā natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – kismiṃ asante na mamattamatthi.
什么是乐与苦的‘有’?乐与苦的存有、生起、出生、产生、转起、显现——这便是乐与苦的‘有’。什么是乐与苦的‘灭’?乐与苦的灭尽、衰坏、破坏、毁坏、无常、消失——这便是乐与苦的‘灭’。此句意为:灭尽与存在,以及此中道理。显示巴利原文
nti. Katamo sātāsātānaṃ bhavo? Yo sātāsātānaṃ bhavo pabhavo jāti sañjāti nibbatti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo – ayaṃ sātāsātānaṃ bhavo. Katamo sātāsātānaṃ vibhavo? Yo sātāsātānaṃ khayo vayo bhedo paribhedo aniccatā antaradhānaṃ – ayaṃ sātāsātānaṃ vibhavo. nti yaṃ paramatthanti – vibhavaṃ bhavañcāpi yametamatthaṃ.
“请说”(nti)一词,涵盖我所询问、所请求、所请问、所请明之义。其意为:请讲述、请说出、请指示、请说明、请确立、请安立、请揭示、请分别、请澄清、请阐明——请为我开示此事。而“以何为源头”一段,意为:请为我开示此事——它以什么为源头,以什么为集起,以什么为出生,以什么为产生,它依何因缘而生起。显示巴利原文
nti. nti yaṃ pucchāmi yaṃ yācāmi yaṃ ajjhesāmi yaṃ pasādemi. ti brūhi vadehi ācikkha desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivara vibhaja uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – etaṃ me pabrūhi. nti yaṃnidānaṃ yaṃsamudayaṃ yaṃjātikaṃ yaṃpabhavanti – etaṃ me pabrūhi yatonidānaṃ.
164 于是,那位化现的天人说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
“乐与苦,以什么为源头?当什么不存在时,这些便不会生起?”
关于灭尽与存在,以及此中义理,请为我开示:它以什么为因缘?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sātaṃ asātañca kutonidānā, kismiṃ asante na bhavanti hete; Vibhavaṃ bhavañcāpi yametamatthaṃ, etaṃ me pabrūhi yatonidāna’’nti.
依于能生乐受之触,乐受生起。当那能生乐受之触灭尽时,此缘所生的感受——即依能生乐受之触而生起的乐受,便灭去、止息。依于能生苦受之触,苦受生起。当那能生苦受之触灭尽时,此缘所生的感受——即依能生苦受之触而生起的苦受,便灭去、止息。依于能生不苦不乐受之触,不苦不乐受生起。当那能生不苦不乐受之触灭尽时,此缘所生的感受——即依能生不苦不乐受之触而生起的不苦不乐受,便灭去、止息。此义即是:乐与苦,以触为源头、以触为集起、以触为出生、以触为产生——乐与苦,以触为源头。显示巴利原文
nti. Sukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhā vedanā. Yā tasseva sukhavedanīyassa phassassa nirodhā, yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ sukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā sukhā vedanā sā nirujjhati, sā vūpasammati. Dukkhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā. Yā tasseva dukkhavedanīyassa phassassa nirodhā, yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ dukkhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā dukkhā vedanā sā nirujjhati, sā vūpasammati. Adukkhamasukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā. Yā tasseva adukkhamasukhavedanīyassa phassassa nirodhā, yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ adukkhamasukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā adukkhamasukhā vedanā sā nirujjhati, vūpasammati. nti . Sātāsātā phassanidānā phassasamudayā phassajātikā phassappabhavāti – phassanidānaṃ sātaṃ asātaṃ.
触若不存在、不显现、不被发现、无有所得时,乐与苦便无有、不生、不起、不出现、不产生、不发生、不现起——触若不存在,这些便无有。显示巴利原文
ti. Phasse asante asaṃvijjamāne natthi anupalabbhamāne sātāsātā na bhavanti nappabhavanti na jāyanti na sañjāyanti na nibbattanti nābhinibbattanti na pātubhavantīti – phasse asante na bhavanti hete.
存在见亦以触为因,不存在见亦以触为因。这句话的含义是——你所问的‘不存在’与‘存在’,正是此意。
显示巴利原文 nti. Bhavadiṭṭhipi phassanidānā, vibhavadiṭṭhipi phassanidānā. nti yaṃ paramatthanti – vibhavaṃ bhavañcāpi yametamatthaṃ.
你所询问的、所恳请的、所请问的、所希望我说明的——我告诉你、我解说、我宣明、我开显、我确立、我揭示、我分析、我阐明、我宣告。这些都以触为因、以触为集起、以触为生、以触为起源——这就是我告诉你的,以此为其因。显示巴利原文
nti. nti yaṃ pucchasi yaṃ yācasi yaṃ ajjhesasi yaṃ pasādesi. ti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – etaṃ te pabrūmi. nti ito phassanidānaṃ phassasamudayaṃ phassajātikaṃ phassappabhavanti – etaṃ te pabrūmi itonidānaṃ.
130 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“无有”与“有”——你所问的这层意义,我告诉你,正是以此为因。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Phassanidānaṃ sātaṃ asātaṃ, phasse asante na bhavanti hete; Vibhavaṃ bhavañcāpi yametamatthaṃ, etaṃ te pabrūmi itonidāna’’nti.
触以何为因?从何而生?从何而起?从何而现?从何而显?以何为本源?以何为集起?以何为生因?以何为出生?他正是在询问触的根本、追问它的因缘、探求它的集起;他遍问、恳请、请求、请为开示:“世间之触,究竟以何为因?”显示巴利原文
ti. Phasso kutonidāno kutojāto kutosañjāto kutonibbatto kutoabhinibbatto kutopātubhūto, kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavoti phassassa mūlaṃ pucchati hetuṃ pucchati…pe… samudayaṃ pucchati papucchati yācati ajjhesati pasādetīti – phasso nu lokasmiṃ kutonidāno.
执取——它们从何处产生?何处生起?何处出现?何处显现?何处显露?以何为因?以何为缘?以何为生起之缘?以何为根源?这是在追问执取的根、它的因……它的集。他询问、再询问,祈请、恳求、希望得到开示:“那些执取,究竟从何产生?”显示巴利原文
ti pariggahā kutopahūtā kutojātā kutosañjātā kutonibbattā kutoabhinibbattā kutopātubhūtā, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavāti pariggahānaṃ mūlaṃ pucchati hetuṃ pucchati…pe… samudayaṃ pucchati papucchati yācati ajjhesati pasādetīti – pariggahā cāpi kutopahūtā.
当什么不存在、不可得、不可见时,快乐与不快乐便不存在、不生起、不产生、不现起、不转起、不发起?——当什么不存在时,这些便都不存在?显示巴利原文
ti. Kismiṃ asante asaṃvijjamāne natthi anupalabbhamāne sātāsātā na bhavanti nappabhavanti na jāyanti na sañjāyanti na nibbattanti na abhinibbattantīti – kismiṃ asante na bhavanti hete.
当什么消散、灭尽、过去、超越、度越时,触便不触?——当什么消散时,触便不触?
显示巴利原文 ti. Kismiṃ vibhūte vibhavite atikkante samatikkante vītivatte phassā na phusantīti – kismiṃ vibhūte na phusanti phassā.
208 因此,那位化现的天子如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
‘‘Phasso nu lokasmiṃ kutonidāno, pariggahā cāpi kutopahūtā;
210 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
什么不存在时,‘我所’便不存在?什么灭尽无余时,诸触便不再触及?
显示巴利原文 Kismiṃ asante na mamattamatthi, kismiṃ vibhūte na phusanti phassā’’ti.
以眼和色为缘,眼识生起;三者合为触。其中,眼与色属于色法,除去眼触相应的色法,其余相应诸法则属于名。如是,依于名色而有触。以耳和声为缘……以鼻和香为缘……以舌和味为缘……以身和触为缘……以意和法为缘,意识生起;三者合为触。其中,所依处色属于色法,法尘中的色法也属于色法,除去意触相应的诸法,其余相应诸法则属于名。如是,依于名色而有触。显示巴利原文
ti. Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Cakkhu ca rūpā ca rūpasmiṃ cakkhusamphassaṃ ṭhapetvā sampayuttakā dhammā nāmasmiṃ. Evampi nāmañca rūpañca paṭicca phasso. Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca uppajjati sotaviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Sotañca saddā ca rūpasmiṃ sotasamphassaṃ ṭhapetvā sampayuttakā dhammā nāmasmiṃ. Evampi nāmañca rūpañca paṭicca phasso. Ghānañca paṭicca gandhe ca uppajjati ghānaviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Ghānañca gandhā ca rūpasmiṃ ghānasamphassaṃ ṭhapetvā sampayuttakā dhammā nāmasmiṃ. Evampi nāmañca rūpañca paṭicca phasso. Jivhañca paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Jivhā ca rasā ca rūpasmiṃ jivhāsamphassaṃ ṭhapetvā sampayuttakā dhammā nāmasmiṃ. Evampi nāmañca rūpañca paṭicca phasso. Kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca uppajjati kāyaviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Kāyo ca phoṭṭhabbā ca rūpasmiṃ kāyasamphassaṃ ṭhapetvā sampayuttakā dhammā nāmasmiṃ. Evampi nāmañca rūpañca paṭicca phasso. Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Vatthu rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ, dhammā rūpino rūpasmiṃ manosamphassaṃ ṭhapetvā sampayuttakā dhammā nāmasmiṃ. Evampi nāmañca rūpañca paṭicca phasso.
所谓‘欲’,即是渴爱。凡是染着、遍染着……贪求、贪欲,即是不善根。执取有两种:渴爱的执取与见的执取……这是渴爱的执取……这是见的执取。这些执取以欲为因、以欲为源、以欲为缘、以欲为因由、以欲而生起——也就是说,执取是以欲为根源的。显示巴利原文
ti. Icchā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti dve pariggahā – taṇhāpariggaho ca diṭṭhipariggaho ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpariggaho…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipariggaho. ti. Pariggahā icchānidānā icchāhetukā icchāpaccayā icchākāraṇā icchāpabhavāti – icchānidānāni pariggahāni.
所谓“欲”,就是渴爱。凡有染着、遍染着……贪求、贪欲,即是不善根。有两种“我所”:渴爱之我所与见之我所……此为渴爱之我所……此为见之我所。当欲不存在、不被发现、不可获得时,“我所”也就不存在、无有、不可见、不可得;它们已被舍断、根除、寂止、平息,不再生起,被智火烧尽——因此,欲若无有,“我所”便无。显示巴利原文
ti. Icchā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti dve mamattā – taṇhāmamattañca diṭṭhimamattañca …pe… idaṃ taṇhāmamattaṃ …pe… idaṃ diṭṭhimamattaṃ. ti. Icchāya asantyā asaṃvijjamānāya natthi anupalabbhamānāya mamattā natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – icchāyasantyā na mamattamatthi.
“一切色”,即四大及四大所造色。色以四种方式彻底消失:以“已了知而彻底消失”、以“已审察而彻底消失”、以“已断除而彻底消失”、以“已超越而彻底消失”。如何是以“已了知而彻底消失”而色彻底消失呢?他如是了知色:“无论什么色,一切色无非是四大及四大所造色。”如此了知、如此观见,色便以“已了知而彻底消失”的方式彻底消失。显示巴利原文
ti. ti cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ. ti catūhākārehi rūpaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti – ñātavibhūtena , tīraṇavibhūtena, pahānavibhūtena, samatikkamavibhūtena. Kathaṃ ñātavibhūtena rūpaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti? Rūpaṃ jānāti – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ sabbaṃ rūpaṃ cattāri ca mahābhūtāni catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpa’’nti jānāti passati. Evaṃ ñātavibhūtena rūpaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti.
如何是以“已审察而彻底消失”而色彻底消失呢?如此了知后,他审察色为:无常、苦、病、痈、箭、祸、疾、敌、毁坏、灾厄、怖畏、逼迫、动摇、易坏、不坚、无保护、无庇护、无皈依、虚、空、无我、过患、变坏法、不坚实、苦根、杀害者、湮灭、有漏、有为、魔饵、生法、老法、病法、死法、愁悲苦忧恼法、杂染法、集法、灭法、有味、有过患、可出离。如此,以“已审察而彻底消失”的方式,色便彻底消失。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tīraṇavibhūtena rūpaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti? Evaṃ ñātaṃ katvā rūpaṃ tīreti, aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato ītito upaddavato bhayato upasaggato calato pabhaṅguto adhuvato atāṇato aleṇato asaraṇato rittato tucchato suññato anattato ādīnavato vipariṇāmadhammato asārakato aghamūlato vadhakato vibhavato sāsavato saṅkhatato mārāmisato jātidhammato jarādhammato byādhidhammato maraṇadhammato, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammato saṃkilesikadhammato samudayato atthaṅgamato, assādato ādīnavato nissaraṇato tīreti. Evaṃ tīraṇavibhūtena rūpaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti.
舍断如何令色成为灭除的呢?如此思量后,他对色的欲贪予以舍断、驱除、灭尽,令其归于无有。而这是世尊所说:“诸比丘!你们应当舍断对色的欲贪。如此,这色便被舍断,根被截断,如多罗树桩般归于无有,未来不再生起。”这便是经由舍断而令色成为灭除的方式。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ pahānavibhūtena rūpaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti? Evaṃ tīrayitvā rūpe chandarāgaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, rūpe chandarāgo taṃ pajahatha. Evaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ pahīnaṃ bhavissati ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvaṃkataṃ āyatiṃ anuppādadhamma’’nti. Evaṃ pahānavibhūtena rūpaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti.
超越如何令色成为消失的呢?证得四无色定的人,其诸色便成为消失的、被觉知为消失的、已超越的、已完全超越的、已越过的。这便是经由超越而令色成为消失的情形。以此四种因缘,色成为消失。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ samatikkamavibhūtena rūpaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti. Catasso arūpasamāpattiyo paṭiladdhassa rūpā vibhūtā honti vibhāvitā atikkantā samatikkantā vītivattā. Evaṃ samatikkamavibhūtena rūpaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti. Imehi catūhi kāraṇehi rūpaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti.
当色消失、被觉知为消失、已超越、已完全超越、已越过后,这五种触便不触及——眼触、耳触、鼻触、舌触、身触。于色消失时,诸触即不触及。显示巴利原文
ti. Rūpe vibhūte vibhāvite atikkante samatikkante vītivatte pañca phassā na phusanti – cakkhusamphasso, sotasamphasso, ghānasamphasso, jivhāsamphasso, kāyasamphassoti – rūpe vibhūte na phusanti phassā.
362 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
‘依名色而有触,以渴爱为因的执取;
渴爱寂止,则无“我所”;当色超越时,诸触便不触及。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāmañca rūpañca paṭicca phasso, icchānidānāni pariggahāni; Icchāyasantyā na mamattamatthi, rūpe vibhūte na phusanti phassā’’ti.
对于寂止者、行道者、行动者、转动者、守护者、存活者、维生者,色如何消失、被超越、被度过、被彻底超越?——寂止者的色,又是如何消失的?显示巴利原文
nti. ti kathaṃ sametassa kathaṃ paṭipannassa kathaṃ iriyantassa kathaṃ vattentassa kathaṃ pālentassa kathaṃ yapentassa kathaṃ yāpentassa rūpaṃ vibhoti vibhāvīyati atikkamīyati samatikkamīyati vītivattīyatīti – kathaṃ sametassa vibhoti rūpaṃ.
那么,乐与苦又如何消失、被超越、被度过、被彻底超越呢?——乐与苦,又是如何消失的?显示巴利原文
ti sukhañca dukkhañca kathaṃ vibhoti vibhāvīyati atikkamīyati samatikkamīyati vītivattīyatīti – sukhaṃ dukhañcāpi kathaṃ vibhoti.
所谓“nti”,即我所问、我所求、我所请、我所欲阐明之义。所谓“请为我解说”,即:请为我宣说、开示、令了知、建立、揭示、分别、阐明、明示。所谓“如何消失”,即如何消失、被超越、被度过、被彻底超越——请为我解说“如何消失”。显示巴利原文
ti. nti yaṃ pucchāmi yaṃ yācāmi yaṃ ajjhesāmi yaṃ pasādemīti – etaṃ. ti me pabrūhi ācikkha desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivara vibhaja uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – etaṃ me pabrūhi. ti yathā vibhoti vibhāvīyati atikkamīyati samatikkamīyati vītivattīyatīti – etaṃ me pabrūhi yathā vibhoti.
所谓“ti”,是指“我们要了知它、通达它、识别它、现观它、证悟它”——我们要知晓那。“我的意曾是这样,我的心曾是这样,我的思惟曾是这样,我的识曾是这样”——我们要知晓:“我的意曾是这样。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti taṃ jāneyyāma ājāneyyāma vijāneyyāma paṭivijāneyyāma paṭivijjheyyāmāti – taṃ jāniyāma. ti iti me mano ahu, iti me cittaṃ ahu , iti me saṅkappo ahu, iti me viññāṇaṃ ahūti – taṃ jāniyāma iti me mano ahu.
447 因此,那位化现者说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
请告诉我:那样如何才能消逝?我心中生起“愿了知此”的念头。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kathaṃ sametassa vibhoti rūpaṃ, sukhaṃ dukhañcāpi kathaṃ vibhoti; Etaṃ me pabrūhi yathā vibhoti, taṃ jāniyāmāti me mano ahū’’ti.
所谓“有想想者”,是指那些安住于平常想的人,而他并非安住于平常想。所谓“无想想者”,是指那些疯狂者和心散乱者,而他既非疯狂,也不是心散乱——因此,他既不是有想想者,也不是无想想者。显示巴利原文
ti. Saññasaññino vuccanti ye pakatisaññāya ṭhitā, napi so pakatisaññāya ṭhito. Visaññasaññino vuccanti ummattakā ye ca khittacittā , napi so ummattako, nopi khittacittoti – na saññasaññī na visaññasaññī.
所谓“无想者”,是指那些入灭尽定者和无想有情,而他既不是入灭尽定者,也不是无想有情。所谓“想已灭尽者”,是指那些证得四种无色定者,而他并非证得四种无色定者——因此,他既不是无想者,也不是想已灭尽者。显示巴利原文
ti. Asaññino vuccanti nirodhasamāpannā ye ca asaññasattā, napi so nirodhasamāpanno, napi asaññasatto. Vibhūtasaññino vuccanti ye catunnaṃ arūpasamāpattīnaṃ lābhino, napi so catunnaṃ arūpasamāpattīnaṃ lābhīti – nopi asaññī na vibhūtasaññī.
在此,一位比丘因舍断乐故……进入并安住于第四禅。当他的心如此得定,清净、明净、无垢,远离随烦恼,柔软、适合作业、稳固、安住于不动摇之境,他为了证得空无边处定,将心导向、引入无色界道,成为其具足者。对于如此正修、如此行道、如此运转、如此维持、如此精勤、如此推进的人,其色想便被息灭、被驱除、被超越、被彻底超越、被度越了——正是这样正确地做,色想便被息灭。显示巴利原文
nti. Idha bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattipaṭilābhatthāya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti āruppamaggasamaṅgīti. Evaṃ sametassa evaṃ paṭipannassa evaṃ iriyantassa evaṃ vattentassa evaṃ pālentassa evaṃ yapentassa evaṃ yāpentassa rūpaṃ vibhoti vibhāvīyati atikkamīyati samatikkamīyati vītivattīyatīti – evaṃ sametassa vibhoti rūpaṃ.
所谓戏论,即是渴爱的戏论、邪见的戏论、慢的戏论。这些戏论都以想为因、以想为集起、以想为出生、以想为根源——这些戏论确实以想为因。显示巴利原文
ti. Papañcāyeva papañcasaṅkhā taṇhāpapañcasaṅkhā, diṭṭhipapañcasaṅkhā, mānapapañcasaṅkhā saññānidānā saññāsamudayā saññājātikā saññāpabhavāti – saññānidānā hi papañcasaṅkhā.
221 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
既非有想者,亦非想异者,非无想者,亦非想消解者;
如此安立者,色便灭尽;因戏论之名目,确实以想为因。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na saññasaññī na visaññasaññī, nopi asaññī na vibhūtasaññī; Evaṃ sametassa vibhoti rūpaṃ, saññānidānā hi papañcasaṅkhā’’ti.
我等曾请问、恳请、劝请、礼敬于您——此义已由您称说、宣示、告知、教导、施设、确立、揭示、分别、开显、照了。我等所问,他已宣说。”显示巴利原文
ti. Yaṃ taṃ apucchimha ayācimha ajjhesimha pasādayimha. ti kittitaṃ pakittitaṃ ācikkhitaṃ desitaṃ paññapitaṃ paṭṭhapitaṃ vivaṭaṃ vibhattaṃ uttānīkataṃ pakāsitanti – yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no.
“我们另有所问,另有所请,另有所恳,另求开示;我们还要再问您。”意思是:请您开示、教示、施设、建立、揭示、分析、阐明、显了——“我们另有所问,请您就此而说。”显示巴利原文
ti. Aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma, aññaṃ taṃ yācāma, aññaṃ taṃ ajjhesāma, aññaṃ taṃ pasādema, uttariṃ taṃ pucchāma. ti iṅgha brūhi ācikkha desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivara vibhaja uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhi.
有一些沙门和婆罗门,宣说、论述、解说、表明:这些无色界等至是最高、最胜、殊胜、首要、最上、最妙的,是有情、男子、青年、人、补特伽罗、命者、觉者、众生等的清净、遍净、完全清净、解脱、解脱、完全解脱。显示巴利原文
ti. Eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā etā arūpasamāpattiyo aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ti sattassa narassa mānavassa posassa puggalassa jīvassa jāgussa jantussa indagussa manujassa. nti suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ. ti idha paṇḍitavādā thiravādā ñāyavādā hetuvādā lakkhaṇavādā kāraṇavādā ṭhānavādā sakāya laddhiyāti – ettāvataggaṃ nu vadanti heke yakkhassa suddhiṃ idha paṇḍitāse.
“或者,某些沙门和婆罗门超越、完全超越、超出这些无色等至后,宣说、言说、解说、表明于这些无色等至之外,另有更上的、众生的清净、遍净、完全清净、解脱、解脱、完全解脱?——还是他们说除此之外另有其义?”显示巴利原文
ti. Udāhu eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā etā arūpasamāpattiyo atikkamitvā samatikkamitvā vītivattetvā etto arūpasamāpattito aññaṃ uttariṃ yakkhassa suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – udāhu aññampi vadanti etto.
我们方才所问的,你已为我们解说;另有一问,还请你指示:
有些智者这样说:“到此便是至高,这即是众生的清净”吗?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhi; Ettāvataggaṃ nu vadanti heke, yakkhassa suddhiṃ idha paṇḍitāse; Udāhu aññampi vadanti etto’’ti.
“有些智者说,在这里,众生的清净最高”——这是指:某些持常见论的沙门和婆罗门,将这无色界禅定称为最高、最殊胜、最卓越、最上、最优秀。他们如此宣称、讲述、说明、表达、沟通。此中的“众生”指:有情、人、摩奴之裔、生命体、个体、命者、生者、生灵、因陀罗之属、人类。“清净”指:清净、纯净、完全清净,解脱、解脱、彻底解脱。“有些智者说”是指:那些自许为智者、自许见地坚固、自许合乎道理、自许有因、自许有相、自许有理、自许有据,并依自宗教义而说者——这就是“有些智者说,在这里,众生的清净最高”的意思。显示巴利原文
ti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā, etā arūpasamāpattiyo aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ti sattassa narassa mānavassa posassa puggalassa jīvassa jāgussa jantussa indagussa manujassa. nti suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ. ti idha paṇḍitavādā thiravādā ñāyavādā hetuvādā lakkhaṇavādā kāraṇavādā ṭhānavādā sakāya laddhiyāti – ettāvataggampi vadanti heke yakkhassa suddhiṃ idha paṇḍitāse.
“他们还说有比这更高的吗?”——这是指:那些沙门和婆罗门中的一部分,他们是断灭论者,对生存感到畏惧,乐于灭尽。他们说:“有情完全平静、止息、寂灭、究竟安息,方为最高。”他们说:“朋友,此自我在身体坏灭之后,便断灭、毁坏、不复存在,死后即无;至此,即名无余涅槃。”他们宣称这是善说、智者之说、见地坚固之说、合乎道理之说、有因由之说、有征相之说、有理据之说、有根据之说,依自宗教义而说。因此,有一些人主张,在无余涅槃中才是最高的善说。显示巴利原文
ti tesaṃyeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ucchedavādā bhavatajjitā vibhavaṃ abhinandanti, te sattassa samaṃ upasamaṃ vūpasamaṃ nirodhaṃ paṭipassaddhinti vadanti, yato kiṃ, bho, ayaṃ attā kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti paraṃ maraṇā, ettāvatā anupādisesoti. ti kusalavādā paṇḍitavādā thiravādā ñāyavādā hetuvādā lakkhaṇavādā kāraṇavādā ṭhānavādā sakāya laddhiyāti – tesaṃ paneke samayaṃ vadanti anupādisese kusalāvadānā.
有些智者宣称:“在此世间,众生的清净,仅至于此。”
然而,他们中有些人说:“无余依处,方是善巧论者所说的终点。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ettāvataggampi vadanti heke, yakkhassa suddhiṃ idha paṇḍitāse; Tesaṃ paneke samayaṃ vadanti, anupādisese kusalāvadānā’’ti.
“ti”:指那些执持邪见的人。了知他们依止常见,了知他们依止断见,了知他们依止常断见;在知悉、了别、衡量、审度、辨明、彻见之后——这便是“了知这些所依”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti diṭṭhigatike. ti sassatadiṭṭhinissitāti ñatvā, ucchedadiṭṭhinissitāti ñatvā, sassatucchedadiṭṭhinissitāti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – ete ca ñatvā upanissitāti.
“ti”:所谓“牟尼性”即是智……乃至……他超越执著之网,所以称为牟尼。牟尼了知“依止常见”,了知“依止断见”,了知“依止常断见”;在知悉、了别、衡量、审度、辨明、彻见之后,又了知“此是智者、具慧者、具足智慧者、依知者、开显者、具明慧者”,牟尼审察这些所依。显示巴利原文
ti. ti. Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. Muni sassatadiṭṭhinissitāti ñatvā, ucchedadiṭṭhinissitāti ñatvā, sassatucchedadiṭṭhinissitāti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvīti ñatvā muni nissaye so vīmaṃsī. ti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā . ti mutto vimutto parimutto suvimutto accantaanupādāvimokkhena. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā mutto vimutto parimutto suvimutto accantaanupādāvimokkhena. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā mutto vimutto parimutto suvimutto accantaanupādāvimokkhenāti – ñatvā vimutto. ti na kalahaṃ karoti, na bhaṇḍanaṃ karoti, na viggahaṃ karoti, na vivādaṃ karoti, na medhagaṃ karoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘evaṃ vimuttacitto kho, aggivessana, bhikkhu na kenaci saṃvadati, na kenaci vivadati, yañca loke vuttaṃ tena ca voharati aparāmasa’’nti – ñatvā vimutto na vivādameti.
“ti”:坚固者,即智者、有慧者、明智者、具知者、明辨者、聪慧者——此坚固者不参与于“有”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhavāya kammabhavāya punabbhavāya kāmabhavāya , kammabhavāya kāmabhavāya punabbhavāya rūpabhavāya, kammabhavāya rūpabhavāya punabbhavāya arūpabhavāya, kammabhavāya arūpabhavāya punabbhavāya punappunabbhavāya punappunagatiyā punappunaupapattiyā punappunapaṭisandhiyā punappunaattabhāvāya punappunābhinibbattiyā na sameti na samāgacchati na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisati. ti dhīro paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvīti – bhavābhavāya na sameti dhīro.
了知“这些是所依止的”之后,牟尼于依止处审察;
了知而解脱,不参与争论,智者不趋向“有”与“再有”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ete ca ñatvā upanissitāti, ñatvā munī nissaye so vīmaṃsī; Ñatvā vimutto na vivādameti, bhavābhavāya na sameti dhīro’’ti.
《争论经》义释第十一显示巴利原文
Kalahavivādasuttaniddeso ekādasamo.
12. 《小集积经》义释显示巴利原文
12. Cūḷaviyūhasuttaniddeso
接下来,将解说《小集积经》的义释——显示巴利原文
Atha cūḷaviyūhasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
确实,有些沙门与婆罗门堕入邪见。他们于六十二种邪见中,执取、学习、执持、固执、黏着于其中某一种邪见,各自住、共住、安住、遍住于各自的邪见中。犹如在家者住于家中,有罪者住于罪中,有烦恼者住于烦恼中;同样地,确实有些沙门与婆罗门堕入邪见,他们于六十二种邪见中,执取、学习、执持、固执、黏着于其中某一种邪见,各自住、共住、安住、遍住于各自的邪见——各自以各自的邪见为住处。显示巴利原文
ti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā diṭṭhigatikā; te dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatānaṃ aññataraññataraṃ diṭṭhigataṃ gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā sakāya sakāya diṭṭhiyā vasanti saṃvasanti āvasanti parivasanti. Yathā agārikā gharesu vasanti, sāpattikā vā āpattīsu vasanti, sakilesā vā kilesesu vasanti; evameva santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā diṭṭhigatikā, te dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatānaṃ aññataraññataraṃ diṭṭhigataṃ gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā sakāya sakāya diṭṭhiyā vasanti saṃvasanti āvasanti parivasantīti – sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhiparibbasānā.
执取、学习、执持、固执、黏着之后,他们各说各话、说种种异说、相互争论、说纷纭之语,不统一地说、陈述、讲说、阐明、表述。他们自称是善说者、智说者、坚说者、理说者、因说者、相说者、缘说者、处说者,依据自己的教义——执持自见,各自宣说不同的善论。显示巴利原文
ti. ti gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā nānā vadanti vividhaṃ vadanti aññoññaṃ vadanti puthu vadanti, na ekaṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ti kusalavādā paṇḍitavādā thiravādā ñāyavādā hetuvādā lakkhaṇavādā kāraṇavādā ṭhānavādā sakāya laddhiyāti – viggayha nānā kusalā vadanti.
若人了知此法、此见、此行道、此道,他便知法、了悟、照见、通达——如是了知者,即知法。
显示巴利原文 nti. Yo imaṃ dhammaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ jānāti so dhammaṃ vedi aññāsi apassi paṭivijjhīti – yo evaṃ jānāti sa vedi dhammaṃ.
若人拒斥此法、此见、此行道、此道,他便是不圆满者、不完全者、不完备者。他是低劣者、卑下者、卑微者、卑贱者、可鄙者、狭小者——这便是那拒斥的不圆满者。显示巴利原文
ti. Yo imaṃ dhammaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ paṭikkosati, akevalī so asamatto so aparipuṇṇo so hīno nihīno omako lāmako chatukko parittoti – idaṃ paṭikkosamakevalī so.
313 所以,那位化现者说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
各各依自己的见解而住,彼此争论,种种善巧者宣称:
“如此了知者,即体验了法;拒斥此者,则不圆满。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhiparibbasānā, viggayha nānā kusalā vadanti; Yo evaṃ jānāti sa vedi dhammaṃ, idaṃ paṭikkosamakevalī so’’ti.
这样执取、掌握、紧抓、固守之后,他们便争吵、冲突、纷争、对抗、争执、口角——“你不了知此法与律……乃至……你若办得到,就反驳看看”——如此抓住不放,争论不休。显示巴利原文
ti. Evaṃ gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā vivādayanti, kalahaṃ karonti, bhaṇḍanaṃ karonti, viggahaṃ karonti, vivādaṃ karonti , medhagaṃ karonti – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi…pe… nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti – evampi viggayha vivādayanti.
愚者、卑劣者、低下者、卑微者、差劣者、劣质者、谄媚者、渺小者、不善者、无知者、陷于无明者、无识者、无领悟者、智慧低劣者——他们这样说、这样讲、这样论、这样表明、这样陈述:“他人是愚者,他人不善。”显示巴利原文
ti. Paro bālo hīno nihīno omako lāmako chatukko paritto akusalo avidvā avijjāgato aññāṇī avibhāvī duppaññoti, evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – bālo paro akkusaloti cāhu.
那么,在这些沙门与婆罗门中,哪一种说法才是真实、如实、准确、恰当、毫无颠倒的呢?——他们之中,哪一种说法才堪称真实?显示巴利原文
nti. Imesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vādo katamo sacco taccho tatho bhūto yāthāvo aviparītoti – sacco nu vādo katamo imesaṃ.
所有这些沙门与婆罗门,都是说善法者、说智慧者、说坚固法者、说正理者、说有因者、说具相者、说有缘故者、说有道理者,皆各自依其见解而说——他们所有人都自许是在宣说善法。显示巴利原文
ti. Sabbevime samaṇabrāhmaṇā kusalavādā paṇḍitavādā thiravādā ñāyavādā hetuvādā lakkhaṇavādā kāraṇavādā ṭhānavādā sakāya laddhiyāti – sabbeva hīme kusalāvadānā.
177 因此,那位化现者说道——显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
他们就这样抓住不放,争论不休,说:‘他人是愚者,他人不善。’
他们之中,哪种说法才是真实的呢?要知道,他们个个都自称宣说的是善法。
对他人的法、见解、行道、道路,不予认可、不认同、不赞同、不首肯、不随喜——这就是说,对他人的法不予认可。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evampi viggayha vivādayanti, bālo paro akkusaloti cāhu; Sacco nu vādo katamo imesaṃ, sabbeva hīme kusalāvadānā’’ti. nti. Parassa dhammaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ anānujānanto anānupassanto anānumananto anānumaññanto anānumodantoti – parassa ce dhammamanānujānaṃ.
那个人是愚人,卑微、下劣、卑贱、低劣、渺小、微不足道;他的智慧亦是卑微、下劣、卑贱、低劣、渺小、微不足道——他是愚劣之人,智慧下劣。显示巴利原文
ti. Paro bālo hoti hīno nihīno omako lāmako chatukko paritto, hīnapañño nihīnapañño omakapañño lāmakapañño chatukkapañño parittapaññoti – bālomako hoti nihīnapañño.
所有这些沙门、婆罗门,皆是愚人,卑微、下劣、卑贱、低劣、渺小、微不足道;皆是智慧卑微、下劣、卑贱、低劣、渺小、微不足道——他们全是愚人,智慧极为下劣。显示巴利原文
ti. Sabbevime samaṇabrāhmaṇā bālā hīnā nihīnā omakā lāmakā chatukkā parittā, sabbeva hīnapaññā nihīnapaññā omakapaññā lāmakapaññā chatukkapaññā parittapaññāti – sabbeva bālā sunihīnapaññā.
所有这些沙门、婆罗门,皆陷于邪见。他们从六十二种邪见中,执取其中某一种邪见,拿起、采纳、执持、紧抓、深深固执后,便各各安住、共住、居止、遍住于自己之见。犹如在家人安住于家中,犯戒者安住于违犯,有烦恼者安住于烦恼;同样地,所有这些沙门、婆罗门皆陷于邪见……安住其中——他们全是依邪见而活者。显示巴利原文
ti. Sabbevime samaṇabrāhmaṇā diṭṭhigatikā; te dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatānaṃ aññataraññataraṃ diṭṭhigataṃ gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā sakāya sakāya diṭṭhiyā vasanti saṃvasanti āvasanti parivasanti. Yathā agārikā vā gharesu vasanti, sāpattikā vā āpattīsu vasanti, sakilesā vā kilesesu vasanti; evameva sabbevime samaṇabrāhmaṇā diṭṭhigatikā…pe… parivasantīti – sabbevime diṭṭhiparibbasānā.
268 因此,世尊这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
若人不认可他人之法,便是愚人,智慧卑劣;
一切愚人皆智慧极为卑劣,他们都执持己见。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Parassa ce dhammamanānujānaṃ, bālomako hoti nihīnapañño; Sabbeva bālā sunihīnapaññā, sabbevime diṭṭhiparibbasānā’’ti.
他们被各自的见解、各自的认可、各自的喜好、各自的理论所缠缚——由于各自所见,他们不清净、不洁白、不全然清净,受污染、有杂染。显示巴利原文
ti. Sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā anavīvadātā avodātā apariyodātā saṃkiliṭṭhā saṃkilesikāti – sandiṭṭhiyā ceva navīvadātā.
清净的慧、极清净的慧、遍清净的慧、白净的慧、彻清净的慧。或也可说:清净的见、极清净的见、遍清净的见、白净的见、彻清净的见——这便是遍清净的慧。也就是善巧者、智者、具慧者、具神通者、具智者、明辨者、敏锐者——这便是遍清净慧的善巧者。也就是有智慧者、智者、具慧者、具神通者、具智者、明辨者、敏锐者——这便是遍清净慧的善巧者、有智慧者。显示巴利原文
ti. Suddhapaññā visuddhapaññā parisuddhapaññā vodātapaññā pariyodātapaññā. Atha vā suddhadassanā visuddhadassanā parisuddhadassanā vodātadassanā pariyodātadassanāti – saṃsuddhapaññā. ti kusalā paṇḍitā paññavanto iddhimanto ñāṇino vibhāvino medhāvinoti – saṃsuddhapaññā kusalā. ti mutimā paṇḍitā paññavanto iddhimanto ñāṇino vibhāvino medhāvinoti – saṃsuddhapaññā kusalā mutīmā.
那些沙门与婆罗门之中,没有任何人是慧低劣、慧卑下、慧不足、慧粗陋、慧浅薄、慧狭小的。他们所有人皆是慧最胜、慧卓越、慧居首、慧最高、慧殊胜者——在他们之中,没有任何人的慧有所欠缺。显示巴利原文
ti. Tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ na koci hīnapañño nihīnapañño omakapañño lāmakapañño chatukkapañño parittapañño atthi. Sabbeva seṭṭhapaññā visiṭṭhapaññā pāmokkhapaññā uttamapaññā pavarapaññāti – tesaṃ na koci parihīnapañño.
那些沙门与婆罗门的见解,正是这样具备、这样受持、这样执取、这样固执、这样陷溺、这样粘着、这样深信不疑的——因为他们的见解,也正是这样具备的。显示巴利原文
ti. Tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ diṭṭhi tathā samattā samādinnā gahitā parāmaṭṭhā abhiniviṭṭhā ajjhositā adhimuttāti – diṭṭhī hi tesampi tathā samattā.
281 因此,世尊说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他们宣称,单凭自己的见解,自己便是智慧清净、善巧、明辨之人;
他们之中,无有一人智慧低劣,因为他们的见解同样圆满。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sandiṭṭhiyā ceva navīvadātā, saṃsuddhapaññā kusalā mutīmā; Tesaṃ na koci parihīnapañño, diṭṭhī hi tesampi tathā samattā’’ti.
“ti”表示否定。“nti”的意思是:对于六十二种恶见,我不说那是真实、正确、如实、无误的——我如此说、如此教导、如此开示、如此宣说、如此建立、如此揭示、如此分析、如此阐明、如此明示——我不说“那是真实的”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṭikkhepo. nti ‘‘dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni nāhaṃ etaṃ tacchaṃ tathaṃ bhūtaṃ yāthāvaṃ aviparīta’’nti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – na vāhametaṃ tathiyanti brūmi.
“nti”:有两个人,即两个争吵者、争论者、诤论者、辩论者、诤事者、发言者、交谈者。他们彼此称对方为愚者、低劣者、下贱者、卑污者、恶劣者、粗鄙者、渺小者——他们如此宣称、如此讲述、如此言说、如此表明、如此表述。因此,愚者们便如此互相指责。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dve janā, dve kalahakārakā, dve bhaṇḍanakārakā, dve bhassakārakā, dve vivādakārakā, dve adhikaraṇakārakā, dve vādino, dve sallapakā; te aññamaññaṃ bālo hīno nihīno omako lāmako chatukko parittoti, evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – yamāhu bālā mithu aññamaññaṃ.
“世间是常,唯此为真,余皆虚妄。”他们各自宣称自己所安立的见解为真理。“世间无常……乃至……如来死后非有非无,唯此为真,余皆虚妄。”他们各自宣称自己所安立的见解为真理。显示巴利原文
nti. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti – sakaṃ sakaṃ sammutimāhu saccaṃ. ‘‘Asassato loko …pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti – sakaṃ sakaṃ sammutimāhu saccaṃ.
384 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“因此”:正是以此因、以此缘、以此缘起、以此为根源,比丘对于所见或见清净、所闻或闻清净、所觉或觉清净、戒或戒清净、禁戒或禁戒清净,不应依止、不应执取、不应攀执、不应耽著。因此,比丘不依止所见、所闻、所觉,也不依止戒与禁戒。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā diṭṭhaṃ vā diṭṭhasuddhiṃ vā sutaṃ vā sutasuddhiṃ vā mutaṃ vā mutasuddhiṃ vā sīlaṃ vā sīlasuddhiṃ vā vataṃ vā vatasuddhiṃ vā na nissayeyya na gaṇheyya na parāmaseyya nābhiniveseyyāti – tasmā hi diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā sīlabbataṃ bhikkhu na nissayeyya.
我不说“那是真实的”——愚者们相互之间这样错误地宣称。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na vāhametaṃ tathiyanti brūmi, yamāhu bālā mithu aññamaññaṃ; Sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhimakaṃsu saccaṃ, tasmā hi bāloti paraṃ dahantī’’ti.
有些沙门、婆罗门,对于某一法、某一见解、某一行道、某一道理,宣称“这是真的、确切的、实在的、真实的、如实的、不颠倒的”——他们如此宣称、如此讲述、如此言说、如此阐明、如此表述——此即:有些人将其说为真理、说为真实。显示巴利原文
ti. Yaṃ dhammaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘‘idaṃ saccaṃ tacchaṃ tathaṃ bhūtaṃ yāthāvaṃ aviparīta’’nti, evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – yamāhu saccaṃ tathiyanti eke.
而另一些沙门、婆罗门,却对同样的法、同样的见解、同样的行道、同样的道路,说成是“这是空洞的,这是虚假的,并非真实,是欺诳的,不如实的”——他们这样宣称、这样讲说、这样言说、这样阐明、这样表述;他们也把其余种种说成空洞与虚假。显示巴利原文
ti. Tameva dhammaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘‘tucchaṃ etaṃ, musā etaṃ, abhūtaṃ etaṃ, alikaṃ etaṃ, ayāthāvaṃ eta’’nti, evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – tamāhu aññepi tucchaṃ musāti.
他们如此执取、完全掌握、紧抓、偏取、深深固著之后,便起争论、生口角、斗嘴、冲突、论诤与纷争,说道:“你不了知此法此律……乃至……你若能,便来驳斥吧。”——正是这样执持己见,他们争论不休。显示巴利原文
ti. Evaṃ gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā vivādayanti, kalahaṃ karonti, bhaṇḍanaṃ karonti, viggahaṃ karonti, vivādaṃ karonti, medhagaṃ karonti – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi…pe… nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti – evampi viggayha vivādayanti.
究竟是为什么呢?是何等理由、何等因由、何等条件、何等因缘,使得他们宣说种种不同的真实、各式各样的真实、互相矛盾的真实、纷繁众多的真实呢?他们如是讲述、如是宣说、如是言说、如是阐明、如是表述——这就是“他们为何宣说种种不同的真理”的意思。显示巴利原文
ti. ti kasmā kiṃkāraṇā kiṃhetu kiṃpaccayā kiṃnidānā saccāni nānā vadanti, vividhāni vadanti, aññoññāni vadanti, puthūni vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – kasmā nu saccāni vadanti nānā.
有些修行人说:这是真实、确实的;另一些修行人却说:那是空洞、虚假的;
就这样彼此争执,争论不休。为什么沙门们不一同宣说呢?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yamāhu saccaṃ tathiyanti eke, tamāhu aññepi tucchaṃ musāti; Evampi viggayha vivādayanti, kasmā na ekaṃ samaṇā vadantī’’ti.
“一真谛”,是指苦的息灭——涅槃,亦即一切行的止息、一切依着的舍断、渴爱的灭尽、离染、灭、涅槃。或者,一真谛也可指:道谛、出离谛、通向苦灭之道,也就是圣八支道,即:正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。因为真谛唯一,无第二谛。显示巴利原文
ti. Ekaṃ saccaṃ vuccati dukkhanirodho nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Atha vā ekaṃ saccaṃ vuccati – maggasaccaṃ, niyyānasaccaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhīti – ekañhi saccaṃ na dutīyamatthi.
“知”:即于所知的真谛上。“众生”:是对众生的同义称呼。“知”的意思是:如果众生真正洞悉、了知、遍知、彻知、通达了这一真谛,他们便不会生起冲突、口角、争执、论诤、纷争。他们会断除、去除、消灭冲突、口角、争执、论诤、纷争,令其不复生起——这就是(经文所说的)“如果众生在所知上,不争论”的意思。显示巴利原文
nti. nti yasmiṃ sacce. ti sattādhivacanaṃ. nti yaṃ saccaṃ pajānantā ājānantā vijānantā paṭivijānantā paṭivijjhantā na kalahaṃ kareyyuṃ, na bhaṇḍanaṃ kareyyuṃ, na viggahaṃ kareyyuṃ, na vivādaṃ kareyyuṃ, na medhagaṃ kareyyuṃ, kalahaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ viggahaṃ vivādaṃ medhagaṃ pajaheyyuṃ, vinodeyyuṃ, byantiṃ kareyyuṃ , anabhāvaṃ gameyyunti – yasmiṃ pajā no vivade pajānaṃ.
347 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他们各自宣称、讲说、解说、宣说、阐明、表达不同的真理。他们宣称、讲说、解说、宣说、阐明、表达:“世界是永恒的,唯此为真,其余皆假。”他们宣称、讲说、解说、宣说、阐明、表达:“世界非永恒……乃至……如来死后非存在亦非不存在,唯此为真,其余皆假。”——这就是“他们各自宣称不同的真理”的含义。显示巴利原文
ti. Nānā te saccāni sayaṃ thunanti vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti sayaṃ thunanti vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ‘‘Asassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti sayaṃ thunanti vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – nānā te saccāni sayaṃ thunanti.
因此,以此为由、以此因缘、以此为缘、以此根源,你从糊涂法、愚痴法、迷惑法、无明法、动摇不定法中去看、去见、去审视、去观察、去省察、去检查——因此,你是从糊涂出发而看。
显示巴利原文 ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā momūhadhammato bāladhammato mūḷhadhammato aññāṇadhammato amarāvikkhepadhammato dahāsi passasi dakkhasi olokesi nijjhāyasi upaparikkhasīti – tasmā tuvaṃ momuhato dahāsi.
1694 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
真理唯一,没有第二。了知此真理者,于大众中不兴争论。
他们各自称扬不同的真理,因此,沙门们所宣说的并非单一。
是因何故、出于何因、基于何由、缘于何缘、以何为源、以何为起、以何为生、以何为根,他们不宣说同一,却宣说种种、宣说各异、宣说彼此相违、宣说纷杂众多,他们言说、讲述、解说、表明、阐述——沙门们何以不宣说一致?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ekañhi saccaṃ na dutīyamatthi, yasmiṃ pajā no vivade pajānaṃ; Nānā te saccāni sayaṃ thunanti, tasmā na ekaṃ samaṇā vadantī’’ti. ti. ti kasmā kiṃkāraṇā kiṃhetu kiṃpaccayā kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā na ekaṃ vadanti nānā vadanti vividhaṃ vadanti aññoññaṃ vadanti puthu vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – kasmā na ekaṃ samaṇā vadanti.
342 因此,那位化现的天人这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
他们“争论着”:意思是,他们各自宣讲、讲述、言说、阐明、表示自己所执的见解。他们宣讲、讲述、言说、阐明、表示:“世间是常,唯此为真实,其余皆是虚妄。”他们宣讲、讲述、言说、阐明、表示:“世间是无常……如来死后既不存在亦非不存在,唯此为真实,其余皆是虚妄。”那些自称善说者、自称智慧者、自称见地坚固者、自称依理而说者,皆依凭各自的执见而争论——这就是“争论着的善说者们”的含义。显示巴利原文
ti. ti vippavadantītipi pavādiyāse. Atha vā sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ pavadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti pavadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ‘‘Asassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti pavadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ti kusalavādā paṇḍitavādā thiravādā ñāyavādā hetuvādā lakkhaṇavādā kāraṇavādā ṭhānavādā sakāya laddhiyāti – pavādiyāse kusalāvadānā.
这是指:真理与传闻,为数众多、品类各异,彼此不同、种种多样——真理与传闻,实为众多而多样。显示巴利原文
ti saccāni sutāni bahukāni nānāni vividhāni aññoññāni puthūnīti – saccāni sutāni bahūni nānā.
抑或他们随推理与思惟而漂流、被牵引、被卷走、被裹挟?这是说,他们唯是追随推理。或者,他们宣讲、讲述、言说、阐明、表示那经由推理反复推敲、伴随审察、自行构想而成的见解。这也是说,他们唯是追随推理。显示巴利原文
ti udāhu takkena saṅkappena yāyanti nīyanti vuyhanti saṃharīyantīti . Evampi udāhu te takkamanussaranti. Atha vā takkapariyāhataṃ vīmaṃsānucaritaṃ sayaṃ paṭibhānaṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti. Evampi udāhu te takkamanussaranti.
303 因此,那位化现的梵天说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
“是他们听闻了众多不同的真理,还是只依循自己的推理?”
并非有诸多各不相同、彼此相违、形形色色的真理——真理实非众多,亦非种种别异。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kasmā nu saccāni vadanti nānā, pavādiyāse kusalāvadānā; Saccāni sutāni bahūni nānā, udāhu te takkamanussarantī’’ti. ti na heva saccāni bahukāni nānāni vividhāni aññoññāni puthūnīti – na heva saccāni bahūni nānā.
除了执取恒常的想之外,世间唯有一种真理被宣说、被讲述、被解说、被表示——那就是苦的灭尽,涅槃。也就是一切行的止息、一切依着的彻底舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离染、灭、涅槃。又或者,另一种被称为一真理的,是道真理、出离真理、导向苦灭的行道,即八支圣道,也就是正见……乃至……正定。除了执取事物恒常的想之外。显示巴利原文
ti aññatra saññāya niccaggāhā ekaññeva saccaṃ loke kathīyati bhaṇīyati dīpīyati voharīyati – dukkhanirodho nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Atha vā ekaṃ saccaṃ vuccati maggasaccaṃ, niyyānasaccaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsamādhīti – aññatra saññāya niccāni loke.
他们依凭推论、寻思、意图,推敲、寻思、计度之后,便产生、引发、制造、创造出种种成见。产生、引发、制造、创造出种种成见之后,他们说:‘我的是真理,你的是谎言。’他们这样宣称,这样讲述,这样言说,这样解释,这样表达——在种种见解上造作推论后,他们说此‘真理与谎言’的二元之法。显示巴利原文
ti. Takkaṃ vitakkaṃ saṅkappaṃ takkayitvā vitakkayitvā saṅkappayitvā diṭṭhigatāni janenti sañjanenti nibbattenti abhinibbattenti. Diṭṭhigatāni janetvā sañjanetvā nibbattetvā abhinibbattetvā ‘‘mayhaṃ saccaṃ tuyhaṃ musā’’ti, evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – takkañca diṭṭhīsu pakappayitvā saccaṃ musāti dvayadhammamāhu.
2099 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
世间其实并没有种种不同、恒常不变的真理,只是依于想而执取它们为恒常罢了。
依于种种见解造作推论之后,他们便宣说“真实”与“虚妄”这种二边的法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na heva saccāni bahūni nānā, aññatra saññāya niccāni loke; Takkañca diṭṭhīsu pakappayitvā, saccaṃ musāti dvayadhammamāhū’’ti.
对于“所见或所见清净、所闻或所闻清净、戒或戒清净、禁行或禁行清净、所感知或所感知清净”,他依止、依附、执取、紧握、固守。在所见、所闻、戒禁行、所感知中,他不尊重,这便称为轻视者;或者,他生起忧恼,这也称为轻视者。这就是“在所见、所闻、戒禁行、所感知中,依此成为轻视者”的意思。显示巴利原文
ti. Diṭṭhaṃ vā diṭṭhasuddhiṃ vā, sutaṃ vā sutasuddhiṃ vā, sīlaṃ vā sīlasuddhiṃ vā, vataṃ vā vatasuddhiṃ vā, mutaṃ vā mutasuddhiṃ vā nissāya upanissāya gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvāti – diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā. ti. Na sammānetītipi vimānadassī. Atha vā domanassaṃ janetītipi vimānadassīti – diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā ete ca nissāya vimānadassī.
所谓“判断”,是指六十二种邪见。他站在见的判断上、判断之见上,安立、住立、执取、紧握、固守——这便是“站在判断上”。他喜悦、欢喜、极欢喜、满意、意满足。或者,像露齿而笑那般,他嬉笑着——这便是“站在判断上而嬉笑”。显示巴利原文
ti. Vinicchayā vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni. Diṭṭhivinicchaye vinicchayadiṭṭhiyā ṭhatvā patiṭṭhahitvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvāti – vinicchaye ṭhatvā. ti tuṭṭho hoti haṭṭho pahaṭṭho attamano paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. Atha vā dantavidaṃsakaṃ pahassamānoti – vinicchaye ṭhatvā pahassamāno.
他说:“他人是愚者,低劣、下劣、卑贱、粗鄙、恶劣、渺小、不善、无智、陷于无明、无知、无光辉、无慧、慧劣。”他这样说,这样讲述,这样言说,这样开示,这样表述——“愚痴的他人是不善的”,他如此说道。显示巴利原文
ti. Paro bālo hīno nihīno omako lāmako chatukko paritto akusalo avidvā avijjāgato aññāṇī avibhāvī amedhāvī duppaññoti, evamāha evaṃ katheti evaṃ bhaṇati evaṃ dīpayati evaṃ voharatīti – bālo paro akkusaloti cāha.
777 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“在所见、所闻、戒行与所感知之中,依此而自生轻蔑者;
立于评判,得意而笑,愚者说:‘他人是不善的。’”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā, ete ca nissāya vimānadassī; Vinicchaye ṭhatvā pahassamāno, bālo paro akkusaloti cāhā’’ti.
正是基于那样的因、那样的缘、那样的理由、那样的起源,他将他人视作愚者、低劣、卑下、下劣、丑陋、低贱、微小——正是基于这“愚者”之见,他如此看待他人。显示巴利原文
ti. Yeneva hetunā yena paccayena yena kāraṇena yena pabhavena paraṃ bālato hīnato nihīnato omakato lāmakato chatukkato parittato dahati passati dakkhati oloketi nijjhāyati upaparikkhatīti – yeneva bāloti paraṃ dahāti.
这被称为“自我”。同样地,也正是基于那样的因、那样的缘、那样的理由、那样的起源,他于内心自许:“我是善巧者、明智者、有慧者、聪慧者、具智者、明辨者、大慧者”——以此,他自称是善巧者。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati attā. Sopi teneva hetunā tena paccayena tena kāraṇena tena pabhavena attānaṃ ahamasmi kusalo paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvīti – tenātumānaṃ kusaloti cāha.
他如是自诩为善巧者、明智者、坚定者、具理者、有因者、有相者、有理由者、有根据者——全凭一己之见。就这样,他自许为善巧者。显示巴利原文
ti. Sayameva attānaṃ kusalavādo paṇḍitavādo thiravādo ñāyavādo hetuvādo lakkhaṇavādo kāraṇavādo ṭhānavādo sakāya laddhiyāti – sayamattanā so kusalāvadāno.
因不恭敬,故轻视他人;或因令人忧恼,故轻视他人。如此,他便宣扬此邪见:‘此人是邪见者,颠倒见者。’——轻视他人,正是宣扬此见。显示巴利原文
ti. Na sammānetītipi aññaṃ vimāneti. Atha vā domanassaṃ janetītipi aññaṃ vimāneti. ti tadeva taṃ diṭṭhigataṃ pāvadati ‘‘itipāyaṃ puggalo micchādiṭṭhiko viparītadassano’’ti – aññaṃ vimāneti tadeva pāvada.
542 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“正因视人愚,便自称善巧;
他自己宣称是善说者,却又轻视他人,这恰恰是在宣扬那种邪恶之说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yeneva bāloti paraṃ dahāti, tenātumānaṃ kusaloti cāha; Sayamattanā so kusalāvadāno, aññaṃ vimāneti tadeva pāvā’’ti.
这六十二种观点称为“极端观点”。何以称为极端观点?因为这些观点都超越了原因、超越了特征、超越了根基。以此之故,此六十二种观点称为“极端观点”。一切观点都是极端观点。何以一切观点都称为极端观点?因为它们彼此超越、彼此胜出、彼此凌驾,从而生起、引发、造作了这些观点。以此之故,一切观点都称为“极端观点”。于极端观点上完备、圆满、无缺者──即是在极端观点上成就了圆满。显示巴利原文
ti. Atisāradiṭṭhiyo vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni. Kiṃkāraṇā atisāradiṭṭhiyo vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni? Sabbā tā diṭṭhiyo kāraṇātikkantā lakkhaṇātikkantā ṭhānātikkantā, taṃkāraṇā atisāradiṭṭhiyo vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni. Sabbāpi diṭṭhiyo atisāradiṭṭhiyo . Kiṃkāraṇā sabbāpi diṭṭhiyo vuccanti atisāradiṭṭhiyo? Te aññamaññaṃ atikkamitvā samatikkamitvā vītivattitvā diṭṭhigatāni janenti sañjanenti nibbattenti abhinibbattenti, taṃkāraṇā sabbāpi diṭṭhiyo vuccanti atisāradiṭṭhiyo. ti. Atisāradiṭṭhiyā samatto paripuṇṇo anomoti – atisāradiṭṭhiyā so samatto.
执著自身见解而生起慢心,为之沉醉、放逸、疯狂、极度自负──这称为“为慢所醉”。自以为圆满的慢、自以为完备的慢、自以为无缺的慢──这称为“为慢所醉的圆满慢”。显示巴利原文
ti. Sakāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhimānena matto pamatto ummatto atimattoti – mānena matto. ti paripuṇṇamānī samattamānī anomamānīti – mānena matto paripuṇṇamānī.
他于心中自为灌顶:‘我是善巧者、聪明者、有慧者、有理智者、有知识者、有明辨者、有才智者。’——这便是自己从心里被授予灌顶。显示巴利原文
ti. Sayameva attānaṃ cittena abhisiñcati ‘‘ahamasmi kusalo paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī’’ti – sayameva sāmaṃ manasābhisitto.
他所持的这见,便是如此被完全接受、执取、抓住、紧握、深入、黏著、决意信受——他的这见,正是这样被他具足的。显示巴利原文
ti. Tassa sā diṭṭhi tathā samattā samādinnā gahitā parāmaṭṭhā abhiniviṭṭhā ajjhositā adhimuttāti – diṭṭhī hi sā tassa tathā samattā.
287 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他依凭过于自信的见而自满,为慢所醉,自以为圆满;
他由自己、以心自为灌顶,因为那见解正是如此圆满。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Atisāradiṭṭhiyā so samatto, mānena matto paripuṇṇamānī; Sayameva sāmaṃ manasābhisitto, diṭṭhī hi sā tassa tathā samattā’’ti.
若因他人之语、他人之言,或以指责、呵斥、非难为缘由,便认为他人是愚者、卑劣、低下、粗劣、低贱、可鄙、微劣——这便是所谓的“因他人言语而低下”。他自己也如此成为同类:他自己便成为智慧低劣、下劣、粗劣、卑贱、可鄙、微劣者——自己就成了智慧低劣之人。显示巴利原文
ti parassa ce vācāya vacanena ninditakāraṇā garahitakāraṇā upavaditakāraṇā paro bālo hoti hīno nihīno omako lāmako chatukko parittoti – parassa ce hi vacasā nihīno. ti. Sopi teneva sahā hoti hīnapañño nihīnapañño omakapañño lāmakapañño chatukkapañño parittapaññoti – tumo sahā hoti nihīnapañño.
然而,倘若他自身成就了明法者、智者、贤者、具慧者、明智者、知者、洞察者、睿智者——那他便自己成为了明法的智者。显示巴利原文
ti atha ce sayaṃ vedagū hoti dhīro paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvīti – atha ce sayaṃ vedagū hoti dhīro.
沙门之中,无有一人愚钝、卑劣、低下、鄙陋、低贱、可厌、微不足道者,所有人皆是胜慧者、殊胜慧者、最上慧者、无上慧者、最胜慧者——沙门之中,无有一人愚钝。显示巴利原文
ti. Samaṇesu na koci bālo hīno nihīno omako lāmako chatukko paritto atthi, sabbeva seṭṭhapaññā visiṭṭhapaññā pāmokkhapaññā uttamapaññā pavarapaññāti – na koci bālo samaṇesu atthi.
334 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
若因他人的话语而自认低劣,那他便真是智慧低劣之人。
若是他自己成为通达者、智者,那么在沙门中他就绝非凡愚。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Parassa ce hi vacasā nihīno, tumo sahā hoti nihīnapañño; Atha ce sayaṃ vedagū hoti dhīro, na koci bālo samaṇesu atthī’’ti.
凡偏离于此,另立法、另倡见、另示行、另辟道的人,对于清净道、纯净道、完全清净道、洁白道、彻底洁白道,皆是错失、失误、偏离、脱落者。由于错误的认知,他们是失误者。他们是不全者、不美者、不圆满者。他们是低劣者、卑下者、可厌者、微不足道者。总之,凡偏离于此而宣扬他道者,于清净道实已失误不圆。显示巴利原文
ti. Ito aññaṃ dhammaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ ye abhivadanti, te suddhimaggaṃ visuddhimaggaṃ parisuddhimaggaṃ vodātamaggaṃ pariyodātamaggaṃ viraddhā aparaddhā khalitā galitā aññāya aparaddhā akevalī te, asamattā te, aparipuṇṇā te, hīnā nihīnā omakā lāmakā chatukkā parittāti – aññaṃ ito yābhivadanti dhammaṃ, aparaddhā suddhimakevalī te.
“Tittha”指所执取的见解,“titthiyā”指执取见解者。他们以种种不同的见解,宣说、讲述、谈论、阐明、表达种种不同的执取之见——因此,外道们以种种方式而宣说。显示巴利原文
ti. Titthaṃ vuccati diṭṭhigataṃ. Titthiyā vuccanti diṭṭhigatikā. Puthudiṭṭhiyā puthudiṭṭhigatāni vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – evampi titthyā puthuso vadanti.
他们于自己的见解,以见贪而贪着、染着——因为他们正是被这种对自己见解的贪染所深深束缚。显示巴利原文
ti. Sakāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhirāgena rattā abhirattāti – sandiṭṭhirāgena hi tebhirattā.
340 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
凡在此之外宣说其他法的人,他们已然错失了全部的清净;
外道们各各如此宣说,只因耽著自见,为自见所迷醉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aññaṃ ito yābhivadanti dhammaṃ, aparaddhā suddhimakevalī te; Evampi titthyā puthuso vadanti, sandiṭṭhirāgena hi tebhirattā’’ti.
他们于此宣称、演说、讲述、阐明、宣说某种清净、遍净、完全清净,某种解脱、度脱、彻底解脱。他们宣称、演说、讲述、阐明、宣说:‘世间是常,唯此为真,余皆虚妄。’这便是此处的清净、遍净、完全清净,解脱、度脱、彻底解脱。他们宣称、演说、讲述、阐明、宣说:‘世间无常……乃至……如来死后既不存在亦非不存在,唯此为真,余皆虚妄。’这便是此处的清净、遍净、完全清净,解脱、度脱、彻底解脱。他们即如此主张——清净只在于此。显示巴利原文
ti. Idha suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti idha suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ‘‘Asassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti idha suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – idheva suddhiṃ iti vādayanti.
他们将自己的导师、教法的宣说、僧团、见解、修行方式与道路搁置一旁,便对其他所有宗派的观点加以贬低、排斥和全盘否定。他们这样说:‘那位导师并非全知者,那个法未被善巧宣说,那个僧团未能如法修行,那种见解并不正确,那种修行方式未被妥善制定,那条道路不能导向出离。在那里,既没有清净,也没有纯净,更没有彻底清净;既没有解脱,也没有度脱,更没有彻底解脱。在那里,众生既不能清净、净化、彻底净化,也不能解脱、度脱、彻底解脱。他们是低劣的、下等的、卑微的、粗鄙的、可厌的、微不足道的。’他们就是这样宣说、这样讲述、这样谈论、这样说话、这样阐明、这样表达——‘除了我们自身的法,在其他任何法中,都见不到清净。’显示巴利原文
ti. Attano satthāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbe paravāde khipanti ukkhipanti parikkhipanti. ‘‘So satthā na sabbaññū, dhammo na svākkhāto , gaṇo na suppaṭipanno, diṭṭhi na bhaddikā, paṭipadā na supaññattā , maggo na niyyāniko, natthettha suddhi vā visuddhi vā parisuddhi vā mutti vā vimutti vā parimutti vā, na tattha sujjhanti vā visujjhanti vā parisujjhanti vā muccanti vā vimuccanti vā parimuccanti vā, hīnā nihīnā omakā lāmakā chatukkā parittā’’ti – evamāhaṃsu evaṃ vadanti evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – nāññesu dhammesu visuddhimāhu.
所谓‘外道处’,是指某种见解立场。所谓‘外道’,是指执持那些见解立场的人们。他们于各自的见解中安住、确立、依附、亲近、执取、深信,并安住于各自的见处——就这样,外道们各自坚固地确立了自己的主张。显示巴利原文
ti. Titthaṃ vuccati diṭṭhigataṃ. Titthiyā vuccanti diṭṭhigatikā. Puthudiṭṭhiyā puthudiṭṭhigatesu niviṭṭhā patiṭṭhitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttāti – evampi titthyā puthuso niviṭṭhā.
所谓‘自己的宗义’,是指法、见解、修行方式与道。在自己的宗义上作坚固说,即是坚定地说、稳当说、强有力地说、不退转地说——也就是在自己的宗义上坚固地宣称。显示巴利原文
ti. Dhammo sakāyanaṃ, diṭṭhi sakāyanaṃ, paṭipadā sakāyanaṃ, maggo sakāyanaṃ, sakāyane daḷhavādo thiravādo balikavādo avaṭṭhitavādoti – sakāyane vāpi daḷhaṃ vadāno.
他们宣称:“唯此方有清净”,于其他教法中,皆不承认有清净;
许多外道也是如此,各各安住己见,于己道中坚定地宣称。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idheva suddhiṃ iti vādayanti, nāññesu dhammesu visuddhimāhu; Evampi titthyā puthuso niviṭṭhā, sakāyane tattha daḷhaṃ vadānā’’ti.
法即是自宗,见即是自宗,行道即是自宗,道即是自宗。于自宗中,他们是执论强硬者、执论顽固者、执论强势者、执论不退转者——于自宗中,他们坚定地宣说。显示巴利原文
ti. Dhammo sakāyanaṃ, diṭṭhi sakāyanaṃ, paṭipadā sakāyanaṃ, maggo sakāyanaṃ, sakāyane daḷhavādā thiravādā balikavādā avaṭṭhitavādāti – sakāyane tattha daḷhaṃ vadānā.
他因自己的见解、自己的认可、自己的喜好、自己的理论而受到赞美、称赞、表扬、称颂——或者说,他在那里受到了赞美。
显示巴利原文 ti. ti sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā pasaṃsito thomito kittito vaṇṇito hotīti – pasaṃsito vā pana tattha hoti.
认为他人是愚者、低劣、下贱、卑微、卑下、可厌、微不足道,认为他人的法是不清净、未净化、不完全清净、不皎洁的法——当他这样说、这样讲、这样陈述、这样宣示、这样表达时,便是他自身招来了争吵、争论、冲突、口角与纷争;是他自己引发了、带来了、制造了、导致了、牵来了、拽来了这一切,紧抓不舍、执取不放、固守不离——正是他自己招来了纷争,虽则他口中说着别人是愚者、具不清净的法。显示巴利原文
nti. Paro bālo hīno nihīno omako lāmako chatukko paritto asuddhidhammo avisuddhidhammo aparisuddhidhammo avodātadhammoti – evaṃ vadanto evaṃ kathento evaṃ bhaṇanto evaṃ dīpayanto evaṃ voharanto sayameva kalahaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ viggahaṃ vivādaṃ medhagaṃ āvaheyya samāvaheyya āhareyya samāhareyya ākaḍḍheyya samākaḍḍheyya gaṇheyya parāmaseyya abhiniviseyyāti – sayaṃva so medhagamāvaheyya paraṃ vadaṃ bālamasuddhidhammaṃ.
“坚称己见为坚实,并道“如此者即是愚人”,以此贬损他人,他便自己招来纷争,称他人为愚者、具不净法。”
他若说他人是愚者、不净法者,则正是为自己招致纷争。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sakāyane vāpi daḷhaṃ vadāno, kamettha bāloti paraṃ daheyya; Sayaṃva so medhagamāvaheyya, paraṃ vadaṃ bālamasuddhidhamma’’nti.
所谓“决断”,即六十二种邪见中的种种见断。“被思量”,意为被构造、被设计、被制造、被确立。又或,凡是无常的、有为的、缘起的、会灭尽的、会衰败的、会离欲的、会息灭的、会变异的,也称作“被思量”——这些便是被思量为“决断”的。显示巴利原文
ti. Vinicchayā vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni diṭṭhivinicchayā. ti kappitā pakappitā abhisaṅkhatā saṇṭhapitātipi pakappitā . Atha vā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā vipariṇāmadhammātipi pakappitāti – vinicchayā yāni pakappitāni.
“向上”,意指未来。他若把自己的论说置于高处,便自己趋向、接近、进入、执取、固著于争吵、争执、冲突、争论与纷争。这便是于世间向上攀缘争论。又或者,由他人……显示巴利原文
ti. Uddhaṃso vuccati anāgataṃ. Attano vādaṃ uddhaṃ ṭhapetvā sayameva kalahaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ viggahaṃ vivādaṃ medhagaṃ eti upeti upagacchati gaṇhāti parāmasati abhinivisatīti. Evampi uddhaṃsa lokasmiṃ vivādameti. Atha vā aññena uddhaṃ vādena saddhiṃ kalahaṃ karoti bhaṇḍanaṃ karoti viggahaṃ karoti vivādaṃ karoti medhagaṃ karoti – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi…pe… nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti. Evampi uddhaṃsa lokasmiṃ vivādameti.
‘诸决定’,说的是六十二见。‘舍断一切诸决定’即:舍弃、舍离、遍舍、断除、遍断、除去、灭尽、令不存在,一切决定见。显示巴利原文
ti. Vinicchayā vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni. Diṭṭhivinicchayā sabbe vinicchaye hitvā cajitvā pariccajitvā jahitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – hitvāna sabbāni vinicchayāni.
他不争吵,不斗诤,不冲突,不争论,不制造口角。世尊曾这样说:‘阿耆毗舍那,这样心解脱的比丘,不与任何人争执,不与任何人诤论;世间所说的那些话,他也只是随顺而说,并不执取。’所说的‘众生’,指有情、人、摩纳婆、人、补特伽罗、命者、生者、人、因陀罗生、人;而‘世间’包括恶趣世间乃至处世间。因此,在世间的众生不制造事端。显示巴利原文
ti. Na kalahaṃ karoti, na bhaṇḍanaṃ karoti, na viggahaṃ karoti, na vivādaṃ karoti, na medhagaṃ karoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘evaṃ vimuttacitto kho, aggivessana, bhikkhu na kenaci saṃvadati, na kenaci vivadati, yañca loke vuttaṃ tena ca voharati aparāmasa’’nti. ti satto naro mānavo poso puggalo jīvo jāgu jantu indagu manujo. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – na medhagaṃ kubbati jantu loketi.
687 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
立足评判,自作衡量后,便在世间狂妄地兴起争论;
若断除一切评判,人于世间便不兴起纷争。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vinicchaye ṭhatvā sayaṃ pamāya, uddhaṃsa lokasmiṃ vivādameti; Hitvāna sabbāni vinicchayāni, na medhagaṃ kubbati jantu loke’’ti.
小争论经解说 第十二显示巴利原文
Cūḷaviyūhasuttaniddeso dvādasamo.
13. 《大争论经》义释显示巴利原文
13. Mahāviyūhasuttaniddeso
今当解说《大争论经》的义释:显示巴利原文
Atha mahāviyūhasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
“凡是任何”——这是表示一切、全数、尽所有、无余、无遗地被遍知的话语。有些依见而行的沙门、婆罗门,从六十二种见中执取某一种见,执受、取着、采纳、执持、固执之后,便各自依各自的见而住、共住、居住、遍住。犹如在家人住在家里,有罪者住在罪中,有烦恼者住在烦恼中;同样地,有些依见而行的……遍住——这便是“凡是任何依见而住者”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – ye kecīti. ti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā diṭṭhigatikā; te dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatānaṃ aññataraññataraṃ diṭṭhigataṃ gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā sakāya sakāya diṭṭhiyā vasanti saṃvasanti āvasanti parivasanti. Yathā agārikā vā gharesu vasanti, sāpattikā vā āpattīsu vasanti, sakilesā vā kilesesu vasanti; evameva santeke…pe… parivasantīti – ye kecime diṭṭhiparibbasānā.
他们声称:“世间恒常,唯此是真实,其余皆虚妄。”又说:“世间无常……乃至如来死后既非存在亦非不存在,唯此是真实,其余皆虚妄。”他们如是主张、宣说、讲述、阐示、表述,并宣称:“这才是真理。”显示巴利原文
ti. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti vādayanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ‘‘Asassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti vādayanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – idameva saccanti ca vādayanti.
所有这些沙门与婆罗门,唯追逐贬抑,唯追逐呵责,唯追逐恶名;他们全都被贬抑,全都被呵责,全都被冠以恶名——他们确然招来了贬抑。显示巴利原文
ti. Sabbeva te samaṇabrāhmaṇā nindameva anventi, garahameva anventi, akittimeva anventi; sabbe ninditāyeva honti, garahitāyeva honti, akittitāyeva hontīti – sabbeva te nindamanvānayanti.
在那里,依于各自的见解、各自的好乐、各自的喜好、各自的执持,他们获得、领受、取得、赢得了赞扬、称叹、名声与美誉——如此,他们便在那里得到了赞扬。显示巴利原文
ti. Tattha sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā pasaṃsaṃ thomanaṃ kittiṃ vaṇṇahārikaṃ labhanti paṭilabhanti upagacchanti vindantīti – atho pasaṃsampi labhanti tattha.
535 因此,那位化现者说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
凡是依邪见而安住者,还宣称‘唯此是真理’;
他们全都遭到毁谤,却也于此赢得称赞。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye kecime diṭṭhiparibbasānā, idameva saccanti ca vādayanti; Sabbeva te nindamanvānayanti, atho pasaṃsampi labhanti tatthā’’ti.
这些,是微不足道、低劣、一丁点、粗鄙、少量、渺小的——的确微不足道。它们不足以平息贪欲,不足以平息嗔怒,不足以平息愚痴,不足以平息忿怒、怨恨、伪善、专横、嫉妒、悭吝、欺诈、狡猾、顽固、冲动、我慢、骄慢、放逸,不足以平息一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切不安、一切煎熬、一切苦恼、一切不善之行蕴,无法令它们止息、宁静、灭尽,无法成就涅槃、彻底舍断、达至轻安——这些,实在不足以平息。显示巴利原文
ti. nti appakaṃ etaṃ, omakaṃ etaṃ, thokakaṃ etaṃ, lāmakaṃ etaṃ, chatukkaṃ etaṃ, parittakaṃ etanti – appañhi etaṃ. ti nālaṃ rāgassa samāya, dosassa samāya, mohassa samāya , kodhassa… upanāhassa… makkhassa… paḷāsassa… issāya… macchariyassa… māyāya… sāṭheyyassa… thambhassa… sārambhassa… mānassa… atimānassa… madassa… pamādassa… sabbakilesānaṃ… sabbaduccaritānaṃ… sabbadarathānaṃ … sabbapariḷāhānaṃ… sabbasantāpānaṃ… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ samāya upasamāya vūpasamāya nibbānāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipassaddhiyāti – appañhi etaṃ na alaṃ samāya.
对于见解的纷争、见解的口角、见解的冲突、见解的辩论、见解的争吵,有两种结果——即有胜有败、有得有失、有荣有辱、有赞有毁、有乐有苦、有喜有忧、有可意不可意、有贪恋抗拒、有起落毁伤、有偏袒对立,这是我所说。或者,那样的业导致地狱、导致畜生界、导致鬼道——这是我所说、我所讲、我所宣说、我所确立、我所安立、我所解释、我所分别、我所显明、我所说明——争论有两种结果,我作如是说。显示巴利原文
ti. Diṭṭhikalahassa diṭṭhibhaṇḍanassa diṭṭhiviggahassa diṭṭhivivādassa diṭṭhimedhagassa dve phalāni honti – jayaparājayo hoti, lābhālābho hoti, yasāyaso hoti, nindāpasaṃso hoti, sukhadukkhaṃ hoti, somanassadomanassaṃ hoti, iṭṭhāniṭṭhaṃ hoti, anunayapaṭighaṃ hoti, ugghātinigghāti hoti, anurodhavirodho hoti. Atha vā taṃ kammaṃ nirayasaṃvattanikaṃ, tiracchānayonisaṃvattanikaṃ, pettivisayasaṃvattanikanti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – duve vivādassa phalāni brūmi.
见到此过患,经观察、经衡量、经推断、经彻底洞见、经彻底看清之后,于见解的纷争、见解的口角、见解的冲突、见解的辩论、见解的争吵中——亦如是见。于是,便不兴纷争,不启口角,不起冲突,不作辩论,不陷争吵;舍断纷争、口角、冲突、辩论、争吵,驱除它们,终止它们,令不复存;远离纷争、口角、冲突、辩论、争吵,避开它们,断除它们,出离它们,脱离它们,解脱于它们,不被它们系缚,以无边际的心而安住——见到这一点之后,便不应再与人争论。显示巴利原文
ti. ti etaṃ ādīnavaṃ disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā diṭṭhikalahesu diṭṭhibhaṇḍanesu diṭṭhiviggahesu diṭṭhivivādesu diṭṭhimedhagesūti – etampi disvā. ti na kalahaṃ kareyya, na bhaṇḍanaṃ kareyya, na viggahaṃ kareyya, na vivādaṃ kareyya, na medhagaṃ kareyya, kalahaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ viggahaṃ vivādaṃ medhagaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, kalahā bhaṇḍanā viggahā vivādā medhagā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – etampi disvā na vivādayetha.
无诤的境界,即是不死——涅槃。那正是一切行的寂止、一切依著的彻底舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离染、灭尽、涅槃。将这种无诤的境界视为安稳、视为庇护、视为隐蔽、视为皈依、视为无怖畏、视为不灭、视为不死、视为涅槃——如此观见、凝视、审察、静思、探究——以安稳的眼光看待此无诤的境界。显示巴利原文
nti. Avivādabhūmiṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Etaṃ avivādabhūmiṃ khemato tāṇato leṇato saraṇato abhayato accutato amatato nibbānato passanto dakkhanto olokento nijjhāyanto upaparikkhantoti – khemābhipassaṃ avivādabhūmiṃ.
393 因此,世尊说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘Appañhi etaṃ na alaṃ samāya, duve vivādassa phalāni brūmi;
395 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
Etampi disvā na vivādayetha, khemābhipassaṃ avivādabhūmi’’nti.
所谓“任何”(yā kāci)一词,是囊括全部、所有、以一切方式、毫无遗余、彻底尽摄的说法。所谓“共许”(sammutiyo),是指六十二种邪见中的见共许。“凡夫的”(puthujjā),即由凡夫所生的共许,故称凡夫的;或由种种不同之人所生的共许,故称凡夫的——这任何属于凡夫的共许。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – yā kācīti. ti. Sammutiyo vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni diṭṭhisammutiyo. ti puthujjanehi janitā sammutiyoti puthujjā, puthu nānājanehi janitā vā sammutiyoti puthujjāti – yā kācimā sammutiyo puthujjā.
智者具足明与智,善于了知,洞彻无碍,慧力圆满。于一切共许之见,他不趋向、不接近、不前往、不执取、不抓取、不黏著——如是,智者不亲近这一切见。显示巴利原文
ti. Vidvā vijjāgato ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. Sabbāva etā diṭṭhisammutiyo neti na upeti na upagacchati na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisatīti – sabbāva etā na upeti vidvā.
于此,有两种执着:渴爱的执着与见解的执着。……此是渴爱的执着……此是见解的执着。对于他,渴爱的执着已断除,见解的执着已舍离。由于渴爱的执着已断除,见解的执着已舍离,他于种种安住之处不再被牵引、不再被染污、不陷入、不沉溺、不倾心,已出离、已舍脱、已解脱、已脱离、已超越,以无界限的心而安住——这就是‘他于安住之处不再被牵引’。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve upayā – taṇhūpayo ca diṭṭhūpayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhūpayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhūpayo. Tassa taṇhūpayo pahīno, diṭṭhūpayo paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhūpayassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhūpayassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā so nivesanesu anūpanīto anupalitto anupagato anajjhosito anadhimutto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – anūpanīto sa nivesanesu.
1779 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
于所见、依所见而得清净的见解,于所闻、依所闻而得清净的见解,于所领受、依所领受而得清净的见解,他都不生喜好,不生欲望,不生爱乐,不生贪染,不令生起,不令产生,不令出现,不令再出现——如此,对于所见与所闻,他全不生起喜好。显示巴利原文
ti. Diṭṭhe vā diṭṭhasuddhiyā vā sute vā sutasuddhiyā vā mute vā mutasuddhiyā vā khantiṃ akubbamāno chandaṃ akubbamāno pemaṃ akubbamāno rāgaṃ akubbamāno ajanayamāno asañjanayamāno anibbattayamāno anabhinibbattayamānoti – diṭṭhe sute khantimakubbamāno.
893 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
凡夫的这些约定俗成,智者全都不趋近;
他无所执取,如何还会趋向执取?于所见所闻,皆不生忍可。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yā kācimā sammutiyo puthujjā, sabbāva etā na upeti vidvā; Anūpayo so upayaṃ kimeyya, diṭṭhe sute khantimakubbamāno’’ti.
于此:有一些沙门、婆罗门是戒最上论者;他们仅以戒、仅以自制、仅以律仪、仅以不违犯,便称作清净、纯清净、遍清净,称作解脱、解缚、遍解脱。他们如是说、如是讲、如是论、如是表明、如是宣说。显示巴利原文
nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīluttamavādā; te sīlamattena saññamamattena saṃvaramattena avītikkamamattena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parivisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parivimuttiṃ āhu vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti.
沙门蒙迪卡子这样说:“居士,我施设具足四法之人为具足善、最上善、已达最上成就的沙门、无可讥嫌者。哪四种法呢?居士,于此,不以身造恶业,不以语出恶言,不意思惟恶念,不依邪命活命。居士,我施设具足此四法之人为具足善、最上善、已达最上成就的沙门、无可讥嫌者。”如是,有某些沙门、婆罗门以戒为最上论者;他们仅以戒、仅以自制、仅以律仪、仅以不违犯,便称说清净、遍清净、极遍清净,解脱、遍解脱、极遍解脱。他们如是说、如是语、如是谈、如是示、如是安立——以戒为最上,以自制说清净。显示巴利原文
Samaṇamuṇḍikāputto evamāha – ‘‘catūhi kho ahaṃ, gahapati, dhammehi samannāgataṃ purisapuggalaṃ paññapemi sampannakusalaṃ paramakusalaṃ uttamapattipattaṃ samaṇaṃ ayojjhaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, gahapati, na kāyena pāpakammaṃ karoti, na pāpikaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati, na pāpakaṃ saṅkappaṃ saṅkappeti, na pāpakaṃ ājīvaṃ ājīvati. Imehi kho ahaṃ, gahapati , catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ purisapuggalaṃ paññapemi sampannakusalaṃ paramakusalaṃ uttamapattipattaṃ samaṇaṃ ayojjhaṃ; evameva santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīluttamavādā; te sīlamattena saññamamattena saṃvaramattena avītikkamamattena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ āhu vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantī’’ti – sīluttamā saññamenāhu suddhiṃ.
象行戒、马行戒、牛行戒、狗行戒、乌鸦行戒、瓦苏德瓦戒、巴拉德瓦戒、普恩跋陀戒、摩尼跋陀戒、火行戒、龙行戒、金翅鸟行戒、夜叉戒、阿修罗戒、乾达婆戒、四大王戒、月戒、日戒、因陀罗戒、梵天戒、天戒、方所戒——他们取著、受持、执取、紧抓、固执、沉入之后,便安立其中、确立、粘著、靠近、固守、决意于此,依这些戒行而住。
显示巴利原文 ti. nti hatthivataṃ vā assavataṃ vā govataṃ vā kukkuravataṃ vā kākavataṃ vā vāsudevavataṃ vā baladevavataṃ vā puṇṇabhaddavataṃ vā maṇibhaddavataṃ vā aggivataṃ vā nāgavataṃ vā supaṇṇavataṃ vā yakkhavataṃ vā asuravataṃ vā gandhabbavataṃ vā mahārājavataṃ vā candavataṃ vā sūriyavataṃ vā indavataṃ vā brahmavataṃ vā devavataṃ vā disāvataṃ vā ādāya samādāya ādiyitvā samādiyitvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā upaṭṭhitā paccupaṭṭhitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttāti – vataṃ samādāya upaṭṭhitāse.
由于自己的见解、由于自己的认同、由于自己的好乐、由于自己的执取,他们说:‘我们应学、应行、应修、应受持而遵行。’——就在此处学习,于是他得清净、遍净、全然清净,得解脱、解缚、彻底解脱。就在此处学习,于是他得清净。显示巴利原文
nti. ti sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā. ti sikkhema ācarema samācarema samādāya vattemāti – idheva sikkhema. nti athassa suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttinti – idheva sikkhema athassa suddhiṃ.
这些是导归于有、到达于有、耽著于有、决意于有者——所谓‘导归于有’,是指他们自称善说者、自称智者、自称坚定者、自称如理者、自称因论者、自称相论者、自称理由论者、自称根据论者,皆依自见而立说——这些便是导归于有的诸‘善说者’。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhavūpanītā bhavūpagatā bhavajjhositā bhavādhimuttāti – bhavūpanītā . ti kusalavādā paṇḍitavādā thiravādā ñāyavādā hetuvādā lakkhaṇavādā kāraṇavādā ṭhānavādā sakāya laddhiyāti – bhavūpanītā kusalāvadānā.
378 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他们宣称,依最上的戒与自制而得清净;他们受持誓愿,安住于此。
‘我们就在此生修学,这样便有它的清净’——那些导向再有的善说者如此宣称。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sīluttamā saññamenāhu suddhiṃ, vataṃ samādāya upaṭṭhitāse; Idheva sikkhema athassa suddhiṃ, bhavūpanītā kusalāvadānā’’ti.
因两种原因,人从戒律与誓愿退转:因被他人的割截而退转,或因自己无法胜任而退转。如何是因被他人的割截而退转?他人割截他说:‘那位老师不是一切知者,那个法未被善说,那个僧团未行善道,那个见解不吉祥,那个行道未被善施设,那个道不导向出离,此处没有清净、遍净、等净,没有解脱、遍解脱、等解脱,这里没有净化者、遍净者、等净者,没有解脱者、遍解脱者、等解脱者,他们是低劣的、下等的、卑微的、坏的、差的、渺小的。’别人就这样割截他。被这样割截时,他便从老师那里退转,从法的教导处退转,从僧团退转,从那见解退转,从那行道退转,从那道路退转。这就是因被他人的割截而退转。如何是因自己无法胜任而退转?无法胜任戒,便从戒退转;无法胜任誓愿,便从誓愿退转;无法胜任戒禁,便从戒禁退转。这样,当自己无法胜任时,他便退转——如此,他便成了从戒律与誓愿退转的人。显示巴利原文
ti. Dvīhi kāraṇehi sīlavatato cavati – paravicchindanāya vā cavati, anabhisambhuṇanto vā cavati. Kathaṃ paravicchindanāya cavati? Paro vicchindati so satthā na sabbaññū, dhammo na svākkhāto, gaṇo na suppaṭipanno, diṭṭhi na bhaddikā, paṭipadā na supaññattā, maggo na niyyāniko, natthettha suddhi vā visuddhi vā parisuddhi vā, mutti vā vimutti vā parimutti vā, natthettha sujjhanti vā visujjhanti vā parisujjhanti vā, muccanti vā vimuccanti vā, parimuccanti vā, hīnā nihīnā omakā lāmakā chatukkā parittāti. Evaṃ paro vicchindati. Evaṃ vicchindiyamāno satthārā cavati, dhammakkhānā cavati, gaṇā cavati, diṭṭhiyā cavati, paṭipadāya cavati, maggato cavati. Evaṃ parivicchindanāya cavati. Kathaṃ anabhisambhuṇanto cavati? Sīlaṃ anabhisambhuṇanto sīlato cavati, vataṃ anabhisambhuṇanto vatato cavati, sīlabbataṃ anabhisambhuṇanto sīlabbatato cavati. Evaṃ anabhisambhuṇanto cavatīti – sace cuto sīlavatato hoti.
对于戒、或誓愿、或戒禁,他想到:‘这些被我错过了,这些被我弄糟了,这些被我失坏了,这些被我漏掉了,我因无知而犯了错。’他因而颤抖、明显颤抖、全身颤抖——这就是颤抖。对于福行、或非福行、或不动行,他想到:‘这些被我错过了,这些被我弄糟了,这些被我失坏了,这些被我漏掉了,我因无知而犯了错。’他因而颤抖、明显颤抖、全身颤抖——这就是于业行有失之后感到颤抖。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sīlaṃ vā vataṃ vā sīlabbataṃ vā ‘‘viraddhaṃ mayā, aparaddhaṃ mayā, khalitaṃ mayā, galitaṃ mayā, aññāya aparaddho aha’’nti vedhati pavedhati sampavedhatīti – pavedhati. ti puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā āneñjābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā ‘‘viraddhaṃ mayā, aparaddhaṃ mayā, khalitaṃ mayā, galitaṃ mayā, aññāya aparaddho aha’’nti vedhati pavedhati sampavedhatīti – pavedhati kammavirādhayitvā.
如是,‘他渴求’——他渴求戒,或渴求誓愿,或渴求戒禁,渴求、深切的渴求、极度的渴求,这就是‘渴求’。如是,‘他渴求并希求清净’——他或希求戒清净,或希求誓愿清净,或希求戒禁清净,希求、热切希求、极度希求,这就是‘渴求并希求清净’。显示巴利原文
nti. ti sīlaṃ vā jappati, vataṃ vā jappati, sīlabbataṃ vā jappati pajappati abhijappatīti – pajappati. nti sīlasuddhiṃ vā pattheti, vatasuddhiṃ vā pattheti, sīlabbatasuddhiṃ vā pattheti piheti abhijappatīti – pajappatī patthayatī ca suddhiṃ.
如此,犹如有人离家出外,随商队在外宿营,却丢失了向导——他或者去追赶那位向导,或者返回自己的家;同样,那位陷入邪见者,或执取这位导师,或执取另一位导师;或执取这种说法,或执取另一种说法;或执取这个团体,或执取另一个团体;或执取这种见解,或执取另一种见解;或执取这种修行方式,或执取另一种修行方式;或执取这条道路,或执取另一条道路,他紧执不舍,深固耽着——正如有人离家在外宿营而丢失了向导一样。显示巴利原文
ti. Yathā puriso gharato nikkhanto satthena pavasaṃ vasanto satthā ohīno, taṃ vā satthaṃ anubandhati sakaṃ vā gharaṃ paccāgacchati; evameva so diṭṭhigatiko taṃ vā satthāraṃ gaṇhāti aññaṃ vā satthāraṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ vā dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇhāti aññaṃ vā dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ vā gaṇaṃ gaṇhāti aññaṃ vā gaṇaṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ vā diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti aññaṃ vā diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ vā paṭipadaṃ gaṇhāti aññaṃ vā paṭipadaṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ vā maggaṃ gaṇhāti aññaṃ vā maggaṃ gaṇhāti parāmasati abhinivisatīti – satthāva hīno pavasaṃ gharamhā.
522 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
若他从戒与誓愿中退堕,便会因错失业行而战栗不安;
他渴求清净、有所希冀,却如同离家远行、露宿在外的人丢失了向导。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sace cuto sīlavatato hoti, pavedhatī kammavirādhayitvā; Pajappatī patthayatī ca suddhiṃ, satthāva hīno pavasaṃ gharamhā’’ti.
所谓“断除一切戒禁”,即:完全舍断一切戒清净,舍离、驱除、消灭,令归于无;完全舍断一切誓愿清净,舍离、驱除、消灭,令归于无;完全舍断一切戒禁清净,舍离、驱除、消灭,令归于无——这便是断除一切戒禁。显示巴利原文
nti. Sabbā sīlasuddhiyo pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā, sabbā vatasuddhiyo pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā, sabbā sīlabbatasuddhiyo pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – sīlabbataṃ vāpi pahāya sabbaṃ.
如此,有罪业是指黑业、带来黑果报;无罪业是指白业、带来白果报。有罪业与无罪业两者,都应舍弃、断除、驱除、消灭,令归于无——这就是既有罪亦是无罪的业。显示巴利原文
nti. Sāvajjakammaṃ vuccati – kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ. Anavajjakammaṃ vuccati – sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ. Sāvajjañca kammaṃ anavajjañca kammaṃ pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – kammañca sāvajjanavajjametaṃ.
其中,一些人企求不清净,企求不善法。一些人企求清净,企求五种感官欲乐;他们企求不清净,企求不善法,企求五种感官欲乐。一些人企求清净,企求六十二种邪见;他们企求不清净,企求不善法,企求五种感官欲乐,企求六十二种邪见。一些人企求清净,企求三界内的善法;他们企求不清净,企求不善法,企求五种感官欲乐,企求六十二种邪见,企求三界内的善法。一些人企求清净,具善凡夫企求进入决定位。有学圣者企求最上的法——阿拉汉果。证得阿拉汉果之后,阿拉汉既不企求不善法,也不企求五种感官欲乐,也不企求六十二种邪见,也不企求三界内的善法,也不企求进入决定位,也不企求最上的法——阿拉汉果。阿拉汉已超越企求,超越了增长与衰退的范畴。他圆满梵行,完成了修行……对他来说,生、老、死的流转不复存在,更无后有——他既不企求清净,也不企求不清净。显示巴利原文
ti. nti asuddhiṃ patthenti, akusale dhamme patthenti. nti suddhiṃ patthenti, pañca kāmaguṇe patthenti; asuddhiṃ patthenti, akusale dhamme patthenti, pañca kāmaguṇe patthenti; suddhiṃ patthenti, dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni patthenti, asuddhiṃ patthenti, akusale dhamme patthenti, pañca kāmaguṇe patthenti, dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni patthenti; suddhiṃ patthenti, tedhātuke kusale dhamme patthenti, asuddhiṃ patthenti, akusale dhamme patthenti, pañca kāmaguṇe patthenti, dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni patthenti, tedhātuke kusale dhamme patthenti; suddhiṃ patthenti, puthujjanakalyāṇakā niyāmāvakkantiṃ patthenti. Sekkhā aggadhammaṃ arahattaṃ patthenti. Arahatte patte arahā neva akusale dhamme pattheti, napi pañca kāmaguṇe pattheti, napi dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni pattheti, napi tedhātuke kusale dhamme pattheti, napi niyāmāvakkantiṃ pattheti, napi aggadhammaṃ arahattaṃ pattheti. Patthanā samatikkanto arahā vuddhipārihānivītivatto . So vuṭṭhavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātijarāmaraṇasaṃsāro natthi tassa punabbhavoti – suddhiṃ asuddhinti apatthayāno.
因此,对于清净与不清净,他远离、舍离、完全避开、出离、超越、解脱、解除束缚,以无界限的心安住——这便是远离。他行走、游走、安住、行动、转起、维持、延续、生活下去——这便是远离而行。所谓“安止”,是指六十二种邪见的见安止;对此,他不执取、不执持、不黏着——这便是为不执取安止而远离行持。显示巴利原文
ti. ti suddhiasuddhiyā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto, vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – virato. ti careyya vicareyya vihareyya iriyeyya vatteyya pāleyya yapeyya yāpeyyāti – virato care. ti santiyo vuccanti dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni diṭṭhisantiyo agaṇhanto aparāmasanto anabhinivisantoti – virato care santimanuggahāya.
416 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他舍弃了一切戒禁与誓愿,连同那有过失与无过失的业;
他不企求清净,也不企求不清净,远离而住,不执取任何寂静。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sīlabbataṃ vāpi pahāya sabbaṃ, kammañca sāvajjanavajjametaṃ; Suddhiṃ asuddhinti apatthayāno, virato care santimanuggahāyā’’ti.
有些沙门婆罗门是苦行厌离论者,以苦行厌离为心髓,依止苦行厌离,依附、执着、趋向、耽着、坚定信解于它——也就是依此而修厌离。显示巴利原文
ti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā tapojigucchavādā tapojigucchasārā tapojigucchanissitā ānissitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttāti – tamūpanissāya jigucchitaṃ vā.
或者,依止、依附、执取、执著、固著于所见或所见清净、所闻或所闻清净、所觉或所觉清净——又或只是依止于所见、所闻、所觉。显示巴利原文
ti. Diṭṭhaṃ vā diṭṭhasuddhiṃ vā sutaṃ vā sutasuddhiṃ vā mutaṃ vā mutasuddhiṃ vā nissāya upanissāya gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvāti – atha vāpi diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā.
有一些沙门婆罗门是称扬轮回者。哪种沙门婆罗门是称扬轮回者呢?就是那些持极端清净论者、于轮回中得清净者、无作业论者、常见论者——这些沙门婆罗门便是称扬轮回者。他们宣称、宣说、赞叹、讲述、表明、表达:于轮回中有清净、有净化、有彻底清净,有解脱、有释放、有完全解脱。这些称扬轮回者便是如此赞叹清净。显示巴利原文
ti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā uddhaṃsarāvādā. Katame te samaṇabrāhmaṇā uddhaṃsarāvādā? Ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā accantasuddhikā, saṃsārasuddhikā, akiriyadiṭṭhikā, sassatavādā – ime te samaṇabrāhmaṇā uddhaṃsarāvādā. Te saṃsāre suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ thunanti vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – uddhaṃsarā suddhimanutthunanti.
也就是:对色的渴爱、对声的渴爱、对香的渴爱、对味的渴爱、对触的渴爱、对法的渴爱。对于阿拉汉、漏尽者而言——也就是关于“有”见的、关于“无有”见的,关于常见的、关于断见的,以及为了再有的反复、再趣的反复、再出生的反复、再结生的反复、再有身体的反复——这种种渴爱,对他来说已不存在、没有、找不到、不可得,已被断除、彻底斩断、平息、安止,不再能生起,被智慧之火焚尽。因此,不论为了“有”或为了“无有”,他都没有渴爱存在。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti bhavadiṭṭhiyā, ti vibhavadiṭṭhiyā; ti sassatadiṭṭhiyā, ti ucchedadiṭṭhiyā; ti punappunabhavāya punappunagatiyā punappunaupapattiyā punappunapaṭisandhiyā punappunaattabhāvābhinibbattiyā . Taṇhā yassa natthi na santi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – bhavāya vibhavāya vā taṇhā yassa na vijjati.
“他们向上呼喊,自诩清净,而于种种生存形态的渴爱并未消尽。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tamūpanissāya jigucchitaṃ vā, atha vāpi diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā; Uddhaṃsarā suddhimanutthunanti, avītataṇhāse bhavābhavesū’’ti.
“欲求”即指渴爱。那是贪染、强烈的贪染……乃至……贪求、贪、不善根。对于正在欲求、正在渴望、正在执取、正在希冀、正在热切期盼的人而言——确实,对于正在欲求的人而言,“渴望”即被称为渴爱。那是贪染、强烈的贪染……乃至……贪求、贪、不善根——这便是正在欲求者的种种热切期盼。显示巴利原文
ti. Patthanā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti patthayamānassa icchamānassa sādiyamānassa pihayamānassa abhijappayamānassāti – patthayamānassa hi. ti. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlanti – patthayamānassa hi jappitāni.
“虚妄的构想”有两种虚妄的构想:渴爱层面的虚妄构想和邪见层面的虚妄构想……乃至……此为渴爱层面的虚妄构想……乃至……此为邪见层面的虚妄构想。“恐惧战栗”的意思是:对于所构想的事物,在担忧它将被破坏时,他们便恐惧战栗;在它正在被破坏时,也恐惧战栗;在它已被破坏后,依然恐惧战栗。对于所构想的事物,在担忧它将会改变时,他们便恐惧战栗;在它正在改变时,也恐惧战栗;在它已经改变后,仍旧恐惧战栗、剧烈恐惧战栗、彻底恐惧战栗——这就是对于所构想的事物感到恐惧战栗。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve pakappanā – taṇhāpakappanā ca diṭṭhipakappanā ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpakappanā…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipakappanā. ti. Pakappitaṃ vatthuṃ acchedasaṅkinopi vedhenti, acchijjantepi vedhenti, acchinnepi vedhenti; pakappitaṃ vatthuṃ vipariṇāmasaṅkinopi vedhenti, vipariṇamantepi vedhenti, vipariṇatepi vedhenti pavedhenti sampavedhentīti – pavedhitaṃ vāpi pakappitesu.
“没有死与再生”:这是指那位阿拉汉、断尽烦恼者。于他而言,去、来、去来、死时、有与非有、死、生、产生、坏灭、出生、老与死——这一切都不存在、不可得、了不可寻,已被舍断、根除、平息、止息,不可能再生起,已为智慧之火所焚尽。所以说,他在这里没有死与再生。显示巴利原文
ti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. Yassa gamanaṃ āgamanaṃ gamanāgamanaṃ kālaṃgati bhavābhavo cuti ca upapatti ca nibbatti ca bhedo ca jāti ca jarāmaraṇañca natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – cutūpapāto idha yassa natthi.
“他为何还要动摇?”:他还会被何种贪欲所动摇?被何种瞋恚所动摇?被何种愚痴所动摇?被何种慢心所动摇?被何种邪见所动摇?被何种掉举所动摇?被何种疑惑所动摇?被何种随眠烦恼所动摇——而成为“有贪者”“有瞋者”“有痴者”“被系缚者”“被执取者”“陷入散乱者”“未达决定者”“顽固有力者”?那些造作之业已被舍断;由于造作业已被舍断,又怎会因为任何投生之处而动摇——称他为“地狱众生”“畜生”“饿鬼”“人”“天人”“有色界众生”“无色界众生”“有想众生”“无想众生”“非想非非想众生”?没有任何原因、没有任何条件、没有任何理由,能令他动摇、剧烈动摇、彻底动摇。因此说:“他为何还要动摇?”“他又在何处渴望?”:他要在何处渴望?对什么渴望?在何处渴望、热切渴望、极度期盼?——因此说:“他为何还要动摇?又要在何处渴望?”显示巴利原文
ti. So kena rāgena vedheyya, kena dosena vedheyya, kena mohena vedheyya, kena mānena vedheyya, kāya diṭṭhiyā vedheyya, kena uddhaccena vedheyya, kāya vicikicchāya vedheyya, kehi anusayehi vedheyya – rattoti vā duṭṭhoti vā mūḷhoti vā vinibaddhoti vā parāmaṭṭhoti vā vikkhepagatoti vā aniṭṭhaṅgatoti vā thāmagatoti vā. Te abhisaṅkhārā pahīnā; abhisaṅkhārānaṃ pahīnattā gatiyā kena vedheyya – nerayikoti vā tiracchānayonikoti vā pettivisayikoti vā manussoti vā devoti vā rūpīti vā arūpīti vā saññīti vā asaññīti vā nevasaññīnāsaññīti vā, so hetu natthi paccayo natthi kāraṇaṃ natthi yena vedheyya pavedheyya sampavedheyyāti – sa kena vedheyya. ti kuhiṃ vā jappeyya kimhi jappeyya, kattha jappeyya pajappeyya abhijappeyyāti – sa kena vedheyya kuhiṃ va jappe.
2156 因此,世尊这样说——显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
凡有所希求者,必生种种渴爱;在对所构设之事物中,亦生起心的动摇。
若有人于此已无死与生,他凭什么动摇,又能于何处起贪求?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Patthayamānassa hi jappitāni, pavedhitaṃ vāpi pakappitesu; Cutūpapāto idha yassa natthi, sa kena vedheyya kuhiṃ va jappe’’ti.
有些沙门与婆罗门,将某种法、某种见解、某种行道、某条道路,宣说为“这是最高的、第一的、最胜的、卓越的、首要的、无上的、最极的”,他们这样宣说、这样讲述、这样演说、这样阐明、这样表述——也就是那些人所说的“此法为最上”。显示巴利原文
ti. Yaṃ dhammaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘‘idaṃ paramaṃ aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavara’’nti , evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – yamāhu dhammaṃ paramanti eke.
另有一些沙门与婆罗门,对这同一种法、同一种见解、同一种行道、同一条道路,却说“这是低劣的、这是下等的、这是粗劣的、这是差劲的、这是微不足道的、这是渺小的”,他们这样宣说、这样讲述、这样演说、这样阐明、这样表述——也就是另一些人所说的“它其实是低劣的”。显示巴利原文
ti tameva dhammaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘‘hīnaṃ etaṃ, nihīnaṃ etaṃ, omakaṃ etaṃ, lāmakaṃ etaṃ, chatukkaṃ etaṃ, parittakaṃ eta’’nti, evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – tameva hīnanti panāhu aññe.
那么,在这些沙门与婆罗门的说法当中,哪一种才是真实的、确切的、如实的、实在的、正确的、无颠倒的呢?——他们的说法中,到底哪一种才是真实的?显示巴利原文
nti. Imesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vādo katamo sacco taccho tatho bhūto yāthāvo aviparītoti – sacco nu vādo katamo imesaṃ.
这所有的沙门与婆罗门,各各自称善说、自称智者、自称坚稳说、自称合理说、自称有因说、自称有相说、自称有理由说、自称立场正确说,各依自见。正因如此,他们全都是自称善说的人。显示巴利原文
ti. Sabbevime samaṇabrāhmaṇā kusalavādā paṇḍitavādā thiravādā ñāyavādā hetuvādā lakkhaṇavādā kāraṇavādā ṭhānavādā sakāya laddhiyāti – sabbeva hīme kusalāvadānā.
“有人称说此法为最上、最胜,另有人却称说此法为低下;”
这些言说之中,哪一个才是真实的呢?因为他们全都是自称善说的人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yamāhu dhammaṃ paramanti eke, tameva hīnanti panāhu aññe; Sacco nu vādo katamo imesaṃ, sabbeva hīme kusalāvadānā’’ti.
有些沙门、婆罗门将自己的法、见解、行道、道路称为“这是完整的、圆满的、无上的”,他们这样宣说……乃至……这样表述——声称自己的法已是圆满。显示巴利原文
ti sakaṃ dhammaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘‘idaṃ samattaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ anoma’’nti, evamāhaṃsu…pe… evaṃ voharantīti – sakañhi dhammaṃ paripuṇṇamāhu.
有些沙门、婆罗门将他人的法、见解、行道、道路贬为“这是低劣的、下劣的、卑下的、恶劣的、可鄙的、微小的”,他们这样宣说、这样讲论、这样表明、这样阐述、这样表述——却声称他人的法是低劣的。显示巴利原文
ti. Aññassa dhammaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘‘hīnaṃ etaṃ, nihīnaṃ etaṃ, omakaṃ etaṃ, lāmakaṃ etaṃ, chatukkaṃ etaṃ, parittakaṃ eta’’nti, evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti – aññassa dhammaṃ pana hīnamāhu.
如此执取、把持、抓牢、固执、耽著之后,他们便争论起来,制造争吵、诤论、冲突、争辩、论战,并说:“你不了知此法律……乃至……你若办得到,就解开它吧!”如此对立争论不休。显示巴利原文
ti evaṃ gahetvā uggahetvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvā vivādayanti, kalahaṃ karonti, bhaṇḍanaṃ karonti, viggahaṃ karonti, vivādaṃ karonti, medhagaṃ karonti – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi…pe… nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti – evampi viggayha vivādayanti.
他们宣称:“世间是常,唯此为真实,余皆虚妄”——各自执持己见为真理。他们宣称:“世间是无常,唯此为真实,余皆虚妄”……乃至……他们宣称:“如来死后既非存在亦非不存在,唯此为真实,余皆虚妄”——各自执持己见为真理。显示巴利原文
nti. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti – sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhimakaṃsu saccaṃ. ‘‘Asassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti…pe… ‘‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti – sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhimakaṃsu saccaṃ.
“他们宣说自己的法为圆满,却称他人的法为低劣;
就这样,他们执持己见而争论不休,各自声称自己所认可者为真理。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sakañhi dhammaṃ paripuṇṇamāhu, aññassa dhammaṃ pana hīnamāhu; Evampi viggayha vivādayanti, sakaṃ sakaṃ sammutimāhu sacca’’nti.
若有人为了贬低他人,而诋毁、指责、呵斥、非难对方,视对方为愚钝、低劣、卑下、粗俗、差劲、可厌、微不足道——那么,这人便因其贬低而自显低劣。显示巴利原文
ti parassa ce vambhayitakāraṇā ninditakāraṇā garahitakāraṇā upavaditakāraṇā paro bālo hoti hīno nihīno omako lāmako chatukko parittoti – parassa ce vambhayitena hīno.
于诸法中,不应存有谁为最高、最胜、最卓越、最上首、最殊胜、最优秀之想——不应于诸法中自以为胜过他人。显示巴利原文
ti. Dhammesu na koci aggo seṭṭho visiṭṭho pāmokkho uttamo pavaro assāti – na koci dhammesu visesi assa.
众多人对众多人的法,加以说教、非难、指责、谴责,视之为低下、更低下、下等、卑劣、微不足道、不值一提;众多人对一个人的法,亦加以说教、非难、指责、谴责,视之为低下、更低下、下等、卑劣、微不足道、不值一提;一个人对众多人的法,亦加以说教、非难、指责、谴责,视之为低下、更低下、下等、卑劣、微不足道、不值一提;一个人对一个人的法,亦加以说教、非难、指责、谴责,视之为低下、更低下、下等、卑劣、微不足道、不值一提。显示巴利原文
ti. Bahukāpi bahūnaṃ dhammaṃ vadanti upavadanti nindanti garahanti hīnato nihīnato omakato lāmakato chatukkato parittato, bahukāpi ekassa dhammaṃ vadanti upavadanti nindanti garahanti hīnato nihīnato omakato lāmakato chatukkato parittato, ekopi bahūnaṃ dhammaṃ vadati upavadati nindati garahati hīnato nihīnato omakato lāmakato chatukkato parittato, ekopi ekassa dhammaṃ vadati upavadati nindati garahati hīnato nihīnato omakato lāmakato chatukkato parittatoti – puthū hi aññassa vadanti dhammaṃ.
法是自己的,见是自己的,行道是自己的,道路是自己的。在这一切自己的上面,他们作坚执之说、坚住之说、强力之说、立定之说——纵然身处低劣,我亦坚定地宣说。显示巴利原文
ti. Dhammo sakāyanaṃ, diṭṭhi sakāyanaṃ, paṭipadā sakāyanaṃ, maggo sakāyanaṃ, sakāyane daḷhavādā thiravādā balikavādā aṭṭhitavādāti – nihīnato samhi daḷhaṃ vadānā.
717 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
若因贬低他人而陷于低劣,则无有人于诸法中得成殊胜;
许多人向他人宣讲法,却坚称自己出身卑下。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Parassa ce vambhayitena hīno, na koci dhammesu visesi assa; Puthū hi aññassa vadanti dhammaṃ, nihīnato samhi daḷhaṃ vadānā’’ti.
什么是正法供养?对自己的导师恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养,心想“这位导师是一切知者”——这就是正法供养。对自己的教说、自己的僧众、自己的见解、自己的行道、自己的道路恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养,心想“这条道路是导向解脱的”——这就是正法供养。这正法供养是真实的、如实的、确切的、如性的、不颠倒的——正法供养正是如此。显示巴利原文
ti. Katamā saddhammapūjā? Sakaṃ satthāraṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti ‘‘ayaṃ satthā sabbaññū’’ti – ayaṃ saddhammapūjā. Sakaṃ dhammakkhānaṃ sakaṃ gaṇaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ sakaṃ paṭipadaṃ sakaṃ maggaṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti ‘‘ayaṃ maggo niyyāniko’’ti – ayaṃ saddhammapūjā . ti saddhammapūjā tathā tacchā bhūtā yāthāvā aviparītāti – saddhammapūjāpi panā tatheva.
法,是他们自己的主张;见解,是他们自己的;行道,是他们自己的;道路,是他们自己的。他们称赞、赞叹、称扬、赞美各自的主张——正如他们赞美各自的主张那样。显示巴利原文
ti. Dhammo sakāyanaṃ diṭṭhi sakāyanaṃ paṭipadā sakāyanaṃ maggo sakāyanaṃ, sakāyanāni pasaṃsanti thomenti kittenti vaṇṇentīti – yathā pasaṃsanti sakāyanāni.
一切言说皆如此真实、正确、如实、不颠倒——那一切言说便悉皆真实了。
显示巴利原文 nti sabbeva vādā tathā tacchā bhūtā yāthāvā aviparītā bhaveyyunti – sabbeva vādā tathiyā bhaveyyuṃ.
那些沙门与婆罗门的清净、遍净、全净,解脱、遍脱、全脱,都不过是他们各自的认定——因为他们的清净,只在各人自己那里。显示巴利原文
ti. Paccattameva tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ suddhi visuddhi parisuddhi, mutti vimutti parimuttīti – suddhī hi nesaṃ paccattameva.
422 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
对正法的礼敬也同样如此,正如他们赞美各自的主张;
那么一切言论都将成为真实,因为清净只是他们各自的认定。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saddhammapūjāpi panā tatheva, yathā pasaṃsanti sakāyanāni; Sabbeva vādā tathiyā bhaveyyuṃ, suddhī hi nesaṃ paccattamevā’’ti.
“ti”表示否定。因为排除了七种法,所以称为婆罗门——他排除了身见,排除了疑,排除了戒禁取,排除了贪,排除了嗔,排除了痴,排除了慢。他已排除那些邪恶、不善、有污染、导向再生、带来怖畏、招受苦报、感招未来生老病死的法。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṭikkhepo. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo – sakkāyadiṭṭhi bāhitā hoti, vicikicchā bāhitā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso bāhito hoti , rāgo bāhito hoti, doso bāhito hoti, moho bāhito hoti, māno bāhito hoti. Bāhitāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
“nti”——对于六十二种邪见,“ti”的意思是:确定、决断、拣择、审察、衡量、判断、阐明、使之清楚之后,以分门别类地执取、以部分地执取、以最上地执取、以划分地执取、以累积地执取、以总合地执取,执持为“这是真实的、确凿的、如实的、实有的、合乎实际的、不会错误的”,紧抓、紧握、黏着、固执、倾心于此。“不存在、没有、找不到、不可得”——是说已舍弃、已断除、已止息、已寂灭、不再生起、被智火烧尽了。“于诸法上决断、执取”就是这个意思。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatesu. ti nicchinitvā vinicchinitvā vicinitvā pavicinitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, odhiggāho bilaggāho varaggāho koṭṭhāsaggāho uccayaggāho samuccayaggāho, ‘‘idaṃ saccaṃ tacchaṃ tathaṃ bhūtaṃ yāthāvaṃ aviparīta’’nti gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ, natthi na santi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhanti – dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ.
「超越」:因此,以此为因,以此为缘,以此为缘起,以此为根源,见到了“我所执”中的这些过患后,他超越、超过、完全超越、越过了种种见的争论、见的纷争、见的斗争、见的辩论、见的冲突——因此,“超越诸争论”。“智”是说:那了知、遍知……无痴、择法、正见。那些具足此智的牟尼,已达牟尼境界。有三种牟尼行——身牟尼行、语牟尼行、意牟尼行……超越了执着之网,他是牟尼。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā etaṃ ādīnavaṃ sampassamānā mamattesūti – tasmā. ti vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Tena ñāṇena samannāgatā munayo monappattā. Tīṇi moneyyāni – kāyamoneyyaṃ, vacīmoneyyaṃ, manomoneyyaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti dve pariggahā – taṇhāpariggaho ca diṭṭhipariggaho ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāpariggaho…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhipariggaho. Munayo taṇhāpariggahaṃ pariccajitvā diṭṭhipariggahaṃ paṭinissajjitvā cajitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā acariṃsu vihariṃsu iriyiṃsu vattiṃsu pāliṃsu yapiṃsu yāpiṃsu. ti vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. ti khemadassino tāṇadassino leṇadassino saraṇadassino abhayadassino accutadassino amatadassino nibbānadassinoti – tasmā munayo pariggahaṃ hitvā acariṃsu khemadassino.
1918 正因如此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他们依止、执持、贴近、靠近、执取、倾心于其他的导师、教法开示、僧团、见解、行道、道路。这便称为争吵、争执、冲突、辩论、不和。或者,他们谈论无意义的话语,谈论争论,说争吵的言说,说争执的言说,说冲突的言说,说辩论的言说,说不和的言说——那些执著于其他事物者,即是这样说出争论之谈。显示巴利原文
nti. Aññaṃ satthāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ nissitā ānissitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttā. vuccati kalaho bhaṇḍanaṃ viggaho vivādo medhagaṃ. Atha vā nti anojavantī nisākathā kathojjaṃ vadanti, kalahaṃ vadanti, bhaṇḍanaṃ vadanti, viggahaṃ vadanti, vivādaṃ vadanti, medhagaṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – vadanti te aññasitā kathojjaṃ.
“婆罗门无需受他人引导,于诸法中,他不执取任何固定的定见;”
因此,他已超越一切争论,因为他确实不把其余的法看作更殊胜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na brāhmaṇassa paraneyyamatthi, dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ; Tasmā vivādāni upātivatto, na hi seṭṭhato passati dhammamañña’’nti.
【我知道】:我以他心智了知,或以宿命通智了知。【我看见】:我以肉眼看见,或以天眼看见。【如此】:这是真实的、确实的、如实的、不颠倒的——我知、我见,正是如此。显示巴利原文
nti. ti paracittañāṇena vā jānāmi, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena vā jānāmi. ti maṃsacakkhunā vā passāmi, dibbena cakkhunā vā passāmi. nti etaṃ tathaṃ tacchaṃ bhūtaṃ yāthāvaṃ aviparītanti – jānāmi passāmi tatheva etaṃ.
【如此】:以见,有些沙门、婆罗门认为获得清净、遍清净、极清净,解脱、遍解脱、极解脱。‘世间是常,唯此为真,其余皆妄’——以这样的见,有些沙门、婆罗门认为获得清净……乃至……‘如来死后既非有亦非无,唯此为真,其余皆妄’——以这样的见,有些沙门、婆罗门认为获得清净。如是,以见,有些人认为获得清净。显示巴利原文
nti. Diṭṭhiyā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccenti. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti diṭṭhiyā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccenti. ‘‘Asassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti diṭṭhiyā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ paccentīti – diṭṭhiyā eke paccenti suddhiṃ.
“他看见了”——他以他心智看见,或以宿命通智看见,或以肉眼看见,或以天眼看见——若仅是看见了。那么,凭借那样的看见,他成就了什么呢?此中,无有对苦的遍知,无有对集的断除,无有对道的修习,无有对果的证得;无有对贪的究竟断除,无有对嗔的究竟断除,无有对痴的究竟断除;无有对烦恼的究竟断除,无有对轮回的止息——若仅是看见了,这对他有何用处呢?显示巴利原文
ti. ti paracittañāṇena vā adakkhi, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena vā adakkhi, maṃsacakkhunā vā adakkhi, dibbena cakkhunā vā adakkhīti – adakkhi ce. ti. Tassa tena dassanena kiṃ kataṃ? Na dukkhapariññā atthi, na samudayassa pahānaṃ atthi, na maggabhāvanā atthi, na phalasacchikiriyā atthi, na rāgassa samucchedapahānaṃ atthi, na dosassa samucchedapahānaṃ atthi, na mohassa samucchedapahānaṃ atthi , na kilesānaṃ samucchedapahānaṃ atthi, na saṃsāravaṭṭassa upacchedo atthīti – adakkhi ce kiñhi tumassa tena.
那些外道,虽逾越了清净道、极清净道、极洁白道,却舍离了四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道,而于他处宣称清净、极清净,解脱、极解脱。他们如此舍离之后,另依旁径而说清净。显示巴利原文
nti te titthiyā suddhimaggaṃ visuddhimaggaṃ parisuddhimaggaṃ vodātamaggaṃ parivodātamaggaṃ atikkamitvā samatikkamitvā vītivattitvā aññatra satipaṭṭhānehi, aññatra sammappadhānehi, aññatra iddhipādehi, aññatra indriyehi, aññatra balehi aññatra bojjhaṅgehi, aññatra ariyā aṭṭhaṅgikā maggā suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti. Evampi atisitvā aññena vadanti suddhiṃ.
再者,诸佛、佛弟子与独觉佛,逾越了那些外道的不清净道、不极清净道、不极洁白道,依四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道,宣称清净、极清净,解脱、极解脱。显示巴利原文
Atha vā buddhā ca buddhasāvakā ca paccekabuddhā ca tesaṃ titthiyānaṃ asuddhimaggaṃ avisuddhimaggaṃ aparisuddhimaggaṃ avodātamaggaṃ aparivodātamaggaṃ atikkamitvā samatikkamitvā vītivattitvā catūhi satipaṭṭhānehi catūhi sammappadhānehi catūhi iddhipādehi pañcahi indriyehi pañcahi balehi sattahi bojjhaṅgehi ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ, muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – evampi atisitvā aññena vadanti suddhiṃ.
我如实知、如实见,正是如此;而有一类人,却执持妄见,以为清净。
仅仅看见,对他又有何用?他们已超越于此,依他法宣说清净。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jānāmi passāmi tatheva etaṃ, diṭṭhiyā eke paccenti suddhiṃ; Adakkhi ce kiñhi tumassa tena, atisitvā aññena vadanti suddhi’’nti.
“看见的人”是指:或以他心智看见,或以宿命随念智看见,或以肉眼看见,或以天眼看见——他唯见名色,执其为常、乐、我,却不见诸法的集起、灭去、乐味、过患与出离。这便是“看见的人,唯见名色”。显示巴利原文
nti passaṃ naro dakkhati paracittañāṇena vā passanto, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena vā passanto, maṃsacakkhunā vā passanto, dibbena cakkhunā vā passanto nāmarūpaṃyeva dakkhati niccato sukhato attato, na tesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ vā atthaṅgamaṃ vā assādaṃ vā ādīnavaṃ vā nissaraṇaṃ vā dakkhatīti – passaṃ naro dakkhati nāmarūpaṃ.
“看见之后”是指:或以他心智看见后,或以宿命随念智看见后,或以肉眼看见后,或以天眼看见后,唯见名色,便以为它是常、乐、我,却不如实了知那些法的集起、灭去、乐味、过患与出离——这便是“见已,唯了知这些而已”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paracittañāṇena vā disvā, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena vā disvā, maṃsacakkhunā vā disvā, dibbena cakkhunā vā disvā, nāmarūpaṃyeva disvā ñāyati niccato sukhato attato, na tesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ vā atthaṅgamaṃ vā assādaṃ vā ādīnavaṃ vā nissaraṇaṃ vā ñāyatīti – disvāna vā ñāyati tānimeva.
不论见到很多名色,还是见到少许名色,都执为常、乐、我——无论见多还是见少,皆无差别。显示巴利原文
ti. Kāmaṃ bahukaṃ vā passanto nāmarūpaṃ appakaṃ vā niccato sukhato attatoti – kāmaṃ bahuṃ passatu appakaṃ vā.
那些精通蕴、精通界、精通处、精通缘起、精通念处、精通正勤、精通神足、精通根、精通力、精通觉支、精通道、精通果、精通涅槃的善巧者,他们并不依他心智、宿命智、肉眼、天眼,也不依见到名色,而自称清净、纯粹清净、绝对清净、解脱、脱离、彻底脱离。
显示巴利原文 ti. ti ye te khandhakusalā dhātukusalā āyatanakusalā paṭiccasamuppādakusalā satipaṭṭhānakusalā sammappadhānakusalā iddhipādakusalā indriyakusalā balakusalā bojjhaṅgakusalā maggakusalā phalakusalā nibbānakusalā, te kusalā paracittañāṇena vā pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena vā maṃsacakkhunā vā dibbena cakkhunā vā nāmarūpadassanena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ na vadanti na kathenti na bhaṇanti na dīpayanti na voharantīti – na hi tena suddhiṃ kusalā vadanti.
2116 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
正在看的人,能见到名色;见到之后,他所了知的也不过是那些名色而已。
纵使他看很多,或看一点点,善巧者都不说依此而能得清净。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passaṃ naro dakkhati nāmarūpaṃ, disvāna vā ñāyati tānimeva; Kāmaṃ bahuṃ passatu appakaṃ vā, na hi tena suddhiṃ kusalā vadantī’’ti.
执持己见者,他抱持这样的见解:“世间是常存的,唯有这是真理,其余皆是虚妄。”或者主张“世间不是常存的……”乃至“如来死后既不存在亦非不存在,唯有这是真理,其余皆是虚妄”——这便是执持己见者。执持己见者难以引导、难以晓喻、难以令其洞察、难以令其舍离、难以令其信服——执持己见者,的确实难以引导。显示巴利原文
ti. ‘‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti nivissavādī, ‘‘asassato loko…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti – nivissavādī. ti. Nivissavādī dubbinayo duppaññāpayo dunnijjhāpayo duppekkhāpayo duppasādayoti – nivissavādī na hi subbināyo.
他构想、计划、造作、确立了一种见解,将其奉为前导,依此而行。他高举见解之旗,以见解为徽,以见解为尊,为见解所环绕而行——这就是那些造作见解、以见解为先导的人。显示巴利原文
ti. Kappitā pakappitā abhisaṅkhatā saṇṭhapitā diṭṭhiṃ purekkhato katvā carati. Diṭṭhidhajo diṭṭhiketu diṭṭhādhipateyyo diṭṭhiyā parivārito caratīti – pakappitā diṭṭhipurekkharāno.
“此即依止、紧密依止、耽着、趋近、深陷、倾心于某位导师、某种教说、某个僧团、某种见解、某种行道、某条道路的人。他们依凭自己的见解、自己的偏好、自己的喜好、自己的信条而声称:因自己那美化事物、称赞事物、自称智者、持守坚固、自称合理、自称有因、自称有相、自称有理、自称有据的信条,他们声称自己依止的即是善的。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti yaṃ satthāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ nissitā ānissitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttā. ti sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā. ti subhavādā sobhanavādā paṇḍitavādā thiravādā ñāyavādā hetuvādā lakkhaṇavādā kāraṇavādā ṭhānavādā sakāya laddhiyāti – yaṃ nissitā tattha subhaṃ vadānā.
所谓‘清净说’,即是宣说清净、宣说纯净、宣说遍净、宣说洁白、宣说遍洁白。或者,即是清净见、纯净见、遍净见、洁白见、遍洁白见——这便是‘清净说’。在自己的见解、自己的认可、自己的喜好、自己的主张中,见、观见、看见、证知了‘这是真实的、确实的、实在的、如实的、不颠倒的’——这便是‘清净之说,他于此如是见’。显示巴利原文
ti. Suddhivādo visuddhivādo parisuddhivādo vodātavādo parivodātavādo. Atha vā suddhidassano visuddhidassano parisuddhidassano vodātadassano parivodātadassanoti – suddhiṃ vādo. ti sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā tathaṃ tacchaṃ bhūtaṃ yāthāvaṃ aviparītanti addassa adakkhi apassi paṭivijjhīti – suddhiṃ vādo tattha tathaddasā so.
433 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
执持己说者,其实难以被导入正善,他以预设的见解为先导。
他依止于何处,便在那里称说善美;他主张清净,便在那里照见清净。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nivissavādī na hi subbināyo, pakappitā diṭṭhipurekkharāno; Yaṃ nissito tattha subhaṃ vadāno, suddhiṃ vado tattha tathaddasā so’’ti.
‘不’表示否定。婆罗门因断除了七种法而成为婆罗门:有身见已被断除……(中略)……他被称为无依附者、如如者、真梵。婆罗门不由戒、不由禁制、不由戒禁所驱策、所引导、所裹挟、所束缚——所以说‘婆罗门不由戒禁而被引导’。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṭikkhepo. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo – sakkāyadiṭṭhi bāhitā hoti…pe… asito tādi vuccate sa brahmā . ti. Brāhmaṇo sīlena vā vatena vā sīlabbatena vā na yāyati na niyyati na vuyhati na saṃharīyatīti – na brāhmaṇo sīlavatena neyyo.
于他而言,六十二种邪见已被断舍、根除、平息、止息,不再生起,被智慧之火焚烧殆尽。他不被邪见所驱策、不随邪见而转、不被邪见所冲荡、不被邪见所系缚;他不将那种邪见执为真实,也不再退回那种邪见——这便是‘于诸邪见中,他不再被其带走’。显示巴利原文
ti. Tassa dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni. So diṭṭhiyā na yāyati na nīyati na vuyhati na saṃharīyati; napi taṃ diṭṭhigataṃ sārato pacceti na paccāgacchatīti – diṭṭhīsu ca na nīyati.
‘了知’指:了知、明见、称量、审察、辨明、清晰彻见。了知‘一切行无常’,即了知、明见、称量、审察、辨明、清晰彻见;了知‘一切行是苦’……了知‘凡是生起之法,皆是灭尽之法’,即了知、明见、称量、审察、辨明、清晰彻见。‘不执取’有两种执取所依:渴爱所依与邪见所依……这是渴爱所依……这是邪见所依。舍断渴爱所依、放下邪见所依之后,眼根不成为他的依止处……耳根不成为他的依止处……鼻根不成为他的依止处……对于所见、所闻、所觉、所知的一切法,他不依止、不粘着、不趋近、不耽着、不倾注,从中出离、脱离、解脱、松开束缚,以没有边际的心而安住。这便是:知法之后,于一切不执取为依处。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti dve nissayā – taṇhānissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhānissayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhinissayo. Taṇhānissayaṃ pahāya diṭṭhinissayaṃ paṭinissajjitvā cakkhuṃ anissito… sotaṃ anissito… ghānaṃ anissito…pe… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbe dhamme anissito anallīno anupagato anajjhosito anadhimutto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – ñatvā dhammaṃ anissito.
其他人受渴爱的力量所驱使、受邪见的力量所驱使,而执取、执著、耽著。阿拉汉则安住于舍,不执取、不执著、不耽著——依我想来,他对于执取,只是保持舍心。显示巴利原文
ti. Aññe taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena gaṇhanti parāmasanti abhinivisanti. Arahā upekkhati na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisatīti – upekkhatī uggahaṇanti maññe.
529 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
真正的婆罗门不执取世间任何构想,不依见为导,也不以智为羁縻;
他知悉那些凡夫的共许假名后,便以舍心对待执取——我作如是解。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na brāhmaṇo kappamupeti saṅkhā, na diṭṭhisārī napi ñāṇabandhu; Ñatvā ca so sammutiyo puthujjā, upekkhatī uggahaṇanti maññe’’ti.
有四种身结:贪求身结、瞋恚身结、戒禁取身结、‘唯此是真理’之执取身结。对自己见解的贪爱,即是贪求身结;对他方教说的恼怒与排斥,即是瞋恚身结;执取自己的戒、禁或戒禁,即是戒禁取身结;固执己见,即是‘唯此是真理’之执取身结。解开这些结缚,便是舍弃它们、摆脱它们。或者说,把这些结缚——犹如打了结、缠绕、捆缚、纠缠、黏著、卡住、障碍的束缚——粉碎后而脱离。就像人们把车、战车、货车或可移动的载具拆卸分解,使其无法使用;同样地,解开这些结缚,舍弃它们,摆脱它们。或者说,把这些打了结、缠绕、捆缚、纠缠、黏著、卡住、障碍的束缚粉碎后而脱离。这就称为智……超越了会结缚的网,那位牟尼……从这种见解……于此人世间——‘牟尼于此世间解开了结缚。’显示巴利原文
ti. ti cattāro ganthā – abhijjhā kāyagantho, byāpādo kāyagantho, sīlabbataparāmāso kāyagantho, idaṃsaccābhiniveso kāyagantho. Attano diṭṭhiyā rāgo abhijjhā kāyagantho, paravādesu āghāto appaccayo byāpādo kāyagantho, attano sīlaṃ vā vataṃ vā sīlabbataṃ vā parāmasati sīlabbataparāmāso kāyagantho, attano diṭṭhiṃ abhiniveso kāyagantho idaṃsaccābhiniveso kāyagantho. ti ganthe vossajjitvā vissajja. Atha vā ganthe gadhite ganthite bandhe vibandhe ābandhe lagge laggite palibuddhe bandhane phoṭayitvā vissajja. Yathā vayhaṃ vā rathaṃ vā sakaṭaṃ vā sandamānikaṃ vā sajjaṃ vissajjaṃ karonti vikopenti; evameva ganthe vossajjitvā vissajja. Atha vā ganthe gathite gaṇṭhite bandhe vibandhe ābandhe lagge laggite palibuddhe bandhane phoṭayitvā vissajja. ti. vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti imissā diṭṭhiyā…pe… imasmiṃ manussaloketi – vissajja ganthāni munīdha loke.
当争论产生、生起、引发、发生、出现时,有人随贪欲而行,随瞋恚而行,随恐惧而行,随愚痴而行。他则不随贪欲而行,不随瞋恚而行,不随恐惧而行,不随愚痴而行;不为贪所左右,不为瞋所左右,不为痴所左右;不为慢所左右,不为邪见所左右,不为掉举所左右,不为疑所左右,不为随眠烦恼所左右;不被这些导致分裂的法所牵引、拉动、冲走、带著跑。此即是——于争论生起时,不参与派别。显示巴利原文
ti. Vivādajātesu sañjātesu nibbattesu abhinibbattesu pātubhūtesu chandāgatiṃ gacchantesu dosāgatiṃ gacchantesu bhayāgatiṃ gacchantesu mohāgatiṃ gacchantesu na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na rāgavasena gacchati, na dosavasena gacchati, na mohavasena gacchati, na mānavasena gacchati, na diṭṭhivasena gacchati, na uddhaccavasena gacchati, na vicikicchāvasena gacchati, na anusayavasena gacchati, na vaggehi dhammehi yāyati nīyati vuyhati saṃharīyatīti – vivādajātesu na vaggasārī.
因贪欲的平息而寂静,因嗔恚的平息而寂静,因愚痴的平息而寂静……因一切不善行的平息、寂止、平静、熄灭、清凉、消失与安息,所以他成为寂静、安详、平和、熄灭、安息者——这就是‘寂静者’。所谓‘于不寂静中’,即在那些不寂静、不安详、不平和、未熄灭、未安息者之中。那位阿拉汉具足六支舍,眼见色之后,不喜不厌,安住于舍,具念正知;耳闻声之后……乃至他安住于等待命终之时,修习了寂静。这就是——寂静者,于不寂静者中,住于舍心。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rāgassa santattā santo, dosassa santattā santo, mohassa santattā santo…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santattā samitattā vūpasamitattā vijjhātattā nibbutattā vigatattā paṭipassaddhattā santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭipassaddhoti – santo. ti asantesu anupasantesu avūpasantesu anibbutesu appaṭipassaddhesūti – santo asantesu. ti arahā chaḷaṅgupekkhāya samannāgato cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… kālaṃ kaṅkhati bhāvito santoti – santo asantesu upekkhako so.
其他人因渴爱、因邪见而执取、紧抓、固著。阿拉汉则保持舍心,不执取、不紧抓、不固著——我想,这便是在执取者中而不执取。显示巴利原文
ti. Aññe taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena gaṇhante parāmasante abhinivisante. Arahā upekkhati na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisatīti – anuggaho uggahaṇanti maññe.
2203 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“牟尼于此世间解开结缚,当争论生起时,不参与任何派别;”
于不平静者中,他安住平静;于执取者中,他无所执取——我作如是思惟。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vissajja ganthāni munīdha loke, vivādajātesu na vaggasārī; Santo asantesu upekkhako so, anuggaho uggahaṇanti maññe’’ti.
所谓“过去”,指的是过去的色、受、想、行、识。对于过去诸行可能生起的烦恼,他将之舍弃、放下、彻底舍离、断除、驱除、消除,令其归于无有——这便是“断除了过去的漏”。所谓“新”,指的是现在的色、受、想、行、识。对于现在诸行,他不生起欲望,不生起喜爱,不生起贪染,不制造贪,不聚集贪,不令贪增长——这便是“断除了过去的漏,而不造作新的”。显示巴利原文
nti. vuccanti atītā rūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇā. Atīte saṅkhāre ārabbha ye kilesā uppajjeyyuṃ te kilese hitvā cajitvā pariccajitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – pubbāsave hitvā. nti navā vuccanti paccuppannā rūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇā. Paccuppanne saṅkhāre ārabbha chandaṃ akubbamāno pemaṃ akubbamāno rāgaṃ akubbamāno ajanayamāno asañjanayamāno anibbattayamāno anabhinibbattayamānoti – pubbāsave hitvā nave akubbaṃ.
不陷于贪欲的偏私,不陷于嗔恚的偏私,不陷于愚痴的偏私,不陷于怖畏的偏私;不因贪欲而行,不因嗔恚而行,不因愚痴而行,不因骄慢而行,不因邪见而行,不因掉举而行,不因疑惑而行,不因随眠烦恼而行;不被那导致分裂的法所带动、牵走、冲走、聚拢——这便是“不依欲而行”。他不执取“世间是常,唯此为真,余皆虚妄”这样的见解……乃至不执取“如来死后既不存在亦非不存在,唯此为真,余皆虚妄”这样的见解——这便是“不依欲而行,也不是执持己见的人”。显示巴利原文
ti. Na chandāgatiṃ gacchati , na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, na rāgavasena gacchati , na dosavasena gacchati, na mohavasena gacchati, na mānavasena gacchati, na diṭṭhivasena gacchati, na uddhaccavasena gacchati, na vicikicchāvasena gacchati, na anusayavasena gacchati, na vaggehi dhammehi yāyati nīyati vuyhati na saṃharīyatīti – na chandagū. ti ‘‘sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti na nivissavādī…pe… ‘‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti na nivissavādīti – na chandagū nopi nivissavādī.
他的六十二种邪见已被断除、截断、平息、寂止,不再生起,被智火焚尽。他不被见解所牵引、推引、冲走、裹挟,也不把那种见解执为真实而信受,亦不返归其中——如是,通达者不依于见。他不依自身感受、他人言语或众人共识而生慢,不趋向、不靠近、不抓取、不执著、不固守——这便是通达者。显示巴利原文
ti tassa dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni. So diṭṭhiyā na yāyati na nīyati na vuyhati na saṃharīyati, napi taṃ diṭṭhigataṃ sārato pacceti na paccāgacchatīti – na vedagū diṭṭhiyā. ti mutarūpena vā parato ghosena vā mahājanasammutiyā vā mānaṃ neti na upeti na upagacchati na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisatīti – na vedagū diṭṭhiyā na mutiyā sa mānameti.
有两种染着:渴爱的染着与邪见的染着。……这便是渴爱的染着。……这便是邪见的染着。他已断除了渴爱的染着,舍离了邪见的染着。由于断除渴爱染着、舍离邪见染著故,他不染着于恶趣世间,不染着于人世间,不染着于天世间,不染着于蕴世间,不染着于界世间,不染着于处世间;他不粘着、不被沾附、不受染污。他已离系、已脱离,不执取、不粘着、不受染着,已超脱、已解脱,远离系缚,解开了结缚,以不被界限所拘的心而安住——这便是“于世间而不染着”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve lepā – taṇhālepo ca diṭṭhilepo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhālepo …pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhilepo. Tassa taṇhālepo pahīno, diṭṭhilepo paṭinissaṭṭho; tassa taṇhālepassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhilepassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā apāyaloke na limpati, manussaloke na limpati, devaloke na limpati, khandhaloke na limpati, dhātuloke na limpati, āyatanaloke na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati, alitto apalitto anupalitto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – na limpati loke.
他以两种缘由自责:因已作与未作。如何因已作与未作而自责呢?他自责:‘我造作了身恶行,却未造作身善行。’他自责:‘我造作了语恶行……我造作了意恶行……我造作了杀生……我造作了邪见,却未造作正见。’就这样,他以已作与未作而自责。显示巴利原文
ti dvīhi kāraṇehi attānaṃ garahati – katattā ca akatattā ca. Kathaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca attānaṃ garahati? ‘‘Kataṃ me kāyaduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me kāyasucarita’’nti attānaṃ garahati. ‘‘Kataṃ me vacīduccaritaṃ…pe… kataṃ me manoduccaritaṃ … kato me pāṇātipāto…pe… katā me micchādiṭṭhi, akatā me sammādiṭṭhī’’ti attānaṃ garahati. Evaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca attānaṃ garahati.
或者,他如此自责:‘我于戒行未能圆满。’‘我于根门未善守护。’‘我于饮食不知节量。’‘我未精勤于觉醒。’‘我未具足念与正知。’‘我未修习四念住。’‘我未修习四正勤。’‘我未修习四神足。’‘我未修习五根。’‘我未修习五力。’‘我未修习七觉支。’‘我未修习八正道。’‘我未遍知苦。’‘我未断除苦集。’‘我未修习苦灭之道。’‘我未证得苦灭。’他如此自责。如此,他因已作与未作之事而责备自己。这便是自我责备者。若不作、不生、不造、不令彼业生起、不令彼业复生,他便不是自我责备者——这样的不自我责备者,于世间不染着。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ‘‘sīlesumhi na paripūrakārī’’ti attānaṃ garahati. ‘‘Indriyesumhi aguttadvāro’’ti… ‘‘bhojanemhi amattaññū’’ti… ‘‘jāgariyamhi ananuyutto’’ti… ‘‘na satisampajaññenāmhi samannāgato’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro sammappadhānā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro iddhipādā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitāni me pañcindriyānī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitāni me pañca balānī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me satta bojjhaṅgā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvito me ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti… ‘‘dukkhaṃ me apariññāta’’nti… ‘‘dukkhasamudayo me appahīno’’ti… ‘‘maggo me abhāvito’’ti… ‘‘nirodho me asacchikato’’ti attānaṃ garahati. Evaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca attānaṃ garahati. Evaṃ attagarahī. Tayidaṃ kammaṃ akubbamāno ajanayamāno asañjanayamāno anibbattayamāno anabhinibbattayamāno anattagarahīti – na limpati loke anattagarahī.
426 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
断除过去的诸漏,不再造作新业,不随欲贪所转,也不执持己见而说;
那智者从种种邪见中解脱,不自我苛责,亦不染著世间。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pubbāsave hitvā nave akubbaṃ, na chandagū nopi nivissavādī; Sa vippamutto diṭṭhigatehi dhīro, na limpati loke anattagarahī’’ti.
429 世尊如是说。显示巴利原文
[iti bhagavā]
所谓“魔军”者:身恶行是魔军,语恶行是魔军,意恶行是魔军。贪是魔军,嗔是魔军,痴是魔军。忿怒是魔军,怨恨是魔军……乃至一切不善行,都是魔军。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati mārasenā. Kāyaduccaritaṃ mārasenā, vacīduccaritaṃ mārasenā, manoduccaritaṃ mārasenā, rāgo mārasenā, doso mārasenā, moho mārasenā, kodho mārasenā, upanāho…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā mārasenā.
此是世尊所说:
“欲是你的第一支军,第二支称为不乐……(略)”
阿修罗不能战胜他;战胜之后,他便获得安乐。
显示巴利原文 Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘Kāmā te paṭhamā senā, dutiyā arati vuccati…pe…; Na naṃ asuro jināti, jetvāva labhate sukha’’nti.
由于藉由四条圣道,一切魔军与所有反扑的烦恼都已被战胜、击败、打碎、摧破、溃散而逃,因此称为“破了魔军”。“阿拉汉、漏尽者”——即破了魔军之后,游行、安住、举止、守护、存活、度日的人。显示巴利原文
Yato catūhi ariyamaggehi sabbā ca mārasenā sabbe ca paṭisenikarā kilesā jitā ca parājitā ca bhaggā vippaluggā parammukhā, tena vuccati visenikatvāti. ti arahanto khīṇāsavā. ti caranti viharanti iriyanti vattenti pālenti yapenti yāpentīti – visenikatvā pana ye caranti.
有三种负担:蕴负担、烦恼负担、行负担。什么是蕴负担?结生时的色、受、想、行、识——这是蕴负担。什么是烦恼负担?贪、嗔、痴……一切不善行——这是烦恼负担。什么是行负担?福行、非福行、不动行——这是行负担。当蕴负担、烦恼负担和行负担被断除、根绝,如同多罗树桩不复存在,于未来永不再生,他便称为弃下负担、放下负担、卸下负担、除去负担、舍离负担、平息负担的人。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tayo bhārā – khandhabhāro, kilesabhāro, abhisaṅkhārabhāro. Katamo khandhabhāro? Paṭisandhiyā rūpaṃ vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇaṃ – ayaṃ khandhabhāro. Katamo kilesabhāro? Rāgo doso moho…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā – ayaṃ kilesabhāro. Katamo abhisaṅkhārabhāro? Puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro – ayaṃ abhisaṅkhārabhāro. Yato khandhabhāro ca kilesabhāro ca abhisaṅkhārabhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, so vuccati pannabhāro patitabhāro oropitabhāro samoropitabhāro nikkhittabhāro paṭipassaddhabhāro.
“如是”即被称为牟尼行,也就是智。什么是智?那就是:慧、了知、拣择、审择、法择、简别、近察、洞察,聪敏、善巧、精练、明辨、思择、观察,广大慧、智、导向慧、观慧、正知、刺棒、慧、慧根、慧力、慧剑、慧宫殿、慧光、慧照耀、慧灯火、慧宝、无痴、法择、正见。具足此智的牟尼,安住于牟尼的境界。显示巴利原文
ti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā, paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūri medhā parināyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Tena ñāṇena samannāgato muni monappatto.
牟尼行有三种:身牟尼行、语牟尼行、意牟尼行。什么是身牟尼行?舍弃三种身恶行,是身牟尼行;三种身善行,是身牟尼行;以身所缘为对象的智,是身牟尼行;身的遍知,是身牟尼行;与遍知俱行的道,是身牟尼行;对身的欲贪的舍断,是身牟尼行;身行的息灭,即第四禅的成就,是身牟尼行——这就是身牟尼行。显示巴利原文
Tīṇi moneyyāni – kāyamoneyyaṃ, vacīmoneyyaṃ, manomoneyyaṃ. Katamaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ? Tividhānaṃ kāyaduccaritānaṃ pahānaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, tividhaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyapariññā kāyamoneyyaṃ, pariññāsahagato maggo kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāye chandarāgassa pahānaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyasaṅkhāranirodho catutthajjhānasamāpatti kāyamoneyyaṃ – idaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ.
什么是语牟尼行?舍弃四种语恶行,是语牟尼行;四种语善行,是语牟尼行;以语所缘为对象的智,是语牟尼行;语的遍知,是语牟尼行;与遍知俱行的道,是语牟尼行;对语的欲贪的舍断,是语牟尼行;语行的息灭,即第二禅的成就,是语牟尼行——这就是语牟尼行。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ? Catubbidhānaṃ vacīduccaritānaṃ pahānaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, catubbidhaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, vācārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, vācāpariññā vacīmoneyyaṃ, pariññāsahagato maggo vacīmoneyyaṃ, vācāya chandarāgassa pahānaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, vacīsaṅkhāranirodho dutiyajjhānasamāpatti vacīmoneyyaṃ – idaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ.
什么是意牟尼行?舍弃三种意恶行,是意牟尼行;三种意善行,是意牟尼行;以心所缘为对象的智,是意牟尼行;心的遍知,是意牟尼行;与遍知俱行的道,是意牟尼行;舍断对心的欲贪,是意牟尼行;心行之灭——灭受想定的等至,是意牟尼行。这就是意牟尼行。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ manomoneyyaṃ? Tividhānaṃ manoduccaritānaṃ pahānaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, tividhaṃ manosucaritaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, cittārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, cittapariññā manomoneyyaṃ, pariññāsahagato maggo manomoneyyaṃ, citte chandarāgassa pahānaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, cittasaṅkhāranirodho saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpatti manomoneyyaṃ – idaṃ manomoneyyaṃ.
身牟尼、语牟尼、意牟尼——无漏的牟尼;
具足牟尼行的牟尼,被称为舍弃一切者。
身牟尼、语牟尼、意牟尼,无漏牟尼;
成就牟尼行、洗净诸罪恶者,人们称之为牟尼。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāyamuniṃ vācāmuniṃ, manomunimanāsavaṃ; Muniṃ moneyyasampannaṃ, āhu sabbappahāyinaṃ. ‘‘Kāyamuniṃ vācāmuniṃ, manomunimanāsavaṃ; Muniṃ moneyyasampannaṃ, āhu ninhātapāpaka’’nti .
具足此三种牟尼法者,有六种牟尼:在家牟尼、非家牟尼、有学牟尼、无学牟尼、独觉佛牟尼、牟尼之牟尼。何为在家牟尼?那些在家人中见谛、通达教法者,是为在家牟尼。何为非家牟尼?那些出家人中见谛、通达教法者,是为非家牟尼。有学牟尼即是七类有学圣者,无学牟尼即是阿拉汉,独觉佛牟尼即是独觉佛。而牟尼之牟尼,即是如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者。显示巴利原文
Imehi tīhi moneyyehi dhammehi samannāgatā cha munino – agāramunino, anagāramunino, sekhamunino, asekhamunino, paccekamunino, munimuninoti . Katame agāramunino? Ye te agārikā diṭṭhapadā viññātasāsanā – ime agāramunino. Katame anagāramunino? Ye te pabbajitā diṭṭhapadā viññātasāsanā – ime anagāramunino. Satta sekhā sekhamunino, arahanto asekhamunino. Paccekabuddhā paccekamunino. Munimunino vuccanti tathāgatā arahanto sammāsambuddhā.
并非因沉默,愚昧无知者便成为牟尼;
智者犹如持秤,拣择殊胜之法,
他远离诸恶,由此而成为牟尼。
‘他彻知非真实与真实之法,于一切世间,无论内外;’
‘那位受天与人尊敬者,已超越缠缚之网,是故为牟尼。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na monena muni hoti, mūḷharūpo aviddasu; Yo ca tulaṃva paggayha, varamādāya paṇḍito. ‘‘Pāpāni parivajjeti, sa muni tena so muni; Yo munāti ubho loke, muni tena pavuccati. ‘‘Asatañca satañca ñatvā dhammaṃ, ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca sabbaloke; Devamanussehi pūjito yo, saṅgajālamaticca so muni’’.
这位牟尼的心已从贪欲中解脱、善解脱、极善解脱;已从嗔恚中解脱、善解脱、极善解脱;已从愚痴中解脱、善解脱、极善解脱;乃至从一切不善的造作中,心已解脱、善解脱、极善解脱——他放下重担,是一位牟尼,一位彻底解脱者。显示巴利原文
ti munino rāgā cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ; dosā cittaṃ… mohā cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārehi cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti – sa pannabhāro muni vippamutto.
“劫”:有两种劫——渴爱劫与见劫……这是渴爱劫……这是见劫。于他,渴爱劫已舍断,见劫已放下;因渴爱劫已舍断、见劫已放下,他不趋向、不靠近、不接近、不抓取、不执著、不固守渴爱劫或见劫——这就是“不趋向劫”。“劫”:劫有两种——渴爱劫与见劫……这是渴爱劫……这是见劫。于他,渴爱劫已舍断,见劫已放下;因渴爱劫已舍断、见劫已放下,他不构作、不产生、不令产生、不生起、不令生起渴爱劫或见劫——这就是“不趋向劫,不可构作”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve kappā – taṇhākappo ca diṭṭhikappo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhākappo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhikappo. Tassa taṇhākappo pahīno, diṭṭhikappo paṭinissaṭṭho; taṇhākappassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhikappassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā taṇhākappaṃ vā diṭṭhikappaṃ vā neti na upeti na upagacchati na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisatīti – kappaṃ neti. ti. Kappāti dve kappā – taṇhākappo ca diṭṭhikappo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhākappo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhikappo. Tassa taṇhākappo pahīno, diṭṭhikappo paṭinissaṭṭho; tassa taṇhākappassa pahīnattā, diṭṭhikappassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā taṇhākappaṃ vā diṭṭhikappaṃ vā na kappeti na janeti na sañjaneti na nibbatteti nābhinibbattetīti – kappaṃ neti akappiyo.
2075 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
‘世尊’这一词是表示敬重的尊称。再者,因为断除了贪爱,所以称为世尊;因为断除了嗔恚,所以称为世尊;因为断除了愚痴,所以称为世尊;因为断除了傲慢,所以称为世尊;因为断除了邪见,所以称为世尊;因为拔除了烦恼之刺,所以称为世尊;因为灭尽了烦恼,所以称为世尊;因为他分别、详析、明辨佛法之宝,所以称为世尊;因为他能究竟终结种种‘有’,所以称为世尊;因为他修习了身、修习了戒、修习了心、修习了慧,所以称为世尊;又或者说,世尊乐于栖止于山林、树林、僻静之处,那些少音声、少喧闹、无人烟、适合人们隐居、适宜独处禅修的住所,因具足这些住所之份,所以称为世尊;又或者说,世尊是衣服、饮食、住处、医药这些资具的分享者,因具足这些资具之份,所以称为世尊;又或者说,世尊是法味、解脱味、增上戒、增上心、增上慧的分享者,因具足这些法味之份,所以称为世尊;又或者说,世尊是四种禅那、四种无量心、四种无色界定的分享者,因具足这些禅定之份,所以称为世尊;又或者说,世尊是八种解脱、八种胜处、九种次第住定的分享者,因具足这些解脱之份,所以称为世尊;又或者说,世尊是十种想修习、十遍处定、入出息念定、不净观的分享者,因具足这些修习之份,所以称为世尊;又或者说,世尊是四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八正道的分享者,因具足这些道品之份,所以称为世尊;又或者说,世尊是十种如来力、四种无所畏、四种无碍解、六神通、六种佛法的分享者,因具足这些如来功德之份,所以称为世尊。‘世尊’这个名号,并非母亲所起,并非父亲所起,并非兄弟所起,并非姐妹所起,并非朋友同事所起,并非亲戚眷属所起,并非沙门或婆罗门所起,也并非天神所起;这是诸佛、诸世尊在菩提树下,证获一切知智的同时,所亲证的、从解脱上究竟立名的称号,也就是‘世尊’。因此,他‘不妄想,不还俗,不渴求,是为世尊’。显示巴利原文
ti gāravādhivacanaṃ. Api ca bhaggarāgoti bhagavā, bhaggadosoti bhagavā, bhaggamohoti bhagavā, bhaggamānoti bhagavā, bhaggadiṭṭhīti bhagavā, bhaggakaṇḍakoti bhagavā, bhaggakilesoti bhagavā, bhaji vibhaji pavibhaji dhammaratananti bhagavā, bhavānaṃ antakaroti bhagavā, bhāvitakāyo bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapaññoti bhagavā; bhāgī vā bhagavā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppānīti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā attharasassa dhammarasassa vimuttirasassa adhisīlassa adhicittassa adhipaññāyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ catunnaṃ appamaññānaṃ catunnaṃ arūpasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ abhibhāyatanānaṃ navannaṃ anupubbavihārasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ saññābhāvanānaṃ dasannaṃ kasiṇasamāpattīnaṃ ānāpānassatisamādhissa asubhasamāpattiyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ pañcannaṃ balānaṃ sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ tathāgatabalānaṃ catunnaṃ vesārajjānaṃ catunnaṃ paṭisambhidānaṃ channaṃ abhiññānaṃ channaṃ buddhadhammānanti bhagavā, bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ na pitarā kataṃ na bhātarā kataṃ na bhaginiyā kataṃ na mittāmaccehi kataṃ na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ na devatāhi kataṃ; vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutaññāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavāti – na kappiyo nūparato na patthiyo iti bhagavā.
583 因此,彼世尊说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他在一切法中已摧破敌对之阵,凡有所见、所闻、所觉知,
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto, yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā;
他已舍离重担,是寂静的牟尼,彻底解脱;他无造作,不止息,亦无渴求。[这是世尊所说。]显示巴利原文
Sa pannabhāro muni vippamutto, na kappiyo nūparato na patthiyo’’.[iti bhagavāti]
《大阵经分别》第十三显示巴利原文
Mahāviyūhasuttaniddeso terasamo.
《速疾经分别》第十四显示巴利原文
14. Tuvaṭṭakasuttaniddeso
现在,将解说《迅速经》的义释——显示巴利原文
Atha tuvaṭṭakasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
问有三种:未见解明的提问、所见对照的提问、断除疑惑的提问。什么是未见解明的提问?对于法的本来特征,原本未知、未见、未衡量、未审察、未明了、未显现,为了知、见、衡量、审察、明了、显现而提出问题——这就是未见解明的提问。什么是所见对照的提问?对于法的本来特征,已经知、见、衡量、审察、明了、显现,为了与其他智者相互印证而提出问题——这就是所见对照的提问。什么是断除疑惑的提问?对于法的本来特征,原本深陷怀疑、犹豫、两难,心里想着“是这样吗?不是这样吗?到底是什么?怎么回事?”,为了断除疑惑而提出问题——这就是断除疑惑的提问。这就是三种提问。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tisso pucchā – adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā, diṭṭhasaṃsandanā pucchā, vimaticchedanā pucchā. Katamā adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā? Pakatiyā lakkhaṇaṃ aññātaṃ hoti adiṭṭhaṃ atulitaṃ atīritaṃ avibhūtaṃ avibhāvitaṃ, tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya tulanāya tīraṇāya vibhāvanāya pañhaṃ pucchati – ayaṃ adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā. Katamā diṭṭhasaṃsandanā pucchā? Pakatiyā lakkhaṇaṃ ñātaṃ hoti diṭṭhaṃ tulitaṃ tīritaṃ vibhūtaṃ vibhāvitaṃ, aññehi paṇḍitehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati – ayaṃ diṭṭhasaṃsandanā pucchā. Katamā vimaticchedanā pucchā? Pakatiyā saṃsayapakkhando hoti vimatipakkhando dveḷhakajāto, ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, na nu kho, kiṃ nu kho, kathaṃ nu kho’’ti so vimaticchedanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati – ayaṃ vimaticchedanā pucchā. Imā tisso pucchā.
又有另外三种提问:人的提问、非人的提问、化现者的提问。什么是人的提问?人类来到佛陀、世尊面前请教问题——比丘请教,比丘尼请教,优婆塞请教,优婆夷请教,国王们请教,刹帝利们请教,婆罗门们请教,吠舍们请教,首陀罗们请教,在家人请教,出家者请教——这就是人的提问。什么是非人的提问?非人来到佛陀、世尊面前请教问题——龙请教,金翅鸟请教,夜叉请教,阿修罗请教,乾达婆请教,四大天王请教,因陀罗请教,梵天请教,天人们请教——这就是非人的提问。什么是化现者的提问?世尊化现出一个由意所成、具足一切大肢小肢、六根无缺的色身,那个化现者来到佛陀、世尊面前请教问题,世尊为他解说——这就是化现者的提问。这就是三种提问。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi tisso pucchā – manussapucchā, amanussapucchā, nimmitapucchā. Katamā manussapucchā? Manussā buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchanti, bhikkhū pucchanti, bhikkhuniyo pucchanti, upāsakā pucchanti, upāsikāyo pucchanti, rājāno pucchanti, khattiyā pucchanti, brāhmaṇā pucchanti, vessā pucchanti, suddā pucchanti, gahaṭṭhā pucchanti, pabbajitā pucchanti – ayaṃ manussapucchā. Katamā amanussapucchā? Amanussā buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchanti, nāgā pucchanti, supaṇṇā pucchanti, yakkhā pucchanti, asurā pucchanti, gandhabbā pucchanti, mahārājāno pucchanti, indā pucchanti, brahmāno pucchanti, devatāyo pucchanti – ayaṃ amanussapucchā. Katamā nimmitapucchā? Yaṃ bhagavā rūpaṃ abhinimmināti manomayaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgaṃ ahīnindriyaṃ taṃ so nimmito buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchati, bhagavā tassa visajjeti – ayaṃ nimmitapucchā. Imā tisso pucchā.
另有三类提问:关于自利的提问、关于利他的提问、关于自他两利的提问。
另有三类提问:关于现世利益的提问、关于来世利益的提问、关于究竟利益的提问。
另有三类提问:关于无过失的提问、关于离杂染的提问、关于清净的提问。
另有三类提问:关于过去的提问、关于未来的提问、关于现在的提问。
另有三类提问:关于内的提问、关于外的提问、关于内外的提问。
另有三类提问:关于善的提问、关于不善的提问、关于无记的提问。
另有三类提问:关于蕴的提问、关于界的提问、关于处的提问。
另有三类提问:关于念处的提问、关于正勤的提问、关于神足的提问。
另有三类提问:关于根的提问、关于力的提问、关于觉支的提问。
另有三类提问:关于道的提问、关于果的提问、关于涅槃的提问。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi tisso pucchā – attatthapucchā, paratthapucchā, ubhayatthapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – diṭṭhadhammikatthapucchā, samparāyikatthapucchā, paramatthapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – anavajjatthapucchā, nikkilesatthapucchā , vodānatthapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – atītapucchā, anāgatapucchā, paccuppannapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – ajjhattapucchā, bahiddhāpucchā, ajjhattabahiddhāpucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – kusalapucchā, akusalapucchā, abyākatapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – khandhapucchā, dhātupucchā, āyatanapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – satipaṭṭhānapucchā, sammappadhānapucchā, iddhipādapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – indriyapucchā, balapucchā, bojjhaṅgapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – maggapucchā, phalapucchā, nibbānapucchā.
我询问你,请求你,请教你,请你为我阐明。'请告诉我'——我这样问你。Ādicco,即是指太阳。太阳以种姓而言,是乔达摩;世尊以种姓而言,也是乔达摩。世尊是太阳的种姓亲属,同一种姓。因此,佛陀是太阳的亲属——太阳的亲属,我这样问你。显示巴利原文
nti pucchāmi taṃ yācāmi taṃ ajjhesāmi taṃ pasādemi taṃ, ‘‘kathayassu me’’ti – pucchāmi taṃ. ti. Ādicco vuccati sūriyo . Sūriyo gotamo gottena, bhagavāpi gotamo gottena, bhagavā sūriyassa gottañātako gottabandhu; tasmā buddho ādiccabandhūti – pucchāmi taṃ ādiccabandhu.
有三种远离:身远离、心远离、依著远离。什么是身远离?此处,比丘亲近远离的住处:山林、树下、山岳、山谷、山洞、坟场、林野、露地、草堆。他以身远离而住。他独自去,独自站,独自坐,独自卧,独自入村托钵,独自返回,独自在隐蔽处坐着,独自经行,独自行走、住止、行动、运作、守护、延续、维持——这即是身远离。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tayo vivekā – kāyaviveko , cittaviveko, upadhiviveko. Katamo kāyaviveko? Idha bhikkhu vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ kāyena vivittena viharati. So eko gacchati, eko tiṭṭhati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, eko paṭikkamati, eko raho nisīdati, eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, eko carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti – ayaṃ kāyaviveko.
什么是心远离?证入初禅者,其心远离五盖;证入二禅者,其心远离寻与伺;证入三禅者,其心远离喜;证入四禅者,其心远离乐与苦;证入空无边处者,其心远离色想、有对想与种种想;证入识无边处者,其心远离空无边处想;证入无所有处者,其心远离识无边处想;证入非想非非想处者,其心远离无所有处想。证得初果者,其心远离有身见、疑、戒禁取,以及见随眠、疑随眠和与这些共生的烦恼;证得一来果者,其心远离粗的欲贪结、瞋恚结,以及粗的欲贪随眠、瞋恚随眠和与这些共生的烦恼;证得不还果者,其心远离微细的欲贪结、瞋恚结,以及微细的欲贪随眠、瞋恚随眠和与这些共生的烦恼;证得阿拉汉者,其心远离色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明,以及慢随眠、有贪随眠、无明随眠和与这些共生的烦恼,并远离一切外在的相——这便是心远离。显示巴利原文
Katamo cittaviveko? Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa nīvaraṇehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pītiyā cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sukhadukkhehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññāya paṭighasaññāya nānattasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, sotāpannassa sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā vicikicchāya sīlabbataparāmāsā diṭṭhānusayā vicikicchānusayā tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, sakadāgāmissa oḷārikā kāmarāgasaññojanā paṭighasaññojanā oḷārikā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, anāgāmissa anusahagatā kāmarāgasaññojanā paṭighasaññojanā anusahagatā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti, arahato rūparāgā arūparāgā mānā uddhaccā avijjāya mānānusayā bhavarāgānusayā avijjānusayā tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi cittaṃ vivittaṃ hoti – ayaṃ cittaviveko.
什么是依著远离?依著,即烦恼、诸蕴与诸行。依著远离,即那不死、涅槃。也就是一切行的寂止、一切依著的舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离染、灭、涅槃——这便是依著远离。身远离,乃那些身住远离、乐于出离者所行;心远离,乃那些心得纯净、已达最胜清净者所行;依著远离,乃那些无所依著、已至离行之境界者所行。如此,寂静与寂静之处,即是那不死、涅槃——也就是一切行的寂止、一切依著的舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离染、灭、涅槃。世尊曾这样说过:‘那是寂静之处,那是殊胜之处,即一切行的寂止、一切依著的舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离染、灭、涅槃。’又以另一种方式说,那些导向证得寂静、触及寂静、实现寂静的法,便是四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道——这些被称为寂静之处、救护之处、庇护之处、皈依之处、无畏之处、不动之处、不死之处、涅槃之处。显示巴利原文
Katamo upadhiviveko? vuccati kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. Upadhiviveko vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ – ayaṃ upadhiviveko. Kāyaviveko ca vivekaṭṭhakāyānaṃ nekkhammābhiratānaṃ, cittaviveko ca parisuddhacittānaṃ paramavodānapattānaṃ, upadhiviveko ca nirupadhīnaṃ puggalānaṃ visaṅkhāragatānaṃ. ti ekena ākārena santipi santipadampi taṃyeva amataṃ nibbānaṃ, yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘santametaṃ padaṃ, paṇītametaṃ padaṃ, yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbāna’’nti. Atha aparena ākārena ye dhammā santādhigamāya santiphusanāya santisacchikiriyāya saṃvattanti, seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo – ime vuccanti santipadaṃ tāṇapadaṃ leṇapadaṃ saraṇapadaṃ abhayapadaṃ accutapadaṃ amatapadaṃ nibbānapadaṃ.
如此,世尊是大圣者。他寻求、探索、遍求广大的戒蕴,故为大圣者;他寻求、探索、遍求广大的定蕴……广大的慧蕴……广大的解脱蕴……广大的解脱知见蕴,故为大圣者。他寻求、探索、遍求:击破广大的黑暗之聚,破坏广大的颠倒,拔除广大的渴爱之箭,解开广大的见之结缚,击落广大的慢之旗帜,平息广大的造作,度越广大的暴流,放下广大的重担,截断广大的轮回流转,熄灭广大的炽燃,止息广大的热恼,竖起广大的法幢,故为大圣者。他寻求、探索、遍求广大的念处、广大的正勤、广大的神足、广大的根、广大的力、广大的觉支、广大的圣八支道、广大的胜义、不死、涅槃,故为大圣者。又,他为那些具有广大影响力的人所寻求、探索、遍求:‘佛陀在何处?世尊在何处?天中之天在何处?人中之雄在何处?’因此,他是大圣者——远离与寂静处的大圣者。显示巴利原文
ti mahesi bhagavā. Mahantaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahantaṃ samādhikkhandhaṃ…pe… mahantaṃ paññākkhandhaṃ… mahantaṃ vimuttikkhandhaṃ… mahantaṃ vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi; mahato tamokāyassa padālanaṃ, mahato vipallāsassa bhedanaṃ, mahato taṇhāsallassa abbahanaṃ , mahato diṭṭhisaṅghātassa viniveṭhanaṃ, mahato mānadhajassa papātanaṃ , mahato abhisaṅkhārassa vūpasamaṃ, mahato oghassa nittharaṇaṃ, mahato bhārassa nikkhepanaṃ, mahato saṃsāravaṭṭassa upacchedaṃ, mahato santāpassa nibbāpanaṃ , mahato pariḷāhassa paṭipassaddhiṃ, mahato dhammadhajassa ussāpanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahante satipaṭṭhāne mahante sammappadhāne mahante iddhipāde mahantāni indriyāni mahantāni balāni mahante bojjhaṅge mahantaṃ ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ mahantaṃ paramatthaṃ amataṃ nibbānaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi; mahesakkhehi vā sattehi esito gavesito pariyesito kahaṃ buddho kahaṃ bhagavā kahaṃ devadevo kahaṃ narāsabhoti mahesīti – vivekaṃ santipadañca mahesi.
如何通过见、观察、衡量、判定、明了、令其彰现之后,来熄灭自心的贪,熄灭嗔,熄灭痴,熄灭忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、傲、激愤、慢、过慢、憍、放逸,熄灭一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切恐惧、一切热恼、一切炽燃、一切不善的造作,使它们宁静、止息、平息、寂止、止灭?比丘,无论是善凡夫,还是有学比丘,如何通过见而熄灭?显示巴利原文
ti. Kathaṃ disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā attano rāgaṃ nibbāpeti, dosaṃ nibbāpeti, mohaṃ nibbāpeti, kodhaṃ…pe… upanāhaṃ… makkhaṃ… paḷāsaṃ… issaṃ… macchariyaṃ… māyaṃ… sāṭheyyaṃ… thambhaṃ… sārambhaṃ… mānaṃ… atimānaṃ… madaṃ… pamādaṃ… sabbe kilese… sabbe duccarite… sabbe darathe… sabbe pariḷāhe… sabbe santāpe … sabbākusalābhisaṅkhāre nibbāpeti sameti upasameti vūpasameti paṭipassambheti. ti puthujjanakalyāṇako vā bhikkhu sekho vā bhikkhūti – kathaṃ disvā nibbāti bhikkhu.
对于四种取,他不执取、不抓取、不执著、不固执。所谓“世间”,指恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间。所谓“任何事物”,指任何属于色、受、想、行、识的事物——这便是于世间任何事物都无所执取。显示巴利原文
ti. Catūhi upādānehi anupādiyamāno agaṇhayamāno aparāmasamāno anabhinivisamāno. nti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke, khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloke. ti kiñci rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagatanti – anupādiyāno lokasmiṃ kiñci.
573 因此,那位化现者这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
我请问您,太阳族的亲人,关于远离与寂静的境界,大圣者啊;
比丘如何观见,而得寂灭,于世间不执取任何事物?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ ādiccabandhu, vivekaṃ santipadañca mahesi; Kathaṃ disvā nibbāti bhikkhu, anupādiyāno lokasmiṃ kiñcī’’ti.
“戏论”即是戏论之概念。有渴爱戏论之概念,也有邪见戏论之概念。何为渴爱戏论的根源?无明为其根源,不如理作意为其根源,我慢为其根源,无惭为其根源,无愧为其根源,掉举为其根源——这便是渴爱戏论的根源。何为邪见戏论的根源?无明为其根源,不如理作意为其根源,我慢为其根源,无惭为其根源,无愧为其根源,掉举为其根源——这便是邪见戏论的根源。显示巴利原文
ti. Papañcāyeva papañcasaṅkhā. Taṇhāpapañcasaṅkhā diṭṭhipapañcasaṅkhā. Katamaṃ taṇhāpapañcassa mūlaṃ? Avijjāmūlaṃ, ayonisomanasikāro mūlaṃ, asmimāno mūlaṃ, ahirikaṃ mūlaṃ , anottappaṃ mūlaṃ, uddhaccaṃ mūlaṃ – idaṃ taṇhāpapañcassa mūlaṃ. Katamaṃ diṭṭhipapañcassa mūlaṃ? Avijjāmūlaṃ, ayonisomanasikāro mūlaṃ, asmimāno mūlaṃ, ahirikaṃ mūlaṃ, anottappaṃ mūlaṃ, uddhaccaṃ mūlaṃ – idaṃ diṭṭhipapañcassa mūlaṃ.
这是表示恭敬的称谓。再者,世尊被称为世尊,是因为他断除了贪;世尊被称为世尊,是因为他断除了嗔;世尊被称为世尊,是因为他断除了痴;世尊被称为世尊,是因为他断除了慢;世尊被称为世尊,是因为他断除了邪见;世尊被称为世尊,是因为他断除了刺;世尊被称为世尊,是因为他断除了烦恼;世尊被称为世尊,是因为他分享、分别、详细分别了法宝;世尊被称为世尊,是因为他是诸有的终结者;世尊被称为世尊,是因为他已修身、已修戒、已修心、已修慧。又或者,世尊被称为世尊,是因为他受用那些森林、树林、偏僻、寂静、音声稀少、杂音轻微、远离人烟、人迹罕至、适合独处的坐卧之处。又或者,世尊被称为世尊,是因为他分享袈裟、钵食、坐卧之处,以及作为病缘的医药资具。又或者,世尊被称为世尊,是因为他分享义味、法味、解脱味,以及增上戒、增上心、增上慧。又或者,世尊被称为世尊,是因为他分享四禅、四梵住、四无色定。又或者,世尊被称为世尊,是因为他分享八解脱、八胜处、九次第住定。又或者,世尊被称为世尊,是因为他分享十种想修习、十遍处定、入出息念定、不净观定。又或者,世尊被称为世尊,是因为他分享四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道。又或者,世尊被称为世尊,是因为他分享十种如来力、四无所畏、四无碍解、六神通、六种佛法。“世尊”这个名字,不是母亲所起,不是父亲所起,不是兄弟所起,不是姐妹所起,不是朋友同僚所起,不是亲族血亲所起,不是沙门婆罗门所起,也不是诸天神所起。这是诸佛、世尊们在菩提树下,与获得一切知智一同,所证知、所确立的、以解脱为究竟的名称——即是所谓的“世尊”:他成为一境者,他击破黑暗,彼世尊便是如此。显示巴利原文
ti gāravādhivacanaṃ. Api ca bhaggarāgoti bhagavā, bhaggadosoti bhagavā, bhaggamohoti bhagavā, bhaggamānoti bhagavā, bhaggadiṭṭhīti bhagavā, bhaggakaṇḍakoti bhagavā, bhaggakilesoti bhagavā, bhaji vibhaji pavibhaji dhammaratananti bhagavā, bhavānaṃ antakaroti bhagavā, bhāvitakāyo bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapaññoti bhagavā, bhaji vā bhagavā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppānīti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā attharasassa dhammarasassa vimuttirasassa adhisīlassa adhicittassa adhipaññāyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ catunnaṃ appamaññānaṃ catunnaṃ arūpasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ abhibhāyatanānaṃ navannaṃ anupubbavihārasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ saññābhāvanānaṃ dasannaṃ kasiṇasamāpattīnaṃ ānāpānassatisamādhissa asubhasamāpattiyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ pañcannaṃ balānaṃ sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ tathāgatabalānaṃ catunnaṃ vesārajjānaṃ catunnaṃ paṭisambhidānaṃ channaṃ abhiññānaṃ channaṃ buddhadhammānanti bhagavā , bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ na pitarā kataṃ na bhātarā kataṃ na bhaginiyā kataṃ na mittāmaccehi kataṃ na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ na devatāhi kataṃ; vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutañāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavāti – ekodibhūto vihane tamaṃ so iti bhagavā.
1268 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
这称为慧。那慧即是觉知……无痴、择法、正见。为何慧被称为“洗净者”?因为以此慧,身恶行被抖落、洗涤、冲刷、彻底洗净;语恶行……一切不善行都被抖落、洗涤、冲刷、彻底洗净。或者,藉由正见,邪见被抖落……藉由正思惟,邪思惟被抖落……乃至藉由正解脱,邪解脱被抖落、洗涤、冲刷、彻底洗净。或者,藉由八支圣道,一切烦恼……一切恶行……一切不安……一切焦灼……一切热恼……一切不善行都被抖落、洗涤、冲刷、彻底洗净。世尊具足这些应被洗净的法,故世尊是“洗净者”。他已抖落贪欲,抖落恶,抖落烦恼,抖落热恼,因此称为“洗净者”。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati paññā. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Kiṃkāraṇā dhonā vuccati paññā? Tāya paññāya kāyaduccaritaṃ dhutañca dhotañca sandhotañca niddhotañca, vacīduccaritaṃ…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca. Atha vā sammādiṭṭhiyā micchādiṭṭhi… sammāsaṅkappena micchāsaṅkappo…pe… sammāvimuttiyā micchāvimutti dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca. Atha vā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena sabbe kilesā… sabbe duccaritā… sabbe darathā… sabbe pariḷāhā… sabbe santāpā… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca. Bhagavā imehi dhoneyyehi dhammehi upeto samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato, tasmā bhagavā dhono. So dhutarāgo dhutapāpo dhutakileso dhutapariḷāhoti – dhonoti.
“任何内在的渴爱”——“任何”一词,指尽所有、一切方式、无余、彻底、穷尽地含摄。“内在的渴爱”,即色渴爱……乃至……法渴爱。若此渴爱从内而生,便称为“内在”。或者,“内在”说的是心:那心、意、思、心脏、净白意、意处、意根、识、识蕴、依此而生起的意识界。此渴爱与心俱行、俱生、相杂、相应,同生、同灭、同依处、同所缘,因此也称为“内在”。这就是任何内在的渴爱。显示巴利原文
nti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – yā kācīti. ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. nti ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā vā sā taṇhāti – ajjhattaṃ . Atha vā vuccati cittaṃ. Yaṃ cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ hadayaṃ paṇḍaraṃ mano manāyatanaṃ manindriyaṃ viññāṇaṃ viññāṇakkhandho tajjā manoviññāṇadhātu. Cittena sā taṇhā sahagatā sahajātā saṃsaṭṭhā sampayuttā ekuppādā ekanirodhā ekavatthukā ekārammaṇātipi ajjhattanti – yā kāci taṇhā ajjhattaṃ.
“时常”。时常是指:恒常地、于一切时、于一切时间、于相续不绝的时光中、于持续不断的时光中,相续不绝、次第相承、如水波连续生起而无间断相续触击,于饭前、于饭后,于初夜、中夜、后夜,于黑月分、白月分,于雨季、冬季、夏季,于生命的早期、中期、后期阶段。“具念者”,由四种因缘而具念:修习身随观念处而具念;修习受随观念处……乃至……心随观念处……乃至……法随观念处而具念。又由另四种因缘而具念:以远离失念而具念,以圆满应修之念事而具念,以断除与念相违之诸法而具念,以不忘失念所缘之相而具念。又由另四种因缘而具念:以具足念而具念,以善持念而具念,以于念通达善巧而具念,以于念无退失而具念。又由另四种因缘而具念:以安住故具念,以寂静故具念,以止息故具念,以成就寂静法故具念。以佛随念而具念,以法随念而具念,以僧随念而具念,以戒随念而具念,以施随念而具念,以天随念而具念,以入出息随念而具念,以死随念而具念,以身至念而具念,以寂止随念而具念。此念、随念、忆念,即念的记持性、执持性、不漂散性、不忘失性,是谓念根、念力、正念、念觉支、一乘道——是名为念。以此念而具备、完全具备,亲近、完全亲近,具足、完全具足,成就此念者,则被称为‘具念者’。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sadā sabbadā sabbakālaṃ niccakālaṃ dhuvakālaṃ, satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ poṅkhānupoṅkhaṃ udakūmigajātaṃ avīcisantatisahitaṃ phusitaṃ, purebhattaṃ pacchābhattaṃ , purimaṃ yāmaṃ majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ, kāḷe juṇhe, vasse hemante gimhe, purime vayokhandhe majjhime vayokhandhe pacchime vayokhandhe. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato. Aparehipi catūhi kāraṇehi sato – asati parivajjanāya sato, satikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ katattā sato, satipaṭipakkhānaṃ dhammānaṃ hatattā sato, satinimittānaṃ asammuṭṭhattā sato. Aparehipi catūhi kāraṇehi sato – satiyā samannāgatattā sato, satiyā vasitattā sato, satiyā pāguññatāya sato, satiyā apaccorohanatāya sato. Aparehipi catūhi kāraṇehi sato – sattattā sato, santattā sato, samitattā sato, santadhammasamannāgatattā sato. Buddhānussatiyā sato, dhammānussatiyā sato, saṅghānussatiyā sato, sīlānussatiyā sato, cāgānussatiyā sato, devatānussatiyā sato, ānāpānassatiyā sato, maraṇassatiyā sato, kāyagatāsatiyā sato, upasamānussatiyā sato. Yā sati anussati paṭissati, sati saraṇatā dhāraṇatā apilāpanatā asammussanatā, sati satindriyaṃ satibalaṃ sammāsati satisambojjhaṅgo ekāyanamaggo – ayaṃ vuccati sati. Imāya satiyā upeto samupeto, upagato samupagato, upapanno samupapanno, samannāgato so vuccati sato.
有三种学:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学。什么是增上戒学?在此,比丘持戒,依巴帝摩卡律仪防护而安住,具足行与行处,于微细罪亦见怖畏,受持学处而修学。这便是小戒蕴……大戒蕴。戒是基础、开端、行持、防护、律仪、入口、首要,是为了证得诸善法的途径——这就是增上戒学。显示巴利原文
ti tisso sikkhā – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā. Katamā adhisīlasikkhā? Idha bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, khuddako sīlakkhandho… mahanto sīlakkhandho, sīlaṃ patiṭṭhā ādi caraṇaṃ saṃyamo saṃvaro mukhaṃ pamukhaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā – ayaṃ adhisīlasikkhā.
什么是增上心学呢?比丘于此,远离欲乐,远离不善法,有寻有伺,由远离而生起的喜与乐,进入并安住于初禅……(中略)……进入并安住于第二禅……第三禅……第四禅。这就是增上心学。显示巴利原文
Katamā adhicittasikkhā? Idha bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati – ayaṃ adhicittasikkhā.
什么是增上慧学呢?比丘具有智慧,具足能洞察生灭的智慧——那是圣洁、锐利、能正确导向苦灭的智慧。他如实地了知“这是苦”,如实地了知“这是苦的集”,如实地了知“这是苦的灭”,如实地了知“这是导向苦灭的修行之道”;他如实地了知“这些是漏”,如实地了知“这是漏的集”,如实地了知“这是漏的灭”,如实地了知“这是导向漏灭的修行之道”——这就是增上慧学。所谓那种非正法……(中略)……因此被称为淫欲法。显示巴利原文
Katamā adhipaññāsikkhā? Idha bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. So idaṃ dukkhanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayoti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhoti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ime āsavāti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ āsavasamudayoti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ āsavanirodhoti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti , ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti – ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā. nāma yo so asaddhammo…pe… taṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo.
为调伏、对治、断除、平息、舍离、寂止这些渴爱,他应学习增上戒,也应学习增上心,也应学习增上慧。他应作意这三学而学习,应以了知而学习,应以观察而学习,应以省察而学习,应以决意之心而学习,应以信心胜解而学习,应策励精进而学习,应建立念而学习,应令心入定而学习,应以慧了知而学习。对应证的,应证知而学习;应遍知的,应遍知而学习;应断除的,应断除而学习;应修习的,应修习而学习;应作证的,应作证而学习。他应当奉行、正确奉行、受持而转起。为调伏那些渴爱,他应恒持正念而学习。显示巴利原文
ti. Tāsaṃ taṇhānaṃ vinayāya paṭivinayāya pahānāya vūpasamāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipassaddhiyā adhisīlampi sikkheyya, adhicittampi sikkheyya, adhipaññampi sikkheyya; imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkheyya, pajānanto sikkheyya, passanto sikkheyya, paccavekkhanto sikkheyya, cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahanto sikkheyya, saddhāya adhimuccanto sikkheyya, vīriyaṃ paggaṇhanto sikkheyya, satiṃ upaṭṭhapento sikkheyya, cittaṃ samādahanto sikkheyya, paññāya pajānanto sikkheyya, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto sikkheyya, pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto sikkheyya, pahātabbaṃ pajahanto sikkheyya, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento sikkheyya, sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkheyya ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyyāti – tāsaṃ vinayā sadā sato sikkhe.
2182 因此,世尊这样说——显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
遍了知戏论的根本之后,世尊这样说——
以慧了知「我是」,便阻断一切;
对于任何内在的渴爱,为调伏它,应恒常具念而修学。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mūlaṃ papañcasaṅkhāya, [iti bhagavā] Mantā asmīti sabbamuparundhe; Yā kāci taṇhā ajjhattaṃ, tāsaṃ vinayā sadā sato sikkhe’’ti.
凡是他了知自己任何德行,无论是善法或无记法。什么是自己的德行呢?如:‘我出身高贵家族而出家’、‘我出身大富家族而出家’、‘我出身巨富家族而出家’、‘我在在家与出家众中知名而有声誉’、‘我是衣、食、住处、医药资具的获得者’、‘我是通晓经教者’、‘我是持律者’、‘我是说法者’、‘我是林野住者’、‘我是常乞食者’、‘我是着粪扫衣者’、‘我是但三衣者’、‘我是次第乞食者’、‘我是时后不食者’、‘我是常坐不卧者’、‘我是随遇而安者’、‘我是初禅的获得者’、‘我是第二禅的获得者’、‘我是第三禅的获得者’、‘我是第四禅的获得者’、‘我是空无边处定的获得者’、‘我是识无边处定的获得者’、‘我是无所有处定的获得者’、‘我是非想非非想处定的获得者’——这些称为自己的德行。凡是他了知、通达、识别、遍知、证知任何自己的德行,他便证知了内在的法。或者,那些属于亲教师或老师的德行,即是外在的。显示巴利原文
nti. Yaṃ kiñci attano guṇaṃ jāneyya kusale vā dhamme abyākate vā dhamme. Katame attano guṇā? Uccā kulā pabbajito vā assaṃ , mahābhogakulā pabbajito vā assaṃ, uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito vā assaṃ, ñāto yasassī sagahaṭṭhapabbajitānanti vā assaṃ, lābhimhi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānanti vā assaṃ, suttantiko vā assaṃ, vinayadharo vā assaṃ, dhammakathiko vā assaṃ, āraññiko vā assaṃ, piṇḍapātiko vā assaṃ, paṃsukūliko vā assaṃ, tecīvariko vā assaṃ, sapadānacāriko vā assaṃ, khalupacchābhattiko vā assaṃ, nesajjiko vā assaṃ, yathāsanthatiko vā assaṃ, paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhīti vā assaṃ, dutiyassa jhānassa lābhīti vā assaṃ, tatiyassa jhānassa lābhīti vā assaṃ, catutthassa jhānassa lābhīti vā assaṃ, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā assaṃ, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā… ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā assaṃ – ime vuccanti attano guṇā . Yaṃ kiñci attano guṇaṃ jāneyya ājāneyya vijāneyya paṭivijāneyya paṭivijjheyyāti – yaṃ kiñci dhammamabhijaññā ajjhattaṃ. ti. Upajjhāyassa vā ācariyassa vā te guṇā assūti – atha vāpi bahiddhā.
不应因自己的德行或他人的德行而生起傲慢、顽固、自大、抬高自己、趾高气扬;不应因此生起慢心,不应因此变得僵硬傲慢、高昂着头——总之,不应因此而生慢。显示巴利原文
ti. Attano vā guṇena paresaṃ vā guṇena thāmaṃ na kareyya, thambhaṃ na kareyya, mānaṃ na kareyya, unnatiṃ na kareyya, unnamaṃ na kareyya, na tena mānaṃ janeyya, na tena thaddho assa patthaddho paggahitasiroti – na tena thāmaṃ kubbetha.
对于具念者、寂静者、善士、佛陀、佛弟子、独觉佛们,那种寂灭未曾宣说、未曾讲述、未曾解说、未曾教示、未曾确立、未曾安立、未曾开显、未曾分别、未曾阐明、未曾昭示——因为那种寂灭,确实未曾为具念者们所宣说。显示巴利原文
ti. Satānaṃ santānaṃ sappurisānaṃ buddhānaṃ buddhasāvakānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ sā nibbutīti na vuttā na pavuttā na ācikkhitā na desitā na paññapitā na paṭṭhapitā na vivaṭā na vibhattā na uttānīkatā nappakāsitāti – na hi sā nibbuti sataṃ vuttā.
860 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
凡所证知诸法,或内或外;
切莫因此生起我慢,因为具念者们并未称说那样的寂灭。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ kiñci dhammamabhijaññā, ajjhattaṃ atha vāpi bahiddhā; Na tena thāmaṃ kubbetha, na hi sā nibbuti sataṃ vuttā’’ti.
不应依出身、种姓、家世、容貌殊胜、财富、学识、职业、技艺、知识、多闻、辩才,或依其他任何缘由,生起“我较他人殊胜”的慢心。不应以此自以为胜。显示巴利原文
ti. ‘‘Seyyohamasmī’’ti atimānaṃ na janeyya jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunāti – seyyo na tena maññeyya.
864 是故,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
不应因出身、种姓……或其他任何缘由,而生起“我是低贱的”这样的卑慢;也不应因出身、种姓、家世、容貌、财富、学问、职业领域、技能领域、知识领域、多闻、辩才,或其他任何缘由,而生起“我是同等的”这样的慢。这就是“低贱的,或同等的”。显示巴利原文
ti. ‘‘Hīnohamasmī’’ti omānaṃ na janeyya jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. ‘‘Sadisohamasmī’’ti mānaṃ na janeyya jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunāti – nīceyyo atha vāpi sarikkho.
被种种相、种种形态所触、所遍及、所笼罩、所具足——也就是说,“被种种形态所触”。
此处称为“自己”。对自己不应构想、不应虚妄分别、不应陷入虚妄分别而安住——亦即“不构想自己而安住”。
显示巴利原文 ti. Anekavidhehi ākārehi phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgatoti – phuṭṭho anekarūpehi. ti. vuccati attā. Attānaṃ kappento vikappento vikappaṃ āpajjanto na tiṭṭheyyāti – nātumānaṃ vikappayaṃ tiṭṭhe.
440 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
不应以此认为自己殊胜,也不应认为自己卑下或等同;
为种种形相所触时,不应自我计度而安住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Seyyo na tena maññeyya, nīceyyo atha vāpi sarikkho; Phuṭṭho anekarūpehi, nātumānaṃ vikappayaṃ tiṭṭhe’’ti.
他应平息内在的贪,平息内在的嗔,平息内在的痴;平息忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、顽、慢、过慢、憍、放逸;平息、寂止、止息、熄灭、灭尽一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切粗重、一切热恼、一切灼烧、一切不善行。这即是唯于内在而得寂止。显示巴利原文
ti. Ajjhattaṃ rāgaṃ sameyya, dosaṃ sameyya, mohaṃ sameyya, kodhaṃ…pe… upanāhaṃ… makkhaṃ… paḷāsaṃ… issaṃ… macchariyaṃ… māyaṃ… sāṭheyyaṃ… thambhaṃ… sārambhaṃ … mānaṃ… atimānaṃ… madaṃ… pamādaṃ… sabbe kilese… sabbe duccarite… sabbe darathe… sabbe pariḷāhe… sabbe santāpe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhāre sameyya upasameyya vūpasameyya nibbāpeyya paṭipassambheyyāti – ajjhattamevupasame.
不从其他途径——从不净道、从邪行道、从不出离道;若不依四念住,不依四正勤,不依四神足,不依五根,不依五力,不依七觉支,不依八圣道,便不应寻求、追求、寻找寂静、寂止、究竟止息、涅槃清凉、寂灭。这就是说,比丘不应从外在寻找寂静。显示巴利原文
ti. Aññato asuddhimaggena, micchāpaṭipadāya, aniyyānapatena, aññatra satipaṭṭhānehi, aññatra sammappadhānehi, aññatra iddhipādehi, aññatra indriyehi, aññatra balehi, aññatra bojjhaṅgehi, aññatra ariyā aṭṭhaṅgikā maggā santiṃ upasantiṃ vūpasantiṃ nibbutiṃ paṭipassaddhiṃ na eseyya na gaveseyya na pariyeseyyāti – na aññato bhikkhu santimeseyya.
内在的贪已平息者,内在的嗔已平息者,内在的痴已平息者……乃至一切不善行已平息、已寂止、已究竟止息、已涅槃清凉、证得止灭。这便是内在已寂静者。显示巴利原文
ti. Ajjhattaṃ rāgaṃ santassa, dosaṃ santassa, mohaṃ santassa…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhāre santassa upasantassa vūpasantassa nibbutassa paṭipassaddhiyāti – ajjhattaṃ upasantassa.
“不”表示否定我见,没有“是我”之见;“不”更表示否定断灭见。“没有执取”便没有“应舍”。若还有执取,才会有应舍的对象。而阿拉汉已超越执取之取与舍离之舍,超越增长与退失。他安住圆满,行持圆满……渡越生死轮回,对他来说,不再有再生。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṭikkhepo. ti attadiṭṭhi natthi; ti ucchedadiṭṭhi natthi. ti gahitaṃ natthi; ti muñcitabbaṃ natthi. Yassatthi gahitaṃ, tassatthi muñcitabbaṃ. Tassa gahitaṃ gāhaṃ muñcanaṃ samatikkanto arahā vuddhipārihānivītivatto. So vuṭṭhavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavoti – natthi attā kuto nirattā vā.
624 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
于内已然寂静者,既无“自我”,又何有“无我”可得?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ajjhattamevupasame, na aññato bhikkhu santimeseyya; Ajjhattaṃ upasantassa, natthi attā kuto nirattā vā’’ti.
大海深八万四千由旬。其最下方四万由旬之水,为鱼与龟所扰动;最上方四万由旬之水,为风所扰动;中间四万由旬之水,则不摇动、不摇摆、不晃动、不震动、不颤栗、不战栗。它不被推动、不被撞击、不动摇、不被搅乱、不迷茫,全然止息。于此,波浪不起,安住不动,这便是大海。同样,恰如大海的中间部分,波浪不起,安住不动。显示巴利原文
ti. Samuddo caturāsītiyojanasahassāni ubbedhena gambhīro. Heṭṭhā cattārīsayojanasahassāni udakaṃ macchakacchapehi kampati. Upari cattārīsayojanasahassāni udakaṃ vātehi kampati. Majjhe cattārīsayojanasahassāni udakaṃ na kampati na vikampati na calati na vedhati nappavedhati na sampavedhati. Anerito aghaṭṭito acalito aluḷito abhanto vūpasanto tatra ūmi no jāyati, ṭhito hoti samuddoti. Evampi majjhe yathā samuddassa ūmi no jāyatī ṭhito hoti.
再者,七座山之间,有七个深渊大海。其水不摇动、不摇摆、不晃动、不震动、不颤栗、不战栗。不被推动、不被撞击、不动摇、不被搅乱、不迷茫,全然止息。于此,波浪不起,安住不动,这便是大海。同样,恰如大海的中间部分,波浪不起,安住不动。显示巴利原文
Atha vā sattannaṃ pabbatānaṃ antarikāsu sattasīdantarā mahāsamuddā. Tatra udakaṃ na kampati na vikampati na calati na vedhati nappavedhati na sampavedhati. Anerito aghaṭṭito acalito aluḷito abhanto vūpasanto tatra ūmi no jāyati, ṭhito hoti samuddoti. Evampi majjhe yathā samuddassa ūmi no jāyatī ṭhito hoti.
“已到达安稳者”——这是譬喻的说明。“已到达安稳者”:他得时不摇动,失时不摇动;有名时不摇动,无名时不摇动;受称赞时不摇动,遭指责时不摇动;快乐时不摇动,痛苦时不摇动、不摇摆、不晃动、不震动、不颤栗、不战栗——如是安住。“无动摇者”——“动摇”是指渴爱。那种贪、贪染……乃至……贪求、贪欲、不善根。若一位修行者,其这种动摇、渴爱已被舍断、斩断、完全斩断,止息、平息,不可能再生起,被智慧之火焚烧殆尽,便称为“无动摇者”。因动摇已舍断,故为无动摇者。这样的无动摇者,他得时不被扰动,失时不被扰动;有名时不被扰动,无名时不被扰动;受称赞时不被扰动,遭指责时不被扰动;快乐时不被扰动,痛苦时不被扰动。他不晃动、不震动、不颤栗、不战栗。如是,即是“无动摇者已到达安稳”之状态。显示巴利原文
ti. nti opammasampaṭipādanaṃ. ti lābhepi na kampati, alābhepi na kampati, yasepi na kampati, ayasepi na kampati, pasaṃsāyapi na kampati, nindāyapi na kampati, sukhepi na kampati, dukkhepi na kampati na vikampati na calati na vedhati nappavedhati na sampavedhatīti – evaṃ ṭhito. ti ejā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yassesā ejā taṇhā pahīnā ucchinnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati anejo. Ejāya pahīnattā anejo ; so lābhepi na iñjati, alābhepi na iñjati, yasepi na iñjati, ayasepi na iñjati, pasaṃsāyapi na iñjati, nindāyapi na iñjati, sukhepi na iñjati, dukkhepi na iñjati, na calati na vedhati nappavedhati na sampavedhatīti – evaṃ ṭhito anejassa.
“比丘不应制造膨胀”:即不应制造、不应产生、不应令生、不应造作、不应令造作七种膨胀——贪的膨胀、嗔的膨胀、痴的膨胀、慢的膨胀、邪见的膨胀、烦恼的膨胀、业的膨胀。“在任何地方”:于何处、于何地、于任何情境,无论是自身内部、外部,或是内外之间——比丘于任何处都不应制造膨胀。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sattussadā – rāgussadaṃ , dosussadaṃ, mohussadaṃ, mānussadaṃ, diṭṭhussadaṃ, kilesussadaṃ, kammussadaṃ na kareyya na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya nābhinibbatteyya. ti kuhiñci kismiñci katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vāti – ussadaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci.
549 因此,世尊如是宣说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
550 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
譬如大海中央,不起波浪,安住不动;
如是安住、无动摇的比丘,不应于任何处滋生我慢。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Majjhe yathā samuddassa, ūmi no jāyatī ṭhito hoti; Evaṃ ṭhito anejassa, ussadaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñcī’’ti.
所谓“宣说、讲述、开示、安立、建立、揭示、分别、显明、阐明”——此即是“已宣告”。世尊以五种眼成为开眼者:以肉眼也是开眼者,以天眼也是开眼者,以慧眼也是开眼者,以佛眼也是开眼者,以一切眼也是开眼者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti kittitaṃ ācikkhitaṃ desitaṃ paññapitaṃ paṭṭhapitaṃ vivaṭaṃ vibhattaṃ uttānīkataṃ pakāsitanti – akittayi . ti bhagavā pañcahi cakkhūhi vivaṭacakkhu – maṃsacakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu, dibbena cakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu, paññācakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu, buddhacakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu, samantacakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu.
世尊如何以肉眼而为开眼者?世尊的肉眼具有五种色泽:青色、黄色、赤色、黑色与白色。世尊的眼睫毛及其所依之处,呈青色,极为青净,令人悦意,值得观看,如同亚麻花。其外侧呈黄色,极为黄净,色泽如金,令人悦意,值得观看,如同迦尼迦罗花。世尊两边的眼角呈赤色,极为赤净,令人悦意,值得观看,如同胭脂虫。中间呈黑色,极为黑净,不粗涩有润泽,令人悦意,值得观看,如同阿达利塔迦果。其外侧呈白色,极为白净,洁白明亮,令人悦意,值得观看,如同晨星。凭借此自然、自身、由过去善行之业所生的肉眼,世尊无论昼夜,皆能遍见周围一由旬。即使在四支具足的黑暗中——太阳已落、黑半月布萨日、密林深重、大黑云涌起——于这般四支具足的黑暗里,他亦能遍见周围一由旬。没有任何墙壁、门扇、围墙、山、树丛或藤蔓能障碍他对色法的观见。若有人将一粒芝麻作上标记,投入一车芝麻中,他也能从中取出那粒芝麻。世尊自然的肉眼即如此清净。世尊便是这样以肉眼而为开眼者的。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā maṃsacakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu? Maṃsacakkhumhipi bhagavato pañca vaṇṇā saṃvijjanti – nīlo ca vaṇṇo, pītako ca vaṇṇo, lohitako ca vaṇṇo, kaṇho ca vaṇṇo, odāto ca vaṇṇo. Akkhilomāni ca bhagavato yattha ca akkhilomāni patiṭṭhitāni taṃ nīlaṃ hoti sunīlaṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ umāpupphasamānaṃ . Tassa parato pītakaṃ hoti supītakaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ kaṇikārapupphasamānaṃ. Ubhayato ca akkhikūṭāni bhagavato lohitakāni honti sulohitakāni pāsādikāni dassaneyyāni indagopakasamānāni. Majjhe kaṇhaṃ hoti sukaṇhaṃ alūkhaṃ siniddhaṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ addāriṭṭhakasamānaṃ . Tassa parato odātaṃ hoti suodātaṃ setaṃ paṇḍaraṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ osadhitārakasamānaṃ. Tena bhagavā pākatikena maṃsacakkhunā attabhāvapariyāpannena purimasucaritakammābhinibbattena samantā yojanaṃ passati divā ceva rattiñca. Yadā hipi caturaṅgasamannāgato andhakāro hoti. Sūriyo vā atthaṅgato hoti. Kāḷapakkho ca uposatho hoti. Tibbo ca vanasaṇḍo hoti. Mahā ca kāḷamegho abbhuṭṭhito hoti. Evarūpepi caturaṅgasamannāgate andhakāre samantā yojanaṃ passati. Natthi so kuṭṭo vā kavāṭaṃ vā pākāro vā pabbato vā gaccho vā latā vā āvaraṇaṃ rūpānaṃ dassanāya. Ekañce tilaphalaṃ nimittaṃ katvā tilavāhe pakkhipeyya. Taññeva tilaphalaṃ uddhareyya. Evaṃ parisuddhaṃ bhagavato pākatikaṃ maṃsacakkhu. Evaṃ bhagavā maṃsacakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu.
世尊如何以天眼也成为开眼者?世尊以清净、超越凡人的天眼,看见众生或死或生,或低贱或尊贵,或美丽或丑陋,或往善趣或堕恶趣;他了知众生随业流转:“这些尊者众生具足身恶行,具足语恶行,具足意恶行,诽谤圣者,持有邪见,受持邪见业;他们身坏命终之后,投生于苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。而这些尊者众生具足身善行,具足语善行,具足意善行,不诽谤圣者,持有正见,受持正见业;他们身坏命终之后,投生于善趣、天界。”如此,他以清净、超越凡人的天眼,看见众生或死或生,或低贱或尊贵,或美丽或丑陋,或往善趣或堕恶趣;了知众生随业流转。若世尊愿意,能看见一个世界界,能看见两个世界界,能看见三个世界界,能看见四个世界界,能看见五个世界界,能看见十个世界界,能看见二十个世界界,能看见三十个世界界,能看见四十个世界界,能看见五十个世界界,能看见百个世界界,能看见千个小千世界界,能看见二千个中千世界界,能看见三千世界界,能看见大千世界界;凡是世尊愿意见到多少,他就能见到多少。世尊的天眼便是如此清净。世尊正是这样以天眼也成为开眼者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā dibbena cakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu? Bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate. Yathākammūpage satte pajānāti – ‘‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā , te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’’ti . Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate; yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Ākaṅkhamāno ca bhagavā ekampi lokadhātuṃ passeyya, dvepi lokadhātuyo passeyya, tissopi lokadhātuyo passeyya, catassopi lokadhātuyo passeyya, pañcapi lokadhātuyo passeyya, dasapi lokadhātuyo passeyya, vīsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, tiṃsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, cattālīsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, paññāsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, satampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, sahassimpi cūḷanikaṃ lokadhātuṃ passeyya, dvisahassimpi majjhimikaṃ lokadhātuṃ passeyya, tisahassimpi lokadhātuṃ passeyya, mahāsahassimpi lokadhātuṃ passeyya. Yāvatakaṃ vā pana ākaṅkheyya tāvatakaṃ passeyya. Evaṃ parisuddhaṃ bhagavato dibbacakkhu. Evaṃ bhagavā dibbena cakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu.
世尊如何也以慧眼而为明眼者?世尊是大慧者、广慧者、喜慧者、速慧者、利慧者、择法慧者,善于慧的分别,已得分别智,已证无碍解,已得四无畏,持十力,是人中牛王、人中狮子、人中龙、人中良马、人中重担荷负者,是无量智者、无量威力者、无量名声者,是富者、大富者、具财者,是导师、调御者、随导者、教导者、令悟者、令见者、令欢喜者。世尊是未生之道的令生起者,是未现之道的令现起者,是未说之道的宣言者,是道的知者、道的见者、道的善巧者;而今诸弟子是随道而住者,是后得圆满者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā paññācakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu? Bhagavā mahāpañño puthupañño hāsapañño javanapañño tikkhapañño nibbedhikapañño paññāpabhedakusalo pabhinnañāṇo adhigatapaṭisambhido catuvesārajjappatto dasabaladhārī purisāsabho purisasīho purisanāgo purisājañño purisadhorayho anantañāṇo anantatejo anantayaso aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavā netā vinetā anunetā paññāpetā anijjhāpetā pekkhetā pasādetā. So hi bhagavā anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā, maggaññū maggavidū maggakovido maggānugā ca pana etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchā samannāgatā.
彼世尊,以知的方式而了知,以见的方式而看见,已成为眼目、已成为智慧、已成为法、已成为梵;他是阐明者、开显者,是义理的引导者,是不死的施予者,是法主、如来。对于彼世尊,没有任何事物是他不曾知、不曾见、不曾了知、不曾证得、不曾以智慧触及的。以过去、未来、现在为准,一切法以一切方式,都呈现在佛陀世尊的智慧面前。凡是任何可称为“应被了知”的法,应当被了知:无论是关于自身利益的义理,还是关于他人利益的义理,或是关于双方利益的义理;无论是现世可见的义理,或是来世的义理;无论是浅显的义理,还是隐藏的义理;无论是需要引导才能了知的义理,还是已明了的义理;无论是无过失的义理,还是无烦恼的义理,还是清净的义理,还是殊胜的义理——这一切都完全运行于佛陀的智慧之内。显示巴利原文
So hi bhagavā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passati, cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto, vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato; natthi tassa bhagavato aññātaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ aviditaṃ asacchikataṃ aphassitaṃ paññāya. Atītaṃ anāgataṃ paccuppannaṃ upādāya sabbe dhammā sabbākārena buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchanti. Yaṃ kiñci neyyaṃ nāma atthi dhammaṃ jānitabbaṃ. Attattho vā parattho vā ubhayattho vā diṭṭhadhammiko vā attho, samparāyiko vā attho, uttāno vā attho, gambhīro vā attho, gūḷho vā attho, paṭicchanno vā attho, neyyo vā attho, nīto vā attho, anavajjo vā attho, nikkileso vā attho, vodāno vā attho, paramattho vā attho, sabbaṃ taṃ antobuddhañāṇe parivattati.
佛陀世尊的一切身业,皆随智慧而转;一切语业,皆随智慧而转;一切意业,皆随智慧而转。于过去,佛陀世尊的智慧无有障碍;于未来,智慧无有障碍;于现在,智慧无有障碍。所应了知的范围有多么广大,智慧便有多么广大;智慧有多么广大,所应了知的范围便有多么广大。智慧以所应了知的范围为边际,所应了知的范围以智慧为边际。超出所应了知的范围,智慧便不转起;超出智慧,则无有所应了知的领域。此二法彼此互为边际而安立。犹如两个紧密相合的盒盖,当它们严密地扣合在一起时,下方的盒盖不会超出上方的盒盖,上方的盒盖不会超出下方的盒盖,二者彼此以对方为边际;同样地,佛陀世尊的所应了知范围与智慧,彼此以对方为边际。所应了知的范围有多么广大,智慧便有多么广大;智慧有多么广大,所应了知的范围便有多么广大。智慧以所应了知的范围为边际,所应了知的范围以智慧为边际。超出所应了知的范围,智慧便不转起;超出智慧,则无有所应了知的领域。此二法彼此互为边际。于一切法上,佛陀世尊的智慧悉皆转起。显示巴利原文
Sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti , sabbaṃ manokammaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti. Atīte buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, anāgate appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, paccuppanne appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ tāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ, neyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇaṃ, ñāṇapariyantikaṃ neyyaṃ, neyyaṃ atikkamitvā ñāṇaṃ nappavattati , ñāṇaṃ atikkamitvā neyyapatho natthi. Aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino te dhammā. Yathā dvinnaṃ samuggapaṭalānaṃ sammā phusitānaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ samuggapaṭalaṃ uparimaṃ nātivattati, uparimaṃ samuggapaṭalaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ nātivattati aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino; evameva buddhassa bhagavato neyyañca ñāṇañca aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino; yāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ tāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ, neyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇaṃ, ñāṇapariyantikaṃ neyyaṃ, neyyaṃ atikkamitvā ñāṇaṃ nappavattati, ñāṇaṃ atikkamitvā neyyapatho natthi. Aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino te dhammā sabbadhammesu buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati.
佛陀世尊的智慧遍行于一切法。一切法皆与佛陀世尊的转向、愿望、作意、心的生起相系属。佛陀世尊的智慧遍行于一切众生。世尊了知一切众生的习性,了知他们的随眠,了知他们的行为方式,了知他们的意乐。他清晰地照见:哪些众生尘垢微少、哪些尘垢深重,哪些根性锐利、哪些根性迟钝,哪些品质良善、哪些品质低劣,哪些容易教授、哪些难以教导,以及哪些是堪能者、哪些是不堪能者。包含天、魔、梵天的世间,以及沙门、婆罗门、天人、人类在内的一切众生,悉皆在佛陀的智慧之内运作。显示巴利原文
Sabbadhammesu buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Sabbe dhammā buddhassa bhagavato āvajjanapaṭibaddhā ākaṅkhapaṭibaddhā manasikārapaṭibaddhā cittuppādapaṭibaddhā. Sabbasattesu buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ bhagavā āsayaṃ jānāti, anusayaṃ jānāti, caritaṃ jānāti, adhimuttiṃ jānāti, apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye bhabbābhabbe satte pajānāti. Sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā antobuddhañāṇe parivattati .
就如同不论何种鱼、龟,乃至大鲸鱼,都在大海的内部游弋;同样地,包含天、魔、梵的世间,以及沙门、婆罗门、天、人等众生,都在佛陀的智慧之内运转。就如同不论何种鸟类,乃至金翅鸟王,都只在虚空的一个区域内翱翔;同样地,即便是像舍利弗那样智慧卓越之人,也仅能在佛陀智慧的一个区域内运化;佛陀的智慧,则遍覆并超越了天与人的一切智慧而住立。那些有智的刹帝利、有智的婆罗门、有智的居士、有智的沙门,他们精明练达,善于论辩,锐利得如同能射穿毛发一般,他们以智慧将各种邪见一一击破后,反复构思问题,来到如来面前,询问那些隐秘、覆藏之事。这些疑问一经世尊解说、作答,其因由便被指出,其根据便被揭示。他们的论说在世尊面前悉皆崩摧。而那时,世尊恰恰就在那里大放光芒,那便是依凭智慧而显现的光芒。世尊便是像这样,以佛眼而成为有眼者。显示巴利原文
Yathā ye keci macchakacchapā antamaso timitimiṅgalaṃ upādāya antomahāsamudde parivattanti; evameva sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā antobuddhañāṇe parivattati. Yathā ye keci pakkhī antamaso garuḷaṃ venateyyaṃ upādāya ākāsassa padese parivattanti; evameva yepi te sāriputtasamā paññāya tepi buddhañāṇassa padese parivattanti; buddhañāṇaṃ devamanussānaṃ paññaṃ pharitvā abhibhavitvā tiṭṭhati. Yepi te khattiyapaṇḍitā brāhmaṇapaṇḍitā gahapatipaṇḍitā samaṇapaṇḍitā nipuṇā kataparappavādā vālavedhirūpā vobhindantā maññe caranti paññāgatena diṭṭhigatāni, te pañhe abhisaṅkharitvā abhisaṅkharitvā tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchanti gūḷhāni ca paṭicchannāni ca. Kathitā visajjitāva te pañhā bhagavatā honti niddiṭṭhakāraṇā upakkhittakā ca. Te bhagavato sampajjanti. Atha kho bhagavāva tattha atirocati , yadidaṃ paññāyāti. Evaṃ bhagavā paññācakkhunāpi cakkhumā.
世尊是如何以佛眼而成为具明澈之眼者的?他以佛眼观察世间时,见到众生:或有尘垢轻微者,或有尘垢深重者;或有根性敏锐者,或有根性迟钝者;或有品质优良者,或有品质低劣者;或有易受教导者,或有难受教导者;或有安住于见其他世间过患与恐怖者,或有未安住于见其他世间过患与恐怖者。正如在青莲花池、红莲花池或白莲花池中,有些青莲花、红莲花或白莲花生于水中、长于水中,尚未长出水面,浸没于水下生长养育;有些青莲花、红莲花或白莲花生于水中、长于水中,恰与水面齐平而安住;有些青莲花、红莲花或白莲花生于水中、长于水中,高高伸出水面,不沾水滴而住立。同样地,世尊以佛眼观察世间时,见到众生:或有尘垢轻微者,或有尘垢深重者;或有根性敏锐者,或有根性迟钝者;或有品质优良者,或有品质低劣者;或有易受教导者,或有难受教导者;或有安住于见其他世间过患与恐怖者,或有未安住于见其他世间过患与恐怖者。世尊了知:‘此人是贪欲行者,此人是嗔恚行者,此人是愚痴行者,此人是寻思行者,此人是信行者,此人是智行者。’于贪欲行者,世尊为其宣说不净之法;于嗔恚行者,世尊教导修习慈心;于愚痴行者,世尊令安住于讽诵、提问、适时闻法、适时论义及亲近善知识;于寻思行者,世尊授以入出息念;于信行者,世尊指示能生净信之对象,即佛陀的无上正觉、法的善妙、僧团的善行与戒律;于智行者,世尊指示观禅的所缘——无常相、苦相、无我相。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu? Bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakā anuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakā accuggamma tiṭṭhanti anupalittāni udakena; evameva bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante. Jānāti bhagavā – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo rāgacarito, ayaṃ dosacarito, ayaṃ mohacarito, ayaṃ vitakkacarito, ayaṃ saddhācarito, ayaṃ ñāṇacarito’’ti. Rāgacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa asubhakathaṃ katheti; dosacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa mettābhāvanaṃ ācikkhati; mohacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa uddese paripucchāya kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya garusaṃvāse niveseti; vitakkacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa ānāpānassatiṃ ācikkhati; saddhācaritassa bhagavā puggalassa pasādanīyaṃ nimittaṃ ācikkhati buddhasubodhiṃ dhammasudhammataṃ saṅghasuppaṭipattiṃ sīlāni ca; attano ñāṇacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa ācikkhati vipassanānimittaṃ aniccākāraṃ dukkhākāraṃ anattākāraṃ.
犹如立于山顶岩石之上,遍见四方众人;
善慧者登上那譬喻般的法所成楼阁,一切眼者啊,
离忧愁者啊,请你看那陷入忧愁、为生老所制伏的众人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato; Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha, pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko, avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūta’’nti.
如此,世尊以佛眼,亦是明澈之眼。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu.
如何说世尊以一切眼而为明澈眼者?那即是一切知智。世尊以此一切知智,具足、圆满具足、到达、圆满到达、证得、圆满证得、成就。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā samantacakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhu? vuccati sabbaññutañāṇaṃ. Bhagavā sabbaññutañāṇena upeto samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato.
于他,此处无有任何未见之物,亦无未了知或不当了知者;
他彻知一切所应知的,如来因此名为“一切眼”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na tassa adiṭṭhamidhatthi kiñci, atho aviññātamajānitabbaṃ; Sabbaṃ abhiññāsi yadatthi neyyaṃ, tathāgato tena samantacakkhū’’ti.
如是,世尊以一切眼,也称为“开眼”——他宣说了“开眼”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā samantacakkhunāpi vivaṭacakkhūti – akittayi vivaṭacakkhu.
不是凭“据说如此”,不是凭“传闻如此”;不是凭代代相传,不是凭经藏传承;不是凭逻辑推理,不是凭演绎推理,不是凭思辨审察,也不是凭观察思择后的认同;而是自己以证智亲自了知、亲自现见的法——这便称为“现证的法”。
危难有两种:明显的危难与隐蔽的危难。哪些是明显的危难?狮子、老虎、豹、熊、鬣狗、狼、水牛、大象、蛇、蝎子、蜈蚣;盗贼、作恶的歹徒;眼病、耳病、鼻病、舌病、身病、头痛、耳痛、口病、牙病;咳嗽、气喘、鼻炎、发热、衰老症、腹痛、昏厥、痢疾、绞痛、霍乱、麻风、脓疮、白斑、肺痨、癫痫、癣、痒、疥疮、疱疹、溃疡;出血热、糖尿病、痔疮、疖子、瘘管;由胆汁引起的病、由痰引起的病、由风引起的病、众因集合所生的病;因气候变迁引起的病、因环境不适引起的病、因外力伤害引起的病、因业报引起的病;寒冷、炎热、饥饿、渴迫、大便、小便;蚊虫、蝇虫、风、日晒、爬虫类的触恼——这些就称为明显的危难。显示巴利原文
nti. nti na itihitihaṃ, na itikirāya, na paramparāya, na piṭakasampadāya, na takkahetu, na nayahetu, na ākāraparivitakkena, na diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā sāmaṃ sayamabhiññātaṃ attapaccakkhaṃ dhammanti – sakkhidhammaṃ. nti. ti dve parissayā – pākaṭaparissayā ca paṭicchannaparissayā ca. Katame pākaṭaparissayā? Sīhā byagghā dīpī acchā taracchā kokā mahiṃsā hatthī ahi vicchikā satapadī, corā vā assu mānavā vā katakammā vā akatakammā vā, cakkhurogo sotarogo ghānarogo jivhārogo kāyarogo sīsarogo kaṇṇarogo mukharogo dantarogo kāso sāso pināso ḍāho jaro kucchirogo mucchā pakkhandikā sūlā visūcikā kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro daddu kaṇḍu kacchu rakhasā vitacchikā lohitapittaṃ madhumeho aṃsā piḷakā bhagandalā, pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā vātasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā sannipātikā ābādhā utupariṇāmajā ābādhā visamaparihārajā ābādhā opakkamikā ābādhā kammavipākajā ābādhā, sītaṃ uṇhaṃ jighacchā pipāsā uccāro passāvo ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassā iti vā – ime vuccanti pākaṭaparissayā.
什么是隐蔽的危难?身恶行、语恶行、意恶行;欲贪盖、瞋恚盖、昏沉睡眠盖、掉举恶作盖、疑盖;贪、瞋、痴;忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、谄、诳、犟、逞、慢、过慢、憍、放逸;一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切不安、一切热恼、一切炽然,以及一切不善行——这些便称为隐蔽的危难。显示巴利原文
Katame paṭicchannaparissayā? Kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ rāgo doso moho kodho upanāho makkho paḷāso issā macchariyaṃ māyā sāṭheyyaṃ thambho sārambho māno atimāno mado pamādo, sabbe kilesā sabbe duccaritā sabbe darathā sabbe pariḷāhā sabbe santāpā sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā – ime vuccanti paṭicchannaparissayā.
“危难”是在什么意义上称为危难呢?它们压迫故,称为危难;它们导致退失故,称为危难;它们栖息于其中故,称为危难。如何是它们压迫而称为危难呢?那些危难逼迫、压迫、制伏、淹没、耗尽、碾碎那个人。如此压迫故,便是危难。显示巴利原文
ti kenaṭṭhena parissayā? Parisahantīti parissayā, parihānāya saṃvattantīti parissayā, tatrāsayāti parissayā. Kathaṃ parisahantīti parissayā? Te parissayā taṃ puggalaṃ sahanti parisahanti abhibhavanti ajjhottharanti pariyādiyanti maddanti. Evaṃ parisahantīti – parissayā.
如何是“它们导致退失”而称为危难呢?这些危难对善法的障碍与退失起作用。对哪些善法呢?对正行道、随顺行道、不违逆行道、不冲突行道、如法行道、法随法行道;对於戒的圆满行持、根的守护、饮食知量、精勤警寤、正念正知;对四念住的修习、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八支圣道的修习——对于这些善法,它们起障碍与退失的作用。如是,“它们导致退失”便是危难。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ parihānāya saṃvattantīti parissayā? Te parissayā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ antarāyāya parihānāya saṃvattanti. Katamesaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ? Sammāpaṭipadāya anulomapaṭipadāya apaccanīkapaṭipadāya aviruddhapaṭipadāya anvatthapaṭipadāya dhammānudhammapaṭipadāya sīlesu paripūrakāritāya indriyesu guttadvāratāya bhojane mattaññutāya jāgariyānuyogassa satisampajaññassa catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ bhāvanānuyogassa catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ pañcannaṃ balānaṃ sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa bhāvanānuyogassa – imesaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ antarāyāya parihānāya saṃvattanti. Evaṃ parihānāya saṃvattantīti – parissayā.
何以“以彼处为住处”即称为危难?那些邪恶不善法即于此处生起,依附于自体而住。犹如穴居者居于穴,水居者居于水,林居者居于林,树居者居于树;同样,那些邪恶不善法即于此处生起,依附于自体而住。如是,“以彼处为住处”即是危难。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tatrāsayāti parissayā? Tatthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti attabhāvasannissayā. Yathā bile bilāsayā pāṇā sayanti, dake dakāsayā pāṇā sayanti, vane vanāsayā pāṇā sayanti, rukkhe rukkhāsayā pāṇā sayanti; evameva tatthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti attabhāvasannissayāti. Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
1442 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,有弟子、有老师的比丘,便苦恼而住不安乐。诸比丘,为何有弟子、有老师的比丘苦恼而住不安乐呢?诸比丘,在此,比丘眼见到色后,便生起邪恶不善之法,随伴着忆念与意向,能生结缚。那些邪恶不善法便住于他之内、随逐流注于他之内,因此称为‘有弟子’。那些邪恶不善法一再侵袭他、逼迫他,因此称为‘有老师’。”显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘sāntevāsiko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharati. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sāntevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā, tyassa anto vasanti anvāssavanti pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sāntevāsikoti vuccati. Te naṃ samudācaranti, samudācaranti naṃ pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sācariyakoti vuccati.
再者,诸比丘,比丘耳闻声……鼻嗅香……舌尝味……身感触……意知法之后,便会生起伴随忆念与意向、能系缚的邪恶不善之法。那些邪恶不善之法安住于他内心,并随逐流注,因此称为‘有弟子’。那些邪恶不善之法反复侵袭他、一再侵袭他,因此称为‘有老师’。诸比丘,正是如此,比丘便是有弟子、有老师而住于苦,不得安乐。这也就是那里所说的——险难。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā … manasā dhammaṃ viññāya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā, tyassa anto vasanti anvāssavanti pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sāntevāsikoti vuccati. Te naṃ samudācaranti, samudācaranti naṃ pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sācariyakoti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sāntevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharatī’’ti. Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,有此三种内在的垢秽、内在的怨敌、内在的仇雠、内在的杀戮者、内在的对立面。哪三种呢?诸比丘,贪是内在的垢秽、内在的怨敌、内在的仇雠、内在的杀戮者、内在的对立面;诸比丘,嗔亦如是;诸比丘,痴是内在的垢秽、内在的怨敌、内在的仇雠、内在的杀戮者、内在的对立面。诸比丘,此即三种内在的垢秽、内在的怨敌、内在的仇雠、内在的杀戮者、内在的对立面。”显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘tayome, bhikkhave, antarāmalā antarāamittā antarāsapattā antarāvadhakā antarāpaccatthikā. Katame tayo? Lobho, bhikkhave, antarāmalo antarāamitto antarāsapatto antarāvadhako antarāpaccatthiko; doso, bhikkhave…pe… moho, bhikkhave, antarāmalo antarāamitto antarāsapatto antarāvadhako antarāpaccatthiko. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo antarāmalā antarāamittā antarāsapattā antarāvadhakā antarāpaccatthikā’’ti.
贪能生损害,贪能扰乱心;
内在生起的恐惧,人们却不觉察。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anatthajanano lobho, lobho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. ‘‘Luddho atthaṃ na jānāti, luddho dhammaṃ na passati;
455 “因此,那位幻化者说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
嗔怒能生损害,嗔怒令心扰恼;
恐惧自内生起,世人却不觉了知。
忿怒者不知真义,忿怒者不见法;
当人被嗔恚征服时,便陷入最深沉的黑暗。
愚痴的人不明了义利,愚痴的人看不见法;
当愚痴征服一个人时,那便是最深沉的黑暗。
显示巴利原文 Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ lobho sahate naraṃ. ‘‘Anatthajanano doso, doso cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. ‘‘Kuddho atthaṃ na jānāti, kuddho dhammaṃ na passati; Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ doso sahate naraṃ. ‘‘Anatthajanano moho, moho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. ‘‘Mūḷho atthaṃ na jānāti, mūḷho dhammaṃ na passati; Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ moho sahate nara’’nti.
如此即是那里的种种过患。显示巴利原文
Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
这是世尊曾亲口说过的——"大王,一个人内心生起三种法时,必定为他带来不利、痛苦与不安稳的生活。哪三种?大王,贪这种法在一个人的内心中生起时,必定为他带来不利、痛苦与不安稳的生活;大王,嗔这种法……(中略)……大王,痴这种法在一个人的内心中生起时,必定为他带来不利、痛苦与不安稳的生活。大王,正是这三种法,在一个人的内心中生起时,必定为他带来不利、痛苦与不安稳的生活。"显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘tayo kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammā ajjhattaṃ uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya. Katame tayo? Lobho kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammo ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya; doso kho, mahārāja…pe… moho kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammo ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya. Ime kho, mahārāja, tayo purisassa dhammā ajjhattaṃ uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya.
贪、嗔与痴,能令人心变恶;
从自身生起之物带来伤害,恰如果实累累的树木摧折其心。
此乃世尊所说:
贪与嗔以此为缘,不喜与喜、身毛竖立,也都从这里生起;
从这里生起后,心的种种寻思,就如男孩们放掉手中抓住的乌鸦一般。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Lobho doso ca moho ca, purisaṃ pāpacetasaṃ; Hiṃsanti attasambhūtā, tacasāraṃva samphala’’nti. Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘Rāgo ca doso ca ito nidānā, aratī ratī lomahaṃso itojā; Ito samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā, kumārakā dhaṅkamivossajantī’’ti. Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
所谓:调伏诸危险、断除诸危险、平息诸危险、舍离诸危险、止息诸危险——也就是不死,涅槃。这是现证之法,即危险的调伏。显示巴利原文
nti parissayavinayaṃ parissayappahānaṃ parissayavūpasamaṃ parissayapaṭinissaggaṃ parissayapaṭipassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – sakkhidhammaṃ parissayavinayaṃ.
“请说明行道:正确的行道、随顺的行道、不违逆的行道、不冲突的行道、如义的行道、法随法的行道;于戒完全奉行、于根门善守护、于食知量、专修警寤、具足念与正知;四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道,以及涅槃和导向涅槃的行道。请说明、开示、宣说、建立、揭示、分别、阐明、指明——请说明行道。”那位化现的天神对世尊佛陀这样说。或者说:“您所开示、宣说、建立、揭示、分别、阐明、指明的所有法,都是善妙、吉祥、完善、无过失、应当遵行的。尊者,请说明行道吧。”显示巴利原文
ti. Paṭipadaṃ vadehi – sammāpaṭipadaṃ anulomapaṭipadaṃ apaccanīkapaṭipadaṃ aviruddhapaṭipadaṃ anvatthapaṭipadaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipadaṃ sīlesu paripūrakāritaṃ indriyesu guttadvārataṃ bhojane mattaññutaṃ jāgariyānuyogaṃ satisampajaññaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhāne cattāro sammappadhāne cattāro iddhipāde pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅge ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ nibbānañca nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ vadehi ācikkha desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivara vibhaja uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – paṭipadaṃ vadehi. ti so nimmito buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ ālapati. Atha vā yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ ācikkhasi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivari vibhaji uttānīakāsi pakāsesi sabbaṃ taṃ sundaraṃ bhaddakaṃ kalyāṇaṃ anavajjaṃ sevitabbanti – paṭipadaṃ vadehi bhaddante.
“防护”是戒,“防护”是依止处、起始、修行、调御、律仪,是诸善法、证得的入口与先导。“定”是心的安住、等住、坚住、不散乱、不分散、内心不涣散的状态、寂止、定根、定力、正定。显示巴利原文
nti. nti sīlaṃ patiṭṭhā ādi caraṇaṃ saṃyamo saṃvaro mukhaṃ pamukhaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. nti yā cittassa ṭhiti saṇṭhiti avaṭṭhiti avisāhāro avikkhepo avisāhatamānasatā samatho samādhindriyaṃ samādhibalaṃ sammāsamādhīti – pātimokkhaṃ atha vāpi samādhiṃ.
558 于是,那位化现的天神说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
“开显法眼者,已宣说现证之法与调伏诸险难;”
“尊者,请开示行道:是防护戒,还是定?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Akittayī vivaṭacakkhu, sakkhidhammaṃ parissayavinayaṃ; Paṭipadaṃ vadehi bhaddante, pātimokkhaṃ atha vāpi samādhi’’nti.
怎样是眼放逸?在此,有人具有眼放逸,心想:“未见的应当去看,已见的应当跨越而再看更多。”于是他游走于一座园林又一座园林、一座公园又一座公园、一座村庄又一座村庄、一座市镇又一座市镇、一座城市又一座城市、一个地区又一个地区、一个邦国又一个邦国,心向长途漫游与居无定所的游走,只为观看种种色相。如此也是眼放逸。显示巴利原文
ti. Kathaṃ cakkhuloloti? Idhekacco cakkhuloliyena samannāgato hoti – ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ dakkhitabbaṃ , diṭṭhaṃ samatikkamitabba’’nti ārāmena ārāmaṃ uyyānena uyyānaṃ gāmena gāmaṃ nigamena nigamaṃ nagarena nagaraṃ raṭṭhena raṭṭhaṃ janapadena janapadaṃ dīghacārikaṃ anavaṭṭhitacārikaṃ anuyutto ca hoti rūpassa dassanāya. Evampi cakkhulolo hoti.
又或者,比丘进入村落,行于街上时,不防护根门而行,他看大象,看马,看车,看步兵,看女人,看男人,看男孩,看女孩,看市场,看各家各户的门前,向上看,向下看,向四方张望而行。如此也是眼放逸。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vīthiṃ paṭipanno asaṃvuto gacchati hatthiṃ olokento, assaṃ olokento, rathaṃ olokento, pattiṃ olokento, itthiyo olokento, purise olokento, kumārake olokento, kumārikāyo olokento, antarāpaṇaṃ olokento , gharamukhāni olokento, uddhaṃ olokento, adho olokento, disāvidisaṃ vipekkhamāno gacchati. Evampi cakkhulolo hoti.
又或者,比丘以眼见色之后,执取总相,执取别相。由于不防护眼根而住,贪欲、忧恼及种种不善法便会渗入。他既不为防护眼根而修习,也不守护眼根,于眼根不加以防护。如此也是眼放逸。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā nimittaggāhī hoti anubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya na paṭipajjati, na rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye na saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Evampi cakkhulolo hoti.
而有受人敬重的沙门与婆罗门,受用了由净信所施的食物之后,不耽著于观看种种杂戏演艺,即:舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、表演、故事……乃至军阵演练等。他从这类杂戏演艺中远离、回避。如此,便非眼根放逸。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ ananuyuttā viharanti, seyyathidaṃ – naccaṃ gītaṃ vāditaṃ pekkhaṃ akkhānaṃ…pe… anīkadassanaṃ iti vā. Evarūpā visūkadassanā paṭivirato hoti. Evampi na cakkhulolo hoti.
如何是眼根不放逸?此处,比丘进入村落,在街巷中行走时,防护而行:不注视大象,不注视马,不注视车,不注视步兵,不注视女人,不注视男人,不注视男孩,不注视女孩,不注视市场,不注视各家门口,不向上望,不向下望,不东张西望而行。如此,便非眼根放逸。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ na cakkhulolo hoti? Idha bhikkhu antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vīthiṃ paṭipanno saṃvuto gacchati na hatthiṃ olokento, na assaṃ olokento, na rathaṃ olokento, na pattiṃ olokento, na itthiyo olokento, na purise olokento, na kumārake olokento, na kumārikāyo olokento, na antarāpaṇaṃ olokento, na gharamukhāni olokento, na uddhaṃ olokento, na adho olokento, na disāvidisāvipekkhamāno gacchati. Evampi na cakkhulolo hoti.
又或,比丘眼见色之后,不执取整体相,不执取细部相。若他住于不防护眼根,贪欲、忧恼及恶不善法便会流入。为防护这些法,他精勤修行,守护眼根,于眼根安住防护。如此,便非眼根放逸。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Evampi na cakkhulolo hoti.
再者,有些沙门、婆罗门享用信众供养的食物之后,便热衷于观看种种表演,并以此为乐,诸如:舞蹈、歌唱、奏乐、戏剧、传说讲述、手击乐、响铃、铜鼓、杂耍、贱民表演、竹竿戏、沐浴戏、象斗、马斗、水牛斗、公牛斗、山羊斗、绵羊斗、斗鸡、斗鹌鹑、棍棒格斗、拳击、摔跤、模拟战、军队集结、列阵、阅兵等。这也属于眼根的放逸。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ anuyuttā viharanti, seyyathidaṃ – naccaṃ gītaṃ vāditaṃ pekkhaṃ akkhānaṃ pāṇissaraṃ vetāḷaṃ kumbhathūṇaṃ sobhanakaṃ caṇḍālaṃ vaṃsaṃ dhovanaṃ hatthiyuddhaṃ assayuddhaṃ mahiṃsayuddhaṃ usabhayuddhaṃ ajayuddhaṃ meṇḍayuddhaṃ kukkuṭayuddhaṃ vaṭṭakayuddhaṃ daṇḍayuddhaṃ muṭṭhiyuddhaṃ nibbuddhaṃ uyyodhikaṃ balaggaṃ senābyūhaṃ anīkadassanaṃ iti vā . Evampi cakkhulolo hoti.
他应当舍弃、除去、断除眼中的贪求,令它彻底消失;对于眼中的贪求,应当远离、隔离、回避、出离、脱出、解脱、解缚,以无界限的心而住。这就是:不以双眼去贪求。显示巴利原文
ti. Cakkhuloliyaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, cakkhuloliyā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – cakkhūhi neva lolassa.
所谓‘村野之谈’,指的是三十二种无意义的世俗言论,即:谈论国王、谈论盗贼、谈论大臣、谈论军队、谈论恐怖、谈论战争、谈论食物、谈论饮品、谈论衣物、谈论车乘、谈论床具、谈论花鬘、谈论香料、谈论亲戚、谈论村庄、谈论城镇、谈论城市、谈论国土、谈论女人、谈论英雄、谈论街道、谈论井边、谈论先亡祖先、谈论各种琐事、谈论世间起源、谈论海洋起源、谈论‘有与无’等。他应当阻断、阻止、防护、守护、保卫、遮蔽对村野之谈的听闻,彻底断除它——这就是:应令耳根不闻村野之谈。显示巴利原文
nti. Gāmakathā vuccati bāttiṃsa tiracchānakathā, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathā corakathā mahāmattakathā senākathā bhayakathā yuddhakathā annakathā pānakathā vatthakathā yānakathā sayanakathā mālākathā gandhakathā ñātikathā gāmakathā nigamakathā nagarakathā janapadakathā itthikathā sūrakathā visikhākathā kumbhaṭṭhānakathā pubbapetakathā nānattakathā lokakkhāyikā samuddakkhāyikā itibhavābhavakathā iti vā. nti . Gāmakathāya sotaṃ āvareyya nivāreyya saṃvareyya rakkheyya gopeyya pidaheyya pacchindeyyāti – gāmakathāya āvaraye sotaṃ.
有这些味道:根味、茎味、皮味、叶味、花味、果味,以及酸、甜、苦、辣、咸、碱、涩、可口、不可口、冷、热。有些沙门与婆罗门贪著于味,他们以舌尖遍寻种种味之精华,四处游走。他们得到了酸的又去寻求非酸的,得到了非酸的又去寻求酸的……乃至得到了冷的去寻求热的,得到了热的又去寻求冷的。无论得到什么,他们都不满足,不断地逐求一个又一个。对于合意的味道,他们染著、贪求、沉迷、昏醉、固执、黏着、被系缚、受障碍。而若有人已将这种‘味渴爱’断除、彻底根除……乃至被智火焚烧,他便如理思惟之后受用食物,不为嬉戏……而是为了无过失与安稳的安住。显示巴利原文
ti. ti mūlaraso khandharaso tacaraso pattaraso puppharaso phalaraso ambilaṃ madhuraṃ tittakaṃ kaṭukaṃ loṇikaṃ khārikaṃ lambikaṃ kasāvo sādu asādu sītaṃ uṇhaṃ. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā rasagiddhā; te jivhaggena rasaggāni pariyesantā āhiṇḍanti, te ambilaṃ labhitvā anambilaṃ pariyesanti, anambilaṃ labhitvā ambilaṃ pariyesanti…pe… sītaṃ labhitvā uṇhaṃ pariyesanti, uṇhaṃ labhitvā sītaṃ pariyesanti. Te yaṃ yaṃ labhitvā tena tena na tussanti, aparāparaṃ pariyesanti, manāpikesu rasesu rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhosannā laggā laggitā palibuddhā. Yassesā rasataṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā…pe… ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti neva davāya…pe… anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cāti.
正如为令伤口愈合而涂抹药膏,正如为运载货物而给车轴上油,正如为穿越荒漠而食亲子之肉;同样地,比丘如理思惟后受用食物,不为嬉戏……而是为了无过失与安稳的安住。他应舍弃、除去、灭尽味渴爱,令其不复存在;对于味渴爱应保持远离、隔离、回避、出离、脱离、解脱、解缚,以无界限之心而住——这便是:于诸味不应贪求。显示巴利原文
Yathā vaṇaṃ ālimpeyya yāvadeva āruhaṇatthāya , yathā vā pana akkhaṃ abbhañjeyya yāvadeva bhārassa nittharaṇatthāya, yathā vā puttamaṃsaṃ āhāraṃ āhāreyya yāvadeva kantārassa nittharaṇatthāya; evamevaṃ bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti neva davāya…pe… anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cāti rasataṇhaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, rasataṇhāya ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – rase ca nānugijjheyya.
有两种‘我执’:渴爱的我执与邪见的我执……这就是渴爱的我执……这就是邪见的我执。舍弃了渴爱的我执,放下了邪见的我执之后,他对于眼不应执取为‘我的’,不抓取、不执持、不固著;对于耳……鼻……舌……身……色……声……香……味……触……家族……群党……住所……利养……名声……赞叹……快乐……衣服……饮食……坐卧处……医药资具……欲界……色界……无色界……欲有……色有……无色有……想有……无想有……非想非非想有……一蕴有……四蕴有……五蕴有……过去……未来……现在……所见、所闻、所觉、所识的诸法,都不应执取为‘我的’,不抓取、不执持、不固著。所谓‘世间中的任何事物’,是指属于色、受、想、行、识的一切。‘世间’指的是恶趣世间……乃至处世间——对于这世间中的任何事物,都不应执取为‘我的’。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dve mamattā – taṇhāmamattañca diṭṭhimamattañca …pe… idaṃ taṇhāmamattaṃ…pe… idaṃ diṭṭhimamattaṃ. Taṇhāmamattaṃ pahāya diṭṭhimamattaṃ paṭinissajjitvā cakkhuṃ na mamāyeyya na gaṇheyya na parāmaseyya nābhiniviseyya; sotaṃ… ghānaṃ… jivhaṃ… kāyaṃ… rūpe… sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… kulaṃ… gaṇaṃ… āvāsaṃ… lābhaṃ… yasaṃ… pasaṃsaṃ… sukhaṃ… cīvaraṃ… piṇḍapātaṃ… senāsanaṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ… kāmadhātuṃ… rūpadhātuṃ… arūpadhātuṃ… kāmabhavaṃ… rūpabhavaṃ… arūpabhavaṃ… saññābhavaṃ… asaññābhavaṃ… nevasaññānāsaññābhavaṃ … ekavokārabhavaṃ… catuvokārabhavaṃ… pañcavokārabhavaṃ … atītaṃ… anāgataṃ… paccuppannaṃ… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbe dhamme na mamāyeyya na gaṇheyya na parāmaseyya nābhiniviseyya. ti kiñci rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ. nti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – na ca mamāyetha kiñci lokasmiṃ.
650 因此,那位化人说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha so nimmito –
不应放纵眼根,应收摄耳根,不参与闲杂的俗语;
于味不应贪着,亦不执取世间任何事物为我有。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cakkhūhi neva lolassa, gāmakathāya āvaraye sotaṃ; Rase ca nānugijjheyya, na ca mamāyetha kiñci lokasmi’’nti.
“触”:即病触。为病触所触、侵袭、压制而具足;为眼病所触、侵袭、压制而具足,为耳病……乃至……为鼻病……为舌病……为身病……为头病……为耳病……为口病……为牙病……为咳嗽……为气喘……为鼻炎……为灼热……为发热……为腹病……为昏厥……为痢疾……为绞痛……为霍乱……为麻风……为肿块……为白癜风……为消耗病……为癫痫……为癣……为痒……为疥……为疮……为湿疹……为血病……为胆病……为糖尿病……为痉挛……为脓疱……为瘘疮……为胆所生之病……为痰所生之病……为风所生之病……为三者合起之病……为季节变化所生之病……为不适调养所生之病……为外来伤害所生之病……为业报所生之病……为寒冷……为炎热……为饥饿……为口渴……为大便……为小便……为虻蚊、风、日、蛇类等触所触、侵袭、压制而具足——这就是“当被触所触及时”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rogaphasso. Rogaphassena phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato assa; cakkhurogena phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato assa, sotarogena…pe… ghānarogena… jivhārogena… kāyarogena… sīsarogena… kaṇṇarogena… mukharogena… dantarogena… kāsena… sāsena… pināsena… ḍāhena… jarena… kucchirogena… mucchāya… pakkhandikāya… sūlāya… visūcikāya… kuṭṭhena… gaṇḍena… kilāsena… sosena… apamārena… dadduyā… kaṇḍuyā … kacchuyā… rakhasāya… vitacchikāya… lohitena… pittena… madhumehena… aṃsāya… piḷakāya… bhagandalena… pittasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… semhasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… vātasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… sannipātikena ābādhena… utupariṇāmajena ābādhena… visamaparihārajena ābādhena… opakkamikena ābādhena… kammavipākajena ābādhena… sītena… uṇhena… jighacchāya… pipāsāya… uccārena… passāvena… ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassehi phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato assāti – phassena yadā phuṭṭhassa.
“哀伤”:哀叹、悲泣、哀叹的行为、悲泣的行为、哀叹的状态、悲泣的状态,言语、胡言、乱语、悲鸣、悲鸣的行为、悲鸣的状态——不应造作,不应生起,不应产生,不应令其发生,不应令其完全发生。“任何地方”:无论何处、无论何事、无论哪里,内在、外在,或内外兼具——比丘于一切处皆不应哀伤。显示巴利原文
ti. Ādevaṃ paridevaṃ ādevanaṃ paridevanaṃ ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ vācā palāpaṃ vippalāpaṃ lālappaṃ lālappāyanaṃ lālappāyitattaṃ na kareyya na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya nābhinibbatteyya. ti kuhiñci kimhici katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vāti – paridevaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci.
不应渴求欲有,不应渴求色有,不应渴求无色有;不应期盼,不应祈愿,不应贪求——不应对有生起渴求。显示巴利原文
ti. Kāmabhavaṃ na jappeyya, rūpabhavaṃ na jappeyya, arūpabhavaṃ na jappeyya na pajappeyya nābhijappeyyāti – bhavañca nābhijappeyya.
同样地,“可怕”也就是指恐惧。世尊曾这样说:“那恐惧、那可怕,必定是不舍弃而来临。”所说的“外部所缘”,是指狮子、老虎、豹、熊、鬣狗、狼、水牛、马、象、蛇、蝎子、蜈蚣,以及盗贼,或怀恶意的歹徒,无论他们是否已犯下罪行。再以另一种方式说,“恐惧”是指内在由心而生的恐惧、惊怖、战栗、汗毛竖立、心的慌乱与畏缩。它包括对生、老、病、死、国王、盗贼、火、水、自我谴责、他人谴责、刑罚、恶趣、波浪、鳄鱼、漩涡、鲨鱼、生计、恶名、当众紧张、迷醉、堕入恶道的恐惧——即恐惧、惊怖、战栗、汗毛竖立、心的慌乱与畏缩。对于这些可怕的事物,无论是看见或听到,他都不动摇、不震颤、不全身颤抖,不畏惧、不惊恐、不战栗、不害怕,不陷入惊吓;他成为无惧、不畏缩、不惊慌、不逃避的人,安住于已舍断恐惧与可怕、汗毛不再竖立的状态——这就是“对可怕的事物全然不畏惧”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ekenākārena bhayampi bheravampi taññeva. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘etaṃ nūna taṃ bhayaṃ bheravaṃ na jahe āgacchatī’’ti. Bahiddhārammaṇaṃ vuttaṃ sīhā byagghā dīpī acchā taracchā kokā mahiṃsā assā hatthī ahi vicchikā satapadī, corā vā assu mānavā vā katakammā vā akatakammā vā. Athāparena ākārena bhayaṃ vuccati ajjhattikaṃ cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ bhayaṃ bhayānakaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃso cetaso ubbego utrāso, jātibhayaṃ jarābhayaṃ byādhibhayaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ rājabhayaṃ corabhayaṃ aggibhayaṃ udakabhayaṃ attānuvādabhayaṃ parānuvādabhayaṃ daṇḍabhayaṃ duggatibhayaṃ ūmibhayaṃ kumbhīlabhayaṃ āvaṭṭabhayaṃ susukābhayaṃ ājīvikabhayaṃ asilokabhayaṃ parisāya sārajjabhayaṃ madanabhayaṃ duggatibhayaṃ bhayaṃ bhayānakaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃso cetaso ubbego utrāso. ti bherave passitvā vā suṇitvā vā na vedheyya na pavedheyya na sampavedheyya na taseyya na uttaseyya na paritaseyya na bhāyeyya na santāsaṃ āpajjeyya, abhīrū assa achambhī anutrāsī apalāyī, pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃso vihareyyāti – bheravesu ca na sampavedheyya.
781 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
当比丘为触所触时,于任何处都不应悲泣;
不应渴爱生存,于可怖处亦全无畏惧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Phassena yadā phuṭṭhassa, paridevaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci; Bhavañca nābhijappeyya, bheravesu ca na sampavedheyyā’’ti.
食物,即米饭、粥、炒面粉、鱼、肉。饮料有八种:芒果汁、蒲桃汁、香蕉汁、芭蕉汁、蜂蜜水、葡萄汁、藕根汁、酸枣汁。又有八种饮料:黄果汁、枣汁、酸枣子汁、酥油饮、油饮、乳饮、粥饮、混合汁饮。咀嚼食,指面粉类嚼食、糕点类嚼食、根类嚼食、树皮类嚼食、叶类嚼食、花类嚼食、果类嚼食。衣物有六种衣料:亚麻、棉布、丝绸、羊毛、麻、麻絮。以上是食物、饮料、咀嚼食及衣物的种类。显示巴利原文
nti. nti odano kummāso sattu maccho maṃsaṃ. nti aṭṭha pānāni – ambapānaṃ, jambupānaṃ, cocapānaṃ, mocapānaṃ, madhupānaṃ , muddikapānaṃ, sālukapānaṃ, phārusakapānaṃ. Aparānipi aṭṭha pānāni – kosambapānaṃ, kolapānaṃ, badarapānaṃ, ghatapānaṃ, telapānaṃ, payopānaṃ, yāgupānaṃ, rasapānaṃ. nti piṭṭhakhajjakaṃ, pūvakhajjakaṃ, mūlakhajjakaṃ, tacakhajjakaṃ, pattakhajjakaṃ, pupphakhajjakaṃ, phalakhajjakaṃ. nti cha cīvarāni – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅganti – annānamatho pānānaṃ khādanīyānamathopi vatthānaṃ.
所谓“获得”,即得到、找到、抵达、寻得、领受。但这并非通过欺骗、谄媚、暗示、威逼利诱,并非为了以利求利,并非通过施舍木头、施舍竹子、施舍钵、施舍花、施舍果、施舍沐浴、施舍香粉、施舍黏土、施舍齿木、施舍漱口水,也非通过逢迎阿谀、豆羹般的甜言、承事侍候、殷勤按摩,非靠宅地占卜、畜生明邪术、肢相术、星相术,非靠充当信使、差遣使者、跑腿作媒,非靠行医、兴建新工程、以钵换钵之食、馈赠回赠,而是通过如法、正当的方式,得到、找到、抵达、寻得、领受——这就是“获得”。对于食物的储存、饮料的储存、衣物的储存、车乘的储存、卧具的储存、香料的储存、资具的储存,他皆不应作、不应办、不应积藏、不应生起、不应令其生起——这就是“获得后,不储藏”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti laddhā labhitvā adhigantvā vinditvā paṭilabhitvā na kuhanāya, na lapanāya, na nemittikatāya, na nippesikatāya, na lābhena lābhaṃ nijigīsanatāya , na kaṭṭhadānena, na veḷudānena, na pattadānena, na pupphadānena, na phaladānena, na sinānadānena, na cuṇṇadānena, na mattikādānena, na dantakaṭṭhadānena, na mukhodakadānena, na cāṭukamyatāya, na muggasūpyatāya , na pāribhaṭayayatāya, na pīṭhamaddikatāya , na vatthuvijjāya, na tiracchānavijjāya, na aṅgavijjāya, na nakkhattavijjāya, na dūtagamanena, na pahiṇagamanena, na jaṅghapesaniyena, na vejjakammena, na navakammena, na piṇḍapaṭipiṇḍakena, na dānānuppadānena dhammena samena laddhā labhitvā adhigantvā vinditvā paṭilabhitvāti – laddhā. ti annasannidhiṃ pānasannidhiṃ vatthasannidhiṃ yānasannidhiṃ sayanasannidhiṃ gandhasannidhiṃ āmisasannidhiṃ na kareyya na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya nābhinibbatteyyāti – laddhā na sannidhiṃ kayirā.
786 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
即使得不到食物,得不到饮品,得不到衣物,得不到家庭支持,得不到随众,得不到住所,得不到利养,得不到名声,得不到称赞,得不到快乐,得不到袈裟,得不到乞食,得不到坐卧处,得不到病缘所需的医药资具,得不到看护者,也不应因“我不为人知”的念头而害怕、畏惧、惊恐、恐惧、陷入惊惶;他应当无所畏惧、不退怯、不惊惶、不逃跑,已舍弃怖畏与恐惧,毛发不竖立而安住——对于得不到这一切,毫无惊恐。显示巴利原文
ti. Annaṃ vā na labhāmi , pānaṃ vā na labhāmi, vatthaṃ vā na labhāmi, kulaṃ vā na labhāmi, gaṇaṃ vā na labhāmi, āvāsaṃ vā na labhāmi, lābhaṃ vā na labhāmi, yasaṃ vā na labhāmi, pasaṃsaṃ vā na labhāmi, sukhaṃ vā na labhāmi, cīvaraṃ vā na labhāmi, piṇḍapātaṃ vā na labhāmi, senāsanaṃ vā na labhāmi, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ vā na labhāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākaṃ vā na labhāmi, ‘‘appaññātomhī’’ti na taseyya na uttaseyya na parittaseyya na bhāyeyya na santāsaṃ āpajjeyya , abhīrū assa achambhī anutrāsī apalāyī, pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃso vihareyyāti – na ca parittase tāni alabhamāno.
2206 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
对于食物、饮、嚼食与衣物,
得已不应蓄藏,不得他们亦不惊惶。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Annānamatho pānānaṃ, khādanīyānamathopi vatthānaṃ; Laddhā na sannidhiṃ kayirā, na ca parittase tāni alabhamāno’’ti.
以初禅那而修习,以第二禅那而修习,以第三禅那而修习,以第四禅那而修习;以有寻有伺之禅那而修习,以无寻唯伺之禅那而修习,以无寻无伺之禅那而修习;以有喜之禅那而修习,以无喜之禅那而修习;以喜俱行之禅那而修习,以舒悦俱行之禅那而修习,以乐俱行之禅那而修习,以舍俱行之禅那而修习;以空之禅那而修习,以无相之禅那而修习,以无愿之禅那而修习;以世间之禅那而修习,以出世间之禅那而修习。乐入禅那,心专一境,敬重最胜义者——此即禅修者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṭhamenapi jhānena jhāyī, dutiyenapi jhānena jhāyī, tatiyenapi jhānena jhāyī, catutthenapi jhānena jhāyī, savitakkasavicārenapi jhānena jhāyī, avitakkavicāramattenapi jhānena jhāyī, avitakkaavicārenapi jhānena jhāyī, sappītikenapi jhānena jhāyī, nippītikenapi jhānena jhāyī, pītisahagatenapi jhānena jhāyī, sātasahagatenapi jhānena jhāyī, sukhasahagatenapi jhānena jhāyī, upekkhāsahagatenapi jhānena jhāyī, suññatenapi jhānena jhāyī, animittenapi jhānena jhāyī, appaṇihitenapi jhānena jhāyī, lokiyenapi jhānena jhāyī, lokuttarenapi jhānena jhāyī, jhānarato ekattamanuyutto paramatthagarukoti – jhāyī.
什么是足散乱呢?于此,有一类人具足这般足散乱的习性:从一座寺院到另一座寺院,从一座园林到另一座园林,从一个村落走到另一个村落,从一个集镇走到另一个集镇,从一座城市走到另一座城市,从一个地区走到另一个地区,从一个国土走到另一个国土,长期游走、不恒住而游荡度日。这便是足散乱。显示巴利原文
ti. Kathaṃ pādalolo hoti? Idhekacco pādaloliyena samannāgato hoti ārāmena ārāmaṃ uyyānena uyyānaṃ gāmena gāmaṃ nigamena nigamaṃ nagarena nagaraṃ raṭṭhena raṭṭhaṃ janapadena janapadaṃ dīghacārikaṃ anavaṭṭhitacārikaṃ anuyutto viharati. Evampi pādalolo hoti.
再者,有比丘即便在僧园之内,也具足足掉散乱的习性——既非为法的目标,亦非因合理的缘由,只是心浮气躁、不平静,便从一所院落走到另一所院落,从一座寺院走到另一座寺院,从一座半覆屋走到另一座半覆屋,从一座殿堂走到另一座殿堂,从一座高楼走到另一座高楼,从一座洞窟走到另一座洞窟,从一座岩窟走到另一座岩窟,从一座茅蓬走到另一座茅蓬,从一座尖顶屋走到另一座尖顶屋,从一座平台走到另一座平台,从一座圆厅走到另一座圆厅,从一座长屋走到另一座长屋,从一座集会厅走到另一座集会厅,从一座圆亭走到另一座圆亭,从一棵树下走到另一棵树下。他又去到其他比丘坐处:若那里有一人,他便成为第二人;若有两人,便成为第三人;若有三人,便成为第四人。他在那里说种种杂语,诸如:王论、盗贼论、大臣论、军队论、怖畏论、战争论、食物论、饮料论、衣服论、车乘论、床座论、花鬘论、香论、亲戚论、村落论、镇论、城市论、国土论、女人论、英雄论、街巷论、井边论、先亡论、种种论、世间传闻、海洋传闻,以及像‘有、无’之类的话题。这样也是足散乱。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu antopisaṅghārāme pādaloliyena samannāgato hoti. Na atthahetu na kāraṇahetu uddhato avūpasantacitto pariveṇato pariveṇaṃ gacchati vihārato vihāraṃ gacchati aḍḍhayogato aḍḍhayogaṃ gacchati pāsādato pāsādaṃ gacchati hammiyato hammiyaṃ gacchati guhāya guhaṃ gacchati leṇato leṇaṃ gacchati kuṭito kuṭiṃ gacchati kūṭāgārato kūṭāgāraṃ gacchati aṭṭato aṭṭaṃ gacchati māḷato māḷaṃ gacchati uddaṇḍato uddaṇḍaṃ gacchati upaṭṭhānasālato upaṭṭhānasālaṃ gacchati maṇḍalamāḷato maṇḍalamāḷaṃ gacchati rukkhamūlato rukkhamūlaṃ gacchati. Yattha vā pana bhikkhū nisīdanti tahiṃ gacchati, tattha ekassa vā dutiyo hoti, dvinnaṃ vā tatiyo hoti, tiṇṇaṃ vā catuttho hoti. Tattha bahuṃ samphappalāpaṃ palapati, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ mahāmattakathaṃ senākathaṃ bhayakathaṃ yuddhakathaṃ annakathaṃ pānakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ yānakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ mālākathaṃ gandhakathaṃ ñātikathaṃ gāmakathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ sūrakathaṃ visikhākathaṃ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ nānattakathaṃ lokakkhāyikaṃ samuddakkhāyikaṃ iti bhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā. Evampi pādalolo hoti.
因此,他应当断除足散乱,舍弃它、根除它、令它不复生起。于足散乱,他应远离、回避、避离、出离、脱开、解缚,以无边际之心而住、而行、而游、而动、而转、而护、而度、而活。他应当喜好独处、乐于独处,内勤心止,不舍禅那,具足观照,增长空闲处之修习,是禅修者、乐于禅那者、专注一境者、以最胜义为至上者——这位比丘是真正的禅修者,而非足散乱之人。显示巴利原文
ti. Pādaloliyaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, pādaloliyā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyya careyya vicareyya iriyeyya vatteyya pāleyya yapeyya yāpeyya, paṭisallānārāmo assa paṭisallānarato ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno vipassanā samannāgato brūhetā suññāgārānaṃ jhāyī jhānarato ekattamanuyutto paramatthagarukoti – jhāyī na pādalolassa.
于此,“追悔”是指:手的不安动作是追悔,脚的不安动作是追悔,手脚的不安动作是追悔;对不许可的事物生起许可之想,对许可的事物生起不许可之想;于非时生起时之想,于时生起非时之想;于无过失处生起有过失之想,于有过失处生起无过失之想。凡此类追悔、追悔的行为、追悔的状态、心的懊悔、意的扰乱——是名追悔。显示巴利原文
ti. nti hatthakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ, pādakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ, hatthapādakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ, akappiye kappiyasaññitā kappiye akappiyasaññitā, vikāle kālasaññitā kāle vikālasaññitā, avajje vajjasaññitā vajje avajjasaññitā; yaṃ evarūpaṃ kukkuccaṃ kukkuccāyanā kukkuccāyitattaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho – idaṃ vuccati kukkuccaṃ.
再者,由两种原因生起恶作——心的追悔与恼乱:因已作与未作。如何因已作与未作而生起恶作、心的追悔与恼乱呢?“我作了身恶行,未作身善行”,如此便生起恶作;“我作了语恶行……我作了意恶行……我杀了生,未离杀生”……乃至……“我持邪见,未修习正见”,如此便生起恶作。这便是因已作与未作而生起恶作。显示巴利原文
Api ca dvīhi kāraṇehi uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho – katattā ca akatattā ca. Kathaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho? ‘‘Kataṃ me kāyaduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me kāyasucarita’’nti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho. ‘‘Kataṃ me vacīduccaritaṃ… kataṃ me manoduccaritaṃ… kato me pāṇātipāto, akatā me pāṇātipātā veramaṇī’’ti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho. ‘‘Kataṃ me adinnādānaṃ… kato me kāmesumicchācāro… kato me musāvādo… katā me pisuṇavācā… katā me pharusavācā… kato me samphappalāpo… katā me abhijjhā… kato me byāpādo… katā me micchādiṭṭhi, akatā me sammādiṭṭhī’’ti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho. Evaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho.
或者,以“我在戒行上未得圆满”而生起恶作——心的追悔与恼乱;以“我在守护根门上未得严密”……以“我在饮食上未达知量”……以“我未致力于警觉”……以“我未具备念与正知”……以“我未修习四念处”……以“我未修习四正勤”……以“我未修习四神足”……以“我未修习五根”……以“我未修习五力”……以“我未修习七觉支”……以“我未修习八圣道”……以“我未遍知苦”……以“我未断集”……以“我未修道”……以“我未证灭”而生起恶作——心的追悔与恼乱。因此,对于恶作,应当远离、回避、避离;应当断除恶作,除去它、消灭它、令其不生。对于恶作,他应远离、回避、避离、出离、脱离、解缚,以无边际之心而住——这便是远离恶作。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ‘‘sīlesumhi na paripūrakārī’’ti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho, ‘‘indriyesumhi aguttadvāro’’ti…pe… ‘‘bhojane amattaññumhī’’ti… ‘‘jāgariyaṃ ananuyuttomhī’’ti… ‘‘na satisampajaññena samannāgatomhī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro sammappadhānā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro iddhipādā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitāni me pañcindriyānī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitāni me pañca balānī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me satta bojjhaṅgā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvito me ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti… ‘‘dukkhaṃ me apariññāta’’nti… ‘‘samudayo me appahīno’’ti… ‘‘maggo me abhāvito’’ti… ‘‘nirodho me asacchikato’’ti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho. ti kukkuccā ārameyya virameyya paṭivirameyya kukkuccaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya. Kukkuccā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – virame kukkuccā.
他应恭敬而行、持续用功、坚定落实,从不懈怠、不弃愿求、不卸重任,于所有善法中都保持不放逸。他如此策励:“我何时能圆满那尚未圆满的戒蕴,又以智慧更善巧地掌握那已圆满的戒蕴呢?”对此,生起意愿、精进、奋发、勇猛、坚持不退、正念、正知、热忱、努力、决意、专念,于一切善法皆不放逸。“我何时能圆满那尚未圆满的定蕴……慧蕴……解脱蕴……解脱知见蕴呢?”“我何时能遍知那尚未遍知的苦,断除那尚未断除的烦恼,修习那尚未修习的道,证悟那尚未证悟的灭呢?”对此,生起意愿、精进、奋发、勇猛、坚持不退、正念、正知、热忱、努力、决意、专念,于一切善法皆不放逸——如此,应舍离恶作,切莫放逸。显示巴利原文
ti sakkaccakārī assa sātaccakārī aṭṭhitakārī anolīnavuttiko anikkhittacchando anikkhittadhuro appamādo kusalesu dhammesu. ‘‘Kadāhaṃ aparipūraṃ vā sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūreyyaṃ, paripūraṃ vā sīlakkhandhaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggaṇheyya’’nti? Yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca thāmo ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca ātappaṃ padhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ anuyogo appamādo kusalesu dhammesu . ‘‘Kadāhaṃ aparipūraṃ vā samādhikkhandhaṃ…pe… paññākkhandhaṃ… vimuttikkhandhaṃ… vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ… kadāhaṃ apariññātaṃ vā dukkhaṃ parijāneyyaṃ, appahīne vā kilese pajaheyyaṃ, abhāvitaṃ vā maggaṃ bhāveyyaṃ, asacchikataṃ vā nirodhaṃ sacchikareyya’’nti? Yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca thāmo ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca ātappaṃ padhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ anuyogo appamādo kusalesu dhammesūti – virame kukkuccā nappamajjeyya.
坐具,即坐下时所倚卧的用具,诸如床、椅、垫、草席、皮垫、草铺、叶铺、稻草铺等。卧处,即安歇的住所,诸如精舍、殿楼、高楼、石窟等。这些就是所谓的坐卧之处。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi…pe… āsanaṃ vuccati yattha nisīdati – mañco pīṭhaṃ bhisi taṭṭikā cammakhaṇḍo tiṇasanthāro paṇṇasanthāro palālasanthāro. Sayanaṃ vuccati senāsanaṃ vihāro aḍḍhayogo pāsādo hammiyaṃ guhāti – athāsanesu sayanesu.
比丘应在那些寂静、无喧闹、人迹罕至、适合独处、堪宜禅修的坐卧处,或经行、或漫步、或安住、或行持,守护道业、维持生命、安稳度日。这就是说,比丘应当在安静之地、坐卧之处安住。显示巴利原文
ti. Appasaddesu appanigghosesu vijanavātesu manussarāhasseyyakesu paṭisallānasāruppesu senāsanesu careyya vicareyya vihareyya iriyeyya vatteyya pāleyya yapeyya yāpeyyāti – athāsanesu sayanesu appasaddesu bhikkhu vihareyya.
2135 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
禅修者不应四处游荡,应远离恶作,不应放逸;
比丘应于坐卧之处,安住于安静的地方。
将昼夜分作六时,以五时投入修行,一时躺卧歇息——不应沉溺于睡眠。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jhāyī na pādalolassa, virame kukkuccā nappamajjeyya; Athāsanesu sayanesu, appasaddesu bhikkhu vihareyyā’’ti. ti. Rattindivaṃ chakoṭṭhāsaṃ kāretvā pañcakoṭṭhāsaṃ paṭipajjeyya ekakoṭṭhāsaṃ nippajjeyyāti – niddaṃ na bahulīkareyya.
在此,比丘于白昼以经行与端坐,从障碍法当中净化内心;夜晚的初夜分,亦以经行与端坐,从障碍法当中净化内心;中夜分,右胁着地,作狮子卧,脚叠脚,正念正知,作意起身想;后夜分,起身之后,再以经行与端坐,从障碍法当中净化内心。显示巴利原文
ti. Idha bhikkhu divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheyya, rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheyya, rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeyya pādepādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasikaritvā, rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheyya.
意思是:应亲近警寤,应遍亲近,应修习,应常修习,应俱修习,应反复修习——即应亲近警寤。显示巴利原文
ti jāgariyaṃ bhajeyya sambhajeyya seveyya niseveyya saṃseveyya paṭiseveyyāti – jāgariyaṃ bhajeyya.
意思是:热忱就是指精进。那属于心的精进策励、出发、前进、努力、奋斗、奋发、勇猛、毅力、坚定、不懈怠的状态、不舍弃意欲、不舍弃责任、承担起责任——这就是精进、精进根、精进力、正勤。以此热忱而具足、圆满具足、到达、圆满到达、具有、圆满具有、具备者,便称为具热忱者。——应亲近警寤,具热忱。显示巴利原文
ti. Ātappaṃ vuccati vīriyaṃ . Yo cetasiko vīriyārambho nikkamo parakkamo uyyāmo vāyāmo ussāho ussoḷhī thāmo ṭhiti asithilaparakkamatā anikkhittacchandatā anikkhittadhuratā dhurasampaggaho vīriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ vīriyabalaṃ sammāvāyāmo. Iminā ātāpena upeto samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato so vuccati ātāpīti – jāgariyaṃ bhajeyya ātāpī.
意思是:昏沉、昏沉性、昏沉状态、昏沉迟钝,就是懈怠、懈怠性、懈怠状态。幻术是指欺骗的行为。在此,有人以身行恶行后……乃至……以语、以意行恶行后,为了掩盖它,内心生起邪恶的愿望。他希望“别让人知道我”,思量“别让人知道我”,言语“别让人知道我”,以身努力“别让人知道我”。像这样的变幻、极狡诈、欺骗、蒙骗、隐瞒、环绕隐瞒、覆盖、完全覆盖、遮掩、完全遮掩、不公开、不显露、隐藏、恶行——这就叫做幻术。意思是:在此,有人过度露齿而笑。世尊曾这样说过:“诸比丘,在圣者的律中,这些过度露齿而笑,就如同幼稚的行为。”显示巴利原文
nti. ti tandī tandiyanā tandiyitattaṃ tandimanakatā ālasyaṃ ālasyāyanā ālasyāyitattaṃ. Māyā vuccati vañcanikā cariyā. Idhekacco kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā…pe… vācāya manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā tassa paṭicchādanahetu pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahati. Mā maṃ jaññāti icchati, mā maṃ jaññāti saṅkappeti, mā maṃ jaññāti vācaṃ bhāsati, mā maṃ jaññāti kāyena parakkamati. Yā evarūpā māyāvitā accasarā vañcanā nikati nikiraṇā pariharaṇā gūhanā parigūhanā chādanā paricchādanā anuttānīkammaṃ anāvikammaṃ vocchādanā pāpakiriyā – ayaṃ vuccati māyā. nti idhekacco ativelaṃ dantavidaṃsakaṃ hasati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘kumārakamidaṃ, bhikkhave , ariyassa vinaye yadidaṃ ativelaṃ dantavidaṃsakaṃ hasita’’nti.
意思是:有两种嬉戏——身的嬉戏与语的嬉戏。什么是身的嬉戏呢?玩象、玩马、玩车、玩弓、玩八道棋、玩十道棋、玩空中游戏、玩绕路游戏、玩贴近游戏、玩打谷场游戏、玩堆沙游戏、玩抽签游戏、玩骰子游戏、玩树叶衣游戏、玩弯木游戏、玩脱环游戏、玩滚轮游戏、玩叶杯游戏、玩小车游戏、玩小弓游戏、玩字母游戏、玩意念游戏、玩如说游戏——这就是身的嬉戏。什么是语的嬉戏呢?口鼓、口悬吊、口瓮、口皱、口贝壶、口镜、戏剧、说唱、歌唱、玩笑——这就是语的嬉戏。显示巴利原文
ti dve khiḍḍā – kāyikā ca khiḍḍā vācasikā ca khiḍḍā. Katamā kāyikā khiḍḍā? Hatthīhipi kīḷanti, assehipi kīḷanti, rathehipi kīḷanti, dhanūhipi kīḷanti, aṭṭhapadehipi kīḷanti, dasapadehipi kīḷanti, ākāsepi kīḷanti, parihārapathepi kīḷanti, santikāyapi kīḷanti , khalikāyapi kīḷanti, ghaṭikāyapi kīḷanti, salākahatthenapi kīḷanti, akkhenapi kīḷanti, paṅkacīrenapi kīḷanti , vaṅkakenapi kīḷanti, mokkhacikāyapi kīḷanti, ciṅgulakenapi kīḷanti, pattāḷhakenapi kīḷanti, rathakenapi kīḷanti, dhanukenapi kīḷanti, akkharikāyapi kīḷanti, manesikāyapi kīḷanti, yathāvajjenapi kīḷanti – ayaṃ kāyikā khiḍḍā. Katamā vācasikā khiḍḍā? Mukhabherikaṃ mukhālambaraṃ mukhaḍiṇḍimakaṃ mukhavalimakaṃ mukhabheruḷakaṃ mukhadaddarikaṃ nāṭakaṃ lāpaṃ gītaṃ davakammaṃ – ayaṃ vācasikā khiḍḍā.
淫欲法,即所谓非法、村法、贱法、粗恶法、与水有关、隐秘、一对一的成就。为何称为淫欲法?因为两者皆染着、沉迷、流漏、被缠扰、心被完全控制,两者的法相似,故称为淫欲法。正如两个争吵的人称为“methuna”,两个争论的人……乃至……两个说话的人、两个起诤事的人、两个争吵的人、两个论议的人、两个交谈的人,皆称为“methuna”。同样地,两者皆染着、沉迷、流漏、被缠扰、心被完全控制,两者的法相似,故称为淫欲法。显示巴利原文
Methunadhammo nāma yo so asaddhammo gāmadhammo vasaladhammo duṭṭhullo odakantiko rahasso dvayaṃdvayasamāpatti. Kiṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo? Ubhinnaṃ rattānaṃ sārattānaṃ avassutānaṃ pariyuṭṭhitānaṃ pariyādinnacittānaṃ ubhinnaṃ sadisānaṃ dhammoti, taṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo. Yathā ubho kalahakārakā methunakāti vuccanti, ubho bhaṇḍanakārakā…pe… ubho bhassakārakā… ubho adhikaraṇakārakā… ubho vivādakārakā… ubho vādino… ubho sallāpakā methunakāti vuccanti ; evameva ubhinnaṃ rattānaṃ sārattānaṃ avassutānaṃ pariyuṭṭhitānaṃ pariyādinnacittānaṃ ubhinnaṃ sadisānaṃ dhammoti, taṃkāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo.
装饰有两种:在家人的装饰与出家人的装饰。何谓在家人的装饰?头发、胡须、花鬘、香料、涂油、首饰、佩饰、衣服、床座、头巾、涂身、揉摩、沐浴、按摩、镜、眼膏、花鬘涂香、面粉、面膏、手环、发髻带、杖管、刀剑、伞盖、彩饰鞋、头巾、宝珠、牦尾拂、白净长边衣等——此为在家人的装饰。何谓出家人的装饰?装饰袈裟、装饰钵、装饰住处,或是对此腐坏身体或外在资具的装饰、妆点、嬉戏、玩耍、贪恋、贪恋性、轻浮、轻浮性——此为出家人的装饰。显示巴利原文
ti dve vibhūsā – atthi agāriyassa vibhūsā, atthi pabbajitassa vibhūsā. Katamā agāriyassa vibhūsā? Kesā ca massu ca mālā ca gandhā ca vilepanā ca ābharaṇā ca pilandhanā ca vatthañca sayanāsanañca veṭhanañca ucchādanaṃ parimaddanaṃ nhāpanaṃ sambāhanaṃ ādāsaṃ añjanaṃ mālāvilepanaṃ mukhacuṇṇakaṃ mukhalepaṃ hatthabandhaṃ sikhābandhaṃ daṇḍanāḷiyaṃ khaggaṃ chattaṃ citrā upāhanā uṇhīsaṃ maṇiṃ vāḷabījaniṃ odātāni vatthāni dīghadasāni iti vā – ayaṃ agāriyassa vibhūsā. Katamā pabbajitassa vibhūsā? Cīvaramaṇḍanā pattamaṇḍanā senāsanamaṇḍanā imassa vā pūtikāyassa bāhirānaṃ vā parikkhārānaṃ maṇḍanā vibhūsanā keḷanā parikeḷanā gedhitatā gedhitattaṃ capalatā cāpalyaṃ – ayaṃ pabbajitassa vibhūsā.
他应当断除、去除、灭尽、令不复存在的:懒散、欺骗、嬉笑、游戏、淫欲法,及装饰、随从、眷属、资具——断除懒散、欺骗、嬉笑、游戏,并断除淫欲连同装饰。
显示巴利原文 nti. Tandiñca māyañca hassañca khiḍḍañca methunadhammañca savibhūsaṃ saparivāraṃ saparibhaṇḍaṃ saparikkhāraṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti – tandiṃ māyaṃ hassaṃ khiḍḍaṃ, methunaṃ vippajahe savibhūsaṃ.
586 所以,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
不应纵于睡眠,应勤修警觉,具足精勤;
懒散、欺骗与嬉笑、游戏,以及淫欲和种种装饰,皆应断除。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Niddaṃ na bahulīkareyya, jāgariyaṃ bhajeyya ātāpī; Tandiṃ māyaṃ hassaṃ khiḍḍaṃ, methunaṃ vippajahe savibhūsa’’nti.
咒术师们行持咒术:于城邑被围时,或战阵临前时,他们对敌军、怨敌、仇敌兴起灾害,兴起祸患,兴起疾病,令人生起热病,生起绞痛,生起霍乱,生起下痢。咒术师们即如此行持咒术。显示巴利原文
nti. Āthabbaṇikā āthabbaṇaṃ payojenti, nagare vā ruddhe saṅgāme vā paccupaṭṭhite parasenapaccatthikesu paccāmittesu ītiṃ uppādenti, upaddavaṃ uppādenti, rogaṃ uppādenti, pajjarakaṃ karonti, sūlaṃ karonti, visūcikaṃ karonti, pakkhandikaṃ karonti. Evaṃ āthabbaṇikā āthabbaṇaṃ payojenti.
解梦者依据梦境作出预言。若有人在清晨时分做梦,其果报如此。在正午时分所做的梦,其果报如此。在傍晚时分所做的梦,其果报如此。在初夜时分所做的梦……在中夜时分所做的梦……在后夜时分所做的梦……靠右侧躺时所做的梦……靠左侧躺时所做的梦……仰卧所做的梦……俯卧所做的梦……梦见月亮……梦见太阳……梦见大海……梦见山中之王须弥山……梦见大象……梦见马……梦见战车……梦见步兵……梦见军队的阵列……梦见令人愉悦的园林……梦见令人愉悦的森林……梦见令人愉悦的土地……梦见令人愉悦的池塘,其果报皆如此。解梦者正是如此依据梦境而作预言。显示巴利原文
Supinapāṭhakā supinaṃ ādisanti, yo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ supinaṃ passati, evaṃ vipāko hoti. Yo majjhanhikasamayaṃ supinaṃ passati, evaṃ vipāko hoti. Yo sāyanhasamayaṃ supinaṃ passati, evaṃ vipāko hoti. Yo purime yāme…pe… yo majjhime yāme… yo pacchime yāme… yo dakkhiṇena passena nipanno… yo vāmena passena nipanno… yo uttānaṃ nipanno… yo avakujja nipanno… yo candaṃ passati… yo sūriyaṃ passati… yo mahāsamuddaṃ passati… yo sineruṃ pabbatarājānaṃ passati… yo hatthiṃ passati… yo assaṃ passati… yo rathaṃ passati… yo pattiṃ passati… yo senābyūhaṃ passati… yo ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ passati… yo vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ passati… yo bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ passati… yo pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakaṃ passati, evaṃ vipāko hotīti. Evaṃ supinapāṭhakā supinaṃ ādisanti.
看相的人预言相状,比如:宝石的相状、棍杖的相状、衣物的相状、剑的相状、箭的相状、弓的相状、武器的相状、女人的相状、男人的相状、少女的相状、少男的相状、女奴的相状、男奴的相状、大象的相状、马的相状、水牛的相状、公牛的相状、阉牛的相状、山羊的相状、公羊的相状、公鸡的相状、鹌鹑的相状、巨蜥的相状、一种耳饰的相状?、乌龟的相状、鹿的相状,像这样的种种情况。看相的人就是这样预言相状的。显示巴利原文
Lakkhaṇapāṭhakā lakkhaṇaṃ ādisanti – maṇilakkhaṇaṃ daṇḍalakkhaṇaṃ vatthalakkhaṇaṃ asilakkhaṇaṃ usulakkhaṇaṃ dhanulakkhaṇaṃ āvudhalakkhaṇaṃ itthilakkhaṇaṃ purisalakkhaṇaṃ kumārikālakkhaṇaṃ kumāralakkhaṇaṃ dāsilakkhaṇaṃ dāsalakkhaṇaṃ hatthilakkhaṇaṃ assalakkhaṇaṃ mahiṃsalakkhaṇaṃ usabhalakkhaṇaṃ goṇalakkhaṇaṃ ajalakkhaṇaṃ meṇḍalakkhaṇaṃ kukkuṭalakkhaṇaṃ vaṭṭalakkhaṇaṃ godhālakkhaṇaṃ kaṇṇikālakkhaṇaṃ kacchapalakkhaṇaṃ migalakkhaṇaṃ iti vāti. Evaṃ lakkhaṇapāṭhakā lakkhaṇaṃ ādisanti.
占星师以星宿来占断。共有二十八星宿。他们称说:依此星宿,可行入宅;依此星宿,可戴王冠;依此星宿,可办婚嫁;依此星宿,可下种子;依此星宿,可行交合。占星师便是如此以星宿占断的。显示巴利原文
Nakkhattapāṭhakā nakkhattaṃ ādisanti. Aṭṭhavīsati nakkhattāni. Iminā nakkhattena gharappaveso kattabbo, iminā nakkhattena makuṭaṃ bandhitabbaṃ, iminā nakkhattena vāreyyaṃ kāretabbaṃ, iminā nakkhattena bījanīhāro kattabbo, iminā nakkhattena saṃvāso gantabboti. Evaṃ nakkhattapāṭhakā nakkhattaṃ ādisanti.
他不应修习、从事、行持,亦不应以之为依止——《阿闼婆吠陀》、解梦术、看相术和占星术。同样地,不应接受、学习、忆持、掌握、辨别或运用《阿闼婆吠陀》、解梦术、看相术,乃至占星术。显示巴利原文
nti. Āthabbaṇañca supinañca lakkhaṇañca nakkhattañca no vidaheyya na careyya na samācareyya na samādāya vatteyya. Atha vā na gaṇheyya na uggaṇheyya na dhāreyya na upadhāreyya na upalakkheyya nappayojeyyāti – āthabbaṇaṃ supinaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ, no vidahe athopi nakkhattaṃ.
所谓鸟兽声,即动物的叫声。鸟兽声相师依动物的叫声占断——他们宣称能了知鸟类或四足动物的啼叫与鸣吼之义。鸟兽声相师便是如此依动物叫声占断的。安胎师则令胎儿安住。胎儿由两种因缘不得安稳住胎:因虫类,或因风界失调。他们便施予药物,以消除这些虫类或风界失调的障碍。安胎师便是如此令胎儿安住的。医术有五种:眼耳鼻喉科、外科、内科、驱鬼术、儿科。一位以佛为皈依、以法为皈依、以僧为皈依者,他皈依世尊,世尊亦护念此人。这确实为世尊亲说:‘诸比丘,若有比丘虚伪、固执、饶舌、傲慢自大、内心不得安止,他们非我所护念者。诸比丘,那些比丘背离此法与律,且于此法与律中不得增长、增广、广大。然而,诸比丘,若有比丘不虚伪、不饶舌、具慧而坚定、不固执、内心善得安止,他们则是我所护念者。诸比丘,他们不背离此法与律,且于此法与律中得以增长、增广、广大。’显示巴利原文
ti. Virutaṃ vuccati migavākkaṃ. Migavākkapāṭhakā migavākkaṃ ādisanti – sakuntānaṃ vā catuppadānaṃ vā rutaṃ vassitaṃ jānantīti. Evaṃ migavākkapāṭhakā migavākkaṃ ādisanti. Gabbhakaraṇīyā gabbhaṃ saṇṭhāpenti. Dvīhi kāraṇehi gabbho na saṇṭhāti – pāṇakehi vā vātakuppehi vā. Pāṇakānaṃ vā vātakuppānaṃ vā paṭighātāya osadhaṃ dentīti. Evaṃ gabbhakaraṇīyā gabbhaṃ saṇṭhāpenti. ti pañca tikicchā – sālākiyaṃ, sallakattiyaṃ, kāyatikicchaṃ, bhūtiyaṃ, komārabhaccaṃ. ti buddhamāmako dhammamāmako saṅghamāmako, so vā bhagavantaṃ mamāyati bhagavā vā taṃ puggalaṃ pariggaṇhāti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī unnaḷā asamāhitā na me te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū māmakā, apagatā ca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmā dhammavinayā, na ca te bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti. Ye ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhū nikkuhā nillapā dhīrā atthaddhā susamāhitā te kho me, bhikkhave, bhikkhū māmakā na ca apagatā te , bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmā dhammavinayā, te ca bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti’’.
那些欺诳、顽固、饶舌、傲慢、自大、心不专注者,
于正自觉者所教导的法中,他们不会增长。
那些无欺诳、不饶舌、坚定、不顽固、善得心专注者,
他们于正自觉者所宣说的法中,得以真实增长。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī, unnaḷā asamāhitā; Na te dhamme virūhanti, sammāsambuddhadesite. ‘‘Nikkuhā nillapā dhīrā, atthaddhā susamāhitā; Te ve dhamme virūhanti, sammāsambuddhadesite’’.
佛弟子不应从事、不应亲近、不应屡屡亲近、不应交际、不应反复从事鸟兽声、怀孕术与医疗;不应行、不应常行、不应受持后而行。换言之,不应执取、不应研习、不应记持、不应忆念、不应审视、不应修习——佛弟子不应从事鸟兽声、怀孕术与医疗。显示巴利原文
ti. Virutañca gabbhakaraṇañca tikicchañca māmako na seveyya na niseveyya na saṃseveyya nappaṭiseveyya na careyya na samācareyya na samādāya vatteyya. Atha vā na gaṇheyya na uggaṇheyya na dhāreyya na upadhāreyya na upalakkheyya nappayojeyyāti – virutañca gabbhakaraṇaṃ tikicchaṃ māmako na seveyya.
772 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘Āthabbaṇaṃ supinaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ, no vidahe athopi nakkhattaṃ; Virutañca gabbhakaraṇaṃ, tikicchaṃ māmako na seveyyā’’ti.
在此,有些比丘基于出身、基于族姓、基于家世、基于容貌端严、基于财富、基于学识、基于职业、基于技艺、基于知识领域、基于多闻、基于辩才,或基于其他某种事由,而指责、呵责、非难他。当他遭到指责、遭到呵责、遭到非难时,面对指责、呵责、非难,面对恶名与坏名声,他不动摇、不被动摇、不深受动摇,不恐惧、不惊惶、不战栗、不害怕、不陷入惊惧。他应是无畏、不胆怯、不惊慌、不逃跑,已断除害怕与怖畏,已远离身毛竖立的状态而安住——对于指责,他不动摇。显示巴利原文
ti. Idhekacce bhikkhū nindanti jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā nindanti garahanti upavadanti, nindito garahito upavadito nindāya garahāya upavādena akittiyā avaṇṇahārikāya na vedheyya nappavedheyya na sampavedheyya na taseyya na uttaseyya na paritaseyya na bhāyeyya na santāsaṃ āpajjeyya, abhīrū assa achambhī anutrāsī apalāyī, pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃso vihareyyāti – nindāya nappavedheyya.
此处,有些比丘由于出身、族姓、家世、容貌端严、财富、学识、职业、技艺、知识领域、多闻、辩才,或其他某种原因而受到称赞、赞扬、称叹、夸奖。当受到称赞、赞扬、称叹、夸奖时,对于这种称赞、赞扬、称叹、夸奖的名声,他不生起骄慢,不生起高傲,不生起慢心,不生起顽固。他不因此而生慢心,不因此而变得僵硬、过于僵硬、昂首挺胸——比丘受到称赞时不应骄慢。显示巴利原文
ti. Idhekacce bhikkhū pasaṃsanti jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā pasaṃsanti thomenti kittenti vaṇṇenti, pasaṃsito thomito kittito vaṇṇito pasaṃsāya thomanena kittiyā vaṇṇahārikāya unnatiṃ na kareyya unnamaṃ na kareyya mānaṃ na kareyya thambhaṃ na kareyya, na tena mānaṃ janeyya na tena thaddho assa patthaddho paggahitasiroti – na unnameyya pasaṃsito bhikkhu.
‘贪’是指:贪求、贪染的状态、贪著、执著、执著的状态、渴望、贪,这是不善根。‘悭’是指:五种吝啬——对住处吝啬……乃至……执取,名为悭。‘嗔’是指:心的嫌恶、反感、对立,愤怒、盛怒、极怒,嗔、嗔恼、极嗔恼,心的损害、意的嗔恼,忿、怒、怒态,嗔、憎、憎态,恼害、害意、害恼,敌对、暴戾、粗鲁,心的不快。‘离间语’:于此,有人好说离间语,从这边听闻,为离间这边的人而往那边说;或从那边听闻,为离间那边的人而往这边说。他如此破坏和合者,助长已分裂者,乐于派系、喜好派系、欢喜派系,说能起派系的话——这就称为离间语。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo lobho lubbhanā lubbhitattaṃ sārāgo sārajjanā sārajjitattaṃ abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. nti pañca macchariyāni – āvāsamacchariyaṃ…pe… gāho vuccati macchariyaṃ. ti yo cittassa āghāto paṭighāto paṭighaṃ paṭivirodho, kopo pakopo sampakopo, doso padoso sampadoso, cittassa byāpatti manopadoso, kodho kujjhanā kujjhitattaṃ, doso dussanā dussitattaṃ, byāpattiṃ byāpajjanā byāpajjitattaṃ, virodho paṭivirodho caṇḍikkaṃ asuropo anattamanatā cittassa. nti idhekacco pisuṇavāco hoti ito sutvā amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya. Iti samaggānaṃ vā bhettā bhinnānaṃ vā anuppadātā, vaggārāmo vaggarato vagganandī vaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti – idaṃ vuccati pesuññaṃ.
再者,依两种原因,人会运用离间语:因渴望被喜爱,或因意图造成分裂。如何因渴望被喜爱而运用离间语?‘我将成为此人所喜爱的人,我将成为合意的人,我将成为被信赖的人,我将成为内部的人,我将成为知心的人。’像这样,因渴望被喜爱而运用离间语。如何因意图造成分裂而运用离间语?‘怎样能让这些人彼此不同、分离、成为派别、成为两方、成为两个阵营、成为两边,让他们分裂,不能和合,愁苦而不能安乐地生活?’像这样,因意图造成分裂而运用离间语。若有人已断除这种离间语,将它彻底根除、止息、完全平息、令不再生、被智火烧尽,他便不被离间语所牵引、所连结、所缠系、所牢固系缚——他不参与离间语的行为。显示巴利原文
Api ca dvīhi kāraṇehi pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – piyakamyatāya vā, bhedādhippāyena vā. Kathaṃ piyakamyatāya pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati? Imassa piyo bhavissāmi, manāpo bhavissāmi, vissāsiko bhavissāmi, abbhantariko bhavissāmi, suhadayo bhavissāmīti. Evaṃ piyakamyatāya pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati. Kathaṃ bhedādhippāyena pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati? ‘‘Kathaṃ ime nānā assu vinā assu vaggā assu dvedhā assu dvejjhā assu dve pakkhā assu bhijjeyyuṃ na samāgaccheyyuṃ dukkhaṃ na phāsu vihareyyu’’nti. Evaṃ bhedādhippāyena pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati. Yassetaṃ pesuññaṃ pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhaṃ, so pesuññe no yuto na yutto na payutto na sammāyuttoti – pesuṇeyye ca no yuto.
比丘不应因呵责而动摇,受到赞叹时也不应骄慢;
他应当驱除贪与悭,驱除嗔与离间语。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nindāya nappavedheyya, na unnameyya pasaṃsito bhikkhu; Lobhaṃ saha macchariyena, kodhaṃ pesuṇiyañca panudeyyā’’ti.
律中所禁止的那些买卖,此处并非所指。如何是安住于买卖?与五众交换钵、衣或其他任何资具时,若以欺诳心,或希求利益而作交换,这便是安住于买卖。如何是不安住于买卖?与五众交换钵、衣或其他资具时,不为欺诳,不希求利益而作交换,这便是不安住于买卖。他不应安住于买卖,不应耽着于买卖;应当舍断买卖、消除买卖、灭尽买卖,令买卖不复存在;应当远离买卖、避开买卖、回避买卖、出离买卖、从买卖中解脱出来、从买卖中解放出来,不与买卖相系,以无量心而住——这便是‘不应安住于买卖’。显示巴利原文
ti. Ye kayavikkayā vinaye paṭikkhittā na te imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā. Kathaṃ kayavikkaye tiṭṭhati? Pañcannaṃ saddhiṃ pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci parikkhāraṃ vañcaniyaṃ vā karonto udayaṃ vā patthayanto parivatteti. Evaṃ kayavikkaye tiṭṭhati. Kathaṃ kayavikkaye na tiṭṭhati? Pañcannaṃ saddhiṃ pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci parikkhāraṃ na vañcaniyaṃ vā karonto na udayaṃ vā patthayanto parivatteti. Evaṃ kayavikkaye na tiṭṭhati. ti. Kayavikkaye na tiṭṭheyya na santiṭṭheyya, kayavikkayaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, kayavikkayā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – kayavikkaye na tiṭṭheyya.
哪些是导致诽谤的烦恼?有些沙门、婆罗门具有神通、天眼与他心智,他们能从远处看见,虽近在眼前却无人能见,能以心了知他人心;还有些天神也具有神通、天眼与他心智,能从远处看见,虽近在眼前却无人能见,能以心了知他人心。他们或以粗烦恼、中烦恼或细烦恼而作诽谤。什么是粗烦恼?身恶行、语恶行、意恶行——这些称为粗烦恼。什么是中烦恼?欲寻思、嗔寻思、害寻思——这些称为中烦恼。什么是细烦恼?亲属寻思、地域寻思、有关他人的寻思、与怜悯他人相关的寻思、与利养恭敬名誉相关的寻思、与不想被人轻视相关的寻思——这些称为细烦恼。他不应以这些粗、中、细烦恼而作诽谤,不应造作诽谤,不应生起、制造导致诽谤的烦恼;应当舍弃、消除、灭除这些导致诽谤的烦恼,令其不复存在;应当远离、回避、出离、脱离这些导致诽谤的烦恼,从中解脱,不再与之关联,以无边际之心而住。比丘不应在任何地方、于任何事物、于任何境界中造作诽谤——无论是内在,还是外在,乃至内外之间。显示巴利原文
ti. Katame upavādakarāti kilesā? Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā iddhimanto dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduno, te dūratopi passanti āsannāpi na dissanti cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānanti, devatāpi kho santi iddhimantiniyo dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduniyo, tā dūratopi passanti, āsannāpi na dissanti cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānanti. Te oḷārikehi vā kilesehi majjhimehi vā kilesehi sukhumehi vā kilesehi upavadeyyuṃ. Katame oḷārikā kilesā? Kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ – ime vuccanti oḷārikā kilesā. Katame majjhimā kilesā? Kāmavitakko byāpādavitakko vihiṃsāvitakko – ime vuccanti majjhimā kilesā. Katame sukhumā kilesā? Ñātivitakko, janapadavitakko, aparavitakko, parānudayatā paṭisaññutto vitakko , lābhasakkārasilokapaṭisaññutto vitakko, anavaññattipaṭisaññutto vitakko – ime vuccanti sukhumā kilesā. Te oḷārikehi vā kilesehi majjhimehi vā kilesehi sukhumehi vā kilesehi na upavadeyya upavādaṃ na kareyya upavādakare kilese na kareyya na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya nābhinibbatteyya, upavādakare kilese pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, upavādakarehi kilesehi ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyya. ti kuhiñci kimhici katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vāti – upavādaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci.
什么是执着于村落?于此,有比丘与村落中的在家人相交而住,同喜同忧:在家人快乐时他也快乐,在家人痛苦时他也痛苦;当有事务需要处理时,他自身也投身其中。如此即是执着于村落。显示巴利原文
ti. Kathaṃ gāme sajjati? Idha bhikkhu gāme gihīhi saṃsaṭṭho viharati sahanandī sahasokī sukhitesu sukhito dukkhitesu dukkhito, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu attanā voyogaṃ āpajjati. Evampi gāme sajjati.
或者,比丘在午前时分,着下衣,持钵与上衣,进入村落或城镇托钵乞食。他以善加守护的身、善加守护的语、善加守护的意,安立的正念,收摄的诸根而行乞食。他于一切处不粘着,于一切处不抓取,于一切处不被系缚,于一切处不遭遇不幸与灾祸。如此,也是在村落中不执着。即:在村落中,不应粘着,不应抓取,不应被系缚,不应被阻碍;他应是不贪求的、不渴望的、不沉醉的、不深陷的,应离了贪、没了贪、舍了贪……应以如梵天般的自身而住——并且,在村落中不应有执着。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati rakkhiteneva kāyena rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena cittena upaṭṭhitāya satiyā saṃvutehi indriyehi. So tatra tatra na sajjati tatra tatra na gaṇhāti tatra tatra na bajjhati tatra tatra na anayabyasanaṃ āpajjati. Evampi gāme na sajjati. ti gāme na sajjeyya na gaṇheyya na bajjheyya na palibajjheyya, agiddho assa agadhito amucchito anajjhosanno vītagedho vigatagedho cattagedho…pe… brahmabhūtena attanā vihareyyāti – gāme ca nābhisajjeyya.
如何于村落中而不执著?于此,有比丘在村落中与在家人不相混杂而住,不与他们同乐,不与他们同悲,不因快乐之人而快乐,不因痛苦之人而痛苦;若遇有需处理之事,他亦不亲身参与。如此,也是于村落中而不执著。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ gāme na sajjati? Idha bhikkhu gāme gihīhi asaṃsaṭṭho viharati na sahanandī na sahasokī na sukhitesu sukhito na dukkhitesu dukkhito, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu na attanā voyogaṃ āpajjati. Evampi gāme na sajjati.
或者,有比丘于午前时分,著下衣,持钵与衣,入村落或城镇乞食。其身未得守护,其语未得守护,其意未得守护,念未安立,诸根不摄。于是,他处处贪著,处处执取,处处被缚,处处遭遇不幸与灾祸。如此,便是执着于村落。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi. So tatra tatra sajjati tatra tatra gaṇhāti tatra tatra bajjhati tatra tatra anayabyasanaṃ āpajjati. Evampi gāme sajjati.
什么是花言巧语?那些依止于利养、恭敬与名声的恶欲者、被欲望所胜者、带着物质之眼者、看重世间法者,对他们作出如下言说:迎合之语、奉承之语、蜜语、套近乎之语、过度套近乎之语、讨好之语、过度讨好之语、诱骗之语、过度诱骗之语、爱语、谄媚、如绿豆汤般柔软、如仆从般侍奉、如食人背后之肉。其中,若有一种柔软语、温和语、松弛语、不粗鲁语——这便是花言巧语。显示巴利原文
ti. Katamā lapanā? Lābhasakkārasilokasannissitassa pāpicchassa icchāpakatassa āmisacakkhukassa lokadhammagarukassa yā paresaṃ ālapanā lapanā sallapanā ullapanā samullapanā unnahanā samunnahanā ukkācanā samukkācanā anupiyabhāṇitā cātukamyatā muggasūpyatā pāribhaṭayatā parapiṭṭhimaṃsikatā , yā tattha saṇhavācatā sakhilavācatā sithilavācatā apharusavācatā – ayaṃ vuccati lapanā.
再者,出于两种原因,他会对人花言巧语:将自己放低、将他人抬高而花言巧语;或是将自己抬高、将他人贬低而花言巧语。如何是将自己放低、将他人抬高而花言巧语呢?他会说:‘诸位对我恩惠甚多,我是依靠诸位才得以获得衣服、饮食、坐卧处和病患所需的医药资具。其他那些本有意赠我物品或为我做事的人,也都是因为仰赖诸位、看在诸位的情面上。甚至我从父母那里承袭下来的旧名字,也都消失了。我是因为诸位,才被称作某家的常客,或是某某家的常客。’如此,便是将自己放低、将他人抬高而花言巧语。显示巴利原文
Api ca dvīhi kāraṇehi janaṃ lapati – attānaṃ vā nīcaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento janaṃ lapati, attānaṃ vā uccaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento janaṃ lapati. Kathaṃ attānaṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento janaṃ lapati? ‘‘Tumhe me bahūpakārā, ahaṃ tumhe nissāya labhāmi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ, yepi me aññe dātuṃ vā kātuṃ vā maññanti, tumhe nissāya tumhe sampassantā yampi me purāṇaṃ mātāpettikaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ tampi me antarahitaṃ. Tumhehi ahaṃ ñāyāmi asukassa kulūpako asukāya kulūpako’’ti. Evaṃ attānaṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento janaṃ lapati.
如何是将自己抬高、将他人贬低而花言巧语呢?他会说:‘我对诸位恩惠甚多。你们是因为投靠了我,才皈依了佛、皈依了法、皈依了僧;才远离了杀生,远离了不与取,远离了欲邪行,远离了妄语,远离了诸酒类等放逸之因。是我为你们说法,解答你们的疑惑,为你们解说布萨日,安排各项新的事务。可如今,你们却背弃了我,去恭敬、尊重、尊崇、供养其他比丘!’如此,便是将自己抬高、将他人贬低而花言巧语。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ attānaṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento janaṃ lapati? ‘‘Ahaṃ tumhākaṃ bahūpakāro, tumhe maṃ āgamma buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā, pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā, adinnādānā paṭiviratā, kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā, musāvādā paṭiviratā, surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā. Ahaṃ tumhākaṃ uddesaṃ demi, paripucchaṃ demi, uposathaṃ ācikkhāmi, navakammaṃ adhiṭṭhāmi. Atha pana tumhe maṃ ujjhitvā aññe sakkarotha garuṃ karotha mānetha pūjethā’’ti. Evaṃ attānaṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento janaṃ lapati.
以利养为原因、以利养为条件、以利养为动机,为了成就利养、令利养圆满,他不应对人花言巧语。他应当将花言巧语断除、驱除、灭尽,令它彻底不再生起。对花言巧语,他应深感不乐、远离、断绝、出离、脱离、解开束缚、不再与之联结,以离边界的广大心而住。显示巴利原文
ti. Lābhahetu lābhapaccayā lābhakāraṇā lābhābhinibbattiyā lābhaṃ paripācento janaṃ na lapayeyya, lapanaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, lapanā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – lābhakamyā janaṃ na lapayeyya.
比丘不应从事买卖,亦不应于任何处所责难他人;
不应贪着村落,亦不应为利养而花言巧语诳惑世人。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kayavikkaye na tiṭṭheyya, upavādaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci; Gāme ca nābhisajjeyya, lābhakamyā janaṃ na lapayeyyā’’ti.
此处,有一类比丘好欲夸耀、喜好炫耀。他如此夸耀、炫耀:“我具足戒”,或“具足仪轨”,或“具足戒与仪轨”,或依出身、家族、家世、容貌俊美、财富、多闻、职业、技艺、学问、博闻、辩才,或其他种种事由而夸耀。“我是从高贵的家族出家者”,“从大富家族出家者”,“从巨富家族出家者”,“我是持经师”,“持律师”,“说法师”,“住阿兰若者”……乃至“我得非想非非想定”,他如此夸耀、炫耀。不应这样夸耀、炫耀,应断除夸耀,驱除它、灭尽它,令它不复存在。应远离夸耀,厌离、离脱、彻底离脱、出离、超脱、彻底解脱、解缚,以心超越界限而住——比丘不应成为夸耀者。”显示巴利原文
ti. Idhekacco katthī hoti vikatthī. So katthati vikatthati ahamasmi sīlasampannoti vā vatasampannoti vā sīlabbatasampannoti vā jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. Uccā kulā pabbajitoti vā mahābhogakulā pabbajitoti vā uḷārabhogakulā pabbajitoti vā suttantikoti vā vinayadharoti vā dhammakathikoti vā āraññikoti vā…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhīti vā katthati vikatthati. Evaṃ na kattheyya na vikattheyya, katthaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, katthanā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – na ca katthiko siyā bhikkhu.
什么是应酬的言语呢?在此,有比丘为了衣服而说应酬的话,为了食物而说应酬的话,为了住处而说应酬的话,为了疗病所需的医药资具而说应酬的话——这也称为应酬的言语。显示巴利原文
ti. Katamā payuttavācā? Idhekacco cīvarapayuttaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati, piṇḍapātapayuttaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati, senāsanapayuttaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārapayuttaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati – ayampi vuccati payuttavācā.
或者,为了衣服、为了食物、为了住处、为了疗病所需的医药资具,他说真实语,也说虚妄语;说离间语,也说和合语;说粗恶语,也说柔和语;说绮语,也不说绮语;乃至念诵咒语——这也称为应酬的言语。又或者,以净信心为他人说法,心中思惟:‘啊,但愿他们听我说法,听法之后生起净信,因净信而对我作净信的供养’——这也称为应酬的言语。他们说:即便是最微细的法教言语,也不应说应酬的话,不应讲说,不应开示,不应表达。应舍弃应酬的言语,驱除它、灭尽它,令它不存在。应远离应酬的言语,厌离它、离脱它、彻底离脱,出离、超脱、彻底解脱、解缚,以心超越界限而住——不应说应酬的话语。显示巴利原文
Atha vā cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu saccampi bhaṇati musāpi bhaṇati, pisuṇampi bhaṇati apisuṇampi bhaṇati, pharusampi bhaṇati apharusampi bhaṇati, samphappalāpampi bhaṇati asamphappalāpampi bhaṇati, mantāpi vācaṃ bhāsati – ayampi vuccati payuttavācā. Atha vā pasannacitto paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti – ‘‘aho vata me dhammaṃ suṇeyyuṃ, sutvāva dhammaṃ pasīdeyyuṃ, pasannā ca me pasannākāraṃ kareyyu’’nti – ayaṃ vuccati payuttavācā. ti. Antamaso dhammadesanaṃ vācaṃ upādāya payuttavācaṃ na bhāseyya na katheyya na bhaṇeyya na dīpeyya na vohareyya, payuttaṃ vācaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, payuttavācāya ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – na ca vācaṃ payuttaṃ bhāseyya.
“三”——有三种无惭行为:身无惭、语无惭、意无惭。什么是身无惭呢?在此,有人到了僧团中,也表现出身无惭;到了人群中,也表现出身无惭;在食堂里,也表现出身无惭;在浴室里,也表现出身无惭;在饮水处,也表现出身无惭;进入村落时,也表现出身无惭;进入村落之后,也表现出身无惭。显示巴利原文
ti. nti tīṇi pāgabbhiyāni – kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ, vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ, cetasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ. Katamaṃ kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ? Idhekacco saṅghagatopi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, gaṇagatopi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, bhojanasālāyapi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, jantāgharepi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, udakatitthepi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, antaragharaṃ pavisantopi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhopi kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
如何在僧团中表现身的无惭呢?在此,有一类人来到僧团中,于长老比丘们毫无敬意:或站或坐,都碰撞他们;站在他们面前,坐在他们面前;坐于过高的座位;蒙头裹衣而坐;站立说话,挥舞着手臂说话。他正是这样在僧团中表现身的无惭。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ saṅghagato kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco saṅghagato acittīkārakato there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi tiṭṭhati, ghaṭṭayantopi nisīdati, puratopi tiṭṭhati, puratopi nisīdati, uccepi āsane nisīdati, sasīsaṃ pārupitvāpi nisīdati, ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Evaṃ saṅghagato kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
一个人置身团体之中时,如何显露身体上的不庄重?在此,有一类人置身团体之中,对上座比丘们全无恭敬之心:上座比丘们未着鞋经行,他却着鞋经行;上座比丘们在低处经行道上经行,他却在较高处的经行道上经行;上座比丘们在地面上经行,他却在经行台上经行;他站立时也冲撞、侵扰他们;他坐下时也冲撞、侵扰他们;他站在他们前方;他坐在他们前方;他坐在高座上;他裹着覆及头部的衣坐着;他站着说话;他挥动手臂说话。置身团体中的人,便是如此显露身体上的不庄重。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ gaṇagato kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco gaṇagato acittīkārakato therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupāhanānaṃ caṅkamantānaṃ saupāhano caṅkamati, nīce caṅkame caṅkamantānaṃ ucce caṅkame caṅkamati, chamāya caṅkamantānaṃ caṅkame caṅkamati, ghaṭṭayantopi tiṭṭhati, ghaṭṭayantopi nisīdati, puratopi tiṭṭhati, puratopi nisīdati, uccepi āsane nisīdati, sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nisīdati, ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Evaṃ gaṇagato kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
如何在食堂中表现身的无惭呢?在此,有人于食堂中对上座比丘们不怀恭敬:未经允许便挤入坐下;又以座位排挤新学比丘;站立时冲撞他们,坐着时也冲撞他们;站在他们面前,坐在他们面前;坐于高座;蒙头裹衣而坐;站立说话,挥动手臂说话。他即是这样在食堂中表现了身的无惭。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhojanasālāya kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco bhojanasālāya acittīkārakato there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīdati, navepi bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhati, ghaṭṭayantopi tiṭṭhati, ghaṭṭayantopi nisīdati, puratopi tiṭṭhati, puratopi nisīdati, uccepi āsane nisīdati, sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nisīdati, ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Evaṃ bhojanasālāya kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
一个人在蒸汽浴室中,如何展露身体方面的放肆?在此,有一类人在蒸汽浴室里不尊重上座比丘:他站着也推撞他们,坐着也推撞他们;他偏要站在他们面前,偏要坐在他们面前;他坐于高座之上;未经询问、未经邀请,便自行添柴;他还擅自关闭浴室的门,且挥动手臂说话。一个人在蒸汽浴室中,便是如此展露身体方面的放肆。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ jantāghare kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco jantāghare acittīkārakato there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi tiṭṭhati, ghaṭṭayantopi nisīdati, puratopi tiṭṭhati, puratopi nisīdati, uccepi āsane nisīdati , anāpucchampi anajjhiṭṭhopi kaṭṭhaṃ pakkhipati, dvārampi pidahati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Evaṃ jantāghare kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
一个人在水边洗浴处,如何展露身体方面的放肆?在此,有一类人在水边洗浴处不尊重上座比丘:他下水时也推撞他们,偏要在他们前面下水;他洗浴时也推撞他们,偏要在他们前面洗浴,偏要在他们上方洗浴;他上岸时也推撞他们,偏要在他们前面上岸,偏要在他们上方上岸。一个人在水边洗浴处,便是如此展露身体方面的放肆。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ udakatitthe kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco udakatitthe acittīkārakato there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi otarati, puratopi otarati, ghaṭṭayantopi nhāyati , puratopi nhāyati , uparitopi nhāyati, ghaṭṭayantopi uttarati, puratopi uttarati, uparitopi uttarati. Evaṃ udakatitthe kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
一个人在进入村落时,如何展露身体方面的放肆?在此,有一类人进入村落时不尊重上座比丘:他行走时也推撞他们,偏要走在他们前面,甚至故意绕开后又抢到诸上座比丘的前面去。一个人在进入村落时,便是如此展露身体方面的放肆。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ antaragharaṃ pavisanto kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco antaragharaṃ pavisanto acittīkārakato there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi gacchati, puratopi gacchati, vokkammāpi therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ purato purato gacchati. Evaṃ antaragharaṃ pavisanto kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
一个人进入村落之后,如何显露身体上的不庄重?在此世间,有那么一种人进入村落之后,即使别人对他说:“尊者,请勿进入。”他依然进入;别人对他说:“尊者,请勿站着。”他依然站着;别人对他说:“尊者,请勿坐下。”他依然坐下;他擅自进入未为他安排的地方;擅自站在未为他安排的地方;擅自坐在未为他安排的地方;有些人家有那样隐秘而不公开的内室,良家妇女、良家女儿、良家儿媳和良家少女安坐其中,他却贸然闯入;甚至去摸孩童的头。进入村落之人,便是如此显露身体上的不庄重。以上这些,即是显露身体上的不庄重。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho, ‘‘na pavisa , bhante’’ti vuccamāno pavisati, ‘‘na tiṭṭha, bhante’’ti vuccamāno tiṭṭhati, ‘‘na nisīda, bhante’’ti vuccamāno nisīdati, anokāsampi pavisati, anokāsepi tiṭṭhati, anokāsepi nisīdati, yānipi tāni honti kulānaṃ ovarakāni gūḷhāni ca paṭicchannāni ca. Yattha kulitthiyo kuladhītaro kulasuṇhāyo kulakumāriyo nisīdanti, tatthapi sahasā pavisati kumārakassapi siraṃ parāmasati. Evaṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti – idaṃ kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
什么是口出粗语?在此,有人身处僧团中时,便展露口不择言的轻率;身处大众中时,也展露口不择言的轻率;进入村落时,同样展露口不择言的轻率。那么,身处僧团中时,怎样展露口不择言的轻率呢?在此,有人身处僧团,对那些他内心并不恭敬的长老比丘,既未请示,也未受邀,便擅自为来到寺院的比丘们说法、解答疑问、诵持戒律。他甚至站着说,指手划脚地说。如此,便是在僧团中展露口不择言的轻率。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ? Idhekacco saṅghagatopi vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, gaṇagatopi vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhopi vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti. Kathaṃ saṅghagato vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco saṅghagato acittīkārakato there bhikkhū anāpucchaṃ vā anajjhiṭṭho vā ārāmagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, pañhaṃ visajjeti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisati , ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Evaṃ saṅghagato vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
身处大众中时,怎样展露口不择言的轻率呢?在此,有人身处大众,对那些他内心并不恭敬的长老比丘,既未请示,也未受邀,便擅自为来到寺院的比丘们说法、解答疑问,甚至站着说,指手划脚地说。他也为来到寺院的比丘尼、优婆塞、优婆夷说法、解答疑问,甚至站着说,指手划脚地说。如此,便是在大众中展露口不择言的轻率。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ gaṇagato vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco gaṇagato acittīkārakato there bhikkhū anāpucchaṃ vā anajjhiṭṭho vā ārāmagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, pañhaṃ visajjeti, ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Ārāmagatānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, pañhaṃ visajjeti, ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati. Evaṃ gaṇagato vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti.
怎样是在进入俗人家时,以言语表现出轻率呢?在此,有人进入俗人家后,对妇女或年轻女子这样说:‘名为某、族姓某者,可有什么吗?有粥吗?有饭吗?有嚼食吗?我们喝什么?我们吃什么?我们嚼什么?可有什么呢?你们将给我什么呢?’他如此絮絮叨叨。诸如此类的言语,即是空谈、胡话、多言,是多言的行为、多言的状态。如此便是进入俗人家时,以言语表现轻率。这即是语的轻率。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti? Idhekacco antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho itthiṃ vā kumāriṃ vā evamāha – ‘‘itthaṃnāme itthaṃgotte kiṃ atthi? Yāgu atthi, bhattaṃ atthi, khādanīyaṃ atthi. Kiṃ pivissāma, kiṃ bhuñjissāma, kiṃ khādissāma? Kiṃ vā atthi, kiṃ vā me dassathā’’ti vippalapati, yā evarūpā vācā palāpo vippalāpo lālappo lālappanā lālappitattaṃ. Evaṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ dasseti – idaṃ vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ.
什么是心的轻率?在此,有人并非出身高种姓家庭而出家,心中却将自己视同于出身高种姓家庭而出家者;并非出身大族家庭而出家,心中却将自己视同于出身大族家庭而出家者;并非出身大富家庭而出家,心中却将自己视同于出身大富家庭而出家者;并非出身巨富家庭而出家,心中却将自己视同于出身巨富家庭而出家者;并非精通经教者,心中却将自己视同于精通经教者;并非持律者,心中却将自己视同于持律者;并非说法师,心中却将自己视同于说法师;并非林居者,心中却将自己视同于林居者;并非乞食者,心中却将自己视同于乞食者;并非穿粪扫衣者,心中却将自己视同于穿粪扫衣者;并非三衣者,心中却将自己视同于三衣者;并非次第乞食者,心中却将自己视同于次第乞食者;并非过午不食者,心中却将自己视同于过午不食者;并非常坐不卧者,心中却将自己视同于常坐不卧者;并非随得安住者,心中却将自己视同于随得安住者;并非初禅获得者,心中却将自己视同于初禅获得者;……乃至并非非想非非想处定获得者,心中却将自己视同于非想非非想处定获得者。这就是心的轻率。若人已断除这三种轻率,将其彻底根除、完全止息、归于安定、永不复起,以智慧之火焚尽无余,他便称为不轻率者——亦即不轻率。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ cetasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ? Idhekacco na uccā kulā pabbajito samāno uccā kulā pabbajitena saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ dahati cittena, na mahākulā pabbajito samāno mahākulā pabbajitena saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ dahati cittena, na mahābhogakulā pabbajito samāno mahābhogakulā pabbajitena saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ dahati cittena, na uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito samāno… na suttantiko samāno suttantikena saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ dahati cittena, na vinayadharo samāno… na dhammakathiko samāno… na āraññiko samāno… na piṇḍapātiko samāno… na paṃsukūliko samāno… na tecīvariko samāno… na sapadānacāriko samāno… na khalupacchābhattiko samāno… na nesajjiko samāno… na yathāsanthatiko samāno… na paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī samāno paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhinā saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ dahati cittena…pe… na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhī samāno nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhinā saddhiṃ sadisaṃ attānaṃ dahati cittena – idaṃ cetasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ. Yassimāni tīṇi pāgabbhiyāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni, so vuccati appagabbhoti – appagabbho.
怎样是好争论的谈话?在此,若有人说出这样的话:‘你不懂此法与律……(中略)……你若能够,便来驳倒我吧。’而世尊也曾这样说:‘目犍连,若有好争论的谈话,便可预期谈论繁多;谈论繁多,便生掉举;掉举者则不自制;不自制者,心即远离定。’因此,不应讲述、宣说、阐明、表达好争论的谈话;应当断除、驱除、灭除、令其不再生起好争论的谈话;对于好争论的谈话,应保持远离、出离、彻底出离、脱离、超脱、解脱、断除系缚,以无界限之心而安住——这便是不谈论好争论的谈话。显示巴利原文
ti. Katamā viggāhikā kathā? Idhekacco evarūpiṃ kathaṃ kattā hoti – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi…pe… nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘viggāhikāya kho, moggallāna, kathāya sati kathābāhullaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ, kathābāhulle sati uddhaccaṃ, uddhatassa asaṃvaro, asaṃvutassa ārā cittaṃ samādhimhā’’ti. ti. Viggāhikaṃ kathaṃ na katheyya na bhaṇeyya na dīpeyya na vohareyya, viggāhikaṃ kathaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, viggāhikakathāya ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – kathaṃ viggāhikaṃ na kathayeyya.
877 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
比丘不应自我炫耀,也不应说出刻意修饰的言辞;
不应修习鲁莽无礼,也不应谈论诤论之语。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na ca katthiko siyā bhikkhu, na ca vācaṃ payuttaṃ bhāseyya; Pāgabbhiyaṃ na sikkheyya, kathaṃ viggāhikaṃ na kathayeyyā’’ti.
妄语,即是虚诳之语。于此,有人身处会堂、众人集会……乃至……为了些许物质利养,故意说出虚诳之言——这称为妄语。又,妄语依三种方式成就:于说妄语之前,他先生起‘我将说妄语’之心念;正在说妄语时,他有‘我正在说妄语’之心念;说了妄语之后,他有‘我说了妄语’之心念。由此三种方式,妄语成就。乃至以四种方式……以五种方式……以六种方式……以七种方式……以八种方式,妄语成就:于说妄语之前,他先生起‘我将说妄语’之心念;正在说妄语时,他有‘我正在说妄语’之心念;说了妄语之后,他有‘我说了妄语’之心念;并且扭曲见、扭曲容忍、扭曲好乐、扭曲想、扭曲状态——由此八种方式,妄语成就。对于妄语,不应参与、不应涉入、不应造作、不应执取;应当断除、驱除、灭除、令其不复生起。于妄语,应行远离、出离、彻底出离、脱离、超脱、解脱、断除结缚,以无隔碍之心而安住——这就是不陷溺于妄语。显示巴利原文
ti. Mosavajjaṃ vuccati musāvādo. Idhekacco sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā…pe… āmisakiñcikkhahetu vā sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti – idaṃ vuccati mosavajjaṃ. Api ca tīhākārehi musāvādo hoti – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, imehi tīhākārehi musāvādo hoti. Api ca catūhākārehi… pañcahākārehi… chahākārehi… sattahākārehi… aṭṭhahākārehi… musāvādo hoti – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ vinidhāya khantiṃ vinidhāya ruciṃ vinidhāya saññaṃ vinidhāya bhāvaṃ – imehi aṭṭhahākārehi musāvādo hoti. ti. Mosavajje na yāyeyya na niyyāyeyya na vaheyya na saṃhareyya, mosavajjaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, mosavajjā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – mosavajje na niyyetha.
何等为欺诈?在此,有人狡诈、极为虚伪,其中所具的诡诈、诡诈性、欺诈、奸诈、奸诈性、极度诡诈、极度诡诈性——这即名为欺诈。是故,具足正知者,不应造作、不应生起、不应引发、不应产生、不应招致欺诈;应当断除、驱除、灭除、令其不复生起。于欺诈,应行远离、出离、彻底出离、脱离、超脱、解脱、断除结缚,以无隔碍之心而安住——这便是依正知不造作欺诈之道。显示巴利原文
ti. Katamaṃ sāṭheyyaṃ? Idhekacco saṭho hoti parisaṭho, yaṃ tattha saṭhaṃ saṭhatā sāṭheyyaṃ kakkaratā kakkariyaṃ parikkhattatā pārikkhattiyaṃ – idaṃ vuccati sāṭheyyaṃ. ti. Sampajāno hutvā sāṭheyyaṃ na kareyya na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya nābhinibbatteyya, sāṭheyyaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, sāṭheyyā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – sampajāno saṭhāni na kayirā.
在此,有人过着粗劣的生活,却轻视过着精良生活的人,心想:‘这人凭什么过得如此丰厚,竟食用一切——根种子、茎种子、节种子、枝种子,以及第五种种种子?好比以雷劈裂、以牙钳压碎般的沙门精勤。’他便因这种粗劣的生活,看不起过着精良生活的人。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi…pe… padānupubbatāpetaṃ – athāti. Idhekacco lūkhajīvitaṃ jīvanto paraṃ paṇītajīvitaṃ jīvantaṃ atimaññati – ‘‘kiṃ panāyaṃ bahulājīvo sabbaṃ saṃbhakkheti, seyyathidaṃ – mūlabījaṃ khandhabījaṃ phaḷubījaṃ aggabījaṃ bījabījameva pañcamaṃ asanivicakkadantakūṭasamaṇappadhānenā’’ti . So tāya lūkhajīvitāya paraṃ paṇītajīvitaṃ jīvantaṃ atimaññati.
于此,有人过着精良的生活,却轻视那些过着粗劣生活的人,心想:‘这人福薄少威,得不到衣、食、住所、医药资具。’他就因自己那精良的生活而轻视过着粗劣生活的人。于此,有具足智慧的人,能为提问者解答问题,他便想:‘我具足智慧,其他人并不具足智慧。’他就因那种智慧的具足而轻视别人。于此,有具足戒行的人,安住于防护别解脱律仪,行处具足,于微细罪过亦见怖畏,受持学习诸学处。他便想:‘我具足戒行,其他比丘却是破戒者、行恶法者。’他就因那种戒的具足而轻视别人。于此,有具足头陀行的人,或住林野者、或常乞食者、或着粪扫衣者、或但三衣者、或次第乞食者、或过午不食者、或常坐不卧者、或随遇安坐者。他便想:‘我具足头陀行,其他人并不具足头陀行。’他就因那种头陀行的具足而轻视别人。因此,不应以粗劣生活、精良生活、智慧具足、戒具足或头陀行具足为缘由,而轻视他人,不应蔑视,不应因此生慢,不应因此变得刚强、极端刚强、昂头傲慢。这即是说——不以生活、智慧、戒与头陀行而轻视他人。显示巴利原文
Idhekacco paṇītajīvitaṃ jīvanto paraṃ lūkhajīvitaṃ jīvantaṃ atimaññati – ‘‘kiṃ panāyaṃ appapuñño appesakkho na lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti. So tāya paṇītajīvitāya paraṃ lūkhajīvitaṃ jīvantaṃ atimaññati. Idhekacco paññāsampanno hoti. So puṭṭho pañhaṃ visajjeti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ahamasmi paññāsampanno, ime panaññe na paññāsampannā’’ti. So tāya paññāsampadāya paraṃ atimaññati. Idhekacco sīlasampanno hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ahamasmi sīlasampanno, ime panaññe bhikkhū dussīlā pāpadhammā’’ti. So tāya sīlasampadāya paraṃ atimaññati. Idhekacco vatasampanno hoti āraññiko vā piṇḍapātiko vā paṃsukūliko vā tecīvariko vā sapadānacāriko vā khalupacchābhattiko vā nesajjiko vā yathāsanthatiko vā. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ahamasmi vata sampanno, ime panaññe na vatasampannā’’ti. So tāya vatasampadāya paraṃ atimaññati. ti. Lūkhajīvitāya vā paṇītajīvitāya vā paññāsampadāya vā sīlasampadāya vā vatasampadāya vā paraṃ nātimaññeyya, nāvajāneyya, na tena mānaṃ janeyya, na tena thaddho assa, patthaddho paggahitasiroti – atha jīvitena paññāya sīlabbatena nāññamatimaññe.
2195 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
不应从事妄语,正知之人,不应行谄诳之事;
不以生活、智慧、戒律与头陀行,而轻慢他人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mosavajje na niyyetha, sampajāno saṭhāni na kayirā; Atha jīvitena paññāya, sīlabbatena nāññamatimaññe’’ti.
被毁谤、被辱骂、被打击、被轻蔑、被指责、被非难。所谓‘外道出家者’,即在此之外,任何已达出家、成就出家者。所谓‘凡夫’,即刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,无论在家或出家,天人或人类;他们以众多不可喜、不可爱、不可意的言语,辱骂、诽谤、激怒、激恼、伤害、侵害、折磨、加害、杀害、损坏。对这些众多不可喜、不可爱、不可意的言语,听闻、听取、把握、理解——亦即听到从凡夫或沙门而来的种种恼怒言语。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dūsito khuṃsito ghaṭṭito vambhito garahito upavadito. nti ye keci ito bahiddhā paribbajūpagatā paribbajasamāpannā. nti khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā ca, te bahukāhi vācāhi aniṭṭhāhi akantāhi amanāpāhi akkoseyyuṃ paribhāseyyuṃ roseyyuṃ viroseyyuṃ hiṃseyyuṃ vihiṃseyyuṃ heṭheyyuṃ viheṭheyyuṃ ghāteyyuṃ upaghāteyyuṃ upaghātaṃ kareyyuṃ tesaṃ bahuṃ vācaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ akantaṃ amanāpaṃ sutvā suṇitvā uggahitvā upadhārayitvā upalakkhayitvāti – sutvā rusito bahuṃ vācaṃ, samaṇānaṃ vā puthujanānaṃ.
他不以粗鲁、苛刻的话语去回嘴或反驳;别人咒骂他,他不回骂;别人愤怒,他不以怒相对;他不与人争吵,不挑起口角,不制造冲突,不生争执,不引斗诤。他应舍弃、驱除、终止这样的争吵、口角、冲突、争执与斗诤,令其灭尽无余;他从中远离、出离、超脱、解脱、切断缠缚,以无拘无束的心而住——这就是‘不以粗恶语回应他们’。显示巴利原文
ti. ti pharusena kakkhaḷena na paṭivajjā nappaṭibhaṇeyya, akkosantaṃ na paccakkoseyya, rosantaṃ nappaṭiroseyya, bhaṇḍanaṃ nappaṭibhaṇḍeyya na kalahaṃ kareyya na bhaṇḍanaṃ kareyya na viggahaṃ kareyya na vivādaṃ kareyya na medhagaṃ kareyya, kalahabhaṇḍanaviggahavivādamedhagaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, kalahabhaṇḍanaviggahavivādamedhagā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – pharusena ne na paṭivajjā.
“寂静者”:因贪的寂静、息灭、平息、烧尽、寂灭、消失、轻安,因嗔的……因痴的……因忿怒的……因怨恨的……乃至因一切不善行的寂静、息灭、平息、烧尽、寂灭、消失、轻安,他便是寂静的、安息的、平息的、寂灭的、轻安的——即称作“寂静者”。寂静者不制造、不产生、不生起、不引发、不令出现仇敌、对立、障碍、对手——这便是“寂静者不制造敌对”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rāgassa santattā santo, dosassa… mohassa… kodhassa… upanāhassa…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santattā samitattā vūpasamitattā vijjhātattā nibbutattā vigatattā paṭipassaddhattā santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭipassaddhoti – santo. ti. Santo paṭiseniṃ paṭimallaṃ paṭikaṇṭakaṃ paṭipakkhaṃ na karonti na janenti na sañjanenti na nibbattenti nābhinibbattentīti – na hi santo paṭiseniṃ karonti.
1016 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
听闻沙门或凡夫的诸多忿怒话语,
不以粗恶言语相报;寂静之人不制造对立。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sutvā rusito bahuṃ vācaṃ, samaṇānaṃ vā puthujanānaṃ; Pharusena ne na paṭivajjā, na hi santo paṭiseniṃ karontī’’ti.
“了知此法”:对于已宣说、已开示、已阐明、已建立、已揭示、已分别、已令明了、已开显的法,了知、通达、衡量、抉择、觉了、清晰彻见——这是一种“了知此法”。又或者,对于正道与邪道、正路与歧途、有罪与无罪、劣与胜、黑与白、智者所呵斥与智者所称叹的法,了知、通达、衡量、抉择、觉了、清晰彻见——这是另一种“了知此法”。又或者,对于正行道、随顺行道、不违逆行道、不冲突行道、如义行道、法随法行道;对于圆满受持戒学、守护根门、饮食知量、专修警寤、正念正知;对于四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道;以及涅槃与导向涅槃之道,了知、通达、衡量、抉择、觉了、清晰彻见——这是再一种“了知此法”的方式。显示巴利原文
ti. nti ācikkhitaṃ desitaṃ paññapitaṃ paṭṭhapitaṃ vivaṭaṃ vibhattaṃ uttānīkataṃ pakāsitaṃ dhammaṃ aññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti. Evampi etañca dhammamaññāya. Atha vā samañca visamañca pathañca vipathañca sāvajjañca anavajjañca hīnañca paṇītañca kaṇhañca sukkañca viññūgarahitañca viññūpasatthañca dhammaṃ aññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti. Evampi etañca dhammamaññāya. Atha vā sammāpaṭipadaṃ anulomapaṭipadaṃ apaccanīkapaṭipadaṃ aviruddhapaṭipadaṃ anvatthapaṭipadaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipadaṃ sīlesu paripūrakāritaṃ indriyesu guttadvārataṃ bhojane mattaññutaṃ jāgariyānuyogaṃ satisampajaññaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne cattāro sammappadhāne cattāro iddhipāde pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅge ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, nibbānañca nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ dhammaṃ aññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti. Evampi tañca dhammamaññāya.
审察、详察、衡量、判定、明辨、令之清晰。“一切行无常”……乃至……“凡是集起之法,皆是灭尽之法”——如此审察、详察、衡量、判定、明辨、令之清晰,即为“审察着的比丘”。比丘于一切时、一切处、一切刹那……乃至……直至生命尽际。他以四种因成为“具念者”:修习身随观念处而具念……乃至……他被称为具念者。他应修学三学:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学……乃至……这便是增上慧学。他应当转起这三学,修习……乃至……修习、奉行、圆满奉行、受持而安住——这便是:“审察着的比丘,当恒具正念而修学”。显示巴利原文
ti. nti vicinanto pavicinanto tulayanto tīrayanto vibhāvayanto vibhūtaṃ karonto. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti vicinanto pavicinanto tulayanto tīrayanto vibhāvayanto vibhūtaṃ karontoti – vicinaṃ bhikkhu. ti sadā sabbadā sabbakālaṃ…pe… pacchime vayokhandhe. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato…pe… so vuccati sato. ti tisso sikkhāyo – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā…pe… ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā. Imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkheyya…pe… sikkheyya ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyyāti – vicinaṃ bhikkhu sadā sato sikkhe.
了知贪的寂灭是寂静,了知嗔的寂灭是寂静,了知痴的寂灭是寂静,乃至了知一切不善行之寂灭是寂静;如是知、了知、衡量、审察、辨明、使之显了,即是“了知寂灭是寂静”。显示巴利原文
ti. Rāgassa nibbutiṃ santīti ñatvā, dosassa… mohassa…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ nibbutiṃ santīti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – santīti nibbutiṃ ñatvā.
在乔达摩的教法中,在佛陀的教法、胜者的教法、如来的教法、天的教法、阿拉汉的教法中,于诸善法应当恭敬而作、持续而作、坚定而作,不懈怠而行,不舍弃意欲,不舍弃重担:‘我何时能圆满未圆满的戒蕴,圆满未圆满的定蕴、慧蕴、解脱蕴、解脱智见蕴?我何时能遍知未遍知的苦,舍断未舍断的烦恼,修习未修习的道,现证未现证的灭?’ 对此的欲、精进、勇猛、奋发、力、不退、念、正知、热诚、努力、决意、勤修、不放逸,于诸善法亦当如此;在乔达摩的教法中不应放逸。显示巴利原文
ti. Gotamassa sāsane buddhasāsane jinasāsane tathāgatasāsane devasāsane arahantasāsane. ti sakkaccakārī assa sātaccakārī aṭṭhitakārī anolīnavuttiko anikkhittacchando anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. ‘‘Kadāhaṃ aparipūraṃ vā sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūreyyaṃ…pe… aparipūraṃ vā samādhikkhandhaṃ… paññākkhandhaṃ… vimuttikkhandhaṃ… vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ? Kadāhaṃ apariññātaṃ vā dukkhaṃ parijāneyyaṃ, appahīne vā kilese pajaheyyaṃ, abhāvitaṃ vā maggaṃ bhāveyyaṃ, asacchikataṃ vā nirodhaṃ sacchikareyya’’nti? Yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca thāmo ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca ātappaṃ padhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ anuyogo appamādo kusalesu dhammesūti – sāsane gotamassa nappamajjeyya.
659 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
比丘了知此法之后,应当审察,恒具正念而修学;
“了知“寂灭即是平静”之后,在乔达摩的教法中,他不可放逸。”
“所谓“胜者”,即征服了色、声、香、味、触、法,不被任何烦恼所征服,并征服了那些邪恶、不善、带杂染、导致再生、伴随后患、招感苦果、未来引发生老死的法——他实为胜者,不被征服。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etañca dhammamaññāya, vicinaṃ bhikkhu sadā sato sikkhe; Santīti nibbutiṃ ñatvā, sāsane gotamassa nappamajjeyyā’’ti. ti. ti rūpābhibhū saddābhibhū gandhābhibhū rasābhibhū phoṭṭhabbābhibhū dhammābhibhū, anabhibhūto kehici kilesehi, abhibhosi ne pāpake akusale dhamme saṃkilesike ponobhavike sadare dukkhavipāke āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyeti – abhibhū hi so anabhibhūto.
“所谓‘亲见’:他不是依靠传闻,不是依靠道听途说,不是依靠代代相传,不是依靠通晓经典,不是依靠推论,不是依靠理证,不是依靠反复审察事相,也不是依靠见解上的审视与忍可;而是由自己亲自证知、自内现见的法——他看见了,洞见了,明见了,彻证了。这就叫作‘亲见法而非依于传闻而见’。”显示巴利原文
ti. nti na itihitihaṃ na itikiriyāya na paramparāya na piṭakasampadāya na takkahetu na nayahetu na ākāraparivitakkena na diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā sāmaṃ sayamabhiññātaṃ attapaccakkhadhammaṃ addasi addakkhi apassi paṭivijjhīti – sakkhidhammamanītihamaddasi.
因此,以那个为因,以那个为缘,以那个为缘起,以那个为根源,当面对种种言论、非难、指责、呵斥、诋毁与诽谤时,他不动,不摇,不颤,不抖,全然不为所动,全然不感惊怖——所以,他于一切言论中毫不动摇。
显示巴利原文 ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā vādesu upavādesu nindāya garahāya akittiyā avaṇṇahārikāya nejati na iñjati na calati na vedhati nappavedhati na sampavedhatīti – tasmā vādesu nejati.
2172 世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“不放逸”是指恭敬而行持……于诸善法住于不放逸。“常”是指一切时、一切刻……乃至最后的命之蕴聚。“礼敬”是指以身礼敬,或以语礼敬,或以心礼敬;或依如理践行而礼敬,或依随法行而礼敬;尊重、恭敬、崇敬、供养、谦下而行。“学”是指三种学处——增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学……此即增上慧学。对于此三学处,他忆念思惟而学……乃至对于所应证悟的,为证悟而学;他依此实行、修习、正当行持、纳受而转起。“不放逸者常礼敬而学”:这是对值得尊重者的尊称……所谓世尊,即是如此。因此,不放逸者,常应礼敬而学。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti sakkaccakārī…pe… appamādo kusalesu dhammesu. ti sadā sabbakālaṃ…pe… pacchime vayokhandhe. nti kāyena vā namassamāno vācāya vā namassamāno cittena vā namassamāno anvatthapaṭipattiyā vā namassamāno dhammānudhammapaṭipattiyā vā namassamāno sakkurumāno garukurumāno mānayamāno pūjayamāno apacayamāno. ti tisso sikkhāyo – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā…pe… ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā. Imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkheyya…pe… sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkheyya careyya ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyya. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavāti – appamatto sadā namassamanusikkhe. (Iti bhagavā).
1090 “因此,世尊如此说:”显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“他实已征服一切,自身却未被征服;他是法的亲证者、直接洞见者,不由传说与传闻而见。”
因此,在彼世尊的教法中,你应当不放逸,恒常礼敬而修学。”【世尊如是说】
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Abhibhū hi so anabhibhūto, sakkhidhammamanītihamaddasi; Tasmā hi tassa bhagavato sāsane, appamatto sadā namassamanusikkhe’’. [iti bhagavāti]
速疾经分别第十四显示巴利原文
Tuvaṭṭakasuttaniddeso cuddasamo.
15. 执杖经分别显示巴利原文
15. Attadaṇḍasuttaniddeso
以下将解说《执杖经》的义释——显示巴利原文
Atha attadaṇḍasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
“杖”有三种:身杖、语杖、意杖。三种身恶行是身杖,四种语恶行是语杖,三种意恶行是意杖。“恐惧”有两种:现世恐惧与来世恐惧。何为现世恐惧?在此,有人以身行恶、以语行恶、以意行恶。他杀生、取未予之物、破门穿墙而行掠夺、劫夺民宅、拦路抢劫、侵犯他人之妻、说妄语。人们将他抓住送交国王:“陛下,此人是罪犯、作恶者。请您对他施以您所应施的惩罚。”国王便呵责他。他因被呵责而生起恐惧,感受到痛苦与忧恼。这恐惧、痛苦与忧恼,于他而言从何而来?皆是从自身之杖中生起、产生、出生、形成、出现的。显示巴利原文
nti. ti tayo daṇḍā – kāyadaṇḍo, vacīdaṇḍo, manodaṇḍo. Tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ kāyadaṇḍo, catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ vacīdaṇḍo, tividhaṃ manoduccaritaṃ manodaṇḍo. nti dve bhayāni – diṭṭhadhammikañca bhayaṃ samparāyikañca bhayaṃ. Katamaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ bhayaṃ? Idhekacco kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati, pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati. Tamenaṃ gahetvā rañño dassenti – ‘‘ayaṃ, deva, coro āgucārī. Imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehī’’ti. Tamenaṃ rājā paribhāsati. So paribhāsapaccayā bhayampi uppādeti, dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto tassa? Attadaṇḍato jātaṃ sañjātaṃ nibbattaṃ abhinibbattaṃ pātubhūtaṃ.
即便如此,国王仍不满意。国王下令将他捆绑:或用脚镣捆绑、或用绳索捆绑、或用锁链捆绑、或用藤条捆绑、或用蔓条捆绑、或关入牢笼束缚、或加以围困束缚、或施以村禁、或镇禁、或城禁、或国禁、或区域禁,乃至对他宣告:“你不得离开此处。”他因被捆绑而感受到痛苦与忧恼。这恐惧、痛苦与忧恼,于他而言从何而来?皆是从自身之杖中生起、产生、出生、形成、出现的。显示巴利原文
Ettakenapi rājā na tussati. Tamenaṃ rājā bandhāpeti andubandhanena vā rajjubandhanena vā saṅkhalikabandhanena vā vettabandhanena vā latābandhanena vā pakkhepabandhanena vā parikkhepabandhanena vā gāmabandhanena vā nigamabandhanena vā nagarabandhanena vā raṭṭhabandhanena vā janapadabandhanena vā antamaso savacanīyampi karoti – ‘‘na te labbhā ito pakkamitu’’nti. So bandhanapaccayāpi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto tassa? Attadaṇḍato jātaṃ sañjātaṃ nibbattaṃ abhinibbattaṃ pātubhūtaṃ.
即便如此,国王仍不满足。国王派人没收他的财物——一百、一千、十万。他因失去财物而感受痛苦与忧恼。这种恐惧、痛苦与忧恼,对他而言,从何而来?是从自身的杖中,生起、产生、出生、形成、现起的。显示巴利原文
Ettakenapi rājā na tussati. Rājā tassa dhanaṃ āharāpeti – sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā satasahassaṃ vā. So dhanajānipaccayāpi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto tassa? Attadaṇḍato jātaṃ sañjātaṃ nibbattaṃ abhinibbattaṃ pātubhūtaṃ.
即便如此,国王仍不满足。于是国王令人对他施加种种刑罚:用鞭子抽打他,用藤条抽打他,用短棒抽打他;砍断他的手,砍断他的脚,砍断他的手脚;割去他的耳朵,割去他的鼻子,割去他的耳朵和鼻子;将他做成“竹笋锅”之形,做成“贝壳秃头”之形,做成“罗睺面孔”之形,做成“火焰环”之形,做成“手灯”之形,做成“芦苇叶”之形,做成“树皮衣”之形,做成“羚羊”之形,做成“鱼钩肉”之形,做成“铜钱”之形,做成“碱水剥皮”之形,做成“门闩转动”之形,做成“稻草座”之形;用滚烫的油浇淋他;放狗来撕咬他;将他活生生地钉在木桩上;用刀砍下他的头。因这些刑罚,他感受着苦与忧。这种恐惧、苦和忧是从哪里来的呢?是从他自己的杖中生起、产生、出生、形成、出现的。国王正是这四种杖的主宰。显示巴利原文
Ettakenapi rājā na tussati. Tamenaṃ rājā vividhā kammakāraṇā kārāpeti – kasāhipi tāḷeti, vettehipi tāḷeti, aḍḍhadaṇḍakehipi tāḷeti, hatthampi chindati, pādampi chindati, hatthapādampi chindati, kaṇṇampi chindati, nāsampi chindati, kaṇṇanāsampi chindati, bilaṅgathālikampi karoti, saṅkhamuṇḍikampi karoti, rāhumukhampi karoti, jotimālikampi karoti, hatthapajjotikampi karoti, erakapattikampi karoti, cīrakavāsikampi karoti, eṇeyyakampi karoti, baḷisamaṃsikampi karoti, kahāpaṇikampi karoti, khārāpatacchikampi karoti, palighaparivattakampi karoti, palālapīṭhakampi karoti, tattenapi telena osiñcati, sunakhehipi khādāpeti, jīvantampi sūle uttāseti, asināpi sīsaṃ chindati. So kammakāraṇapaccayāpi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto tassa? Attadaṇḍato jātaṃ sañjātaṃ nibbattaṃ abhinibbattaṃ pātubhūtaṃ. Rājā imesaṃ catunnaṃ daṇḍānaṃ issaro.
他因自己所造的业,在身坏命终之后,投生到恶趣、苦界、堕落处、地狱。地狱的狱卒对他施加名为‘五种束缚’的刑罚:他们将烧得通红的铁桩打入他的一只手,将烧得通红的铁桩打入他的另一只手,将烧得通红的铁桩打入他的一只脚,将烧得通红的铁桩打入他的另一只脚,再将烧得通红的铁桩打入他胸膛的正中央。他在那里感受剧烈、锐利、痛苦的感受;而且,直至那恶业完全耗尽之前,他都不会死去。这种恐惧、苦与忧,从何而来?是从自身的杖中,生起、产生、出生、形成、现起的。显示巴利原文
So sakena kammena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Tamenaṃ nirayapālā pañcavidhabandhanaṃ nāma kammakāraṇaṃ kārenti – tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ hatthe gamenti, tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ dutiye hatthe gamenti, tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ pāde gamenti, tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ dutiye pāde gamenti, tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ majjhe urasmiṃ gamenti. So tattha dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vedeti; na ca tāva kālaṃkaroti yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantīhoti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto tassa? Attadaṇḍato jātaṃ sañjātaṃ nibbattaṃ abhinibbattaṃ pātubhūtaṃ.
地狱狱卒让他躺倒,以斧劈砍他。他在那里领受剧烈、锐利、苦切的感受;只要那恶业未完全消尽,他便不会死去。狱卒又将他头下脚上地抓住,以利刃劈割他。狱卒将他套在车上,驱策他在燃烧、炽燃、火焰炽盛的大地上来回奔驰……狱卒又令他爬上爬下那广大、燃烧、炽燃、火焰炽盛的火炭山……狱卒又将他头下脚上地抓住,投入烧得通红的铁锅中,那铁锅燃烧、炽燃、火焰炽猛。他在锅里被煮得泡沫翻涌。就这样翻涌之际,他时而浮起,时而沉下,时而横向漂动。他在那里领受剧烈、锐利、苦切的感受;只要那恶业未完全消尽,他便不会死去。这恐惧、苦与忧,从何而来?是从自己之杖中生起、产生、出生、形成、出现的。狱卒将他投入大地狱。而那个大地狱是这样的——显示巴利原文
Tamenaṃ nirayapālā saṃvesetvā kuṭhārīhi tacchenti. So tattha dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vedeti; na ca tāva kālaṃkaroti yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantīhoti. Tamenaṃ nirayapālā uddhaṃpādaṃ adhosiraṃ gahetvā vāsīhi tacchenti. Tamenaṃ nirayapālā rathe yojetvā ādittāya pathaviyā sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya sārentipi paccāsārentipi …pe… tamenaṃ nirayapālā mahantaṃ aṅgārapabbataṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ āropentipi oropentipi…pe… tamenaṃ nirayapālā uddhaṃpādaṃ adhosiraṃ gahetvā tattāya lohakumbhiyā pakkhipanti ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya. So tattha pheṇuddehakaṃ paccati. So tattha pheṇuddehakaṃ paccamāno sakimpi uddhaṃ gacchati, sakimpi adho gacchati, sakimpi tiriyaṃ gacchati. So tattha dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vedeti; na ca tāva kālaṃkaroti yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantīhoti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto tassa? Attadaṇḍato jātaṃ sañjātaṃ nibbattaṃ abhinibbattaṃ pātubhūtaṃ. Tamenaṃ nirayapālā mahāniraye pakkhipanti. So kho pana mahānirayo –
那铁造的大地,烈焰腾腾,遍满辉焰;
周遍百由旬,弥漫一切方,恒常安住。
悭吝者所受的苦报,可怖,炽焰猛烈,难以迫近;
其状令人毛发竖立,惊悚可怖,苦痛难忍。
东边的墙壁上,有大火聚升腾而起;
烧灼那些造作恶业之人,随即撞击西边的墙壁。
西面的墙垣处,有烈焰聚腾涌而起;
灼烧着造作恶业之人,直冲向那东边的墙壁。
北面的墙垣处,亦有烈焰聚腾涌而起;
焚烧恶业者,撞击南方。
从下方腾燃而起,是一团可怖的大火聚;
造恶业者燃烧之时,重重撞击在屋顶之上。
那些恒造恶业者,在地狱中备受煎熬,却怎么也无法死去。
他们向东奔跑,然后又向西奔跑;
他们向北奔跑,然后又向南奔跑。
他们朝任何方向奔跑,那里的门便即关闭;
他们怀着出离的渴望,是寻求解脱的众生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Catukkaṇṇo catudvāro, vibhatto bhāgaso mito; Ayopākārapariyanto , ayasā paṭikujjito. ‘‘Tassa ayomayā bhūmi, jalitā tejasā yutā; Samantā yojanasataṃ, pharitvā tiṭṭhati sabbadā. ‘‘Kadariyātapanā ghorā, accimanto durāsadā; Lomahaṃsanarūpā ca, bhismā paṭibhayā dukhā. ‘‘Puratthimāya bhittiyā, accikkhandho samuṭṭhito; Dahanto pāpakammante, pacchimāya paṭihaññati. ‘‘Pacchimāya ca bhittiyā, accikkhandho samuṭṭhito; Dahanto pāpakammante, puratthimāya paṭihaññati. ‘‘Uttarāya ca bhittiyā, accikkhandho samuṭṭhito; Dahanto pāpakammante, dakkhiṇāya paṭihaññati. ‘‘Dakkhiṇāya ca bhittiyā, accikkhandho samuṭṭhito; Dahanto pāpakammante, uttarāya paṭihaññati. ‘‘Heṭṭhato ca samuṭṭhāya, accikkhandho bhayānako; Dahanto pāpakammante, chadanasmiṃ paṭihaññati. ‘‘Chadanamhā samuṭṭhāya, accikkhandho bhayānako; Dahanto pāpakammante, bhūmiyaṃ paṭihaññati. ‘‘Ayokapālamādittaṃ, santattaṃ jalitaṃ yathā; Evaṃ avīcinirayo, heṭṭhā upari passato. ‘‘Tattha sattā mahāluddā, mahākibbisakārino; Accantapāpakammantā, paccanti na ca miyyare . ‘‘Jātavedasamo kāyo, tesaṃ nirayavāsinaṃ; Passa kammānaṃ daḷhattaṃ, na bhasmā hoti napī masi. ‘‘Puratthimenapi dhāvanti, tato dhāvanti pacchimaṃ; Uttarenapi dhāvanti, tato dhāvanti dakkhiṇaṃ. ‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ disaṃ padhāvanti , taṃ taṃ dvāraṃ pidhīyati ; Abhinikkhamitāsā te, sattā mokkhagavesino. ‘‘Na te tato nikkhamituṃ, labhanti kammapaccayā; Tesañca pāpakammantaṃ, avipakkaṃ kataṃ bahu’’nti.
这种恐惧、苦与忧,于他而言从何而来?皆从自己的棍棒中生起、产生、形成、发生而显现。那些地狱中的苦、畜生道中的苦、饿鬼界中的苦、人间的苦,它们从何而生?从何而起?从何而成?从何而发?从何而现?莫不是从自己的棍棒中生起、产生、形成、发生而显现——这便是‘恐惧从自己的棍棒中生起’。显示巴利原文
Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto tassa? Attadaṇḍato jātaṃ sañjātaṃ nibbattaṃ abhinibbattaṃ pātubhūtaṃ. Yāni ca nerayikāni dukkhāni yāni ca tiracchānayonikāni dukkhāni yāni ca pettivisayikāni dukkhāni yāni ca mānusikāni dukkhāni; tāni kuto jātāni kuto sañjātāni kuto nibbattāni kuto abhinibbattāni kuto pātubhūtāni? Attadaṇḍato jātāni sañjātāni nibbattāni abhinibbattāni pātubhūtānīti – attadaṇḍā bhayaṃ jātaṃ.
刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,在家者与出家者,天人与人类——请看、观察、凝视、审察那些争执的人、争吵的人、敌对的人、相互敌对的人、攻击的人、反击的人、伤害的人、报复的人,这即是‘请看那些争执的人’。
显示巴利原文 nti. nti khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā ca medhagaṃ janaṃ kalahaṃ janaṃ viruddhaṃ janaṃ paṭiviruddhaṃ janaṃ āhataṃ janaṃ paccāhataṃ janaṃ āghātitaṃ janaṃ paccāghātitaṃ janaṃ passatha dakkhatha oloketha nijjhāyetha upaparikkhathāti – janaṃ passatha medhagaṃ.
悚惧、惊惶、恐惧、怖畏、逼迫、压迫、灾厄、障碍。我将宣说、开示、教导、施设、建立、开显、分别论说、阐明、显示——我将宣说悚惧。显示巴利原文
ti. Saṃvegaṃ ubbegaṃ utrāsaṃ bhayaṃ pīḷanaṃ ghaṭṭanaṃ upaddavaṃ upasaggaṃ. ti pakittayissāmi ācikkhissāmi desessāmi paññapessāmi paṭṭhapessāmi vivarissāmi vibhajissāmi uttānīkarissāmi pakāsissāmīti – saṃvegaṃ kittayissāmi.
即如同我由自己使自己悚惧、惊惶,令悚惧心生起——也就是‘我如何被震悚’的意思。
显示巴利原文 ti. Yathā mayā attanāyeva attānaṃ saṃvejito ubbejito saṃvegamāpāditoti – yathā saṃvijitaṃ mayā.
1080 因此,世尊这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
执杖而生怖畏,请看那些纷争的人们;
我将宣说这悚惧,正如我亲历的震悚。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Attadaṇḍā bhayaṃ jātaṃ, janaṃ passatha medhagaṃ; Saṃvegaṃ kittayissāmi, yathā saṃvijitaṃ mayā’’ti.
‘众人’是‘众生’的同义词。此众生为渴爱之动所动,为邪见之动所动,为烦恼之动所动,为恶行之动所动,为努力之动所动,为果报之动所动;因染着而染着地动,因嗔怒而嗔怒地动,因愚痴而愚痴地动,被慢所缚而动,被邪见执取而动,被掉举所散而动,被疑所困而动,被随眠强力而动;因得利而动,因失利而动,因称誉而动,因讥毁而动,因乐而动,因苦而动,因生而动,因老而动,因病而动,因死而动,因忧、悲、苦、愁、恼而动;因地狱之苦而动,因畜生界之苦而动,因饿鬼界之苦而动,因人间之苦而动;因入胎根本之苦而动……因住胎根本之苦……因出胎根本之苦……因出生后受缚之苦……因出生后不得自主之苦……因加害自身之苦……因加害他人之苦……因苦苦……因行苦……因坏苦……因眼病之苦……因耳病之苦……因鼻病之苦……因舌病之苦……因身病之苦……因头痛、耳痛、口痛、牙痛……咳嗽、哮喘、鼻炎、发热、衰老、腹痛、闷绝、痢疾、绞痛、霍乱、麻风、痈肿、白斑、肺痨、癫痫、癣疥、痒、疥疮、抓伤、血病、胆病、糖尿病、风肿、脓疮、瘘管,以及因胆汁所生之病、因痰所生之病、因风所生之病、因三者和合所生之病、因季节变化所生之病、因不适应环境所生之病、因外伤所生之病、因业果所生之病;因冷、热、饥、渴、大小便,因蚊虻、风热、爬虫类接触之苦而动;因母亲死亡之苦而动,因父亲死亡之苦而动,因兄弟死亡之苦而动,因姐妹死亡之苦而动,因儿子死亡之苦而动,因女儿死亡之苦而动,因亲戚死亡之苦而动;因财产损失之苦而动,因疾病损失之苦而动,因戒损失之苦而动,因邪见损失之苦而动,他们动、挣扎、剧烈颤动、摇摆、动摇、彻底动摇。见到、观察、衡量、审察、明了之后,看见了这颤动的众生。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sattādhivacanaṃ. Pajaṃ taṇhāphandanāya phandamānaṃ diṭṭhiphandanāya phandamānaṃ kilesaphandanāya phandamānaṃ duccaritaphandanāya phandamānaṃ payogaphandanāya phandamānaṃ vipākaphandanāya phandamānaṃ rattaṃ rāgena phandamānaṃ duṭṭhaṃ dosena phandamānaṃ mūḷhaṃ mohena phandamānaṃ vinibaddhaṃ mānena phandamānaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhiyā phandamānaṃ vikkhepagataṃ uddhaccena phandamānaṃ aniṭṭhaṅgataṃ vicikicchāya phandamānaṃ thāmagataṃ anusayehi phandamānaṃ lābhena phandamānaṃ alābhena phandamānaṃ yasena phandamānaṃ ayasena phandamānaṃ pasaṃsāya phandamānaṃ nindāya phandamānaṃ sukhena phandamānaṃ dukkhena phandamānaṃ jātiyā phandamānaṃ jarāya phandamānaṃ byādhinā phandamānaṃ maraṇena phandamānaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsehi phandamānaṃ nerayikena dukkhena phandamānaṃ tiracchānayonikena dukkhena phandamānaṃ pettivisayikena dukkhena phandamānaṃ mānusikena dukkhena phandamānaṃ gabbhokkantimūlakena dukkhena… gabbhaṭṭhitimūlakena dukkhena… gabbhāvuṭṭhānamūlakena dukkhena… jātassūpanibandhakena dukkhena… jātassa parādheyyakena dukkhena… attūpakkamena dukkhena… parūpakkamena dukkhena… dukkhadukkhena… saṅkhāradukkhena… vipariṇāmadukkhena… cakkhurogena dukkhena… sotarogena … ghānarogena… jivhārogena … kāyarogena… sīsarogena … kaṇṇarogena… mukharogena… dantarogena… kāsena… sāsena… pināsena… ḍāhena… jarena… kucchirogena… mucchāya… pakkhandikāya… sūlāya… visūcikāya… kuṭṭhena… gaṇḍena… kilāsena… sosena… apamārena… dadduyā… kaṇḍuyā… kacchuyā… rakhasāya… vitacchikāya… lohitena… pittena… madhumehena… aṃsāya… pīḷakāya… bhagandalena… pittasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… semhasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… vātasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… sannipātikena ābādhena… utupariṇāmajena ābādhena… visamaparihārajena ābādhena … opakkamikena ābādhena… kammavipākajena ābādhena… sītena… uṇhena… jighacchāya… pipāsāya… uccārena… passāvena… ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassena dukkhena… mātumaraṇena dukkhena… pitumaraṇena dukkhena… bhātumaraṇena dukkhena… bhaginimaraṇena dukkhena… puttamaraṇena dukkhena… dhītumaraṇena dukkhena… ñātimaraṇena dukkhena… bhogabyasanena dukkhena… rogabyasanena dukkhena… sīlabyasanena dukkhena… diṭṭhibyasanena dukkhena phandamānaṃ samphandamānaṃ vipphandamānaṃ vedhamānaṃ pavedhamānaṃ sampavedhamānaṃ. ti disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – phandamānaṃ pajaṃ disvā.
犹如在少水、干涸之处,鱼群为乌鸦、鹰、鹭鸶所迫,被叼起、啄食时,便颤抖、挣扎、剧烈挣扎、摇摆、动摇、彻底动摇;同样地,众生为渴爱的颤动所驱,也如此颤抖、挣扎、剧烈挣扎、摇摆、动摇、彻底动摇——正如那些少水中的鱼。显示巴利原文
ti yathā macchā appodake udakapariyādāne kākehi vā kulalehi vā balākāhi vā paripātiyamānā ukkhipiyamānā khajjamānā phandanti samphandanti vipphandanti vedhanti pavedhanti sampavedhanti; evameva pajā taṇhāphandanāya phandanti…pe… diṭṭhibyasanena dukkhena phandanti samphandanti vipphandanti vedhanti pavedhanti sampavedhantīti – macche appodake yathā.
那些众生彼此敌对、相互仇视,被打击便反击,被伤害便报复。国王与国王相争,刹帝利与刹帝利相争,婆罗门与婆罗门相争,家主与家主相争,母亲与儿子相争,儿子与母亲相争,父亲与儿子相争,儿子与父亲相争,兄弟与兄弟相争,姐妹与姐妹相争,兄弟与姐妹相争,姐妹与兄弟相争,朋友与朋友相争。他们陷入争吵、纷争与口角后,便相互以拳攻击,以土块攻击,以棍棒攻击,以刀剑攻击。他们因此遭遇死亡,或遭受近乎死亡之苦——这便是彼此的怨怼。显示巴利原文
ti aññamaññaṃ sattā viruddhā paṭiviruddhā āhatā paccāhatā āghātitā paccāghātitā. Rājānopi rājūhi vivadanti, khattiyāpi khattiyehi vivadanti, brāhmaṇāpi brāhmaṇehi vivadanti, gahapatīpi gahapatīhi vivadanti, mātāpi puttena vivadati, puttopi mātarā vivadati, pitāpi puttena vivadati, puttopi pitarā vivadati, bhātāpi bhātarā vivadati, bhaginīpi bhaginiyā vivadati, bhātāpi bhaginiyā vivadati, bhaginipi bhātarā vivadati, sahāyopi sahāyena vivadati; te tattha kalahaviggahavivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ pāṇīhipi upakkamanti, leḍḍūhipi upakkamanti, daṇḍehipi upakkamanti, satthehipi upakkamanti, te tattha maraṇampi nigacchanti maraṇamattampi dukkhanti – aññamaññehi byāruddhe.
见之、观之、衡量之、审察之、洞彻之、明辨之后,恐惧、压迫、折磨、灾祸、祸患便降临于我——见此景象,恐惧遂降临于我。
显示巴利原文 ti. ti disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā bhayaṃ pīḷanaṃ ghaṭṭanaṃ upaddavo upasaggo āvisīti – disvā maṃ bhayamāvisi.
729 是故世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
见诸颤怖众生,犹如浅水之鱼;
见他们彼此怨怼,恐惧便侵袭了我。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Phandamānaṃ pajaṃ disvā, macche appodake yathā; Aññamaññehi byāruddhe, disvā maṃ bhayamāvisī’’ti.
地狱世间、畜生世间、饿鬼世间、人世间、天世间,蕴世间、界世间、处世间,此世间、他世间、梵世间、天世间——这些称为世间。地狱世间没有实质,没有核心,失却核心;没有常的实质、乐的实质、我的实质,也不是常、恒、永恒、不变易法。畜生世间……饿鬼世间……人世间……天世间……蕴世间……界世间……处世间……此世间……他世间……梵世间……天世间,皆没有实质,没有核心,失却核心;没有常的实质、乐的实质、我的实质,也不是常、恒、永恒、不变易法。显示巴利原文
ti. ti nirayaloko tiracchānayoniloko pettivisayaloko manussaloko devaloko, khandhaloko dhātuloko āyatanaloko, ayaṃ loko paro loko, brahmaloko devaloko – ayaṃ vuccati loko. Nirayaloko asāro nissāro sārāpagato niccasārasārena vā sukhasārasārena vā attasārasārena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā. Tiracchānayoniloko…pe… pettivisayaloko… manussaloko… devaloko… khandhaloko… dhātuloko… āyatanaloko… ayaṃ loko… paro loko… brahmaloko… devaloko asāro nissāro sārāpagato niccasārasārena vā sukhasārasārena vā attasārasārena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā.
正如芦苇没有实质、没有核心、失却核心,蓖麻没有实质、没有核心、失却核心,无花果树没有实质、没有核心、失却核心,白杨没有实质、没有核心、失却核心,珊瑚树没有实质、没有核心、失却核心,泡沫堆没有实质、没有核心、失却核心,水泡没有实质、没有核心、失却核心,阳焰没有实质、没有核心、失却核心,芭蕉树干没有实质、没有核心、失却核心,幻术没有实质、没有核心、失却核心;同样地,地狱世间也没有实质、没有核心、失却核心——从常的实质、乐的实质、我的实质来说,或者从常、恒、永恒、不变易法的角度来说,皆悉无有。显示巴利原文
Yathā pana naḷo asāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā eraṇḍo asāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā udumbaro asāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā setakaccho asāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā pāribhaddako asāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā pheṇapiṇḍo asāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā udakapubbuḷaṃ asāraṃ nissāraṃ sārāpagataṃ , yathā marīci asārā nissārā sārāpagatā, yathā kadalikkhandho asāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā māyā asārā nissārā sārāpagatā; evameva nirayaloko asāro nissāro sārāpagato niccasārasārena vā sukhasārasārena vā attasārasārena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā.
畜生世间……饿鬼世间……人世间……天世间,都没有实质、没有核心,毫无核心——无论是就常的实质、乐的实质、我的实质而言,还是从常、恒、永恒、不变易法的角度来说,皆然。蕴世间……界世间……处世间……此世间……彼世间……梵世间……天世间,都没有实质、没有核心,毫无核心——无论是就常的实质、乐的实质、我的实质而言,还是从常、恒、永恒、不变易法的角度来说,皆然。显示巴利原文
Tiracchānayoniloko… pettivisayaloko… manussaloko… devaloko asāro nissāro sārāpagato niccasārasārena vā sukhasārasārena vā attasārasārena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā. Khandhaloko… dhātuloko… āyatanaloko… ayaṃ loko… paro loko… brahmaloko… devaloko asāro nissāro sārāpagato niccasārasārena vā sukhasārasārena vā attasārasārena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vāti – samantamasāro loko.
东方的诸行,全都被扰动、被震荡、被移动、被击打,被无常所随逐,被生所跟随,被老所驱迫,被病所征服,被死亡所击溃,立足于苦之中;没有保护,没有庇护,没有皈依,成了没有皈依的状态。西方的诸行……南方的诸行……北方的诸行……东南方的诸行……西南方的诸行……东北方的诸行……西北方的诸行……下方的诸行……上方的诸行……十方一切所有诸行,全都被扰动、被震荡、被移动、被击打,被无常所随逐,被生所跟随,被老所驱迫,被病所征服,被死亡所击溃,立足于苦之中;没有保护,没有庇护,没有皈依,成了没有皈依的状态。对此,有偈言:显示巴利原文
ti. Ye puratthimāya disāya saṅkhārā, tepi eritā sameritā calitā ghaṭṭitā aniccatāya jātiyā anugatā jarāya anusaṭā byādhinā abhibhūtā maraṇena abbhāhatā dukkhe patiṭṭhitā atāṇā aleṇā asaraṇā asaraṇībhūtā. Ye pacchimāya disāya saṅkhārā…pe… ye uttarāya disāya saṅkhārā… ye dakkhiṇāya disāya saṅkhārā… ye puratthimāya anudisāya saṅkhārā… ye pacchimāya anudisāya saṅkhārā… ye uttarāya anudisāya saṅkhārā… ye dakkhiṇāya anudisāya saṅkhārā… ye heṭṭhimāya disāya saṅkhārā… ye uparimāya disāya saṅkhārā… ye dasasu disāsu saṅkhārā, tepi eritā sameritā calitā ghaṭṭitā aniccatāya jātiyā anugatā jarāya anusaṭā byādhinā abhibhūtā maraṇena abbhāhatā dukkhe patiṭṭhitā atāṇā aleṇā asaraṇā asaraṇībhūtā. Bhāsitampi cetaṃ –
“纵使这座宫殿闪耀着光芒,光芒遍照四方,”
“见于色中过患,常令心颤栗,是故智者不耽著于色。”
“世间为死亡所逼迫,为衰老所环绕;”
常为渴爱之箭所穿,恒受欲望之烟所熏。
整个世间全然燃烧,整个世间浓烟弥漫;
整个世间炽然焚烧,整个世间悉皆震动。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiñcāpi cetaṃ jalatī vimānaṃ, obhāsayaṃ uttariyaṃ disāya; Rūpe raṇaṃ disvā sadā pavedhitaṃ, tasmā na rūpe ramatī sumedho. ‘‘Maccunābbhāhato loko, jarāya parivārito; Taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo, icchādhūmāyito sadā. ‘‘Sabbo ādīpito loko, sabbo loko padhūpito; Sabbo pajjalito loko, sabbo loko pakampito’’ti. Disā sabbā sameritā.
渴望、喜爱、期盼、羡慕、热切祈请自己的住处、庇护、避难所、皈依、归宿、依处——这即是“愿望即是自己的住处”。我只见到有所执著的,从未见到无所执著的。一切青春,终由衰老而耗尽;一切健康,终由疾病而耗尽;一切生命,终由死亡而耗尽;一切所得,终由损失而耗尽;一切名声,终由恶名而耗尽;一切称赞,终由诽谤而耗尽;一切快乐,终由痛苦而耗尽。显示巴利原文
ti. Attano bhavanaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ saraṇaṃ gatiṃ parāyanaṃ icchanto sādiyanto patthayanto pihayanto abhijappantoti – icchaṃ bhavanamattano. nti. Ajjhositaṃyeva addasaṃ, anajjhositaṃ nāddasaṃ, sabbaṃ yobbaññaṃ jarāya ositaṃ, sabbaṃ ārogyaṃ byādhinā ositaṃ, sabbaṃ jīvitaṃ maraṇena ositaṃ, sabbaṃ lābhaṃ alābhena ositaṃ, sabbaṃ yasaṃ ayasena ositaṃ, sabbaṃ pasaṃsaṃ nindāya ositaṃ, sabbaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhena ositaṃ.
‘‘Lābho alābho yaso ayaso ca, nindā pasaṃsā ca sukhaṃ dukhañca;
948 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
Ete aniccā manujesu dhammā, asassatā vipariṇāmadhammā’’ti. Nāddasāsiṃ anositaṃ.
872 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
世间遍无坚实,诸方悉皆震荡;
我渴求自己的住处,却不见安稳之处。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Samantamasāro loko, disā sabbā sameritā; Icchaṃ bhavanamattano, nāddasāsiṃ anosita’’nti.
一切青春为衰老所耗尽,一切健康为疾病所耗尽,一切生命为死亡所耗尽,一切利得为失利所耗尽,一切名誉被恶名耗尽,一切赞扬为讥毁耗尽,一切快乐为痛苦耗尽——正是在尽处如此耗尽。渴求青春的众生为衰老所违逆,渴求健康的众生为疾病所违逆,渴求生命的众生为死亡所违逆,渴求利得的众生为失利所违逆,渴求名誉的众生为恶名所违逆,渴求赞扬的众生为讥毁所违逆,渴求快乐的众生为痛苦所违逆,被打击、被反击、被攻击、被反攻——他们都在尽处遭到猛烈的违逆。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbaṃ yobbaññaṃ jarā osāpeti, sabbaṃ ārogyaṃ byādhi osāpeti, sabbaṃ jīvitaṃ maraṇaṃ osāpeti, sabbaṃ lābhaṃ alābho osāpeti, sabbaṃ yasaṃ ayaso osāpeti, sabbaṃ pasaṃsaṃ nindā osāpeti, sabbaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ osāpetīti – osāne tveva. ti yobbaññakāmā sattā jarāya paṭiviruddhā, ārogyakāmā sattā byādhinā paṭiviruddhā, jīvitukāmā sattā maraṇena paṭiviruddhā, lābhakāmā sattā alābhena paṭiviruddhā, yasakāmā sattā ayasena paṭiviruddhā, pasaṃsakāmā sattā nindāya paṭiviruddhā, sukhakāmā sattā dukkhena paṭiviruddhā āhatā paccāhatā āghātitā paccāghātitāti – osāne tveva byāruddhe.
“ti”意谓看到:即见到了、观察了、衡量了、判断了、弄清楚了、使其变得明显——也就是“看到”。而“ti”又指那种不欢喜、不乐意、不高兴、厌倦、不安的状态——即“我看到后,生起了不欢喜”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – disvā. ti yā arati yā anabhirati yā anabhiramanā yā ukkaṇṭhitā yā paritasitā ahūti – disvā me aratī ahu.
“nti”与“ti”是句间连缀……依词序即是“在那里”。“ti”指在众生当中。“nti”指七种箭:贪欲之箭、嗔恚之箭、愚痴之箭、慢之箭、邪见之箭、愁之箭、疑之箭。“nti”又指看见了、观察到了、明白了、洞彻了——即“就在那里,我看见了那支箭”。显示巴利原文
nti. ti padasandhi…pe… padānupubbatāpetaṃ – athāti. ti sattesu. nti satta sallāni – rāgasallaṃ, dosasallaṃ, mohasallaṃ, mānasallaṃ, diṭṭhisallaṃ, sokasallaṃ, kathaṃkathāsallaṃ. nti addasaṃ adakkhiṃ apassiṃ paṭivijjhinti – athettha sallamaddakkhiṃ.
“nti”指难以看见、难以观察、难以明了、难以理解、难以觉悟、难以洞彻——即“难见的”。“nti”又指“心”,也就是citta。所谓心、意、思、心脏、白净心、意界、意根、识、识蕴、由此生起的意识界。“nti”又指心所依赖、心所附着、以心为依、与心共存、与心同生、与心结合、与心相应、同生起、同灭去、同依处、同所缘——即那难见的、依附于心的箭。显示巴利原文
nti. nti duddasaṃ duddakkhaṃ duppassaṃ dubbujjhaṃ duranubujjhaṃ duppaṭivijjhanti – duddasaṃ. nti hadayaṃ vuccati cittaṃ. Yaṃ cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ hadayaṃ paṇḍaraṃ mano manāyatanaṃ manindriyaṃ viññāṇaṃ viññāṇakkhandho tajjā manoviññāṇadhātu. nti hadayanissitaṃ cittasitaṃ cittanissitaṃ cittena sahagataṃ sahajātaṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sampayuttaṃ ekuppādaṃ ekanirodhaṃ ekavatthukaṃ ekārammaṇanti – duddasaṃ hadayassitaṃ.
753 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“我见那争执爆发的最后关头,心中生起厌倦;
便在那里,我看见那支箭——那深藏于心、难以看见的箭。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Osāne tveva byāruddhe, disvā me aratī ahu; Athettha sallamaddakkhiṃ, duddasaṃ hadayassita’’nti.
有七种箭:贪箭、嗔箭、痴箭、慢箭、见箭、忧箭、疑箭。何为贪箭?凡是那种贪、染着、随顺、随悦、欢喜贪、心的染着……乃至……贪求、贪欲、不善根——此即贪箭。显示巴利原文
ti. nti. Satta sallāni – rāgasallaṃ, dosasallaṃ, mohasallaṃ, mānasallaṃ, diṭṭhisallaṃ, sokasallaṃ, kathaṃkathāsallaṃ. Katamaṃ rāgasallaṃ? Yo rāgo sārāgo anunayo anurodho nandirāgo cittassa sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ – idaṃ rāgasallaṃ.
何为嗔箭?因念“他过去对我不利”而生起瞋怒,因念“他现在对我不利”而生起瞋怒,因念“他未来对我不利”而生起瞋怒……乃至……凶暴、粗鲁、心的不悦——此即嗔箭。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ dosasallaṃ? ‘‘Anatthaṃ me acarī’’ti āghāto jāyati ‘‘anatthaṃ me caratī’’ti āghāto jāyati, ‘‘anatthaṃ me carissatī’’ti āghāto jāyati…pe… caṇḍikkaṃ asuropo anattamanatā cittassa – idaṃ dosasallaṃ.
何为痴箭?于苦无智……乃至……于导向苦灭之道无智,于前际无智,于后际无智,于前后际无智,于此缘性缘生诸法无智。凡此类的不见、不悟、不觉、不通达、不现证、不把握、不深入、不审视、不观照,愚钝、愚痴、痴、迷惑、极度迷惑、无明、无明瀑流、无明轭、无明随眠、无明缠缚、无明障碍、痴、不善根——此即痴箭。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ mohasallaṃ? Dukkhe aññāṇaṃ…pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ, pubbante aññāṇaṃ, aparante aññāṇaṃ, pubbantāparante aññāṇaṃ , idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ adassanaṃ anabhisamayo ananubodho asambodho appaṭivedho asaṅgāhaṇā apariyogāhaṇā asamapekkhanā apaccavekkhanā apaccakkhakammaṃ dummejjhaṃ bālyaṃ moho pamoho sammoho avijjā avijjogho avijjāyogo avijjānusayo avijjāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ avijjālaṅgī moho akusalamūlaṃ – idaṃ mohasallaṃ.
什么是慢箭?即“我比他优越”之慢、“我与他等同”之慢、“我比他低劣”之慢。凡是这类慢、慢想、慢性、抬高、自举、高扬旗幡、居上、好胜之心——这就是慢箭。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ mānasallaṃ? ‘‘Seyyohamasmī’’ti māno, ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’ti māno, ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti māno. Yo evarūpo māno maññanā maññitattaṃ unnati unnamo dhajo sampaggāho ketukamyatā cittassa – idaṃ mānasallaṃ.
什么是见箭?即基于二十事的有身见,基于十事的邪见,基于十事的边执见。凡是这类见、见处、见稠林、见荒漠、见歪曲、见波动、见结缚、执取、执受、固持、执持、邪道、邪路、邪性、外道因、颠倒执、反执、迷执、邪执,于不真实中执取为实——这就是见箭。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ diṭṭhisallaṃ? Vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā antaggāhikā diṭṭhi. Yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigataṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāro diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaññojanaṃ gāho paṭiggāho abhiniveso parāmāso kummaggo micchāpatho micchattaṃ titthāyatanaṃ vipariyāsaggāho viparītaggāho vipallāsaggāho micchāgāho ayāthāvakasmiṃ ‘‘yāthāvaka’’nti gāho yāvatā dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni – idaṃ diṭṭhisallaṃ.
什么是忧箭?遭遇了亲族不幸的人,遭遇了疾病不幸的人,遭遇了财富不幸的人,遭遇了戒行不幸的人,遭遇了见解不幸的人,具足任何一种不幸、为任何一种苦法所触者,所生起的忧愁、悲泣、悲痛、内心忧戚、内心悲痛、内心焦灼、内心煎熬、心力憔悴、忧心——这就是忧箭。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ sokasallaṃ? Ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa soko socanā socitattaṃ antosoko antoparisoko antoḍāho antopariḍāho cetaso parijjhāyanā domanassaṃ – idaṃ sokasallaṃ.
什么是疑惑之箭?对苦有疑惑,对苦的集起有疑惑,对苦的灭尽有疑惑,对导向苦灭的修行道路有疑惑,对过去有疑惑,对未来有疑惑,对过去与未来有疑惑,对“此有故彼有”的缘生诸法有疑惑。凡是像这样的疑惑、犹豫、犹豫不决、不确定、怀疑、二心、歧路、不确定、非决定性的把握、内心不安、内心游移、不能透彻通达、心的僵滞、心的迷乱——这就是疑惑之箭。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ kathaṃkathāsallaṃ? Dukkhe kaṅkhā, dukkhasamudaye kaṅkhā, dukkhanirodhe kaṅkhā, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya kaṅkhā, pubbante kaṅkhā, aparante kaṅkhā, pubbantāparante kaṅkhā, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu kaṅkhā. Yā evarūpā kaṅkhā kaṅkhāyanā kaṅkhāyitattaṃ vimati vicikicchā dveḷhakaṃ dvedhāpatho saṃsayo anekaṃsaggāho āsappanā parisappanā apariyogāhaṇā chambhitattaṃ cittassa manovilekho – idaṃ kathaṃkathāsallaṃ.
正是这样。被贪欲之箭射中、刺穿、触及、压倒、迷惑、具足的人,以身造作恶行,以语造作恶行,以意造作恶行。他也杀害生命,拿取未予之物,破门闯宅,掠夺财物,拦路行劫,侵犯他人妻室,说虚妄语。像这样,被贪欲之箭射中、刺穿、触及、压倒、迷惑、具足的人,就这样奔走、四处奔走、流转、轮回不息。又或者,被贪欲之箭射中、刺穿、触及、压倒、迷惑、具足的人,为了寻求财富,乘船入海。他承受寒冷,忍受酷热,受蚊虻、风吹、日晒、爬虫触碰的侵扰,被饥渴所迫逼,行至三掘巴、塔坷拉、塔卡西拉、卡拉木卡、布拉布拉、威颂加、韦拉巴塔、爪哇、塔玛利、旺卡、艾拉旁达那、苏万纳库塔、苏万纳布米、丹巴般尼、苏帕达卡、巴鲁卡查、苏拉塔、邦伽洛卡、邦伽纳、帕拉玛邦伽纳、尤纳、帕拉玛尤纳、维纳卡、木拉巴达、马路甘塔拉、詹努巴塔、阿加巴塔、门达巴塔、桑库巴塔、恰塔巴塔、旺萨巴塔、萨库纳巴塔、木西卡巴塔、达里巴塔、威塔查拉,到处寻求。如果寻求了,却没有得到,他便因不得而领受苦与忧;如果寻求了,得到了,得到之后,他又因守护而领受苦与忧,心里想着:'怎样才能让国王们不夺走我的财富,盗贼们不偷走,火不烧毁,水不冲走,不可爱的继承者们不拿走呢?'当他这样守护、保卫时,那些财富却散失坏灭了,他于是因这种变坏而领受苦与忧。像这样,被贪欲之箭射中、刺穿、触及、压倒、迷惑、具足的人,就这样奔走、四处奔走、流转、轮回不息。显示巴利原文
ti. Rāgasallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati, pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati; evampi rāgasallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato dhāvati vidhāvati sandhāvati saṃsarati. Atha vā rāgasallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato bhoge pariyesanto nāvāya mahāsamuddaṃ pakkhandati. Sītassa purakkhato uṇhassa purakkhato ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassehi pīḷiyamāno khuppipāsāya miyyamāno tigumbaṃ gacchati, takkolaṃ gacchati, takkasīlaṃ gacchati, kāḷamukhaṃ gacchati, purapūraṃ gacchati, vesuṅgaṃ gacchati, verāpathaṃ gacchati, javaṃ gacchati, tāmaliṃ gacchati, vaṅkaṃ gacchati, eḷabandhanaṃ gacchati, suvaṇṇakūṭaṃ gacchati, suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ gacchati, tambapaṇṇiṃ gacchati, suppādakaṃ gacchati, bhārukacchaṃ gacchati, suraṭṭhaṃ gacchati, bhaṅgalokaṃ gacchati, bhaṅgaṇaṃ gacchati, paramabhaṅgaṇaṃ gacchati, yonaṃ gacchati, paramayonaṃ gacchati, vinakaṃ gacchati, mūlapadaṃ gacchati, marukantāraṃ gacchati, jaṇṇupathaṃ gacchati, ajapathaṃ gacchati , meṇḍapathaṃ gacchati, saṅkupathaṃ gacchati, chattapathaṃ gacchati, vaṃsapathaṃ gacchati, sakuṇapathaṃ gacchati, mūsikapathaṃ gacchati, daripathaṃ gacchati, vettācāraṃ gacchati; pariyesanto na labhati, alābhamūlakampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, pariyesanto labhati, laddhā ārakkhamūlakampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti ‘‘kinti me bhoge neva rājāno hareyyuṃ na corā hareyyuṃ na aggi daheyya na udakaṃ vaheyya na appiyā dāyādā hareyyu’’nti. Tassa evaṃ ārakkhato gopayato te bhogā vippalujjanti , so vippayogamūlakampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Evampi rāgasallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato dhāvati vidhāvati sandhāvati saṃsarati.
被嗔恚之箭……被愚痴之箭……被傲慢之箭射中、刺穿、触及、压伏、迷乱、缠缚的人,便以身造作恶行,以语造作恶行,以意造作恶行。他杀害生命,取未给与之物,破门闯入,劫掠财物,拦路行抢,侵犯他人妻女,并说妄语。如此,被傲慢之箭射中、刺穿、触及、压伏、迷乱、缠缚的人,便这样奔跑、四处奔窜、流转、轮回。显示巴利原文
Dosasallena…pe… mohasallena… mānasallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati, pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati. Evaṃ mānasallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato dhāvati vidhāvati sandhāvati saṃsarati.
被邪见之箭所射中、刺穿、触及、压倒、迷惑、具足之人,成为裸形外道,行为无拘,用手擦拭嘴巴而食;他不随“来,尊者”的招呼而行,也不随“请住下,尊者”的招呼而住;不纳特意为他准备的食物,不受特意为他烹制的饮食,不应邀请。他不从锅口接受食物,不从盆口接受食物,不跨越门槛而受,不跨越棍杖而受,不跨越杵臼而受,不在二人正在进食时接受,不从孕妇那里接受,不从正在哺乳的妇女那里接受,不从有男子在旁的妇女那里接受,不在饥荒分发食物时接受,不在有狗看守之处接受,不在苍蝇群聚飞舞之处接受。他不吃鱼,不吃肉,不饮烈酒,不饮果酒,不饮米粥。他或者在一户人家乞食,仅受一口;或者在两户人家乞食,仅受两口……(略)……或者在七户人家乞食,仅受七口。他靠一口食物维持生命,靠两口食物维持生命……(略)……靠七口食物维持生命。他或者一日一食,或者两日一食……(略)……或者七日一食。他便如此依半月为周期,交替进食而修。像这样,被邪见之箭所射中、刺穿、触及、压倒、迷惑、具足之人,就这样奔跑着、四处驰骋着、流转着、轮回着。显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhisallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato acelako hoti muttācāro hatthāpalekhano , na ehibhadantiko , na tiṭṭhabhadantiko; nābhihaṭaṃ, na uddissakataṃ, na nimantanaṃ sādiyati, so na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti, na kaḷopimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti, na eḷakamantaraṃ, na daṇḍamantaraṃ, na musalamantaraṃ, na dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, na gabbhiniyā, na pāyamānāya, na purisantaragatāya, na saṃkittīsu, na yattha sā upaṭṭhito hoti, na yattha makkhikā saṇḍasaṇḍacārinī. Na macchaṃ na maṃsaṃ na suraṃ na merayaṃ na thusodakaṃ pivati. So ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko…pe… sattāgāriko vā hoti sattālopiko. Ekissāpi bhattiyā yāpeti, dvīhipi bhattīhi yāpeti…pe… sattahipi bhattīhi yāpeti. Ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti…pe… sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti. Iti evarūpaṃ aḍḍhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. Evampi diṭṭhisallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato dhāvati vidhāvati sandhāvati saṃsarati.
或者,被邪见之箭射中、刺穿、接触、压倒、迷惑、具足的人,成为以青菜为食的人,或者以米糠为食的人,或者以野生稻谷为食的人,或者以皮革碎屑为食的人,或者以水藻为食的人,或者以米皮为食的人,或者以米汤渣为食的人,或者以芝麻粉渣为食的人,或者以芝麻为食的人,或者以草为食的人,或者以牛粪为食的人,靠着森林里的根和果实过活,吃着掉落的果实维生。他穿着麻布衣,也穿着杂布衣,也穿着裹尸布衣,也穿着粪扫衣,也穿着树皮衣,也穿着兽皮衣,也穿着带蹄的兽皮衣,也穿着吉祥草衣,也穿着树皮条衣,也穿着木板条衣,也穿着人发织成的毯子,也穿着猫头鹰的羽毛衣。他成为一个拔除头发胡须的人,过着致力于拔除头发胡须的修行生活。他也成为一个一直站着、拒绝坐下的人,成为一个蹲着的人,过着致力于蹲着精勤的修行生活;他成为一个睡在荆棘上的人,在荆棘床上铺设座位;他也铺设木板床睡觉,也睡在露天地面上,成为一个睡在一侧的人;他是一个浑身沾满尘土污垢的人,也成为一个在露天居住的人,随遇而安;他也成为一个吃怪东西的人,过着致力于吃不寻常食物的修行生活;他成为一个不喝饮料的人,过着致力于不喝饮料的修行生活;他过着在晚间三次入水沐浴、致力于此的修行生活。他就这样过着以种种方式折磨、烤灼身体的修行生活。像这样,被邪见之箭射中、刺穿、接触、压倒、迷惑、具足的人,就这样奔跑着、四处奔跑着、流转着、轮回着。显示巴利原文
Atha vā diṭṭhisallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato so sākabhakkho vā hoti, sāmākabhakkho vā hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā hoti, daddulabhakkho vā hoti, haṭabhakkho vā hoti, kaṇabhakkho vā hoti, ācāmabhakkho vā hoti, piññākabhakkho vā hoti, tilabhakkho vā hoti, tiṇabhakkho vā hoti, gomayabhakkho vā hoti, vanamūlaphalāhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojano. So sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti, paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinānipi dhāreti, ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti, phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti, kesamassulocakopi hoti, kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. Ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto, ukkuṭikopi hoti ukkuṭikappadhānamanuyutto, kaṇṭakāpassayiko hoti, kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti, phalakaseyyampi kappeti, thaṇḍilaseyyampi kappeti, ekāpassayiko hoti rajojalladharo, abbhokāsikopi hoti yathāsanthatiko, vekaṭikopi hoti vikaṭabhojanānuyogamanuyutto, apānakopi hoti apānakattamanuyutto, sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. Iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. Evampi diṭṭhisallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato dhāvati vidhāvati sandhāvati saṃsarati.
被忧箭射中、刺穿、触击、压伏、惑乱、充满之人,忧愁、疲惫、悲叹、捶胸哭泣,陷入迷乱。关于此,世尊曾如此说——显示巴利原文
Sokasallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati sammohaṃ āpajjati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
婆罗门,往昔,就在这舍卫城,有位妇人的母亲去世了。她因母亲离世而心智失常、神志错乱,穿行于街巷之间,往来于各个十字路口,逢人便问:‘你们见到我的母亲了吗?你们见到我的母亲了吗?’显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imissāyeva sāvatthiyā aññatarissā itthiyā mātā kālamakāsi. Sā tassā kālaṃ kiriyāya ummattikā khittacittā rathiyāya rathiyaṃ, siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha – ‘api me mātaraṃ addassatha, api me mātaraṃ addassathā’ti .
婆罗门,往昔,就在这舍卫城,有位妇人的父亲去世了……兄弟去世了……姐妹去世了……儿子去世了……女儿去世了……丈夫去世了。她因丈夫离世而心智失常、神志错乱,穿行于街巷之间,往来于各个十字路口,逢人便问:‘你们见到我的丈夫了吗?你们见到我的丈夫了吗?’显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imissāyeva sāvatthiyā aññatarissā itthiyā pitā kālamakāsi… bhātā kālamakāsi… bhaginī kālamakāsi… putto kālamakāsi… dhītā kālamakāsi… sāmiko kālamakāsi. Sā tassa kālaṃ kiriyāya ummattikā khittacittā rathiyāya rathiyaṃ, siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha – ‘api me sāmikaṃ addassatha, api me sāmikaṃ addassathā’ti.
婆罗门,往昔,就在这舍卫城,有位男子的母亲去世了。他因母亲离世而心智失常、神志错乱,穿行于街巷之间,往来于各个十字路口,逢人便问:‘你们见到我的母亲了吗?你们见到我的母亲了吗?’显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imissāyeva sāvatthiyā aññatarassa purisassa mātā kālamakāsi. So tassā kālaṃ kiriyāya ummattako khittacitto rathiyāya rathiyaṃ, siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha – ‘api me mātaraṃ addassatha, api me mātaraṃ addassathā’ti.
婆罗门,从前,就在这舍卫城,有一男子,他的父亲去世了……兄弟去世了……姐妹去世了……儿子去世了……女儿去世了……妻子也去世了。他因妻子的离世而精神失常,心神迷乱,从一条街走到另一条街,从一个十字路口走到另一个十字路口,逢人便问:‘你们看见我妻子了吗?你们看见我妻子了吗?’显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ , brāhmaṇa, imissāyeva sāvatthiyā aññatarassa purisassa pitā kālamakāsi… bhātā kālamakāsi… bhaginī kālamakāsi… putto kālamakāsi… dhītā kālamakāsi… pajāpati kālamakāsi. So tassā kālaṃ kiriyāya ummattako khittacitto rathiyāya rathiyaṃ, siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha – ‘api me pajāpatiṃ addassatha, api me pajāpatiṃ addassathā’ti.
婆罗门,从前,就在这舍卫城,有一妇人去了亲戚家。亲戚们想要逼迫她离开丈夫,将她许给另一个男子,而她不肯。那妇人便对丈夫说:‘夫君,这些亲戚打算从我身边把您夺走,把我给别人。我们俩一同死去吧。’于是,那男子便将她劈为两半,随后自杀,心想:‘死后我们就能在一起了。’就这样,他被忧伤之箭刺穿、射中。显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imissāyeva sāvatthiyā aññatarā itthī ñātikulaṃ agamāsi. Tassā te ñātakā sāmikaṃ acchinditvā aññassa dātukāmā, sā ca naṃ na icchati. Atha kho sā itthī sāmikaṃ etadavoca – ‘ime, ayyaputta, ñātakā tava acchinditvā aññassa dātukāmā, ubho mayaṃ marissāmā’ti. Atha kho so puriso taṃ itthiṃ dvidhā chetvā attānaṃ opāteti – ‘ubho pecca bhavissāmā’’’ti. Evaṃ sokasallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato dhāvati vidhāvati sandhāvati saṃsarati.
他被疑惑之箭刺穿、射中、触及、压倒、迷惑、占据,陷入怀疑,落入犹豫,心起二念:‘我在过去世存在过吗?还是不曾存在?我在过去世是什么?是怎样的?从何而来,又变成什么?我在未来世将存在吗?还是将不存在?未来我会是什么?会是怎样?将从何而来,又变成什么?’甚至对现在、当下、内在也生起疑惑:‘我存在吗?我不存在吗?我是什么?我是怎样?这个有情从何处来?又将去往何处?’显示巴利原文
Kathaṃkathāsallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato saṃsayapakkhando hoti vimatipakkhando dveḷhakajāto – ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhānaṃ, nanu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ, kathaṃ nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ , kiṃ hutvā kiṃ ahosiṃ nu kho atītamaddhānaṃ, bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānaṃ, nanu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ, kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ hutvā kiṃ bhavissāmi nu kho anāgatamaddhānaṃ, etarahi vā paccuppannaṃ addhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ kathaṃkathī hoti, ahaṃ nu khosmi, no nu khosmi, kiṃ nu khosmi kathaṃ nu khosmi, ayaṃ nu kho satto kuto āgato, so kuhiṃ gāmī bhavissatī’’ti. Evaṃ kathaṃkathāsallena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato dhāvati vidhāvati sandhāvati saṃsarati.
他造作那些箭;当他造作那些箭时,便以造箭的行为向东方奔去,向西方奔去,向北方奔去,向南方奔去。那些箭的造作尚未断除;由于箭的造作尚未断除,他奔驰于诸趣,奔驰于地狱,奔驰于畜生道,奔驰于饿鬼界,奔驰于人间,奔驰于天界;从一趣到另一趣,从一生到另一生,从结生到另一结生,从有到另一有,从轮回至轮回,从流转至流转,他奔走、驰走、流转、轮回——被那支箭所刺中的人,向一切方向奔忙不息。显示巴利原文
Te salle abhisaṅkharoti; te salle abhisaṅkharonto sallābhisaṅkhāravasena puratthimaṃ disaṃ dhāvati, pacchimaṃ disaṃ dhāvati, uttaraṃ disaṃ dhāvati, dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ dhāvati. Te sallābhisaṅkhārā appahīnā; sallābhisaṅkhārānaṃ appahīnattā gatiyā dhāvati, niraye dhāvati , tiracchānayoniyā dhāvati, pettivisaye dhāvati, manussaloke dhāvati, devaloke dhāvati, gatiyā gatiṃ, upapattiyā upapattiṃ, paṭisandhiyā paṭisandhiṃ, bhavena bhavaṃ, saṃsārena saṃsāraṃ, vaṭṭena vaṭṭaṃ dhāvati vidhāvati sandhāvati saṃsaratīti – yena sallena otiṇṇo disā sabbā vidhāvati.
他正是将那贪箭、嗔箭、痴箭、慢箭、邪见箭、忧箭、疑箭,一一拔出、抽离、取出、完全取出、拔除、完全拔除、断除、驱散、令灭、归于无有之后,既不向东奔,也不向西奔,不向北奔,不向南奔。诸箭的造作已经断除;由于诸箭的造作已断除,他不奔驰于诸趣,不奔驰于地狱,不奔驰于畜生道,不奔驰于饿鬼界,不奔驰于人间,不奔驰于天界;不从一趣到另一趣,不从一生到另一生,不从结生到另一结生,不从有到另一有,不从轮回至轮回,不从流转至流转,不奔走、不驰走、不流转、不轮回——他拔出那支箭之后,不再奔忙。他不沉没于欲流,不沉没于有流,不沉没于见流,不沉没于无明流;他不沉陷、不沉坠、不沉落、不前往、不陷入——他拔出那支箭之后,不再奔忙,不再沉没。显示巴利原文
ti. Tameva rāgasallaṃ dosasallaṃ mohasallaṃ mānasallaṃ diṭṭhisallaṃ sokasallaṃ kathaṃkathāsallaṃ abbuyha abbuhitvā uddharitvā samuddharitvā uppāṭayitvā samuppāṭayitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā neva puratthimaṃ disaṃ dhāvati na pacchimaṃ disaṃ dhāvati na uttaraṃ disaṃ dhāvati na dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ dhāvati. Te sallābhisaṅkhārā pahīnā; sallābhisaṅkhārānaṃ pahīnattā gatiyā na dhāvati, niraye na dhāvati, tiracchānayoniyā na dhāvati, pettivisaye na dhāvati, manussaloke na dhāvati, devaloke na dhāvati, na gatiyā gatiṃ, na upapattiyā upapattiṃ, na paṭisandhiyā paṭisandhiṃ, na bhavena bhavaṃ, na saṃsārena saṃsāraṃ, na vaṭṭena vaṭṭaṃ dhāvati vidhāvati sandhāvati saṃsaratīti – tameva sallamabbuyha na dhāvati. ti kāmoghe na sīdati, bhavoghe na sīdati, diṭṭhoghe na sīdati, avijjoghe na sīdati, na saṃsīdati na osīdati na avasīdati na gacchati na avagacchatīti – tameva sallamabbuyha, na dhāvati na sīdati.
1249 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
遭那支箭刺中的人,便向一切方向狂奔;
将那支箭拔出之后,不再奔忙,不再沉没。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yena sallena otiṇṇo, disā sabbā vidhāvati; Tameva sallamabbuyha, na dhāvati na sīdatī’’ti.
——象术、马术、车术、弓术、医方、外科、身体治疗、巫术、童子方。这些或歌咏、或诵出、或讲述、或演说、或阐明、或言说。或者,“歌咏”也意味着执取、抓取、学习、持守、近持、明察,以求获得执著的对象。而所谓执著的对象,即是指五种欲功德:眼所识的色,可爱、可意、适意、合意、伴欲、诱人;耳所识的声……鼻所识的香……舌所识的味……身所识的触,也是可爱、可意、适意、合意、伴欲、诱人。五种欲功德为何被称为执著的对象?因为绝大多数天人与人,想要、欢喜、期望、渴求、希求这五种欲功德,因此它们被称为执著的对象。在此世间,那些可执著的对象便被歌咏、被学习。显示巴利原文
ti. ti hatthisikkhā assasikkhā rathasikkhā dhanusikkhā sālākiyaṃ sallakattiyaṃ kāyatikicchaṃ bhūtiyaṃ komārabhaccaṃ . ti gīyanti niggīyanti kathīyanti bhaṇīyanti dīpīyanti voharīyanti. Atha vā gīyanti gaṇhīyanti uggaṇhīyanti dhārīyanti upadhārīyanti upalakkhīyanti gadhitapaṭilābhāya. Gadhitā vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā – cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasañhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā… jivhāviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasañhitā rajanīyā. Kiṃkāraṇā gadhitā vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā? Yebhuyyena devamanussā pañca kāmaguṇe icchanti sādiyanti patthayanti pihayanti abhijappanti taṃkāraṇā gadhitā vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā. ti manussaloketi – tattha sikkhānugīyanti, yāni loke gadhitāni.
于三种学处,或于五种欲功德,不应热衷,不应倾心,不应趣向,不应投向,不应沉溺,不应以他们为主导——要言之,即不应于他们而起热衷。显示巴利原文
ti. Tāsu vā sikkhāsu tesu vā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu na pasuto siyā, na tanninno assa, na tappoṇo, na tappabbhāro, na tadadhimutto, na tadadhipateyyoti – na tesu pasuto siyā.
“穿透”即遍知之义。以“一切行无常”而通达,以“一切行是苦”而通达……乃至以“凡任何集起之法,皆为灭尽之法”而通达。“完全地”:即以一切方式、于一切方面,无余无遗地穷尽——这是表示彻底穷尽的用语。“欲”总括有二种:事欲与烦恼欲……这些称为事欲……这些称为烦恼欲。如是,于一切欲而得彻了。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṭivijjhitvā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti paṭivijjhitvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti paṭivijjhitvā…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti paṭivijjhitvā. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – sabbasoti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmāti – nibbijjha sabbaso kāme.
“他应当学习”即是说三种学:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学……此是增上慧学。为熄灭自己的贪欲,为熄灭瞋恚,为熄灭愚痴……为平息、寂止、消灭、舍断、止息一切不善的造作,他应学习增上戒,也应学习增上心,也应学习增上慧。他应学此三学:转向时学,遍知时学……证悟所应证悟时学,他应践行、修习、受持而安住——这就是“他应为自身的涅槃而学”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tisso sikkhā – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā…pe… ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā. ti attano rāgassa nibbāpanāya dosassa nibbāpanāya mohassa nibbāpanāya…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ samāya upasamāya vūpasamāya nibbāpanāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipassaddhiyā adhisīlampi sikkheyya adhicittampi sikkheyya adhipaññampi sikkheyya, imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkheyya jānanto sikkheyya…pe… sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkheyya ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyyāti – sikkhe nibbānamattano.
909 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
在那教导中,学处被称颂;世间则有种种令人执著的事物。
不应热衷于那些事物,而应彻底洞察一切欲;
“应修学自身的涅槃。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tattha sikkhānugīyanti, yāni loke gadhitāni; Na tesu pasuto siyā, nibbijjha sabbaso kāme; Sikkhe nibbānamattano’’ti.
所谓“真实”:他应具足真实之语,具足正见,具足圣八支道,方为真实。有三种虚浮:身虚浮、语虚浮、意虚浮……乃至……此为意虚浮。若有人将此三种虚浮断除、根绝、止息、寂灭,令其不再生起,以智火烧尽,他便称为“不虚浮者”——真实而不虚浮。显示巴利原文
ti. ti saccavācāya samannāgato siyā, sammādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato siyā, ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena samannāgato siyāti – sacco siyā. ti tīṇi pāgabbhiyāni – kāyikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ, vācasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ, cetasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ…pe… idaṃ cetasikaṃ pāgabbhiyaṃ. Yassimāni tīṇi pāgabbhiyāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni, so vuccati appagabbhoti – sacco siyā appagabbho.
“伪诈”即欺骗性的行为。有人以身行恶、以语行恶、以意行恶之后,为掩盖这些恶行而发起邪恶的欲求:他期求“不要让人知道我”,意图“不要让人知道我”,言语间说“不要让人知道我”,身行上做“不要让人知道我”的举动。凡是此类伪诈、诡诈、欺瞒、诳惑、欺骗、诓骗、回避、隐藏、掩盖、遮蔽、覆藏、不作显露、不作开示、遮掩的恶行——这便叫作伪诈。若有人将此伪诈断除、根绝、止息、寂灭,令其不再生起,以智火烧尽,他便称为“无伪诈者”。“离间语”:世间有人是离间语者……乃至……他以分裂的意图而说离间语。若有人将此离间语断除、根绝、止息、寂灭,令其不再生起,以智火烧尽,他便被称为“离离间语者”“远离离间语者”“已远离离间语者”——无伪诈而离间语已空。显示巴利原文
ti. Māyā vuccati vañcanikā cariyā. Idhekacco kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā vācāya duccaritaṃ caritvā manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā tassa paṭicchādanahetu pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahati, mā maṃ jaññāti icchati, mā maṃ jaññāti saṅkappeti, mā maṃ jaññāti vācaṃ bhāsati, mā maṃ jaññāti kāyena parakkamati. Yā evarūpā māyā māyāvitā accasarā vañcanā nikati nikiraṇā pariharaṇā gūhanā parigūhanā chādanā paricchādanā anuttānīkammaṃ anāvikammaṃ vocchādanā pāpakiriyā – ayaṃ vuccati māyā. Yassesā māyā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati amāyo. ti pesuññanti idhekacco pisuṇavāco hoti…pe… evaṃ bhedādhippāyena pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati. Yassetaṃ pesuññaṃ pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhaṃ, so vuccati rittapesuṇo vivittapesuṇo pavivittapesuṇoti – amāyo rittapesuṇo.
如是所说,然而应先说明忿怒。忿怒依十种原因而生起:以「他做了对我不利的事」而生忿怒……乃至……若有人将此忿怒断除、根绝、止息、寂灭、不再生起、以智火烧尽,他便被称为「无忿怒者」。因忿怒已断故为无忿怒,因忿怒所依已遍知故为无忿怒,因忿怒之因已截断故为无忿怒。……「贪」是贪求、贪染、贪染的状态……乃至……是渴求、贪欲、不善根。「悭吝」指的是五种悭吝:住处悭吝、……乃至……执取便叫作悭吝。……「牟尼行」指的是智慧……乃至……超越执着之网,他便是牟尼。……这位牟尼已超越、已越度、已跨越、已度脱、已超越贪欲之恶与悭吝——无忿怒者,牟尼已超越贪欲之恶与悭吝。显示巴利原文
ti. ti hi kho vuttaṃ, api ca kodho tāva vattabbo. Dasahākārehi kodho jāyati. ‘‘Anatthaṃ me acarī’’ti kodho jāyati…pe… yasseso kodho pahīno samucchinno vūpasanto paṭipassaddho abhabbuppattiko ñāṇagginā daḍḍho, so vuccati akkodhano. Kodhassa pahīnattā akkodhano, kodhavatthussa pariññātattā akkodhano, kodhahetussa upacchinnattā akkodhano. ti yo lobho lubbhanā lubbhitattaṃ…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Vevicchaṃ vuccati pañca macchariyāni – āvāsamacchariyaṃ…pe… gāho vuccati macchariyaṃ. ti. Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti. Muni lobhapāpañca vevicchañca atari uttari patari samatikkami vītivattayīti – akkodhano lobhapāpaṃ, vevicchaṃ vitare muni.
898 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“他应真实而不虚浮,无伪诈而不造离间语;”
无嗔的牟尼,已超越贪欲之恶与悭吝。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sacco siyā appagabbho, amāyo rittapesuṇo; Akkodhano lobhapāpaṃ, vevicchaṃ vitare munī’’ti.
什么是睡眠?指身体的不适业、不调柔、笼罩、普遍笼罩、内部闭塞、昏眠、瞌睡、打盹,即瞌睡的状态、昏睡的状态。什么是懈怠?指懒散、懒散性、懒散的习性、由懒散而生的迟钝、怠惰、怠惰的状态。什么是昏沉?指心的不适业、不调柔、退缩、沉滞、沉滞性,即心的滞著、心的滞著的状态。他应当忍受、克服、战胜、摧毁、压倒、粉碎睡眠、懈怠与昏沉——也就是他能够克服睡眠、懈怠与昏沉。显示巴利原文
nti. ti yā kāyassa akalyatā akammaññatā onāho pariyonāho antosamorodho middhaṃ suppaṃ pacalāyikā suppaṃ suppanā suppitattaṃ. nti yā tandī tandiyanā tandiyitattaṃ tandimanakatā ālasyaṃ ālasyāyatā ālasyāyitattaṃ. nti yā cittassa akalyatā akammaññatā olīyanā sallīyanā līnaṃ līyanā līyitattaṃ, thinaṃ thiyanā thiyitattaṃ cittassa. nti. Niddañca tandiñca thinañca sahe saheyya parisaheyya abhibhaveyya ajjhotthareyya pariyādiyeyya maddeyyāti – niddaṃ tandiṃ sahe thīnaṃ.
什么是放逸?放逸即身恶行、语恶行、意恶行,或于五种妙欲而放逸;心的放纵,或放纵的生起;又或对于善法的修习不恭敬、不恒常、不坚固,行于懒散,放弃意欲、放弃责任,不实行、不修习、不多加修习,不决意、不致力。这就是放逸。凡是如此的放逸、放逸性、放逸的状态,即称为放逸。因此,不应与放逸共住——即不与放逸同住、近住、居住、依止。应当舍弃放逸、遣除、消除、令归于无。对放逸应远离、离脱、脱离、超出、解脱、分离,以无界限的心而住。这就是‘不以放逸共住’。显示巴利原文
ti. Pamādo vattabbo kāyaduccarite vā vacīduccarite vā manoduccarite vā pañcasu vā kāmaguṇesu. Cittassa vosaggo vosaggānuppādanaṃ vā kusalānaṃ vā dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asakkaccakiriyatā asātaccakiriyatā anaṭṭhitakiriyatā olīnavuttitā nikkhittacchandatā nikkhittadhuratā anāsevanā abhāvanā abahulīkammaṃ anadhiṭṭhānaṃ ananuyogo pamādo. Yo evarūpo pamādo pamajjanā pamajjitattaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati pamādo. ti pamādena na vaseyya na saṃvaseyya na āvaseyya na parivaseyya, pamādaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, pamādā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – pamādena na saṃvase.
什么是过慢?在此,有人因出身、种姓……或某种因缘而轻慢他人。凡如此类的慢、骄慢、骄慢性、高举、高扬——犹如执旗、欲标榜之心,这便称为过慢。不应当安住于过慢,不应当停驻于过慢。应当断除过慢、驱除、根绝,令归于无。应对过慢远离、超脱、出离、解脱,以无界限的心而住——这即是“不住立于过慢”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti idhekacco paraṃ atimaññati jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. Yo evarūpo māno maññanā maññitattaṃ unnati unnamo dhajo sampaggāho ketukamyatā cittassa – ayaṃ vuccati atimāno. ti. Atimāne na tiṭṭheyya na saṃtiṭṭheyya, atimānaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, atimānā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – atimāne na tiṭṭheyya.
在此,有人行布施、受持戒、持守布萨,预备饮用水与用水,扫洒寺院,礼敬佛塔,以香花供养佛塔,右绕佛塔。当他造作这一切三界内的善行时,并非为了趣向、投生、结生、存有、轮回、流转,而是以离系为目标,心向涅槃、斜向涅槃、流向涅槃而行一切善。如此之人,即是心倾向涅槃者。或者,他将心从一切行界收回,转向不死界:“这是寂静的,这是殊胜的,也就是一切行的平息、一切依着的彻底舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离贪、灭、涅槃。”如此之人,也是心倾向涅槃者。显示巴利原文
ti. Idhekacco dānaṃ dento sīlaṃ samādiyanto uposathakammaṃ karonto pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhapento pariveṇaṃ sammajjanto cetiyaṃ vandanto cetiye gandhamālaṃ āropento cetiyaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karonto yaṃ kiñci tedhātukaṃ kusalābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharonto na gatihetu na upapattihetu na paṭisandhihetu na bhavahetu na saṃsārahetu na vaṭṭahetu, sabbaṃ taṃ visaṃyogādhippāyo nibbānaninno nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro abhisaṅkharotīti. Evampi nibbānamanaso naro. Atha vā sabbasaṅkhāradhātuyā cittaṃ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbāna’’nti. Evampi nibbānamanaso naro.
他们确实为了彻底摧破执取、为了不再受再生而行布施。
智者并非为了执取之乐而修习那些导向再生的禅那;
他们确实为了彻底摧破执取、为了不再受再生而修习禅那。
那些渴望安稳寂静的人,心向于彼、志在于彼而行布施;
正如河流汇入大海,他们以涅槃为最终归趣。
心向涅槃者。因此,世尊这样说:
不应与昏睡、倦怠、昏沉共处,亦不应放逸而住;
不应住于傲慢,人应心向涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na paṇḍitā upadhisukhassa hetu, dadanti dānāni punabbhavāya; Kāmañca te upadhiparikkhayāya, dadanti dānaṃ apunabbhavāya. ‘‘Na paṇḍitā upadhisukhassa hetu, bhāventi jhānāni punabbhavāya; Kāmañca te upadhiparikkhayāya, bhāventi jhānaṃ apunabbhavāya. ‘‘Te nibbuttiṃ āsisamānasā dadanti, tanninnacittā tadadhimuttā; Najjo yathā sāgaramajjhupetā , bhavanti nibbānaparāyanā te’’ti. Nibbānamanaso naro. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘Niddaṃ tandi sahe thīnaṃ, pamādena na saṃvase; Atimāne na tiṭṭheyya, nibbānamanaso naro’’ti.
“色”,是指四大种和由四大种所造之色。对于色,不应生起爱著,不应生起欲求,不应生起喜爱,不应生起贪染;不应令之生起,不应令之衍生,不应制造,不应令其现起——于色,不应行爱著。显示巴利原文
ti. nti cattāro ca mahābhūtā , catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ. ti. Rūpe snehaṃ na kareyya chandaṃ na kareyya pemaṃ na kareyya rāgaṃ na kareyya na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya nābhinibbatteyyāti – rūpe snehaṃ na kubbaye.
慢有一种:即心傲、高举。慢有两种:抬高自己的慢与贬低他人的慢。慢有三种:“我胜”的慢、“我等”的慢、“我劣”的慢。慢有四种:因利养而生慢,因名声而生慢,因称赞而生慢,因安乐而生慢。慢有五种:“我得可意之色”而生慢,“我得可意之声……香……味……触”而生慢。慢有六种:因眼根具足而生慢,因耳根具足……鼻根具足……舌根具足……身根具足……意根具足而生慢。慢有七种:过慢、慢中过慢、卑慢、等慢、增上慢、我慢、邪慢。慢有八种:因利养而生慢,因无利养而生卑慢;因名声而生慢,因无名声而生卑慢;因称赞而生慢,因讥毁而生卑慢;因安乐而生慢,因痛苦而生卑慢。慢有九种:对优胜者起“我胜”之慢,对优胜者起“我等”之慢,对优胜者起“我劣”之慢;对同等者起“我胜”之慢,对同等者起“我等”之慢,对同等者起“我劣”之慢;对低劣者起“我胜”之慢,对低劣者起“我等”之慢,对低劣者起“我劣”之慢。慢有十种:在此,有人因出身、或因家族……(中略)或依任何理由而生慢。凡如是之慢、恃、恃态、心高、骄、幢、高擎、欲幢之心——是名为慢。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ekavidhena māno – yā cittassa unnati. Duvidhena māno – attukkaṃsanamāno, paravambhanamāno. Tividhena māno – ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’ti māno, ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’ti māno, ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti māno. Catuvidhena māno – lābhena mānaṃ janeti, yasena mānaṃ janeti, pasaṃsāya mānaṃ janeti, sukhena mānaṃ janeti. Pañcavidhena māno – ‘‘lābhimhi manāpikānaṃ rūpāna’’nti mānaṃ janeti, ‘‘lābhimhi manāpikānaṃ saddānaṃ…pe… gandhānaṃ… rasānaṃ… phoṭṭhabbāna’’nti mānaṃ janeti. Chabbidhena māno – cakkhusampadāya mānaṃ janeti, sotasampadāya…pe… ghānasampadāya… jivhāsampadāya… kāyasampadāya… manosampadāya mānaṃ janeti. Sattavidhena māno – atimāno, mānātimāno, omāno, sadisamāno, adhimāno, asmimāno, micchāmāno. Aṭṭhavidhena māno – lābhena mānaṃ janeti, alābhena omānaṃ janeti, yasena mānaṃ janeti, ayasena omānaṃ janeti, pasaṃsāya mānaṃ janeti, nindāya omānaṃ janeti, sukhena mānaṃ janeti, dukkhena omānaṃ janeti. Navavidhena māno – seyyassa ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’ti māno, seyyassa ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’ti māno, seyyassa ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti māno, sadisassa ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’ti māno, sadisassa ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’ti māno, sadisassa ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti māno, hīnassa ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’ti māno, hīnassa ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’ti māno, hīnassa ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti māno. Dasavidhena māno – idhekacco mānaṃ janeti jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. Yo evarūpo māno maññanā maññitattaṃ unnati unnamo dhajo sampaggāho ketukamyatā cittassa – ayaṃ vuccati māno.
应以三种遍知遍知于慢:知遍知、度察遍知、断遍知。何谓知遍知?了知于慢:此有一种慢——即心傲、高举;此有两种慢——抬高自己的慢与贬低他人的慢……(中略)……此有十种慢——在此,有人因出身、或因家族……(中略)……或依任何缘由而生慢。如此了知、如此照见——是名知遍知。显示巴利原文
ti. Mānaṃ tīhi pariññāhi parijāneyya – ñātapariññāya, tīraṇapariññāya, pahānapariññāya. Katamā ñātapariññā? Mānaṃ jānāti ayaṃ ekavidhena māno – yā cittassa unnati. Ayaṃ duvidhena māno – attukkaṃsanamāno paravambhanamāno…pe… ayaṃ dasavidhena māno – idhekacco mānaṃ janeti jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunāti jānāti passati – ayaṃ ñātapariññā.
何谓度察遍知?对如此了知者,度察于慢:从无常的角度去度察,从苦的角度去度察……乃至从出离的角度去度察——是名度察遍知。显示巴利原文
Katamā tīraṇapariññā? Etaṃ ñātaṃ katvā mānaṃ tīreti aniccato dukkhato…pe… nissaraṇato tīreti – ayaṃ tīraṇapariññā.
什么是断遍知?如此审察之后,对此慢予以断除、驱散、灭尽、令其不复存在——这就是断遍知。他应以这三遍知而彻知慢——也就是,要彻知慢。显示巴利原文
Katamā pahānapariññā? Evaṃ tīrayitvā mānaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti – ayaṃ pahānapariññā. ti mānaṃ imāhi tīhi pariññāhi parijāneyyāti – mānañca parijāneyya.
什么是粗暴行?为贪欲所染的人,其贪欲之行是粗暴行;为嗔怒所主宰的人,其嗔怒之行是粗暴行;为愚痴所蒙蔽的人,其愚痴之行是粗暴行;为慢所系缚的人,其慢行是粗暴行;执取邪见的人,其邪见之行是粗暴行;心散乱的人,其掉举之行是粗暴行;未达决定的人,其疑行是粗暴行;被随眠烦恼强力控制的人,其随眠之行是粗暴行——这便是粗暴行。他对于粗暴行,已远离、已离弃、已全回避、已脱离、已摆脱、已彻底解脱、已解除结缚,以无界限之心而住、而行。显示巴利原文
ti. Katamā sāhasā cariyā? Rattassa rāgacariyā sāhasā cariyā, duṭṭhassa dosacariyā sāhasā cariyā, mūḷhassa mohacariyā sāhasā cariyā, vinibaddhassa mānacariyā sāhasā cariyā, parāmaṭṭhassa diṭṭhicariyā sāhasā cariyā, vikkhepagatassa uddhaccacariyā sāhasā cariyā, aniṭṭhaṅgatassa vicikicchācariyā sāhasā cariyā, thāmagatassa anusayacariyā sāhasā cariyā – ayaṃ sāhasā cariyā. ti sāhasā cariyāya ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyya careyya vicareyya iriyeyya vatteyya pāleyya yapeyya yāpeyyāti – sāhasā virato care.
795 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
不应耽著于妄语,不应于色生起爱恋;
应遍知慢,远离粗暴而行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mosavajje na niyyetha, rūpe snehaṃ na kubbaye; Mānañca parijāneyya, sāhasā virato care’’ti.
所谓旧的,指的是过去的色、受、想、行、识。对于过去诸行,不应当以渴爱的方式或以邪见的方式去欢喜它、赞叹它、牢固执取它。应当舍弃那欢喜、赞叹、牢固执取、紧抓、把持与执著,将其驱除、消灭,令其不复存在——这就是‘不欢喜旧的’。显示巴利原文
ti. Purāṇaṃ vuccati atītā rūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇā. Atīte saṅkhāre taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena nābhinandeyya nābhivadeyya na ajjhoseyya, abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti – purāṇaṃ nābhinandeyya.
所谓“新”,指的是现在的色、受、想、行、识。对于现前的诸行,不应以渴爱的方式、邪见的方式,对它生起认可、意欲、喜爱、贪染;不应令它产生,令它生起,令它出现,令它具体化——这便是“于新者不认可”。显示巴利原文
ti. Navā vuccati paccuppannā rūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇā. Paccuppanne saṅkhāre taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena khantiṃ na kareyya chandaṃ na kareyya pemaṃ na kareyya rāgaṃ na kareyya na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya nābhinibbatteyyāti – nave khantiṃ na kubbaye.
当事物衰退、减损、退失、消失、离去、隐没时,不应忧愁,不应苦恼,不应执取,不应悲泣,不应捶胸痛哭,不应陷入迷乱。当眼衰退、减损、退失、消失、离去、隐没时,当耳……乃至……当鼻……当舌……当身……当色……当声……当香……当味……当触……当家世……当随众……当住处……当利得……当称誉……当赞叹……当快乐……当衣服……当钵食……当坐卧处……当病缘药资具衰退、减损、退失、消失、离去、隐没时,也全都不应忧愁,不应苦恼,不应执取,不应悲泣,不应捶胸痛哭,不应陷入迷乱——这就是“衰退时不忧愁”。显示巴利原文
ti. Hīyamāne hāyamāne parihāyamāne vemāne vigacchamāne antaradhāyamāne na soceyya na kilameyya na parāmaseyya na parideveyya na urattāḷiṃ kandeyya na sammohaṃ āpajjeyya. Cakkhusmiṃ hīyamāne hāyamāne parihāyamāne vemāne vigacchamāne antaradhāyamāne, sotasmiṃ…pe… ghānasmiṃ… jivhāya… kāyasmiṃ… rūpasmiṃ… saddasmiṃ… gandhasmiṃ… rasasmiṃ… phoṭṭhabbasmiṃ… kulasmiṃ… gaṇasmiṃ… āvāsasmiṃ… lābhasmiṃ… yasasmiṃ… pasaṃsāya… sukhasmiṃ… cīvarasmiṃ… piṇḍapātasmiṃ… senāsanasmiṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārasmiṃ hīyamāne hāyamāne parihāyamāne vemāne vigacchamāne antaradhāyamāne na soceyya na kilameyya na parāmaseyya na parideveyya na urattāḷiṃ kandeyya na sammohaṃ āpajjeyyāti – hīyamāne na soceyya.
所谓虚空,指的是渴爱。那就是贪染、强烈的贪染……乃至贪婪、贪求、不善根。为何将渴爱称作虚空?因为藉由这种渴爱,它牵引、牵执、执取、把持、系著于色,牵引、牵执、执取、把持、系著于受……乃至想……行……识……趣……再生……结生……有……轮回……流转;因此之故,渴爱被称为虚空。不应依赖此虚空。他应当将那渴爱舍弃、驱除、消灭、令其不复存在;应当远离、脱出、彻底脱离、出离、解脱、彻底解脱,解开一切束缚,以无界限的心而住——这就是“不应依赖虚空”。显示巴利原文
ti. Ākāsaṃ vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Kiṃkāraṇā ākāsaṃ vuccati taṇhā? Yāya taṇhāya rūpaṃ ākassati samākassati gaṇhāti parāmasati abhinivisati, vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… gatiṃ… upapattiṃ… paṭisandhiṃ… bhavaṃ… saṃsāraṃ… vaṭṭaṃ ākassati samākassati gaṇhāti parāmasati abhinivisati; taṃkāraṇā ākāsaṃ vuccati taṇhā. ti. Taṇhānissito na siyā. Taṇhaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, taṇhāya ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – ākāsaṃ na sito siyā.
838 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘Purāṇaṃ nābhinandeyya, nave khantiṃ na kubbaye; Hīyamāne na soceyya, ākāsaṃ na sito siyā’’ti.
所谓“贪婪”,即是渴爱。凡贪、强贪……乃至……贪求、贪、不善根,即名为贪婪。所谓“大洪水”,亦是渴爱。凡贪、强贪……乃至……贪求、贪、不善根,即名为大洪水。我说“贪婪”乃是大洪水,我如此宣说、教授、施设、建立、开显、分别、阐明、显示——我说贪婪即是大洪水。显示巴利原文
ti. Gedho vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Mahogho vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti. Gedhaṃ ‘‘mahogho’’ti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – gedhaṃ brūmi mahoghoti.
所谓“曲”,即是渴爱。凡贪、强贪……乃至……贪求、贪、不善根,即名为曲。所谓“渴望”,亦是渴爱。凡贪、强贪……乃至……贪求、贪、不善根,即名为渴望。我说“曲”乃是渴望,我如此宣说、教授、施设、建立、开显、分别、阐明、显示——我说曲即是渴望。显示巴利原文
nti. Ājavā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Jappanāpi vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. nti ājavaṃ ‘‘jappanā’’ti brūmi ācikkhāmi…pe… uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – ājavaṃ brūmi jappanaṃ.
所谓“所缘”,亦是渴爱。凡贪、强贪……乃至……贪求、贪、不善根,即名为所缘。所谓“颤动”,亦是渴爱。凡贪、强贪……乃至……贪求、贪、不善根,即名为颤动——所缘即是颤动。显示巴利原文
nti. Ārammaṇampi vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Pakampanāpi vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlanti – ārammaṇaṃ pakampanaṃ.
欲泥、欲的污泥、欲的烦恼、欲的沼泽、欲的障碍,难渡过、难超越、难度过、难越度、难通过、难脱离——这便是欲泥难渡。显示巴利原文
ti. Kāmapaṅko kāmakaddamo kāmakileso kāmapalipo kāmapalibodho duraccayo durativatto duttaro duppataro dussamatikkamo dubbītivattoti – kāmapaṅko duraccayo.
905 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
“我说,贪求是巨大的洪流,曲是渴望;
“所缘”动摇,“欲的泥沼”则难以越过。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gedhaṃ brūmi mahoghoti, ājavaṃ brūmi jappanaṃ; Ārammaṇaṃ pakampanaṃ, kāmapaṅko duraccayo’’ti.
他不偏离真实语,不偏离正见,不偏离圣八支道。所谓“牟尼”,即是智慧……他超越了束缚之网,成为不偏离真实的牟尼。显示巴利原文
ti. Saccavācāya avokkamanto, sammādiṭṭhiyā avokkamanto, ariyā aṭṭhaṅgikā maggā avokkamanto. ti. Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so munīti – saccā avokkamaṃ muni.
如此,“坚实之地”即是不死,也就是涅槃。那便是:一切行法的止息,一切依着的彻底舍离,渴爱的灭尽,离贪,寂灭,涅槃。如此,由已舍断七法故,他被称为婆罗门……无依赖者、如如者被称为“梵天”。如此,他站在坚实之地上,站在洲渚上,站在庇护所中,站在洞穴中,站在皈依处,站在无畏处,站在不动处,站在不死处,站在涅槃中——是故,婆罗门站在坚实之地上。显示巴利原文
ti. Thalaṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo…pe… asito tādi pavuccate sa brahmā. ti. Thale tiṭṭhati dīpe tiṭṭhati tāṇe tiṭṭhati leṇe tiṭṭhati saraṇe tiṭṭhati abhaye tiṭṭhati accute tiṭṭhati amate tiṭṭhati nibbāne tiṭṭhatīti – thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo.
所谓“一切”,即是十二处:眼与色……意与法。当对于内外诸处的欲贪被舍断、根除,如同被截去根的多罗树一样,无法再生长,归于无有,于未来不再生起时,至此,一切已被舍断、吐出、释放、弃除、彻底舍离。当渴爱、邪见与慢被舍断、根除,如同被截去根的多罗树一样,无法再生长,归于无有,于未来不再生起时,至此,一切已被舍断、吐出、释放、弃除、彻底舍离。当福行、非福行与不动行被舍断、根除,如同被截去根的多罗树一样,无法再生长,归于无有,于未来不再生起时,至此,一切已被舍断、吐出、释放、弃除、彻底舍离——因此,他彻底舍离一切。显示巴利原文
ti. Sabbaṃ vuccati dvādasāyatanāni – cakkhu ceva rūpā ca …pe… mano ceva dhammā ca. Yato ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu chandarāgo pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, ettāvatāpi sabbaṃ cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ. Yato taṇhā ca diṭṭhi ca māno ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, ettāvatāpi sabbaṃ cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ. Yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā , ettāvatāpi sabbaṃ cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhanti – sabbaṃ so paṭinissajja.
如此,他便被称为“寂静者”“安息者”“寂止者”“清凉者”“平静者”——因此才说“他确是寂静者”。显示巴利原文
ti. So santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭipassaddhoti vuccati pavuccati kathīyati bhaṇīyati dīpīyati voharīyatīti – sa ve santoti vuccati.
不舍离真理的牟尼,安立于高地的婆罗门;
他舍离一切,才堪称真正的寂静者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saccā avokkamaṃ muni, thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo; Sabbaṃ so paṭinissajja, sa ve santoti vuccatī’’ti.
“知者”指有智者、得明者、具智者、具觉者、具慧者。“通达吠陀者”指四道中生起的智慧……于一切感受离贪、超越一切感受,成为感受的究竟了知者——因此,他是知者,也是通达吠陀者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti vidvā vijjāgato ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. ti. Vedā vuccanti catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ…pe… sabbavedanāsu vītarāgo sabbavedamaticca vedagū soti – sa ve vidvā sa vedagū.
所谓“ti”,即指了知、明白、衡量、判定、确定、令其清晰之后。他对于“一切诸行无常”,了知、明白、衡量、判定、确定、令其清晰;对于“一切诸行是苦”……(中略)……对于“一切法无我”……(中略)……对于“凡有生起本质者,彼一切皆归于灭”,亦如此了知、明白、衡量、判定、确定、令其清晰。“ti”有两种依着:渴爱的依着与邪见的依着……(中略)……这是渴爱的依着……(中略)……这是邪见的依着。他舍断了渴爱的依着、弃舍了邪见的依着后,不依着于眼,不依着于耳、鼻、舌、身、意;于色、声、香、味、触、法……于家族、大众、住所……乃至所见、所闻、所觉、所识的诸法,他不依着、不黏着、不趋近、不耽溺、不倾注,已出离、脱离、彻底解脱、解开系缚,以超越了界限的心而住——这就是了知法后而无所依着。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti dve nissayā – taṇhānissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhānissayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhinissayo. Taṇhānissayaṃ pahāya diṭṭhinissayaṃ paṭinissajjitvā cakkhuṃ anissito, sotaṃ anissito, ghānaṃ anissito, jivhaṃ anissito, kāyaṃ anissito, manaṃ anissito, rūpe… sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… kulaṃ… gaṇaṃ… āvāsaṃ…pe… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbe dhamme anissito anallīno anupagato anajjhosito anadhimutto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – ñatvā dhammaṃ anissito.
“行于世间”所指为何?当一个人对内外六处的欲贪已断除、根绝,如截断顶梢的棕榈树那般,不再有生长的可能,在未来也绝不会再起时,他在世间便算是正确地行走、安住、行动、表现、维持、延续、维持生命、使生命得以延续地生活着……当福行、非福行、不动行都已断除、根绝,如截断顶梢的棕榈树那般,不再有生长的可能,在未来也绝不会再起时,他在世间便算是正确地行走、安住、行动、表现、维持、延续、维持生命、使生命得以延续地生活着——这就是:他在世间正确地行动。显示巴利原文
ti. Yato ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu chandarāgo pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, ettāvatāpi sammā so loke carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti…pe… yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, ettāvatāpi sammā so loke carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – sammā so loke iriyāno.
这便称为渴爱。凡是有贪、遍贪……乃至……贪婪、贪欲、不善根。若此人的这种动摆——渴爱,已被断除、已彻底断除……乃至……已被智火焚烧,他便称为不动者。由于动摆已断除,因此是不动者。他得到利益时,不动摇;未得利益时,不动摇;有名誉时,不动摇;无名誉时,不动摇;受称赞时,不动摇;受讥毁时,不动摇;快乐时,不动摇;痛苦时,不动摇、不颤抖、不剧烈颤抖、不彻底剧烈颤抖——这就是不动者的状态。对于了知者、遍知者、识别者、通晓者、洞彻者而言。对于了知‘一切行皆是无常’者、遍知者、识别者、通晓者、洞彻者而言,对于了知‘一切行皆是苦’者……乃至……对于了知‘一切法无我’者……乃至……对于了知‘凡是任何集起之法,那一切皆是熄灭之法’者、遍知者、识别者、通晓者、洞彻者而言——这就是不动者的知者。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yassesā ejā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā…pe… ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati anejo. Ejāya pahīnattā anejo. So lābhepi na iñjati, alābhepi na iñjati, yasepi na iñjati, ayasepi na iñjati, pasaṃsāyapi na iñjati, nindāyapi na iñjati, sukhepi na iñjati, dukkhepi na iñjati na calati na vedhati nappavedhati na sampavedhatīti – anejassa. ti jānato ājānato vijānato paṭivijānato paṭivijjhato. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti jānato ājānato vijānato paṭivijānato paṭivijjhato, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti jānato ājānato vijānato paṭivijānato paṭivijjhatoti – anejassa vijānato.
他确实是明智者,是通达圣道的人,彻底了知法之后,便无所依著;
他正行于世间,于一切无所希求。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sa ve vidvā sa vedagū, ñatvā dhammaṃ anissito; Sammā so loke iriyāno, na pihetīdha kassacī’’ti.
这里所说‘任何人’,指任何种类、任何状态、任何方式、任何特质,处于任何地位、具备任何法之人,不论是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,还是在家人、出家人,或是天、人。‘欲’,概略而言有二种:事物所依之欲与烦恼所成之欲……这些称为事物所依之欲……这些称为烦恼所成之欲。‘执着’有七种:贪的执着、嗔的执着、痴的执着、慢的执着、见的执着、烦恼的执着、恶行的执着。‘世间’指恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间。这段经文是说,在那难以超越、难以度脱、难以越过、难以攀登、难以彻底超越、难以穿过的世间中,他超越了欲与执着——他就是于此超越了欲,也超越了世间中那难以超越的执着之人。显示巴利原文
nti. ti yo yādiso yathāyutto yathāvihito yathāpakāro yaṃ ṭhānappatto yaṃ dhammasamannāgato khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā devo vā manusso vā. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti satta saṅgā – rāgasaṅgo, dosasaṅgo, mohasaṅgo, mānasaṅgo, diṭṭhisaṅgo, kilesasaṅgo, duccaritasaṅgo. ti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloke. nti. Yo kāme ca saṅge ca loke duraccaye durativatte duttare duppatare dussamatikkame dubbītivatte atari uttari patari samatikkami vītivattayīti – yodha kāme accatari, saṅgaṃ loke duraccayaṃ.
他不因事物变易而悲伤,也不因事物已变易而悲伤。他不因‘我的眼睛变易了’而悲伤,不因‘我的耳朵……我的亲族变易了’而悲伤;他不苦恼,不哀号,不捶胸啼哭,不陷入迷闷——了知‘无有我所’,他便不悲伤。显示巴利原文
ti. Vipariṇataṃ vā vatthuṃ na socati, vipariṇatasmiṃ vā vatthusmiṃ na socati. ‘‘Cakkhu me vipariṇata’’nti na socati, ‘‘sotaṃ me…pe… sālohitā me vipariṇatā’’ti na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjatīti – natthi meti na socati.
934 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
此处所谓“流”,即是渴爱:那种贪染、执著……乃至……非分贪求、贪心、不善根。若有人已将这些渴爱之流断除、根绝……乃至……以智慧火焚尽,他便被称为“断流者”。此处所谓“缚”,即是贪缚、嗔缚、痴缚、慢缚、见缚、烦恼缚、恶行缚;若有人已将这些束缚断除、根绝……乃至……以智慧火焚尽,他便被称为“断缚者”。如此即是断流者、断缚者。显示巴利原文
ti. Sotaṃ vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yassesā sotā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā…pe… ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati chinnasoto. ti rāgabandhanaṃ dosabandhanaṃ mohabandhanaṃ mānabandhanaṃ diṭṭhibandhanaṃ kilesabandhanaṃ duccaritabandhanaṃ, yassete bandhanā pahīnā samucchinnā…pe… ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati abandhanoti – chinnasoto abandhano.
847 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
他已于世间,超越诸欲贪,渡越难越之黏着;
他无忧愁,不渴求,是断流者,无有系缚。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yodha kāme accatari, saṅgaṃ loke duraccayaṃ; Na so socati nājjheti, chinnasoto abandhano’’ti.
这里的意思是:对于过去的诸行,可能生起的烦恼,你应令那些烦恼干涸、彻底干涸、枯竭、彻底枯竭,使其无种,将其舍断、驱除、灭尽,令其不复存在。这句“使过去的干涸”即是此义。或者,那些过去所造、果报未熟的业行之造作,你应令那些业行之造作干涸、彻底干涸、枯竭、彻底枯竭,使其无种,将其舍断、驱除、灭尽,令其不复存在。这句“使过去的干涸”也是此义。显示巴利原文
ti. Atīte saṅkhāre ārabbha ye kilesā uppajjeyyuṃ te kilese sosehi visosehi sukkhāpehi visukkhāpehi abījaṃ karohi pajaha vinodehi byantiṃ karohi anabhāvaṃ gamehīti. Evampi yaṃ pubbe taṃ visosehi. Atha vā ye atītā kammābhisaṅkhārā avipakkavipākā te kammābhisaṅkhāre sosehi visosehi sukkhāpehi visukkhāpehi abījaṃ karohi pajaha vinodehi byantiṃ karohi anabhāvaṃ gamehīti. Evampi yaṃ pubbe taṃ visosehi.
这里说:“未来”指的是以后。针对未来的诸行,那些可能生起的贪之障碍、嗔之障碍、痴之障碍、慢之障碍、见之障碍、烦恼之障碍、恶行之障碍——这一切障碍,愿它不在你身上出现,愿你不再造作它、不再产生它、不再使它生起、不再使它出生、不再使它具体化。你应当舍弃它、驱除它、消灭它,令它不复存在——这便是“于未来,愿你没有障碍”的含义。显示巴利原文
nti. Pacchā vuccati anāgataṃ. Anāgate saṅkhāre ārabbha yāni uppajjeyyuṃ rāgakiñcanaṃ dosakiñcanaṃ mohakiñcanaṃ mānakiñcanaṃ diṭṭhikiñcanaṃ kilesakiñcanaṃ duccaritakiñcanaṃ, imāni kiñcanāni tuyhaṃ mā ahu mā akāsi mā janesi mā sañjanesi mā nibbattesi mā abhinibbattesi pajaha vinodehi byantiṃ karohi anabhāvaṃ gamehīti – pacchā te māhu kiñcanaṃ.
“中间”指的是现在的色、受、想、行、识。对于现在的诸行,你不应依于渴爱、依于邪见而执取,不应握持、不应把捉、不应耽著;你不应欢喜、不应追随、不应粘着。你将舍弃随喜、欢迎、粘着、执取、耽著与固执,将它们驱除、摧毁、灭尽,令它们不复存在——如果你不在中间执取的话。显示巴利原文
ti. Majjhaṃ vuccati paccuppannā rūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇā. Paccuppanne saṅkhāre taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena na gahessasi na uggahessasi na gaṇhissasi na parāmasissasi nābhinandissasi nābhicarissasi na ajjhosissasi, abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajahissasi vinodessasi byantiṃ karissasi anabhāvaṃ gamessasīti – majjhe ce no gahessasi.
由于贪的止息、寂灭与平复,由于嗔的止息、寂灭与平复……乃至由于一切不善行的止息、寂灭、平复、宁静、熄灭、清凉、消逝、轻安,你将成为寂静者、平息者、宁静者、清凉者、轻安者,无论行走、安住、活动、维持、守护还是度日、过活,你都将寂静而行。显示巴利原文
ti. Rāgassa santattā samitattā upasamitattā, dosassa santattā samitattā upasamitattā…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santattā samitattā upasamitattā vūpasamitattā vijjhātattā nibbutattā vigatattā paṭipassaddhattā santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭipassaddho carissasi viharissasi iriyissasi vattissasi pālissasi yapissasi yāpissasīti – upasanto carissasi.
1225 因此,世尊如此说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘Yaṃ pubbe taṃ visosehi, pacchā te māhu kiñcanaṃ; Majjhe ce no gahessasi, upasanto carissasī’’ti.
“一切方式”:这是指穷尽一切、方方面面、全数、无余、无残留、彻底穷尽的说法——即“一切方式”。“名”指四种无色蕴(受、想、行、识)。“色”指四大种及四大种所造之色。“他”指那位阿拉汉、漏尽者。“没有我所”指两种我所——渴爱所成之我所与邪见所成之我所……这便是渴爱所成之我所……这便是邪见所成之我所。所谓“于一切名色中,没有我所”,是说:在一切名色当中,对于那位阿拉汉,我所不存在、不现起、不被察觉、了不可得,已被舍断、根除、止息、轻安,不可能再生起,已被智火烧尽——这便是于一切名色中,没有我所。显示巴利原文
nti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – sabbasoti. nti cattāro arūpino khandhā. nti cattāro ca mahābhūtā, catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. nti dve mamattā – taṇhāmamattañca diṭṭhimamattañca…pe… idaṃ taṇhāmamattaṃ…pe… idaṃ diṭṭhimamattaṃ. nti sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ mamattā yassa natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ, yassa natthi mamāyitaṃ.
事物变坏时,他不忧愁;在事物变坏时,他也不忧愁。“我的眼睛变坏了”——不忧愁;“我的耳朵变坏了……我的鼻子变坏了……我的舌头变坏了……我的身体变坏了……我的色境变坏了……我的声音变坏了……我的气味变坏了……我的味道变坏了……我的触境变坏了……我的家族变坏了……我的随众变坏了……我的住处变坏了……我的利得变坏了……乃至我的血亲变坏了”——他也不忧愁、不疲惫、不悲泣、不捶胸哭泣、不陷入迷乱。如此,便是“不因不存在而忧愁”。显示巴利原文
ti. Vipariṇataṃ vā vatthuṃ na socati, vipariṇatasmiṃ vā vatthusmiṃ na socati. ‘‘Cakkhu me vipariṇata’’nti na socati, sotaṃ me… ghānaṃ me… jivhā me… kāyo me… rūpā me… saddā me… gandhā me… rasā me… phoṭṭhabbā me… kulaṃ me… gaṇo me… āvāso me… lābho me…pe… ‘‘sālohitā me vipariṇatā’’ti na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjatīti. Evampi asatā ca na socati.
再者,当他遭遇不存在的苦受所触、被压倒、被迷惑时,也不忧愁、不疲惫、不悲泣、不捶胸哭泣、不陷入迷乱。如此,便是“不因不存在而忧愁”。或者,当他遭遇眼病所触、被压倒……乃至被蚊虻、风、热、爬虫类的接触所触、被压倒、被迷惑时,也不忧愁、不疲惫、不悲泣、不捶胸哭泣、不陷入迷乱。如此,也是“不因不存在而忧愁”。再者,对于不存在、不现起、不可得的事物,他不会这样想:‘唉,我曾拥有过它,现在它却已不存在;倘若它能为我存在就好了,而我确实得不到它。’他不忧愁、不疲惫、不悲泣、不捶胸哭泣、不陷入迷乱。如此,也叫做“不因不存在而忧愁”。显示巴利原文
Atha vā asatāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjatīti. Evampi asatā ca na socati. Atha vā cakkhurogena phuṭṭho pareto…pe… ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassena phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjatīti. Evampi asatā ca na socati. Atha vā asante asaṃvijjamāne anupalabbhamāne ‘‘ahu vata me, taṃ vata me natthi , siyā vata me, taṃ vatāhaṃ na labhāmī’’ti na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjatīti. Evampi asatā ca na socati.
若有人对“这是我的”或“这是别人的”之色、受、想、行、识,作任何执取、抓取、固执、耽著、爱著,此人便有衰损。显示巴利原文
ti. Yassa ‘‘mayhaṃ vā idaṃ paresaṃ vā ida’’nti kiñci rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ atthi, tassa jāni atthi.
1292 于此,曾有如是说:显示巴利原文
Bhāsitampi hetaṃ –
他失去了车乘、摩尼珠与耳环,同样也失去了儿女与妻子;
面对一切未曾受用的财富,在应感悲伤的时刻,你为何不感悲伤?
贪着欲乐的事物本是无常,是故,于应悲伤时,我不生悲伤。
月亮升起、圆满,而后亏缺;太阳照亮黑暗,随后隐没。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jīno rathassaṃ maṇikuṇḍale ca, putte ca dāre ca tatheva jīno; Sabbesu bhogesu asevitesu, kasmā na santappasi sokakāle. ‘‘Pubbeva maccaṃ vijahanti bhogā, macco dhane pubbataraṃ jahāsi; Asassatā bhāvino kāmakāmī, tasmā na socāmahaṃ sokakāle. ‘‘Udeti āpūrati veti cando, andhaṃ tapetvāna paleti sūriyo; Viditā mayā sattuka lokadhammā, tasmā na socāmahaṃ sokakāle’’ti.
若有人对于任何色、受、想、行、识所摄之物,不执取为‘这是我所有’或‘这是他人所有’,不抓取、不紧握、不固守、不沉迷、不倾心,那么当失去时,他便无有所失。这正如所说:‘沙门,你高兴吗?’‘朋友,得到了什么呢?’‘那么,沙门,你悲伤吗?’‘朋友,失去了什么呢?’‘如此,沙门,你便不喜不忧。’‘正是这样,朋友。’显示巴利原文
Yassa ‘‘mayhaṃ vā idaṃ paresaṃ vā ida’’nti kiñci rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ natthi, tassa jāni natthi. Bhāsitampi hetaṃ – ‘‘‘nandasi, samaṇā’ti. ‘Kiṃ laddhā, āvuso’ti? ‘Tena hi, samaṇa, socasī’ti. ‘Kiṃ jīyittha, āvuso’ti? ‘Tena hi, samaṇa, neva nandasi na socasī’ti. ‘Evamāvuso’’’ti.
他于世间确实不再衰损。因此,世尊如是说:
于一切名色,若人全无“此是我所”的执取,
对不存在之物亦无忧愁,他于世间确然不衰。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cirassaṃ vata passāma, brāhmaṇaṃ parinibbutaṃ; Anandiṃ anīghaṃ bhikkhuṃ, tiṇṇaṃ loke visattika’’nti. Sa ve loke na jīyati. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘Sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ, yassa natthi mamāyitaṃ; Asatā ca na socati, sa ve loke na jīyatī’’ti.
这是就阿拉汉、已断尽烦恼者而说。对于他,依于“这是我的”或“那是别人的”之想,而对色、受、想、行、识所起的任何抓取、紧握、固持、耽著、信解,皆不存在、皆无、皆不现起、皆不可得;它们已被舍断、彻底断除、止息、寂止,永无再生之可能,被智火所焚尽。同样地,于他,“这是我的”亦不存在,也没有任何属于他人之物。显示巴利原文
nti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. Yassa ‘‘mayhaṃ vā idaṃ paresaṃ vā ida’’nti kiñci rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ natthi na santi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhanti. Evampi yassa natthi idaṃ meti, paresaṃ vāpi kiñcanaṃ.
这也是世尊所说:‘诸比丘,此身既非你们所有,亦非他人所有。诸比丘,应当视之为旧业,是造作而成、经过思惟而生的、应受的。诸比丘,于此,多闻的圣弟子只对缘起本身,如理而作意——‘如此:当此存在时,彼即存在;由此之生起,彼即生起。当此不存在时,彼即不存在;由此之灭去,彼即灭去。也就是说,以无明为缘而有诸行;以行为缘而有识……如此,这整个苦蕴的集起便发生。而以无明的无余、离欲、灭尽,便有行的灭尽……如此,这整个苦蕴的灭尽便发生。’如此,即是‘没有此为我所有,亦无任何属于他人之物’。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘nāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kāyo tumhākaṃ, napi aññesaṃ. Purāṇamidaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ vedanīyaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaṃyeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasikaroti – ‘iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati, imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati, yadidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāyatveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’’ti. Evampi yassa natthi idaṃ meti, paresaṃ vāpi kiñcanaṃ.
世尊也曾这样说:显示巴利原文
Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā –
‘摩伽罗阇,你要恒持正念,观世间为空;
拔除我见,便能如此度越死亡。
同样地,凡是既无“这是我的”,也无任何属于他人之物的人——这正是世尊所说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, mogharāja sadā sato; Attānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca , evaṃ maccutaro siyā; Evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passatī’’ti. Evampi yassa natthi idaṃ meti, paresaṃ vāpi kiñcanaṃ. Vuttaṃñhetaṃ bhagavatā
世尊也曾这样说:“诸比丘,凡是你们所无的,便当舍断。舍断了它,将为你们带来长久的利益与安乐。诸比丘,什么是你们所无的呢?诸比丘,色是你们所无的,舍断它吧。舍断了它,将为你们带来长久的利益与安乐。受……想……行……识是你们所无的,舍断它吧。舍断了它,将为你们带来长久的利益与安乐。诸比丘,你们怎么看?若是有人在这祇树给孤独园中,将草、木、枝、叶带走,或烧掉,或随他如何处置,你们可会这样想:‘有人把“我们”带走、烧掉,或随他处置了’?”“不会的,尊者。”“是什么缘故呢?”“尊者,因为那些既不是‘我’,也不是‘我的’。”“正是如此,诸比丘,凡是你们所无的,便当舍断。舍断了它,将为你们带来长久的利益与安乐。诸比丘,什么是你们所无的呢?诸比丘,色是你们所无的,舍断它吧。舍断了它,将为你们带来长久的利益与安乐。受……想……行……识是你们所无的,舍断它吧。舍断了它,将为你们带来长久的利益与安乐。”同样地,若一个人不执取“这是我”,也不执取“他人有任何事物”……这段话也曾被说过——显示巴利原文
Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘yaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha. Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Kiñca, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ? Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha. Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Vedanā… saññā… saṅkhārā… viññāṇaṃ na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha. Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, yaṃ imasmiṃ jetavane tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ, taṃ jano hareyya vā ḍaheyya vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kareyya, api nu tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘amhe jano harati vā ḍahati vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karotī’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Na hi no etaṃ, bhante, attā vā attaniyaṃ vā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yaṃ na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha. Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Kiñca, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ? Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha. Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Vedanā… saññā… saṅkhārā… viññāṇaṃ na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha. Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatī’’ti. Evampi yassa natthi idaṃ meti, paresaṃ vāpi kiñcanaṃ. Bhāsitampi hetaṃ –
清净之法如是生起,清净诸行如是相续;
如实观见者,村长,即无有恐惧。
当他以智慧观察世间,见它如同草与柴时;
除了不再投生之外,他别无所求。
同样,若有人既无“此是我所”的执取,也无“他人所有物”的执取……
魔罗,你为何执取“有情”之说?此莫非是你的邪见?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suddhadhammasamuppādaṃ, suddhasaṅkhārasantatiṃ; Passantassa yathābhūtaṃ, na bhayaṃ hoti gāmaṇi. ‘‘Tiṇakaṭṭhasamaṃ lokaṃ, yadā paññāya passati; Nāññaṃ patthayate kiñci, aññatra appaṭisandhiyā’’ti . Evampi yassa natthi idaṃ meti, paresaṃ vāpi kiñcanaṃ. ‘‘Kaṃ nu sattoti paccesi, māra diṭṭhigataṃ nu te;
2223 因此,世尊这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
正如车的各个部件组合在一起,便有了‘车’的名称;
同样,当五蕴存在时,便有‘众生’这一约定俗成的称呼。
显示巴利原文 Suddhasaṅkhārapuñjoyaṃ, nayidha sattupalabbhati. ‘‘Yathā hi aṅgasambhārā, hoti saddo ratho iti; Evaṃ khandhesu santesu, hoti sattoti sammuti . ‘‘Dukkhameva hi sambhoti, dukkhaṃ tiṭṭhati veti ca; Nāññatra dukkhā sambhoti, nāññaṃ dukkhā nirujjhatī’’ti.
同样,凡是既没有“这是我的”的想法,也不执取任何与他人有关之物的人,瓦吉拉比丘尼便对邪恶的魔罗这样说:显示巴利原文
Evampi yassa natthi idaṃ meti, paresaṃ vāpi kiñcanaṃ. Vajirā bhikkhunī māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca –
同样地,诸比丘,一位比丘遍察色,直至穷尽色的全部运行范围;遍察受……遍察想……遍察诸行……遍察识,直至穷尽识的全部运行范围。当他这样遍察色,直至穷尽色的全部运行范围,遍察受……遍察想……遍察诸行……遍察识,直至穷尽识的全部运行范围时,那可能生起的‘我’、‘我的’或‘我是’的心念,于他便不复存在。如此,对他而言,‘这是我的’之念已无,于他人亦无所执取。显示巴利原文
‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpaṃ samannesati yāvatā rūpassa gati, vedanaṃ… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ samannesati yāvatā viññāṇassa gati. Tassa rūpaṃ samannesato yāvatā rūpassa gati, vedanaṃ… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ samannesato yāvatā viññāṇassa gati , yampissa taṃ hoti ‘aha’nti vā ‘mama’nti vā, ‘asmī’ti vā, tampi tassa na hotī’’ti. Evampi yassa natthi idaṃ meti, paresaṃ vāpi kiñcanaṃ.
阿难尊者对世尊这样说:“世尊,‘世间是空,世间是空’,有人这么说。世尊,以什么为基准,世间才被称为‘空’呢?”“阿难,正因为世间是以‘我’、以‘我所’而空,所以称为世间是空。阿难,什么是我与我所皆空的呢?阿难,眼是没有我、没有我所而空的。色是空;眼识是空;眼触是空;眼触所生的感受,无论是乐受、苦受或不苦不乐受,那也是空的……耳是空……声是空……鼻是空……香是空……舌是空……味是空……身是空……触是空……意是空……法是空……意识是空……意触是空;意触所生的感受,无论是乐受、苦受或不苦不乐受,那也是没有我、没有我所而空的。阿难,正因如此,世间是以‘我’、以‘我所’而空,所以称为世间是空。”就这样,对他而言,没有“这是我的”的想法,对他人也没有任何执著。显示巴利原文
Āyasmā, ānando, bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘‘suñño loko, suñño loko’ti, bhante, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, suñño lokoti vuccatī’’ti? ‘‘Yasmā kho, ānanda, suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā, tasmā suñño lokoti vuccati. Kiñcānanda, suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā? Cakkhu kho, ānanda, suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā. Rūpā suññā, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ suññaṃ, cakkhusamphasso suñño, yadidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi suññaṃ… sotaṃ suññaṃ… saddā suññā… ghānaṃ suññaṃ… gandhā suññā… jivhā suññā… rasā suññā… kāyo suñño… phoṭṭhabbā suññā… mano suñño… dhammā suññā… manoviññāṇaṃ suññaṃ… manosamphasso suñño, yadidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā. Yasmā kho, ānanda, suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā, tasmā suñño lokoti vuccatī’’ti. Evampi yassa natthi idaṃ meti, paresaṃ vāpi kiñcanaṃ.
“执我所”有两种:渴爱所产生的执我所和见所产生的执我所。……这是渴爱所产生的执我所……这是见所产生的执我所。舍断了渴爱所产生的执我所、弃舍了见所产生的执我所之后,他便不再寻觅,不再感知,不再获得,不再执取任何执我所——他正是那不再感知执我所的人。显示巴利原文
nti. ti dve mamattā – taṇhāmamattañca diṭṭhimamattañca…pe… idaṃ taṇhāmamattaṃ…pe… idaṃ diṭṭhimamattaṃ. Taṇhāmamattaṃ pahāya diṭṭhimamattaṃ paṭinissajjitvā mamattaṃ avindanto asaṃvindanto anadhigacchanto appaṭilabhantoti – mamattaṃ so asaṃvindaṃ.
对于已经变异的事物,他不忧愁;当事物变异时,他不忧愁。不会因为'我的眼变异了'而忧愁;不会因为'我的耳变异了、我的鼻变异了、我的舌变异了、我的身变异了、我的色变异了、我的声变异了、我的香变异了、我的味变异了、我的触变异了、我的家庭变异了、我的团体变异了、我的住处变异了、我的利养变异了、我的名声变异了、我的称赞变异了、我的快乐变异了、我的衣服变异了、我的钵食变异了、我的坐卧处变异了、我的医药资具变异了、我的母亲变异了、我的父亲变异了、我的兄弟变异了、我的姐妹变异了、我的儿子变异了、我的女儿变异了、我的朋友变异了、我的官员变异了、我的亲戚变异了、我的血亲变异了'而忧愁,不苦闷,不悲泣,不捶胸哭泣,也不陷入愚迷——这样,叫作'不追忆过去'。显示巴利原文
ti. Vipariṇataṃ vā vatthuṃ na socati, vipariṇatasmiṃ vā vatthusmiṃ na socati, ‘‘cakkhu me vipariṇata’’nti na socati, ‘‘sotaṃ me… ghānaṃ me… jivhā me… kāyo me… rūpā me… saddā me… gandhā me… rasā me… phoṭṭhabbā me… kulaṃ me… gaṇo me… āvāso me… lābho me… yaso me… pasaṃsā me… sukhaṃ me… cīvaraṃ me… piṇḍapāto me… senāsanaṃ me… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro me… mātā me… pitā me… bhātā me… bhaginī me… putto me… dhītā me… mittā me… amaccā me… ñātakā me… sālohitā me vipariṇatā’’ti na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjatīti – atītaṃ nānusocati.
他没有‘这是我的’之想,对他人之物也毫无执著;
他不执取任何‘我所’,因此不会因‘我一无所有’而悲伤。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yassa natthi idaṃ meti, paresaṃ vāpi kiñcanaṃ; Mamattaṃ so asaṃvindaṃ, natthi meti na socatī’’ti.
什么是嫉妒?在此,有人对于别人得到利养、恭敬、尊重、崇敬、礼拜、供养,心生嫉妒、羡慕、结下嫉妒。像这样的嫉妒、嫉妒行为、嫉妒、嫉妒状态、已生嫉妒、羡慕、羡慕状态、已生羡慕——这叫做嫉妒。凡是已经断除、彻底断除了这嫉妒的人……以智慧之火将其烧尽的人,他就称为无嫉妒者。贪求指的是渴爱。凡是贪着、强烈贪着……贪求、贪欲、不善根。凡是已经断除、彻底断除了这贪求的人……以智慧之火将其烧尽的人,他就称为不贪求者。他对于色不贪求,对于声音……对于所见、所闻、所觉、所识的诸法都不贪求、不粘着、不沉迷、不陷溺,已离贪求、已去贪求、已舍贪求、已吐贪求、已脱贪求、已断贪求、已弃绝贪求,已离贪着、已去贪着、已舍贪着、已吐贪着、已脱贪着、已断贪着、已弃绝贪着,他是无渴求者、寂灭者、清凉者,自己成为梵天境界的存在,感受着安乐而安住——这就是无嫉妒、不贪求。显示巴利原文
ti. Katamaṃ niṭṭhuriyaṃ? Idhekacco niṭṭhuriyo hoti, paralābhasakkāragarukāramānanavandanapūjanāsu issati usūyati issaṃ bandhati. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ niṭṭhuriyaṃ niṭṭhuriyakammaṃ issā issāyanā issāyitattaṃ usūyā usūyanā usūyitattaṃ – idaṃ vuccati niṭṭhuriyaṃ. Yassetaṃ niṭṭhuriyaṃ pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ…pe… ñāṇagginā daḍḍhaṃ, so vuccati aniṭṭhurīti. ti. Gedho vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yasseso gedho pahīno samucchinno…pe… ñāṇagginā daḍḍho, so vuccati ananugiddho. So rūpe agiddho sadde…pe… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu agiddho agadhito amucchito anajjhosanno, vītagedho vigatagedho cattagedho vantagedho muttagedho pahīnagedho paṭinissaṭṭhagedho, vītarāgo vigatarāgo cattarāgo vantarāgo muttarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo, nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharatīti – aniṭṭhurī ananugiddho.
这称为渴爱。凡是贪著、染著……(中略)……贪求、贪欲、不善根。若人这种黏著与渴爱已被断除、彻底根除、平息、寂静、不复生起、被智慧之火焚烧殆尽——如是,他于未来便无所执著。或者,他不会生起这样的期望:‘愿我于未来具足这样的色蕴’,并对此感到欢喜;不会期望:‘愿我具足这样的受蕴……这样的想蕴……这样的行蕴……这样的识蕴’,并对此感到欢喜。如是,他于未来便无所执著。或者,对于所未得者——如‘愿我未来有这样的眼、这样的色’——他不将心导向获得;心不导向,便不欢喜于彼;不欢喜于彼,则于未来无所执著。同样地:‘愿我未来有这样的耳、这样的声’……乃至……‘愿我未来有这样的意、这样的法’,对于所未得者,他不将心导向获得;心不导向,便不欢喜于彼;不欢喜于彼,则于未来无所执著。又或者,他不会这样想:‘藉由此戒、此禁制、此苦行或此梵行,我将于未来成为天神或某一类天人’,对于所未得者,他不将心导向获得;心不导向,便不欢喜于彼;不欢喜于彼,则于未来无所执著。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yassesā āsatti taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti. Evampi nirāsatti anāgate. Atha vā ‘‘evaṃrūpo siyaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’’nti tattha nandiṃ na samannāneti, ‘‘evaṃvedano siyaṃ… evaṃsañño siyaṃ… evaṃsaṅkhāro siyaṃ… evaṃviññāṇo siyaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’’nti tattha nandiṃ na samannāneti. Evampi nirāsatti anāgate. Atha vā ‘‘iti me cakkhu siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ – iti rūpā’’ti appaṭiladdhassa paṭilābhāya cittaṃ na paṇidahati , cetaso appaṇidhānappaccayā na tadabhinandati; na tadabhinandanto. Evampi nirāsatti anāgate. ‘‘Iti me sotaṃ siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ – iti saddā’’ti…pe… ‘‘iti me mano siyā anāgatamaddhānaṃ – iti dhammā’’ti appaṭiladdhassa paṭilābhāya cittaṃ na paṇidahati, cetaso appaṇidhānappaccayā na tadabhinandati; na tadabhinandanto. Evampi nirāsatti anāgate. Atha vā ‘‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’’ti appaṭiladdhassa paṭilābhāya cittaṃ na paṇidahati, cetaso appaṇidhānappaccayā na tadabhinandati; na tadabhinandanto. Evampi nirāsatti anāgate.
当被问及关于不动摇者时——被询问、被请求、被祈请、被恳请——我宣说这四种利益。那位无嫉妒、不贪求、不动摇、于一切处平等的人——我称说、教导、说明……使之明了——这便是被问及时,我所说不动摇者的利益。显示巴利原文
nti. Avikampinaṃ puggalaṃ puṭṭho pucchito yācito ajjhesito pasādito ime cattāro ānisaṃse pabrūmi. Yo so aniṭṭhurī ananugiddho anejo sabbadhi samoti brūmi ācikkhāmi…pe… pakāsemīti – tamānisaṃsaṃ pabrūmi pucchito avikampinaṃ.
970 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
无嫉妒,不贪著,不动摇,于一切处平等;
若被问及,我便向不动者宣说此功德利益。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aniṭṭhurī ananugiddho, anejo sabbadhī samo; Tamānisaṃsaṃ pabrūmi, pucchito avikampina’’nti.
这称为渴爱。即是贪爱、深重的贪爱……贪婪、欲望、不善之根。若有人此执著已断除、已根绝、已平息、已止息、已不再生起、已被智慧之火焚尽,他便称为离执著者。他对色无所贪求……对所见、所闻、所觉、所识的法无所贪求、无所沉溺、无所迷恋、无所固守,他是离执著者、无执著者、已舍执著者、已吐执著者、已脱执著者、已断执著者、已弃执著者,无复渴求……以梵行之身安住——这便是离执著者。悭有五种:对住处的悭、对家族的悭、对利得的悭、对容貌的悭、对法的悭。凡是这样的……执取,这就称为悭。若有人此悭已断除……他便称为不悭者:离执著、不悭。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yasseso gedho pahīno samucchinno vūpasanto paṭipassaddho abhabbuppattiko ñāṇagginā daḍḍho, so vuccati vītagedho. So rūpe agiddho…pe… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu agiddho agadhito amucchito anajjhosito, vītagedho vigatagedho cattagedho vantagedho muttagedho pahīnagedho paṭinissaṭṭhagedho nicchāto…pe… brahmabhūtena attanā viharatīti – vītagedho. ti pañca macchariyāni – āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ…pe… gāho – idaṃ vuccati macchariyaṃ. Yassetaṃ macchariyaṃ pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭipassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhaṃ, so vuccati amaccharīti – vītagedho amaccharī.
这被称为:福行、非福行、不动行。当福行、非福行与不动行彻底被断除、根除,犹如截顶的多罗树,归于无有,未来不再生起时,到这一地步,诸造作便不存在、无有、不显现、不可得,它们已被断除、彻底断除,已止息、已寂灭,不可能再生起,已被智火烧尽——这就是“无任何造作”。显示巴利原文
ti. vuccanti puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro. Yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, ettāvatā nisaṅkhatiyo natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – natthi kāci nisaṅkhati.
造作即被称为福行、非福行、不动行。当福行、非福行与不动行彻底被断除、根除,犹如截顶的多罗树,归于无有,未来不再生起时,到这一地步,他对于造作,便是远离的、已远离的、彻底远离的、已脱离的、已出离的、已解脱的、已解缚的,他以无界限的心而安住——这就是“他远离了造作”。显示巴利原文
ti. Viyārabbho vuccati puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro. Yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, ettāvatā ārabbhā viyārabbhā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – virato so viyārabbhā.
带来怖畏的,是贪;带来怖畏的,是嗔;带来怖畏的,是痴……乃至……带来怖畏的,是诸烦恼。因为带来怖畏的贪已被断除……乃至……因为带来怖畏的诸烦恼已被断除,他便在一切处见到安稳,在一切处见到无怖,在一切处见到无灾,在一切处见到无害,在一切处见到无侵害,在一切处见到无迫难——这就是“他在一切时处都见到安稳”。显示巴利原文
ti. Bhayakaro rāgo bhayakaro doso bhayakaro moho…pe… bhayakarā kilesā. Bhayakarassa rāgassa pahīnattā…pe… bhayakarānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahīnattā sabbattha khemaṃ passati sabbattha abhayaṃ passati sabbattha anītikaṃ passati sabbattha anupaddavaṃ passati sabbattha anupasaggaṃ passati sabbattha anupasaṭṭhattaṃ passatīti – khemaṃ passati sabbadhi.
1066 因此,世尊这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
于不动者、了知者,无有任何造作;
他远离了造作,于一切处见安稳。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anejassa vijānato, natthi kāci nisaṅkhati; Virato so viyārabbhā, khemaṃ passati sabbadhī’’ti. [iti bhagavā]
所谓“沉默”就是指智慧……他超越了执着之网,是为牟尼。他不说“我更为殊胜”,不说“我与之相当”,不说“我更为下劣”——他不宣说、不言说、不表露、不显示、不言语。在同等者中、在下劣者中、在殊胜者中,牟尼皆不言语。显示巴利原文
ti. ti. Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ‘‘Seyyohamasmī’’ti vā ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’ti vā ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti vā na vadati na katheti na bhaṇati na dīpayati na voharatīti – na samesu na omesu, na ussesu vadate muni.
因为贪欲已平息、已止息,故称为寂静;因为嗔……痴……乃至一切不善行已平息、止息、寂灭、烧尽、清凉、消失、完全安息,故为寂静、寂止、大寂止、清凉、完全安息——这就称为寂静。五种悭吝:住处悭吝……乃至执取称为悭吝。若此悭吝已断除、根绝……被智火烧尽,他便称为离悭者、无悭者、舍悭者、吐悭者、脱悭者、断悭者、弃悭者——如是寂静而离悭。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rāgassa santattā samitattā santo, dosassa…pe… mohassa… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santattā samitattā vūpasamitattā vijjhātattā nibbutattā vigatattā paṭipassaddhattā santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭipassaddhoti – santo. So ti. Pañca macchariyāni āvāsamacchariyaṃ…pe… gāho vuccati macchariyaṃ. Yassetaṃ macchariyaṃ pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ…pe… ñāṇagginā daḍḍhaṃ, so vuccati vītamaccharo vigatamaccharo cattamaccharo vantamaccharo muttamaccharo pahīnamaccharo paṭinissaṭṭhamaccharoti – santo so vītamaccharo.
对于色,他不执取、不执著、不抓取、不执持、不固著;对于受……想……行……识……投生趣……出生……结生……有……轮回……流转,也是如此——他不执取、不执著、不抓取、不执持、不固著,这便名为“不执取”。对于色,他不舍弃、不驱除、不消灭、不让它归于无;对于受……乃至轮回、流转,他也不舍弃、不驱除、不消灭、不让它归于无。“世尊”是尊重的同义语……是证得的名称,即所谓世尊。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpaṃ nādiyati na upādiyati na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisati, vedanaṃ… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… gatiṃ… upapattiṃ… paṭisandhiṃ… bhavaṃ… saṃsāraṃ… vaṭṭaṃ nādiyati na upādiyati na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisatīti – nādeti. ti rūpaṃ na pajahati na vinodeti na byantiṃ karoti na anabhāvaṃ gameti, vedanaṃ… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… gatiṃ… upapattiṃ … paṭisandhiṃ… bhavaṃ… saṃsāraṃ… vaṭṭaṃ na pajahati na vinodeti na byantiṃ karoti na anabhāvaṃ gameti. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavāti.
牟尼不与同等者、不与低劣者、不与优胜者论说;
他寂静,离悭吝,不取,不舍。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na samesu na omesu, na ussesu vadate muni; Santo so vītamaccharo, nādeti na nirassati’’. [iti bhagavā]
第十五 执杖经义释显示巴利原文
Attadaṇḍasuttaniddeso pannarasamo.
第十六 舍利弗经义释显示巴利原文
16. Sāriputtasuttaniddeso
接下来,将宣说舍利弗经义释——显示巴利原文
Atha sāriputtasuttaniddesaṃ vakkhati –
“在此之前,我从未见过。”尊者舍利弗的意思是:从这以前,我从未以这双肉眼、以这个身体见过彼世尊。当世尊在忉利天界珊瑚树下的黄毛石上度过雨安居,为天众围绕,从宝石阶梯中央降下,进入僧伽施城——这样的景象,我往昔未曾得见。因此他说:“在这以前,我没见过他。”显示巴利原文
ti. Ito pubbe me mayā na diṭṭhapubbo so bhagavā iminā cakkhunā iminā attabhāvena. Yadā bhagavā tāvatiṃsabhavane pāricchattakamūle paṇḍukambalasilāyaṃ vassaṃvuttho devagaṇaparivuto majjhe maṇimayena sopāṇena saṅkassanagaraṃ otiṇṇo imaṃ dassanaṃ pubbe na diṭṭhoti – na me diṭṭho ito pubbe.
“iti”:指句子的连接、句子的结合、句子的圆满,音节的聚合,辞句的流畅与词语的次第。“āyasmā”:这是爱语、敬语,是表达尊重与恭敬的言语。“tisso metteyyo”:这是那位长老的名、称号、称呼、施设、惯用语、名、命名、名号、词源、文辞、称谓;也是那位长老的姓、称号、称呼、施设、惯用语——即“具寿提舍弥多”(āyasmā tisso metteyyo)。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – iccāti. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravavacanaṃ sappatissavacanametaṃ – āyasmāti. ti tassa therassa nāmaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpo. ti tassa therassa gottaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāroti – iccāyasmā tisso metteyyo.
“ti”表示否定(或引述结束)。它是词与词的连接、词的交织、词的圆满,字母的组合,文句的流畅与词语的次第——称为“ti”(或“udāti”)。不论对刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,还是对在家人、出家人、天人、人类——都不曾从任何人那里听闻过。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṭikkhepo. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – udāti. ti khattiyassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā vessassa vā suddassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā devassa vā manussassa vāti – na suto uda kassaci.
如此,他说着美妙、柔和、可爱、动心的言语,其音声和美,犹如迦陵频伽鸟鸣。世尊口中发出的音声具足八种特质:舒展流畅、清楚易懂、甜美悦耳、圆润不散、深沉宏亮。世尊以音声教示大众时,音声不超出大众的范围;世尊是梵音者,说话如同迦陵频伽鸟。这便是“说美妙语”。显示巴利原文
ti. Evaṃ vagguvado madhuravado pemanīyavado hadayaṅgamavado karavīkarutamañjughoso . Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato kho pana tassa bhagavato mukhato ghoso niccharati – visaṭṭho ca viññeyyo ca mañju ca savanīyo ca bindu ca avisārī ca gambhīro ca ninnādi ca. Yathā parisaṃ kho pana so bhagavā sarena viññāpeti, na assa bahiddhā parisāya ghoso niccharati, brahmassaro kho pana so bhagavā karavīkabhāṇīti – evaṃ vagguvado.
导师世尊是商队领袖。犹如商队领袖引领众人度越旷野,度越盗贼出没的旷野,度越猛兽出没的旷野,度越饥馑的旷野,度越缺水的旷野,使其渡越、超出、脱离,抵达安稳之地。同样,导师世尊作为商队领袖,引领众生度越生的旷野,度越老的旷野,度越病的旷野……度越死的旷野……度越愁、悲、苦、忧、恼的旷野,度越贪的旷野、嗔的旷野、痴的旷野、慢的旷野、邪见的旷野、烦恼的旷野、恶行的旷野,度越贪的密林、嗔的密林、痴的密林、慢的密林、邪见的密林、烦恼的密林、恶行的密林,使其渡越、超出、脱离,抵达安稳、不死之境——涅槃。如此,世尊即为商队领袖。显示巴利原文
ti satthā bhagavā satthavāho. Yathā satthavāho satte kantāraṃ tāreti, corakantāraṃ tāreti, vāḷakantāraṃ tāreti, dubbhikkhakantāraṃ tāreti, nirudakakantāraṃ tāreti uttāreti nittāreti patāreti khemantabhūmiṃ sampāpeti; evameva bhagavā satthavāho satte kantāraṃ tāreti, jātikantāraṃ tāreti, jarākantāraṃ tāreti, byādhikantāraṃ…pe… maraṇakantāraṃ… sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsakantāraṃ tāreti rāgakantāraṃ tāreti dosakantāraṃ… mohakantāraṃ… mānakantāraṃ… diṭṭhikantāraṃ… kilesakantāraṃ… duccaritakantāraṃ tāreti, rāgagahanaṃ tāreti, dosagahanaṃ… mohagahanaṃ… mānagahanaṃ… diṭṭhigahanaṃ… kilesagahanaṃ… duccaritagahanaṃ tāreti uttāreti nittāreti patāreti khemantaṃ amataṃ nibbānaṃ sampāpetīti . Evampi bhagavā satthavāho.
又或者,世尊是引导者、调御者、善劝导者、阐明者、令知见者、观察者、令生净信者。如此,世尊亦是商队领袖。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhagavā netā vinetā anunetā paññapetā nijjhāpetā pekkhetā pasādetāti. Evampi bhagavā satthavāho.
再者,世尊是未生之道的开创者、未出现之道的生起者、未宣说之道的宣说者;他是知路者、明路者、精通道路者。而今,弟子们沿着这条道路修行,随后证得。就这样,世尊是商队领袖——正是如此,他说美妙之语而为导师。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhagavā anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā, maggaññū maggavidū maggakovido maggānugā ca pana etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchā samannāgatāti. Evampi bhagavā satthavāhoti – evaṃ vagguvado satthā.
世尊从兜率天身没,以正念、正知进入母胎。如此,他从兜率天而来,成为众首。
显示巴利原文 ti. Bhagavā tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkantoti. Evampi tusitā gaṇimāgato.
又或者,天人们被称为“满足者”。他们满足、知足、内心喜悦、欢快、充满欣喜与愉悦,从天界来到导师这里。因此,满足者的导师已至。又或者,阿拉汉们被称为“满足者”。他们满足、知足、内心喜悦、誓愿圆满,来到阿拉汉们的导师这里。因此,满足者的导师已至。“导师”即是世尊。导师是众中之师、众中之主;导师护持大众;导师教诫大众;导师教导大众;导师能在众人之中自信而行;导师能使大众听受、倾听并生起智心;导师能令大众脱离不善、安立于善。他是比丘众的导师、比丘尼众的导师、优婆塞众的导师、优婆夷众的导师、国王众的导师、刹帝利众的导师、婆罗门众的导师、吠舍众的导师、首陀罗众的导师、天众的导师、梵天众的导师。他是僧团的导师、群众的导师、众中之师。他已到来、抵达、降生桑迦沙城——满足者的导师已经到来。显示巴利原文
Atha vā devā vuccanti tusitā. Te tuṭṭhā santuṭṭhā attamanā pamuditā pītisomanassajātā devalokato gaṇiṃ āgatoti. Evampi tusitā gaṇimāgato. Atha vā arahanto vuccanti tusitā. Te tuṭṭhā santuṭṭhā attamanā paripuṇṇasaṅkappā arahantānaṃ gaṇiṃ āgatoti. Evampi tusitā gaṇimāgato. ti gaṇī bhagavā. Gaṇācariyoti gaṇī, gaṇassa satthāti gaṇī, gaṇaṃ pariharatīti gaṇī, gaṇaṃ ovadatīti gaṇī, gaṇamanusāsatīti gaṇī, visārado gaṇaṃ upasaṅkamatīti gaṇī, gaṇassa sussūsati sotaṃ odahati aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapetīti gaṇī, gaṇaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetīti gaṇī, bhikkhugaṇassa gaṇī, bhikkhunigaṇassa gaṇī, upāsakagaṇassa gaṇī, upāsikāgaṇassa gaṇī , rājagaṇassa gaṇī, khattiyagaṇassa… brāhmaṇagaṇassa… vessagaṇassa… suddagaṇassa… devagaṇassa… brahmagaṇassa gaṇī, saṅghī gaṇī gaṇācariyo. ti upagato samupagato samupapanno saṅkassanagaranti – tusitā gaṇimāgato.
因此,具寿舍利弗说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha thero sāriputto –
“我以前从未见过,”具寿舍利弗如是说,
“也从不曾听任何人说起。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na me diṭṭho ito pubbe, [iccāyasmā sāriputto] Na suto uda kassaci; Evaṃ vagguvado satthā, tusitā gaṇimāgato’’ti.
这也就是有天的世间、有魔的世间、有梵的世间,以及有沙门、婆罗门、天、人的众生——也就是‘有天的世间’之义。显示巴利原文
ti sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāyāti – sadevakassa lokassa.
犹如天人在三十三天波利质多树下的黄毡石座上,见到世尊安坐说法,人们也这样得见;犹如人们得见,天人也这样得见。犹如在天人处显现,在人间也这样显现;犹如在人间显现,在天人处也这样显现。具眼者便是以这众多方式被看见的。再者,正如有些沙门、婆罗门自身未得调伏,却表现出调伏的样子;不寂静,却表现出寂静的样子;未平息,却表现出平息的样子;未入寂灭,却表现出已入寂灭的样子。显示巴利原文
ti yathā bhagavantaṃ tāvatiṃsabhavane pāricchattakamūle paṇḍukambalasilāyaṃ nisinnaṃ dhammaṃ desentaṃ devatā passanti tathā manussā passanti . Yathā manussā passanti tathā devatā passanti. Yathā devānaṃ dissati tathā manussānaṃ dissati. Yathā manussānaṃ dissati tathā devānaṃ dissatīti. Evampi yathā dissati cakkhumā. Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā adantā dantavaṇṇena dissanti, asantā santavaṇṇena dissanti, anupasantā upasantavaṇṇena dissanti, anibbutā nibbutavaṇṇena dissanti.
犹如仿制的泥耳环,又如镀了金的半铜钱;
有人带着随从游行世间,外表光鲜,内心却不净。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Patirūpako mattikākuṇḍalova, lohaḍḍhamāsova suvaṇṇachanno; Caranti loke parivārachannā, anto asuddhā bahi sobhamānā’’ti .
世尊并非那样被看见。世尊以真实、如实、真正、如理、无颠倒之体性,已调伏故显现调伏之相,已寂止故显现寂止之相,已平息故显现平息之相,已寂灭故显现寂灭之相。而且,佛陀世尊们的威仪非由造作,誓愿已达圆满。明眼者正是这样看见的。显示巴利原文
Na bhagavā evaṃ dissati. Bhagavā bhūtena tacchena tathena yāthāvena aviparītena sabhāvena danto dantavaṇṇena dissati, santo santavaṇṇena dissati, upasanto upasantavaṇṇena dissati, nibbuto nibbutavaṇṇena dissati, akappitairiyāpathā ca buddhā bhagavanto paṇidhisampannāti. Evampi yathā dissati cakkhumā.
还有,世尊以清净的声誉、广被称扬的名号,在龙界、金翅鸟界、夜叉界、阿修罗界、乾达婆界、四大王天界、帝释天界、梵天界及诸天界中,被称叹为“如是者”“如彼者”,乃至更胜于此。有眼者正是如此得见世尊。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhagavā visuddhasaddo gatakittisaddasiloko nāgabhavane ca supaṇṇabhavane ca yakkhabhavane ca asurabhavane ca gandhabbabhavane ca mahārājabhavane ca indabhavane ca brahmabhavane ca devabhavane ca ediso ca tādiso ca tato ca bhiyyoti. Evampi yathā dissati cakkhumā.
还有,世尊具足十力、四无畏、四无碍解、六神通、六种佛陀法,以其威光、力量、德行、精进与智慧,而为人们所见、所知、所觉了。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhagavā dasahi balehi samannāgato, catūhi vesārajjehi, catūhi paṭisambhidāhi, chahi abhiññāhi, chahi buddhadhammehi, tejena ca balena ca guṇena ca vīriyena ca paññāya ca dissati ñāyati paññāyati.
善良的人在远处也显耀,如同喜马拉雅山;不善良的人虽近在眼前却不可见,恰似暗夜中射出的箭。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dūre santo pakāsenti, himavantova pabbato; Asantettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā’’ti. Evampi yathā dissati cakkhumā.
世尊以五种眼为明眼者:以肉眼为明眼者,以天眼为明眼者,以慧眼为明眼者,以佛眼为明眼者,以一切眼为明眼者。显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumā – maṃsacakkhunāpi cakkhumā, dibbacakkhunāpi cakkhumā, paññācakkhunāpi cakkhumā, buddhacakkhunāpi cakkhumā, samantacakkhunāpi cakkhumā.
世尊如何以肉眼而为明眼者?世尊的肉眼中具足五种色泽:青、黄、红、黑、白。世尊的眼睫毛所附之处呈青色,青净明澈,悦目可爱,宛如亚麻花。其外围呈黄色,纯净金黄,悦目可爱,宛如迦尼迦罗花。世尊两眼的内角呈红色,极为鲜明,悦目可爱,宛如胭脂虫。中间呈黑色,深黑纯净,不粗糙,清净悦目,宛如黑曜石。其外呈白色,极白明净,白光闪耀,悦目可爱,宛如启明星。世尊以此寻常肉眼,自身所属、往昔善行之果,昼夜均能明见周围一由旬。纵使四种黑暗同时出现:太阳已落山,正值黑半月布萨日,密林幽深,又有大黑云涌起,在此四支黑暗之中,他依然能明见周围一由旬。墙壁、门户、围墙、高山、灌木、藤蔓,皆不能障碍他见色。若将一粒芝麻作上标记,投入满满一车芝麻当中,他也能将其取出。世尊的寻常肉眼便是如此清净。世尊即以此肉眼而为明眼者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā maṃsacakkhunāpi cakkhumā? Maṃsacakkhumhi bhagavato pañca vaṇṇā saṃvijjanti – nīlo ca vaṇṇo, pītako ca vaṇṇo, lohitako ca vaṇṇo, kaṇho ca vaṇṇo, odāto ca vaṇṇo. Akkhilomāni ca bhagavato. Yattha ca akkhilomāni patiṭṭhitāni taṃ nīlaṃ hoti sunīlaṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ umāpupphasamānaṃ. Tassa parato pītakaṃ hoti supītakaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ kaṇikārapupphasamānaṃ. Ubhato akkhikūṭāni bhagavato lohitakāni honti sulohitakāni pāsādikāni dassaneyyāni indagopakasamānāni. Majjhe kaṇhaṃ hoti sukaṇhaṃ alūkhaṃ suddhaṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ addāriṭṭhakasamānaṃ. Tassa parato odātaṃ hoti suodātaṃ setaṃ paṇḍaraṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ osadhitārakasamānaṃ . Tena bhagavā pākatikena maṃsacakkhunā attabhāvapariyāpannena purimasucaritakammābhinibbattena samantā yojanaṃ passati divā ceva rattiñca. Yadāpi caturaṅgasamannāgato andhakāro hoti sūriyo ca atthaṅgato hoti ; kāḷapakkho ca uposatho hoti, tibbo ca vanasaṇḍo hoti, mahā ca kāḷamegho abbhuṭṭhito hoti. Evarūpepi caturaṅgasamannāgate andhakāre samantā yojanaṃ passati. Natthi so kuṭṭo vā kavāṭaṃ vā pākāro vā pabbato vā gaccho vā latā vā āvaraṇaṃ rūpānaṃ dassanāya. Ekañce tilaphalaṃ nimittaṃ katvā tilavāhe pakkhipeyya, taññeva tilaphalaṃ uddhareyya. Evaṃ parisuddhaṃ bhagavato pākatikamaṃsacakkhu. Evaṃ bhagavā maṃsacakkhunāpi cakkhumā.
世尊如何以天眼而为具眼者?世尊以清净、超胜人间的天眼,见众生死亡与受生,或劣或胜,或美或丑,或善趣或恶趣;了知众生随其业力而流转——'这些众生具足身恶行、语恶行、意恶行,诽谤圣者,持邪见,造作邪见之业,身坏命终后,生于苦处、恶趣、堕处、地狱;或是这些众生具足身善行、语善行、意善行,不诽谤圣者,具正见,造作正见之业,身坏命终后,生于善趣、天界。'如此,以清净、超胜人间的天眼,见众生死亡与受生,或劣或胜,或美或丑,或善趣或恶趣;了知众生随其业力而流转。若世尊愿意,能见一个世界,能见两个世界,能见三个世界,能见四个世界,能见五个世界,能见十个世界,能见二十个世界,能见三十个世界,能见四十个世界,能见五十个世界,能见一百个世界,乃至小千世界、二千中千世界、三千世界、大千世界,凡所愿见,皆能见之。世尊的天眼便是如此清净。如是,世尊以此天眼而为具眼者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā dibbena cakkhunāpi cakkhumā? Bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate; yathākammūpage satte pajānāti – ‘‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate; yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Ākaṅkhamāno ca bhagavā ekampi lokadhātuṃ passeyya, dvepi lokadhātuyo passeyya, tissopi lokadhātuyo passeyya, catassopi lokadhātuyo passeyya, pañcapi lokadhātuyo passeyya, dasapi lokadhātuyo passeyya, vīsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, tiṃsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, cattālīsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, paññāsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, satampi lokadhātuṃ passeyya, sahassimpi cūḷanikaṃ lokadhātuṃ passeyya, dvisahassimpi majjhimikaṃ lokadhātuṃ passeyya, tisahassimpi lokadhātuṃ passeyya, mahāsahassimpi lokadhātuṃ passeyya, yāvatakaṃ pana ākaṅkheyya tāvatakaṃ passeyya. Evaṃ parisuddhaṃ bhagavato dibbacakkhu. Evaṃ bhagavā dibbena cakkhunāpi cakkhumā.
世尊如何以智慧眼而为具眼者?世尊有大智慧、广博智慧、敏慧、捷慧、利慧、洞彻慧,善巧于智慧的种种判别,已断除无明,证得四无碍解,具足四无所畏,持十力,是伟丈夫、人中之狮、人中之龙、人中良骏、人中健儿,有无限之智、无限之光、无限之誉,是富足者、大财者、具财者,是引导者、教化者、开解者、阐明者、省察者、鼓舞者、令欢喜者。世尊是未生起之道的生起者,未出现之道的出现者,未宣说之道的宣说者,是知道者、了解道者、善巧于道者;而如今,弟子们随道而行,后来而得具足。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā paññācakkhunāpi cakkhumā? Bhagavā mahāpañño puthupañño hāsapañño javanapañño tikkhapañño nibbedhikapañño paññāpabhedakusalo pabhinnañāṇo adhigatapaṭisambhido catuvesārajjappatto dasabaladhārī purisāsabho purisasīho purisanāgo purisājañño purisadhorayho anantañāṇo anantatejo anantayaso aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavā netā vinetā anunetā paññapetā nijjhāpetā pekkhetā pasādetā. So hi bhagavā anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā, maggaññū maggavidū maggakovido maggānugā ca pana etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchā samannāgatā.
世尊能知而遍了知,能见而遍见。他是眼、是智、是法、是梵,是说法者、转法轮者、义利的导引者、不死的施与者、法主、如来。对于世尊,没有什么是未知、未见、未解、未证、智慧未触及的。过去、未来、现在的一切法,以一切行相,悉皆呈现在佛陀世尊的智门之前。凡是应知——即应当了知的:不论自利、利他,抑或自他二利;不论现世利益、来世利益;不论浅显的义理、深奥的义理,隐秘的义理、被覆藏的义理,应被引导而知的义理、已被引导而知的义理,无过失的义理、无烦恼的义理、清净的义理、最高究竟的义理——所有这一切,都在佛陀的智慧之内运转。显示巴利原文
So hi bhagavā jānaṃ jānāti, passaṃ passati, cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato. Natthi tassa bhagavato aññātaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ aviditaṃ asacchikataṃ aphassitaṃ paññāya. Atītaṃ anāgataṃ paccuppannaṃ upādāya sabbe dhammā sabbākārena buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchanti. Yaṃ kiñci neyyaṃ nāma atthi jānitabbaṃ attattho vā, parattho vā, ubhayattho vā, diṭṭhadhammiko vā attho, samparāyiko vā attho, uttāno vā attho, gambhīro vā attho, gūḷho vā attho, paṭicchanno vā attho, neyyo vā attho, nīto vā attho, anavajjo vā attho, nikkileso vā attho, vodāno vā attho, paramattho vā attho, sabbaṃ taṃ antobuddhañāṇe parivattati.
佛陀世尊的智慧于过去无有障碍,于未来无有障碍,于现在无有障碍。佛陀世尊所有身业,皆随智慧而转;所有语业……所有意业,佛陀世尊亦皆随智慧而转。有多少应知之境,便有多少智慧;有多少智慧,便有多少应知之境。智慧以应知之境为边际,应知之境以智慧为边际。超越应知之境,智慧便不运转;超越智慧,应知之境的范围亦不存在。这二法互以对方为边际而确立。正如两个严丝合缝、互相紧扣的匣盖,下匣不超于上匣,上匣亦不超于下匣,两者互以对方为边际。同样,佛陀世尊的应知之境与智慧,亦如是以对方为边际而确立。有多少应知之境,便有多少智慧;有多少智慧,便有多少应知之境。智慧以应知之境为边际,应知之境以智慧为边际。超越应知之境,智慧便不运转;超越智慧,应知之境的范围亦不存在。这二法即是这样互以对方为边际而确立。显示巴利原文
Atīte buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, anāgate appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, paccuppanne appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ. Sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇānuparivatti. Sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ… sabbaṃ manokammaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇānuparivatti. Yāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ tāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ; neyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇaṃ, ñāṇapariyantikaṃ neyyaṃ; neyyaṃ atikkamitvā ñāṇaṃ nappavattati, ñāṇaṃ atikkamitvā neyyapatho natthi; aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino te dhammā. Yathā dvinnaṃ samuggapaṭalānaṃ sammāphusitānaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ samuggapaṭalaṃ uparimaṃ nātivattati, uparimaṃ samuggapaṭalaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ nātivattati, aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino; evamevaṃ buddhassa bhagavato neyyañca ñāṇañca aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino . Yāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ tāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ, neyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇaṃ, ñāṇapariyantikaṃ neyyaṃ; neyyaṃ atikkamitvā ñāṇaṃ na pavattati, ñāṇaṃ atikkamitvā neyyapatho natthi; aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino te dhammā.
于一切法,佛陀世尊的智慧皆悉运转。一切法于佛陀世尊,皆系于注意、系于希望、系于作意、系于心念生起。于一切众生,佛陀世尊的智慧皆悉运转。世尊了知一切众生的习性、潜在倾向、性格、意乐,并明辨他们是尘垢微薄还是尘垢深厚,是根器猛利还是根器迟钝,是品质善好还是品质下劣,是易受调教还是难予调教,是有堪能证悟还是无所堪能。含摄天、魔、梵的世间,与沙门、婆罗门、天、人等众,一切皆在佛陀的智慧中运转。显示巴利原文
Sabbadhammesu buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Sabbe dhammā buddhassa bhagavato āvajjanapaṭibaddhā ākaṅkhapaṭibaddhā manasikārapaṭibaddhā cittuppādapaṭibaddhā. Sabbasattesu buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ bhagavā āsayaṃ jānāti, anusayaṃ jānāti, caritaṃ jānāti, adhimuttiṃ jānāti, apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye bhabbābhabbe satte pajānāti. Sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā antobuddhañāṇe parivattati.
正如一切鱼与龟,乃至体型最巨的鲸鱼,其活动也不出大海的范围;同样,包含诸天、魔罗与梵天的世间,以及沙门、婆罗门、诸天与人类等一切众生,其活动也不出佛陀智慧的范围。正如一切鸟类,乃至最大的金翅鸟王,其活动也不出虚空的一隅;同样,那些智慧与舍利弗相当的人,他们的智慧也不出佛陀智慧的一隅。佛陀的智慧,超越诸天与人类的智慧,以压倒之势,稳固安住。显示巴利原文
Yathā ye keci macchakacchapā antamaso timitimiṅgalaṃ upādāya antomahāsamudde parivattanti; evameva sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā antobuddhañāṇe parivattati. Yathā ye keci pakkhī antamaso garuḷaṃ venateyyaṃ upādāya ākāsassa padese parivattanti; evameva yepi te sāriputtasamā paññāya tepi buddhañāṇassa padese parivattanti . Buddhañāṇaṃ devamanussānaṃ paññaṃ pharitvā abhibhavitvā tiṭṭhatiyeva.
为何说世尊以佛眼而成为有眼者?世尊以佛眼观察世间,见诸众生:有尘垢微少者,有尘垢深厚者;有根器敏锐者,有根器迟钝者;有禀赋优良者,有禀赋低劣者;有易教导者,有难教导者;又有见后世罪过怖畏而住者,亦有不见后世罪过怖畏而住者。譬如有青莲花池、红莲花池或白莲花池,其中有些青莲、红莲、白莲生于水中、长于水中、自水中抽茎而起,沉没于水下而受滋养;有些青莲、红莲、白莲生于水中、长于水中,与水面齐平而住;有些青莲、红莲、白莲生于水中、长于水中,高出水面而住,不为水所沾染。同样地,世尊以佛眼观察世间,见诸众生:有尘垢微少者……(中略)……亦有不见后世罪过怖畏而住者。世尊了知:“此人是贪行者,此人是瞋行者,此人是痴行者,此人是寻思行者,此人是信行者,此人是智行者。”对于贪行者,世尊为其开示不净之教法;对于瞋行者,世尊为其讲授慈心修习;对于痴行者,世尊令其安住于背诵、发问、适时闻法、适时讨论法义及亲近善知识;对于寻思行者,世尊为其讲授入出息念;对于信行者,世尊为其讲授能令生起净信的所缘,即佛陀的善觉、法的善说、僧团的善行道以及自身的戒;对于智行者,世尊为其讲授毗婆舍那的所缘,即无常相、苦相、无我相。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunāpi cakkhumā? Bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante appekacce naparalokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakaṃ accuggamma tiṭṭhanti anupalittāni udakena; evamevaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante appekacce naparalokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante. Jānāti bhagavā – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo rāgacarito, ayaṃ dosacarito, ayaṃ mohacarito, ayaṃ vitakkacarito, ayaṃ saddhācarito, ayaṃ ñāṇacarito’’ti. Rāgacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa asubhakathaṃ katheti; dosacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa mettābhāvanaṃ ācikkhati; mohacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa uddese paripucchāya kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya garusaṃvāse niveseti; vitakkacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa ānāpānassatiṃ ācikkhati; saddhācaritassa bhagavā puggalassa pasādanīyaṃ nimittaṃ ācikkhati buddhasubodhiṃ dhammasudhammataṃ saṅghasuppaṭipattiṃ sīlāni ca attano; ñāṇacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa vipassanānimittaṃ ācikkhati aniccākāraṃ dukkhākāraṃ anattākāraṃ.
如同有人立于山顶的岩石上,能望见四方的人群;
智者,您正是如此,登上法所成的楼阁,成为遍眼者;
您已远离忧愁,请看看那些陷溺于忧、被生老所制伏的人们吧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato; Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha, pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko, avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūta’’nti.
世尊正是这样,以佛眼而成为具眼者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunāpi cakkhumā.
世尊如何以全眼而为具眼者?“全眼”即是所谓的一切知智。世尊于此一切知智,具足圆满,完全成就。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā samantacakkhunāpi cakkhumā? Samantacakkhu vuccati sabbaññutañāṇaṃ. Bhagavā sabbaññutañāṇena upeto samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato.
于此世间,无有他未曾见的事物,也无有他未了知、或应知而未曾了知的事情;
如来遍知一切所应了知,是故,他被称为具足全眼者。
就这样,世尊因具足一切眼,也被称为“有眼者”——正如眼目明亮者被认出那样。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na tassa adiṭṭhamidhatthi kiñci, atho aviññātamajānitabbaṃ; Sabbaṃ abhiññāsi yadatthi neyyaṃ, tathāgato tena samantacakkhū’’ti. Evaṃ bhagavā samantacakkhunāpi cakkhumāti – yathā dissati cakkhumā.
也就是将这一切贪欲的黑暗、嗔恨的黑暗、愚痴的黑暗、我慢的黑暗、邪见的黑暗、烦恼的黑暗、恶行的黑暗——这些令人目盲、失明、无知、摧坏智慧、招致破坏、不导向涅槃的——全部驱除、驱散、舍弃、断除、消除、灭尽,令它们不复存在。如是,驱尽了一切黑暗。显示巴利原文
ti sabbaṃ rāgatamaṃ dosatamaṃ mohatamaṃ mānatamaṃ diṭṭhitamaṃ kilesatamaṃ duccaritatamaṃ andhakaraṇaṃ acakkhukaraṇaṃ aññāṇakaraṇaṃ paññānirodhikaṃ vighātapakkhikaṃ anibbānasaṃvattanikaṃ nuditvā panuditvā jahitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – sabbaṃ tamaṃ vinodetvā.
就这样,世尊以出家而称为独一者,以无伴侣而称为独一者,以断除渴爱而称为独一者,以完全离贪而称为独一者,以完全离嗔而称为独一者,以完全离痴而称为独一者,以完全断尽烦恼而称为独一者,以行于唯一道路而称为独一者,以证悟无上正自觉而称为独一者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhagavā pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko, adutiyaṭṭhena eko, taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko, ekantavītarāgoti eko, ekantavītadosoti eko, ekantavītamohoti eko, ekantanikkilesoti eko, ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko, anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
世尊如何以出家而成为独一者?世尊正值青春年少,头发乌黑,处于人生美好的韶华之初,就不顾父母的不情愿,不顾他们泪流满面、哭泣哀号,舍离了亲族,断除了一切居家生活的系缚,断除了妻儿的系缚,断除了亲属的系缚,断除了朋友与同僚的系缚,断除了财物积储的系缚。他剃除须发,披上袈裟,从在家生活出家,进入无家的生活,达到了无所有,独自行动、安住、往来、运作、守护、延续生命。就这样,世尊以出家成为独一者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko? Bhagavā daharova samāno susu kāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā akāmakānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ assumukhānaṃ rudantānaṃ vilapantānaṃ ñātisaṅghaṃ pahāya sabbaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhaṃ chinditvā puttadārapalibodhaṃ chinditvā ñātipalibodhaṃ chinditvā mittāmaccapalibodhaṃ chinditvā sannidhipalibodhaṃ chinditvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā akiñcanabhāvaṃ upagantvā eko carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti – evaṃ bhagavā pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko.
世尊如何以无有伴侣而成为独一者?他如此出家之后,便独自前往森林、密林、偏僻、音声稀少、全无喧杂、远离人烟、适宜独处的住所。他独自行走,独自前行,独自站立,独自坐下,独自躺卧,独自进入村落乞食,独自返回,独自在静处坐下,独自经行。他独自行动、安住、往来、运作、守护、延续生命。就这样,世尊以无有伴侣成为独一者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā adutiyaṭṭhena eko? So evaṃ pabbajito samāno eko araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. So eko carati, eko gacchati, eko tiṭṭhati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, eko paṭikkamati, eko raho nisīdati, eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, eko carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti – evaṃ bhagavā adutiyaṭṭhena eko.
世尊如何以断除渴爱而成为独一者?他这般独自、无有第二者,不放逸、勇猛精勤、意志坚定地安住,在尼连禅河畔的菩提树下修习大精进,击溃了率领魔军的黑魔——那牟支,亦即放逸者的亲族;他舍断、驱除、灭尽、令其不复存在的是那如网般铺展、粘着的渴爱。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko? So evaṃ eko adutiyo appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle mahāpadhānaṃ padahanto māraṃ sasenaṃ kaṇhaṃ namuciṃ pamattabandhuṃ vidhamitvā taṇhājāliniṃ visaritaṃ visattikaṃ pajahasi vinodesi byantiṃ akāsi anabhāvaṃ gamesi.
“以渴爱为伴的人,在漫漫轮回中流转;
从一种存在到另一种存在,他无法超越轮回。”
“了知此过患,了知渴爱是苦的根源;
比丘应离渴爱、不执取,具念游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhānasaṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ , saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. ‘‘Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, taṇhaṃ dukkhassa sambhavaṃ; Vītataṇho anādāno, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti.
世尊正是以舍断渴爱而为独住者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko.
世尊何以是究竟离欲者,而为独一?因贪已断,故为究竟离欲者,是独一;因瞋已断,故为究竟离瞋者,是独一;因痴已断,故为究竟离痴者,是独一;因一切烦恼已断,故为究竟无烦恼者,是独一。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā ekantavītarāgoti eko? Rāgassa pahīnattā ekantavītarāgoti eko, dosassa pahīnattā ekantavītadosoti eko, mohassa pahīnattā ekantavītamohoti eko, kilesānaṃ pahīnattā ekantanikkilesoti eko.
世尊如何是已行一乘道者,故而为独一?所谓一乘道,即四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko? Ekāyanamaggo vuccati cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.
他彻见生灭的尽头,了知那一乘之道,出于利益与哀愍,
过去依此道渡过了瀑流,未来将依此道渡过瀑流,现在正依此道渡过瀑流。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ekāyanaṃ jātikhayantadassī, maggaṃ pajānāti hitānukampī; Etena maggena tariṃsu pubbe, tarissanti ye ca taranti ogha’’nti.
世尊正是如此,已行于一乘道,故为独一。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko.
为何世尊是独自无师,证悟无上正自觉,故称独一?所谓菩提,即是觉悟,指四道中的智慧、慧根、慧力、择法觉支、审查、观照、正见。世尊依此菩提智觉悟:“一切行悉皆无常”,觉悟:“一切行悉皆是苦”,觉悟:“一切法悉皆无我”;觉悟:“以无明为缘而有行”……乃至……觉悟:“以生为缘而有老死”;觉悟:“无明灭则行灭”……乃至……觉悟:“生灭则老死灭”;觉悟:“此是苦”,觉悟:“此是苦之集”,觉悟:“此是苦之灭”,觉悟:“此是趣向苦灭之道”;觉悟:“这些是烦恼”……乃至……觉悟:“此是趣向烦恼灭尽之道”;觉悟:“这些法应当遍知”……觉悟:“他们法应当断除”……觉悟:“他们法应当修习”……觉悟:“他们法应当证悟”;他觉悟六触处的集起、灭去、乐味、过患与出离;觉悟五取蕴的集起、灭去、乐味、过患与出离;觉悟四大的集起、灭去、乐味、过患与出离;觉悟:“凡是具有集起性质的法,皆具有灭尽的性质。”显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā eko anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko? Bodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo vīmaṃsā vipassanā sammādiṭṭhi. Bhagavā tena bodhiñāṇena ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti bujjhi…pe… ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti bujjhi; ‘‘avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’ti bujjhi…pe… ‘‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’ti bujjhi; ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti bujjhi; ‘‘ime āsavā’’ti bujjhi…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti bujjhi; ‘‘ime dhammā pariññeyyā’’ti bujjhi… pahātabbāti… bhāvetabbāti… sacchikātabbāti bujjhi, channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca bujjhi, pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca bujjhi, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca bujjhi, ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti bujjhi.
再者,凡是应当了知、应当随了知、应当通达、应当正了知、应当体证、应当触达、应当现证的,这一切他都依觉悟智而了知、随了知、通达、正了知、正等觉、体证、触达、现证。世尊正是如此独自一人,证悟无上正自觉,故为独一。显示巴利原文
Atha vā yaṃ kiñci bujjhitabbaṃ anubujjhitabbaṃ paṭibujjhitabbaṃ sambujjhitabbaṃ adhigantabbaṃ phassitabbaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ tena bodhiñāṇena bujjhi anubujjhi paṭibujjhi sambujjhi sammābujjhi adhigacchi phassesi sacchākāsi. Evaṃ bhagavā eko anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
意思是:他体证了、圆满地体证了、彻证了、触及了、亲自作证了出离之乐、远离之乐、寂止之乐、正觉之乐——他独自证得了此乐。
显示巴利原文 ti. nti nekkhammaratiṃ vivekaratiṃ upasamaratiṃ sambodhiratiṃ ajjhagā samajjhagā adhigacchi phassesi sacchākāsīti – ekova ratimajjhagā.
因此,舍利弗长老说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha thero sāriputto –
对于包括诸天在内的世间,有眼者照见其本来面目;
驱散一切黑暗之后,他独自证得了此乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sadevakassa lokassa, yathā dissati cakkhumā; Sabbaṃ tamaṃ vinodetvā, ekova ratimajjhagā’’ti.
其义为:彼世尊是自生者、无师而悟,于此前从未听闻过的法上,亲自完全觉悟了真理,于此中证得一切智,于诸力中得至自在。‘佛陀’是何含义?觉悟真理,故为佛陀;使众生觉悟,故为佛陀;因一切智而为佛陀;因洞见一切而为佛陀;因不须他人引导而为佛陀;因绽放而为佛陀;以漏尽之义而为佛陀;以无烦恼之义而为佛陀;绝对离贪者,故为佛陀;绝对离嗔者,故为佛陀;绝对离痴者,故为佛陀;绝对无烦恼者,故为佛陀;行于唯一之道者,故为佛陀;独自一人对无上正自觉完全觉悟者,故为佛陀;由破无觉悟、证得觉悟,故为佛陀。‘佛陀’此名,非母亲所起,非父亲所起,非兄弟所起,非姊妹所起,非朋友同僚所起,非亲戚血亲所起,非沙门婆罗门所起,亦非诸天所起。这是诸佛、诸世尊在觉悟之树下,随一切智之智的证得而亲自作证的终极解脱施设,即所谓‘佛陀’——此即是佛陀。‘依赖’有两种:渴爱的依赖和邪见的依赖。什么是渴爱的依赖?凡依渴爱所划定的界限、范围、边际而执取、据为己有者——这是我的,这是我的,这般程度是我的,这般范畴是我的;我的色、声、香、味、触;铺盖、衣物、婢仆奴隶、山羊绵羊、鸡与猪、象牛马驴;田地、宅地、金银钱财;村落、市镇、王都、国土与地方、府库与仓廪;乃至整个大地,皆因渴爱之力而据为己有。凡此一百零八种渴爱之所行——这便是渴爱的依赖。显示巴利原文
nti. ti yo so bhagavā sayambhū anācariyako pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu sāmaṃ saccāni abhisambujjhi, tattha ca sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇi , balesu ca vasībhāvaṃ pāpuṇi. ti kenaṭṭhena buddho? Bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho, sabbaññutāya buddho, sabbadassāvitāya buddho, anaññaneyyatāya buddho, visavitāya buddho, khīṇāsavasaṅkhātena buddho, nirupakkilesasaṅkhātena buddho, ekantavītarāgoti buddho, ekantavītadosoti buddho, ekantavītamohoti buddho, ekantanikkilesoti buddho, ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti buddho, eko anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti buddho, abuddhivihatattā buddhipaṭilābhattā buddho. Buddhoti netaṃ mātarā kataṃ na pitarā kataṃ, na bhātarā kataṃ, na bhaginiyā kataṃ, na mittāmaccehi kataṃ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ, na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ, na devatāhi kataṃ. Vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutañāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ buddhoti – taṃ buddhaṃ. nti dve nissayā – taṇhānissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca. Katamo taṇhānissayo? Yāva taṇhāsaṅkhātena sīmakataṃ odhikataṃ pariyantakataṃ pariggahitaṃ mamāyitaṃ – idaṃ mama, etaṃ mama, ettakaṃ mama, ettāvatā mama, mama rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā, attharaṇā pāvuraṇā dāsidāsā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā hatthigavāssavaḷavā, khettaṃ vatthuṃ hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ, gāmanigamarājadhāniyo raṭṭhañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca, kevalampi mahāpathaviṃ taṇhāvasena mamāyati, yāvatā aṭṭhasataṃ taṇhāvicaritaṃ – ayaṃ taṇhānissayo.
什么是见依赖?即依二十种事而有的有身见,依十种事而有的邪见,依十种事而有的边执见。凡是像这样的见、见趣、见稠林、见荒野、见扭曲、见动摇、见结缚、执取、领受、固著、把捉、邪道、歧途、邪性、外道依处、颠倒执、错误执、迷乱执、邪执——‘于不真实中执为真实’,乃至六十二见趣——这称为见依赖。显示巴利原文
Katamo diṭṭhinissayo? Vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā antaggāhikā diṭṭhi. Yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigataṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāro diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaññojanaṃ gāho paṭiggāho abhiniveso parāmāso kummaggo micchāpatho micchattaṃ titthāyatanaṃ vipariyāsaggāho viparītaggāho vipallāsaggāho micchāgāho ‘‘ayāthāvakasmiṃ yāthāvaka’’nti gāho yāvatā dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni – ayaṃ diṭṭhinissayo.
佛陀世尊,渴爱之依已断,见之依已舍;由渴爱依断、见依舍故,世尊于眼无所依,于耳、鼻、舌、身、意无所依;于色、声、香、味、触、法,于家族、群体、住处、利养、名声、称赞、快乐、衣服、施食、卧坐处、病缘医药资具,于欲界、色界、无色界,于欲有、色有、无色有,于想有、无想有、非想非非想有,于一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有,于过去、未来、现在,于所见、所闻、所觉、所识之法——不依、不附、不粘、不近、不耽、不注,已出离、已脱离、已完全解脱、离系,以无界心而住。此即无依之佛陀。显示巴利原文
Buddhassa bhagavato taṇhānissayo pahīno, diṭṭhinissayo paṭinissaṭṭho; taṇhānissayassa pahīnattā diṭṭhinissayassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā bhagavā cakkhuṃ asito, sotaṃ… ghānaṃ… jivhaṃ… kāyaṃ… manaṃ asito, rūpe… sadde… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… kulaṃ… gaṇaṃ… āvāsaṃ… lābhaṃ… yasaṃ… pasaṃsaṃ… sukhaṃ… cīvaraṃ… piṇḍapātaṃ… senāsanaṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ… kāmadhātuṃ… rūpadhātuṃ… arūpadhātuṃ … kāmabhavaṃ… rūpabhavaṃ… arūpabhavaṃ… saññābhavaṃ… asaññābhavaṃ… nevasaññānāsaññābhavaṃ… ekavokārabhavaṃ… catuvokārabhavaṃ… pañcavokārabhavaṃ… atītaṃ… anāgataṃ… paccuppannaṃ… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbe dhamme asito anissito anallīno anupagato anajjhosito anadhimutto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – taṃ buddhaṃ asitaṃ.
世尊由五种行相而为如如者:于可意不可意,是如如者;已舍故,是如如者;已越故,是如如者;已脱故,是如如者;依其所说,是如如者。显示巴利原文
nti bhagavā pañcahākārehi tādī – iṭṭhāniṭṭhe tādī, cattāvīti tādī, tiṇṇāvīti tādī, muttāvīti tādī, taṃniddesā tādī.
世尊云何于可意不可意为如如者?世尊于得利时是如如者,于失利时是如如者;于有名声时是如如者,于无名声时是如如者;于称赞时是如如者,于讥毁时是如如者;于快乐时是如如者,于痛苦时是如如者。纵或以香涂其手臂,或以刀削其手臂,于前者无贪,于后者无瞋;彼已断尽随顺与反感,超越褒扬与贬抑,越过顺从与违逆。世尊正是这样于可意不可意为如如者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā iṭṭhāniṭṭhe tādī? Bhagavā lābhepi tādī, alābhepi tādī, yasepi tādī, ayasepi tādī, pasaṃsāyapi tādī nindāyapi tādī, sukhepi tādī, dukkhepi tādī; ekacce bāhaṃ gandhena limpeyyuṃ, ekacce bāhaṃ vāsiyā taccheyyuṃ, amukasmiṃ natthi rāgo , amukasmiṃ natthi paṭighaṃ, anunayapaṭighavippahīno ugghātinigghātivītivatto anurodhavirodhaṃ samatikkanto. Evaṃ bhagavā iṭṭhāniṭṭhe tādī.
世尊怎样是在已舍弃上恒常如如者呢?世尊已舍弃、已吐弃、已解除、已断除、已脱离贪;嗔、痴,忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、顽固、好斗、慢、过慢、骄逸、放逸,一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切畏惧、一切热恼、一切炽然、一切不善行,皆已舍弃、吐弃、解除、断除、脱离。世尊就是这样在已舍弃上恒常如如者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā cattāvīti tādī? Bhagavatā rāgo catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho, doso…pe… moho… kodho… upanāho… makkho… paḷāso… issā… macchariyaṃ… māyā… sāṭheyyaṃ… thambho… sārambho… māno… atimāno… mado… pamādo… sabbe kilesā… sabbe duccaritā… sabbe darathā… sabbe pariḷāhā… sabbe santāpā … sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā cattā vantā muttā pahīnā paṭinissaṭṭhā. Evaṃ bhagavā cattāvīti tādī.
世尊作为已渡越的如如者,是怎样的呢?世尊已渡过欲流,已渡过有流,已渡过见流,已渡过无明流,已渡过一切轮回之道,已渡越、已超出、已出离、已超越、已最极超越、已度过。他已住于圆满的梵行,修行已然圆满,到达旅途的终点,到达方向的尽头,达到究竟,已守护梵行,获得最上之见,已修习道,已断除烦恼,证得不退转,现证灭尽。他已遍知苦,已断除集,已修习道,已现证灭。应证知的,他已证知;应遍知的,他已遍知;应断除的,他已断除;应修习的,他已修习;应现证的,他已现证。他已除去门闩,填平沟壕,拔除柱桩,解开闩锁,成为圣者,降下旗帜,卸下重担,离系,断除五下分结,具足六支,守护一,有四依止,舍离对真谛的偏执,息灭寻求,思惟无浊,身行已寂静,心善解脱,慧善解脱,成为完全者,住于梵行已竟,是无上士、最上士,已达最上成就。他不积蓄,也不减损;安住于不减损后,既不丢弃,也不执取;安住于丢弃后,既不缝织,也不积聚;安住于不积聚后,既不吹散,也不熏染;安住于吹散后,由于具足无学的戒蕴而安立,由于具足无学的定蕴而安立,由于具足无学的慧蕴而安立,由于具足无学的解脱蕴而安立,由于具足无学的解脱知见蕴而安立;安住于已履行真实,安住于超越动摇,安住于烧尽烦恼之火,安住于无所住著,安住于所作已办,安住于享受解脱,安住于慈心的清净,安住于悲心的清净,安住于喜心的清净,安住于舍心的清净,安住于究竟清净,安住于不以任何物为我的清净,安住于已解脱,安住于已满足,安住于蕴的边际,安住于界的边际,安住于处的边际,安住于趣的边际,安住于结生的边际,安住于有的边际,安住于轮回的边际,安住于流转的边际,安住于最后存在,安住于最后的聚集,安住于最后之身——这就是世尊。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā tiṇṇāvīti tādī? Bhagavā kāmoghaṃ tiṇṇo, bhavoghaṃ tiṇṇo, diṭṭhoghaṃ tiṇṇo, avijjoghaṃ tiṇṇo, sabbaṃ saṃsārapathaṃ tiṇṇo uttiṇṇo nittiṇṇo atikkanto samatikkanto vītivatto. So vuṭṭhavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo gataddho gatadiso gatakoṭiyo pālitabrahmacariyo uttamadiṭṭhippatto bhāvitamaggo pahīnakileso paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho. Dukkhaṃ tassa pariññātaṃ, samudayo pahīno, maggo bhāvito, nirodho sacchikato, abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ , pariññeyyaṃ pariññātaṃ, pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvitaṃ, sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikataṃ. So ukkhittapaḷigho saṃkiṇṇaparikkho abbūḷhesiko niraggaḷo ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaññutto pañcaṅgavippahīno chaḷaṅgasamannāgato ekārakkho caturāpasseno panuṇṇapaccekasacco samavayasaṭṭhesano anāvilasaṅkappo passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro suvimuttacitto suvimuttapañño kevalī vusitavā uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattippatto. So nevācinati, nāpacinati; apacinitvā ṭhito neva pajahati, na upādiyati; pajahitvā ṭhito neva saṃsibbati, na usineti; visinetvā ṭhito neva vidhūpeti, na sandhūpeti; vidhūpetvā ṭhito, asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgatattā ṭhito, asekhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgatattā ṭhito, asekhena paññākkhandhena samannāgatattā ṭhito, asekhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgatattā ṭhito, asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgatattā ṭhito, saccaṃ sampaṭipādiyitvā ṭhito, ejaṃ samatikkamitvā ṭhito, kilesaggiṃ pariyādiyitvā ṭhito, aparigamanatāya ṭhito, kaṭaṃ samādāya ṭhito, muttapaṭisevanatāya ṭhito, mettāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito, karuṇāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito, muditāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito, upekkhāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito, accantapārisuddhiyā ṭhito, atammayatāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito, vimuttattā ṭhito, santusitattā ṭhito, khandhapariyante ṭhito, dhātupariyante ṭhito, āyatanapariyante ṭhito, gatipariyante ṭhito, upapattipariyante ṭhito, paṭisandhipariyante ṭhito, bhavapariyante ṭhito, saṃsārapariyante ṭhito, vaṭṭapariyante ṭhito, antime bhave ṭhito, antime samussaye ṭhito, antimadehadharo bhagavā.
这是他的最后一生,这是最后的身躯;
于他,生死轮回已尽,不再有后有。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassāyaṃ pacchimako bhavo, carimoyaṃ samussayo; Jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavo’’ti.
因此,世尊被称为已渡越的如如者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā tiṇṇāvīti tādī.
世尊如何被称为已解脱的如如者呢?世尊的心,已从贪中解脱、脱离、彻底解脱;心已从嗔中……心已从痴中……从忿怒……从怨恨……从覆藏……从专横……从嫉妒……从悭吝……从虚伪……从狡诈……从固执……从执拗……从慢……从过慢……从骄逸……从放逸……从一切烦恼……从一切恶行……从一切障碍……从一切热恼……从一切煎熬……从一切不善造作中,解脱、脱离、彻底解脱。如此,世尊被称为已解脱的如如者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā muttāvīti tādī? Bhagavato rāgā cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ, dosā cittaṃ… mohā cittaṃ… kodhā… upanāhā… makkhā… paḷāsā… issāya… macchariyā… māyāya… sāṭheyyā… thambhā… sārambhā… mānā… atimānā… madā… pamādā… sabbakilesehi… sabbaduccaritehi… sabbadarathehi… sabbapariḷāhehi… sabbasantāpehi… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārehi cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ. Evaṃ bhagavā muttāvīti tādī.
世尊何以依其所说而称如如者?世尊因具足戒,故得“持戒者”之称,是即依其所说而成如如者;因具足信,故得“有信者”之称,是即依其所说而成如如者;因具足精进,故得“精进者”之称,是即依其所说而成如如者;因具足念,故得“具念者”之称,是即依其所说而成如如者;因具足定,故得“得定者”之称,是即依其所说而成如如者;因具足慧,故得“具慧者”之称,是即依其所说而成如如者;因具足明,故得“三明者”之称,是即依其所说而成如如者;因具足神通,故得“六神通者”之称,是即依其所说而成如如者;因具足十力,故得“十力者”之称,是即依其所说而成如如者。如是,世尊依其所说而成如如者。这便是那无依的佛陀,如如者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā taṃniddesā tādī? Bhagavā sīle sati sīlavāti taṃniddesā tādī, saddhāya sati saddhoti taṃniddesā tādī, vīriye sati vīriyavāti taṃniddesā tādī, satiyā sati satimāti taṃniddesā tādī, samādhismiṃ sati samāhitoti taṃniddesā tādī, paññāya sati paññavāti taṃniddesā tādī, vijjāya sati tevijjoti taṃniddesā tādī, abhiññāya sati chaḷabhiññoti taṃniddesā tādī, dasabale sati dasabaloti taṃniddesā tādī. Evaṃ bhagavā taṃniddesā tādīti – taṃ buddhaṃ asitaṃ tādiṃ.
有三种诡诈事:依受用资具所成的诡诈事,依举止仪态所成的诡诈事,依旁敲侧击语所成的诡诈事。显示巴利原文
nti. ti tīṇi kuhanavatthūni – paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu, iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu, sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
什么是称为资具受用的诡诈事?于此,诸居士以衣、食、卧坐处、病者所需药品资具邀请比丘,他是恶欲者、为欲所败、有所求者,为了对衣、食、卧坐处、病者所需药品资具的更多欲求,拒绝衣,拒绝食,拒绝卧坐处,拒绝病者所需药品资具。他如此说:「沙门要昂贵的衣做什么!这才适合:沙门应从冢间、或从垃圾堆、或从店铺拾取破布,做成僧伽梨后穿着。沙门要昂贵的食做什么!这才适合:沙门应以拾落穗行,以团食维生。沙门要昂贵的卧坐处做什么!这才适合:沙门应是树下住者、或冢间住者、或露地住者。沙门要昂贵的病者所需药品资具做什么!这才适合:沙门应以腐尿、或诃梨勒碎片作药。」依此,他穿着粗陋的衣,受用粗陋的食,使用粗陋的卧坐处,使用粗陋的病者所需药品资具。诸居士如此知道:「这位沙门是少欲者、知足者、远离者、不混杂者、已发勤精进者、说头陀者。」他们一再以衣、食、卧坐处、病者所需药品资具邀请。他如此说:「由于三者的现前,有信的善男子产生许多福德,由于信的现前,有信的善男子产生许多福德,由于施物的现前,有信的善男子产生许多福德,由于应供养者的现前,有信的善男子产生许多福德。你们既有此信,施物也存在,我是受取者。如果我不受取,如此你显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idha gahapatikā bhikkhuṃ nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi. So pāpiccho icchāpakato atthiko cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ bhiyyokamyataṃ upādāya cīvaraṃ paccakkhāti, piṇḍapātaṃ paccakkhāti, senāsanaṃ paccakkhāti, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paccakkhāti. So evamāha – ‘‘kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena cīvarena! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo susānā vā saṅkārakūṭā vā pāpaṇikā vā nantakāni uccinitvā saṅghāṭiṃ katvā dhāreyya. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena piṇḍapātena ! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo uñchācariyāya piṇḍiyālopena jīvikaṃ kappeyya. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena senāsanena! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo rukkhamūliko vā assa sosāniko vā abbhokāsiko vā. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo pūtimuttena vā haritakīkhaṇḍena vā osadhaṃ kareyyā’’ti. Tadupādāya lūkhaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti, lūkhaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjati, lūkhaṃ senāsanaṃ paṭisevati , lūkhaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati. Tamenaṃ gahapatikā evaṃ jānanti – ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo appiccho santuṭṭho pavivitto asaṃsaṭṭho āraddhavīriyo dhutavādo’’ti bhiyyo bhiyyo nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi. So evamāha – ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. Saddhāya sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, deyyadhammassa sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. ‘Tumhākañcevāyaṃ saddhā atthi, deyyadhammo ca saṃvijjati, ahañca paṭiggāhako. Sacehaṃ na paṭiggahessāmi, evaṃ tumhe puññena paribāhirā bhavissanti. Na mayhaṃ iminā attho. Api ca tumhākaṃyeva anukampāya paṭiggaṇhāmī’’’ti. Tadupādāya bahumpi cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi piṇḍapātaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. Yā evarūpā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ – idaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
什么是威仪所摄的诡诈事?在此,有一类心术不正、为欲望所左右、企图受人尊敬的人,心想“人们这样就会尊敬我”,于是刻意调整行走的方式、站立的姿势、坐下的样子、躺卧的姿态;他刻意地行走、刻意地站立、刻意地坐着、刻意地躺卧;他装得像入定者一样行走、像入定者一样站立、像入定者一样坐着、像入定者一样躺卧,装作正在禅修的模样。凡是这些对威仪的调整、摆布、装点,作出皱眉与作态的诡诈、欺骗、虚伪行相——这就称为威仪所摄的诡诈事。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idhekacco pāpiccho icchāpakato sambhāvanādhippāyo, ‘‘evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatī’’ti, gamanaṃ saṇṭhapeti ṭhānaṃ saṇṭhapeti nisajjaṃ saṇṭhapeti sayanaṃ saṇṭhapeti, paṇidhāya gacchati paṇidhāya tiṭṭhati paṇidhāya nisīdati paṇidhāya seyyaṃ kappeti, samāhito viya gacchati samāhito viya tiṭṭhati samāhito viya nisīdati samāhito viya seyyaṃ kappeti, āpāthakajjhāyīva hoti. Yā evarūpā iriyāpathassa ṭhapanā āṭhapanā saṇṭhapanā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ – idaṃ iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
什么是周边谈论所摄的诡诈事?在此,有某一类心术不正、被欲望左右、意图获得尊敬的人,心想“人们这样就会尊敬我”,就说一些依附圣法的话。他说:“能穿这样袈裟的人,就是有大威力的沙门”;“能用这样钵的人……用这样铜碗的人……用这样水壶的人……用这样滤水囊的人……用这样钥匙的人……穿这样鞋的人……系这样腰带的人……用这样系绳的人,就是有大威力的沙门”;他说:“谁的亲教师是这样,谁就是有大威力的沙门”;“谁的导师是这样……有相同亲教师的同修是这样……有相同导师的同修是这样……朋友是这样……知交是这样……同事是这样……伙伴是这样,谁就是有大威力的沙门”;他说:“谁住在这样的寺院,谁就是有大威力的沙门”;“谁住在这样的半檐屋……宫殿……高楼……山洞……岩窟……茅舍……尖顶屋……楼阁……圆亭……长房……礼堂……帐篷……树下,谁就是有大威力的沙门”。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idhekacco pāpiccho icchāpakato sambhāvanādhippāyo, ‘‘evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatī’’ti, ariyadhammasannissitaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati. ‘‘Yo evarūpaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; ‘‘yo evarūpaṃ pattaṃ dhāreti… lohathālakaṃ dhāreti… dhammakaraṇaṃ dhāreti… parisāvanaṃ dhāreti… kuñcikaṃ dhāreti… upāhanaṃ dhāreti… kāyabandhanaṃ dhāreti… āyogaṃ dhāreti so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; ‘‘yassa evarūpo upajjhāyo so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; ‘‘yassa evarūpo ācariyo… evarūpā samānupajjhāyakā… samānācariyakā… mittā… sandiṭṭhā… sambhattā… sahāyā so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; ‘‘yo evarūpe vihāre vasati so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; ‘‘yo evarūpe aḍḍhayoge vasati… pāsāde vasati… hammiye vasati… guhāyaṃ vasati… leṇe vasati… kuṭiyā vasati… kūṭāgāre vasati… aṭṭe vasati … māḷe vasati… uddaṇḍe vasati… upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vasati… maṇḍape vasati… rukkhamūle vasati, so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati.
或者又这样,他装成冷漠刻薄的样子,装模作样,是个骗子、巧言令色的人,凭着一张嘴被称誉道:'这位沙门是这些如此这般定境成就的获得者。'他谈论那种深奥、隐秘、微妙、潜藏、出世间、联系于空性的言论。凡是如此这般的装模作样、做作之态、欺骗、瞒骗、欺诈的状态——这就称为周边谈论所摄的诡诈事。对佛陀、世尊来说,这三种诈骗事已被断除、被根绝、被止息、被寂止,不可能再生起,已被智火烧尽。因此,佛陀是不行诈骗的——没有诈骗。显示巴利原文
Atha vā korajikakorajiko, bhākuṭikabhākuṭiko, kuhakakuhako, lapakalapako, mukhasambhāvito ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo imāsaṃ evarūpānaṃ vihārasamāpattīnaṃ lābhī’’ti. Tādisaṃ gambhīraṃ gūḷhaṃ nipuṇaṃ paṭicchannaṃ lokuttaraṃ suññatāpaṭisaññuttaṃ kathaṃ katheti. Yā evarūpā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ – idaṃ sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu. Buddhassa bhagavato imāni tīṇi kuhanavatthūni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭipassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni. Tasmā buddho akuhoti – akuhaṃ.
“导师”:世尊即是导师。他被称为大众的老师,故称导师;是大众的教主,故称导师;照顾大众,故称导师;教诫大众,故称导师;教导大众,故称导师;善巧地亲近大众,故称导师;大众对他倾听、专注、用心领悟,故称导师;他能令大众从恶法中出离,安立于善法,故称导师。他是比丘大众的导师,是比丘尼大众的导师,是优婆塞大众的导师,是优婆夷大众的导师,是国王大众的导师,是刹帝利大众的导师,是婆罗门大众的导师,是吠舍大众的导师,是首陀罗大众的导师,是梵天大众的导师,是天神大众的导师。他是拥有大众的导师、带领大众的导师。“来”:即已到达、已近前、已抵达;而在“靠欺诳维生”的意义上,便是来到了这位无有欺诳的导师面前。显示巴利原文
nti. ti gaṇī bhagavā. Gaṇācariyoti gaṇī, gaṇassa satthāti gaṇī, gaṇaṃ pariharatīti gaṇī, gaṇaṃ ovadatīti gaṇī, gaṇaṃ anusāsatīti gaṇī, visārado gaṇaṃ upasaṅkamatīti gaṇī, gaṇassa sussūsati sotaṃ odahati aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapetīti gaṇī, gaṇaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetīti gaṇī, bhikkhugaṇassa gaṇī, bhikkhunīgaṇassa gaṇī, upāsakagaṇassa gaṇī, upāsikāgaṇassa gaṇī, rājagaṇassa gaṇī, khattiyagaṇassa gaṇī, brāhmaṇagaṇassa gaṇī, vessagaṇassa gaṇī, suddagaṇassa gaṇī, brahmagaṇassa gaṇī, devagaṇassa gaṇī, saṅghiṃ gaṇiṃ gaṇācariyaṃ. nti upagataṃ samupagataṃ samupapannaṃ saṅkassanagaranti – akuhaṃ gaṇimāgataṃ.
“在此,许多被束缚者”:指众多的刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗、在家人、出家人、天神、人类。“被束缚者”意为被系缚的人、依附他活者、仆从、弟子——这便是“在此,许多被束缚者”的意思。显示巴利原文
nti. Bahūnaṃ khattiyānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vessānaṃ suddānaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ pabbajitānaṃ devānaṃ manussānaṃ. nti baddhānaṃ baddhacarānaṃ paricārakānaṃ sissānanti – bahūnamidha baddhānaṃ.
“我是带着问题而来的”:意即我因有问题而来,为了提问而来,为了听问题而来。这是“带着问题而来”的一种含义。又或者,对于那些希求问题者、想提问者、想听问题者,他们的到来、前行、近前、承事,便称为“带着问题而来”。这又是另一种含义。还有,“你有回答问题的能力,能够胜任,堪能将我所问的内容宣说、解释清楚——请担起这个任务吧”,这同样是“带着问题而来”的一种含义。显示巴利原文
nti. Pañhena atthiko āgatomhi , pañhaṃ pucchitukāmo āgatomhi, pañhaṃ sotukāmo āgatomhīti. Evampi atthi pañhena āgamaṃ. Atha vā pañhatthikānaṃ pañhaṃ pucchitukāmānaṃ pañhaṃ sotukāmānaṃ āgamanaṃ abhikkamanaṃ upasaṅkamanaṃ payirupāsanaṃ siyā atthīti. Evampi atthi pañhena āgamaṃ. Atha vā pañhāgamo tuyhaṃ atthi, tvampi pahu , tvamasi alamattho mayā pucchitaṃ kathetuṃ visajjetuṃ ‘‘vahassetaṃ bhāra’’nti. Evampi atthi pañhena āgamaṃ.
因此,舍利弗长老说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha thero sāriputto –
那位佛陀,无所依着,如如不动,无有欺诳,为导师而来此世;
“对这里众多被束缚者,他们可带着问题前来。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṃ buddhaṃ asitaṃ tādiṃ, akuhaṃ gaṇimāgataṃ; Bahūnamidha baddhānaṃ, atthi pañhena āgama’’nti.
“厌离”者,是说凡夫善士比丘,或有学比丘。于生起厌离、排斥、羞愧、厌恶;于老、于病、于死、于忧愁、于悲泣、于苦、于忧、于恼起厌离、排斥、羞愧、厌恶;于地狱苦、畜生界苦、饿鬼界苦、人界苦、入胎根本苦、住胎根本苦、出胎根本苦、生后系缚苦、生后为他所制苦、自所作苦、他所作苦、苦苦、行苦、变易苦;于眼病苦、耳病苦、鼻病苦、舌病苦、身病苦、头痛苦、耳疾苦、口病苦、齿病苦、咳嗽、喘息、鼻塞、发热、衰老、腹痛、昏厥、下痢、绞痛、霍乱、麻风、肿疡、白斑、肺痨、癫痫、癣、疥、痒、抓伤、皲裂、出血、胆汁病、糖尿病、疔疮、脓疱、瘘管、胆汁所生病、痰所生病、风所生病、集合所生病、时节变化所生病、不适行所生病、外伤所生病、业报所生病、寒冷、炎热、饥饿、口渴、大便、小便、蚊虻风吹日晒爬虫触所生苦;于母死苦、父死苦、兄弟死苦、姐妹死苦、子死苦、女死苦、亲戚衰败、财产衰败、疾病衰败、戒衰败、见衰败而起厌离、排斥、羞愧、厌恶——这便是比丘的厌离。显示巴利原文
ti. ti puthujjanakalyāṇassa vā bhikkhuno sekkhassa vā bhikkhuno. ti jātiyā vijigucchato, jarāya… byādhinā… maraṇena… sokehi… paridevehi… dukkhehi… domanassehi… upāyāsehi vijigucchato, nerayikena dukkhena… tiracchānayonikena dukkhena… pettivisayikena dukkhena… mānusikena dukkhena… gabbhokkantimūlakena dukkhena… gabbhaṭṭhitimūlakena dukkhena… gabbhavuṭṭhānamūlakena dukkhena… jātassūpanibandhakena dukkhena… jātassa parādheyyakena dukkhena… attūpakkamena dukkhena… parūpakkamena dukkhena… dukkhadukkhena… saṅkhāradukkhena … vipariṇāmadukkhena… cakkhurogena dukkhena… sotarogena dukkhena… ghānarogena dukkhena… jivhārogena dukkhena… kāyarogena dukkhena… sīsarogena dukkhena… kaṇṇarogena dukkhena… mukharogena dukkhena… dantarogena dukkhena… kāsena… sāsena… pināsena… ḍāhena… jarena… kucchirogena… mucchāya… pakkhandikāya… sūlāya… visūcikāya… kuṭṭhena… gaṇḍena… kilāsena… sosena… apamārena… dadduyā… kaṇḍuyā… kacchuyā… rakhasāya… vitacchikāya… lohitena… pittena… madhumehena… aṃsāya… piḷakāya… bhagandalena… pittasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… semhasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… vātasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… sannipātikena ābādhena… utupariṇāmajena ābādhena… visamaparihārajena ābādhena… opakkamikena ābādhena… kammavipākajena ābādhena… sītena… uṇhena… jighacchāya… pipāsāya… uccārena … passāvena… ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassena dukkhena… mātumaraṇena dukkhena… pitumaraṇena dukkhena… bhātumaraṇena… bhaginimaraṇena… puttamaraṇena … dhītumaraṇena… ñātibyasanena… bhogabyasanena… rogabyasanena… sīlabyasanena… diṭṭhibyasanena dukkhena vijigucchato aṭṭīyato harāyato jigucchatoti – bhikkhuno vijigucchato.
“他亲近空坐处”——“坐处”是指他坐下之处:床、椅子、褥垫、草席、皮片、草铺、叶铺、秆铺。那个坐处,因为不见不合适的色相,而是空的、寂静的、远离的;因为不闻不合适的声音,而是空的、寂静的、远离的;因为不接触不合适的五种欲功德,而是空的、寂静的、远离的。对于这样远离的坐处,他亲近、交往、依止、运用、结交、奉侍——这就是亲近空的坐处。显示巴利原文
nti. ṃ vuccati yattha nisīdati – mañco pīṭhaṃ bhisi taṭṭikā cammakhaṇḍo tiṇasanthāro paṇṇasanthāro palālasanthāro . Taṃ āsanaṃ asappāyarūpadassanena rittaṃ vivittaṃ pavivittaṃ , asappāyasaddassavanena rittaṃ vivittaṃ pavivittaṃ, asappāyehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi rittaṃ vivittaṃ pavivittaṃ. Taṃ pavivittaṃ āsanaṃ bhajato sambhajato sevato nisevato saṃsevato paṭisevatoti – bhajato rittamāsanaṃ.
“树下”即指树下;“坟场”即指坟场——或树下,或坟场。“山”即指山;“河谷”即指河谷;“山洞”即指山洞。山与山之间的空隙,称为山崖——或在山洞之中。显示巴利原文
ti. Rukkhamūlaṃyeva rukkhamūlaṃ, susānaṃyeva susānanti – rukkhamūlaṃ susānaṃ vā. ti. Pabbatāyeva pabbatā, kandarāyeva kandarā, giriguhāyeva giriguhā. Pabbatantarikāyo vuccanti pabbatapabbhārāti – pabbatānaṃ guhāsu vā.
对此,舍利弗长老说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha thero sāriputto –
对于厌离烦恼的比丘,亲近空寂的坐卧处;
或在树下、坟场,或在山洞之中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhikkhuno vijigucchato, bhajato rittamāsanaṃ; Rukkhamūlaṃ susānaṃ vā, pabbatānaṃ guhāsu vā’’ti.
“种种”:指不同种类,下劣的、殊胜的,巧妙的、低劣的(床座)。“卧具”:指住处、精舍、平顶屋、殿堂、楼阁、山洞等种种卧具。“多少”:指多少、鸣叫、吼叫、发出声音;或指几个、若干、有多少、有多少数量。其中,“多少恐怖”:指狮子、老虎、豹、熊、鬣狗、狼、水牛、象、蛇、蝎子、蜈蚣,或盗贼,或普通人,或已造业的、或未造业的。显示巴利原文
ti. ti uccāvacesu hīnappaṇītesu chekapāpakesu. Sayanaṃ vuccati senāsanaṃ vihāro aḍḍhayogo pāsādo hammiyaṃ guhāti – uccāvacesu sayanesu. ti. ti kivanto kūjanto nadanto saddaṃ karonto. Atha vā ti kati kittakā kīvatakā kīvabahukā te. ti sīhā byagghā dīpī acchā taracchā kokā mahiṃsā hatthī ahi vicchikā satapadī, corā vā assu mānavā vā katakammā vā akatakammā vāti – kivanto tattha bheravā.
“那些比丘,见到这些恐怖或听闻这些恐怖时,不颤栗、不惊惶、不遍惊惶、不害怕、不畏惧、不全然畏惧、不恐惧、不生起恐怖,他无畏、不惊呆、不惊恐、不逃跑,已舍弃怖畏与恐怖,已无毛发竖立而安住——这样的比丘,不会颤栗。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti ye hi bherave passitvā vā suṇitvā vā na vedheyya nappavedheyya na sampavedheyya na taseyya na uttaseyya na parittaseyya na bhāyeyya na santāsaṃ āpajjeyya, abhīrū assa acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī, pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃso vihareyyāti – ye hi bhikkhu na vedheyya.
所谓“无声响、少噪音、空旷、人迹罕至、适合独处”的住处,正是指这种噪音稀少的住处。显示巴利原文
ti. Appasadde appanigghose vijanavāte manussarāhasseyyake paṭisallānasāruppe senāsaneti – nigghose sayanāsane.
长老舍利弗尊者这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha thero sāriputto –
“种种卧具之处,有多少怖畏;
若比丘于此无语之声处能不动摇。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uccāvacesu sayanesu, kivanto tattha bheravā; Ye hi bhikkhu na vedheyya, nigghose sayanāsane’’ti.
“多少”:指数量、有多少、几何、有多大量。障碍有两种:公开的障碍与隐蔽的障碍。什么是公开的障碍?狮子、老虎、豹、熊、土狼、狼、水牛、大象、蛇、蝎子、蜈蚣;或盗贼、或凶手,或曾作恶者,或未作恶者;眼病、耳病、鼻病、舌病、身病、头病、耳廓病、口病、牙病;咳嗽、哮喘、鼻炎、内热、疟疾、腹痛、晕厥、痢疾、绞痛、霍乱、麻风、疮、白癜风、肺痨、癫痫、癣、疥、痒疹、抓伤、皲裂、血症、胆病、糖尿病、痔疮、疖子、瘘管、胆源性疾病……乃至寒冷、炎热、饥饿、口渴、大便、小便、蚊虻、风、日、爬虫类的接触——这些称为公开的障碍。显示巴利原文
ti. ti kati kittakā kīvatakā kīvabahukā. ti dve parissayā – pākaṭaparissayā ca paṭicchannaparissayā ca. Katame pākaṭaparissayā? Sīhā byagghā dīpī acchā taracchā kokā mahiṃsā hatthī ahi vicchikā satapadī, corā vā assu mānavā vā katakammā vā akatakammā vā, cakkhurogo sotarogo ghānarogo jivhārogo kāyarogo sīsarogo kaṇṇarogo mukharogo dantarogo kāso sāso pināso ḍāho jaro kucchirogo mucchā pakkhandikā sūlā visūcikā kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro daddu kaṇḍu kacchu rakhasā vitacchikā lohitaṃ pittaṃ madhumeho aṃsā piḷakā bhagandalā, pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā…pe… sītaṃ uṇhaṃ jighacchā pipāsā uccāro passāvo ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassā – ime vuccanti pākaṭaparissayā.
什么是隐蔽的障碍?身恶行、语恶行、意恶行;欲贪盖、嗔恚盖、昏沉睡眠盖、掉举恶作盖、疑盖;贪、嗔、痴;忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、慢、过慢、骄、放逸;一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切热恼、一切燃烧、一切苦恼、一切不善行——这些称为隐蔽的障碍。显示巴利原文
Katame paṭicchannaparissayā? Kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ rāgo doso moho kodho upanāho makkho paḷāso issā macchariyaṃ māyā sāṭheyyaṃ thambho sārambho māno atimāno mado pamādo, sabbe kilesā sabbe duccaritā sabbe darathā sabbe pariḷāhā sabbe santāpā sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā – ime vuccanti paṭicchannaparissayā.
以何义名为障碍?“它们纠缠”,故为障碍;“它们导致退失”,故为障碍;“它们依止于此”,故为障碍。如何是“它们纠缠”故为障碍呢?这些障碍纠缠此人、逼迫此人、压倒此人、淹没此人、耗尽此人、摧残此人。如此,它们纠缠,故为障碍。如何是“它们导致退失”故为障碍呢?这些障碍对于善法能作阻碍、令其退失。对于哪些善法?对于正道、随顺道、不背道、不违碍道、如义道、法随法行道;对于圆满持戒、守护根门、饮食知量;对于勤修觉醒与正念正知;对于修习四念住、修习四正勤、修习四神足;对于修习五根、修习五力;对于修习七觉支、修习圣八支道——对于这些善法,它们能作阻碍、令其退失。如此,它们导致退失,故为障碍。显示巴利原文
ti kenaṭṭhena parissayā? Parisahantīti parissayā, parihānāya saṃvattantīti parissayā, tatrāsayāti parissayā. Kathaṃ parisahantīti parissayā? Te parissayā taṃ puggalaṃ sahanti parisahanti abhibhavanti ajjhottharanti pariyādiyanti maddanti. Evaṃ parisahantīti parissayā. Kathaṃ parihānāya saṃvattantīti parissayā? Te parissayā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ antarāyāya parihānāya saṃvattanti. Katamesaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ? Sammāpaṭipadāya anulomapaṭipadāya apaccanīkapaṭipadāya aviruddhapaṭipadāya anvatthapaṭipadāya dhammānudhammapaṭipadāya, sīlesu paripūrikāritāya indriyesu guttadvāratāya bhojane mattaññutāya, jāgariyānuyogassa satisampajaññassa, catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ bhāvanānuyogassa catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ bhāvanānuyogassa catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvanānuyogassa, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ bhāvanānuyogassa pañcannaṃ balānaṃ bhāvanānuyogassa, sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ bhāvanānuyogassa ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa bhāvanānuyogassa – imesaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ antarāyāya parihānāya saṃvattanti. Evaṃ parihānāya saṃvattantīti – parissayā.
为何说“它们压迫人”而称为危险呢?那些危险压迫此人、征服他、压倒他、淹没他、耗尽他、碾碎他。由此,“它们压迫人”——即是危险。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ parisahantīti parissayā? Te parissayā taṃ puggalaṃ sahanti parisahanti abhibhavanti ajjhottharanti pariyādiyanti maddanti. Evaṃ parisahantīti – parissayā.
为何说它们“导向退堕”而名为障碍呢?那些障碍导致善法的阻碍与退堕。哪些善法?正道、随顺道、不违逆道、不相违道、随义道、法随法道,戒之圆满、根门守护、饮食知量、精勤觉醒、念与正知,以及精勤修习四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道支——对于这些善法,它们构成阻碍,导致退堕。如此,也即是导向退堕,故称障碍。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ parihānāya saṃvattantīti parissayā? Te parissayā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ antarāyāya parihānāya saṃvattanti. Katamesaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ? Sammāpaṭipadāya anulomapaṭipadāya apaccanīkapaṭipadāya aviruddhapaṭipadāya anvatthapaṭipadāya dhammānudhammapaṭipadāya sīlesu paripūrakāritāya indriyesu guttadvāratāya bhojane mattaññutāya jāgariyānuyogassa satisampajaññassa catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ bhāvanānuyogassa catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ pañcannaṃ balānaṃ sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa bhāvanānuyogassa – imesaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ antarāyāya parihānāya saṃvattanti. Evampi parihānāya saṃvattantīti – parissayā.
为何说“它们在此依止”便是障碍呢?那些邪恶不善的法,便生起于此人的自身相续中,依止于此而住。正如洞穴中,有依止洞穴而住的生物安歇;水中,有依止水而住的生物安歇;森林中,有依止森林而住的生物安歇;树上,有依止树而住的生物安歇;同样地,那些邪恶不善的法,便生起于此人的自身相续中,依止于此而住。如此,“它们在此依止”,故为障碍。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tatrāsayāti parissayā? Tatthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti attabhāvasannissayā. Yathā bile bilāsayā pāṇā sayanti, dake dakāsayā pāṇā sayanti, vane vanāsayā pāṇā sayanti, rukkhe rukkhāsayā pāṇā sayanti, evameva tatthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti attabhāvasannissayā. Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
“诸比丘,有弟子且有老师的比丘,住于痛苦,不得安稳。诸比丘,怎样的比丘是有弟子且有老师,住于痛苦,不得安稳呢?诸比丘,于此,比丘以眼见色之后,邪恶不善、伴随忆念思惟、导致结缚之法便生起。那些邪恶不善法住于他的心中,随逐流入,因此,他便被称为‘有弟子’。那些邪恶不善法侵袭他、向他猛冲,因此,他便被称为‘有老师’。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sāntevāsiko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharati. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sāntevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā, tyassa anto vasanti anvāssavanti pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sāntevāsikoti vuccati. Te naṃ samudācaranti, samudācaranti naṃ pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sācariyakoti vuccati.
再者,比丘们,当比丘耳闻声已……鼻嗅香已……舌尝味已……身触触已……意知法已,若生起邪恶不善之法、与忆念思惟相应的结缚法,这些邪恶不善之法便住在他的内部,随之流入。因此,他被称为‘有同住者’。这些邪恶不善之法侵袭他、再三侵袭他。因此,他被称为‘有老师者’。比丘们,正是如此,比丘有同住者、有老师者,便过着痛苦、不安乐的生活。这就是存在于那处的种种险难。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā, tyassa anto vasanti anvāssavanti pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sāntevāsikoti vuccati. Te naṃ samudācaranti, samudācaranti naṃ pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sācariyakoti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sāntevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharatī’’ti. Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
诸比丘,有这三种内在的垢秽、内在的怨敌、内在的仇敌、内在的杀害者、内在的敌对者。哪三种?诸比丘,贪是内在的垢秽、内在的怨敌、内在的仇敌、内在的杀害者、内在的敌对者;嗔,诸比丘,是内在的垢秽、内在的怨敌、内在的仇敌、内在的杀害者、内在的敌对者;痴,诸比丘,是内在的垢秽、内在的怨敌、内在的仇敌、内在的杀害者、内在的敌对者。诸比丘,这便是三种内在的垢秽、内在的怨敌、内在的仇敌、内在的杀害者、内在的敌对者。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tayome, bhikkhave, antarāmalā antarāamittā antarāsapattā antarāvadhakā antarāpaccatthikā. Katame tayo? Lobho, bhikkhave, antarāmalo antarāamitto antarāsapatto antarāvadhako antarāpaccatthiko, doso, bhikkhave…pe… moho , bhikkhave, antarāmalo antarāamitto antarāsapatto antarāvadhako antarāpaccatthiko. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo antarāmalā antarāamittā antarāsapattā antarāvadhakā antarāpaccatthikā’’.
贪婪之人不知何谓利益,贪婪之人不见正法;
当贪欲征服人时,那时便是一片浓密的黑暗。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anatthajanano lobho, lobho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. ‘‘Luddho atthaṃ na jānāti, luddho dhammaṃ na passati; Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ lobho sahate naraṃ. ‘‘Anatthajanano doso, doso cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. ‘‘Kuddho atthaṃ na jānāti, kuddho dhammaṃ na passati; Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ doso sahate naraṃ. ‘‘Anatthajanano moho, moho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. ‘‘Mūḷho atthaṃ na jānāti, mūḷho dhammaṃ na passati; Andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ moho sahate nara’’nti. Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
大王,有三种法,当在一个人内心中生起时,会带来无益、痛苦与不安乐的生活。哪三种?大王,贪这种法,当在一个人内心中生起时,会带来无益、痛苦与不安乐的生活;嗔这种法……乃至……痴这种法,当在一个人内心中生起时,会带来无益、痛苦与不安乐的生活。大王,这便是三种在内心生起时,会带来无益、痛苦与不安乐生活的法。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tayo kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammā ajjhattaṃ uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya. Katame tayo ? Lobho kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammo ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya; doso kho , mahārāja…pe… moho kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammo ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya. Ime kho, mahārāja, tayo purisassa dhammā ajjhattaṃ uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāyā’’ti.
从自身生起的,会伤害自己,就像树的心材所结的果实一样。
世尊曾这样说:
贪与嗔皆由此生;不乐、乐及毛发竖立,也从此而生。
心的那些思惟,正是从此处生起;随后将它们放飞,犹如童子们放出一只乌鸦。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Lobho doso ca moho ca, purisaṃ pāpacetasaṃ; Hiṃsanti attasambhūtā, tacasāraṃva samphala’’nti. Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘Rāgo ca doso ca itonidānā, aratī ratī lomahaṃso itojā; Ito samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā, kumārakā dhaṅkamivossajantī’’ti.
如此,于彼处安住——意指种种险难。(问:)人世间有多少险难?显示巴利原文
Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā. ti manussaloketi – kati parissayā loke.
所谓“未曾到达的方向”,是指不死的涅槃。涅槃即是:一切行的止息,一切依着的彻底舍离,渴爱的灭尽,离染,寂灭。那方向,过去从未抵达;在这漫长的流转中,从未有人到达。显示巴利原文
nti. Agatā disā vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Agatapubbā sā disā na sā disā gatapubbā iminā dīghena addhunā.
犹如护持盛满油、不洒一滴的油钵那样,
应当如是守护自心,向往那从未到过的方向。
“走向、行进、迈向那从未到过的方向”——此言,这位行者正走向那从未到过的方向。
“如果他能战胜种种险难,压倒它们,吞没它们,彻底制服它们,粉碎它们”——这是说,这位比丘能够克服。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Samatittikaṃ anavasesaṃ, telapattaṃ yathā parihareyya; Evaṃ sacittamanurakkhe, patthayāno disaṃ agatapubbaṃ’’. Agatapubbaṃ disaṃ vajato gacchato abhikkamatoti – gacchato agataṃ disaṃ. ti. ti ye parissaye abhisambhaveyya abhibhaveyya ajjhotthareyya pariyādiyeyya maddeyyāti – ye bhikkhu abhisambhave.
“偏僻的坐卧处”:指边际、荒僻、边地,或山岩的尽头、森林的尽头、河流的尽头、水边,那些不耕作、不播种的地方;越过人群的边界,人们不常到访的坐卧之处,这就称为偏僻的坐卧处。显示巴利原文
ti. Ante pante pariyante selante vā vanante vā nadante vā udakante vā yattha na kasīyati na vapīyati, janantaṃ atikkamitvā manussānaṃ anupacāre senāsaneti – pantamhi sayanāsane.
因此,舍利弗长老说道:显示巴利原文
Tenāha thero sāriputto –
‘‘Kati parissayā loke, gacchato agataṃ disaṃ; Ye bhikkhu abhisambhave, pantamhi sayanāsane’’ti.
他问:比丘应具备怎样的言语方式、怎样的言语状态、怎样的言语形式、怎样的言语特征,方为具足语清净?什么是语清净?在此,比丘断除妄语,远离妄语,是说实话者、真实而前后一贯者、堪可信赖者、不欺诳世间者。他断除离间语,远离离间语,不会为了离间这群人而将此处听到的话语传到彼处去说,也不会为了离间那群人而将彼处听到的话语传到此处来说;他是离间者的调和者,和合者的助长者,喜爱和合,乐于和合,欣乐和合,说促成和合的话语。他断除粗恶语,远离粗恶语,凡有所说,温和、悦耳、亲切、深入人心、彬彬有礼,为众人所喜爱、令众人欢喜,他说的正是这样的话语。他断除杂秽语,远离杂秽语,是应时说话者、说真实语者、说有义语者、说法者、说律者,所说的话语值得珍视,合时、有依据、有分寸、与义相应。他具足这四种语善行,言语远离四种过失,对于三十二种畜生论,他远离、回避、戒绝、脱离、摆脱、解脱、不系着,以超越界限之心而安住。他谈论十种论事,即:少欲论、知足论、远离论、不杂处论、精勤策励论、戒论、定论、慧论、解脱论、解脱知见论。他还谈论念住论、正勤论、神足论、根论、力论、觉支论、道论、果论、涅槃论。于言语上,无论何处,他都已善备、已训练、守护、保护、防护、收摄——这就是语清净。他应当具足这样的语清净,他的言语方式正应如此。显示巴利原文
ti. Kīdisena byappathena samannāgato assa kiṃsaṇṭhitena kiṃpakārena kiṃpaṭibhāgenāti vacīpārisuddhiṃ pucchati. Katamā vacīpārisuddhi? Idha bhikkhu musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa. Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, ito sutvā na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya, iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā, sahitānaṃ vā anuppadātā samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Pharusaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti; yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Samphappalāpaṃ pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī, nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ. Catūhi vacīsucaritehi samannāgato catudosāpagataṃ vācaṃ bhāsati, bāttiṃsāya tiracchānakathāya ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharati. Dasa kathāvatthūni katheti, seyyathidaṃ – appicchakathaṃ santuṭṭhikathaṃ pavivekakathaṃ asaṃsaggakathaṃ vīriyārambhakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ samādhikathaṃ paññākathaṃ vimuttikathaṃ vimuttiñāṇadassanakathaṃ satipaṭṭhānakathaṃ sammappadhānakathaṃ iddhipādakathaṃ indriyakathaṃ balakathaṃ bojjhaṅgakathaṃ maggakathaṃ phalakathaṃ nibbānakathaṃ katheti . Vācāya yato yatto paṭiyatto gutto gopito rakkhito saṃvuto – ayaṃ vacīpārisuddhi. Edisāya vacīpārisuddhiyā samannāgato assāti – kyāssa byappathayo assu.
他问:“比丘应以怎样的行境、怎样的行境状态、怎样的行境形式、怎样的行境特征,才名为具足行境?”有行境,也有非行境。显示巴利原文
ti. Kīdisena gocarena samannāgato assa kiṃsaṇṭhitena kiṃpakārena kiṃpaṭibhāgenāti gocaraṃ pucchati. Atthi gocaro, atthi agocaro.
什么是非行境?在此,有人依妓女为行境,或依寡妇为行境,或依成年未婚女子为行境,或依黄门为行境,或依比丘尼为行境,或依酒馆为行境。他与国王、国王的大臣、外道及外道弟子,以不适当的方式杂处交往。又有那样的家庭,不信、不净信,不肯布施,辱骂、诽谤,希望比丘、比丘尼、优婆塞、优婆夷得不到利益、得不到好处、得不到安乐、得不到安稳。他亲近、结交、承事那样的家庭——这称为非行境。显示巴利原文
Katamo agocaro? Idhekacco vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārīgocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā hoti, bhikkhunīgocaro vā hoti, pānāgāragocaro vā hoti, saṃsaṭṭho viharati rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi ananulomikena saṃsaggena. Yāni vā pana tāni kulāni assaddhāni appasannāni anopānabhūtāni akkosakaparibhāsakāni anatthakāmāni ahitakāmāni aphāsukāmāni ayogakkhemakāmāni bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ, tathārūpāni kulāni sevati bhajati payirupāsati – ayaṃ vuccati agocaro.
或者,他进入村落、走在街道时,不加约束,一路东张西望:或看象,或看马,或看车,或看步兵,或看女人,或看男人,或看少女,或看男孩,或看市场,或看各家门前,或向上看,或向下看,或环顾四方——这样行走,也名为非行境。显示巴利原文
Atha vā antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vīthiṃ paṭipanno asaṃvuto gacchati, hatthiṃ olokento, assaṃ olokento, rathaṃ olokento, pattiṃ olokento, itthiyo olokento, purise olokento, kumārikāyo olokento, kumārake olokento, antarāpaṇaṃ olokento, gharamukhāni olokento, uddhaṃ olokento , adho olokento, disāvidisaṃ vipekkhamāno gacchati – ayampi vuccati agocaro.
又或者,眼看见色之后,便执取整体相、执取细节相。以此为缘……(中略)……如果他对意根不加防护而安住,贪欲、忧恼等不善法便会侵入;他既不修习防护,不守护意根,于意根不具防护——这也称为‘非行境’。显示巴利原文
Atha vā cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā nimittaggāhī hoti anubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ…pe… manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa na saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, na rakkhati manindriyaṃ manindriye na saṃvaraṃ āpajjati – ayampi vuccati agocaro.
又或者,有些沙门、婆罗门尊者,享用信众供养的食物,却沉迷于观看种种表演娱乐,诸如:舞蹈、歌唱、器乐、戏剧、说书、手铃声、亡灵术、圆鼓乐、幻妙景、铁圈舞、竹马戏、洗浴戏、象斗、马斗、水牛斗、公牛斗、山羊斗、绵羊斗、鸡斗、鹌鹑斗、棍棒斗、拳击斗、摔角、模拟战、点兵、布阵、阅兵等。如此,也是令眼根散乱。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ anuyuttā viharanti, seyyathidaṃ – naccaṃ gītaṃ vāditaṃ pekkhaṃ akkhānaṃ pāṇissaraṃ vetāḷaṃ kumbhathūṇaṃ sobhanakaṃ caṇḍālaṃ vaṃsaṃ dhovanaṃ hatthiyuddhaṃ assayuddhaṃ mahiṃsayuddhaṃ usabhayuddhaṃ ajayuddhaṃ meṇḍayuddhaṃ kukkuṭayuddhaṃ vaṭṭakayuddhaṃ daṇḍayuddhaṃ muṭṭhiyuddhaṃ nibbuddhaṃ uyyodhikaṃ balaggaṃ senābyūhaṃ anīkadassanaṃ iti vā. Evampi khittacakkhu hoti.
五种欲功德也是‘非行处’。对此,世尊曾这样说:‘诸比丘,不要行于非行处、他人之领域。若于非行处、他人之领域游走,魔便会得到机会,魔便会得到所缘。诸比丘,什么是比丘的非行处、他人之领域?即是五种欲功德。哪五种?眼所识的色,可爱、可乐、可悦,具悦意相,随顺欲乐,能引染着;耳所识的声……鼻所识的香……舌所识的味……身所识的触,可爱、可乐、可悦,具悦意相,随顺欲乐,能引染着。诸比丘,这便称为比丘的非行处、他人之领域。’——这也叫作‘非行处’。显示巴利原文
Pañcapi kāmaguṇā agocarā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘mā, bhikkhave, agocare caratha paravisaye. Agocare, bhikkhave, carataṃ paravisaye lacchati māro otāraṃ, lacchati māro ārammaṇaṃ. Ko ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno agocaro paravisayo? Yadidaṃ pañca kāmaguṇā. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā… jivhāviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno agocaro paravisayo’’ – ayampi vuccati agocaro.
什么是行处?此处,比丘不以妓女为行处,不以寡妇为行处,不以成年处女为行处,不以黄门为行处,不以比丘尼为行处,不以酒肆为行处;不与国王、国王大臣、外道及外道弟子作不相应的交往。然而,对于那些具足信心、净信,如井水般慷慨施与,成为袈裟者的光辉,为沙门所称叹,愿比丘、比丘尼、男居士、女居士得利益、安乐、安稳、瑜伽安稳的善家,他亲近、依止、承事这样的家族——这也称为行处。显示巴利原文
Katamo gocaro? Idha bhikkhu na vesiyāgocaro hoti, na vidhavāgocaro hoti, na thullakumārīgocaro hoti, na paṇḍakagocaro hoti, na bhikkhunīgocaro hoti, na pānāgāragocaro hoti, asaṃsaṭṭho viharati rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi ananulomikena saṃsaggena. Yāni vā pana tāni kulāni saddhāni pasannāni opānabhūtāni kāsāvapajjotāni isivātapaṭivātāni atthakāmāni hitakāmāni phāsukāmāni yogakkhemakāmāni bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ, tathārūpāni kulāni sevati bhajati payirupāsati – ayampi vuccati gocaro.
又有比丘进入村落、行于街巷时,不收摄根门,行走间瞻视大象,观马,观车,观步兵,观女人,观男人,观男孩,观女孩,观看市集,张望门户,向上看,向下看,向四方东张西望而行。这便是眼根散乱。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vīthiṃ paṭipanno asaṃvuto gacchati hatthiṃ olokento, assaṃ olokento, rathaṃ olokento, pattiṃ olokento, itthiyo olokento, purise olokento, kumārake olokento, kumārikāyo olokento, antarāpaṇaṃ olokento, gharamukhāni olokento, uddhaṃ olokento, adho olokento, disāvidisaṃ vipekkhamāno gacchati. Evampi khittacakkhu hoti.
若比丘眼见于色,不执取相……于眼根住于防护,如此,便不是眼根散乱。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti…pe… cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Evampi na khittacakkhu hoti.
又如,有些沙门与婆罗门受用了信众所施的食物后,并不耽著于这类不当的观赏娱乐,即:舞蹈、歌唱、音乐……乃至观看军队列阵等。远离这类不当的观赏娱乐——这也称为行处。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ ananuyuttā viharanti, seyyathidaṃ – naccaṃ gītaṃ vāditaṃ…pe… anīkadassanaṃ iti vā iti, evarūpā visūkadassanā paṭivirato hoti – ayampi vuccati gocaro.
四念处也是行处。世尊确曾这样说:‘诸比丘,要行于自己的行处——祖先相传的领域。诸比丘,若行于自己的行处、祖先相传的领域,魔罗便无隙可乘,魔罗便无所缘。诸比丘,什么是比丘的行处,即祖先相传的领域?那就是四念处。哪四种呢?在此,诸比丘,比丘于身随观身而住,热忱、正知、具念,能调伏对世间的贪欲与忧恼;于受……于心……于法随观法而住,热忱、正知、具念,能调伏对世间的贪欲与忧恼。诸比丘,这就是比丘的行处——祖先相传的领域。’这也叫作行处。如此具足行处的人,在此处又会有什么样的行处呢?显示巴利原文
Cattāropi satipaṭṭhānā gocaro. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘gocare, bhikkhave, caratha sake pettike visaye. Gocare, bhikkhave, carataṃ sake pettike visaye na lacchati māro otāraṃ, na lacchati māro ārammaṇaṃ. Ko ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno gocaro sako pettiko visayo? Yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati, vedanāsu…pe. … citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno gocaro sako pettiko visayo – ayampi vuccati gocaro. Edisena gocarena samannāgato assā’’ti – kyāssassu idha gocarā.
问:他应具备怎样的戒行,居于怎样的状态,展现怎样的行为,以怎样的方式,方为戒行清净呢?什么是戒行清净?既有戒又有行,也有单是行而非戒的。什么是既有戒又有行?在此,有比丘具戒,依止巴帝摩卡律仪而住,具足行处与行境,于微细罪亦见怖畏,受持并修习诸学处。此中,自制、防护、不违犯——这是戒;那受持——这是行。以防护义为戒,以受持义为行——这就叫作既有戒又有行。显示巴利原文
ti. Kīdisena sīlabbatena samannāgato assa kiṃsaṇṭhitena kiṃpakārena kiṃpaṭibhāgenāti sīlabbatapārisuddhiṃ pucchati. Katamā sīlabbatapārisuddhi? Atthi sīlañceva vatañca, atthi vataṃ na sīlaṃ. Katamaṃ sīlañceva vatañca? Idha bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Yo tattha saññamo saṃvaro avītikkamo – idaṃ sīlaṃ. Yaṃ samādānaṃ – taṃ vataṃ . Saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, samādānaṭṭhena vataṃ – idaṃ vuccati sīlañceva vatañca.
什么是行而非戒?八头陀支:林中住支、托钵乞食支、粪扫衣支、三衣支、次第乞食支、过午不食支、常坐不卧支、随所住处支——这些称为行而非戒。精进受持也称为行而非戒。即如‘纵使皮、肉、筋、骨干枯,身中血肉干涸,若不以人的志气、人的力量、人的精进、人的勤行证得所应证得者,我此精进终不止息’——这样的精进受持,亦称为行而非戒。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ vataṃ na sīlaṃ? Aṭṭha dhutaṅgāni – āraññikaṅgaṃ, piṇḍapātikaṅgaṃ, paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ, tecīvarikaṅgaṃ, sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ, khalupacchābhattikaṅgaṃ, nesajjikaṅgaṃ, yathāsanthatikaṅgaṃ – idaṃ vuccati vataṃ na sīlaṃ. Vīriyasamādānampi vuccati vataṃ na sīlaṃ. Kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upasussatu maṃsalohitaṃ, yaṃ taṃ purisathāmena purisabalena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ na taṃ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatīti – cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpampi vīriyasamādānaṃ vuccati vataṃ na sīlaṃ.
“我不食,不饮,亦不出住处;”
只要渴爱的箭尚未拔除,即使困乏,我也绝不躺卧。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāsissaṃ na pivissāmi, vihārato na nikkhame ; Napi passaṃ nipātessaṃ, taṇhāsalle anūhate’’ti.
他策励其心,精勤用功。像这样精进的誓愿,也称为禁行,而非戒。'不从此跏趺坐中起座,直到我的心无取著,从诸漏中解脱'——他策励其心,精勤用功。像这样精进的誓愿,也称为禁行,而非戒。'不从座起身,不离开经行处,不出精舍,不走出覆屋,不走出殿堂,不走出楼房,不从山洞出来,不从岩窟出来,不离开小屋,不离开尖顶屋,不离开露台,不离开圆亭,不走出拱形长廊,不离开集会堂,不走出凉亭,不离开树下,直到我的心无取著,从诸漏中解脱'——他策励其心,精勤用功。像这样精进的誓愿,也称为禁行,而非戒。'就在此上午,我要通达圣法,掌握它、体证它、触证它、作证它'——他策励其心,精勤用功。像这样精进的誓愿,也称为禁行,而非戒。'就在此中午、此傍晚,饭前、饭后,初夜、中夜、后夜,于黑夜、于白月,于雨季、于冬季、于夏季,于生命的第一阶段、生命的中期、生命的晚期,我要通达圣法,掌握它、体证它、触证它、作证它'——他策励其心,精勤用功。像这样精进的誓愿,也称为禁行,而非戒。有情、人、青年、人、补特伽罗、命者、醒者、众生、因陀罗生、人——这便是执取自己戒禁的众生。显示巴利原文
Cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpampi vīriyasamādānaṃ vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ. ‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ imaṃ pallaṅkaṃ bhindissāmi yāva me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccissatī’’ti – cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpampi vīriyasamādānaṃ vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ. ‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ imamhā āsanā vuṭṭhahissāmi, caṅkamā orohissāmi, vihārā nikkhamissāmi, aḍḍhayogā nikkhamissāmi, pāsādā nikkhamissāmi, hammiyā nikkhamissāmi, guhāya nikkhamissāmi, leṇā nikkhamissāmi, kuṭiyā nikkhamissāmi, kūṭāgārā nikkhamissāmi, aṭṭā nikkhamissāmi, māḷā nikkhamissāmi, uddaṇḍā nikkhamissāmi upaṭṭhānasālāya nikkhamissāmi maṇḍapā nikkhamissāmi, rukkhamūlā nikkhamissāmi yāva me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccissatī’’ti – cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpampi vīriyasamādānaṃ vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ. ‘‘Imasmiññeva pubbaṇhasamayaṃ ariyadhammaṃ āharissāmi samāharissāmi adhigacchissāmi phassayissāmi sacchikarissāmī’’ti – cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpampi vīriyasamādānaṃ vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ. ‘‘Imasmiññeva majjhanhikasamayaṃ, sāyanhasamayaṃ, purebhattaṃ, pacchābhattaṃ, purimaṃ yāmaṃ, majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ, pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ, kāḷe, juṇhe, vasse, hemante, gimhe, purime vayokhandhe, majjhime vayokhandhe, pacchime vayokhandhe ariyadhammaṃ āharissāmi samāharissāmi adhigacchissāmi phassayissāmi sacchikarissāmī’’ti – cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evarūpampi vīriyasamādānaṃ vuccati vataṃ, na sīlaṃ. ti satto naro mānavo poso puggalo jīvo jāgu jantu indagu manujoti – yo attano sīlavatāni jantu.
“精进者”,是指那些已发起精进、充满力量、精勤坚毅、不舍弃善法之愿、不卸下善法责任之人。又或者,是指那些心已被派遣者——为了某一目标,于自身利益、方法、特征、原因,以及可能与不可能之处,心已全然派遣。例如,为了知解“一切行无常”而派遣心;为了知解“一切行是苦”而派遣心;为了知解“一切法无我”而派遣心;为了知解“以无明为缘而有诸行”……乃至“以生为缘而有老死”而派遣心;为了知解“由于无明灭尽而有诸行灭尽”……乃至“由于生灭尽而有老死灭尽”而派遣心;为了知解“这是苦”……乃至“这是导向苦灭的道路”而派遣心;为了知解“这些是烦恼”……乃至“这是导向烦恼灭尽的道路”而派遣心;为了知解“这些法是应被遍知的”……乃至“这些法是应被亲自体证的”而派遣心;为了知解六种触处的集起与消失、乐味与过患以及出离而派遣心;为了知解五取蕴的……四大种的集起与消失、乐味与过患以及出离而派遣心;为了知解“凡是具有集起性质的法,这一切都具有灭尽的本质”而派遣心。这便是凡夫善士的精进者,或是有学比丘、比丘尼中的精进者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti āraddhavīriyassa thāmagatassa daḷhaparakkamassa anikkhittacchandassa anikkhittadhurassa kusalesu dhammesu. Atha vā pesitattassa yassatthāya pesito attatthe ca ñāye ca lakkhaṇe ca kāraṇe ca ṭhānāṭhāne ca. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti pesitattassa, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti pesitattassa, ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti pesitattassa, ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti pesitattassa …pe… ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti pesitattassa, ‘‘avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’ti pesitattassa…pe… ‘‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’ti pesitattassa, ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti pesitattassa…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti pesitattassa, ‘‘ime āsavā’’ti pesitattassa…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti pesitattassa, ‘‘ime dhammā abhiññeyyā’’ti pesitattassa…pe… ‘‘ime dhammā sacchikātabbā’’ti pesitattassa, channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca pesitattassa, pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ… catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca pesitattassa, ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti pesitattassa. ti puthujjanakalyāṇakassa vā bhikkhuno sekkhassa vā bhikkhunoti – pahitattassa bhikkhuno.
是故,舍利弗长老如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha thero sāriputto –
‘‘Kyāssa byappathayo assu, kyāssassu idha gocarā; Kāni sīlabbatānāssu, pahitattassa bhikkhuno’’ti.
那么,他受持、正受持、执取、持取、抓取、触执、深执怎样的学处呢?——他受持怎样的学处呢?显示巴利原文
ti kaṃ so sikkhaṃ ādāya samādāya ādiyitvā samādiyitvā gaṇhitvā parāmasitvā abhinivisitvāti – kaṃ so sikkhaṃ samādāya.
“专一的”:指心专注于一处,心不散乱,意不纷飞,这名为奢摩他,是定根、定力……乃至……正定。“聪慧的”:指有智慧、聪明、具慧、有理智、有智解、有洞察力、具足觉慧与大慧的人。“具念者”:由四种原因而称为具念者——修习身随观念处时为具念者,于受……乃至于心……乃至于法随观念处时为具念者。这便是具念者——所谓具念者。“他受持什么样的学处呢?”这是在问增上戒学。“专一的”是在问增上心学。“聪慧的”是在问增上慧学。“具念者”是在问清净——他受持什么样的学处呢?即:专一的、聪慧的、具念者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ekaggacitto avikkhittacitto avisāhaṭamānaso samatho samādhindriyaṃ samādhibalaṃ…pe… sammāsamādhi. ti nipako paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato. So vuccati satoti – sato. Kaṃ so sikkhaṃ samādāyāti adhisīlasikkhaṃ pucchati. ti adhicittasikkhaṃ pucchati. ti adhipaññāsikkhaṃ pucchati. ti pārisuddhiṃ pucchatīti – kaṃ so sikkhaṃ samādāya, ekodi nipako sato.
“金匠”,指的是金首饰匠;“银”,指的是天然的金块。如同金首饰匠对天然金块上的粗垢加以吹去、吹散、吹除,对中等垢加以吹去、吹散、吹除,对微细垢加以吹去、吹散、吹除;同样地,比丘对自己内在的粗重烦恼也加以吹去、吹散、吹除,将其舍弃、消除、灭尽、令其不复存在;对中等的烦恼……对微细的烦恼也加以吹去、吹散、吹除,将其舍弃、消除、灭尽、令其不复存在。显示巴利原文
ti. Kammāro vuccati suvaṇṇakāro, rajataṃ vuccati jātarūpaṃ. Yathā suvaṇṇakāro jātarūpassa oḷārikampi malaṃ dhamati sandhamati niddhamati, majjhimakampi malaṃ dhamati sandhamati niddhamati, sukhumakampi malaṃ dhamati sandhamati niddhamati; evameva bhikkhu attano oḷārikepi kilese dhamati sandhamati niddhamati pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti, majjhimakepi kilese… sukhumakepi kilese dhamati sandhamati niddhamati pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti.
再者,比丘对自己内心的贪垢、嗔垢、痴垢、慢垢、见垢、烦恼垢、恶行垢,以及所有那些带来黑暗、带来盲目、带来无知、障碍智慧、助长困扰、不导向涅槃的东西,加以吹去、吹散、吹除,将其舍弃、消除、灭尽、令其不复存在。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu attano rāgamalaṃ dosamalaṃ mohamalaṃ mānamalaṃ diṭṭhimalaṃ kilesamalaṃ duccaritamalaṃ andhakaraṇaṃ acakkhukaraṇaṃ aññāṇakaraṇaṃ paññānirodhikaṃ vighātapakkhikaṃ anibbānasaṃvattanikaṃ dhamati sandhamati niddhamati pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti.
又或以正见对治邪见,吹散、彻底吹散、驱除,舍弃、消除、灭尽,令不复存在。以正思维对治邪思维……乃至……以正语对治邪语……以正业对治邪业……以正命对治邪命……以正精进对治邪精进……以正念对治邪念……以正定对治邪定……以正智对治邪智……以正解脱对治邪解脱,吹散、彻底吹散、驱除,舍弃、消除、灭尽,令不复存在。显示巴利原文
Atha vā sammādiṭṭhiyā micchādiṭṭhiṃ dhamati sandhamati niddhamati pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Sammāsaṅkappena micchāsaṅkappaṃ…pe… sammāvācāya micchāvācaṃ… sammākammantena micchākammantaṃ… sammāājīvena micchāājīvaṃ… sammāvāyāmena micchāvāyāmaṃ… sammāsatiyā micchāsatiṃ… sammāsamādhinā micchāsamādhiṃ… sammāñāṇena micchāñāṇaṃ… sammāvimuttiyā micchāvimuttiṃ dhamati sandhamati niddhamati pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti.
又由八支圣道,一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切躁动、一切热恼、一切苦恼、一切不善行,悉被抖落、洗净、彻底洗净、完全清净。阿拉汉具足、完全具足,通达、完全通达,具备、完全具备这些清净之法。因此,阿拉汉是清净者。他已抖落贪、抖落恶、抖落烦恼、抖落热恼,故称为清净者。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena sabbe kilesā… sabbe duccaritā… sabbe darathā… sabbe pariḷāhā… sabbe santāpā… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca. Arahā imehi dhonehi dhammehi upeto samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato. Tasmā arahā dhono. So dhutarāgo dhutapāpo dhutakileso dhutapariḷāhoti – dhono.
是故,舍利弗长老这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha thero sāriputto –
“他受持了何等学处,而能专一、明智、具念?犹如银匠冶炼银器,吹除自身的垢秽。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kaṃ so sikkhaṃ samādāya, ekodi nipako sato; Kammāro rajatasseva, niddhame malamattano’’ti.
“厌离”:是指对生厌离,对老……对病……对死……对愁……对悲……对苦……对忧……对恼……乃至对见衰败之苦,感到厌离、苦恼、羞惭的人——这称为厌离。“安稳”:我将讲述那种安稳住。什么是安稳住?即正行道、随顺行道、不违逆行道、不违反行道、随义行道、随法行道,戒完全圆满,守护根门,饮食知量,警寤精进,正念正知,四念住、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道,以及涅槃和导向涅槃之道——这就是安稳住。对于厌离者,这就是安稳。显示巴利原文
ti. ti jātiyā vijigucchamānassa, jarāya… byādhinā… maraṇena… sokehi … paridevehi… dukkhehi… domanassehi… upāyāsehi…pe… diṭṭhibyasanena dukkhena vijigucchamānassa aṭṭīyamānassa harāyamānassāti – vijigucchamānassa. ti yaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ taṃ kathayissāmi. Katamo phāsuvihāro? Sammāpaṭipadā anulomapaṭipadā apaccanīkapaṭipadā aviruddhapaṭipadā anvatthapaṭipadā dhammānudhammapaṭipadā sīlesu paripūrakāritā indriyesu guttadvāratā bhojane mattaññutā jāgariyānuyogo satisampajaññaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo nibbānañca nibbānagāminī ca paṭipadā – ayaṃ phāsuvihāroti – vijigucchamānassa yadidaṃ phāsu.
以此名称称呼那位长老,乃是出于敬意的尊称。再者,世尊已破贪,故为世尊;已破瞋,故为世尊;已破痴,故为世尊;已破慢,故为世尊;已破邪见,故为世尊;已破烦恼之刺,故为世尊;已破一切烦恼,故为世尊。他已分享、分析、详尽阐明法宝,故为世尊;他是有之终结者,故为世尊;他已修习身、戒、心、慧,故为世尊。又或,世尊受用山林、旷野、边远、寂静、无声、无喧嚣、远离人群、适宜隐居、适宜独处的住处,故为世尊。又或,世尊受用衣、食、住、病者所需医药资具,故为世尊。又或,世尊受用义味、法味、解脱味,以及增上戒、增上心、增上慧,故为世尊。又或,世尊受用四禅那、四无量、四无色定,故为世尊。又或,世尊受用八解脱、八胜处、九次第住定,故为世尊。又或,世尊受用十想修习、十遍处定、入出息念定、不净定,故为世尊。又或,世尊受用四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道,故为世尊。又或,世尊受用十如来力、四无畏、四无碍解、六神通、六佛法,故为世尊。“世尊”这一名称,并非母亲所起,并非父亲所起,并非兄弟所起,并非姊妹所起,并非朋友同伴所起,亦非亲族显示巴利原文
ti. Taṃ theraṃ nāmenālapati. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ. Api ca bhaggarāgoti bhagavā, bhaggadosoti bhagavā, bhaggamohoti bhagavā, bhaggamānoti bhagavā, bhaggadiṭṭhīti bhagavā, bhaggakaṇḍakoti bhagavā, bhaggakilesoti bhagavā, bhaji vibhaji pavibhaji dhammaratananti bhagavā, bhavānaṃ antakaroti bhagavā, bhāvitakāyo bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapaññoti bhagavā; bhaji vā bhagavā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppānīti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā attharasassa dhammarasassa vimuttirasassa adhisīlassa adhicittassa adhipaññāyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ catunnaṃ appamaññānaṃ catunnaṃ āruppasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ abhiññāyatanānaṃ navannaṃ anupubbavihārasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ saññābhāvanānaṃ dasannaṃ kasiṇasamāpattīnaṃ ānāpānassatisamādhissa asubhasamāpattiyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ pañcannaṃ balānaṃ sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ tathāgatabalānaṃ catunnaṃ vesārajjānaṃ catunnaṃ paṭisambhidānaṃ channaṃ abhiññānaṃ channaṃ buddhadhammānanti bhagavā ; bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ, na pitarā kataṃ, na bhātarā kataṃ, na bhaginiyā kataṃ, na mittāmaccehi kataṃ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ, na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ, na devatāhi kataṃ; vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutañāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavāti – sāriputtāti bhagavā.
“坐”指的是坐着的地方:床、椅、床垫、草席、兽皮垫、草铺、叶铺、秸秆铺。“卧”指的是卧处:住处、僧房、半覆顶屋、殿堂、平台楼房、石窟。一处坐卧之处,若因不见不适宜之色而空闲、远离、僻静,因不闻不适宜之声……乃至因不触及不适宜的五欲功德而空闲、远离、僻静。亲近、常亲近、遍亲近、习惯这样的坐卧处,便是“亲近空闲的坐卧之处”。显示巴利原文
ti. Āsanaṃ vuccati yattha nisīdati – mañco pīṭhaṃ bhisi taṭṭikā cammakhaṇḍo tiṇasanthāro paṇṇasanthāro palālasanthāro. Sayanaṃ vuccati senāsanaṃ vihāro aḍḍhayogo pāsādo hammiyaṃ guhā. Taṃ sayanāsanaṃ asappāyarūpadassanena rittaṃ vivittaṃ pavivittaṃ, asappāyasaddassavanena…pe… asappāyehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi rittaṃ vivittaṃ pavivittaṃ. Taṃ sayanāsanaṃ sevato nisevato saṃsevato paṭisevatoti – rittāsanaṃ sayanaṃ sevato ve.
“等觉”指的是在四种道上的智、慧、慧根、慧力……乃至择法觉支、审察、内观、正见。对于这些觉,生起想要觉悟、想要随觉、想要彻觉、想要完全觉证、想要通达、想要触证、想要亲自作证的意愿——这就是“想要证得等觉”之人的心。显示巴利原文
nti. Sambodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ…pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo vīmaṃsā vipassanā sammādiṭṭhi. Taṃ sambodhiṃ bujjhitukāmassa anubujjhitukāmassa paṭibujjhitukāmassa sambujjhitukāmassa adhigantukāmassa phassitukāmassa sacchikātukāmassāti – sambodhikāmassa.
何谓菩提的随法?正确的行道、随顺的行道、不违逆的行道、不背反的行道、如实的行道、法随法的行道,戒行的圆成、根门的防护、饮食知量、精勤不眠、正念正知——这些即称为菩提的随法。又或,在四道之前分的观智——这些也称为菩提的随法。此即是对欲证等觉者所说的随法。显示巴利原文
nti katame bodhiyā anudhammā? Sammāpaṭipadā anulomapaṭipadā apaccanīkapaṭipadā aviruddhapaṭipadā anvatthapaṭipadā dhammānudhammapaṭipadā sīlesu paripūrakāritā indriyesu guttadvāratā bhojane mattaññutā jāgariyānuyogo satisampajaññaṃ – ime vuccanti bodhiyā anudhammā. Atha vā catunnaṃ maggānaṃ pubbabhāge vipassanā – ime vuccanti bodhiyā anudhammāti – sambodhikāmassa yathānudhammaṃ.
“随法”,即是菩提的随法。“我将说”的意思是:我将讲说、开示、宣说、安立、确立、阐明、分别、解说、宣告。所谓“如我亲知”,是指不凭传闻、不凭流言、不凭传承、不凭典籍的完备、不凭逻辑推理、不凭理论推断、不凭思维审察、不凭见解的审虑与忍可,而是由我亲自以胜智了知、亲自现见的法——我将如此讲说这个法。这便是“如我亲知,我将为你解说此法”。显示巴利原文
nti. nti bodhiyā anudhammaṃ. ti pavakkhāmi ācikkhissāmi desessāmi paññapessāmi paṭhapessāmi vivarissāmi vibhajissāmi uttānīkarissāmi pakāsissāmi. nti yathā pajānaṃ yathā pajānanto ājānanto vijānanto paṭivijānanto paṭivijjhanto na itihitihaṃ na itikirāya na paramparāya na piṭakasampadāya na takkahetu na nayahetu na ākāraparivitakkena na diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā sāmaṃ sayamabhiññātaṃ attapaccakkhaṃ dhammaṃ, taṃ kathayissāmīti – taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajānaṃ.
1070 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
坐卧于空寂之处,是常修习者;
对于志求正觉者,如何随顺于法,我将如我所知,为你解说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vijigucchamānassa yadidaṃ phāsu, [sāriputtāti bhagavā] Rittāsanaṃ sayanaṃ sevato ve; Sambodhikāmassa yathānudhammaṃ, taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajāna’’nti.
坚定者、智者、具慧者、明智者、知者、洞察者、聪慧者。坚定者对于五种恐怖不会害怕,不畏惧,不惊慌,不惊惧,不胆怯,绝不会陷入恐惧。他无有畏惧,不惊惶,不惊恐,不逃避,已断除恐怖与惧怕,心无毛竖而安住——坚定者不畏惧五种恐怖。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dhīro paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. Dhīro pañcannaṃ bhayānaṃ na bhāyeyya na taseyya na santaseyya na uttaseyya na parittaseyya na santāsaṃ āpajjeyya , abhīrū assa acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃso vihareyyāti – pañcannaṃ dhīro bhayānaṃ na bhāye.
有善凡夫比丘,或有学比丘。具念者由四种因缘而称为具念:修习身随观念处,便具念;修习受随观念处,便具念;修习心随观念处,便具念;修习法随观念处,便具念——这称为具念者。有四种界限:戒防护之界限、根防护之界限、饮食知量之界限、警寤精勤之界限。显示巴利原文
ti. ti puthujjanakalyāṇako vā bhikkhu sekkho vā bhikkhu. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, vedanāsu…pe… citte… dhammesu dhammānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato – so vuccati sato. ti cattāro pariyantā – sīlasaṃvarapariyanto, indriyasaṃvarapariyanto, bhojane mattaññutāpariyanto, jāgariyānuyogapariyanto.
什么是戒防护之界限?在此,比丘具足戒行,依巴帝摩卡律仪防护而住,行处与行境具足,于微细罪亦见怖畏,受持而修学于诸学处。他观察内在的腐朽,在戒防护之界限内行,不破坏界限——这便是戒防护之界限。显示巴利原文
Katamo sīlasaṃvarapariyanto? Idha bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu . Antopūtibhāvaṃ paccavekkhamāno anto sīlasaṃvarapariyante carati, mariyādaṃ na bhindati – ayaṃ sīlasaṃvarapariyanto.
什么是诸根防护的界限?比丘以眼见到色之后,不执取其总相,不执取其细节。因为,倘若他住于不防护眼根,贪忧、恶不善法便会侵袭他,因此,他为防护而修习,守护眼根,在眼根上成就防护。以耳听到声之后……以鼻嗅到香之后……以舌尝到味之后……以身触到触之后……以意了知法之后,不执取其总相,不执取其细节。因为,倘若他住于不防护意根,贪忧、恶不善法便会侵袭他,因此,他为防护而修习,守护意根,在意根上成就防护。他观察其过患,安住于诸根防护的界限内,不逾越此限——这就是诸根防护的界限。显示巴利原文
Katamo indriyasaṃvarapariyanto? Idha bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ…pe… cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ susaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Ādittapariyāyaṃ paccavekkhamāno anto indriyasaṃvarapariyante carati, mariyādaṃ na bhindati – ayaṃ indriyasaṃvarapariyanto.
什么是饮食知量的界限?比丘如理省思后取用食物:不为嬉戏,不为骄慢,不为打扮,不为装饰,只是为了这个身体的存续与维持,为了去除饥饿之苦,为了扶助梵行。这样,我平息旧有的感受,不令新的感受生起,我便能安稳度日、无有过患、安住舒适。他以‘涂车轴的油、敷伤口的膏、子肉’这些譬喻来反省,在饮食上安住于知量的界限内,不逾越此限——这就是饮食知量的界限。显示巴利原文
Katamo bhojane mattaññutāpariyanto? Idha bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cāti. Akkhabbhañjanavaṇapaṭicchādanaputtamaṃsūpamaṃ paccavekkhamāno anto bhojane mattaññutāpariyante carati, mariyādaṃ na bhindati – ayaṃ bhojane mattaññutāpariyanto.
什么是精勤警寤修习的界限?比丘在白天以经行与禅坐,净化心中那些会造成障碍的法;在夜初分,以经行与禅坐,净化心中那些会造成障碍的法;在夜中分,右胁作狮子卧,双足相叠,保持正念、正知,心中作意起身之想;在夜后分,起身后以经行与禅坐,净化心中那些会造成障碍的法。他观察思惟“一夜贤者之安住”,安住于精勤警寤修习的界限之内,不逾越此范围——这就是精勤警寤修习的界限。他是具念、界限分明而行的比丘。显示巴利原文
Katamo jāgariyānuyogapariyanto? Idha bhikkhu divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā, rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti. Bhaddekarattavihāraṃ paccavekkhamāno anto jāgariyānuyogapariyante carati, mariyādaṃ na bhindati – ayaṃ jāgariyānuyogapariyantoti – bhikkhu sato sapariyantacārī.
所谓'虻',是指黄褐色的蝇类。所谓'飞虫',是指一切蝇类。为何一切蝇类都称为'飞虫'?因为它们一再飞起而叮咬;因此一切蝇类都称为'飞虫'。所谓'爬虫',是指蛇——即'虻、飞虫、爬虫'。显示巴利原文
nti. Ḍaṃsā vuccanti piṅgalamakkhikāyo. Adhipātakā vuccanti sabbāpi makkhikāyo. Kiṃkāraṇā adhipātakā vuccanti sabbāpi makkhikāyo? Tā uppatitvā uppatitvā khādanti; taṃkāraṇā adhipātakā vuccanti sabbāpi makkhikāyo. Sarīsapā vuccanti ahīti – ḍaṃsādhipātānaṃ sarīsapānaṃ.
所谓人的侵害,是指来自盗贼、年轻人、已造恶行者或未造恶行者的侵害。他们可能向比丘发问,可能挑起论争,可能辱骂、诽谤、激怒、彻底激怒、伤害、不断伤害、折磨、不断折磨、杀害、攻击,或者造成伤害。凡是从人而来的伤害,即名为人的侵害。所谓四足兽,是指狮子、老虎、豹、熊、鬣狗、狼、水牛、大象。它们可能践踏、吞食、伤害、不断伤害、折磨、不断折磨、杀害、攻击比丘,或者造成伤害。凡是从四足兽而来的伤害,凡是从四足兽而来的恐惧,即名为人的侵害与四足兽。显示巴利原文
nti. Manussaphassā vuccanti corā vā assu mānavā vā katakammā vā akatakammā vā. Te bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ vā puccheyyuṃ vādaṃ vā āropeyyuṃ akkoseyyuṃ paribhāseyyuṃ roseyyuṃ viroseyyuṃ hiṃseyyuṃ vihiṃseyyuṃ heṭheyyuṃ viheṭheyyuṃ ghāteyyuṃ upaghāteyyuṃ upaghātaṃ vā kareyyuṃ. Yo koci manussato upaghāto – manussaphasso. nti sīhā byagghā dīpi acchā taracchā kokā mahiṃsā hatthī. Te bhikkhuṃ maddeyyuṃ khādeyyuṃ hiṃseyyuṃ vihiṃseyyuṃ heṭheyyuṃ viheṭheyyuṃ ghāteyyuṃ upaghāteyyuṃ upaghātaṃ vā kareyyuṃ. Catuppadato upaghāto yaṃ kiñci catuppadabhayanti – manussaphassānaṃ catuppadānaṃ.
1053 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
于五种恐惧,智者无所怖畏;他是具念、行有节制的比丘;
牛虻与飞虫的袭扰、爬行类的袭扰、人类的侵害、四足走兽的侵害。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pañcannaṃ dhīro bhayānaṃ na bhāye, bhikkhu sato sapariyantacārī; Ḍaṃsādhipātānaṃ sarīsapānaṃ, manussaphassānaṃ catuppadāna’’nti.
这里所说的“外道”,是指除了同法者之外,所有对佛、法、僧不具信心的人。他们或向比丘发问,或提出论难,或指责,或辱骂,或诽谤,或激怒,或触恼,或伤害,或侵扰,或欺凌,或压迫,乃至杀害或施以袭击。对于他们的这些极为可怕之事,无论是亲眼所见还是亲耳所闻,他都不动摇、不颤抖、不惊惧、不害怕、不恐惧、不胆怯、不怖畏,不陷入惊慌,而是无所畏惧,心无怯惧,不逃避,断除了恐惧与怖畏,超越了毛发竖立的状态而安住——这就是说,即使面对外道,也不因看见他们那些极为可怕之事而惊慌。显示巴利原文
ti. Paradhammikā vuccanti satta sahadhammike ṭhapetvā ye keci buddhe dhamme saṅghe appasannā . Te bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ vā puccheyyuṃ vādaṃ vā āropeyyuṃ akkoseyyuṃ paribhāseyyuṃ roseyyuṃ viroseyyuṃ hiṃseyyuṃ vihiṃseyyuṃ heṭheyyuṃ viheṭheyyuṃ ghāteyyuṃ upaghāteyyuṃ upaghātaṃ vā kareyyuṃ. Tesaṃ bahubherave passitvā vā suṇitvā vā na vedheyya na pavedheyya na sampavedheyya na taseyya na santaseyya na uttaseyya na parittaseyya na bhāyeyya na santāsaṃ āpajjeyya, abhīrū assa acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃso vihareyyāti – paradhammikānampi na santaseyya disvāpi tesaṃ bahubheravāni.
此外,还有其他危险应当彻底了知、征服、克服、完全制伏、粉碎。这有两种障碍:明显的危险与隐蔽的危险……如此,这些在此即称为‘危险’。这是说,寻求善法者,在探寻、寻觅、寻求那正确的行道、顺应的行道、不逆反的行道、不相违的行道、合乎义理的行道……圣八支道、涅槃与导向涅槃的行道时,应当彻底了知、征服、克服、完全制伏、粉碎那些危险。这即是:寻求善法者,还应当克服其他的危险。显示巴利原文
ti. Athāparānipi atthi abhisambhotabbāni abhibhavitabbāni ajjhottharitabbāni pariyādiyitabbāni madditabbāni. ti dve parissayā – pākaṭaparissayā ca paṭicchannaparissayā ca…pe… evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā. ti sammāpaṭipadaṃ anulomapaṭipadaṃ apaccanīkapaṭipadaṃ aviruddhapaṭipadaṃ anvatthapaṭipadaṃ…pe… ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ nibbānañca nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ esantena gavesantena pariyesantena parissayā abhisambhotabbā abhibhavitabbā ajjhottharitabbā pariyādiyitabbā madditabbāti – athāparāni abhisambhaveyya parissayāni kusalānuesī.
1142 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
对于外道,亦不惊慌,虽见其处有众多可怖之事;
寻求善法者,还应克服其余的危难。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paradhammikānampi na santaseyya, disvāpi tesaṃ bahubheravāni; Athāparāni abhisambhaveyya, parissayāni kusalānuesī’’ti.
病触,即指疾病之触。被疾病之触所触、所侵袭、所压制、所占据时,便会如此;被眼病所触、所侵袭、所压制、所占据时,便会如此;被耳病……被鼻病……被舌病……被身病……乃至被虻蚊、风热、爬虫之触所触、所侵袭、所压制、所占据时,便会如此。饥饿,即指匮乏之感。被饥饿所触、所侵袭、所压制、所占据时,便会如此——这便是被病触与饥饿所触。显示巴利原文
ti. Ātaṅkaphasso vuccati rogaphasso. Rogaphassena phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato assa; cakkhurogena phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato assa, sotarogena… ghānarogena… jivhārogena… kāyarogena…pe… ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassena phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato assa. Khudā vuccati chātako. Chātakena phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato assāti – ātaṅkaphassena khudāya phuṭṭho.
“冷”有两种原因:或由内在界扰动而生起冷,或由外在时节影响而生起冷。“热”也有两种原因:或由内在界扰动而生起热,或由外在时节影响而生起热——这便是“寒冷与暑热”。所谓“他忍耐”,是指对于寒冷、暑热、飢饿、口渴,对于虻、蚊、风、热、爬虫类的接触,对于恶骂、恶语,对于已生起的种种身体感受——那些苦的、剧烈的、粗猛的、刺痛的、不可意的、不可乐的、几乎夺命的感受——他都具备安然忍受的品格,这便是“他应当忍耐(冷热)”。显示巴利原文
ti. nti dvīhi kāraṇehi sītaṃ hoti – abbhantaradhātuppakopavasena vā sītaṃ hoti, bahiddhā utuvasena vā sītaṃ hoti. nti dvīhi kāraṇehi uṇhaṃ hoti – abbhantaradhātuppakopavasena vā uṇhaṃ hoti, bahiddhā utuvasena vā uṇhaṃ hotīti – sītaṃ athuṇhaṃ . ti khamo assa sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko assāti – sītaṃ athuṇhaṃ adhivāsayeyya.
(经文说“种种触”),意为:他被病触、饥饿、寒冷、暑热所触,被充满、被压倒、被佔据——这就是“他被这些所触”。(经文说“种种”),意为:他以种种方式被触、被充满、被压倒、被佔据——这就是“他被这些种种所触”。(经文说“无家”),因为他不给与行俱行的识留出空间,所以称为“无家”。或者,不为身恶行、语恶行、意恶行留出余地,故也称为“无家”——这就是“他被这些种种所触,身为无家者”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ātaṅkaphassena ca khudāya ca sītena ca uṇhena ca phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato assāti – so tehi phuṭṭho. ti anekavidhehi ākārehi phuṭṭho pareto samohito samannāgato assāti – so tehi phuṭṭho bahudhā . ti abhisaṅkhārasahagataviññāṇassa okāsaṃ na karotītipi – anoko. Atha vā kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa okāsaṃ na karotītipi – anokoti – so tehi phuṭṭho bahudhā anoko.
“精进策励”,是指那属于心所的,即精进的发奋、努力、奋力、勤勉、奋发、不退、坚毅、坚定,不懈怠、不舍弃志向、不舍弃责任、承担责任的精进,也就是精进根、精进力、正精进。“他应当坚固”:他应当让精进策励变得坚固、牢靠,应具有坚固不移的承诺——这就是“他应坚固精进策励”。显示巴利原文
ti. Vīriyaparakkamo vuccati yo cetasiko vīriyārambho nikkamo parakkamo uyyāmo vāyāmo ussāho ussoḷhī appaṭivānī thāmo dhiti asithilaparakkamatā anikkhittacchandatā anikkhittadhuratā dhurasampaggāho vīriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ vīriyabalaṃ sammāvāyāmo. ti. Vīriyaṃ parakkamaṃ daḷhaṃ kareyya thiraṃ kareyya, daḷhasamādāno assa avatthitasamādānoti – vīriyaparakkamaṃ daḷhaṃ kareyya.
1173 因此,世尊如此说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
当他被这些所触逼时,身为无家者,应以种种方式,坚定地精勤努力。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ātaṅkaphassena khudāya phuṭṭho, sītaṃ athuṇhaṃ adhivāsayeyya; So tehi phuṭṭho bahudhā anoko, vīriyaparakkamaṃ daḷhaṃ kareyyā’’ti.
这是说:‘此处,比丘舍离不与取,远离不与取,唯受所施,唯期所施,以不偷盗的清净之心而安住——他不应作偷盗之行。’这是说:‘此处,比丘舍离妄语,远离妄语,是实语者、真语者、可信者、可依者、不欺世间者——他不应作偷盗之行,亦不应说妄语。’显示巴利原文
ti. ti idha bhikkhu adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato assa dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā vihareyyāti – theyyaṃ na kāre. ti idha bhikkhu musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato assa saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassāti – theyyaṃ na kāre na musā bhaṇeyya.
“慈”指的是:对众生的慈爱、慈爱之心、慈爱的具足;同情、同情之心、同情的具足;希求利益、悲悯、无嗔、无害、无怒、善根。“颤抖者”是指那些渴爱尚未断除,以及恐惧与怖畏尚未断除的人。为何称他们为“颤抖者”?因为他们颤抖、惊惧、极度惊惧、害怕、陷入恐惧,因此称为“颤抖者”。“坚定者”是指那些渴爱已经断除,以及恐惧与怖畏已经断除的人。为何称他们为“坚定者”?因为他们不颤抖、不惊惧、不极度惊惧、不害怕、不陷入恐惧,因此称为“坚定者”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yā sattesu metti mettāyanā mettāyitattaṃ anudayā anudayanā anudayitattaṃ hitesitā anukampā abyāpādo abyāpajjo adoso kusalamūlaṃ. ti yesaṃ tasitā taṇhā appahīnā, yesañca bhayabheravā appahīnā. Kiṃkāraṇā vuccanti tasā? Te tasanti uttasanti paritasanti bhāyanti santāsaṃ āpajjanti; taṃkāraṇā vuccanti tasā. ti yesaṃ tasitā taṇhā pahīnā, yesañca bhayabheravā pahīnā. Kiṃkāraṇā vuccanti thāvarā? Te na tasanti na uttasanti na paritasanti na bhāyanti santāsaṃ na āpajjanti; taṃkāraṇā vuccanti thāvarā. ti. Tase ca thāvare ca mettāya phasseyya phareyya, mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā vihareyyāti – mettāya phasse tasathāvarāni.
‘当……时’:指某个时刻。‘心’:指那心、意、意识、纯净心、意处、意根、识、识蕴以及由此生起的意识界。由于身恶行,心变得浑浊、摇动、被搅扰、被冲击、动荡、散乱、不平静。由于语恶行……(中略)……由于意恶行……由于贪……由于嗔……由于痴……由于忿……由于恨……由于覆……由于恼……由于嫉……由于悭……由于诳……由于谄……由于刚愎……由于激怒……由于慢……由于过慢……由于骄……由于放逸……由于一切烦恼……由于一切恶行……由于一切剧痛……由于一切烧灼……由于一切煎熬……由于一切不善行,心变得浑浊、摇动、被搅扰、被冲击、动荡、散乱、不平静。‘知’:即应了知、应识别、应证知、应洞察心的浑浊状态——当知心意浑浊之时。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yadā. ti yaṃ cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ hadayaṃ paṇḍaraṃ mano manāyatanaṃ manindriyaṃ viññāṇaṃ viññāṇakkhandho tajjā manoviññāṇadhātu. Kāyaduccaritena cittaṃ āvilaṃ hoti luḷitaṃ eritaṃ ghaṭṭitaṃ calitaṃ bhantaṃ avūpasantaṃ. Vacīduccaritena…pe… manoduccaritena… rāgena… dosena… mohena… kodhena… upanāhena… makkhena… paḷāsena… issāya… macchariyena… māyāya… sāṭheyyena… thambhena… sārambhena… mānena… atimānena… madena… pamādena… sabbakilesehi… sabbaduccaritehi… sabbadarathehi… sabbapariḷāhehi… sabbasantāpehi… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārehi cittaṃ āvilaṃ hoti luḷitaṃ eritaṃ ghaṭṭitaṃ calitaṃ bhantaṃ avūpasantaṃ. ti. Cittassa āvilabhāvaṃ jāneyya ājāneyya vijāneyya paṭivijāneyya paṭivijjheyyāti – yadāvilattaṃ manaso vijaññā.
‘黑暗者’:指那位魔罗,他是黑魔、主宰者、终结者、破坏者、放逸者的亲友。‘黑暗者的阵营’:即应当被舍弃、被驱除、被灭尽、令其不复存在的,就是魔罗的阵营、魔罗的套索、魔罗的钩、魔罗的诱饵、魔罗的领域、魔罗的住处、魔罗的行境、魔罗的束缚。如此,他应当驱散黑暗者的阵营。又或者,‘黑暗者的阵营’指魔罗阵营、不善阵营,是苦的因、苦的果,能导致地狱、畜生、饿鬼等趣,应当被舍弃、被驱除、被灭尽、令其不复存在。如此,他应当驱散黑暗者的阵营。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo so māro kaṇho adhipati antagu namuci pamattabandhu. Kaṇhassa pakkho mārapakkho mārapāso mārabaḷisaṃ mārāmisaṃ māravisayo māranivāso māragocaro mārabandhananti pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti. Evampi kaṇhassa pakkhoti vinodayeyya. Atha vā kaṇhassa pakkho mārapakkho akusalapakkho dukkhuddayo dukkhavipāko nirayasaṃvattaniko tiracchānayonisaṃvattaniko pettivisayasaṃvattanikoti pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti. Evampi kaṇhassa pakkhoti vinodayeyya.
1168 因此,世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
不应行偷盗,不应说妄语,应以慈心接触一切怯弱与安稳的众生;
若察觉内心有混浊、黑暗的倾向,应将它驱散。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Theyyaṃ na kāre na musā bhaṇeyya, mettāya phasse tasathāvarāni; Yadāvilattaṃ manaso vijaññā, kaṇhassa pakkhoti vinodayeyyā’’ti.
在此,所谓“嗔”,即心的愤怒、抗拒……粗暴、侵犯、不悦的状态。所谓“慢”,即在此由于出身、种姓……或种种因缘而轻视他人。所谓“不随顺于愤怒与傲慢的支配”,即不陷入愤怒与傲慢的掌控,应当舍弃愤怒与傲慢,驱散它、消除它、令它归于无有——他不随顺于愤怒与傲慢的支配。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo cittassa āghāto paṭighāto…pe… caṇḍikkaṃ asuropo anattamanatā cittassa. ti idhekacco paraṃ atimaññati jātiyā vā gottena vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. ti. Kodhassa ca atimānassa ca vasaṃ na gaccheyya, kodhañca atimānañca pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti – kodhātimānassa vasaṃ na gacche.
什么是愤怒的根?无明是根,不如理作意是根,我慢是根,无惭是根,无愧是根,掉举是根——这些是愤怒的根。什么是傲慢的根?无明是根,不如理作意是根,我慢是根,无惭是根,无愧是根,掉举是根——这些是傲慢的根。意思是:挖掘愤怒与傲慢的根,将其拔出、彻底拔出,连根拔起、彻底连根拔起,舍弃它、驱散它、消除它、令它归于无有之后,他得以安立、稳固地安立——即连根拔除之后,安立。显示巴利原文
ti. Katamaṃ kodhassa mūlaṃ? Avijjā mūlaṃ, ayoniso manasikāro mūlaṃ, asmimāno mūlaṃ, ahirikaṃ mūlaṃ, anottappaṃ mūlaṃ, uddhaccaṃ mūlaṃ – idaṃ kodhassa mūlaṃ. Katamaṃ atimānassa mūlaṃ? Avijjā mūlaṃ, ayoniso manasikāro mūlaṃ, asmimāno mūlaṃ, ahirikaṃ mūlaṃ , anottappaṃ mūlaṃ, uddhaccaṃ mūlaṃ – idaṃ atimānassa mūlaṃ. ti. Kodhassa ca atimānassa ca mūlaṃ palikhaṇitvā uddharitvā samuddharitvā uppāṭayitvā samuppāṭayitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantiṃ karitvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā tiṭṭheyya santiṭṭheyyāti – mūlampi tesaṃ palikhañña tiṭṭhe.
所谓“iti”(如是),即词语的连接、组合与圆满,字母的聚合,文句的流畅,语序的次第。而那位婆罗门的名字、称谓、名称、施设、惯用语,即是“摩犍提”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – itīti. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro – iti māgaṇḍiyoti.
‘‘Kodhātimānassa vasaṃ na gacche, mūlampi tesaṃ palikhañña tiṭṭhe; Athappiyaṃ vā pana appiyaṃ vā, addhā bhavanto abhisambhaveyyā’’ti.
“ti”,那慧即是:了知、简择、推度、择法……乃至无痴、正见。有一类人,以慧为前导而行,以慧为旗帜,以慧为标识,以慧为尊主,常修简择,常修推度,常修观察,常修谛观,安住明觉,以此为行,以此居多,以此为重,以此为倾向,以此为趋向,以此为归宿,倾心于此,以此最上。如此,即是以慧为先导。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo…pe… amoho sammādiṭṭhi. ti idhekacco paññaṃ purato katvā carati paññādhajo paññāketu paññādhipateyyo vicayabahulo pavicayabahulo pekkhāyanabahulo sampekkhāyanabahulo vibhūtavihārī taccarito tabbahulo taggaruko tanninno tappoṇo tappabbhāro tadadhimutto tadadhipateyyoti. Evampi paññaṃ purakkhatvā.
又如:行走时,他清晰了知“我行走”;站立时,了知“我站立”;坐着时,了知“我坐着”;躺卧时,了知“我躺卧”。无论他的身体处于何种姿势,他都如实了知。如此,即以慧为先导。显示巴利原文
Atha vā gacchanto vā ‘‘gacchāmī’’ti pajānāti, ṭhito vā ‘‘ṭhitomhī’’ti pajānāti, nisinno vā ‘‘nisinnomhī’’ti pajānāti, sayāno vā ‘‘sayānomhī’’ti pajānāti, yathā yathā vā panassa kāyo paṇihito hoti tathā tathā naṃ pajānātīti. Evampi paññaṃ purakkhatvā.
又或:前进与返回时,保持正知;向前看与向旁看时,保持正知;弯曲与伸展肢体时,保持正知;穿着桑喀帝、持钵与衣时,保持正知;吃、喝、咀嚼、品尝时,保持正知;大小便时,保持正知;行走、站立、坐着、睡眠、醒来、说话、沉默时,皆保持正知。如此,即以慧为先导。显示巴利原文
Atha vā abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhibhāve sampajānakārī hotīti. Evampi paññaṃ purakkhatvā.
由佛随念而生起的喜与欢喜,称为善喜。由法随念、僧随念、戒随念、舍随念、天随念、入出息念、死随念、身至念、寂止随念而生起的喜与欢喜,称为善喜——这即是以慧为先导的善喜。显示巴利原文
ti buddhānussativasena uppajjati pīti pāmojjaṃ – kalyāṇapītīti. Dhammānussati saṅghānussati sīlānussati cāgānussati devatānussati ānāpānassati maraṇassati kāyagatāsativasena upasamānussativasena uppajjati pīti pāmojjaṃ – kalyāṇapītīti – paññaṃ purakkhatvā kalyāṇapīti.
有两种危险:明显的危险与隐蔽的危险。……这些称为明显的危险。……这些称为隐蔽的危险。……因此,危险也称之为“潜伏之处”。他应镇伏、克服、压制、摧毁、粉碎那些危险——即镇伏那些危险。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve parissayā – pākaṭaparissayā ca paṭicchannaparissayā ca…pe… ime vuccanti pākaṭaparissayā…pe… ime vuccanti paṭicchannaparissayā…pe… evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā. ti. Tāni parissayāni vikkhambheyya abhibhaveyya ajjhotthareyya pariyādiyeyya maddeyyāti – vikkhambhaye tāni parissayāni.
什么是不满?即不满、不悦、不欢喜、不乐、厌烦与焦躁。他应忍受、克服、压制、摧毁、粉碎对于边远卧处或种种极为殊胜之法的这种不满——即忍受在边远卧处的不满。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yā arati aratitā anabhirati anabhiramaṇā ukkaṇṭhitā paritassitā. ti pantesu vā senāsanesu aññataraññataresu vā adhikusalesu dhammesu aratiṃ saheyya abhibhaveyya ajjhotthareyya pariyādiyeyya maddeyyāti – aratiṃ sahetha sayanamhi pante.
他应忍受、克服、压制、摧毁、粉碎四种悲泣之法——即忍受四种悲泣之法。
显示巴利原文 ti. Cattāro paridevanīye dhamme saheyya parisaheyya abhibhaveyya ajjhotthareyya pariyādiyeyya maddeyyāti – caturo sahetha paridevadhamme.
1094 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
以慧为先导,具足善喜乐,他应镇伏那些危难;
他应忍受边远卧处的不乐,应忍受四种悲泣之法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paññaṃ purakkhatvā kalyāṇapīti, vikkhambhaye tāni parissayāni; Aratiṃ sahetha sayanamhi pante, caturo sahetha paridevadhamme’’ti.
经文中的“nti”,是指“我将吃什么?是米饭、粥、炒面粉、鱼,还是肉?”这便是“我将吃什么”的寻思。另一个“nti”,是指“我将在哪里吃?在刹帝利家、婆罗门家、吠舍家,还是首陀罗家?”这便是“我将吃什么?又将在何处吃?”的寻思。显示巴利原文
nti. ti kiṃ bhuñjissāmi odanaṃ vā kummāsaṃ vā sattuṃ vā macchaṃ vā maṃsaṃ vāti – kiṃsū asissaṃ. nti kattha bhuñjissāmi khattiyakule vā brāhmaṇakule vā vessakule vā suddakule vāti – kiṃsū asissaṃ kuva vā asissaṃ.
经文中的“nti”,是指“这一夜我睡得很苦,或在木板上、垫子上、皮块上、草席上、树叶席上,或是稻草席上。来夜我将在哪里睡得舒适?是在床上、椅子上、褥子上、枕头上,或是在精舍里、半檐屋中、殿楼里、重阁里、山洞里?”这便是:“真苦啊,昨夜如此而卧,今夜又将卧于何处?”显示巴利原文
nti imaṃ rattiṃ dukkhaṃ sayittha phalake vā taṭṭikāya vā cammakhaṇḍe vā tiṇasanthāre vā paṇṇasanthāre vā palālasanthāre vā. Āgāmirattiṃ kattha sukhaṃ sayissāmi mañce vā pīṭhe vā bhisiyā vā bimbohane vā vihāre vā aḍḍhayoge vā pāsāde vā hammiye vā guhāya vāti – dukkhaṃ vata settha kuvajja sessaṃ.
经文中的“ti”,是指两种与乞食相关的寻思,以及两种与住处相关的寻思。而“ti”是说这些寻思是令人忧愁、应悲泣的——这些寻思,正是应当悲泣的。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve piṇḍapātapaṭisaññutte vitakke, dve senāsanapaṭisaññutte vitakke. ti ādevaneyye paridevaneyyeti – ete vitakke paridevaneyye.
经中说:“有学。”为何称之为有学?因为他学习,故称“有学”。他学习什么呢?他学习增上戒,也学习增上心,还学习增上慧。什么是增上戒学……(中略)……这便是增上慧学。他作意这三学而学习,以了知、照见、省察于心而学习,以信心胜解而学习,策励精进,令正念现前,令心得定,以智慧通达而学习;他现观所应现观者而学习,遍知所应遍知者,断除所应断除者,修习所应修习者,证得所应证得者;他如此行道、圆满行道、受持而学习。由此因缘,称之为有学。为调伏、为对治、为断除、为止息、为弃舍、为轻安,他应学习增上戒,应学习增上心,应学习增上慧。作意这三学而学习,以了知……(中略)……证得所应证得者而学习,如此行道、圆满行道、受持而转起。这便是“有学应调伏”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti kiṃkāraṇā vuccati sekho? Sikkhatīti – sekho. Kiñca sikkhati? Adhisīlampi sikkhati, adhicittampi sikkhati, adhipaññampi sikkhati. Katamā adhisīlasikkhā…pe… ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā. Imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkhati, jānanto passanto paccavekkhanto cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahanto sikkhati, saddhāya adhimuccanto sikkhati, vīriyaṃ paggaṇhanto, satiṃ upaṭṭhapento, cittaṃ samādahanto, paññāya pajānanto sikkhati, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto sikkhati, pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto, pahātabbaṃ pajahanto, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento, sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkhati ācarati samācarati samādāya sikkhati. Taṃkāraṇā vuccati – sekho. Vinayāya paṭivinayāya pahānāya vūpasamāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipassaddhiyā adhisīlampi sikkheyya, adhicittampi sikkheyya, adhipaññampi sikkheyya. Imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkheyya jānanto…pe… sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkheyya ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyyāti – vinayetha sekho.
什么是有家行者?世间有人,于家有系缚,于僧团有系缚,于住所有系缚,于衣服有系缚,于乞食有系缚,于坐卧处有系缚,于生病所需之医药资具有系缚。如此便是有家行者。什么是无家行者?世间有比丘,于家无系缚,于僧团无系缚……(中略)……于生病所需之医药资具无系缚。如此便是无家行者。显示巴利原文
ti . Kathaṃ niketacārī hoti? Idhekacco kulapalibodhena samannāgato hoti, gaṇapalibodhena… āvāsapalibodhena… cīvarapalibodhena… piṇḍapātapalibodhena… senāsanapalibodhena… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārapalibodhena samannāgato hoti. Evaṃ niketacārī hoti. Kathaṃ aniketacārī hoti? Idha bhikkhu na kulapalibodhena samannāgato hoti, na gaṇapalibodhena… na āvāsapalibodhena… na cīvarapalibodhena… na piṇḍapātapalibodhena… na senāsanapalibodhena… na gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārapalibodhena samannāgato hoti. Evaṃ aniketacārī hoti.
前往摩揭陀者,前往憍萨罗者,亦有部分人前往跋耆国。
善哉其行,善哉其妙行,善哉恒常无家而住;
请问法义与行持合宜,此即是无所有者之沙门本色。
有学的无家行者应当舍断这些。因此,世尊这样说:
“我吃什么?我又去何处而食?真是苦啊,尊者!今夜我将在何处安睡?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Magadhaṃ gatā kosalaṃ gatā, ekacciyā pana vajjibhūmiyā; Migā viya asaṅghacārino , aniketā viharanti bhikkhavo. ‘‘Sādhu caritakaṃ sādhu sucaritaṃ, sādhu sadā aniketavihāro; Atthapucchanaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ kammaṃ, etaṃ sāmaññaṃ akiñcanassā’’ti. Vinayetha sekho aniketacārī. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘Kiṃsū asissaṃ kuva vā asissaṃ, dukkhaṃ vata settha kuvajja sessaṃ; Ete vitakke paridevaneyye, vinayetha sekho aniketacārī’’ti.
“食物”指米饭、粥、炒面、鱼、肉。“衣服”指六种衣料:亚麻、棉、丝、毛、粗麻、混合麻。“得到食物和衣服之后”:得到衣与得到托钵食之后——不凭欺诈,不凭巧言,不凭暗示,不凭贬低他人,不凭以利求利;不凭赠送柴薪,不凭赠送竹材,不凭赠送钵器,不凭赠送花鬘,不凭赠送果物,不凭赠送沐浴之具,不凭赠送粉,不凭赠送黏土,不凭赠送齿木,不凭赠送漱口水;不凭谄媚,不凭如豆汤般的奉承,不凭保姆般的迁就,不凭按摩压腿,不凭占卜风水,不凭旁门左道,不凭看相,不凭占星,不凭跑腿送信,不凭替人传话,不凭徒步奔波,不凭行医,不凭以食易食,不凭反复馈赠——而是以正直的方式、公平的方式获得、得到、取得、找到、取得之后:既得到食物,也适时得到衣服。显示巴利原文
ti. nti odano kummāso sattu maccho maṃsaṃ. nti cha cīvarāni – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅgaṃ. ti. Cīvaraṃ labhitvā piṇḍapātaṃ labhitvā na kuhanāya, na lapanāya, na nemittikatāya, na nippesikatāya, na lābhena lābhaṃ nijigīsanatāya, na dārudānena, na veḷudānena, na pattadānena, na pupphadānena, na phaladānena, na sinānadānena, na cuṇṇadānena, na mattikādānena, na dantakaṭṭhadānena, na mukhodakadānena, na cātukamyatāya, na muggasūpyatāya, na pāribhaṭyatāya, na pīṭhamaddikatāya, na vatthuvijjāya, na tiracchānavijjāya, na aṅgavijjāya, na nakkhattavijjāya, na dūtagamanena, na pahiṇagamanena, na jaṅghapesanikena, na vejjakammena, na piṇḍapaṭipiṇḍakena, na dānānuppadānena dhammena samena laddhā labhitvā adhigantvā vinditvā paṭilabhitvāti – annañca laddhā vasanañca kāle.
“知量”依两种方式而知适度:就接受而言,或就使用而言。如何就接受而知适度?他人施与时,若给得少,为护持施主家、顾全施主家、悲悯施主家而接受;若给得多,也只接受足以养身的衣,只接受足以充腹的托钵食。这就是就接受而知适度。如何就使用而知适度?显示巴利原文
nti. ti dvīhi kāraṇehi mattaṃ jāneyya – paṭiggahaṇato vā paribhogato vā. Kathaṃ paṭiggahaṇato mattaṃ jānāti? Thokepi diyyamāne kulānudayāya kulānurakkhāya kulānukampāya paṭiggaṇhāti, bahukepi diyyamāne kāyaparihārikaṃ cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti kucchiparihārikaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. Evaṃ paṭiggahaṇato mattaṃ jānāti. Kathaṃ paribhogato mattaṃ jānāti?
他如理省思而使用衣服:仅是为了防御寒冷,仅是为了防御炎热,仅是为了防御蚊虫、风、日晒及爬虫类的接触,仅是为了遮蔽身体羞处的目的。显示巴利原文
Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṃ paṭisevati yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya uṇhassa paṭighātāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva hirikopīnapaṭicchādanatthaṃ.
如理省思之后,他受用钵食,不为嬉戏,不为骄逸,不为妆饰,不为庄严,仅为维持此身、延续生命、止息恼害、资助梵行。他这样省思:‘我以此食物消除旧受,不令新受生起,从而得以存活,无有过失,且安住安乐。’显示巴利原文
Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso piṇḍapātaṃ paṭisevati neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca.
如理省思之后,他受用住所,仅为抵御寒冷,抵御炎热,抵御蚊虫、风、日晒与爬虫类的触扰,仅为消除气候的威胁,并为乐享独处静修。显示巴利原文
Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso senāsanaṃ paṭisevati yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya uṇhassa paṭighātāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṃ.
如理省思之后,他受用医药资具,仅为消除已生起的病痛感受,达到无有恼害的最上。显示巴利原文
Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati yāvadeva uppannānaṃ veyyābyādhikānaṃ vedanānaṃ paṭighātāya abyāpajjaparamatāya.
如此,由受用而知量。也就是说,依这两种方式,应知量、解量、悟量、达量、彻知量——这样的人,是为知量。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paribhogato mattaṃ jānāti. ti. Imehi dvīhi kāraṇehi mattaṃ jāneyya ājāneyya paṭivijāneyya paṭivijjheyyāti – mattaṃ sa jaññā.
此处,有比丘于任何衣物皆能知足,并赞叹于任何衣物知足;他不因衣服之故,而行不正当、不适当的寻求;若未得衣,不感焦虑;得衣之后,不贪恋、不沉迷、不耽溺,观察其过患,以导向出离的智慧而受用;且以此对任何衣物的知足,他既不抬高自己,也不贬低他人。凡在这方面能干、不懈怠、正知、具念者,这位比丘便称为安住于古老、根本的圣者种姓中。显示巴利原文
nti. Idha bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca cīvarahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati; aladdhā ca cīvaraṃ na paritassati, laddhā ca cīvaraṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno, ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; tāya ca pana itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato – ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito.
再者,比丘于任何样的钵食皆能知足,并赞叹于任何样钵食的知足;他不为钵食之故,而行不正当、不相称的营求;未得钵食,他不焦虑;已得钵食,他不贪恋、不迷执、不耽溺,观察其过患,以出离的智慧而受用;而且,他依此对任何样钵食的知足,既不自赞,也不轻蔑他人。在此之中,凡有比丘善巧、不懈怠、正知、具念——这位比丘便名为安住于古老、根本的圣者种姓中。显示巴利原文
Puna caparaṃ bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca piṇḍapātahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati, aladdhā ca piṇḍapātaṃ na paritassati, laddhā ca piṇḍapātaṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno, ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; tāya ca pana itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato – ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito.
再者,比丘于任何住处皆能知足,并赞叹于任何住处知足;他绝不因住处之故,而行不正当、不适当的追求;未得住处,他不忧虑;得到住处后,不贪着、不迷恋、不沉溺,观察其过患,以导向出离的智慧而受用;而且,藉由此于任何住处皆能知足,他既不抬高自己,亦不贬低他人。于此中,凡能如此干练、不懈怠、正知、具念者——这位比丘即称为安住于古老、根本的圣者种姓中。显示巴利原文
Puna caparaṃ bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena itarītarasenāsanasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca senāsanahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati , aladdhā ca senāsanaṃ na paritassati, laddhā ca senāsanaṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno, ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; tāya ca pana itarītarasenāsanasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato – ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito.
再者,比丘对随得的病缘医药资具能常知足,并赞叹这种随得病缘医药资具的知足;他不会为了病缘医药资具的缘故,而行不正当、不适当的营求;若未获得病缘医药资具,心不焦虑;既得之后,不贪著、不迷恋、不沉溺,观见其过患,以导向出离的智慧而受用;并且以此随得病缘医药资具的知足,他既不抬高自己,也不贬损他人。于此之中,凡比丘如此能干、不懈怠、正知、具念,即称为安住于古老、根本的圣者种姓中。这便是——在‘彼知量者’一句里,为阐明导向知足之义。显示巴利原文
Puna caparaṃ bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, itarītaragilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati, aladdhā ca gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ na paritassati, laddhā ca gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno, ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; tāya ca pana itarītaragilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato – ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhitoti – mattaṃ sa jaññā idha tosanatthaṃ.
这就是说,于衣、食、住、药及病缘资具上,他受到了守护、保护、防护与约束。这是就这些资具而说他受到守护的一种解释。或者,于诸处上,他受到了守护、保护、防护与约束。这是就诸处而说他受到守护的另一种解释。显示巴利原文
ti. ti cīvare piṇḍapāte senāsane gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāre gutto gopito rakkhito saṃvutoti. Evampi so tesu gutto. Atha vā āyatanesu gutto gopito rakkhito saṃvutoti. Evampi so tesu gutto.
所谓“在村落中”,即防护、妥善防护、守护、保护、防卫、约束之义。因此,他在那些村落中受守护,调御而行。显示巴利原文
ti gāme yato yatto paṭiyatto gutto gopito rakkhito saṃvutoti – so tesu gutto yatacāri gāme.
若遭诋毁、贬损、轻蔑、攻击、指责、非难,不以粗暴严苛的言语反驳或回应;遭人辱骂,不反骂;受人激怒,不反激;若有人争吵,不回应争吵。不发起口角、争论、冲突、辩论、纷争。应断除、驱除、灭除口角、争论、冲突、辩论、纷争,令其归于无有。应远离、离弃、彻底离弃、出离、脱出、解脱、脱离口角、争论、冲突、辩论、纷争,以无有界限的心而安住。即使被激怒,亦不说粗暴之语。显示巴利原文
ti. Dūsito khuṃsito vambhito ghaṭṭito garahito upavadito pharusena kakkhaḷena nappaṭivajjā nappaṭibhaṇeyya, akkosantaṃ na paccakkoseyya, rosantaṃ nappaṭiroseyya, bhaṇḍantaṃ na paṭibhaṇḍeyya, na kalahaṃ kareyya, na bhaṇḍanaṃ kareyya, na viggahaṃ kareyya, na vivādaṃ kareyya, na medhagaṃ kareyya, kalahaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ viggahaṃ vivādaṃ medhagaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, kalahabhaṇḍanaviggahavivādamedhagā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – rusitopi vācaṃ pharusaṃ na vajjā.
1356 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
得到食物与合时的住处后,他应于此了知适量,旨在知足。
在那些村落中,他防护、克制而行,即使被激怒,也不说粗恶语。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Annañca laddhā vasanañca kāle, mattaṃ sa jaññā idha tosanatthaṃ; So tesu gutto yatacāri gāme, rusitopi vācaṃ pharusaṃ na vajjā’’ti.
怎样是散乱眼呢?在此,有一类比丘眼根贪染,具足眼贪,心中想:‘未见的我要看,已见的我要超越。’他便从一个园林到一个园林、从一个公园到一个公园、从一个村落到一个村落、从一个集镇到一个集镇、从一个城到一个城、从一个邦国到一个邦国、从一个地区到一个地区,进行长途而不安住的游走,从事观看色相。这就称为散乱眼。显示巴利原文
ti. Kathaṃ khittacakkhu hoti ? Idhekacco bhikkhu cakkhulolo, cakkhuloliyena samannāgato hoti, ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ dakkhitabbaṃ, diṭṭhaṃ samatikkamitabba’’nti ārāmena ārāmaṃ uyyānena uyyānaṃ gāmena gāmaṃ nigamena nigamaṃ nagarena nagaraṃ raṭṭhena raṭṭhaṃ janapadena janapadaṃ dīghacārikaṃ anavaṭṭhitacārikaṃ anuyutto ca hoti rūpadassanāya. Evampi khittacakkhu hoti.
又或者,比丘进入聚落,行于街巷时,摄护身心而行;他不看象……不朝四方东张西望而行。如此,便非眼根散乱。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vīthiṃ paṭipanno saṃvuto gacchati na hatthiṃ olokento…pe… na disāvidisaṃ vipekkhamāno gacchati. Evampi na khittacakkhu hoti.
又或者,比丘以眼见到色后,执取总相,执取细相。以此因缘,若他住于不防护眼根,贪、忧等不善恶法便会随之涌入。他不去行持眼根的防护,不守护眼根,于眼根不修防护。如此,亦是眼根散乱。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā nimittaggāhī hoti anubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya nappaṭipajjati, na rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye na saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Evampi khittacakkhu hoti.
又如有些沙门、婆罗门,受用信施之食后,却耽著于观看种种喧闹的娱乐表演,即:舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、戏剧、故事讲述、掌乐、掷铁环、软木球戏、杂耍、贱民翻筋斗、竹竿杂技、洗衣演示、象斗、马斗、水牛斗、公牛斗、山羊斗、公羊斗、斗鸡、斗鹌鹑、棍法格斗、拳击、摔跤、模拟战斗、军队阵列、阅兵等。像这样耽著于观看种种喧闹的娱乐表演,这也称为‘非行处’。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ anuyuttā viharanti, seyyathidaṃ – naccaṃ gītaṃ vāditaṃ pekkhaṃ akkhānaṃ pāṇissaraṃ vetāḷaṃ kumbhathūṇaṃ sobhanakaṃ caṇḍālaṃ vaṃsaṃ dhovanaṃ hatthiyuddhaṃ assayuddhaṃ mahiṃsayuddhaṃ usabhayuddhaṃ ajayuddhaṃ meṇḍayuddhaṃ kukkuṭayuddhaṃ vaṭṭakayuddhaṃ daṇḍayuddhaṃ muṭṭhiyuddhaṃ nibbuddhaṃ uyyodhikaṃ balaggaṃ senābyūhaṃ anīkadassanaṃ iti vā iti, evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ anuyutto hoti – ayampi vuccati agocaro.
怎样才不算是眼目散乱?在此,有类比丘,不好乐眼色,不具足眼贪的习性。他并非怀着“未看的要看,已看的要更胜”那样的心追逐色相,从这个寺院到那个寺院,从这个园林到那个园林,从这个村庄到那个村庄,从这个镇子到那个镇子,从这个城镇到那个城镇,从这个国土到那个国土,从这个区域到那个区域,长久漫游,居无定所。这样,他便不是眼目散乱。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ na khittacakkhu hoti? Idhekacco bhikkhu na cakkhulolo na cakkhuloliyena samannāgato hoti ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ dakkhitabbaṃ diṭṭhaṃ samatikkamitabba’’nti na ārāmena ārāmaṃ na uyyānena uyyānaṃ na gāmena gāmaṃ na nigamena nigamaṃ na nagarena nagaraṃ na raṭṭhena raṭṭhaṃ na janapadena janapadaṃ dīghacārikaṃ anavaṭṭhitacārikaṃ ananuyutto ca hoti rūpadassanāya . Evampi na khittacakkhu hoti.
再者,比丘进入村落,沿街而行时,摄护而行:不瞻望大象,不瞻望马,不瞻望车乘,不瞻望步兵……乃至……不环顾四方而行——这也称为“行处”。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vīthiṃ paṭipanno saṃvuto gacchati, na hatthiṃ olokento, na assaṃ olokento, na rathaṃ olokento, na pattiṃ olokento…pe… na disāvidisaṃ vipekkhamāno gacchati – ayampi vuccati gocaro.
再者,比丘以眼见色后,不执取其相……乃至……于意根成就防护——这也称为“行处”。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti…pe… manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati – ayampi vuccati gocaro.
然而,有些沙门和婆罗门在接受信众供养的食物后,却从事……观看列阵等无益的表演。他远离了这类观看无益表演的行为。如此,他并非目光散乱之人,而是“低垂眼目”者。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā…pe… anīkadassanaṃ iti vā. Evarūpā visūkadassanānuyogā paṭivirato hoti. Evampi na khittacakkhu hotīti – okkhittacakkhu.
何谓足行放逸?在此,有些比丘是足行放逸者,具足放逸行走的习性,从此寺游走到彼寺……从事漫长而不安住的漫游,只为观看种种色相。如此即是足行放逸。显示巴利原文
ti. Kathaṃ pādalolo hoti? Idhekacco bhikkhu pādalolo pādaloliyena samannāgato hoti, ārāmena ārāmaṃ…pe… dīghacārikaṃ anavaṭṭhitacārikaṃ anuyutto hoti rūpadassanāya. Evampi pādalolo hoti.
又或者,有些比丘即使在僧园内,也是足行放逸者,常怀放逸行走的习性。他并非出于意义或特定的因由,躁动不安、心不寂静,从一个院落到另一个院落,乃至从一间房舍到另一间房舍……如此谈论着各种有与无的言论。这样,他也是足行放逸者。显示巴利原文
Atha vā bhikkhu antopi saṅghārāme pādalolo pādaloliyena samannāgato hoti, na atthahetu na kāraṇahetu uddhato avūpasantacitto pariveṇato pariveṇaṃ gacchati. Vihārato…pe… iti bhavābhavakathaṃ katheti. Evampi pādalolo hoti.
他应断除、消泯、根绝足行放逸,令其不复生起;应远离、弃舍、出离、超脱足行放逸,从中全然解脱,以无界限之心而安住。他应乐于独处,喜于宴坐,专精于内在的心寂止,不废禅那,具足观照,增长空闲处的修习——这才是“低垂眼目,而非足行放逸”。显示巴利原文
ti. Pādaloliyaṃ pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, pādaloliyā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyya, paṭisallānārāmo assa paṭisallānarato ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno vipassanāya samannāgato brūhetā suññāgāraṃ jhāyī jhānarato ekattamanuyutto sadatthagarukoti – okkhittacakkhu na ca pādalolo.
“致力于禅那”有两种情形:为令未生的初禅生起,而致力、精勤、系念、相应;为令未生的第二禅……第三禅……第四禅生起,而致力、精勤、系念、相应。这是一种致力于禅那。又或者,对已生的初禅,他修习、培育、多修习;对已生的第二禅……第三禅……第四禅,他修习、培育、多修习。这同样是一种致力于禅那。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dvīhi kāraṇehi jhānānuyutto – anuppannassa vā paṭhamassa jhānassa uppādāya yutto payutto āyutto samāyutto, anuppannassa vā dutiyassa jhānassa… tatiyassa jhānassa… catutthassa jhānassa uppādāya yutto payutto āyutto samāyuttoti. Evampi jhānānuyutto. Atha vā uppannaṃ vā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti , uppannaṃ vā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkarotīti. Evampi jhānānuyutto.
于此,比丘于白昼以经行和宴坐,从诸障碍法中清净其心;于初夜分,以经行和宴坐,从诸障碍法中清净其心;于中夜分,右胁作狮子卧,足叠足,正念正知,作意起想;于后夜分,起身后,仍以经行和宴坐,从诸障碍法中清净其心。这便是“致力于禅那、多修觉醒者”。显示巴利原文
ti idha bhikkhu divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi katvā, rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhetīti – jhānānuyutto bahujāgarassa.
在第四禅中,“舍”是平等、平等性、彻底的平等,心的平衡、轻安与中住。“心的安住”是指心确立、安立、不散乱、不动摇、不浮躁而具念——这就是止、定根、定力、正定。在第四禅中,以舍为所缘,心专一而不散乱。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yā catutthe jhāne upekkhā upekkhanā ajjhupekkhanā cittasamatā cittappassaddhatā majjhattatā cittassa. ti yā cittassa ṭhiti saṇṭhiti avaṭṭhiti avisāhāro avikkhepo avisāhaṭamānasatā samatho samādhindriyaṃ samādhibalaṃ sammāsamādhi. ti. Catutthe jhāne upekkhaṃ ārabbha ekaggacitto avikkhittacitto avisāhaṭamānasoti – upekkhamārabbha samāhitatto.
有九种寻:欲寻、恚寻、害寻、亲族寻、国土寻、不死寻、与哀愍相应的寻、与利养恭敬声誉相应的寻、与不愿被轻视相应的寻——这称为九种寻。欲寻以欲想为巢窟,恚寻以恚想为巢窟,害寻以害想为巢窟。又或者,一切寻、思、意向,都以无明为巢窟,以不如理作意为巢窟,以我慢为巢窟,以无愧为巢窟,以掉举为巢窟。显示巴利原文
ti. ti nava vitakkā – kāmavitakko, byāpādavitakko, vihiṃsāvitakko, ñātivitakko, janapadavitakko, amaravitakko, parānudayatāpaṭisaññutto vitakko, lābhasakkārasilokapaṭisaññutto vitakko, anavaññattipaṭisaññutto vitakko – ime vuccanti nava vitakkā. Kāmavitakkānaṃ kāmasaññāsayo, byāpādavitakkānaṃ byāpādasaññāsayo, vihiṃsāvitakkānaṃ vihiṃsāsaññāsayo. Atha vā takkānaṃ vitakkānaṃ saṅkappānaṃ avijjāsayo, ayoniso manasikāro āsayo, asmimāno āsayo, anottappaṃ āsayo, uddhaccaṃ āsayo.
手的恶作是恶作,脚的恶作是恶作,手脚的恶作也是恶作;于不应许处以为应许,于应许处以为不应许;于无罪处见为有罪,于有罪处见为无罪。凡此种种的恶作、懊悔、自责、心的追悔、恼乱,即称为恶作。显示巴利原文
nti hatthakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ pādakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ hatthapādakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ, akappiye kappiyasaññitā kappiye akappiyasaññitā, avajje vajjasaññitā, vajje avajjasaññitā. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ kukkuccaṃ kukkuccāyanā kukkuccāyitattaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho – idaṃ vuccati kukkuccaṃ.
再者,由已做与未做此二因,会生起追悔、心的追悔、意念的困扰。如何因已做与未做而生起追悔、心的追悔、意念的困扰呢?‘我造作了身恶行,未造作身善行’——如此思惟时,便生起追悔、心的追悔、意念的困扰;‘我造作了语恶行,未造作语善行’……‘我造作了意恶行,未造作意善行’——如此思惟时,便生起追悔……;‘我造作了杀生,未远离杀生’——如此思惟时,便生起追悔……;‘我造作了不与取,未远离不与取’——如此思惟时,便生起追悔……;‘我造作了邪淫,未远离邪淫’——如此思惟时,便生起追悔……;‘我说了妄语,未远离妄语’——如此思惟时……;‘我说了离间语,未远离离间语’……;‘我说了粗恶语,未远离粗恶语’……;‘我说了杂秽语,未远离杂秽语’……;‘我有贪欲,未有无贪’……;‘我有瞋恚,未有无瞋’……;‘我有邪见,未具正见’——如此思惟时,便生起追悔、心的追悔、意念的困扰。如此,由已做与未做,而生起追悔、心的追悔、意念的困扰。显示巴利原文
Api ca dvīhi kāraṇehi uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho katattā ca akatattā ca. Kathaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho? ‘‘Kataṃ me kāyaduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me kāyasucarita’’ntiuppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho; ‘‘kataṃ me vacīduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me vacīsucaritaṃ… kataṃ me manoduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me manosucarita’’nti – uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho; ‘‘kato me pāṇātipāto, akatā me pāṇātipātā veramaṇī’’ti – uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho; ‘‘kataṃ me adinnādānaṃ , akatā me adinnādānā veramaṇī’’ti – uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho; ‘‘kato me kāmesumicchācāro, akatā me kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī’’ti – uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho; ‘‘kato me musāvādo, akatā me musāvādā veramaṇī’’ti… ‘‘katā me pisuṇā vācā, akatā me pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī’’ti… ‘‘katā me pharusā vācā, akatā me pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī’’ti… ‘‘kato me samphappalāpo, akatā me samphappalāpā veramaṇī’’ti… ‘‘katā me abhijjhā, akatā me anabhijjhā’’ti… ‘‘kato me byāpādo, akato me abyāpādo’’ti… ‘‘katā me micchādiṭṭhi, akatā me sammādiṭṭhī’’ti – uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho. Evaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho.
或者,‘我于戒未能圆满’,便生起恶作……‘我于根门未加防护’……‘于食不知量’……‘不勤于觉醒’……‘不具足正念正知’……‘我未修习四念处’……‘我未修习四正勤’……‘我未修习四神足’……‘我未修习五根’……‘我未修习五力’……‘我未修习七觉支’……‘我未修习八圣道支’……‘我未遍知苦’……‘我未断苦集’……‘我未修习道’……‘我未证灭’,如此便生起恶作、心的追悔与心的恼乱。对于这些寻、寻的巢窟与恶作,应当截断、切断、根除、彻底断除、舍弃、驱除、消灭、令归于无——也就是断除寻的巢窟和恶作。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ‘‘sīlesumhi na paripūrakārī’’ti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho; ‘‘indriyesumhi aguttadvāro’’ti… ‘‘bhojane amattaññūmhī’’ti… ‘‘jāgariyaṃ ananuyuttomhī’’ti… ‘‘na satisampajaññena samannāgatomhī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro sammappadhānā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro iddhipādā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitāni me pañcindriyānī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitāni me pañca balānī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me satta bojjhaṅgā’’ti… ‘‘abhāvito me ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti… ‘‘dukkhaṃ me apariññāta’’nti… ‘‘dukkhasamudayo me appahīno’’ti… ‘‘maggo me abhāvito’’ti… ‘‘nirodho me asacchikato’’ti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho. ti. Takkañca takkāsayañca kukkuccañca upacchindeyya chindeyya ucchindeyya samucchindeyya pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti – takkāsayaṃ kukkuccañcupacchinde.
1664 因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘Okkhittacakkhu na ca pādalolo, jhānānuyutto bahujāgarassa; Upekkhamārabbha samāhitatto, takkāsayaṃ kukkuccañcupacchinde’’ti.
那时,亲教师、老师、同一位亲教师、同一位老师、朋友、相识之人、亲密的同伴、同伴们指责说:“贤友,此事于你不合宜,此事你尚未证得,此事于你不相应,此事不合于戒行。”他应安住正念,对于那指责,应当欢喜、踊跃、喜悦、随喜、想要、接受、期盼、渴望、期待。正如一位年少、年轻、喜爱装扮的女子或男子,刚刚洗过头,得到了青莲花环、或茉莉花环、或大茉莉花环,以双手接过来,安放于头顶最尊贵之处,而后欢喜、踊跃、喜悦、随喜、想要、接受、期盼、渴望、期待;同样地,他应安住正念,对于那指责,应当欢喜、踊跃、喜悦、随喜、想要、接受、期盼、渴望、期待。显示巴利原文
ti. ti upajjhāyā vā ācariyā vā samānupajjhāyakā vā samānācariyakā vā mittā vā sandiṭṭhā vā sambhattā vā sahāyā vā codenti – ‘‘idaṃ te, āvuso, ayuttaṃ, idaṃ te appattaṃ, idaṃ te asāruppaṃ, idaṃ te asīlaṭṭha’’nti. Satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā taṃ codanaṃ nandeyya abhinandeyya modeyya anumodeyya iccheyya sādiyeyya patthayeyya pihayeyya abhijappeyya. Yathā itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanajātiko sīsaṃnhāto uppalamālaṃ vā vassikamālaṃ vā adhimuttakamālaṃ vā labhitvā ubhohi hatthehi paṭiggahetvā uttamaṅge sirasmiṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā nandeyya abhinandeyya modeyya anumodeyya iccheyya sādiyeyya patthayeyya pihayeyya abhijappeyya; evameva satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā taṃ codanaṃ nandeyya abhinandeyya modeyya anumodeyya iccheyya sādiyeyya patthayeyya pihayeyya abhijappeyya.
正如发现宝藏的告知者,若遇见能指出过失的人;
应亲近那样的智者——能说责备语、具足智慧者。
亲近这样的人,只会更好,不会更差;
应当教诫、应当教导,并制止那些不善之人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nidhīnaṃva pavattāraṃ, yaṃ passe vajjadassinaṃ; Niggayhavādiṃ medhāviṃ, tādisaṃ paṇḍitaṃ bhaje. ‘‘Tādisaṃ bhajamānassa, seyyo hoti na pāpiyo; Ovadeyyānusāseyya, asabbhā ca nivāraye; Satañhi so piyo hoti, asataṃ hoti appiyo’’ti.
这便是共同的行事、同一的诵戒与平等的学处。在同梵行者中,应当破除内心的受伤与冷漠;应当击破五种心冷漠、三种心冷漠;应当击破贪之冷漠、嗔之冷漠、痴之冷漠——打破、击碎、彻底粉碎。也就是应在同梵行者中破除冷漠。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ekakammaṃ ekuddeso samasikkhatā. ti. Sabrahmacārīsu āhatacittataṃ khilajātataṃ pabhindeyya , pañcapi cetokhile bhindeyya, tayopi cetokhile bhindeyya, rāgakhilaṃ dosakhilaṃ mohakhilaṃ bhindeyya pabhindeyya sambhindeyyāti – sabrahmacārīsu khilaṃ pabhinde.
应发出依智慧而起的言语,应发出与义相应、与法相应、合于时机、有依据、有节制的言语——应发出善的言语。有两种时限:时间的时限与戒律的时限。什么是时间的时限?不说已经过时的言语,不说超越限度的言语,不说既过时又超越限度的言语;不说时机未到的言语,不说限度未到的言语,不说时机与限度都未到的言语。显示巴利原文
nti. Ñāṇasamuṭṭhitaṃ vācaṃ muñceyya, atthūpasaṃhitaṃ dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ vācaṃ muñceyya pamuñceyyāti – vācaṃ pamuñce kusalaṃ. nti. ti dve velā – kālavelā ca sīlavelā ca. Katamā kālavelā? Kālātikkantaṃ vācaṃ na bhāseyya, velātikkantaṃ vācaṃ na bhāseyya, kālavelātikkantaṃ vācaṃ na bhāseyya, kālaṃ asampattaṃ vācaṃ na bhāseyya, velaṃ asampattaṃ vācaṃ na bhāseyya, kālavelaṃ asampattaṃ vācaṃ na bhāseyya.
凡是时机未到而多言者,
他便如此被打倒而卧,犹如杜鹃的幼雏一般。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo ve kāle asampatte, ativelañca bhāsati; Evaṃ so nihato seti, kokilāyeva atrajo’’ti.
这是适宜的时机。什么是戒的时机?不以贪欲而语,不以嗔怒而语,不以痴迷而语;不说妄语,不说离间语,不说粗恶语,不说杂秽语——不宣说、不讲论、不言谈、不表露、不吐露。这便是戒的时机——应说出善巧之语。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ kālavelā. Katamā sīlavelā? Ratto vācaṃ na bhāseyya, duṭṭho vācaṃ na bhāseyya, mūḷho vācaṃ na bhāseyya, musāvādaṃ na bhāseyya, pisuṇavācaṃ na bhāseyya, pharusavācaṃ na bhāseyya, samphappalāpaṃ na bhāseyya na katheyya na bhaṇeyya na dīpayeyya na vohareyya. Ayaṃ sīlavelāti – vācaṃ pamuñce kusalaṃ nātivelaṃ.
刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗、在家者、出家者,以及天与人。所谓“我所”,是指两种我所:由渴爱所生的我所,与由邪见所生的我所……这便是由渴爱所生的我所……这便是由邪见所生的我所。对于所执取之物,若恐其被剥夺,便生忧愁;正在被剥夺时,亦生忧愁;已被剥夺后,仍生忧愁。对于所执取之物,若恐其变坏,便生忧愁;正在变坏时,亦生忧愁;已变坏后,仍生忧愁,乃至疲惫、悲号、捶胸痛哭。显示巴利原文
ti. ti khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā ca. ti dve mamattā – taṇhāmamattañca diṭṭhimamattañca…pe… idaṃ taṇhāmamattaṃ…pe… idaṃ diṭṭhimamattaṃ. Mamāyitaṃ vatthuṃ acchedasaṅkinopi socanti, acchijjantepi socanti, acchinnepi socanti. Mamāyitaṃ vatthuṃ vipariṇāmasaṅkinopi socanti, vipariṇāmantepi socanti, vipariṇatepi socanti kilamanti paridevanti urattāḷiṃ kandanti sammohaṃ āpajjantīti – socanti janā mamāyite.
若遭言语呵责,当欣乐正念;于同梵行者中,应破除内心之荒芜。
应说恰如其分的善语,不过度;对于世间的种种议论,不应思量。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cudito vacībhi satimābhinande, sabrahmacārīsu khilaṃ pabhinde; Vācaṃ pamuñce kusalaṃ nātivelaṃ, janavādadhammāya na cetayeyyā’’ti.
词语的衔接、词与词的结合、词语的圆满、音节的聚合、文句的流畅、语词的次第——这些即是“atha”(于是)之义。你正是这样思索、寻思、意向:“我将获胜吗?我将失败吗?我该如何制服他?我该如何反驳他?我该如何取得优势?我该如何取得反优势?我该如何缠住他?我该如何解开缠结?我该如何切断他?我该如何形成包围?”你这样思索着、寻思着、意向著而来,趋近、到达、与我相会。你正是带着这般寻思而来。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – athāti. ti takkento vitakkento saṅkappento ‘‘jayo nu kho me bhavissati, parājayo nu kho me bhavissati, kathaṃ niggahaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ paṭikammaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ visesaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ paṭivisesaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ āveṭhiyaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ nibbeṭhiyaṃ karissāmi , kathaṃ chedaṃ karissāmi, kathaṃ maṇḍalaṃ karissāmi’’ evaṃ takkento vitakkento saṅkappento āgatosi upagatosi sampattosi mayā saddhiṃ samāgatosīti – atha tvaṃ pavitakkamāgamā.
“嗔是尘,并非指微尘;……(中略)”
“他们安住于离尘者的教法中。”
“痴即是尘,而并非指灰尘;……(中略)”
“他们安住于离尘者的教法中。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rāgo rajo na ca pana reṇu vuccati, rāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ rajoti; Etaṃ rajaṃ vippajahitvā paṇḍitā, viharanti te vigatarajassa sāsane. ‘‘Doso rajo na ca pana reṇu vuccati…pe…; Viharanti te vigatarajassa sāsane. ‘‘Moho rajo na ca pana reṇu vuccati…pe…; Viharanti te vigatarajassa sāsane’’.
所谓恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间——除此之外,世间尚有另外五种尘垢。显示巴利原文
ti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloketi – athāparaṃ pañca rajāni loke.
对色的染着、对声的染着、对香的染着、对味的染着、对所触的染着。所谓念,即是随念、忆念、回想、铭记、持守、不散乱、不忘失,是念根、念力、正念、念觉支、一乘道——这就称为念。以此念而具足、圆满具足,到达、圆满到达,成就、圆满成就,具足此念者,名为具念者。有三种学:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学。什么是增上戒学……(中略)……这是增上慧学。具念者为调伏、完全调伏、舍断、止息、彻底弃舍、平息对色的染着、对声的染着、对香的染着、对味的染着、对所触的染着,应当修学增上戒,也应修学增上心,也应修学增上慧;他应通过思择此三学而修学,应通过了知而修学……应通过证悟所应证而修学,应通过行持、完全行持、受持而践行——如此,具念者为降伏这些而应修学。显示巴利原文
ti. nti rūparāgassa saddarāgassa gandharāgassa rasarāgassa phoṭṭhabbarāgassa. ti yā sati anussati paṭissati sati saraṇatā dhāraṇatā apilāpanatā asammussanatā satindriyaṃ satibalaṃ sammāsati satisambojjhaṅgo ekāyanamaggo – ayaṃ vuccati sati. Imāya satiyā upeto samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato. So vuccati satimā . ti tisso sikkhā – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā. Katamā adhisīlasikkhā…pe… ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā. ti. Satimā puggalo yesaṃ rūparāgassa saddarāgassa gandharāgassa rasarāgassa phoṭṭhabbarāgassa vinayāya paṭivinayāya pahānāya vūpasamāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipassaddhiyā adhisīlampi sikkheyya adhicittampi sikkheyya adhipaññampi sikkheyya, imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkheyya, jānanto sikkheyya…pe… sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkheyya ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyyāti – yesaṃ satīmā vinayāya sikkhe.
于色、声、香、味、所触中,克制对他们的染着,乃至完全克制、征服、降伏、耗尽、摧破——即在色中、声中、味中、香中、触中,应当克制染着。
显示巴利原文 nti. Rūpesu saddesu gandhesu rasesu phoṭṭhabbesu rāgaṃ saheyya parisaheyya abhibhaveyya ajjhotthareyya pariyādiyeyya maddeyyāti – rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu gandhesu phassesu sahetha rāgaṃ.
1220 因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
Tenāha bhagavā –
再者,世间还有五种尘垢,具念者为调伏这些尘垢应当修学。
于色、于声,以及于味、于香、于所触,应当克制其中的染著。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Athāparaṃ pañca rajāni loke, yesaṃ satīmā vinayāya sikkhe; Rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu, gandhesu phassesu sahetha rāga’’nti.
“于色、声、香、味、触”——指对欲乐所生的欲贪、欲染、欲喜、欲渴爱、欲迷恋、欲炽燃、欲沉迷、欲执取、欲暴流、欲轭、欲取……乃至欲贪盖。“应当调伏其中的贪求”意思是:对于这些法,应当调伏、彻底调伏、断除、驱散、消灭、令其不再生起——应当在这些事物上调伏贪求。”显示巴利原文
nti. ti rūpesu saddesu gandhesu rasesu phoṭṭhabbesu. ti yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasneho kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ kāmogho kāmayogo kāmupādānaṃ…pe… kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ. nti. Etesu dhammesu chandaṃ vineyya paṭivineyya pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti – etesu dhammesu vineyya chandaṃ.
“凡夫中的善比丘,或有学比丘。”什么是念?随念……乃至正念、念觉支、这一乘道,即称为念。具足此念、圆满具足……的人,便称为具念者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti puthujjanakalyāṇako vā bhikkhu, sekho vā bhikkhu. ti yā sati anussati…pe… sammāsati satisambojjhaṅgo ekāyanamaggo – ayaṃ vuccati sati. Imāya satiyā upeto samupeto…pe… so vuccati satimā.
证入初禅者,其心从五盖中解脱、离脱、极善解脱;证入第二禅者,其心从寻与伺中解脱、离脱、极善解脱;证入第三禅者,其心从喜中解脱、离脱、极善解脱;证入第四禅者,其心从乐与苦中解脱、离脱、极善解脱。证入空无边处者,其心从色想、有对想、种种想中解脱、离脱、极善解脱;证入识无边处者,其心从空无边处想中解脱……证入无所有处者,其心从识无边处想中解脱……证入非想非非想处者,其心从无所有处想中解脱、离脱、极善解脱。入流者,其心从有身见、疑、戒禁取,从见随眠、疑随眠以及与此同类的烦恼中解脱、离脱、极善解脱;一来者,其心从粗重的欲贪随眠、瞋恚随眠以及与此同类的烦恼中解脱、离脱、极善解脱;不来者,其心从伴随而来的欲贪结、瞋恚结,伴随而来的欲贪随眠、瞋恚随眠以及与此同类的烦恼中解脱、离脱、极善解脱;阿拉汉,其心从色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明,从慢随眠、有贪随眠、无明随眠,从与此同类的烦恼,乃至外在的一切相中,解脱、离脱、极善解脱——具念的比丘,其心极善解脱。显示巴利原文
ti. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa nīvaraṇehi cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārehi cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pītiyā ca cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sukhadukkhehi cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ; ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññāya paṭighasaññāya nānattasaññāya cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ, viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ… ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāya cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ; sotāpannassa sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā vicikicchāya sīlabbataparāmāsā diṭṭhānusayā vicikicchānusayā tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ, sakadāgāmissa oḷārikā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ , anāgāmissa anusahagatā kāmarāgasaññojanā paṭighasaññojanā anusahagatā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ, arahato rūparāgā arūparāgā mānā uddhaccā avijjāya mānānusayā bhavarāgānusayā avijjānusayā tadekaṭṭhehi ca kilesehi bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti – bhikkhu satimā suvimuttacitto.
“当心掉举时,正是修习止的时候;当心得定平静时,正是修习观的时候。”
在适当时机策励心,又在其他时候收摄心;
在适当时机使心喜悦,在适当时机将心平稳安置。
那位瑜伽行者善于把握时机,在适当的时刻安住舍心:
何时应策励,何时应收摄。
何时是勉励之时,止息之时又为何等样的;
瑜伽行者如何开示心的舍俱时宜。
当心变得欣喜,不沉滞、不掉举时,
那正是修习止的时机,应当令心安住于内在的喜悦。
依此善巧方便,当心得等持时,
了知心已等持,于彼当下,便应以平等心观察。
如此,智者通达时节,善知时机,善于把握恰当的时刻,
便能在适当的时刻,观察心相。
显示巴利原文 ti. ti uddhate citte samathassa kālo, samāhite citte vipassanāya kālo. ‘‘Kāle paggaṇhati cittaṃ, niggaṇhati punāpare ; Sampahaṃsati kālena, kāle cittaṃ samādahe. ‘‘Ajjhupekkhati kālena, so yogī kālakovido; Kimhi kālamhi paggāho, kimhi kāle viniggaho. ‘‘Kimhi pahaṃsanākālo, samathakālo ca kīdiso; Upekkhākālaṃ cittassa, kathaṃ dasseti yogino. ‘‘Līne cittamhi paggāho, uddhatasmiṃ viniggaho; Nirassādagataṃ cittaṃ, sampahaṃseyya tāvade. ‘‘Sampahaṭṭhaṃ yadā cittaṃ, alīnaṃ bhavatinuddhataṃ; Samathassa ca so kālo, ajjhattaṃ ramaye mano. ‘‘Etena mevupāyena, yadā hoti samāhitaṃ; Samāhitacittamaññāya, ajjhupekkheyya tāvade. ‘‘Evaṃ kālavidū dhīro, kālaññū kālakovido; Kālena kālaṃ cittassa, nimittamupalakkhaye’’ti.
当他如理审察“一切行无常”这个法,如理审察“一切行是苦”这个法,如理审察“一切法无我”这个法……如理审察“凡是生起之法,皆为灭尽之法”时,显示巴利原文
ti. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti sammā dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti sammā dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno, ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti sammā dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti – sammā dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno.
“一境”之义:心专一、不散乱、不向外驰,此即止、定根、定力、正定,故称“成为一境者”。“击破黑暗”之义:他击破、破坏、舍弃、驱散、消灭、令归于无的,是那贪欲之暗、嗔恚之暗、愚痴之暗、邪见之暗、慢之暗、烦恼之暗、恶行之暗——那导致盲目、导致无眼、导致无知、令慧灭尽、属于困扰、不导向涅槃的黑暗。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ekaggacitto avikkhittacitto avisāhaṭamānaso samatho samādhindriyaṃ samādhibalaṃ sammāsamādhīti – ekodibhūto. ti rāgatamaṃ dosatamaṃ mohatamaṃ diṭṭhitamaṃ mānatamaṃ kilesatamaṃ duccaritatamaṃ andhakaraṇaṃ acakkhukaraṇaṃ aññāṇakaraṇaṃ paññānirodhikaṃ vighātapakkhikaṃ anibbānasaṃvattanikaṃ haneyya vihaneyya pajaheyya vinodeyya byantiṃ kareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya.
“世尊”这一名号,是表示尊敬的称呼。复次,他已粉碎贪欲,故为世尊;已粉碎嗔恨,故为世尊;已粉碎愚痴,故为世尊;已粉碎我慢,故为世尊;已粉碎邪见,故为世尊;已粉碎渴爱,故为世尊;已粉碎烦恼,故为世尊。他分享、细析、彻演法宝,故为世尊。他是诸有轮回的终结者,故为世尊。他已修习身,已修习戒,已修习心,已修习慧,故为世尊。又或,世尊亲近森林、树林、偏僻、安静、无喧闹、远离人群、适合独处的住处,故为世尊。又或,世尊分享衣、食、住、药及病者所需资具,故为世尊。又或,世尊分享义味、法味、解脱味、增上戒、增上心、增上慧,故为世尊。又或,世尊分享四种禅那、四种无量心、四种无色界成就,故为世尊。又或,世尊分享八解脱、八胜处、九次第住成就,故为世尊。又或,世尊分享十种慧修习、十遍处成就、出入息念之定、不净观成就,故为世尊。又或,世尊分享四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道支,故为世尊。又或,世尊分享十如来力、四无畏、四无碍解、六神通、六佛之法,故为世尊。“世尊”此名,非母亲所起,非父亲所起,非兄弟所起,非姊妹所起,非友伴或同僚所起,非亲戚血亲所起,非沙门或婆罗门所起,亦非诸天所起;乃是诸佛、诸世尊在菩提树下,于证得一切知智的同时,亲自证知、为解脱所安立的名字,这就是“世尊”。是故经文说:“已离渴爱,于身坏之前——是为世尊。”显示巴利原文
ti gāravādhivacanaṃ. Api ca bhaggarāgoti bhagavā, bhaggadosoti bhagavā, bhaggamohoti bhagavā, bhaggamānoti bhagavā, bhaggadiṭṭhīti bhagavā, bhaggataṇhoti bhagavā, bhaggakilesoti bhagavā, bhaji vibhaji pavibhaji dhammaratananti bhagavā, bhavānaṃ antakaroti bhagavā, bhāvitakāyo bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapaññoti bhagavā, bhaji vā bhagavā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppānīti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā attharasassa dhammarasassa vimuttirasassa adhisīlassa adhicittassa adhipaññāyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ catunnaṃ appamaññānaṃ catunnaṃ arūpasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ abhibhāyatanānaṃ navannaṃ anupubbavihārasamāpattīnanti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ paññābhāvanānaṃ dasannaṃ kasiṇasamāpattīnaṃ ānāpānassatisamādhissa asubhasamāpattiyāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ pañcannaṃ balānaṃ sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassāti bhagavā, bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ tathāgatabalānaṃ catunnaṃ vesārajjānaṃ catunnaṃ paṭisambhidānaṃ channaṃ abhiññānaṃ channaṃ buddhadhammānanti bhagavā. Bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ, na pitarā kataṃ, na bhātarā kataṃ, na bhaginiyā kataṃ, na mittāmaccehi kataṃ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ , na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ, na devatāhi kataṃ; vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutañāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavāti – vītataṇho purābhedāti bhagavā.
于这些法中调伏了欲求,具念的比丘心善解脱;
他适时、如理地审察此法,心一境性,击破黑暗。”[世尊这样说了]
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etesu dhammesu vineyya chandaṃ, bhikkhu satimā suvimuttacitto; Kālena so sammā dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno, ekodibhūto vihane tamaṃ so’’. [iti bhagavāti]
《舍利弗经》之分别第十六显示巴利原文
Sāriputtasuttaniddeso soḷasamo.
━━ 归纳讲解,仅供参考 ━━
这部书是什么 《无碍解道》是上座部巴利三藏《小部》中的一部系统性的阿毗达摩式论书,体裁为论母与义释。它不同于《经集》式的偈颂集或《本生》式的故事集,其核心是对佛教修证体系中 各类“智”(ñāṇa) 进行极度精细的排列、定义与展开。全书围绕“无碍解”(即对义、法、词、辩的无碍通达)这一主题,以密集的论母开列条目,再逐一以经教和义理作注,展现出从闻法、持戒、修定到观智、道果、究竟解脱的完整智慧图谱。在《小部》诸书中,它是最能体现上座部严密修证理论架构的典籍之一,常被视为声闻乘智慧成就的集解。
出场人物 多为佛陀及弟子围绕“智”的论说,无贯穿性的叙事主角,论主以分析法义的方式出场。
核心法义/内容 本书并非以故事或偈颂传法,而是将“从听闻正法直至证得一切知智”的整个修行过程拆解为 七十三种智 ,再对这七十三种智进行穷尽式分类和定义。它将抽象的般若智慧转化为可观察、可修证的认知操作。
例如,开篇定义“闻所成智”: “于缘的把握的慧是法住智。于过去、未来、现在诸法摄略后确定的慧是思惟智。于现在诸法变易随观的慧是生灭随观智。”
→ 拆开看:这里展现了三种核心观智的进阶——首先是通过把握缘起法则建立起“法住智”;接着将这种法则推断到三时一切诸法,形成整体的“思惟智”;最后回到当下,直接“观”名色法的刹那生灭,才是真正的“生灭随观智”。这清晰划定了从思维理解到直接体证的界限。
→ 要旨:修行的本质是“智”的不断深化与转化,从听闻而来的概念智慧(闻所成智),历经戒、定、观的磨砺,最终穿透诸行,现观四谛,圆满无碍。全书就是这套“智”的严密修证学。
关键术语锚 - Paṭisambhidā / 无碍解 :特指对四法(义、法、词、辩)的毫无障碍的通达智慧,是阿拉汉圣者特有的智慧分辩能力, 非指世俗学问的辩才无碍 ,易被误解。
- Ñāṇa / 智 :本书核心词汇,区别于一般的“想”(saññā)或“识”(viññāṇa),指与善心相应的、能穿透认知对象的了别能力。全书列举七十三种,极易和“慧”(paññā)在宽泛语境中混用,但此处是逐一界定的具体修证状态。
- Dhamma / 法 :在本书中高频出现,严重多义。在“法无碍解”中指教法(经教);在“一切法无我”中指现象、事物(诸法);在“诸行”(saṅkhāra)的语境中又指向缘生法。翻译时需严格区分语境。
- Vipassanā-ñāṇa / 观智 :书中详尽罗列了从“生灭随观智”到“省察智”等一系列观智次第,这套阶梯是上座部修证的理论基石, 切勿仅从字面“观看的智慧”轻率翻译 ,须作为固定行道术语处理。
- Abhiññā / 神通智 :本书列出十种,包括神变、天耳、他心等,但又将“漏尽智”也纳入。需注意,在义理体系里,前九种是世间神通,唯独“漏尽智”是出世间的究竟智,地位截然不同。
- Sāmañña-ñāṇa / 共智, Asādhāraṇa-ñāṇa / 不共智 :本书末区分六十七种智为声闻与佛陀共有,六种智(如一切知智)唯佛陀不共。此区分对理解大乘的“佛不共法”概念之源头尤为重要,不可误以为所有智都是普遍的。
阅读提示 翻译此书的难点在于其 严密且重复的论母加义释体例 。它先用一个简短命题立论(如“于缘的把握的慧是法住智”),然后引用大量经文片段,以近乎计算机穷举的方式自问自答、拆解论证。译者需把握这种“立论-征引-分析”的独特论辩节奏,切忌用日常散文的流畅性去损害其逻辑层次的递进和术语的高度精严。